I 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS, 



Chap. Copyright No. 

SheltJEAS S I 

m 

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 



A 



GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON 

TO 

THE NEW TESTAMENT 

lEcbtSEtJ anti 3£nlargeT3 

BY 

THOMAS SHELDON GREEN, M.A. 
i 

WITH A PREFACE BY 

H. L. HASTINGS 

EDITOR OF THE CHRISTIAN, BOSTON, U.S A. 
AND 

A SUPPLEMENT 

PREPARED BY WALLACE N. STEARNS UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF 

J. H. THAYER, D.D., Litt.D. 

Professor of New-Testament Criticism and Interpretation i7i the 
Divinity School of Harvard University 

Containing additional Words and Forms to be found in one or 
another of the greek texts in current use, especially those 

OF LACHMANN, TESCHENDORF, TREGELLES, WeSTCOTT 
AND HORT, AND THE REVISERS OF l88l 



THIRTY-THIRD THOUSAND 



BOSTON 

H. L. HASTINGS, 47 CORN 1 1 ILL 
1896 

NOV 16 1896 




Copyright, 1896 
Boston, Mass., U. S. A 
H. L. Hastings 



Repository Press 
4 7 Cornhill 



Greek- Eng. Lexicon— 33 M— 6, '96 
Printed in America 



PREFACE. 



The hidden depths both of the wisdom and knowledge of God were 
manifest, not only in the revelation of his will contained in the Scrip- 
tures of truth, but in the manner of giving that revelation, and in 
the language in which it was given. 

Egypt had wisdom, but it was enshrined in hieroglyphics so obscure 
that their meaning faded centuries ago from the memory of man- 
kind, and for many successive ages no man on earth could penetrate 
their mysteries. Assyria and Babylon had literature, art, and science; 
but with a language written in seven or eight hundred cuneiform 
signs, some of them having fifty different meanings, what wonder is 
it that for more than two thousand years the language and literature 
of these nations was lost, buried, and forgotten? The vast literature 
of China has survived the changes of centuries, but the list of dif- 
ferent characters, which in a dictionary of the second century num- 
bered 9353, and in the latest imperial Chinese Dictionary numbers 43,- 
960, — some of them requiring fifty strokes of the pencil to produce 
them, — shows how unfit such a language must be for a channel to con- 
vey the glad tidings of God's salvation to the poor, the weak, the 
sorrowful, and to people who cannot spend ten or twenty years in 
learning to comprehend the mysteries of the Chinese tongue. 

Who can imagine what would have been the fate of a divine revela- 
tion if the words of eternal life had been enswathed in such cerements 
as these? 

In the wisdom of God, the revelation of his will was given in the He- 
brew tongue, with an alphabet of twenty-two letters, some of which, 
as inscribed on the Moabite stone, is. c. 900, are identical in form 
and sound with those now used in English books. 

This Hebrew alphabet, so simple that a child might learn it in a 
day, has never been lost or forgotten. The Hebrew language in 
which the Oracles of God were given to man, has never become a 
dead language. Since the day when the Law was given to Moses on 
Mount Sinai, there never has been a day or hour when the language 
in which it was written was not known to living men, who were able 
(iii) 



iv 



PREFACE. 



to read, write, and expound it. And the Hebrew is the only lan- 
guage of those ages that has lived to the present time, preserving the 
record of a divine revelation, and being conserved by it through the 
vicissitudes of conflict, conquest, captivity, and dispersion ; while the 
surrounding idolatrous nations perished in their own corruption, and 
their languages and literature were buried in oblivion. 

In later ages, when the gospel of the Sou of God was to be pro- 
claimed to all mankind, another language was used as a vehicle for 
its communication. The bulk of the Israelitish race, through their 
captivities and external associations, had lost the knowledge of the 
holy tongue, and had learned the languages of the Gentiles among 
whom they dwelt ; and now as their corporate national existence was 
to be interrupted, and they were to be dispersed among the peoples 
of the earth, the Hebrew language was not a fit channel for conveying 
this revelation to the Gentile world. Hence the same wise Provi- 
dence which chose the undying Hebrew tongue for the utterances of 
the prophets, selected the Greek, which was at that time, more nearly 
than any other, a universal language, as the medium through which 
the teachings of the Saviour and the messages of the apostles should 
be sent forth to mankind. 

This language, like the Hebrew, has maintained its existence, — 
though it has been somewhat changed by the flight of years, — and 
the modern Greek spoken in Athens to-day is substantially the Greek 
of 1800 years ago. 

The gospel of Christ was to go forth to every nation; and the mir- 
acle of Pentecost indicated that it was the Divine purpose that each 
nation should hear in their own tongue wherein they were born, the 
wonderful works of God. Hence the Scriptures have been translated 
into hundreds of languages, and to-day six hundred millions of peo- 
ple, comprising all the leading races and nations of the earth, may 
have access to the "Word of God in their native tongues. Neverthe- 
less, no translation can perfectly express the delicate shades of thought 
which are uttered in another language, and it often becomes necessary 
and desirable to recur to the original Scriptures, and by searching 
them to find out the precise meaning of those words which were given 
by the Holy Ghost, and which are " more to be desired than gold, yea, 
than much fine gold." For while, speaking in a general way we 
have faithful translations, which give us with great accuracy the sense 
of the Scriptures as a whole, yet there are times when we desire fuller 
and more accurate information concerning particular words uttered 
by those men to whom thf Holy Ghost was given to bring all things 



PREFACE. 



to their remembrance, to guide them into all truth, and to show 
them things to come. Frequently there'are depths of meaning which 
the casual reader does not fathom, and the study of the Greek and 
Hebrew becomes as needful as it is agreeable to those who love God's 
law, who delight in his gospel, and who have time and opportunity to 
prosecute such studies. 

Tbere are few lovers of the Bible who do not at times wish that 
they might clearly know the precise sense of some one original word 
which may sometimes be obscurely translated; or who would not be 
delighted to inquire of some competent scholar as to the meaning of 
certain expressions contained in that Book of God. Such persons 
are glad to study the original Scriptures, that they may learn, so far 
as possible, exactly what God has said to man. 

The learning of a living language from those who speak it -is no 
trifling task ; but a language which must be learned from books, pre- 
sents much greater difficulties ; and to many persons the mastery of 
the Greek tongue looks like the labor of a lifetime. It is; and yet it 
is possible for studious Bible readers to learn the things they specially 
need to know, with an amount of labor which need not appall or dis- 
hearten any diligent student. 

There are contained in the Greek New Testament about 5594 
words ; but in the whole Greek literature the words are a great multi- 
tude, which perhaps no man has ever numbered. The student of the 
Scriptures is not anxious to master or explore this vast wealth of 
Greek literature, but his ambition is to know something of those 
5594 New Testament words in which the message of God's 
mercy is conveyed to fallen man. Hence he may pass by the bulk 
of Greek literature, and confine his investigations to those few Greek 
words which are used in the New Testament to convey to man the 
treasures of Divine truth. 

A lexicon of the entire Greek language might extend through 
thousands of pages. There stands on the shelves of the writer a copy 
of Stephen's " Thesaurus Grcecce Linguce," in eight folio volumes, 
(London, 1816-1825,) which contains more than thirteen thousand 
large, closely printed pages. A later edition of the same work is 
still larger; and there are critics and students who would find use for 
a lexicon as elaborate as this ; but for the great mass of Biblical stu- 
dents most of this material would be entirely useless, and a very 
small volume would contain all they would find necessary in their 
study of the Scriptures of truth. Thus a portable volume, confining 
itself to the definition of the words included in the New Testament, 



vi 



PREFACE. 



could give them fuller treatment than a very large volume which, 
covering the entire language would he obliged to condense and 
abridge at every point, omitting perhaps the very matter most de- 
sired by a student of the Sacred Word. 

There is another consideration ; the Greek of the New Testament 
differs materially in its character from the classical Greek, or from 
the Greek language as a whole. About b. c. 288, the law of Moses 
was translated from Hebrew into Greek, by request of Ptolemy 
Philadelphia, who sought everywhere for books to enrich his great 
library at Alexandria. Subsequently other portions were translated, 
and hence, we have what is known as the Septuagint version of the 
Old Testament. This was largely used among the Jewish people in 
Egypt and elsewhere in the time of our Saviour. It was a Greek 
version of a Hebrew book, and it was through this book, as well as by 
intercourse with Grecian peojde and foreigners of the Jewish stock, 
that the Jewish people became acquainted with the Greek tongue. 
But the Greek of the Septuagint was full of Hebrew ideas and idioms, 
and hence the Greek of the Jews in Palestine, and of the Xew Testa- 
ment which is also saturated with Old Testament ideas, differed from 
the ordinary language of the Greeks, new meanings having been im- 
parted to various words, in order that they might represent Hebrew 
words and Hebrew ideas. For example, when the Greek word hades 
is used, we are not thereby committed to a belief in all the fabu- 
lous ideas of the Greeks concerning the abode of the dead, for the 
word was but the representative of the Hebrew word sheol, which is 
almost always translated hades in the Greek Old Testament. Hence 
in studying this Greek word in the Xew Testament we are not to go to 
the Greek classics tc find out what they mean by the word hades, but 
rather to the Hebrew prophets to learn in what sense they use the 
Hebrew word sheol, of which it is the Greek equivalent. So the 
word dia th eke in classic Greek signifies a will, testament, cov- 
enant, and so the term in the common English version is translated in 
both these ways. But in the Septuagint the word diatheke is used 
to translate the Hebrew word berith, which signifies a covenant, but 
does not signify a will or testament. * Hence, instead of speaking of 

* Both the Authorized and the Revised Versions of Heb. ix. 15-16 
give countenance to the assumption that our Saviour made his last 
will and testament, and by his death gave it validity. But in that 
case would not his resurrection three days later, have rendered it 
null and void? The subject under discussion in Hebrews ix. is not 
two testaments or wills, but two covenants or agreements ; and the 



PREFACE. 



vii 



"The New Testament" we should more correctly call it "The New 
Covenant." A variety of instances might be adduced where New 
Testament Greek words have meanings widely different from the 
same words in classic Greek. 

It must also be remembered, that there are words in the New Tes- 
tament which are not found at all in the classical writers. When 
new ideas are to be conveyed, new words must be found to convey 
them. In the language of the Hindus there is no word for home, 
simply because the Hindu has no home. The idea of a home as un- 
derstood by Christians, is utterly foreign to the Hindu nation and 
religion. There are heathen nations that have no word for gratitude, 
because gratitude is unknown to them ; so the word agape or charity, 
which describes unselfish love, a love which reaches to enemies, 
and which seeks no personal gratification or reward, — that love which 
is of God, and concerning which it is said, "God is Love," refers 
to something unknown to the heathen world. They had no word to 
express it, because they had not the thing itself to express. 

These illustrations indicate some of the peculiarities of the New 
Testament Greek, and serve to show us why the student of the Bible 
needs an especial apparatus for studying the Greek New Testament. 
For this purpose, he has been most generously furnished with New 
Testament lexicons, in different languages, Latin, German, and Eng- 
lish, by the labor of devout and learned students. Among the most 
noteworthy maybe mentioned Robinson's Greek Lexicon of the New 
Testament, and Prof. J. H. Thayer's later and more elaborate 
Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament, based upon Prof. 
Grimm's great Lexicon; which is well adapted to meet the needs of 
the critical student. 

The meaning of words is determined finally by their usage by those 
who employ them, and the only way to settle the sense of disputed 

death referred to seems to be not the death of a " testator," or medi- 
ator but the death of the sacrifice which was offered after the custom 
of ancient times when a solemn covenant was made, and whose 
blood sprinkled on the ground and over the covenanting parties, 
sealed the covenant, which was of no force until the sacrifice was 
slain. The first covenant was sealed with the blood of calves and 
goats; the second covenant with the blood of the Son of God. Heb. 
ix. 15-26; xiii. 20; Exod. xxiv. 4-8; Gen. xv. 8-18; Mark xiv. 24. 
He was not only the mediator of the new covenant, but also the sac- 
rifice which sealed it, all types combining in Him. For an ex- 
tended discussion of this subject, consult Macknight on The Epistles, 
and Granville Penn's Notes on The New Covenant. Heb. ix. 15-16. 



viii 



PREFACE. 



and difficult words is carefully to examine each word in its connec- 
tion, in all the passages where it is used, and in the light of that 
examination decide as to its meaning or meanings. In some of the 
more elaborate lexicons a large number of passages are thus cited, 
illustrating the use of the words under consideration, and in some 
cases authors have endeavored to give nearly every passage where a 
word occurs in the New Testament. This, however, cumbers the lex- 
icon with a large amount of material which in most instances is of 
little use. This examination and comparison of passages, the care- 
ful student should make for himself, and his interests in this direc- 
tion are better served by the use of a concordance ; and for those who 
wish to investigate carefully the meaning of Greek words in the New 
Testament, ample provision has been made in the Critical Greek 
and English Concordance, prepared by Prof. C. F. Hudson, under 
the direction of H. L. Hastings, and revised and completed by the 
late Ezra Abbot, D. D., LL. D., Professor of New Testament Criti- 
cism and Interpretation in the Divinity School of Harvard University. 

This book contains (1) the more than five thousand words in the 
Greek Testament, in alphabetical order. (2) References to every pas- 
sage where those words occur. (3) Every English word which is 
used to translate the given Greek word. (4) The passages in which 
the Greek word is translated by each English word, classified and set 
by themselves, so that the more usual translations can be discerned at 
a glance, while the more infrequent translations are also exhibited. 
(5) The various readings of the leading critical editions and manu- 
scripts of the Greek Testament. (6) An English Index, so that with 
this book a person who does not know a letter of the Greek alphabet 
is enabled to find the original for any English word in the New Testa- 
ment, learn in how many places it occurs, and in how many ways it is 
translated, so that by examining every passage, he may have the data 
before him for making up an independent judgment from the facts 
in the case. 

This Greek Concordance obviates the necessity for an exhaustive 
citation of the passages containing any particular Greek word, and 
brings us back to the proper sphere of a Lexicon, as a book defining 
the words contained in the language, with occasional references to pas- 
sages which illustrate the different meanings; and when equipped 
with Hudson's Concordance, a manual lexicon of New Testament 
Greek serves the purpose of the ordinary student. 

It is for the accommodation of such students, who know little of 



PREFACE. 



ix 



the Greek language, but who desire to " search the Scriptures," and of 
others more scholarly, who yet find it needful to refresh their memo- 
ries as to the sense of Greek words, that this Lexicon is offered. It 
was originally prepared by William Greenfield, who was born in 
London, in 1799, and died there November 5, 1831. He edited Bag- 
ster's Comprehensive Bible, a Syriac New Testament, a Hebrew New 
Testament, and prepared an abridgment of Schmidt's Greek Con- 
cordance. In 1830 he was appointed editor of the Foreign Versions 
of the British and Foreign Bible Society; and though he died at an 
early age, he had a high reputation as an accomplished linguist. 

In preparing his Lexicon of the New Testament, he drew materials 
from every accessible source ; the Lexicons of Parkhurst, Schleusnen 
Wahl, and Robinson being especially examined and laid under con- 
tribution. This Lexicon, issued by Bagster & Sons as a companion 
for a portable edition of the Greek Testament, served an excellent 
purpose. At a later date it was carefully revised with numerous addi- 
tions and improvements, by Rev. Thomas Sheldon Green, M. A., and 
it has received the hearty approval of competent Greek scholars, 
like the late Professor Ezra Abbot of Cambridge. 

Though the body of this Lexicon includes all the words contained 
in the Received Text of the Greek New Testament, yet in the texts 
now more or less current, in particular those of Lachniann, Tischen- 
dorf, Tregelles, Westcottand Hort, and the Westminster Revised, cer- 
tain new loords and forms are introduced, not found in the Re- 
ceived Text. 

With a desire to give completeness to this Lexicon, a list of these 
words is presented, with definitions and a record of the places where 
they occur, at the end of the Lexicon. This list has been prepared 
by Mr. Wallace N. Stearns, under the supervision of Prof. J. Henry 
Thayer, of Harvard Divinity School, the successor of the lamented 
Dr. Ezra Abbot, and one of the revisers of the New Testament, 
whose arduous labors in the department of sacred lexicography are 
too well-known to need further mention. 

With these statements as to the object and character of this Lexi- 
con, we commit this new edition to the kind providence of Him 
whose words of truth are therein expounded, and without whose 
blessing all labor and effort is but in vain. H. l. Hastings. 

Scriptural Tract Repository, 
Boston, Mass., June, 1896. 



EXPLANATIONS. 



Allusion has been made in the preface to certain peculiarities of 
New Testament Greek, which distinguish it from the classic Greek 
of the heathen world. 

This Lexicon indicates some of these peculiarities, by distinguishing 
three classes of words: 

I. Later Greek words, marked L. G., the occurrence of which may 
be regarded as commencing within the Later Greek period, which is 
here reckoned from and includes the writings of the historian Polyb- 
ius, b. c. 204-123. 

II. New Testament words, marked N. T., which only occur in the 
New Testament, or if found elsewhere are only in certain peculiar 
quarters. 

III. Septuagint words, marked S., which besides their occurrence 
in the New Testament are found only in the Septuagint Version of 
the Old Testament, the Greek Apocryphal books, and kindred writ- 
ings; and the meaning of which is to be studied, not in the usage of 
classical Greek writings, but rather in the light of the Hebrew Old 
Testament, and the writings of Jewish authors who were familiar 
with Hebrew ideas and Hebrew literature. 



ABBREVIATIONS, 

ETC. 

61ID IB THE FOLLOWING LEXIOOB. 



#- Aorist 

tbsoi absolutely, without case 
or adjunct. 

aecw accusative case 

adj. adjective. 

adv adverb. 

al. alibi, in other texts 

al. freq tlibi frequenter in many 
other texts 

Aram Aramaean. 

At. Attic dialect 

bis, twice. 

cf. confer, compare. 

coll. collato, being compared 

x>mp "omparative. 

conj. conjunction. 

contr contraction, or contracted 

dat. dative case. 

dim in diminutive. 

enclit. enclitic, throwing the ac- 
cent on the preceding 
syllable. 

&, et and. 

e. g exempli gratia, for exam 

pie. 

f. future tense, 
fr from. 

fcer. genitive case. 

genr generally, in a general 

sense, not affected by 

adjuncts. 

Het Hebrew, or the Hebrew 

idiom. 

I.e. M est, that is. 

idem, the same. 
Imperat imperative mood 
imperf. imperfect tense 
impo^s impersonal, 
impl implication, 
inf. infinitive mooo 

Int. inter) interjection. 
Intrans. intransitive. 
Ut. Ut«raMy. 
ou-rt. cueta|>Aort(MkUy. 



meton by metonvmv 

metath metathesis, the (r««»«e*f 

tion of letter* 
mid. middle voice 

N. T New Testamea\ 
opt. optative mood. 

O. T Old Testament 

part. participle, 
pass. passive voice, 
p. per. perfect tense 
plu. p pluperfect tenae. 
pi. plural, 
pr. properly, 
preced preceding, 
prep. preposition, 
pron. pronoun, 
quater four timet, 
sc. scilicet, that is to eny 

that is. 

seq sequente, as, seq. gen. so- 

quente genitivo, with i 
genitive following. 

sing singular — the ngure« 

placed before sing. or 
pi. denote the person. 



spc 


specially, i. e. in a special 




and loca 1 meaning. 


subj. 


subjunctive mood 


subs 


substantive 


supen 


superlative 


ter, 


thrice. 


trans 


transitively 


trop 


tropically, 1. e. turned 



aside from its •triot 
literal meaning 
v. pel, or. 

r. r. a various reading to th* 



common text. 

viz. videlicet, that is, namely 

too. vocative case. 

» attached to a word shows it to be 
masculine ; ij, to be feminine , o » 
to be common, i e. miiMuHr? u. t 
feminine . and t», W> be ueute* 



GREEK AND ENGLISH LEXICON 

TO THE 

NEW TESTAMENT. 



A., a, Alpha, the first letter of the 
Greek Alphabet, and used for the 
first, Re. 1.8,11 ; 21.6; 22. 13. 

In composition, it denotes privation; 

sometimes augmentation, and union. 
Afidprjs, eos, ouy, 6, 77, to, -es, (d& 
/3<£pos) not burdensome, not charge- 
able, 2 Co. 11.9. 
A/3/35, ind. Ch. or Sy. father, 
Mar. 14.36. Ro.8. 15. Ga. 4. 6. 

* Aj3vacros, ov, 77, pr. bottomless ; 
place of the dead, hell. 

' Ayadotpyeco, a>, * AyaQovpyco, f. 
ijcrw, (aya.06; & epyov) to do good, 
confer benefits, 1 Ti. 6. 18. N. T. 
AyadoTroieco, co, f. rjcrco, (dyados & 
ttoUoi) to do good, benefit, do well : 
(S.) whence 
AyadoTroua, as, 77, well-doing, pro- 
bity, 1 Pe. 4. 19. L. G. 

' Ayadonoios, ov, 6, 77, a well-doer, 

lPe.2. 14. L.G. 
Aycidos, 17, ov, good, profitable, ge- 
nerous, beneficent, upright, virtuous : 
whence. 

' 'Ay <a6coo~vvr\, r)s, rj, goodness, virtue, 
beneficence. S. 

AyaWidcris, ecos, 77, exultation, ex- 
treme joy: (S.)from 

AyaXX.La.co, co, f. daco, to celebrate, 
praise ; also equivalent to AyaXXta- 
o/xai, co/aai, to exult, rejoice exceed- 
ingly; to desire ardently, Jno. 8. 56. S. 

Aydpos, ov, 6, 77, (d & ydpos) un- 
married. 1 Co. 7.8, 11,32, 34. 

AyavciKTeco, co, f. 7/crco, to be pained ; 
to be angry, vexed, indignant; to 
manifest indignation : whence 



An 

' AyavaKTrjcris, ecos, f], indignation, 
2 Co. 7. 11. 

^Ayairdco, co, f. rjcrco, p. rjydnrjKa, to 
love, value, esteem, feel or manifest 
generous concern for, be faithful to- 
wards ; to delight in ; to set store 
upon, Re. 12.11: whence 

'Aydnr], rjs, 37, love, generosity, kindly 
concern, devotedness ; pi. love-feasts, 
Ju. 12. S. 

' 'Ay arr-qTos, 77, ov, beloved, dear ; 
worthy of love. 

y Ayyapevco, f. evcrco, (ayyapos, a 
Persian courier, or messenger, who 
had authority to press into Ins service 
men, horses, &c.) to press or compel 
another to go somewhere, or carry 
some burden. 

y Ayyeiov, ov, to, (ayyos, the same) 
a vessel, utensil, Mat. 13. 48 ; 25. 4. 

'AyyeAi'a, as, 17, a message, doctrine, 
or precept, delivered in the name 01 
any one, 1 Jno. 3. 11: from 

"Ayyikos, ov, 6, 77, one sent, a mes- 
senger, angel. 

'Aye, a particle of exhortation, (pr. 
imperat. of ayu) come, come now, 
Ja.4. 13; 5. 1. 

AyeXrj, rjs, r), (ciyco) a drove, flock, 
herd. 

' Ay eve aXoyrjTOs, ov, 6, 77, (d & yevc- 
aXoyeu)) not included in a pedigree 
independent of pedigree, He. 7. 3 
N. T. 

y Ayevr)s, eos, 6, 77, to, -rr. (d & y*- 
i>o<;) ignoble, base, 1 Co. 1. 16 

'Ayid(co, f. dcrco, p. pass. r)yiacr- 
/ucu, (aytos) to separate, consecrate: 
it 



An 

cleanse, purify, sanctify ; regard or 
reverence as holy : (S.) whence 

Aytacrpos, ov, 6, sanctific-ation, 
moral purity, sanctity. S. 

Ay to?, ta, iov, separate from com- 
mon condition and use ; dedicated, 
Lu. 2. 23; hallowed; used of things, 
Ta ayia, the sanctuary; and of per- 
sons, saints, e. y. members of the first 
Christian commvnities ; pure, right- 
eous, ceremonially or morally ; holy : 
whence 

Ayiorn?, t)to$, r), holiness, sanctity, 

He. 12. 10. S. 
Ayicocrvvr), rjs, r), sanctification, 

sanctity, holiness. S. 
Ay/cdAn, r/s, r), (dyKr), the same) the 

arm, Lu. 2. 28. (a) 
"AyKicrrpov, ov, to, a hook, fish-hook, 

Mat. 17. 27. 
Aynupa, as, r), an anchor, Ac. 27. 

29, 30, 40. 

v Ayvd(pos, ov, 6, r), (a. & yvanTco, 
to full, dress) unfulled, undressed; 
new, Mat. 9. 16. Mar. 2. 21. N. T. 

Ayve'ia, as, r), (ayvos) purity, chas- 
tity, 1 Ti. 4. 12 ; 5. 2. 

Ayvi^to, f. Laa>, to purify ; 1o purify 
morally, 1 eforro . 'AyvCfr^ai, p. rj-yi/io-- 
fj.ai, a. 1. T)yvla9r)v, to live like one 
under a vow of abstinence, as the 
Nazarites: whence 

'Ayviapos, ov, 6, purification, ab- 
stinence, Ac. 21. 20. L. G. 

'Ayvoea, a>, f. r)cra>, to be ignorant ; 
not to understand ; sin through ig- 
norance: whence 

nryvorjpa, cltos, to, error, sin of 
ignorance, He. 9. 7. 

"Ayvoia, as, r), ignorance. 

Ayvos, r), ov, pure, chaste, modest, 
innocent, blameless : whence 

Ay vqtt)s, TTjTos, r), purity, life of 
purity, 2 Co. 6. 6. 

Ayveos, adv. purely, sincerely, Phi. 
1. 16. 

y Ayv<j)o-ia, as, r), (d & yva>o~is) ig- 
norance, 1 Co. 15. 34. 1 Pe. 2. 15. 

*Ayva>OTos, ov, 6, r), (d & yvcoo-TOs) 
unknown, Ac. 17. 23. 
Ayopa, as, r), dyelpco, to gather to- 
gether) a place of public concourse, 



i Aro 

forum, market-place ; things Bold In 
the market, provisions : ichence 
y Ayopd£a>, f. do-(o, p. pass. r)yopaa- 

ftai, a. 1. pass. r)yopdcr(h}v, to buy; 
redeem, acquire by a ransom or price 
])aid. 

""AyopaXos, ov, 6, r), one who visits 
the forum ; a lounger, one who idles 
away his time in public places, a 
low fellow, Ac. 17. 5. 

'Ayopaios, ov, 6, r), pertaining to 
the forum, judicial ; dyopcuoi, court 
days, Ac. 19. 38. 

"Ay pa, as, 17, a catching, thing taken, 
draught of fishes, Lu. 5. 4, 9. 

'Ay pa.ppa.TOS , ov, 6, r), (d & ypap.p.a) 

illiterate, unlearned, Ac. 4. 13. 
AypavXeco, go, f. 770*0), (dypos & 
avA.7j) to remain in the open air, es- 
pecially by night, Lu. 2. 8. 

'Aypevco, f. evcrco, (aypa) to take 
in hunting, catch, Mar. 12. 13. 

' Ay puXaios, ov, 77, (aypios & e'Xat'a) 
a wild olive-tree, oleaster, Ko. il. 17, 
24. 

"Ayptoy, [a, iov, belonging to the 

field, wild ; fierce, raging : from 
'Aypd?, ov, 6, a field, especially a 

cultivated field ; jrt. the country ; 

lands, farms, villages. 
' ' AypvTTvea, co, f. rjaco, to be awake 

watch ; to be watchful, vigilant : 

ichence 

'Aypvrrvia, as, 17, want of sleep 

watching, 2 Co. 6. 5; 11. 27. 
"Ayco, f. n£co, p. f)%a, dyqoxa, a. 2. 

fiyayov, f. 1. pass. aySTjcrojULai, a. 1. 
pass. f)x&r\v, p. pass. ^y/n<«, to lead, 
bring ; lead away, drive off, as a 
booty of cattle ; conduct, accompany ; 
lead out, produce ; conduct witU 
force, drag, hurry away ; guide, in 
cite, entice ; convey oneself, go, go 
away; pass or spend as time; cele- 
brate : ichence 

'Aycoyr;, rjs, r), guidance, mode oi 
instruction, discipline, course of life, 
2 Ti. 3. 10. 

y Aya>v, covos, 6, place of contest, race- 
course, stadium ; a contest, strife 
contention ; peril, toil : whence 

'Aycovla, as, r), contest, violen' ^trug 
gle ; agony, anguish, Lu 28. 44. 



3 



AGA 



Aya>vi£ap,ai, f. tcropai, p. pass, 77-yco- j 
via-^at, to be a combatant in the pub- | 
lie games ; to contend, tight, strive j 
earnestly. 

Addnavos, ov, 6, f), (d & hairdvrj) 
without expence, gratuitous, 1 Co. 
9. 18. 

'A8eX(prj, r)s, rj, a sister ; near kins- 
woman or female relative ; a female 
member of the Christian commu- 
nity: from 

ASeXcpos, ov, 6, (d & 8eX(pvs, the 
womb) a brother ; near kinsman or 
relative ; one of the same nation or 
nature; one of equal rank and dig- 
nity ; an associate, a member of the 
Christian community : lohence 

A8eX(pOTrjs, rr/ros, f], brotherhood, 
the body of the Christian brother- 
hood, 1 Pe. 2. 17; 5.9. S. 

"ASrjXos, ov, 6, r), to, ov, (d & 
SrjAo?) not apparent or obvious ; un- 
certain, not distinct, Lu. 1 1. 44. 1 Co. 
14. 8 : whence 

> AbrjK6rrjs, rqros, rj, uncertainty, 
inconstancy, 1 Ti. 6. 17. L. G. 

, A8rjXcos, adv. not manifestly, un- 
certainly, dubiously, 1 Co. 9. 26. 
Adrj/xoveco, o>, f. rjaco, to be de- 
pressed or dejected, full of anguish 
or sorrow. 

*Ai8qs, ov, 6, the invisible abode 
or mansion of the dead ; the place of 
punishment, hell; the lowest place 
or condition, Mat. 11. 23. Lu. 10. 15. 

i A8iaKptTOS, ov, 6, rj, (d & 8ia- 
(cpiVaj) undistinguishing, impartial, 
Ja. 3. 17. 

A8idXenrTOS, ov, 6, rj, (a &, 8ia- 
AeiVco) unceasing, constant, settled, 
Ro. 9. 2. 2 Ti. 1. 3: ivhence 

'AdiaXeinTcoaf adv. unceasingly, by 
an unvarying practice. 

'A8ta(pdopLa, as, r), (d & 8ia(p- 
Oopd) incorruptness, genuineness, 
pureness, Tit. 2. 7. 

A8iK((o, co, f. 770-00, p. rjKa, (d & 
61/07) to act unjustly ; wrong ; in- 
jure ; violate a law: whence 

A8iKrjpa, aros, to, an act of in- 
justice, crime. 

ddiKia, as, r), injustice, wrong ; in- 
iquity, falsehood, deceitfulnese. 



"A8Xkos, ov, 6, r), to, -ov, unjust, 
unrighteous , iniquitous, vicious ; de- 
ceitful, fallacious. 

, A8ckcos, adv. unjustly, undeservedly t 
I Pe. 2. 19. 

'AdoKifios, ov, 6, 17, (d & doKijios) 
unable to stand test rejected, re» 
fuse, worthless. 

AooAo?, ov, o, rj, (d & 86Xos) with- 
out deceit, sincere, 1 Pe. 2. 2. 

'AbpOTTjs, TrjTOS, r), (d8pos, mature, 

full) abundance, 2 Co. 8. 20. 
AoWareco, co, f. rjcro), not to be 
able ; to be impossible : from 

'AdvvaTOS, ov, 6, r), to, -ov, (d & 
Svvaixat.) impotent, weak ; impossible. 

"Ai8cd (contr. fr. deldai) f. acrco, 
aa-Ofxai, to sing. 

'Aei, alway, for ever, aye. 

'Aero?, ov, 6, an eagle. 

"Atjjpos, ov, 6, r), (d & £vfj.rj) un- 
leavened; ra a^vixa, the feast of 
unleavened bread ; metaph. pure 
from foreign matter, unadulterated, 
genuine ; to afrfxov, genuineness, 
l ( Co. 5. 7, 8. 

y Ar)p, depos, 6, air, atmosphere. 

' Adavaata, as, 17, (d & OdvaTOs) 
immortality, 1 Co. 15. 53, 54. 1 Ti.6. 
16. 

' AdepiTos, ov, 6, r), to, -ov, (d & 
9eixiTo<;, lawful) unlawful, criminal, 
wicked, Ac. 10. 28. 1 Pe. 4. 3. 

"A 6eos, ov, 6, rj, (d & Gee?) an 
Atheist ; godless, estranged from 
the knowledge and worship of the 
true God, Ep. 2. 12. 

"Adeapos, ov, 6, 77, (d & decrpos, . 
law) lawless, unrestrained, licen- 
tious, 2 Pe. 2. 7; 3. 17. L.G. 

'A^ereco, co, f. 770-00, (d & Tidrjpt) pr. 
to displace, set aside ; to abrogate, 
annul, violate, swerve from ; reject, 
contemn : (L. G.) whence 

^AdeTrjcrts, ecos, r), abrogation, an- 
nulling, He. 7. 18 ; 9. 26. 

'A#Aeco, go, f. 770*00, p rjOXrjKa, 
(ae0A.o?, strife, contest) to strive, con- 
tend, be a champion in the publie 
games, 2 Ti. 2. 5 : whertce 
AdXrjo-is, ecos, r), contest, combat 
struggle, conflict, He. 10. 32. L.G 



A0Y 

Advpeco, co, f. rjcra), (d & dvpos) 
to despond, be disheartened, Col.3.21 . 

'Adcoos, ov, 6, rj, (d & Ocor], a pe- 
nalty) unpunished; metaph. inno- 
cent, Mat. 27. 4, 24. 

Atyetoy, eta, eiov, (ai£, yds, a goat) 
belonging to a goat, He. 1!. 37. 

AiytaXds, ov, 6, sea-shore. 

Aldus, ov, 6, r], (del) always exist- 
ing, eternal, Ro. 1. 20. Jude 6. 

Al8(os, ovs, f}, modesty, reverence, 
1 Ti. 2. 9. He. 12. 28. 

Aipa, aros, to, blood ; of the colour 
of blood ; bloodshed ; blood-guilti- 
ness ; natural descent. 

Al/J-areK)(vcrla, as, 17, (aijxa & eKx v ~ 
tri9, fr. eKvetxi) an effusion or shedding 
of blood, He. 9. 22. N. T. 

Alp.oppoeoo, co, f. r)cra>, (atpa & 
poo?, fr. pew) to have a flux of blood, 
Mat. 9. 20. 

AtWcrt?, eoos, 17, praise, He. 13. 15: 
(S.)from 

Alveoi, co, f. ecrco, (aivos) to praise, 
celebrate. 

A'lviypa, aros, to, (alvlcr<T(o, to in- 
timate obscurely) an enigma, any 
thing obscurely expressed or inti- 
mated, 1 Co. 13. 12. 

AtVoy, ov, 6, praise, Mat. 21. 16. 
Lu. 18. 43. 

A'lpecris, ecos, 17 (alpeopai) strict!)/, 
a choice or option ; hence, a sect, fac- 
tion ; by iii)]>/. discord, contention. 

Aiperl^co, f. laa>, a. 1. rjpeTicra, (fr. 
same) to choose, choose with delight 
or love,-Mat. 12. 18. 

AiperiKos, ov, 6, (fr. same) one who 
creates or fosters factions, Tit. 3. 10. 

Alpeoo, to, f. rjaco, p. jjpiJKa, p. pass. 

r)pr\ixa<., mid. aipeOfxai, ovixai, a. 2. 

etAd/xrji', to take ; mid. to choose. 
At'pco, f. dpco, a. 1. f)pa, to take up, 

lift, raise ; bear, carry ; take away, 

remove ; destroy, kill. 
AlaSdvouai, f. alcrdrjcropai, a. 2. 

!iovofxr)v, to perceive, understand, Lu. 

9. 45 : whence 
A'lcrdrjo-is, ecos, rj, perception, un- 
derstanding, Phi. 1. 9. 
Aicrdr)Tr)piov, ov, to, an organ of 

perception ; internal sense, He. 5. 14. 



A IX 

AlaxpoKephrjs, eos, ovs, 6, 17, (alcr^- 
pos & /ce'pSos) eager for dishonourabJ* 
gain, sordid, 1 Ti. 3. 3, 8. Tit. i. 7 1 

whence 

Alcrxpoxepdais, ode. for the sake oi 
base gain, sordidly, I Fe. 5 2. N. T. 

Atcr^poXoyt'a, as, 77, (alo~xpds & 
Adyos) vile or obscene language, foul 
talk, Col. 3. 8. 

Aiaxpds, d, ov, strict!)/, deformed, 
opp. to koAos ; metaph. indecor- 
ous, indecent, dishonourable, vile: 
whence 

AlaxpoTTjs, TTjTOs, 17, indecorum, 
indecency, Ep. 5. 4. 

AlaxyvT], rjs, t], shame, disgrace ; 
cause of shame, dishonourable con- 
duct : (v) whence 

Aio"xy vo l LaL i £ vvovpai & vv6r)o~rj- 
nai, to be ashamed, confounded. 

Atreco, co, f. T^crco, a. 1. r/Tqara, to 
ask, request; demand; desire, Ac. 
7. 46 : whence 

AiTTjfia, aTOS, to, a thing asked or 
sought for ; petition, request, Lu. 23. 
24. 1 Jno. 5. 15. 

Alt la, as, r), cause, motive, incite- 
ment ; accusation, crime ; case. 

AiTtapa, aTos, to, charge, accusa- 
tion, Ac. 27. 7 : from 

AiTidofiai, copai, (atrt'n) v. r. Ro. 
3. 9, to charge, accuse. 

AlVtos - , ov, 6, r], causative ; o'Itios, an 
author or causer, He. 5. 9 ; to oLtlov, 
equivalent to alria. 

AiTidfia, otos, to, v. r. Ac. 25. 7, 

equivalent to airland. N. T. 
Alcpvldios, ov, 6, f), unforeseen, un- 
expected, sudden, Lu. 21 . 34. 1 Thes 
5. 3. 

Alxpcikooala, as, h, (aixpd\eoTO!>) 
captivity, state of captivity ; cap- 
tive multitude, Ep. 4. 8. Re. 13. 10 
L. G. 

Ar^ifiAcoreuco, f. evaco, to lead cap- 
tive ; met. to captivate, Ep. 4. 8. 2 11 
3. 6. 

AixpaXcoTlfa, f. icrco, to lead cap- 
tive; bi/ impl. to subject, Lu. 21. 24. 
Ro. 7. 23. 2 Co. 10. 5. L. G. 

Alxpd\coTos, ov, 6, (alxp*), a spear 
& oAi'oTco/xai, to capture) a captive 
Lu. 4. 18. 



Am 2 

(ila>v, covos, 6, pr. a peri id of time 
of significant character ; life ; an 
era ; an age ; hence, a st ate of things 
marking an age or era ; the present 
order of nature ; the natural con- 
dition of man, the world ; 6 aiiav, 
illimitable duration, eternity ; as 
also, oi aitoves, 6 altov tu>v aiiovwv, oi 
aiw^es riav aitxtvuv ; by an Aramaism 
oi atwi/es, the material universe He. 
1.2: whence 

Ala>vios, tov, 6, r}, & aloovtos, la, 
ov, indeterminate as to duration, 
eternal, everlasting. 

'Atcadapala, as, fj, (d & Ka8alp<±>) 
uncleanness ; lewdness ; impurity of 
motive, 1 Thes. 2. 3. 

1 AKaddprrjs, ttjtos, fj, impurity, Re. 
17.4. N.T. 

AicdBapTos, ov, 6, fj, impure, un- 
clean; lewd; foul. 

AKaipeopai, ovpai, f. fjcropai, (d 
& xaipos) to be without opportunity, 
or occasion, Phi. 4. 10. N. T. 

AKaipcos, adv. unseasonably, 2 Ti. 
4. 2. 

'AxaKO?, ov, 6, fj, (d & Kanos) free 
from evil, innocent, blameless ; art- 
less, simple, Ro. 16. 18. He. 7. 26. 

AKavda, rjs, rj, a thorn, thorn-bush, 
Mat. 7. 16 : whence 

'Andvdivos, ov, 6, fj, thorny, made 
of thorns, Mar. 15. 17. Jno. 19. 5. 

'AitapTTOS, ov, 6, fj, to, -ov, (a. & 
Kapnos) without fruit, unfruitful, 
barren ; by impl. noxious. 

AKarctyvcDO'TOS, ov, 6, rj, to, -ov, 
(a & Ka.Ta.yii/itio-Kii>) pr. not worthy of 
condemnation bi/ a judge ; hence, ir- 
reprehensible, Tit. 2. 8. S. 

^AKaTaKaKvwTos, ov, 6, fj, (d & 
KaraKakvinui) uncovered, unveiled, 
1 Co. 11.5, 13. L. G. 

'AnaTaKpiTOS, ov, 6, fj, (d & <a- 
TaKpwio) uncondemned in a public 
trial, Ac. 16. 37; 22. 25. N.'L . 

'AKaTaXvTos, ov, 6, fj, (d & <a- 
toAvuj) incapable of dissolution, in- 
dissoluble ; hence, enduring, ever- 
lasting, He. 7. 16. L.G. 
AKaTarravo'Tos, ov, 6, fj, (d & Ka- 
Tairavui) which cannot be restrained 
from a thing, unceasing, 2 l'e. 2. 14. 
L. G. 



i AKP 

' AKaTacrTacrla, as, fj, (d & Ka6l- 
o-Tanai, to be in a fixed and tranquil 
state) pr. instability ; hence an un- 
settled state ; disorder, commotion, 
tumult, sedition, Lu. 21. 9. 1 Co. 14. 
33. 2 Co. 6. 5; 12.20. Ja. 3. 16. L.G. 

'AKcrrdo-raro?, ov, 6, fj, unstable, 

inconstant, Ja. 1. 8. 
A/cardcr^e-ros", ov, 6, fj, (d & Ka- 
Te'x<u) not coercible, irrestrain able, 
untameable, unruly, Ja. 3. 8. L. G. 

'AKepaios, ov, 6, fj, (d & Kepdvwpi, 
to mix) pr. unmixed; hence, with- 
out mixture of vice or deceit, sincere, 
artless, blameless, Mat. 10. 16. Ro. 
16. 19. Phi. 2. 15. 

'AkXivtjs, eos, 6, fj, (d & kXIvu>) 
not declining, unwavering, steady 
He. 10. 23. 

'AKpdfa, f. dcrcx), to flourish, ripen, 
be in one's prime, Re. 14. 18 : from 

AKp.r), rjs, fj, (aKr), idem) pr. the 
point of a weapon ; point of time ; 
aKfjLyv for ko.t 6.Kp.riv, adv. yet, still, 
even now, Mat. 15. 16. 

'A/cor), rjs, fj, (aKovco) hearing, the 
act or sense of hearing ; the instru- 
ment of hearing, the ear; a thing 
heard, instruction, doctrine, report. 

'AnoXovdeo), co, f. rjcrrj), p. fjKO- 
KovdvKa, to follow ; follow as a dis- 
ciple ; imitate. 
Akovco, f. ovcrco, ovo~op.ai, p. d<rj- 

Koa, p. pass. TjKOixr/xai a. 1 . pass. rjKOv- 

<t8i\v, to hear; hearken, listen to; 
heed, obey ; understand. 
'AKpaala, as, fj, (d<paTrjs) intem- 
perance, incontinence, Mat. 23. 25. 
1 Co. 7. 5. 

'AKpaTrjs, eos, ovs, 6, fj, to, -es, 
(a & /cparos) not master of one's self, 
intemperate, 2 Ti. 3. 3. 

"AicpaTos, ov, 6, rj, to, -ov, (d 
& KepiwvfjLt) unmixed, unmingled 
wine, Re. 14. 10. 

'AKptfieia, as, fj, accuracy, exact- 
ness ; or rigour, severe discipline 
Ac. 22. 3 : from 

'AKpIftrjs, eos, 6, fj, to, -es, accu- 
rate, exact; severe, rigorous, Ac. 18 
26 ; 23. 15, 20 ; 24. 22 ; 26^ 5 : ichenct 
Anpifiooi, co, f. too" co, p. rjKpificoKa, 
to inquire accurately, or assiduously 
Mat. 2. 7, 16 : comp. ver. 8. 



AKP 6 

A<pij3cos, adv. diligently, accurately, I 
Mat. 2. 8. Lu. 1. 3. Ac. 18. 25. Ep. 
5. 15. 1 Thes. 5. 2. 

'AKpis, idos, rj, a locust, Mat. 3. 4. ' 
Mar. 1.6. Re. 9. 3, 7. 

AKpoarTjpiov, ov, to, (aKpodopai, 
to hear) a place of audience, au- 
ditorium, Ac. 25. 23. L. G. 

AKpodrrjs, ov, 6, a hearer, Ro. 2. 

13. Ju. 1. 22, 23, 25. 
AKpoftvarla, as, r), (clxpov & {3vco, 

to cover) the prepuce, foreskin ; 
uncircumcision, the state of being 
uncircumcised ; the abstract being 
put for the concrete, uncircumcised 
men. i. e. Gentiles. S. 
' Anpoycovialos, a, ov, (aKpos & yco- 
via) corner-foundation stone, Ep. 2. 
20. 1 Pe. 2. 6. S. 

*AK.pod'lVlOV, OV, TO, (I'lKpOS & 6'lV, 

a heap) the first-fruits of the pro- 
duce of the ground, which were 
taken from the top of the heap and 
offered to the gods ; the best and 
choicest of the spoils of war, usually 
collected in a heap, He. 7. 4. 

Anpov, ov, to, the top, tip, end, 
extremity, Mat. 24. 31. Mar. 13. 27. 
Lu. 16. 24. He. 11. 21 : from 

A<pos, a, ov, (aKr)) pointed ; hence, 
extreme, uppermost. 

Axvpoco, co, f. cocrco, (d & Kvpoco) 
to deprive of authority, annul, abro- 
gate, Mat. 15. 6. Mar. 7. 13. Gal. 3. 
17. L.G. 

AkcoXvtcos, adv. (d & kcoXvco) with- 
out hindrance, freely, Ac. 28. 31. (v). 

Akcov, ovcra, ov, (for deKccv, fr. d 
& e/coiv) unwilling, 1 Co. 9. 17. 

AXd(3ao~Tpov, ov, to, alabaster ; a 
vase to hold perfumed ointment, 
properly made of alabaster, but also 
of other materials, Mat. 2G. 7. Mar. 

14. 3. Lu. 7. 37. 

'AXa^bve t'a, as, rj, ostentation ; boast- 
ing ; haughtiness, I Jno. 2. 10: from 

AXa^cov, ovos, 6, r), ostentatious, 
vain-glorious, arrogant, boasting, 
Ro. 1. 30. 2 Ti. 3. 2. 

AXaXd(co, f. d£co, d£opat, pr. to 
raise the war-cry, dAaAa ; hence, to 
utter other loud .sounds ; to wail, , 
Mar. 5. 38; to tinkle, ring, 1 Co. 13. 1. I 

\XaXrjros, ov, 6, //, tu, -ui>, (d Sc ' 



AAA 

AaAeto) unutterable, or unexpressed 

Ro. 8. 2G. L. G. 

"AXdXor, ov, 6, f], (fr. same) un- 
able to speak, dumb. Mar. 7. 37. 
AXo?, otos, to, (cTXs) salt ; met. 
wisdom and prudence. L.G. 

'AXeicftco, f. yj/co, to anoint vnth oil 
or ointment. 

' AXeKTopoCpcovia, as, r), (dXeVrcop 
& <$>wvfj) the cock-crowing, the third 
watch of the night, intermediate to 
midnight and daybreak, and termed 
cock-crow, Mar. 13. 35. L.G. 

AXeKTcop, opos, 6, a ccck, gallus, 
Mat. 26. 34. Mar. 14. 30. Lu 22. 34. 
Jno. 13. 38. 

AXevpov, ov, to, (dXeco, to grind) 
meal, flour, Mat. 13. 33. Lu. 13. 21. 

AXrjdeia, as, r, (dXnBrjs) truth, 
verity ; love of truth, veracity, sin- 
cerity ; divine truth revealed to 
man ; practice in accordance with 
Gospel truth. 

AXrj6evco, f. evaco, to speak or 
maintain the truth ; act truly or sin- 
cerely, Ga. 4. 1G. Ep. 4. 15 : from 

AXrjdrjs, cos, 6, r), to, -es, true ; 
worthy of credit ; studious of truth, 
veracious : whence 

AXrjdivos, rj, ov, sterling ; real ; 
unfeigned, trustworthy, true. 

AXrjdco, f. dXr)aco, (dXeco, idem) to 
grind, Mat. 24. 41. Lu. 17. 35. 

'AXrjdocs, adv. (dXr]0r)s) truly, really ; 
certainly, of a truth ; truly, vertt- 
ciously. 

'AXic-vs, €os, ecus, 6, (dXs, the sea) 
a fisherman, Mat. 4. 18, 19. Max. 1. 
1G, 17. Lu. 5. 2: whence 

'AXkvco, f. evaco, to fish, Jno. 21. ?. 

'AXt'£co, f. Icrco, (aXs) to salt, sea- 
son with salt, preserve by salting, 
Mat. 5. 13. Mar. 9. 49. 

' AXlayrjpa, otos, to, (dXicrycco, to 
pollute, in the Sept.) pollution, de- 
filement, Ac. 15. 20. N.T. 

'AXXd, conj. but ; however; but still 
more ; dAAaye, at all events ; aAA' »j, 
unless, except. 'AAAa also serves to 
introduce a sentence with keenness and 
emphasis, Ro. G. 5 ; 7. 7. Phil. 3. 8. 
Jno. 16. 2. 

'AXXdp-o-w, f. d£oo, a. 1. paw JjK 



AAA 



AMA 



\.d\6riv, a. 2. ^AAayrji/, f. aAAayrj<ro/uiai, 
(fr. aAAos) to change, alter, trans- 
form, Ac. 6. 14. Ro. 1. 23. 1 Co. 15. 
51, 52. Gra. 4. 20. He. 1. 12. 
AXXaxodev, adv. (d'AAoy & -dev, 
denoting from a place) from an- 
other place or elsewhere, Jno. 10. 1. 
L.G. 

AXhrjyopeco, co, (aAAoy & dyopeva), 
to speak) to say what is either de- 
signed or fitted to convey a meaning 
other than the literal one, to allego- 
rize, Ga ; 4. 24. L.G. . 

AXXijXovia, Heb. IVl/Vn. Praise 
ye Jehovah, Re. 19. 1, 3, 4, 6. 

AXXfjXoiv, gen. pi., dXXr)Xois, ats, 
oi?, dat. dAArjAou;, as, a, acc. (fr. 
(LUos) one another, each other. 

'AXXoyevfjS, eos, 6, ^, (aXXos & 
yeVos) of another race or nation, i.e. 
not a Jew ; a stranger, foreigner, Lu. 
17. 18. S. 

"AXXop.ai, f. dXovp,ai, a. 1. fjXdp.rjv, 
to leap, jump, leap up, Ac. 3. 8 ; 14. 
10 ; to spring, as water, Jno. 4. 14. 

*AAAo?, 77, o, another, some other ; 
6 aAAos, the other; oi aAAcu, the 
others, the rest. 

' AXXoTpioe7ricrK07ros, 01/, 6, fj, pr. 
one who meddles with the affairs of 
others, a busy-body in other men's 
matters ; factious, 1 Pe. 4. 15. (N. T.) 
fr. e7u<rKoiros and 

% AXXoTpios, la, tov, (aXXos) belong- 
ing to another, alienus, foreign ; a 
foreigner, alien. 
AXX6(pvXos, ov, 6, fj, (aXXos & 
t&vA?j) of another race or nation, i. e. 
not a Jew, a foreigner, Ac. 10. 28. 

AXAcoy, adv. (aXXos) otherwise, 
1 Ti. 5. 25. 

AA 06.03, co, f. rjcro), & do"co, to 
thresh ; to tread, or thresh out, 1 Co. 
9. 9, 10. 1 Ti. 5. 18. 

AAoyo?, ov, 6, fj, to, -ov, (a & 
Acryos,) without speech or reason, 
irrational, brute; unreasonable, ab- 
surd, Ac. 25. 27. 2 Pe. 2. 12. Jude 
10. 

'AAdr/, fj also termed £vXaX6rj, 
avaAAoYoi/, aloe, lign-aloe, excoccaria 
(igallorhon Linn., a tree which grows 
•ii India and Cochin-China, the 
'vood of which is soft and bitter 



1 though highly aromatic. It is used 
i by tlie Orientals as a perfume ; and 
; employed for the purposes of era- 
I r balming, Jno. 19. 39. L. G. 
| AA?, dXos, 6, salt, Mar. 9. 49. 

AAukoV, fj, 6v, (ciXs) brackish* 
bitter, salt, Ja. 3. 12. 

"AAu7ro?, ov, 6, fj, (d & XvTrrj) 
free from grief or sorrow, Phi. 2. 28. 

"AXvcris, ecos, fj, a chain, Mar. 5.3,4. 
AXvaiTeXrjs, eos, 6, fj, (d & Xv~ 
<TLTe\r)<;, i. e. Xvuiv to. tsAjj) pr. bring- 
ing in no revenue or profit ; hence, 
unprofitable, useless ; and by impl. 
destructive, fatal, He. 13. 17. 

'AXoiv, oivos, fj, (a later form oi 
aAcog, to, ij) a threshing-floor, a place 
where corn is trodden out ; meton. 
the corn which is trodden out, Mat. 
3. 12. Lu. 3. 17. 

'AAco7r?7£, e<os, fj, a fox ; met. a 
crafty man, Mat. 8. 20. Lu. 9. 58 ; 
13. 32. 

"AAcocriy, ecos, fj, (dAicnco/icu) a tak- 
ing, catching, capture. 

' Ajxa, adv. with, together with; at 
the same time. 

'A/jLddfjs, eos, 6, fj, (d & fxavddva>) 
unlearned, uninstructed, rude, 2 Pe. 
3. 16. 

' ' Ajxapdvrivos, ov, 6, fj, & 

' AfidpavTos, ov, 6, fj, (d & p,apai~ 
vov-ai) unfading; hence, enduring, 
1 Pe. 1. 4 ; 5. 4. L.G. 

' Apaprdvo), f. dp.apTfjo~op.ai & dfxap- 
tti<tu>, a. 1. rffxapTTQira, a. 2, rifxapTOv, pr. 
to miss a mark ; to be in error ; to 
sin ; to wrong : whence 

' 'ApdpTrjp.a, aros, to, an error, sin ; 
offence, Mar. 3. 28 ; 4. 12. Ro. 3. 
25. 1 Co. 6. 18. 

'Ap-apTia, as, fj, error ; offence, sin ; 
a principle or cause of sin ; prone- 
ness to sin, sinful propensity ; guilt or 
imputation of sin ; a guilty subject, 
sin-offering, expiatory victim. 

'Ap.dpTvpos, ov, 6, fj, (d & p-dprus) 
without testimony or witness, with- 
out proof, Ac. 14. 17. 

'A/xaprcoAdf, ov, 6, fj, (djxapTavco) 
one who deviates from the path 
of virtue, a sinner ; depraved, sinful, 
detestable. L.G. 



AMA 

Afta^os, ov, 6, rj, (a & fxdxofiai) 
not disposed to fight; not quarrel- 
some or contentious, 1 Ti. 3. 3. Tit. 

3. 2. 

A/xdco, a», f. r}(T(i), to collect ; to 
reap, mow, or cut down, Ja. 5. 4. 

'Apedvaros, ov, 6, (d & fiedvoo) 
an amethyst, a gem of a deep pur- 
ple or violet colour, so called from 
its supposed efficacy in keeping off 
drunkenness, Re. 21. 20. 

'A/xeXeo), (£>, f. rjaca, p. r)peXt]K.a, 
d/xeArj?, d & /ue'Aei.) not to care for, to 
neglect, disregard, Mat. 22. 5. 1 Ti. 

4. 14. He. 2. 3; 8. 9. 2 Pe. 1. 12. 

'A/JLtflTTTOS, OV, 6, Tj, (fl & fJ.€fJL7rTOS, 

fr jue'|U.<£o|aa<.) hlameless, irreprehen- 

sible, without defect, Lu. 1. 6. Phi. 2. 

15 ; 3. 6. 1 Thes. 3. 13. He. 8. 7. 
'Aiie'iMrrcoy, adv. blamelessly, un- 

blameably, unexceptionably, 1 Thes. 

2. 10 ; 5. 23. 
'Apepip.vos, ov, 6, r), (d & p.epipva) 

free from care or solicitude, Mat. 

28. 14. 1 Co. 7. 32. 
' AfxerddeTOS, ov, 6, r), (d & /zeran'- 

0r}jou) unchangeable, He. G. 17, 18. 

L. G. 

AfieraKiVTjTos, ov, 6, r), (d & /xera- 
Kiv&a) immoveable, firm, 1 Co. 15. 
58. 

'A/zera/ie'Xnros, ov, 6, r), (d & p,e- 

TajaeA.oju.ai) not to be repented of; 

by impl. irrevocable, enduring, Ro. 

11.29. 2 Co. 7. 10. 
'AperavorjTOS, ov, 6, r), (d & pe- 

ravoeio) impenitent, obdurate. Ro. 

2.5. L.Gr. 

"Aperpos, ov, 6, r), to, -ov, (d & 
fj.erpoi') without or beyond measure, 
immoderate, 2 Co. 10. 13, 15. 

*Apr)v, (Heb. firm, faithful, 

true) used as a part icle both of affir- 
mation and assent, in truth, verily, 
most certainly ; so be it ; 6 i^v, 
the faithful and true One, Re. 3. 14. 

'AfxrjTcop, opos, 6, f), (d & pr)rqp) 
without mother ; independent of ma- 
ternal descent, He. 7. 3. 

^Apiavros, ov, 6, r), (d & piaivco) 
pr. unstained, unsoilcd ; met. unde- 
nted, chaste, He. 13. 4; pure, sin- 
cere, Ja. 1. 27 ; inviolate, unimpaired, 
l Pe. 1. 4. 



ANA 

App,os, ov v 7], sand. 
'Ap,vos, ov, 6, a lamb, Jnc 1. 29 

36. Ac. 8. 32. 1 Pe. 1. 19. 
'ApoiftT). rjs, r), (d/xfi/3a>, d/iet'/3o/xat- 

to requite) requital ; of kind offices, 

recompence, 1 Ti. 5. 4. 

"Ap7re\os, ov, r), a vine, grape-vine. 

'ApneXovpyos, ov, 6, r), (apneXoi 
& epyov) a viue-dresser, Lu. 13. 7. 

'ApweXoov, a>vos, 6, a vineyard. 

y Apvva>, f. vva>, a. 1. rjpvva, to ward 
off, help, assist ; mid. iiJ.vvofj.ax, to 
repel from one's self, resist, make a 
defence, assume the office of protec- 
tor and avenger, Ac. 7. 24. 

'ApCpifiaXXa), f. {3aXoo,(dp<p\, about, 
& jSoAAw) v. r. Mar. 1. 16, to throw 
around ; to cast a net : whence 

' ApCplfiXTjo-Tpov, ov, to, pr. what is 
thrown around, e. g. a garment , a 
large kind of fish-net, drag, Mat. 4. 
18. Mar. 1. 16. 

y Ap.(puvvvp,L, f. dp,(pieo-(tii p. pass. 

^jU^ieo-juai, (d/u.$i & evwfxi., to put on) 
to clothe, invest, Mat. 6. 30; 11. 8. 
Lu. 7. 25; 12. 28. 
Ap<fiodov, ov, to, (equivalent to 
dju^oSo?, ov, r), fx. dju.(/)t & 65ds) a 
road leading roimd a town or vil- 
lage ; the street of a village, Mar. 
11.4. 

"Ap<poTepoi, ai, a, (ap,(pa>, both) 
both. 

'Apu>pr]TOs, ov, 6, r), (d & paipos) 
blameless, irreprehensible, Phi. 2. 15. 
2 Pe. 3. 14. 

"Apa>p.ov, ov, to, v. r. Re. 18. 13, 
amomum, an odoriferous shrub, from 
which a precious ointment was pre- 
pared. 

"Apaipos, ov, 6, rj, (d & pa>p.os) 
blameless. 

" Av. The various constructions of this 
particle, and their significations, must 
be learnt from the grammars. Stand- 
ing at the commencement of a clause, 
it is another form of idv, if, Jno. 20. 
23. 

y Avd, prep, used in the A T . T. only in 
certain forms. 'Ava /xepo?, in turn ; 
ded jaeo-oi/, through the midst, be- 
tween ; ava Srjvdpiov, at the rate oi 
a denarius ; with numerals, ava. 



ANA 

t6v, in parties of a hundred. In 
composition, step by step, up, back, 
again. 

Ava(3adp.6s, ov, 6, the act of as- 
cending ; means of ascent, steps, 
stairs, Ac. 21. 35, 40 : from 

, Avafialvco, f. firicrofxai, p. jSeftrjKa, 
a. 2. avip-qp, (ava & i3a.Vaj) to go up, 
ascend ; climb ; embark ; to rise, 
mount upwards, as smoke ; to grow 
or spring up, as plants ; to spring 
up, arise, as thoughts. 

'AvafidWco, f. /3aXa>, p. j3e(3\r]Ka, 
(ava & /SaAAio) to throw back ; mid. 
to put off, defer, adjourn, Ac. 24. 22. 

Ai/a/3t/3a</o, f. dcra>, a. 1. dveftt- 
fiacra, (ava & |3i/3<x£to) to cause to 
come up or ascend, draw or bring 
up, Mat. 13. 48. 

Ai>a/3Ae7ro), f. \|/-ol>, (dvd & /3XeV(o) 
to look upwards ; to see again, re- 
cover sight : whence 

AvdftXeip-i?, ecos, 17, recovery of 
sight, Lu. 4. 18. 

Avafiodco, a, f. rjo~ofxai, a. 1. rjaa, 
{ava. & fioata) to cry out or aloud, 
exclaim, Mat. 27. 4G. Mar. 15. 8. 
Lu. 9. 38. ^ 
'AvaftoXr], r/s, f), (dvafidWco) delay, 
Ac. 25. 17. 

Avdyatov, ov, to v. r. for dvd>ye ov, 
which see. 

'Avayye'XXa), f. yeXoo, a. 1. dvrjy- 
■yeiXa, a. 2. pass. avr\yyi\r\v, (ava. & 
ayve'AAoj) to bring back word, an- 
nounce, report ; to declare, set forth, 
teach. 

'Avayevvdtt), 00, f. r]o~<x>, p. pass. 

ivayeyevvriixai, (ava. & yevvaui) to be- 
get or bring forth again ; regenerate, 
1 Pe. 1.3, 23. N.T. 
'AvayiVtocrKoo, f. yvatarofxaL, a. 2. 

aveyvuv, a. 1 . pass, avey vixxjQqv, (ava. & 
yieoio-KO)) to gather exact knowledge 
of, recognise, discern ; especially, to 
read. 

' Avayxdfa, f. do-o), (dvdyicr)) to 
force, compel ; constrain, urge. 

'AvayKciios, a, ov, (dvdyKrj) neces- 
sary, indispensable, 1 Co. 12. 22; 
necessary, needful, right, proper, 
Ac. 13. 46. 2 Co. 9. 5. Phi. 1. 24; 
2. 25. He. 8. 3 ; near, intimate, 
closely connected, neceasarius, as 
friends, Ac. 10, 24. 



ANA 

1 ' AvayKacrrccs, adv. by constraint 01 

compulsion, unwillingly, opp. to 
e/coucrtojs, 1 Pe. 5. 2 : from 
' AvdyKr], rjs, f), (ayx<0, to compress) 
necessity, constraint, compulsion ; 
obligation of duty, moral or spiritual 
necessity ; distress, calamity, afflic- 
tion. 

Avayvcopi^io, f. caco, a. 1. pass. 

aveyvooplcrOrji-, (ara & yvu>pC£u)) to re- 
Cognise ; pass, to be made known, or 
to cause one s self to be recognised, 
Ac. 7. 13. 

5 ' Avdyvco'Tis, eats, 17, (dvayivd>crKa>) 
reading, Ac. 13. 15. 2 Co. 3. 14. 1 Ti. 
4. 13. 

' Avdyoi, f. a£o>, a. 2. dvrjyayov, a. 
1. pass. 6.vr\x^ v ^ & ay<») to con- 
duct ; to lead or convey from a lower 
place to a higher; to offer up, as 
a sacrifice ; to lead out, produce ; 
dvayo/uai, as a nautical term, to set 
sail, put to sea. 

' AvadeiKvvp.1, v. vvco, f. £co, (dvd 
& SeUwixt) pr. to show anything by 
raising it aloft, of a, torch; to dis- 
play, manifest, snow plainly or 
openly, Ac. 1. 24 ; to mark out, con- 
stitute, appoint by some outward 
sign, Lu. 10. 1 : ivhence 

' Avddei^is, ea>$, f), a showing forth, 
manifestation ; entrance upon the 
duty or office to which one is con- 
secrated, Lu. 1. 80. L. G. 

' Avadexojiai, f. £o/xat, (dvd & Se^o- 
/j.ai) to receive, as opposed to shun- 
ning or refusing; to receive with 
hospitality, Ac. 28. 7 ; to embrace a 
proffer or promise, He. 11. 17. 

Ava8i8<o/xi, f. 5o)0"co, a. 2. dvedoov, 
(ava. & StSw/xi) to give forth, up, or 
back ; deliver, present, Ac. 23. 33. 

'Ara£aa>, to, f. rjao), (dvd & £aco) 
to live again, recover life, Ro. 14. 9. 
Re. 20. 5 ; to revive, recover activity, 
Ro. 7. 9 ; met. to live a new and re- 
formed life, Lu. 15. 24, 32. L. G. 

'Ara^reco, a>, f. rjo-co, (dvd & fo- 
reoi) to track ; seek diligently, in- 
quire after, search for, Lu. 2. 44. 
Ac. 11. 25. 

'Avatyvvv/At, f. £eo(r6>, (dvd & £o>i/- 
vvfjii) to gird with a belt or girdle; 
mid. avafrvvvpai, to gird one's self 
1 Pe. 1. 13. S. 



ANA 



1 



0 



ANA 



Avafairvpea), eo, f. rjcrco, (avd & 
fa-rrvpeo), to revive a, fire, fr. £06? & 
jrup) pr. to kindle up a dormant 
fire ; met. to revive, excite ; stir up, 
cultivate one's powers, 2 Ti. 1. 6. 
AvaddXko, f. #aXa>, a. 2. dve8a\ov, 
(ivd & 9dW(D, to thrive, flourish) />?•. 
to recover verdure, flourish again; 
wwtf. to recover activity, Phi. 4. 10. 

' 'Avddepa, aros, to, (a later equiva- 
lent to avd0r\jxa, fr. dvari'^iuu) a de- 
voted thing, but ordinarily in a bad 
sense, a person or thing accursed, 
Ko. 9. 3. 1 Co. 12. 3; 16. 22. Ga. 1. 
8, 9 ; a curse, execration, anathema, 
Ac. 23. 14 : whence 

'Avadtparlfa, f. iVco, to declare 
any one to be ivdOe^a, to curse, bind 
by a curse, Mar. 14. 71. Ac. 23. 12, 

14, 21. S. 

Avadecopeco, a>, f. rjaa, (avd & 
Oewpeui) to view, behold attentively, 
contemplate, Ac. 17. 23. He. 13. 7. 

'Avddrjpa, aros - , to, (dvarlO-qu-i) a 
gift or offering consecrated to God, 
Lu. 21. 5. 

'Avaideia, as, 17, (a & ai8d>s) pr. 
impudence ; hence, importunate soli- 
citation, or pertinacious importunity, 
without, regard to time, pla:e, or per- 
son, Lu. 11. 8. 

Avaipecris, ecoj, 17, pr. a taking up 
or away ; death, a putting to death, 
murder, Ac. 8. 1 ; 22. 20 : from 

Avaipeoi, a>, f. rjaco, a. 2. dvelXov, 

a. 1. pass. ivjipeOriv, (avd & aipeoj) 

pr. to take up, lift, as from the 
ground; to take away or off, put to 
death, kill, murder ; to take away, 
abolish, abrogate, He. 10. 9; mid. 
to take up infants in order to bring 
them up, Ac.*7. 21. 

Avalrios, Lov, 6, rj, (a & atria) 
guiltless, innocent, Mat. 12. 5, 7. 

AvaKadl^u), f. Laa>, (avd & Kadlfa) 
to set up; iiitrans. to sit up, Lu. 7. 

15. Ac. 9. 40. 

AvaKaivifa, f. tcrco, (avd & kch- 
vtfa) to renovate, renew, He. 6. 6. 

AvaKaivoco, co, f. cocrco, (dvd & <ai- 
vos) to renovate, invigorate, re- 
new, 2 Co. 4. 16. Col. 3. 10: (N. T.) 
tohetwe 

h.vaKaiv<oo~LS, ecos, fj, renovation, 
reformation, lio, 12. 2, Tit. 3. 5. 



' AvaKaXi/TTTG), f. (dvd & to* 

Kvtttoi) to unveil, uncover ; pass. met. 
to be freed from obscurity or impedi* 
ments to knowledge, 2 Co. 3. 14, 18. 

' AvaKapmco, f. \f/a>, (dvd & KapiTTw) 
pr. to reflect, bend back ; hence, to 
bend back one's course, return, Mat. 
2.12. Lu. 10.6. Ac. 18.21. He. 11.15. 

'AvdneipaL, f. euro/iai, (dvd & ku- 
P-ai) to be laid up, as offerings ; later, 
to lie, be in a recumbent posture, 
recline at table. 

' AvaKefpaXaLOQ), a>, f. coo-o), (dvd & 
Ke^aAcuov) to bring together several 
things under one, reduce under one 
head, Ep. 1. 10 ; to comprise, Eo. 13. 
9. L. G. 

'AvaKkiVGd, f. 1W0, (dvd & kXlvco) 
to lay down ; to cause to recline at 
table, &c. : mid. dvaKAlvop.ai, to re- 
cline at table. 

AvaKOTTTCO, f. \^CO, (dvd & K.01TTCO) 

pr. to beat back; hence, to check, 
impede, hinder, restrain, Ga. 5. 7. 

' Avaxpdfa, f. £co, (dvd & Kpd£co) 
to cry aloud, exclaim, shout, Mar. 1. 
23; 6. 49. Lu. 4. 33; 8. 28; 23. 18. 

'AvaKpivco, f. iva>, (dvd & np'tva) to 
sift, examine, question; to try; to 
judge, give judgment upon : hence 

AvaKpiais, ea>s, r), investigation, 
judicial examination, hearing of a 
cause, Ac. 25. 26. 

'AvaKVTTTo), f. \|/co, (dvd & kvttto)) 
pr. to raise up one's self, look up, 
Lu. 13. 11. Jno. 8. 7, 10; met. to 
recover from dejection, be cheered. 
Lu. 21. 28. 

' Ava\apl3dvco, f. Xtj^o/icu, a. 2. 

dre'AajSoi', a. 1. pass. dve\ri4>6r]v, to 
take up, receive up; bear, carry; 
take as a companion, take to one's 
self, assume : hence 

' AvdXn^-Ls, ecos, f}, a taking up, re- 
ceiving up, Lu. 9. 51. 

'AvaXicrKa), f. \u>aco, a. 1. dv7)\a>o~a, 

& drdAojcra, a. 1. pass. avr)k<I}&r^v & 
dvaAu>6r)v, (drd& ouVictkio) to consume, 

destroy, Lu. 9.54. Ga. 5.15. 2 Thes. 2.8. 
'AvaXuyla, os~, 17, (dvd & Xoyo?] 

analogy, ratio, proportion, Ro. 12. G 
' Ava\oyl£opai, f. laopai,. (dvii & 

\oyl$op.ai) to consider attentively 

He. 12.3. 



ANA 



11 



ANA 



Avakos, ou, o, t), to, -ov, (a & 

aA?) without saltness, or the taste 
and pungency of salt, insipid, Mar. 

9. 50. 

'AvaXvais, ecoy, 77, pr. dissolution ; 
met. departure, death, 2 Ti. 4. G: 
from 

AvakvcO) f. vco), (dvd & Auco) pr. 

to loose, dissolve ; intrans. to loose 

in order to departure, depart, Lu. 12. 

36; from life, Phi. 1. 23. 
^Avap-dprr/TOS, ov, 6, 77, (d & dp.ap- 

rdvh)) without sin, guiltless, Jno. 

8. 7. ^ 

'Avapeva, f. evco, (dm & /zeVco) to 
await, wait for, expect, 1 Thes. 1. 10. 
'Avapipvrjo-Kco, f. pvTjcrco, a. 1. pass. 

d^efxi^jcr^rji/ (ava & juijanjcncco) to re- 
mind, cause to remember, 1 Co. 4. 
17 ; to exhort, 2 Ti. 1. G ; mid. to call 
to mind, recollect, remember, Mar. 
14. 72. 2 Co. 7. 15. He. 10. 32: hence 

Avdpvqcris, ecoy, 77, remembrance; 
a commemoration, memorial, Lu. 
22. 19. 1 Co. 11. 24, 25. He. 10. 3. 

Avavcooo, co, f. cocrco, to renew ; 
mid to reform, become a new per- 
son, Ep. 4. 23. 

Avnvrjcpa), f. \^co, (dvd & vf)(pa>) to 
become sober; met. to recover so- 
briety of mind, 2 Ti. 2. 26. L. G. 

Avavr'ipprjTos, ou, o, 17, (d & dzre- 
pd>) not to be contradicted, indisput- 
able, Ac. 19. 3G: (L. G.) hence 

AvavripprjTcos, adv. pr. without 
contradiction or gainsaying; with- 
out hesitation, promptly, Ac. 10. 29. 

Avdt-i.os, t'ou, 6, 77, (d & a£ios) 
unworthy, inadequate, 1 Co. 6. 2 : 
hence 

Ava^lcos, adv. unworthily, in an 
improper manner, 1 Co. 11. 27, 29. 

Avdnavo~is, ecos, 77, rest, intermis- 
sion, Mat. 11. 29. Re. 4. 8; 14. 11; 
melon, place of rest, fixed habitation, 
Mat. 12. 43. Lu. 11. 24: from 

Avc.rravco, f. avo-a>, (dvd & Travcn) 
to cause to rest, give rest or quiet ; 
mid. to take rest, repose, refresh- 
ment ; to have a fixed place of rest, 
abide, dwell, 1 Pe. 4. 14. 

\i>rt7m'#ou, f. ei'crco, (dvd & Treidco) 
to persuade to a different opinion; 
to seduce, Ac. 18. 13." 



" > Ava7r€p,7ra>, f. ^co, (ava & 7re'/i7ra>) 
to send back, or again, Phile. 11 { 
to send up, remit to a tribunal, Lu. 
23. 7, 11, 15. 

' Avdmipos, ou, 6, 77, (ava & 7rr]p6s, 
maimed) maimed, deprived of some 
member of the body, or at least ol 
its use, Lu. 14. 13, 21. 

'AvaTriTTTco, f. neo-ovpai, a. 2. dve- 
irecrov, (ava & ttIttto)) to fall or recline 
backwards ; recline at table, &c. 

AvaTrXrjpoo), co, f. coca), (dvd & 
7rAi7p6«j) to fill up, complete ; fulfil, 
confirm, as a prophecy by the event ; 
fill the place of any one; to supply, 
make good ; to observe fully, keep, 
the law. 

' AvaTro\6yr}Tos, ou, 6, 77, (d & ano- 
\oyeoixai) inexcusable, lio. 1. 20 : 2. 1. 

, L - G - , 

'Ava7rruo"0"a), f. £co, (dvd & tttvct- 
o-a>) to roll back, unrol, unfold, Lu. 
4. 17. 

'AvdiTTa), f. x/z'co, (dvd & e?7rrcoj to 
light, kindle, set on fire, Lu. 12. 49. 
Ac. 28. 2. Ja. 3. 5. 

'AvapL0p.r)TOs, ou, 6, 17, (d & dpid- 
ju.d?) innumerable, He. 11. 12. 

Avao~€i(o, f. ei'crco, (dvd & cretco) 
pr. to shake up ; met. to stir up, in- 
stigate, Mar. 15. 11. Lu. 23. 5. 

'Arao"Keud£co, f. drrco, (dvd & ovceud- 
<J», fr. a-xeOos) pr. to collect one's 
effects or baggage (o-kcvt)) in order to 
remove ; to lay waste by carrying off 
or destroying every thing, destroy; 
met. to unsettle, pervert, subvert, 
Ac. 15. 24. 

' Arao"7rda>, co, f. dcrco, (avd & CTTraco) 
to draw up, or out, Lu. 14.5. Ac. 1 1. 
10. (a). 

' Avdardcris, ceo?, 77, (dv'i<TTr)pi) a 
raising or rising up ; resurrection ; 
melon, the author of resurrection, 
Jno. 11. 25 ; met. & meton. the author 
and cause of felicity, Lu. 2. 34. 
Avaorardco, co, f. coo~u>, (fr. same) 
i. e. avaararov jroiecv, to lay waste, 
destroy ; to disturb the public tran- 
quillity, excite to sedition and tu- 
mult, Ac. 17.6; 21. 38; to disturb 
the mind of any one by doubts, Sec. ; 
to subvert, unsettle, Gal. 5. 12. L. O 

A.m-crraupdco, co, f. cocrco, (ava & 



ANA 



12 



ANE 



<fravp6a>) pr. to crucify ; met . to treat 
with the greatest indignity, He. 6. 6. 
'Avao-Tfvdfa, f. £co, (avd & crre- 
va&) to sigh, groan deeply, Mar. 8. 
12. 

f Avao~rpe(poj, f. -v^co, (avd & o-rpe- 
<£a>) to overturn, throw down ; to 
turn back, return ; mid. versari, to 
be employed, occupied, engaged ; to 
have intercourse or be conversant 
with ; to live, pass one's life, follow 
any mode of life : hence 

'AvaaTpo<prj, rjs, rj, conversation, 
mode of life, conduct, deportment. 

'Avardcrcropai, f. Ta£op,ai, (avd & 
rd<T<no) pr. to arrange ; hence, to com- 
pose, Lu. 1.1. L. G. 

'AvareXXco, f. reXco, a. 1. aWraXa, 
(ivd & re'AAco, to make to rise) to cause 
to rise ; intrans. to rise, spring up, 
as the sun, stars, &c. 
^varldepai, a. 2. dvedep.T]v, (avd & 
Tifyjui) to submit to a person's con- 
sideration a statement or report of 
matters, Ac. 25. 14. Gal. 2. 2. 

'AvaroXr), 77?, 17, (dvareWco) pr. a 
rising of the sun, &c. ; the place of 
rising, the east ; met. the dawn or 
day-spring, Lu. 1. 78. 

'AvaTpenco, f. ^co, (avd & rpeVco) 
pr. to overturn, overthrow ; met. to 
subvert, corrupt, 2 Ti. 2. 18. Tit. 1.11. 
AvaTpe<pco, f. dpe^/co, p. pass, aVa- 
ri9pa.fxij.cn, a. 2. pass. dverpd^Tji', (avd 

& Tpe'^co) to nurse, as an infant, Ac. 
7. 20 ; to bring up, educate, Ac. 7. 21 ; 
22. 3. 

Ava(paLVco, f. (pavco, (avd & (palvco) 
to bring to light, display ; mid. to 
appear, Lu. 19. 11 ; a nautical term, 
to come in sight of, Ac. 21. 3. 

Ava(p(pco, f. oZo-o), a. 1. T]vey<a, a. 

2. dnjreyKoi', (dvd & 4>epo>) to bear or 
carry upwards, lead up ; to offer sa- 
crifices; to bear aloft or sustain a 
burden, as sins, 1 Pe. 2. 24. He. 9. 
28. 

Avacpcoveco, co, f. 770-co, (ava & 

<f>u>i>eu>) to exclaim, cry out, Lu. 1. 42. 
Avd)(vcns, too?, 77, (oVa^e'co, to pour 

out) a pouring out ; met. excess, 1 

Pe. 4. 4. L. G. 
*AvaxGjp€a>, to, f. 770-00, (avd & 

Xwpe'co) to go backward ; depart, go 

away; withdraw, retire. 



Ava\}sv£is ecos, 17, pr. a refreshing 
coolness after heat ; met . refreshing, 
recreation, rest, Ac. 3. 19. L.G./rom 

Awv/z-u^co, f. £co, (avd & ^v^co) 
to recreate by fresh air ; to refresh, 
cheer, 2 Ti. 1. 1G. (v). 

'AvdparrodicrTTjs, ov, 6, (dvSpdrro- 
Sov, a slave) a man-stealer, kidnap- 
per, 1 Ti. 1. 10. 
Avdpi£a>, f. icrco, (dvrjp) to render 
brave or manly ; nod. to show or be- 
have one's self like a man, 1 Co. 16. 13. 

' Avb)po(p6vos, ov, 6, (dvrjp & <po- 
vo?) a homicide, man-slayer, mur- 
derer, 1 Ti. 1. 9. 

' Avey KkrjTos, ov, 6, ^, (d & eym- 
Xe'oj) not arraigned ; unblameable. 
irreproachable, 1 Co. 1.8. Col. 1. 22. 
1 Ti.3. 10. Tit. 1. G, 7. 
AveKdirjyr/TOS, ov, 6, rj, (a & «c- 
5tr?ye'o/xa0 which cannot be related, 
inexpressible, unutterable, 2 Co. 9. 
15. L.G. 

'AveKXdXrjTos, ov, 6, 77, (a & e'jcXa- 

Ae'ca) unspeakable, ineffable, 1 Pe. 

1.8. L.G. 
'AveKXenrros, ov, 6, rj, (a & e>c- 

XeiVco) unfailing, exhaustless, Lu. 12. 

33. L. G. 
Aveicros, rj, ov, (dve)(co) tolerable, 

supportable, Mat. 10. 15; 11.22,24. 

Mar. 6. 11. Lu. 10. 12, 14. 
AveXerjpcov, ovos, 6, 77, (a & eXe^- 

/xoji') unmerciful, uncompassionate, 

cruel, Ro. 1. 31. 
'Avepi^co, f. t'cro), to agitate with 

the wind ; pass, to be agitated or 

driven by the wind, Ja. 1. 6. (L.G.) 

from 

*Avep.os, ov, 6, the wind ; met. levity, 
emptiness, Ep. 4. 14. 

'AvevbeicTos, ov, 6, 77, to, -ov, (a fc 
evSexerai) impossible, what cannot 
be, Lu. 17. 1. N.T. 

'Ave£ep€vvnTos, ov, 6, rj, to, -ov, (A 
& e£epewdu>) unsearchable, inscrut- 
able, Ro. 11. 33. 
Ave^iKaKos, ov, 6, 77, (dvt\opaL & 
K-axo?) enduring or patient under 
I evils ami injuries 2 Ti. 2. 24. L. G. 
Av(£i)(vUio~tos, uv, 6, f], (d & 
tgixvidZu), to e\])lore) which cannot 
be explored, inscrutable, incompre- 
hensible, Ro. 11. 33. Ep. 3. 8. S. 



ANE 



13 



ANO 



' \ve7rciLcrxvvT0s, ov, 6, 77, (a & e7rat- 
trxyvoixai) without cause of shame, 
irreproachable, 2 Ti. 2. 15. N. T. 

Av€ttiKt]tttos, ov, 6, 17, (d & eVt- 
kajfi^avta) pr. not to be laid hold of ; 
met. irreprehensible. unblameable, 

1 Ti. 3. 2 ; 5. 7; 6. 14. 
'Avepxop.cu, f. eXevcrop-at, a.2.awj\- j 

0ov, (avd & epxofiai.) to ascend, go 
up, Jno. 6.3. Gal. 1. 17, 18. 
"Areais, ecoy, 77, (dvlrj/jiL) pr. the re- 
laxing of any state of constraint ; 
relaxation of rigour of confinement, 
Ac. 24, 23; met. ease, rest, peace, 
tranquillity, 2 Co. 2. 12 ; 7. 5 ; 8. 13. 

2 Thes. 1.7. 

'Averdfa, f. acrco, to examine tho- 
roughly ; to examine by torture, Ac. 
22. 24, 29. S. 

"Av€V, without, Mat. 10. 29. 1 Pe. 

3. U 4. 9. 

' Avevderos, ov, 6, 77, (d & evOeros) 
not commodious, inconvenient, Ac. 
27. 12. N.T. 

' AvevplcrKo), f. prjcro), (dvd & eu- 
pCo-Kw) to find by diligent search, Lu. 
2. 16. Ac. 2J. 4. 
A.i/e^o/Ltat, f. e£o/nat, imperf. dz/ei^o- 
/u.T)i>, ^veixdjuiiji', ^vecrxojarjv, (dvd&e'x">) 
to endure, bear with ; to suffer, ad- 
mit, permit. 

'Ave\jfi6s, ov, 6, a nephew, Col. 4. 10. 

'Avrjdov, ov, rd, anethum, dill, an 
aromatic plant, Mat. 23. 23. 

AurjKco, (riVd & 77KC0) to come up to, 
to pertain to ; di^/cei, impers. it is fit, 
proper, becoming, Col. 3. 18. Ep. 5. 

4. Phile. 8. 

Avr)p.€pos, ov, 6, 77, (d & rjp.epos, 
gentle, mild,) ungentle, fierce, fero- 
cious, 2 Ti. 3. 3. 

hvyp, dvdpos, 6, a male person of 
full age and stature, as opposed to 
a child or female; a husband; a 
man, homo, human being ; a certain 
man ; someope ; that man, he, ille ; 
used also pleonastically with other 
nouns and adjectives. 

Avdlcrrrjfxi., f. dvTio-rrjcraj, a. 2. aur- 

£<TTTfV, perf. av Qe<TTr)Ka, (avrC & tcmj/xi) 

to oppose, resist, stand out against. 
S-vdonoXoyeoixai, ovp,ai, (dvri & 
b/jLoXoydo.) pr. to come to an agree- 
ment ; hence, to confess openly what 



is due ; t /> confess, give thanks, praise. 

celebrate, extol, Lu. 2. 38. 
"Avdos, eos, ovs, to, a flower, Ja 

1.10,11. 1 Pe. 1. 24. bis. 
^Avdpamd, as, 77, a mass or heap 01 . 

live coals, Jno. 18. 18 ; 21.9: from 
' 'Avdpa£, duos, 6, a coal, burning 

coal, Ro. 12. 20. 
1 Av8pco7rdpecrKos, ov, 6, 77, (avdpco- 

wo? & dpeo-Kw) desirous of pleasing 

men, Ep. 6. 6. Col. 3. 22. S. 
'Avdpamivos, rj, ov, (avQpcoiros) 

human, belonging to man, 1 Co. 2. 4, 

13; 4. 3; 10. 13. Ja. 3. 7. 1 Pe. 2. 

13 ; suited to man, Ro. 6. 19. 

' AvOpcOTTOKTOVOS, OV, 6, T], (av6p(d- 

7tos & KTeiVw) a homicide, murderer, 
Jno. 8. 44. 1 Jno. 3. 15. 
Avdpanros, ov, 6, rj, a human be 
ing ; an individual ; used also pleo- 
nastically with other words ; met. a 
spiritual frame or character, 1 Pe. 
3. 4. 

' AvdvTrarevo), f. evaco, to be pro- 
consul, Ac. 18. 12: from 

' AvOvirdros, ov, 6, {dvri & viraros, 
a consul) a proconsul, Ac. 13. 7, 8, 
12; 19. 38. L. G. 

'Avlrjp.1, f. dvrjcrw, a. 2. dvr\v, s. dvco, 

a. 1. pass. ave9r\v, (ivd & ojjai) to loose, 
slacken, Ac. 27. 40 ; to unbind, un- 
fasten, Ac. 16. 26 ; to omit or lessen, 
Ep. 6. 9 ; to leave or neglect, He. 
13. 5. 

'Ai/tAea)?, a), 6, 17, (d & tAecoy) un- 
compassionate, unmerciful, stern, 
Ja. 2. 13. N.T. 
AviTVTOS, ov, o, Tj, (a & vltttco) un- 
washed, Mat. 15. 20. Mar. 7. 2, 5. 

'Avlcrrrip.L, f. dvao-TTjcrco, a. 1. dve- 
a-Tr)ua, trans, to cause to stand up of 
rise; to raise up, as the dead; tc 
cause to appear or exist; intrans 

a. 2. iviarqv, imperat. ava<rrr\6i., avd- 

0-7-a, and mid., to rise up; to come 

into existence. 
\\uot]tos, ov, 6, tj, (d & i/oeco) in- 

considerate, unintelligent, unwise; 

Lu. 24. 25. Ro. 1. 14. Gal. 3. 1, 3. 

Tit. 3. 3 ; brutish, 1 Ti. 6. 9. 
Avoia, as, 77, (d & vovs) want ol 

understanding, folly, 7 ashness, mad* 

ness, Lu. 6. 1 i. 2 Ti. 3. 9. 
'Auclyco, f. dvoifca), a. 1. dveco^ckf 



ANO 



14 



ANT 



r}i/oi£a, p. ave'a>x a (ava. & 0*70)) trans. ■ 

to open ; intrans. p. 2. di/ea/ya, p. ! 

pass, avitayfiai, ^I'/ary/acu, a. 1. pass. J 
a.ve<£x&t]v, V ve( ?xQ r l v > y)voCx&riv, to be [ 
opened, to be open. 

' AvnLKodnp.ea>, co, f. 7)0-10, (dvd & 
otKooojue'to) to rebuild, Ac. 15. 16. bis. j 
Avoi^ts, eco?, 17, (dvoi'yco) an open- 
ing, act of opening, Ep. 0. 19. 
Avofxla, a?, 77, lawlessness, viola- 
tion of law, iniquity, sin : from. 

"Avofios, ov, d, 77, (d & vofxos) law- 
less, without law, not subject to law ; 
violating the law, wicked, impious, 
a transgressor : whence 

*Av6p,a>s, adv. without law, Ro. 2. 
12. bis. 

1 Avopdoco, co, f. cocrco, (dud & opdoco) 
to restore to straightness or erect- 
ness, Lu. 13. 13; to reinvigorate, 
He. 12. 12; to reerect, Ac. 15. 16. 

Avoarios, 6, 17, (d & ocrto?, pious) 
impious, unholy, 1 Ti. 1. 9. 2 Ti. 

3, 2. 

'Avoxrj, 77s, 77, (dvexop.ai) forbear- 
ance, patience, Ro. 2. 4 ; 3. 26. 

' Avray(ovl£o[iai, f. lcrop.ai, (dv- 
ri & dytovt'^oju-at) to contend, strive 

t against, He. 12. 4. 

AvTaWayp.a, aros, rd, (dvraX- 
kdvao}, to exchange) a price paid in 
exchange for a thing, compensation, 
ransom, Mat. 16. 26. Mar. 8. 37. 

'AvTava7r\r]p6a), co, f. cbcrco, (dim 
& wan Arjpooj) to fill up, complete, 
supply, Col. 1. 24. 

' AvTcmo§lba>p.i, f. Scocrco, a. 2. dvr- 

a7re'Sajv, a. 1. pass. avT<nreS66r)v, (olvtl 
& dTroSi'Scojat) to repay, requite, re- 
compense, Lu. 14. 14. bis. Ro. 11. 
35; 12. 19. 1 Thes. 3.9. 2 Thes. 1. 6. 
He. 10.30: whence 

' AvraTr6hop.a, aro?, rd, requital, 
recompence, retribution, retaliation, 
Lu. 14. 12. Ro. 11. 9. S. 

'AvraTroboo-is, eco?, 17, recompence, 
reward, Col. 3. 24. 

'AvTcnvoKpivop.ai, a. 1. dvrarreKpL- 
0i)v, (avrC & dn-oKpiVojaai) to answer, 
speak in answer, Lu. 14. 6; to re- 
ply against, contradict, dispute, Ro. 
9. 20. S. 

Aimi7roi>, inf. dvrenreiv, see dim- 
ktyta. 



'Avrexop-ai, f. dvQe£op.u, (dim & 
e\oi) to hold firmly cling or adhere 
to ; to be devoted to anyone, Lu. 16. 
13. Tit. 1. 9; to exercise a zealoin 
care for any one, 1 Thes. 5. 14. 

'Avr/, pr. over against ; hence, in cor. 
respondence to; in place of; in 
retribution or return for; in con- 
sideration of ; on account of. 

' AvTiftdXkoo, (dvri & /3d\Aco), pr. 
to throw or toss from one to another; 
met. to agitate, converse or discourse 
about, Lu. 24. 17. 

' AvTidiaTidrjfxt, (dvri & 8taTi8r]p.i) 
to oppose ; mid. to be of an opposite 
opinion, to be adverse or averse to, 
2 Ti. 2. 25. L. G. 

'AvtlSikos, ou, d, 77, (dim & Blktj) 
pr. an opponent in a lawsuit, Mat 
5. 25. bis. Lu. 12. 58; 18.3; an ad 
versary, 1 Pe 5 8. 

'AvriOecris, ecoy, 17, (dvri & TiBnp.i, 
pr. opposition ; hence, a question 
proposed for dispute, disputation, 
1 Ti. 6. 20. 

'AvTLKa6l(TTT)p.ly f. J^CTCO, (dim & 

Kadi(TT7)iJ.i) trans, to set in opposition ; 
intrans. a. 2. ivTiKare<rrqv, tO with- 
stand, resist, He. 12. 4. 

AvTLKaXeu>, (dvTi & Kakeco) to in 
vite in return, Lu. 14. 12. 

' AvriKeinai, f. eicro/uai, (dim & 
KelfxaO pr. to occupy an opposite posi- 
tion ; met. to oppose, be adverse to. 

AvriKpv, adc, opposite to, over 
against, Ac. 20. 15. 

' AvTiXap.(3dvop.ai, f. Xrjyf/o/xai, (di>- 
TiAa/u^Sdi/oj, to take in turn) to aid, 
assist, help, Lu. 1. 54. Ac. 20. 35; 
to be a recipient, 1 Ti. 6. 2. 

'AimAeyco, f. \e£co, a. 2. di/rei7roi>, 
(dfTi & Xe'yto) to speak against, con- 
tradict ; gainsay, deny ; to oppose, 
be adverse to, Lu. 2. 34 ; 20. 27. Jno. 
19. 12. Ac. 13. 45; 28. 19, 22. Ro. 1C. 
21. Tit. 1.9; 2. 9. 

'AirriXn^t?, eco?, 77, (dvriXap.j3dva>) 
aid, assistance; met. one who aids 
or assists, a help, 1 Co. 12. 28. 

A.imXoyt'a, as, 77, (dimXf'yco) con 
tradiction, question, He. 6. 16 ; 7. 7; 
opposition, rebellion, .Tude 1 1 ; con- 
tumely, He. 12. 3. 

AimXoiSopeco, co, f. iicrco, (dim & 



ANT 



15 



AIIA 



\0180ptu) to reproach or revile again 
or in return, 1 Pe. 2. 23. L. G. 

tiVTlXvTpOV, Of, TO, (aVTt & \v- 

rpov) a ransom, 1 Ti. 2. 6. N. T. 
AvTiperpeto, a>, f. r)crci>, (dvri & 
tivpeoi) to measure again or in re- 
turn, Lu. 6. 38. Mat. 7. 2. N.T. 

1 Avripiadia, as, 77, (aVri & p.icr- 
06?) a retribution, recompence, Ro. 

1. 2tf. 2 Co. 6. 13. L.G. 
AvTiirapepxopai, f. eXevaopai, a. 

2. rjktiov, (avTi & 7rapepx0|U.ai) to pass 

over against, to pass by unnoticed, 
Lu. 10. 31, 32. L.G. 

\vmrepav, ado., over against, on 
the opposite side, Lu. 8. 26. 

^.vtutItttgo, f. 7recroC/xat, (aVri & 
ttiVtw) to fall upon, rush upon 
any one; hence, to resist by force, 
oppose, strive against, Ac. 7. 51. 

k.VTl(TTpaTeVOp.Cll, (aVTL & <TTpa- 

Tevai) to war against ; to contravene, 
oppose, Ro. 7. 23. 
A.VTLTdcrcru), f. rd£co, (aVri & rdo-- 
o-oj) to post in adverse array, as an 
army ; mid. to set one's self in oppo- 
sition, resist, Ac. 18. G. Ro. 13. 2. Ja. 
5. G ; to be averse, Ja. 4. 6. 1 Pe. 5. 5. 

\vTLTV7TOS, OV, 6, f], (aVTL & TVTTOs) 

of correspondent stamp or form, cor- 
responding, similar, 1 Pe. 3. 21 ; to 
avTiTvnov, a copy, He. 9. 24. 

kVTixpMTTOS, OV, 6, (aVTL & ^01- 

o-rds) antichrist, an opposer of Christ, 
1 Jno. 2. 18, 22 ; 4. 3. 2 Jno. 7. 

AvrXeco, &>, f. 770-a), (aVrXoy, a sink) 
to draw, e. g. wine, water, &c. Jno. 
2. 8, 9 ; 4. 7, 15 : whence 

AvrXrjpa, aros, ro, that which 
is drawn ; a bucket, vessel for draw- 
ing water, Jno. 4. 11. L.G. 

AvroqbdaXpeco, to, f. rjcro), (dvrl & 
6$0a.Xp.6s) pr. to look in the face, i.e. 
rectis oculis ; met. a nautical term, 
to bear up against the wind, Ac. 27. 
15. L.G. 

Avvbpos, ov, 6, 17, (a & vhcop) with- 
out water, dry, 2 Pe. 2. 17. Jude 12. 
to^oi aioifipoi, dry places, and there- 
fore, in the East, barren, desert, Mat. 
12.43. Lu. 11.24. 

kvi'TTOKplTOS, Of, 6, 17, (d & V7TO- 

ttaLvofj.cu) unfeigned, real, sincere, 
E*>. 12 9, et al. L. G 



' AvvnoTaKTos, ov, 6, 77, (a & V7ro- 

racrcrto) not subjected, not mad< 
subordinate, He. 2. 8 ; insubordi- 
nate, refractory, disorderly, con- 
tumacious, lawless, 1 Ti. 1. 9. Tit. 
[ 1.6,10. L.G. 
Avco, adv. above ; up, upwards ; 6, 17, 
to, avixj, that which is above, higher. 
Avcoyeov, v. dvcoyacov, v. aVtoyecov, 
V. avayeiov, ov, ro, (avto & y>?) an 
upper room, or chamber, ccenacu- 
lum, Mar. 14. 15. Lu. 22. 12. 
Avcodcv, adv. of place, from above, 
from a higher place ; of time, from 
the first or beginning ; again, anew ; 
with a preposition, the top or upper 
part, Mat. 27. 51. 

'AvcorepiKos, 77, ov, upper, higher ; 
inland, Ac. 19. 1. N.T. 

'Avtorepos, a, ov, (comp. of avco) 
higher, superior ; to a higher place, 
Lu. 14. 10; above, before, He. 10. 8. 

> L G - 

'AvcocfieXt]?, ecoy, 6, 17, ro, -ey, (a 
& w^eAeco) useless, unprofitable, mis- 
chievous, Tit. 3. 9. He. 7. 18. 

'A^lut], 77?, 77, an axe, Mat. 3. 10. 

Lu. 3. 9. (Z). 
A£io?, ia, iov, of equal value ; 
worthy, estimable; worthy of, de- 
serving, either good or evil; corre- 
spondent to ; comparable to ; suit- 
able, due : tvhence 
A^idco, co, f. cocrco, p. pass. r)£lcop.ai, 
to judge or esteem worthy or de- 
serving ; to deem fitting, to require, 
Ac. 15. 38 ; 28. 22. 

'A^tW, adv. worthily, suitably, pro- 
perly, in a becoming manner. 

'Aoparo?, ov, 6, 77, rd, -ov, (a & 
bpdio) invisible, Ro. 1. 20. Co. 1. 15, 
16. 1 Ti. 1. 17. He. 11.27. 

'A7rayyeXXoo, f. yeXco, a. 1. divrjy- 

yeiAa, a. 2. pass. a7rrjyyeAT)i', (euro & 

ayye'AAaj) to enounce that with which 
a person is charged, or which ia 
called for by circumstances ; to carry 
back word; to report; to declan 
plainly ; to announce formally. 

'Airay^a), f. dy^co, (and & oyvco, 
to compress) to strangle ; mid. to 
choke or strangle one's self, hang 
one's self. Mat. 27. 5. 

'Arrdyco, f. £a>, a. 2. dnrjyayoVj a 



AIIA 



16 



AI1E 



J. pass. airr)x(h)V, (oto & ayoj) to lead 

away, conduct; met. to seduce. 
*A7ral8evTO?, otj, 6, 77, (d &ttcu6Vvco) 
uninstructed, ignorant ; silly, unpro- 
fitable, 2 Ti. 2. 23. 
Arraipco, f. apco, a. 1. pass, dirrjp- 
&r\v, SUbj. a.Trap8io, (6.7r6 & alpoj) to take 

away ; pass, to be taken away ; in 
the sense of departing, Mat. 9. 15. 
Mar. 2. 20. Lu. 5. 35. 

* ATrairea), co, f. 770-0), (a7rd & alreco) 
to demand, require, demand back, 
Lu. 6. 30 ; 12. 20. 

'A^aX-ye'co, co, f. 770CO, p. aTTifkyvKa, 
{ano & dAye'to, to be in pain, grieve) 
pr. to desist from grief; hence, to 
Decome insensible or callous, Ep. 
4. 19. 

'ATraXXdooco, f. £co, a. 1. pass. 

d7r7)AAa.Y#T)i', (a.7rb & aAAacrcrto) to set 

free, deliver, set at liberty, He. 2. 15 ; 
to rid judicially, Lu. 12. 58 ; mid. to 
leave, depart, remove from, Ac. 19. 
12. 

A7raXXorpida), co, f. d>oco, p. pass. 

aTrqWorpCwixai. (ano 8c aAAorptoo), to 

alienate) to alienate ; 770SS. to be 
alienated from, be a stranger to, 
Ep. 2. 12 ; 4. 18. Col. 1. 21. 

'A^aXd?, 77, ov, soft, tender, Mat. 
24. 32. Mar. 13. 28. 

A7rai>rdco, co, f. rjo~u>, (0770 & av- 
Tdio, to meet) to meet, encounter: 
whence 

'Anavrno-is, ecos, t), a meeting, en- 
counter: ets a.TravTr)<Ti.v, i. q. awavrav, 
to meet, Mat. 25. 1, 6. Ac. 28. 15. 
1 Th. 4. 17. L.G. 
*A7ra£, adv. once ; once for all ; ac- 
tually, in fact, Jude 3, 5. 

Anapa. fiaTOS, ov, 6, 17, (ti & ira- 
pajSaiVto) not transient ; not to be su- 
perseded, unchangeable, He. 7. 24. 
L.G. 

' AirapacTKevao-Tos, ov, d, 17, (d & 
irapa.crK.evd&) unprepared, 2 Co. 9. 4. 
' Anapveop-ai, ovpot, f. rjcropai, & 

pass. <x7Tapi'r)0T}O"O/J.ai, (a.7ro & dpyeojucu) 

to deny, disown ; to renounce, disre- 
gard. ( 

'ATrapri, adv. (0770 & apri) from 
this time, henceforth, Jno. 1. 52. 
Re. 14. 13; forthwith. 
AirapTicrfios, ov, d, (d7ropTt'£co, to 



perfect, fr. ino & aonos) compttitioa 
perfection, Lu. 14. 28. L.G. 
Airapxr}-, 77 r, 17, (a7rd & apxfy W 
the first act of a sacrifice ; hence, 
the first-fruits, frst portion, firstling 
Ro. 8. 23, et al. 
Airas, acra, av, (a strengthened 
form of 71-as) all, the whole. 

'Airardti), co, f. 770C0, a. 1. pass. 1771/0- 
Tr)6f), to deceive, seduce into error, 
Ep. 5.G. 1 Ti. 2. 14. Ja. 1.26: whence 

^AiTarr), 77?, 77, deceit, deception, de- 
lusion. 

'AnaTcop, opos, 6, 77, (d & Trarnp) 
pr. without a father, fatherless; 
hence, independent of paternal de- 
scent, He. 7. 3. (a). 

' ' Airavyacrjia, aros, rd, (drrd & otj- 
Y<xc» an effulgence, He. 1.3. L. G. 

'A7retSoz/, subj. dm'Sco, see a<popdu>. 

^Aireldeia, as, 77, (d7rei#77?) that dis- 
position of mind which will not be 
persuaded, which refuses belief and 
obedience, obstinacy, contumacy, 
disobedience, unbelief, Ro. 11. 30, 32. 
Ep. 2. 2 ; 5. 6. He. 4. 6, 11. Col. 3. 6. 

'ATTeiOecd, a>, f. 770-co, not to suffer 
one's self to be persuaded ; to refuse 
belief, disbelieve, be incredulous ; to 
refuse obedience through unbelief, 
disobey; refuse belief and obedience, 
be contumacious : from 

' 'Aneidris, eos, ovs, 6, 77, (d & neidco) 
who will not be persuaded, who re- 
fuses belief and obedience, unbe- 
lieving, disobedient, contumacious. 

'A7mXeco, co, f. 770C0, a. 1. TjTreikr}- 
cra, to threaten, menace, rebuke, Ac. 
4. 17. 1 Pe. 2. 23: whence 

' Aireikr), 77?, 77, threat, commina- 
tion, Ac. 4. 17, 29 ; 9. 1 ; harshness 
of language, Ep. 6. 9. 

"A-rreipLi, f. eaop.ai, (airo & el fit) 
to be absent. 

v A7ret/ui, imperfect, cnrrjeiv, (citto & 
elpn, to go) to go away, depart, Ac 
17. 10. 

, A7rei7roi>, a. 2. act. to tell out; tore 
fuse, forbid ; mid. a. 1. dn-eura/LiTii', fo 
renounce, disclaim, 2 Co. 4. 2. 

'Arrelpao-Tos, ov, 6, 17, (d fc 7T(i- 
pd£u>) not having tried, inexpe- 
rienced, or, untried, or, incapable of 
being tried, Ju. 1. 13. L.G. 



AIIE 



17 



AIIO 



"Awetpos, ov, 6, 77, (d & 7mpa) un- 
experienced, unskilful, ignorant, He. 
5. 13. 

'A7re/cSe^;o/xai, f. e|o/u.at, (cltto & 
e/fSexo/otai.) to expect, wait or look 
for, Ro. 8. 19, 23, 25. 1 Co. 1. 7. Gal. 
5. 5. Phi. 3. 20. He. 9. 28. L. G. 

'ATTexdvop-ai, f. vcrop.ai, (cltto & eK- 
Svto) to put off, strip, divest, renounce, 
Col. 2. 15; 3. 9. (L. G.) : whence 

'A.TTei<8vcns, ea>s, r/, a putting or 
stripping off, renunciation, Col. 2. 
11. N.T. 

'ATreXavvco, f. eXdcrco, a. 1. dirr}- 

\aaa, (ano & eAawco) to drive away, 
.Ac. 18. 16. 
, A7reXey/x6s', ov, 6, (a^eAe-y^o), to 
refute, fr. &tt6 & eAe'7X£o)_pr. refuta- 
tion ; &?/ impl. disesteem, contempt, 
disgrace, Ac. 19. 27. N.T. 

ATreXevde pos, ov, 6, 77, (a7rd & 
eXa)0epos) a freed-man, 1 Co. 7. 22. 

\7reX7Tl'^6), f. iVcO, (£1770 & iXnl^u)) 
to lay aside hope, despond, despair ; 
also, to hope for something in return, 
Lu. 6. 35. L. G. 

ATrevavri, a<?y. (coto & tvavTi) op- 
posite to, over against, Mat. 21. 2; 
27. 61 ; contrary to, in opposition to, 
against, Ac. 17. 7; before, in the 
presence of, Mat. 27. 24. Ac. 3. 16. 
L. G. 

\Trepavros, ou, 6, 17, (d & irepas) 
unlimited, interminable, endless, 
1 Ti. 1. 4. 

A7repicnra.o~Toos, adv. (d & nepi- 
(TTTau)) without distraction, without 
care or solicitude, 1 Co. 7. 35. L. G. 

ATreplrLLrjTos, ov, 6, 77, to, -ov, (d 
& irepiTenvm) pr : uncircumcised ; met. 
obdurate, pertinacious, Ac. 7. 51. 

. Jj -9 r - 

'ATrep^op,at, f. eXevcropai, a. 2. 

rj\0ov, (ano & epvo/xai) to go away, 
depart; to go forth, pervade, as a 
rumour ; to arrive at a destination ; 
to pass away, disappear; inN.T., 

awepxonac 07rt'(ra>, to follow. 

A/re^co, f. d(pe£co, (a7ro & e^oj) 
tratts. to have in full what is due or 
is sought ; hence, impers. onexei, it is 
enough ; intrans. to be disl ant, to be 
estranged ; mid. to abstain from. 

"AwiOTc'a), co, f. 770-co, (a & TricrTis) 



to refuse belief, be incredulous, dis- 
believe; Mar. 16. 11, 16. Lu. 24. 11, 
41. Ac. 28. 24; to prove false, vio- 
late one's faith, be unfaithful, 2 Ti. 
2. 13. Ro. 3. 3. 
'Amo-Tia, as, 17, (fr. same) unbelief, 
want of trust and confidence ; a state 
of unbelief, 1 Ti. 1. 13; violation of 
faith, perfidy, Ro. 3. 3. He. 3. 12, 19. 
J 'A7rtcrro$', ov, 6, r), to, -ov, (d & 
7tio-t6?) unbelieving, incredulous, 
without confidence in any one ; vio- 
lating one's faith, unfaithful, false, 
treacherous ; one who has not em- 
braced the Christian faith, an unbe- 
liever, infidel, pagan ; pass, incredi- 
ble, Ac. 26. 8. 

AttXoos, or], oov, contr. ovs, r), ovv, 
pr. single ; hence, simple, uncom- 
pounded ; sound, perfect, Mat. 6. 22. 
Lu. 11. 34 : ivhence 
'AirXor-qSy 777-0?, 17, simplicity, sin 
ceritv, purity or probity of mind, 
Ro. 12. 8. 2 Co. 1. 12 ; 11. 3. Ep. 6. 
5. Col. 3. 22 ; liberality, as arising 
I from simplicity and frankness of cha- 
racter, 2 Co. 8. 2 ; 9. 11, 13. 

An\a>s, adv. in simplicity ; sincerely, 
really; or, liberally, bountifully, 
Ja. 1. 5. 

A7r6, prep. pr. forth from, away 
from ; hence it variously signifies de- 
parture ; distance of time or place ; 
avoidance ; riddance ; derivation 
I from a quarter, source, or material ; 

origination from agency or instru- 
! mentality. 

' Airofiaivu), f. ^rjo-o/xai, a. 2. aire- 
firiv, (<x7r6 & /BaiVto) to descend/mm a 
ship, disembark, Lu. 5. 2. Jno. 21. 
9 ; to become, result, happen, Lu. 21 . 
13. Phi. 1. 19. 

'A7ro/3dXXco, f. j3aXa>, a. 2. dntfia- 
\ov, (&tt6 & pdWui) to cast or throw 
off, cast aside, Mar. 10. 50. 

'A7ro/3Xe7rco, f. \isa>, {cltto & /SXeVco) 
pr. to look off from all other objects 
and at a single one ; hence, to turn 
a steady gaze, to look with fixed 
and earnest attention, He. 11. 26. 

'Atto'SXt/to?, ov, 6, 77, rd, -ov, (a7ro- 
/SaAAto) pr. to be cast away; met. 
to be contemned, regarded as vile, 
1 Ti. 4. 4. 

Atto(3oXt), rjs, 17, (fr. same) a cast- 
ing oil'; rejection, reprobation, Ro 
3 



A1I0 



IS 



Ano 



II. 15; loss deprivation, of life, &c. I 
Ac. 2'.. 22. 

*ATroyivofia.i, a. 2. aneyev6p.nv^ Umo 
& -yiVo/aai) to be away from, uncon- 
nected with j to die ; met . to die to, 
or renounce, any thing, 1 Pe. 2. 24. 

'AnoypdcpT], rjs, 17, a register, in- 
ventory ; registration, enrolment, 
Lu. 2. 2. Ac. 5. 37 : from 

AnoypdcpcD, f. \|/-co, (aVo & ypd(pa>) 
pr. to copy ; hence, to register, enrol ; 
mid. to procure the registration of 
one's name, to give in one's name 
for registration, Lu. 2. 1, 3, 5. 

Anode Ikvv pi, f. §ei£co, to point out, 
display ; prove, evince, demonstrate, 
Ac. 25. 7 ; to designate, proclaim, 
hold forth, 2 Thes.2. 4; to constitute, 
appoint, Ac. 2. 22 ; 1 Co. 4. 9. 2 Thes. 
2.4: whence 

'Anodei^is, ecos, 17, manifestation, 
demonstration, indubitable proof, 
1 Co. 2. 4. 

'ATTodeKciTOCD) co, f. cocrco, (a7rd & 
Sexaroco) to pay or give tithes of, Mat. 
23.23. Lu. 11. 42; 18. 12; to tithe, 
levy tithes upon, He. 7. 5. S. 

'A7r6$eKTOs, ov, 6, 17, to, -ov, ac- 
ceptable, 1 Ti. 2. 3 ; 5. 4 (L. G.) : 

'Anode^opaL, f. 8et;op.ai, (aVd & 
Se'xo/aat) to receive kindly or heartily, 
welcome, Lu. 8. 40. Ac. 15. 4; !8. 
27 ; 28. 30 ; to receive with approba- 
tion, assent to, approve, Ac. 2. 41 ; 
to accept with satisfaction, applaud, 
Ac. 24. 3. 

Anodnpeco, co, f. ^crco, to be absent 
from one's home or country; to 
travel into foreign countries, Mat. 
21. 33; 25. 14, 15. Mar. 12. 1. Lu. 15. 
13; 20. 9: from 

'Anoft-npos, ot>, 6, 17, (curd & Sr}- 
fAo?) absent in foreign countries, 
Mar. 13. 34. 

'Anodl&copi, f. Scocrco, (ano & 81- 
Sa>/xi) to nmder that on which there 
is a claim, or which is looked for; to 
render in full ; to give back, restore, 
refund ; render back, requite, re- 
taliate; pay a debt; discharge an 
obligation, "perform whatever is to 
be performed ; mid. to sell. 

'AjroStopi'^co, f. t'rrco, (ci7rd & 810- 
pi'£a>, to set bounds) pr. to separate 
by intervening boundaries; to se- 
parate, Jude. 19. N.T 



, ArroHoKLfjLd^co, f. dcrco, (a7rd k, So- 
Ki^d^uj) to reject upon trial, to reject, 
Mat. 21. 42. Mar. 12. 10. Lu. 20. 17. 
1 Pe. 2. 4, 7 ; to repulse, refuse ere- 
dence or admittance, disallow, Lu. 
9. 22 ; 17. 25. He. 12. 17. 

'AttoSo;^, 77?, 17, (dnodex^pai) pr. 
reception, welcome; met. cordial as- 
sent, 1 Ti. 1. 15; 4. 9. 

'Anodecris, eco?, 17, (dnorl3T]p.i) a 
putting off or away, laying aside, 
1 Pe. 3. 21. 2 Pe. 1. 14. 

' Anod^KTj, r}, (fr. same 1 ) a place 
where any thing is laid up for pre- 
servation, repository, granary, store- 
house, barn, Mat. 3. 12; G. 26; 13. 
30. Lu. 3. 17; 12. 18, 24. 

' Ano8r)o-avpl£a>, f. t'crco, (curd & 
O-qo-avplfa) pr. to lay up in store, 
hoard; met. to collect abundantly, 
treasure up, 1 Ti. 6. 19. L. G. 

'A7TOc9At'/3tO, f. ^CO, (OTTO & c9X//3co) 

pr. to press out ; to press close, press 
upon, crowd, Lu. 8. 45. (I). 
'i\Tro8vf]0-K.o), f. davovpai, a. 2. e6a ■ 
vov, (ano & flnjoxid) to die ; to becom( 
putrescent, rot, as seeds, Jno. 12. 24 
1 Co. 15. 3C; to wither, become dry, 
as a tree, Jude 12 ; met. to be ob- 
noxious to condemnation and pun- 
ishment, be exposed to misery or th ) 
second death, Jno. 6. 50; 8. 21, 24 ; 
to die to any thing, i. e. to renounce, 
refuse submission to, be completely 
severed from, Ro. G. 2. Gal. 2. 10. 
Col. 3. 3. 

'AnoKadiorrnpi, v. ano/cadio-ravo, f. 

OTTjffco, a. 1. pass. aTTOKaTecrTdSri , (ino 
& (ca0t'o-n}/xi) to restore any thing to 
its former place or state, Mat. 12. 
13; 17. 11. Mar. 3. 5 ; 8. 25, et al. 

'A7roKaXv7rrco, f. \//co, (and & <a- 
\vm<a) pi . to uncover, bring to light 
what was hidden ; to reveal ; to set 
in a clear light; to display; pass, to 
be manifested, appear : whence 

'A7ro/cdAv^tf, ecof, r), f- disclosure, 
revelation; met. illumination, in- 
struction ; manifestation, appear- 
ance. L. G. 

kiroKapaboKia, as - , r/, (n7rd & Kapa- 
80/ce'co, to watch with the head 
stretched out, to keep an eager look 
out ; fr. K<xpa, the head, and Sokcvu 
to watch) earnest expectation, hnpo 
Ro. 8. 19. Phi. 1.20. N.T. 



Ano 



19 



Ano 



'ATTOKaraXXao-crG), f. £<w, (and & j 
KaraAAacra-a)) to transfer from a cer- 
tain state to another which is quite 
different ; hence, to reconcile, restore 
to favour, Ep. 2. 16. Col. 1. 20, 21. 
N.T. 

\A7ro*ura0Tacrif, eco?, 17, (anoKad- 
LarTt\ix.i) pr. a restitution or restora- 
tion of any thing to its former state ; 
hence, change from worse to better, 
melioration, introduction of a new 
and better era, Ac. 3. 21. 

Andneipa*, f. eiaopai, (and & Kel- 
ju.cu) to be laid up, preserved, Lu. 19. 
20 ; to be in store for, be reserved, 
await any one, Col. 1.5. 2 Ti. 4. 8. 
He. 9. 27. 

' ' AnoK€<pa\L£o), f. trro>, (ano & Ke- 
</>aAij) to behead, Mat. 14. 10. Mar. 
6. 16, 28. Lu. 9. 9. 

'AnoKXelco, f. euro, (ano & fcXei'oo) 
to close, shut up, Lu. 13. 25. 

'AnoKonrcd^ f. \|/-co, (and & Konra) 
to cut off, amputate, Mar. 9. 43, 45. 
Jno. 18. 10,26. Ac. 27. 32. Gal. 5. 12. 

AndupXpa, aro?, to, a judicial sen- 
tence, 2 Co. 1.9: (L. G.) from 

Anonpivopai, a. 1. dneKpivdprjv & 

aneKpCdrfV, f. airoKf)i6ri<TOf±ai, (arro/cpiVcj, 

to separate, fr. ano & /cpiVto) to an- 
swer ; in JV. T. to speak with refer- 
ence to certain present circum- 
stances, Mat. 11. 25, et al. : whence 
'AnoKptcris., ea>?, 77, an answer, re- 
ply, Lu. 2. 47; 20. 26. Jno. 1. 22; 
19. 9. 

'AnuKpvnToi, f. (ano & upvn- 
tw) to hide away ; to conceal, with- 
hold from sight or knowledge, Mat. 
11. 25 ; 25. 18, et al. : lohence 

Anotcpvcpos, ou, 6, 17, to, -ov, 
hidden away ; concealed, Mar. 4. 22. 
Lu. 8. 17 ; stored up, Col. 2. 3. 

*AnoKTelva>, f. ktcuw, a. 1. pass. 

aneKTOv(h}v, (ano & KTtiVco) to kill, put 

to death, murder, destroy, annihi- 
late. 

'AnoKveoo, co, f. 770-a), (ano & Kueco) 
pr. to bring forth, as women; met. to 
be the cause of, produce, Ja. 1 . 15; 
to be the author of spiritual genera- 
tion, Ja. 1. 18. L. G. 
AnoKvXioo, f. t'crco. (a7ro & kvXlco) 
to roll a'vay, Mat. 28. 2. Mar. 16. 
3, 4. Lu. 24. 2. (1). L. G. I 



j ' AnoXapftdva), f. Xj Jrapai, a t 2. 

eXafiov, (ano & Aap./3cU'uj) to receive ill 

full, Lu. 16. 25; to receive what is 
due, sought, or needed ; to receive 
back, recover ; to receive in hoypita- 
lity, welcome, 3 Jno. 8 ; to take 
aside, lead away, Mar. 7. 33. 
'AnoXavcris, ecos, 17, (dnoXavco, to 
obtain a portion of a thing, enjoy) 
benelicial participation, ) Ti. 6. 17 ; 
enjoymeut, pleasure, He. 11. 25. 
'AnoXelncoj f. \//co, (and & Xelna>) 
to leave, leave behind ; pass, to be 
left, remain, 2 Ti. 4. 13, 20. He. 4. 
6,9; 10. 26; to relinquish, forsake, 
desert, Jude 6. 
'A7roAe/xa>, f. £o>, (and & Xet'^co, 
to lick) pr. to lick off; to cleanse by 
licking, lick clean, Lu. 16. 21. L. G. 

'A7rdXXi//zt, f. oXe'crco, & oXo>, a. 1. 

a.7rc6Aecra, p. an-oAujAeKa, (ano & oAAujui) 

to destroy utterly ; to kill ; to bring 
to nought, render vain, 1 Co. 1. 19; 
to lose, be deprived of; mid. an6X\v- 
jitat f. oAoOjucu, a. 2. a.7ra)A6/u.Tji>, p ano- 
AwAa, to be destroyed, perish ; to 
be put to death, die; to be lost, 
wander, Mat. 10. 6 ; 15. 24. 
' AnoXkvaiv, ovtos, 6, Apollyon, the 
destroyer, i. q. 'ASaSSui/, Re. 9. 11. 
N. T. 

AnoXoyeopai, ovpat, f. T)o~op,ai, a. 

1. aneKoyrio-d/x-qv & a7reAoyr/07ji' (ano & 

A6709) to defend one's self against a 
charge, to make a defence, Lu. 12. 
11 ; 21. 14, et al. : whence 
* AnoXoyla, as, 77, a verbal defence, 

Ac. 22. 1 ; 25. 16, et al. 
'A7roXowa>, f. ouo-co, (and & Xouo>) tc 
cleanse by bathing ; mid. to cleanse 
one's self ; t o procure one's self to be 
cleansed; met. of sin, Ac. 22. 16. 
1 Co. 6. 11. 
'A7roXuTpcocrts', ecos, 17, (riVoXu- 
rpoo), to dismiss any one for a ran- 
som paid, fr. 6.n6 & Avrpoio) redemp- 
tion, a deliverance procured by the 
payment of a ransom; rmton. a re- 
deemer, the author of redemption, 
1 Co. 1.30; deliverance, simply, tht 
idea of a ransom being excluded, Lu 
21.28. He. 11.35. N.T. 
ArroXuco, f. vcrco, (and & Xvoo) pr. 
to loose ; to release from any tie o» 
burden ; hence, to give liberty, rid* 
I dance, forgiveness ; to divorce ; t.4 



AIIO 



20 



AIIO 



allow to depart ; to permit, or, sig- 
nal a departure from life, Lu. 2. 29 ; 
mid. to depart, (v). 

Ano/ido-aco, f. £co, (and & /xdcrcrco, 
to wipe) to wipe off; mid. to wipe 
off one's self, Lu. 10. 11. 

Arrovep-w, f. i/c^ico, (a7ro & vep.a>, 
to allot) to portion off; to assign, 
bestow, 1 Pe. 3. 7. 
'ATroi/iVrco, f. ■vj/'a), (a7ro & vltttco) 
to cleanse a part of the body by wash- 
ing; mid. of one's self Mat. 27. 24. 

AttottItttco, f. 7reaovp,ai, a. 2. cotc- 

7recrov, (guto & jtiVtw) to fall off, or 
from, Ac. 9. 18. 
A7ro7rXavao), co, f. 770-co, (goto & 
7rAa.Mxaj) to cause to wander ; met. to 
deceive, pervert, seduce, Mar. 13. 22 ; 
pass, to wander; met. to swerve 
from, apostatise, 1 Ti. 6. 10. 
*A7ro7rX€0), f. Trkevcropai, a. 1. dne- 

nKevcra, (ano & 7rAe'oj) to depart by 
ship, sail away, Ac. 13.4; 14. 26; 20. 
15; 27. 1. 

'AtTOTtXwCO, f. V VCO, {VLTVO & 7r\vVG>) 

to wash, rinse, Lu. 5. 2. (u). 

hTTOTTviyu, f. £co, a. 2. pass. a7re- 
ltvLyr\V, (arro & 7rrtyaj) to choke, suffo- 
cate, Mat. 13. 7. Lu. 8. 33 ; to drown, 
Lu. 8. 7. (I). 
'Airopeco, co, f. rjcru>, & dnopeopai, 
(a & n-opos, a way) />r. to be without 
means; met. to hesitate, be at a 
stand, be in doubt and perplexity, 
Jno. 13.22. Ac. 25. 20. 2 Co. 4.8. Gal. 
4. 20 : whence 

Anopia, as, rj, doubt, uncertainty, 
perplexity, Lu. 21. 25. 

Airopp'nrTto, f. yjrco, (cnro & p'ltttco) 
to throw off, Ac. 27. 43. 

' ATTop<$>avl£(x>, f. urco, {dno & opcpa- 
mos) to deprive, bereave, 1 Thes. 2. 17. 

Airoo-Kevd^opai, f. no-o/zat, (a7ro- 
o-/ceva^j, to pack up articles, cr«evr), 
for removal) to prepare for a jour- 
ney, take one's departure, Ac 21. 15. 

A7roo-KLao~p.a, aros, to, (a7ro & 
ova'a^o, to throw a shadow, fr. cr/«d) 
a shadow ca&t ; met. the slightest 
trace, Ja. 1. 17. L. G. 

A.77 ooTmco, co, f. dcrco, ((i7rd& anrdu>) 
to draw away flom to draw out or 
forth, Mat. 26 51 ; to draw away, 
seduce, Ac. 20. 30 mid. a. 1. aire- 



crvda-Oriv, to separate one's self, to re 
tire, part, Lu. 22. 41. Ac. 21. 1. (a). 

'A7roo-rao-i'a, as, rj, (.dcpiarnpA) a 
defection, apostasy, Ac. 21. 21. 2 
Thes. 2. 3. L. G. 

'A7roo-rdcrtov, tou, to, (fr. same) 
defection, desertion, as of a f reed man 
from a patron; inX.t. the act ol 
putting away a wife, repurtkif ion, 
divorce, Mat. 19. 7. Mar. 10. 4 , 
meton, a bill of repudiation, deed oi 
divorce, Mat. 5. 31. 

'Ayroo-Teyd^co, f. dcrco, (ajTO & 
(Treyq) to remove or break through 
a covering or roof of a place, 31 ar. 
2. 4. 

'A7rocTTeA\co, f. crTsXcb, a. 1. a7re- 

<TTei\a, p. ajrecrTaAxa, p. pass, dbre- 
OTaA/acu, a. 2. pass. a.7reaTaAj)i', (a77o 
& o-reAAco) to send forth a messen- 
ger, agent, message, or command ; to 
issue, publish ; put forth into action, 
Mar. 4. 29 ; to despatch ; to liberate, 
dismiss, send away. 
A7rorrrepe'co, co, f. 770-co, p. pass. 

(X7recrT€pr)jU.ai, (ano & crrepea), to de- 
prive) to deprive, detach ; to debar, 
1 Co. 7. 5 ; to deprive in a bad sense, 
defraud, Mar. 10. 19. 1 Co. 6. 7. mid. 
to suffer one's self to be deprived or 
defrauded, 1 Co. 6. 8 ; pass, to be 
destitute or devoid of, 1 Ti. 6. 5 ; to 
be unjustly withheld, Ja. 5. 4. 
1 AttocttoXt], r)s, 17, (d7roo"T€'XXco) a 
sending, expedition ; office or duty 
of one sent as a messenger or agent ; 
office of an apostle, apostleship, Ac. 
1.25. Ko. 1.5. 1 Co. 9. 2. Gal. 2. 8. 
'AttocttoXos', ov, 6, (fr. same) one 
sent as a messenger or agent, the 
bearer of a commission, messenger ; 
an apostle. 

ATzocrTOjxaTL^U), f. icrco, (drrd & 
o-TOfxa) pr. to speak or repeat off 
hand ; also, to require or lead others 
to speak without premeditation, 05 
by questions calculated to elicit un- 
premeditated answers, to endeavom 
to entrap into unguarded language, 
Lu. 11. 53. 

ATTOcrTpe(pco, f. \^co, (and & oTp(~ 
<t>uj) to turn away ; to remove, Ac. 3. 
26. Ko. 11. 26. 2 Ti. 4. 4 ; to turn a 
people from their allegiance to their 
sovereign, pervert, incite to revolt, 
Lu. 23. 14 ; to replace, restore, Mat, 
26. 52 ; 27. 3 ; VUd. a. 2. d^crrpa^v 



Ano 



21 



AII£2 



to torn away from any one, to slight, 
reject, repulse, Mat. 5. 42. Tit. 1. 14. 
He. 12. 25 ; to desert, 2 Ti. 1. 15. 

Airoo-rvyeco, co, f. r)cra>, (and & 
orvye'co, to hate) to shrink from with 
abhorrence, detest, Ro. 12. 9. 

ATTOcrvvdycoyos, ov, 6, r], (and & 
ovvaywyr)) expelled or excluded from 
the synagogue, excommunicated, 
cut off from the rights and privileges 
of a Jew, and excluded from society, 
Jno. 9. 22 ; 12. 42 ; 1G. 2. N. T. 

AnoTacraop-ai, f. £opcu, (a7roracr- 
aw, to set apart, fr. ano & Taa-cra>) 
to take leave of, bid farewell to, 
Lu. 9. 61. Ac. 18. 18, 21. 2 Co. 2. 
13 ; to dismiss, send away, Mar. 
6. 46; to renounce, forsake, Lu. 
14. 33. f 

ATToreXeco, co, f. etroo, a. 1. pass. 

anereXio-6-qv, (ano & reXeai) to com- 
plete ; pass, to be perfected, to ar- 
rive at full stature or measure, Ja. 

I. 15. 

*AnoTidr)p,i, f. drjaco, & mid. drro- 

Ti'0e/Acu, a. 2. aneOe(j.r)v, to lay off, lay 
down or aside, as garments, Ac. 7. 
58 ; met. to lay aside, put off, re- 
nounce, Ro. 13. 12. Ep. 4. 22, 25. 
Col. 3. 8, et al. 

*A7TOTiudao-co, f. £co, (and & n- 
vdo-au, to shake) to shake off, Lu. 9. 
5. Ac. 28. 5. 

'Anortvco, f. tVco, (and & nVco) to 
pay off what is claimed or due ; to re- 
pay, refund, make good, Phile. 19. 

A7ToroApdco, £>, f. rjcrco, (awo & 
roAjuaco) to dare or risk outright; to 
speak without reserve or restraint, 
Ro. 10. 20. 

% AnoTop.ia, as, rj, (dndrop.os, cut 
off, shear, fr. anorifj.vu>, to cut off, fr. 
ano & re'/xvoj) pr. abruptness ; met. 
unmitigated severity, rigour, Ro. 

II. 22. L.G. 

*A7roro/xo)?, adv. sharply, severely, 

2 Co. 13. 10. Tit. 1. 13. 
Anorpenco, f. \|/-oo, (drro & rpena>) 

to turn anyone away from a thing ; 

mid. to turn one's self away from 

any one; to avoid, shun, 2 Ti. 3. 5. 

Anovcria, as, rj, (cwreipi) absence, 

Phi. 2. 12. 
A7ro(jf>epoo, f. dnoicru), a. 1. rjveyKa, 

a. 2. rjvtyKOv, a. 1 pass, r)Vi)((h\v, (ano 



& <f>eaoj) to bear or carry aw&f, con 
duct away, Mar. 15. 1. Lu. 16. 22 
1 Co. 16. 3. Re. 17. 3; 21. 10. 
Ano(pevya>, f. £opai, a.2. dne(pvyov x 
(a-n-6 & <$>evy<x>) to llee from, escape ; 
met. to renounce, be free from, 2 Pe. 
1. 4 ; 2. 18, 20. 

1 Ano<pdeyyopai, f. ey£opcu, (a7ro 
& fydiyyofxai) to speak out, declare, 
particularly solemn, weighty, or pithy 
sayings, Ac. 2. 4, 14 ; 26. 25. L. G. 
Ano(popTi£op.ai, f. Lo'op.ai, (and & 
</>6pTos) to unlade, Ac. 21. 3. L. G. 

, A7roxf>'?o r t$', eco?, f), (dnoxpdop,ai, 
to use up, consume by use) a using, 
or a discharge of an intended use, 
Col. 2. 22. L. G. 

'ATTO^copeco, co, j^ctco, (and & xco- 
peoj) to go from or away, depart, 
Mat. 7. 23. Lu. 9. 39. Ac. 13. 13. 

'A7ro;(a>pi£co, f. icrco, a. 1. pass. 
ane\(xipio'6r]v (ano & ^topi^to) to sepa- 
rate ; pass, to be swept aside, Re. 6. 
14 ; to part, Ac. 15. 39. 

'Atto^^o), f. £00, (and & y\rvx<&) 
pr. to breathe out, faint away, die ; 
met. to faint at heart, be dismayed, 
Lu. 21. 26. (u). 

'ATrpdo-trof, ov, 6, rj, to, -ov, (a & 
7rpocriTds, accessible, fr. npoo-eifii, 
to approach) unapproached, unap- 
proachable, 1 Ti. 6. 16. L. G. 

'ATrpo'cr/coTTOs - , ov, 6, f], (a & npoo~- 
/com}) act. not causing to stumble; 
met. not causing others to stumble 
in the path of duty, 1 Co. 10. 32; 
pass, not stumbling, advancing with- 
out stumbling ; met. not obnoxious to 
moral exception, unblameable, clear, 
Ac. 24. 16. Phi. 1. 10. N.T. 

'A7rpocrco7roAj77rTcof, adv. (a & 7rpo- 
o-u>no\r)nriu)) without respect of per- 
sons, impartially, 1 Pe. 1. 17. N. T. 

"Anraiaros, ov, 6, f], (d & nraioi) 
free from stumbling ; met. free from 
offence and sin ; irreprehensible, 
Jude 24. 

"Anrco, f. yf/a>, pr. to bring in con- 
tact, fit, fasten ; to light, kindle ; 
mid. ixmo^ai., f. i//ojaai, a. 1. i)\pdfj.r\v, 
to touch; to partake, Col. 2. 21 ; to 
have intercourse with ; to know car- 
nally, 1 Co. 7. 1 ; by impl. to harm, 
1 Jno. 5. 18. 

'AmxtOeoo, co, f. (oOrjad) & cocrco, & 



Ann 



22 



APO 



Enid, iiru&ionai, ou/u.<u, a. 1 aTroicraixrjv, 
(airo & (otfeco, to thrust, to thrust 
away, repel from one's si If, repulse, 
Ac. 7. 27 ; to refuse, reject, cast off, 
Ac. 7. 39; 13. 46. Ro. 11. 1, 2. 1 Ti. 
1. 19. 

A7r<o\aa, ay, rj, (dwoWvp-i) con- 
sumption, destruction ; waste, pro- 
fusion, Mat. 26. 8. Mar. 14. 4 ; de- 
struction, state of being destroyed, 
Ac. 25.16 ; perdition, misery, eternal 
ruin, Mat. 7. 13. Ac. 8. 20, et al. 

*Apa. Tim particle denotes, first, tran- 
sition from one thing to another by 
natural sequence; secondly, logical 
inference; in which case the premises 
are either expressed, Mat. 12. 28, or 
to be variously supplied. Therefore, 
then, consequently ; should it so re- 
sult, Ac. 17. 27. 

T Apa, a stronger form of the preced- 
ing, used in interrogations. 

'Apd, ay, rj, pr. a prayer ; more com- 
monly a prayer for evil ; curse, curs- 
ing, imprecation, Ro. 3. 14. 
Apyeco, co, f. j^crco, pr. to be un- 
employed ; to be inoperative, linger, 
2 Pe. 2. 3 : from 
Apydy, r], ov, (d & epyov) contr.fr. 
aepyos, pr. inactive, unemployed, 
Mat. 20. 3, 6 ; idle, averse from la- 
bour, 1 Ti. 5. 13. Tit. 1. 12; met. 
2 Pe. 1.8; unprofitable, hollow, or 
by impl. injurious, Mat, 12. 36. 

'Apyvpeos, ea, eov, contr. ovs, a, 
ovv, (apyvpo?) made of silver, Ac. 19. 
24. 2 Ti. 2. 20. Re. 9. 20. 

' Apyvpiov, Inv, to, (fr. same) silver ; 
melon, money ; spc. a piece of silver 
money, a shekel. 

ApyvpoKcmos, ov, 6, (same & kott- 
tcu) a forger of silver, silversmith, 
Ac. 19. 24. L.G. 

"Apyvpoy, ov, 6, silver; meton. any 
thing made of silver ; money. 

"Ape t07rayiT?7?, a judge of the court 
ol Areopagus. (I). 

"Apetoy, ov, 6, 17, ('Aprjs, Mars) of 
or belonging to Mars, Ac. 17. 19, 22. 

Apeovcem, ay, 17 ; a pleasing, de- 
sire of pleasing, Col. I. 10: from 

Apeo-wo, f. dpeaco, imperf. rjpeaKov, 
a. 1. fipea-a, to please ; to be pleasing, 
acceptable ; to consult the pleasure 
of: whence 



'ApecrTOS, rj, ov, pleasing, accept* 
ble,Uno. 3. 22; 8. 29; Ac. 12. 3; 
deemed proper, Ac. 6. 2. 

Aperrj, 77$-, 17, goodness, good qua- 
lity of any hind; gracious dealing of 
God, 1 Pe. 2. 9; 2 Pe, 1.3; virtue, 
uprightness, Phi. 4. 8. 2 Pe. 1. 5. 

'Api^peco, a>, f. j^co), a. 1. rjpldpijcra, 
p. pass. f)pC9fj.-qixai, to number, Mat. 
10. 30. Lu. 12. 7. Re. 7. 9: from 

'Api#pdy, ov, 6, a number, Lu. 22. 3. 
Jno. 6. 10. Ac. 4. 4. Re. 20. 8 ; 13. 18. 

'Apicrrdco, co, f. 770-co, a. 1. Tjplcrrn- 
cra, (apiaTov) to take the first meal, 
breakfast, Jno. 21. 12, 15; ai-:o, to 
take a midday meal, Lu. 11. 37. 
Apicrrepdy, d, ov, the left; dpco~- 
repd, sc.' ^eip, the left hand, Mat. 6. 
3 ; SO e£ apLarepiiv SC. p.epuv, Lu. 23. 

^ 33. 2 Co. 6. 7. 

"Apicrrov, ov, to, pr. the first meal, 
breakfast; aftencards extended to 
signify also a slight midday meal, 
luncheon, Mat. 22. 4. 

'Apxerdy, rj, ov, sufficient, enough, 
Mat. 6. 34 ; 10. 25 ; 1 Pe. 4. 3 : from 

'ApKe&>, co, f. Tjaco, a. 1. fjpK€cra, 
pr. to ward otf; thence, to be ol 
service, avail ; to suffice, be enough ; 
pass, to be contented, satisfied, Lu. 
3. 14. 1 Ti. 6.8. He. 13. 5. 3 Jno. 10. 

Apxoy, v. r. for the following. 

"ApKros, ov, 6, r), a bear, Re. 13. 2. 

"Appa, error, to, a chariot, vehicle, 
Ac. 8. 28, 29, 38. 

'Appd£co, f. dtrco, to fit together , 

mid. apfx6£b/uai, a. 1. ^pjaocrafXTjf, to 
join, unite in marriage, espouse, be- 
troth, 2 Co. 11. 2. 

'Appdy, ov, 6, a joint or articula- 
tion of the bones, He. 4. 12. 

' Apveopat, ovpai, f. naopai, p. rjp- 
vriiiai a. 1. ripi^crdpLrfv, to deny, con- 
tradict, affirm not to be ; by impl. to 
reject, renounce, disown ; to be un- 
willing, refuse, He. 11. 24. 

'Apviov, ov, to, a young lamb, lamb- 
kin, lamb, Jno. 21. 15. Re. 5. 6, 8. 

'Apvos, a gen. without a nam. in use, 
its place being supplied by a/u^os, a 
lamb. 

' Aporpidco, co, f. dcrco, io plough, 
Lu. 17. 7. 1 Co. 9. 10 : from 



APO 



23 



APX 



* ApoTpov, ov, to, (apoco, 10 plough) I 
a plough, Lu. 9. 62. 

'Apnayr], rjs, 17, (d\)7rd£oo) plunder, ! 
pillage, rapine ; the act of plunder- | 
ing, He. 10. 34 ; prey, spoil, or, rapa- 
city, Mat. 23. 25. La. 11. 39. 

'Apnayp-os. ov, 6, rapine, robbery, 
thing plundered ; met. & meton. what 
is retained with an eager grasp, or 
eagerly claimed and conspicuously 
exercised, Phi. 2. 6: from 

'Aprrdfa, f. ckto) & £co, a. 1. rjp- 

iraxra, a. 1. pass, rjpiracr&riv, a. 2. pass. 
ripTrdyyiu, to seize, as a wild beaut, Jno. 

10. 12; take away by force, snatch 
away, Mat. 13. 19. Jno. 10. 28, 29. 
Ac. 23. 10. Jude 23 ; met. to seize on 
with avidity, claim, vindicate one's 
right, Mat. 11. 12; to convey away 
suddenly, transport hastily, Jno. 6. 
15, et al. 

"Apna^, dyo?, o, 17, to, pr. ravenous, 
ravening, as a tvild beast, Mat. 7. 15 ; 
met. rapacious, given to extortion 
and robbery, an extortioner, Lu. 18. 

11. 1 Co. 5. 10, 11 ; G. 10. 

' Appaficov, covos, o, (Hebrew, J13"iy) 
a pledge, earnest, 2 Co. 1. 22; 5. 5. 
Ep. 1. 14. 

"Appdcpos, ov, 6, 17, (d & pawTa, 
to sew) not sewed, without seam, 
Jno. 19. 23. N. T. 
0 Apprju, appev, evos, 6, to, male, of 
the male sex, Ro. 1. 27. He. 12. 5, 13. 
"ApprjTOS, ov, 6, f], to, -ov, (a. & 
P»)t6s) pr. not spoken ; what ought 
not to be spoken, secret ; which can- 
not be spoken or uttered, inefl'able, 
2 Co. 12. 4. 

Appcoo~Tos, ov, 6, f), (d & p<ovvvp.i) 
infirm, sick, an invalid, Mat. 14. 14. 
Mar. 6. 5, 13; 16. 18. I Co. 11. 30. 

Apo-fvoKOiTrjs, ov, 6, (ap~r]v & 
Koi-rq) one who lies with a male, a 
sodomite, 1 Co. 0.9. 1 Ti. 1 10. L.G. 

Aparjv, clpcrev, cvos, 6, to, male, 
of the male sex, Mat. 19. 4. Mar. 
10. 6. Lu. 2. 23. Ho. 1. 27. Gal. 3. 28. 

Aprepir, ib)os, 77, Artemis or Diana, 
Ac. 19. 24, 27, 28, 34. 

ApTepwv, ovos, 6, (dpTc'ia, to sus- 
pend) a topsail, nrtemon, suppa- 
rum ; or, according to others, the 
dolon of Pliny and' Pollux, a small 
Bail near the prow of the slup, wluch 



was hoisted when the wird was tot 
strong to use larger sails, Ac. 27. 40. 

'Apn, adv. of time, pr. at the pre 
sent moment, close upon it either 
before or after; now, at the present 
juncture, Mat. 3. 15 ; forthwith, pre- 
sently ; just now, recently, already, 

1 Th.es. 3. 6 ; «co; apn, until now, 
hitherto, Mat. 11. 12. Jno. 2. 10, et 
al. ; an apn, v. andpri, from this 
time, henceforth, Mat. 23. 39, et al. 

' ApTLyewrjTos, ov, 6, (apn & 
ywdtxi) just born, new-born, 1 Pe. 
2. 2. L.G. 
Apno?, ov, 6, rj, (apa), to fit, adapt) 
complete, perfect, 2 Ti. 3. 17. 

' Apro?, ov, 6, bread ; a loaf or thiu 
cake of bread, Mat. 26. 26, et al. ; 
food, Mat. 15. 2. Mar. 3. 20, et al. ; 
support, maintenance, living, neces- 
saries of life, Mat. 6. 11. Lu. 11. 3. 

2 Thes. 3. 8. 

y ApTV(x>, v. dpTvvco, f. vaco, f. pass. 

apTV0i7CTO|U.ai, p. pass. ijpTV/xai, (apa>, 
to fit) pr. to fit, prepare ; to season, 
make savoury, Mar. 9. 50. Lu. 14. 
34. Col. 4. 6. 

'Ap^ayyeXo?, ov, 6, (apx 1- & «y- 
■yeAos) an archangel, chief angel, 
1 Thes. 4. 16. Jude 9. N. T. 

'Ap^aio?, at'a, alov, old, ancient, of 
a former age, Mat. 5.21, 27, 33, et al. : 
from 

'Apx*), rjs, 17, a beginning ; in respect 
of time, beginning of things; com- 
mencemen t of the gospel dispensation; 
of place, first place or precedence in 
rank or power, sovereignty; one in 
vested with authority, a magistrate, 
potentate, prince ; an extremity, cor- 
ner, Ac. 10. 11. Thv ap\riu, used ad- 
verbially, wholly, altogether, Jno. 
8. 25. 

'Ap^r/yo?, ov, 6, (dpxr] & ayco) a 
chief, leader, prince, sovereign, Ac. 
5. 31 ; author, efficient cause, Ac. 3. 
15. He. 2. 10; 12. 2. 

'Ap^tfpanKO?, rj, ov, pontifical, be- 
longing to, or connected with the 
high priest or his office, Ac. 4. 6: 
(N. T.) from 

'Apx^pevs, eW, 6, (dpxi - & Upcve) 
a high priest, chief priest. 

y Apx>-7rolp.r]P, (vos, 6, (dpX' " &7T04- 
fiijv) chief shepherd, 1 Pe. 1 i. N. T 



AFX 



24 



ASK 



h-pxtcrvvaycoyos, ov, o, (ap^t- & 
(rvvayioyrj ) a president or moderating 
elder of a synagogue, Mar. 5. 22, 35, 
36, 38. Lu. 8. 49, et al. N. T. 

ApxireKTOov, ovos, 6, (ap^i- &tc-'k- 
T(or) architect, head or master- 
builder, 1 Co. 3. 10. 

Apxt-TeXdoiTjs, ov, 6, (apx 4 - &Te\e>- 
i/tjs) a cliief publican, chief collector 
of tlie customs or taxes, Lu. 19. 2. 
N.T. 

ApxiTplxXLvos, ov, 6, (apx t- & 
rpt'/cAivos, triclinium, a dining-room 
in which three couches were placed 
round the table, &c.) director of a 
feast, Jno. 2. 8, 9. N. T. 

m Apxo)i f- £co, pr. to be first; to 
reign, govern ; mid. to begin ; to at- 
tempt ; to take commencement. 

¥ Apx<z>v, ovtos, 6, one invested with 
power and dignity, chief, ruler, 
prince, magistrate, Mat. 9. 23; 20. 
25, et al. freq. 

'Apcopa, aros, ro, any aromatic sub- 
stance, spice, &c. Mar. 16. 1. Lu. 
23. 56 ; 24. 1. Jno. 19. 40. 

'AcrakevTOs, ov, 6, 17, to, -ov, (d & 
aaXevoj) unshaken, immoveable, Ac. 
27. 41 ; met. firm, stable, enduring, 
He. 12. 28. 

*Acrj3eo"ro?, ov, 6, 77, rd, -ov, (d & 
<r$ivwfxi) unquenched; inextinguish- 
able; unquenchable, Mat. 3. 12. Mar. 
9.43,45. Lu. 3. 17. 

'Acre/3eta, as, 17, (dcreftrjs) impiety, 
ungodliness ; improbity, wickedness, 
Ro. 1. 18; 11. 26. 2 Ti. 2. 16. Tit. 2. 
12. Jude 15. 18. 
Ao~e/3eco, a>, f. ncra), p. r]0-efir)Ka, 
a. 1. ija-e^a-a, to be impious, to act 
impiously or wickedly, live an im- 
pious life, 2 Pe. 2. 6. Jude 15 : from 

'Acre/S^?, eos, ovs, 6, 17, rd, -es, (a & 
0-dpofj.a.i) impious, ungodly ; wicked, 
sinfid, Ro. 4. 5 ; 5. 6, et al. 
Ao~eAyeia, as, 17, (daeXyrjs, out- 
rageous) intemperance, licentious- 
ness, lasciviousness, Ro. 13. 13, et 
al. : insolence, outrageous behaviour, 
Mar. 7. 22. 
AaT]pos, ov, 6, r), (d & crrjpa) pr. 
not marked; met. not noted, not 
remarkable, unknown to fame, ig- 
noble, mean, inconsiderable, Ac. 
31. 39. 



Acrdeveia, as, t], (acrdevrjs) want 
of strength, weakness, feebleness, 
1 Co. 15. 43 ; bodily infirmity, state 
of ill health, sickness, Mat. 8. 17. Lu 
5. 15, et al. ; met. infirmity, frailty, 
imperfection, intellectual and moral. 
Ro. 6. 19. 1 Co. 2. 3. He. 5. 2 ; 7. 
28 ; by impl. suffering, affliction, dis- 
tress, calamity, Ro. 8. 26, et al. 

' AcrdeveQ), co, f. rjcrco, a. 1. rjO~6e* 
vrjo-a, (fr. same) to be weak, infirm, 
deficient in strength ; to be inef- 
ficient, Ro. 8. 3. 2 Co. 13. 3 ; to be 
sick, Mat. 25. 36, et al.; met. to be 
weak in faith, to doubt, hesitate, be 
unsettled, timid, Ro. 14. 1. 1 Co. 
8. 9, 11, 12. 2 Co. 11. 29; to be 
deficient in authority, dignity, or 
power, be contemptible, 2 Co. 11. 21 ; 
13. 3, 9 ; bu impl. to be afflicted, dis- 
tressed, needy, Ac. 20. 35. . 2 Co. 12. 
10; 13. 4, 9: whence 

' Aadevqpa, aros, ro, pr. weakness, 
infirmity ; met. doubt, scruple, hesi- 
tation, Ro. 15. 1. N. T. 

' Aa6evr\s, eos, ovs, 6, 17, rd, -es, (d & 
otfeVos, strength) without strength, 
weak, infirm, Mat. 26. 41. Mar. 14. 

38. 1 Pe. 3. 7 ; helpless, Ro. 5. 6 ; 
imperfect, inefficient, Gal. 4. 9 ; fee- 
ble, without energy, 2 Co. 10. 10; 
infirm in body, sick, sickly, Mat. 25. 

39, 43, 44, et al. ; weak, mentally or 
spiritually, dubious, hesitating, i Co. 
8. 7, 10; 9.22. 1 Thes. 5. 14 ; by impl. 
afflicted, distressed, oppressed with 
calamities, 1 Co. 4. 10. 

, Ao~iai>d£, ov, 6, 77, ('Atria) belong- 
ing to the Roman province of Asia, 
Ac. 20. 4. 

'Ao-iapxys, ov, 6, CAo-la & apxrj) 
an Asiarch, an officer in the province 
of Asia, as in other eastern provinces 
of the Roman empire, selected, with 
others, from the more opulent citi- 
zens, to preside over the things per- 
taining to religious worship, "and to 
exhibit annua] public games at their 
own expense in honour of the gods, 
in the manner of the ajdiles at Rome, 
Ac. 19. 31. L.G. 

'Aeriri'n, as, 17, abstinence from food, 
fasting, Ac. 27. 21 : from 

"Aalros, ov, 6, 17, (d & alros) abstain- 
ing from food, fasting, Ac. 27~. 33. 

'Aor/ceco, co, f. 770-co, to exercise 01 
exert one's self, endeavour, Ac. 34. 16. 



ASK 



25 



A2<f> 



Actko?, ov, o, a leathern bag or bot- j 

tie, bottle of skin, Mat. 9. 17. Mar. 

2. 22. Lu. 5. 37, 38. 
Aapeuoos, gladly, joyfully, Ac. i 

2. 41 ; 21. 17. 
"Aaocpos, ov, 6, T), (d & crowds) un- 

wise ; destitute of Christian wisdom, 

Ep. 5. 15. 

* Acnra£op.ai, f. crop.ai, a. 1. r)0~7ra- 

adfxw, p ^rjo-Tracr.u.ai, to salute, greet, 
welcome, express one's good wishes, 
pay one's respects, Mat. 10. 12. Mar. 
9. 15, et al. freq. ; to bid farewell, 
Ac. 20. 1 ; 21. 6 ; to treat with affec- 
tion, Mat. 5. 47 ; met. to embrace 
mentally, welcome to the heart or 
understanding, He. 11. 13: whence 

* Ao-Traapos, ov, 6, salutation, greet- 

ing, Mat. 23. 7. Mar. 12. 38, et al. 
"Ao-7TtXo?, ov, 6, f), (d & (nrlXos) 
spotless, unblemished, pure, 1 Ti. 6. 
14. Ja. 1. 27. lPe. 1. 19. 2 Pe. 3. 14. 

, L 

'Acttti'?, 18os, 17, an asp, a species 
of serpent of the most deadly venom, 
Ko. 3. 13. 

"Aottoi'Sos', ov, 6, 17, (d & cnrovbrj, 
a libation usually conjoined until the 
making of a treaty) pr. unwilling to 
make a treaty; hence, implacable, 
irreconcileable, Ro. 1. 31. 2 Ti. 3. 3. 
Ao~arapiov, lov, to, dimin. of the 
Latin as, a Roman brass coin of the 
value of one-tenth of a denarius or 
Souxv-fj, and equal to 3 and one-tenth 
farthings of our money, used to con- 
vey the idea of a very trifling sum, 
Mat. 10. 29. Lu. 12. 6. N. T. 

'Aacrov, adv. nearer ; very nigh, close, 
Ac. 27. 13 ; used as the comp. of 

, ay* 1 - , m , v 

Aarareco, a>, f. rjcroi, (acrraTOS, un- 
fixed, unstable, fr. d & iVrq/xi) to be 
unsettled, have no fixed residence, 
wander about without a home, 1 Co. 
4.1.1. L.G. 

A.crreto?, ov, 6, 17, (aorv, a city) 
pr. belonging to a city ; well-bred, 
polite, polished ; hence, elegant, fair, 
comely, beautiful, Ac. 7. 20. He. 
11. 23. 

Aarnp, epos, 6, a star, luminous 
body like a star, luminary, Mat. 2. 
2, 7, 9, 10. Re. 1 16, et. al. 

AtyTryaKTos, ou, 6, 17, (a & crrn- 



pi'£o) not made firm ; unsettled, un- 
stable, unsteady, 2 Pe. 2. 11; 3. 16. 
L.G. 

^AcrTop-yof, ov, 6, 17, (d & OTopyq x 
natural or instinctive affection) de- 
void of natural or instinctive affec- 
tion, without affection to kindred, 
Ro. 1. 31. 2 Ti. 3. 3. 

Acrro^eco, a>, f. naco, a. 1. nyro^r/- 
cra, (a & cttoxos, a mark) /jr. to miss 
the mark; wief. to err, deviate, 
swerve from, 1 Ti. 1. 6, 21. 2 Ti. 
2. 18. L.G. 

AaTpanrj, rjs, 17, lightning, Mat. 
24. 27 ; by impl. light, brightness, 
lustre, Lu. 11. 36: whence 

Ao~Tpa7vrco, f. \jrco, to lighten, flash 
as lightning, Lu. 17. 24 ; to be bright, 
sinning, Lu. 24. 4. 
*Ao~Tpov, of, ro', a constellation ; a 
star, Lu. 21. 25. Ac. 7. 43; 27. 20 
He. 11. 12. 
' ' Aadp.(pcovos, ov, 6, rj, (d & avp- 
ijiuw) discordant in sound; dis- 
agreeing, of a different opinion, Ac. 
28. 25. 

Aavveros, ov, 6, n, (d & avveros 
fr. owtTj/ut) without understanding, 
dull of apprehension, stupid, Mat. 15. 
16. Mar. 7. 18. Ro. I. 21 ; foolish, 
•wicked, ungodly, corrupt, Ro. 1. 31 ; 
10. 19. 

' AcrviOeTos, of, 6, 77, (d & crvvride- 
txai, to make a covenant) a violator 
of covenants, covenant breaker, per- 
fidious, Ro. 1. 31. 

AacpaXeia, as, r], pr. state of one 
who is secure from falling, firmness ; 
safety, security, 1 Thes. 5. 3; cer- 
tainty, trutn, Lu. 1. 4; diligence, 
carefulness, vigilance, Ac. 5. 23: 
from 

'Ao-cpaXr/s, fos, ovs, 6, fj, to, -es, 
(a & o-^aXXoiaai, to stumble, fall) pr. 
firm, secure from falling ; firm, sure, 
steady, immoveable, He. 6. 19; met. 
certain, sure, Ac. 21. 34 ; 22. 30 ; 25. 
26 ; affording means of security, 
making secure, Phi. 3. 1 : whence 

' AcrCpaXifa, f. laoo, to make fast, 
safe, or secure, Mat. 27. 64-66. Ac. 
16. 24. L. G. 

' Ao-(pa\cos, adv. securely, safely 1 
with care and diligence, Mar. 14.44 
Ac. 16. 23 ; certainly, assuredly, Ac 
2. 36. 



A2X 



26 



AYA 



Acr^T/jMOi'eco, co, f. ncrco, to be axrx*l~ 
Ijlwv, indecorous, to behave in an un- 
becoming manner, or indecorously, 
1 Co. 13. 5; to behave in a manner 
open to censure, 1 Co. 7. 3G. 
'Aax^fJ-oavvrj, 77?, t}-, pr. external 
indecorum; nakedness, shame, pu- 
denda, Re. 16. 15; indecency, in- 
itimous lust or lewdness, Ro. 1.27: 
from 

*Ao'xr)P-o>v, oi/of, 6, 17, to, -oz/, (d & 
(r^fia) indecorous, uncomely, inde- 
cent, 1 Co. 12. 23. 

'Ao"coTia, as, 77, (pr. the disposition 
and life of one who is ao-wro?, aban- 
doned, recklessly debauched) pro- 
fligacy, dissoluteness, debauchery, 
Ep. 5. 18. Tit. 1.6. 1 Pe. 4. 4. 

'Accord)?, adv. dissolutely, profli- 
gately, Lu. 15. 13. 

'Arafcreco, co, f. 770-co, pr. to desert 
one's ranks; met. to neglect one's 
duties, behave disorderly, 2 Thes. 3. 
7 : from 

'Atclktos, ou, 6, 17, (a & rdcrcrco) 

pr. spoken of soldiers who desert 
their ranks ; met. neglectful of du- 
ties, disorderly, 1 Thes. 5. 14. 
Atoktcos, adv. disorderly, 2 Thes. 3. 
6. 11. 

"AreKi'o?, ou, 6, 77, (a & tzkvov) 
childless, Lu. 20. 28, 29, 30. 

Aret-i^a), f. /crco, a. 1. rjreviaa, 
(arei^js, intent) to fix one's eyes 
upon, to look steadily, gaze intently, 
Lu. 4. 20, et al. 
"Arep, without, Lu. 22. 6, 35. 

Ari/jid£co, f. dVco, a. 1. ^n'/zacra, 
a. I. pass. r)TLfxd(r9r)i/, (aTt/ao?) to dis- 
honour, treat with contumely or in- 
dignity, Lu. 20. 11. Jno. 8. 49, et al. 

Artpta, as, 77, dishonour, infamy, 
Ro. 1.26; indecorum, 1 Co. 11. 14 ; 
meanness, vileness, Ro. 9. 21. 1 Co. 
15. 43. 2 Ti. 2. 20 : from 

Ar'^or, ou, 6, 77, (a. & ri/zr?) un- 
honoured, without honour, exposed 
to contumelious treatment, Mat. 13. 
57. Mar. 3. 4. 1 Co. 4. 10; 12. 23. 

Ari/xoco, co, p. pass. r;rt^co|Ltot, lo 
dishonour, treat with contumely, 
Mar. 12. 4. 

Ar/ii's, i'So?, 77, an exhalation, va- 
lour, smoke, Ac. 2. 19. Ja. 4. 14. 



"Ato^os, ou, 6, T), (a & re'/Lii'co) l» 
divisible, o»k2 by impi. exceedingly 
minute : ev axony sc. \povo), in an 
indivisible point of time, hi an In- 
stant or moment, 1 Co. 15. 52. 

Aro7ro?, ou, 6, 77, (d & tokos) 
out of place ; inopportune, unsuita, 
ble, absurd ; new, unusual, strange, 
in N. T. improper, amiss, wicked. 
Lu. 23. 41. 2 Thes. 3. 2: noxious, 
harmful, Ac. 28. 6. 

Auyd^co, f. drrco, to shine upon, illu- 
minate, irradiate, 2 Co. 4. 4 : from 

Avyrj, 779, 77, radiance; day-break, 
Ac. 20. 11. 

Avdddri?, eoy, ovs, 6, 17, (civtos & 
r)8oiJ.aL') one who pleases himself, 
wilful, obstinate ; arrogant, impe- 
rious, Ti. 1.7. 2 Pe. 2. 10. (u). 

AvdaipsTos, ou, 6, ?7, (civtos & at- 
peo/xai) pr. one who chooses his ow?i 
course of action; acting sponta* 
neously, of one's own accord, 2 C< . 
8. 3, 17 ; 

AvdevTeco, co, f. 7?crco, (to be ai» 
^e'l'TT]?, one acting by his own au- 
thority or power, contr.fr. avToevn\g, 
one who executes with his own 
hand) to have authority over, do- 
mineer, 1 Ti. 2. f 12. N. T. 

AuXeco, co, f. 770-co, a. 1. rjvXrjaa 
(avA6?) to play on a pipe or flute 
pipe, Mat. 11. 17. Lu. 7.32. 1 Co 
14. 7. 

AuX»7, 77?, 77, pr. an unroofed enclo- 
sure ; court-yard ; sheepfold, Juo 
10. 1, 16; an exterior court, i.q. 
n-poavAioi', i. e. an enclosed place be- 
tween, the door and the street. Re. 1 1 
2 ; an interior court, quadrangle, i. ° 
the open court in the middle of oriental 
houses, ivhich are commonly built in 
the form of a square enclosing tl/is 
court, Mat. 26. 58, 69, et al*. ; by 
synecd. a house, mansion, palace, 
Mat. 26. 3. Lu. 11. 21. 

AvXrjTTjs, ou, 6, ( auXe'co) a player 
on a pipe or flute, Mat. 9. 23. Pe. 
18. 22. 

AuXt'^OjUdi, f. uro^inc, a. 1. rfi'XiV- 
0r)i/ (auArj) pr. to pass the time in & 
court-yard; to lodge, bivouac ; /(<>'< v. 
to pass the night in any place, U. 
lodge at night, pass or remain 
through the night. Mat. 21. 17. Lu 



AY A 



27 



A$e 



At'Ao?, of;, 6, a pipe or flute, 1 Co. 
14. 7. 

Ai^afG), v, av^a), f. 770-cD, a. 1. t/u- 
fiioa, a. 1. pass. 7)vf>)07?]/, trans, to 
cause to grow or increase ; pass, to 
be increased, enlarged, Mat. 13. 32. 
1 Co. 3. 6, 7, et ai. ; intrans. to in- 
crease, grow, Mat. 6. 28. Mar. 4. 8, 
et al. : whence 

Av^rjcris, ecos, 77, increase, growth, 
Ep. 4. 16. Col. 2. 19. 

Avptov, adv. to-morrow, Mat. 6. 30, 
et al. ; ri avpiov sc. Tjju-epa, the mor- 
row, the next day, Mat. 6. 34, et al. 

AvoTrjpos, a, ov, pr. harsh, sour in 
flavour ; met. harsh, rigid, ungener- 
ous, Lu. 19. 21, 22. 

AvrdpKeia, as, rj } a competence of 
the necessaries of life, 2 Co. 9. 8 ; a 
frame of mind viewing one's lot as 
sufficient, contentedness, 1 Ti. 6. 6 : 
from 

\vTapKT]s, cos, ovs, 6, 77, (avrOs & 
ap/ceoj) pr. sufficient or adequate in 
one's self; contented with one's lot, 
Phi. 4. 11. 

AvroKaTaKpiros, ov, 6, 77, (avros & 
Karaicptvo)) self-condemned, Tit. 3.11. 
N. T. 

Avrop-dros, ov, 6, 17, (airo'? & /xe- 
ftaa, to be excited) self-excited, 
acting spontaneously, spontaneous, 
of his own accord, Mar. 4. 8. Ac. 
12. 10. 

AvroTrrrjs, ov, 6, 17, (avros & oS/ao- 
ju.ai) an eye-witness, Lu. 1 . 2. 

Avros, 77, 6, a reflexive pron., self, 
veiy ; alone, Mar. 6. 31. 2 Co. 12. 13 ; 
of one's self, of one's own motion, 
Jno. 16. 27 ; used also in the oblique 
cases indepeiulently as a personal 
pron. of the third person ; 6 avTos, the 
same; unchangeable, lie. 1.12; Ka- 
ra to avro, at the same time, to- 
gether, Ac. 14. 1 ; en\ to avTo, in one 
and the same place, Mat. 22. 34 ; at 
the same time, together, Ac. 3. 1. 
But for a full account of the uses of 
(xvtos, see the Grammars. 

Avrov, rjs, ov, rccip. pron. contr. fr. 

eavroii, r?s, ov, himself, herself, itself, 

Mat. 1. 21, et al. freq. ; lor aeavrov, 

r?s, ov, thyself, Mat. 23. 87. 
hvrov, adv. of place, pr. in the very 

pfoce ; here, there, in this, or that 



place, Mat. 26. 36. Ac. 15. 34 ; 18. 19* 

21. 4. 

Avro^ap, pos, 6, 77, (avros & X € *p) 

acting or doing anything with one's 

own hands, Ac. 27. 19. 
Ai>xpr)p6s, a, ov, (ai^/zeco, to hi 

dry, squalid, filthy) squalid, filthy ; 

by impl. dark, obscure, murky, 2 l'e. 

1. 19. 

'Adjaipeo), co, f. 77C&), a. 2. d<£eIA ov, 
a. 1. pass. a<£aipe07jcro|ua(., (oltto & 

alpem) to take away, remove, Lu. 1. 
25 ; 10. 42, et al. ; to take off', cut off, 
remove by cutting off, Mat. 26. 51. 
Mar. 14. 47. Lu. 22. 50. 

'Acpavrjs, ios, ovs, 6, 77, to, -es, (a 
& 4>alvoi) out of sight ; not manifest, 
liidden, concealed, He. 4. 13 : whence 

' Aepavifa, f. iVco, to remove out of 
sight, cause to disappear; pass, to 
disappear, vanish, Ja. 4.14; by impl. 
to destroy, consume, so that nothing 
shall be left visible, Mat. 6. 19, 20; 
met. to spoil, deform, disfigure, Mat. 

6. 16: whence 

' Aobavicrpos, ov, 6, a disappearing, 
vanishing away ; m°t. destruction, 
abolition, abrogation, He. 8. 13. L. G. 

" Acpavros, ov, 6, 77 (d & (paivco) not 
appearing, not seen, in\ isible ; hence, 
ax}>avTOi yeveadai, to disappear, van- 
ish, Lu. 24. 31. 

'Aepebpaiv, aivos, 6, (uno & edpa, 
a seat) a privy, Mat. 15. 17. Mar. 

7. 19. L. G. 

'Acpeidla, as, 17, (d & (peldop-ai) pr. 
the disposition of one who is d^eifiij?, 
unsparing ; hence, in N. T., unspar- 
ingness in the seme q/'rigour, severity, 
austerity, Col. 2. 23." 

'AcpeXoTTjs, ttjtos, t), (d(pe\r]s, not 
rough, plain, met. simple, sincere, fr. 
a & 4>eAAeik, a rough, stony region) 
sincerity, simplicity, Ac. 2. 46. N.T. 

"A<peo~is, (cos, 77, (d(fiir]p.i) dismis- 
sion, deliverance from captivity, Lu 
4. IS, bis; remission, forgiveness, par- 
don, Mat. 26. 28, et al. 

'A(J)77, rjs, 7;, (dirrco) a fastening; a 
ligature, by which the different mem- 
bers are connected, commissure, joint, 
Ep. 4. 16. Col. 2. 19. 

' A<p6ap(ria, as, 77, (d & (pdeipoi) 
incorruptibility, incorruptness ; 64 
impl. immortality, 1 Co. 15. 42v 53. 54 j 



A$e 



28 



with, the accessory idea of felicity, 
Ro. 2. 7, et al. ; iv i^OapaCa, purely, 
sincerely, constantly, Ep. 6. 24. 
L. G. 

"Acpdapros, ou, 6, 77, (fr. same) in- 
corruptible, immortal, imperishable, 
undying, enduring, Eo. 1. 23. 1 Co. 
9. 25 ; 15. 52, et al. 

Acbdopla, as, f), (fr. same) v. r. Tit. 
2. 7, j?r. incapability of decay ; met. 
incorruptness, integrity, genuine- 
ness, purity. N. T. 

A(plrjfj.i, f. dcprjcrco, a. 1. dcprjua, 

a. 1. pass, a^eie-qv & a<£e0T)i/, f. pass. 

a^Qrta-ofj.ai, imperf. 3 per. s. fj^ie, 
Mar. 1 . 34 ; 1 1 . 16, p. pass. _ 3 per. pi. 
dtpeWrai., pres. 2 per. s. a<£els, v. r. 
Ee. 2. 20, (i™ & iijfAt) to send away, 
dismiss, suffer to depart ; to emit, 
send forth ; tt\v ^wvtjv, the voice, to 
cry out, utter an exclamation, Mar. 
15. 37 ; to irvevna, the spirit, to expire, 
Mat. 27. 50 ; to omit, pass over or by, 
neglect, care not, Mat. 15. 14; 23. 
23. He. 6. 1 ; to permit, suffer, let, 
forbid not ; to give up, yield, resign, 
Mat. 5. 40 ; to remit, forgive, pardon ; 
to relax, suffer to become less in- 
tense, Ee. 2. 4; to leave, depart 
from ; to desert, forsake ; to leave 
remaining or alone ; to leave be- 
hind, sc. at one's death, Mar. 12. 19, 
20, 21, 22. Jno. 14. 27. 
AcpLK.veop.ai, ovp,ai, f. l£op.ai, a. 2. 

a^LKO^-qv, (airo & i.we'ofxai, to come, 
arrive) to come, arrive at ; to reach 
as a report, Eo. 16. 19. 

Acpikdyados, ov, 6, f;, (a, (pikos 
& ayaSds) not a lover of, inimical to, 
good and good men, 2 Ti. 3. N. T. 

Adjckapyvpos, ov, 6, 17, (ti, rpiXos 
& £pyi/pos) not fond of money, not 
covetous, liberal, generous, I 15.. 3. 3. 
lie. 13. 5. N.T. 
"A0i£i?, ecor, 17, (d<f)iKP€Of£ai) ar- 
rival ; departure, Ac. 20. 29. 
1 AfpiarrjfU, f. dnoaTrjaa), a. I. crre- 

o-rr)<ra, (airo & iottj/u) trans, to put 
away, separate ; to draw off or away, 
withdraw, induce to revolt, Ac. 5. 37 ; 
intrans., p. a^ea-TqKa, a. 2. iiriarrjv, 
and mid. to depart, go away from, Lu. 
2. 37, et al. ; met. to desist or refraic 
from, let alone, Ac. 5. 38 ; 22. 29. 
2 Co. 12. 8 ; to make defection, fall 
away, apostatise, Lu. 8. 13. 1 Ti. 
4. 1. He. 3. 12 ; to withdraw from. 



have no intercourse with, 1 Ti. 6. 0 
to abstain from, 2 Ti. 2. 19. 

Acpvco, adv. suddenly, unexpectedly 
Ac. 2. 2; 16. 26; 28. 6. 

Acpoficos, adv. (depofios, fearless 
fr. a & </>6/3os) fearlessly, boldly, in 
trepidly, Phi. 1.14 ; securely, peace 
fully, tranquilly, Lu. 1. 74. 1 Co. 16 
10 ; impudently, shamefully, Jude 12. 

Acpop.oi6a>, co, f. cocrco, (otto £ 
6ju.oi.duj) to assimilate, cause to re 
semble, He. 7. 3. 

Acpopdco, co, f. aird^op-ai, a. 2. 

aTreifioi', (a.770 & opaiu) to view with 

undivided attention by looking away 
from evert/ other object; to regard 
fixedly and earnestly, He. 12. 2 ; tc 
see distinctly, Phi. 2. 23. 
Acpopl^co, f. icrco, & depopico, p. 
pass. a<j)u>piafxai,(a.TT6 & 6pt£to) to limit 
off; to separate, sever from the r3St, 
Mat. 13. 49, et al. : to separate from 
society, cut off from all intercourse, 
excommunicate, Lu. 6. 22 ; to set 
apart, select, Ac. 13. 2. Eo. 1. 1. 
Gal. 1. 15. 
Acpopprj, 77?, 17, (otto & op/j-Tj) pr 
a starting point ; means to accom- 

| plish an object ; occasion, opportu- 

1 nity, Ro. 7. 8, 11, et al. 

I 'A0pt£co, f. i'ctco, to froth, foam, 

I Mar. 9. 18, 20 : from 

] 'Acppo?, ov, 6, froth, foam, Lu. 9. 39. 
5 Acppoavur], 77?, 77, inconsiderate- 

I ness, folly ; folly, in the sense of os- 

! tentation, boasting, 2 Co. 11. 1, 17, 

! 21 ; foolishness, levity, wickedness. 

impiety, Mar. 7. 22 : from 
"Acppcov, ovos, 6, 17, (d & (pprjVi 

i unwise, inconsiderate, simple, fool- 

| ish, Lu. 11. 40 ; 12. 20. 1 Co. 15. 36 ; 

j ignorant, destitute of the knowledge 

' of the true religion, Ro. 2. 20. Ep. 
5. 17. 1 Fe. 2. 15; vain, ostenta- 

| tious, 2 Co. 11. 16, 19; 12. 6, 11. 
' \(pv7rv6a>, co, f. cocrco, (airo & v—vos) 
to awake from sleep ; in N. T. to go 
off into sleep, fall asleep, Lu. 8. 23. 
"\(f>wvos, ov, 6, 17, (a & (piovi)) 

j dumb, destitute of the power ol 
speech. 1 Co. 12. 2. 2 Pe 2. 16; 

! silent, mute, uttering no voice. Ac 

I 8. S3 ; i'lairicu'-ite. consisting- " ( in- 
articulate sounds, unmeaning, f Co 
14. 10. 



AXA 



29 



BAP 



A^apto-Tos, ou, 6, t], (a & ^api?) 

unthankful, ungrateful, Lu. 6. 35. 

2 Ti. 3. 2. 
A^etpo7roi77rof, ou , 6, 17, ' x d & 

poTTotrjTo?) not made with hands, 

Mar. 14. 58. 2 Co. 5. 1. Col. 2. 11. 

N.T. 

A^Xu?, uoy, 77, a mist ; darkening 

of the sight, Ac. 13. 11. 
'Axpeto?, a, 01/, (a & xpeia) use- 
less, unprofitable, worthless, Mat. 
25. 30 ; unmeritorious, Lu. 17. 10: 
whence 

'A^peidco, co, f. cocrco, a. 1. pass. 

petoi^v, to render useless ; met. pass. 

to become corrupt, depraved, Ro. 

3. 12. L.G. 
"AxprjaTos, ou, 6, 17, (d & xp^otos') 

unuseful, useless, unprofitable, araZ 

by impl. detrimental, causing loss, 

Phile. 11. 

'A^pi, v. a)(piSi originally an adv. 
of place; used as a prep., with re- 
spect to place, as far as ; to time, 
until, during ; as a conj., until. 

' b-Xvpov, ou, rd, chaff, straw broken 
up by treading out the grain, Mat. 
3. 12. Lu. 3. 17. 
Ayj/evdrjs, eos, ovs, 6, t), (a & yjrev- 
enj?) free from falsehood ; incapable 
of falsehood, Tit. 1. 2. 
A\j/ii/#o?, ou, rj, wormwood, Re. 8. 11, 
lohere, as a proper name, it is mascu- 
line, according to the v. r. 

"A^u^o?, ou, 6, 17, to, -01/, (d & 
^vxn) void of life or sense, inani- 
mate, 1 Co. 14. 7. 



B. 

Boi#pd?, ou, 6, (ftalvco) pr. a step, 
stair ; met. grade of dignity, degree, 
rank, standing, 1 Ti. 3. 13. 

Bddos, eoy, ou?, to, depth ; to /3d- 
0o?, deep water, Lu. 5. 4. Mat. 13. 
5, et al. ; met. fulness, abundance, 
immensity, Ro. 11. 33. 2 Co. 8. 2 ; 
an extreme degree. 2 Co. 8. 2 ; pi. 
deep laid plans, profound, secret 
things, 1 Co. 2. 10. Re. 2. 24. 

"BaOvvody f. vVco, to deepen, exca- 
vate, Lu. 6. 48 : from 

ftadvs, eia, u, deep Jno. 4. 11 ; met. 
deep, profound. Ac 20. 9 ; bpdpov 0a- 



0e'o5, Z/£. at deep morning twilight 
i.e. at the earliest dawn, Lu. 24. 1. 

Bdtoi>, v. Batov, ou, ro', a palm 

branch, Jno. 12. 13. S. 
BdkdvTiov, ou, rd, a bag, purse, Lu. 

10. 4; 12. 33; 22. 35, 36. 
BdXXco, f. j3aka), a. 2. e/3oXoi/, p. 

Pep\r)>ca, p. pass. j3€|3Ar}/ua(., a. 1. pass. 

e^0r)v, f. pass. j3AT)0Tjo-o/u.ai, to throw, 
cast ; to lay, Re. 2. 22. Mat. 8. G, 
14, et al. ; to put, place, Ja. 3. 3 ; to 
place, deposit, Mat. 27. 6. Mar. 2. 
41-44. Lu. 21. 1-4; Jno. 12. 6; to 
pour, Jno. 13.5; to thrust, Jno. 18. 
11 ; 20. 27. Mar. 7. 33. Re. 14. 19 ; 
to send forth, Mat. 10. 34 ; to assault, 
strike, Mar. 14. 65 ; met. to suggest, 
Mat. 10. 34. Jno. 13. 2; intrans. to 
rush, beat, as the wind, Ac. 27. 14. 
Ba7rrt£co, f. i'crco, a. 1. e'3d7rncra, 

p. pass. /3e/3a7rTto-/xat, a. 1. pass. 
ipaTTTtcrOriv, (pdnTU)) pr. to dip, im- 
merse; to cleanse or purify by 
washing ; to administer the rite of 
baptism, to baptize; met. with va- 
rious reference to the ideas associated 
with Christian baptism as an act oj 
dedication, e. g. marked designation, 
devotion, trkd, &c. ; mid. to procure 
baptism for one's self, to undergo 
baptism, Ac. 22. 16. 

Ba7rrto"pa, aro?, rd, pr. immersion ; 
baptism, ordinance of baptism, Mat. 
3. 7. Ro. 6. 4, et al. ; met. baptism 
in the trial of suferinq, Mat 20. 22, 
23. Mar. 10. 38, 39. N. T. 

Ba7mo~p6s, ou, d, pr. an act of 
dipping or immersion ; a baptism, 
He. 6. 2 ; an ablution, Mar. 7. 4, 8. 
He. 9. 10. N.T. 

BaTTTio-rrjs, ou, d, one who baptises, 
Mat. 3. 1 ; 11. 11, 12, et al. N. T. 

Bd?rrco, f. \^co, a. 1 . e/3a\^a, p. pass. 
/Se'/Sa/ajutai, to dip, Jno 13. 26. Lu. 16. 
24 ; to dye, Re. 19. 13. 

Bap, indec. d, ("13, Chald. or Syr.) 
a son, Mat. 16. 17. 

Bdp/jdpo?, ou, d, a barbarian, pr. 
one to whom a pure Greek dialect ia 
not native ; one who is not a proper 
Greek, Ro. 1. 14. Col. 3. 11. Ac. 
28. 2, 4; a foreigner speaking a 
strange language, 1 Co. 14. 11. 

Bape o, co, f. ^crco, p. pass, fiefidpr)- 
ixai, (/3a,Go?) to be heavy upon, weigh 
down, burden, oppress, as sleep, Mat 



BAP 



30 



BAT 



26. 43. Mar. 14. 40. Lu. 9. 32 ; sur- 
feiting, v. r. Lu. 21. 34 ; calamities, 2 
Co. 1. 8; 5. 4; or trouble, care, ex- 
pense, &c. 1 Ti. 5. 16. 

Bapecos, ado. heavily ; mat. with dif- 
ficulty, dully, stupidly, Mat. 13. 15. 
Ac. 28. 27. 

Bapos, eoy, to, weight, heaviness ; 
a burden, any tiling grievous and 
hard to be borne, Mat. 20. 12. Ac. 
15. 28. Re. 2. 24; burden, charge, or, 
weight, inlluence, dignity, honour, 
1 Thes. 2. 6 ; with another noun in 
government, fuiness, abundance, ex- 
cellence, 2 Co. 4. 17. 

Bapvvco, f. vva>, a. 1. pass, ifiapvv- 
Orjv, sec fiapeu), Lu. 21. 34. (v) : from 

Bapvs, ela, v, heavy; met. burden- 
some, oppressive, or difficult of ob- 
servance, as precepts, Mat. 23. 4. 
1 Jno. 5. 3 ; weighty, important, mo- 
mentous, Mat. 23. 23. Ac. 25. 7 ; 
grievous, oppressive, afflictive, vio- 
lent, rapacious, Ac. 20. 29 ; authori- 
tative, strict, stern, severe, 2 Co. 
10. 10. 

BapvrTpos, ov, 6, rj, (fiapvs & Tipr]) 
of great price, precious, Mat. 26. 7. 

Bao~av'i£a>, f. iaco, a. 1. pass. e/3a- 
(7avia-Qr)v, (/Sacraro?) pr. to apply the 
lapis Lydius or touchstone ; met. to 
examine, scrutinise, try either by 
words or torture; in N. T. to afflict, 
torment ; pass, to be afflicted, tor- 
mented, pained, by diseases, Mat. 8. 
6, 29, et al. ; to be tossed, agitated, 
as by the waves, Mat. 14. 24 : whence 

Bacravtcrpos, ov, 6, pr. examination 
by the lapis Lydius or by torture; 
torment, torture, Re. 9. 5; 14. 11; 
18. 7, 10, 15. 

BacravicrTrjs, ov, 6, pr. an inquisitor, 
tormentor ; in N. T. a keeper of a 
prison, gaoler, Mat. 18. 34. 

Bdaavos, ov, fj, pr. lapis Lydius, 
a species of stone from Lydia, which 
being applied to metals teas thought 
to indicate any alloy which migh t be 
mixed with them, and therefore used 
in the trial of metals; hence, examina- 
tion of a person, especially by tor- 
ture; in N. T. torture, torment, se- 
vere pain, Mat. 4. 24. Lu. 16. 23, 28. 

Bao~iXcia, as, rj, (/3ao"tXfi;s) a king- 
dom, realm, the region or country 
governed by a king) kingly powe:, 



authority, dominion, reign ; royal 

dignity, the title and honour ol 
king; ri jSacriXeta, Mai. 9. 35, 17 £x- 
(TiKeia rov ®eov, — tov Xpiorov, — tou 
ovpavov, — tCjv ovpavmv, the reign or 
kingdom of the Messiah, both in a 
false and true conception of it; used 
also, with various limitation, of its 
administration and coming history 
as in the parables; its distinctive na 
ture, Ro. 14. 17, requirements, privi- 
leges, rewards, consummation. 

Bacrt'Xeto?, ov, 6, t), royal, regal ; 
met. possessed of high prerogatives 
and distinction, 1 Pe. 2. 9 ; to. pacri- 
keia sc. fiuS^ara, regal mansions, pa- 
laces, Lu. 7. 25 : from 

BaaiXevs, eco?, 6, a king, monarch, 
one possessing regal authority : 
ichence 

BaaiXevco, f. evcrco, to possess re- 
gal authority, be a king, reign ; to 
rule, govern, Mat. 2. 22 ; met. to be 
in force, predominate, prevail, Ro. 
5. 14, 17, 21 ; 6. 12; to be in a state 
of prosperity and happiness, 1 Co. 
4. 8. 

BaatXtKos, T), ov, royal, regal, Ac. 
12. 20, 21 ; iSacriXiKos, used as a subst 
a person attached to the king, cour- 
tier ; by impl. of the highest excel- 
lence, Ja. 2. 8. 

Bao-t/Ytcnxa, rjs, rj, (a later form of 
/ScunAi's) a queen, Mat. 12. 42. Lu. 
11. 31. Ac. 8. 27. Re. 18. 7. 

Bdcris, eoo?, t], (/3aiVco) pr. a step ; 
the foot, Ac. 3. 7. 

BaaKaivod, f. avco, a. 1. epdrrK-nva 
& epdo-Kiva, pr. to slander ; thence, 
to bewitch by spells, or by any other 
means; to delude, Gal. 3. 1. 

Bao~Ta(w, f. dcra>, a. 1. ifido~Tacra, 
pr. to lift, raise, bear aloft ; to bear, 
carry, in the hands or about the per- 
son; carry as a message, Ac. 9. 15 ; 
to take away, remove, Mat. 8. 17. 
Jno. 20. 15; to take up, Jno. 10. 31. 
Lu. 14.27; to bear as a burden, en- 
dure, suffer; to sustain, Ro. 11. 18; 
to bear with, tolerate; to sustain 
mentally, comprehend, Jno. 16. 12. 

Bdroy, ov, 6 & fj, a bush, bramb)«, 
Mar. 12. 36, et al. 

Baror, ov, 6, (Heb. J")3) a bath, » 
measure for liquids, whicn is stated 
by Josephus ( Aut. I. viii. c. 2 9.) tfl 



BAT 



31 



BAA 



contain 72 sextarii, or about 13 and 
a half gallons. Others make it about 
9 gallons ; and others, 7 and a half 
gallons. 

Rarpa^o?, ov, 6, a frog, Re. 16.13. 

BurroXo-yeco, u>, f. 770-00, (ftaTTOs, 
stammerer), pr. to stammer ; hence, 
to babble ; to use vain repetitions, 
Mat. 6. 7. L.G. 

BdeXvy/ia, arns, to, ((3&e\vo~o~o- 
/u.ai) an abomination, an abominable 
thing, Mat. 24. 15. Mar. 13. 14, et 
al.; idolatry with all its pollutions, 
Re. 17. 4,5; 21.27. S. 

BfieXu/Kro?, 77, dV, abominable, de- 
testable, Tit. 1. 10: (S.)from 

BdeXva-o-n/jini, f. £opcu, p. e/3oV- 
Avy/xai, to abominate, loathe, detest, 
abhor, Ro. 2. 22 ; pass, to be abomina- 
ble, detestable, Re. 21. 8. 

Bs(3aios, ala, ov, (fieftaa, p. of 
fiaivoj) firm, stable, stedfast, He. 3. 6, 
14 ; 6. 19 ;' sure, certain, established, 
Ro. 4. 16, et al. : whence 

Be,3ai6(D, d>, f. G>o~a), a. 1. e/3e/3ai'oo- 
a-a, to confirm, establish ; to render 
constant and unwavering, 1 Co. 1 . 8, 
et al. ; to strengthen or establish by 
arguments or proofs, ratify, Mar. 16. 
20 ; verify, as promises, Ro. 15. 8. 

BelSaiojcris, eco?, 17, confirmation, 
firm establishment, Phi. 1. 7. He. 
0. 15. 

Bej3r)\os, ov, 6, fj, (Balva), to tread, 
and |3r)A.65, a threshold) pr. what is 
open and accessible to all ; hence, 
profane, not religious, not connected 
with religion; unholy; a despiser, 
scorner, 1 Ti. 1.9; 4. 7, et al. : whence 

Be/3nXda), co, f. ooo-co, a. 1. i3eBrj- 
Xoxra, to profane, pollute, violate, 
Mat. 12. 5. Ac. 24. 6. L.G. 

BfXovn, t)s, 77, v. r. Lu. 18. 25, pr. 
the point of a spear ; a needle. 

Be'Xos, eo?, to, a missile weapon, 
dart, arrow, Ep. G. 16. 

BeXriW, ovos, d, 77, ro, -ov, (comp. 
of ayaOos) better; /34\tlov, as an. adv. 
very well, too well to need inform- 
ing, 2 Ti. 1. 18. 

B^pa, aro?, to, (Balvoi) a step, 
foot-step, foot-breadth, space to set 
the foot on, Ac. 7. ft ; an elevated 
place ascended by steps, tribunal, 
throne, Mat. 27. 19. Ac. 12 21. et al. 



Br/puXXo?, ov, 6, 77, a beryl, a pre- 
cious stone of a sea-green colour, 
found chiefly in India, Re. 21. 20 
L.G. 

Bui, as, 17, force, impetus, violence, 
Ac. 5. 26 ; 21. 35, et al. : hence 

Bianco, f. acrco, and mid. Btd£ofiat ; 
to urge, constrain, overpower by 
force ; to press earnestly forward, to 
rush, Lu. 16. 16; pass, to be an ob- 
ject of an impetuous movement. 
Mat. 11. 12. 

Blaios, a, ov, violent, vehement, 
Ac. 2. 2. 

Biacrrr/f, ov, d, (/3id£co) one who 
uses violence, or is impetuous ; ona 
who feels an eager, vehement desire 
for anything, Mat. 11. 12. L. G. 

BiBXapldiov, ov, to, (dimin. of 81- 
pxdpiov, a roll, fr. jSt'^Aos) a smah 
volume or scroll, a little book, Re. 
10.2,8,9,10. L.G. 

BiBXlov, ov, to, (pr. dimin. of BIB- 
A.o?) a written volume or roll, book, 
Lu. 4. 17, 20, et al.; a scroll, bill, 
billet, Mat. 19. 7. Mar. 10. 4. 

BlBXos, ov, fj, pr. the inner bark 
or rind of the papyrus, which ivas 
anciently used instead of paper; 
hence, a written volume, or roll, 
book, catalogue, account, Mat. 1.1. 
Mar. 12. 26, et al. 

BiBpoacrKw, f. Bpwcrofxai, p. Bi- 
/3pw/ca, to eat. 

Bt'oy, otj, 6, life-, means of living; 
sustenance, maintenance, substance, 
goods, Mar. 12. 44, et al. : whence 

Bidoo, co, f. o)0"co, a. 1. e8i(oo~a, to 
live, 1 Pe. 4. 2. 

Bt'cocris - , €cos, fj, manner of life, Ac. 
26.4. S. 

Bioitlkos, 77, ov, pertaining to thi« 
life, or the things of tins life, Lu. 21 
34. 1 Co. G. 3, 4. 

BXaBepos , a, ov, hurtful, 1 Ti. 6. 9 : 

from 

BXanTco, f. \//-co, a. 1. c'BXayfsa, pr. 
to weaken, hinder, disable ; to hurt, 
harm, injure, Mar. 16. 18. Lu. 4. 35. 

BXaaTavoo, f. 770-00, a. 1. eBXaaTrjaa, 
a. 2. ep\a<TTov, intrans. to germinate, 
bud, sprout, spring up, Mat. 13. 26 
Mar. 4. 27. He. 9. 4; trans, am 



BAA 



32 



BPA 



causat. to cause to shoot, produce, 
yield, Ja. 5. 18. 
$Xao-(prip,ea>, co, f. 770-00, p. /3e/3Xa- 
<j-<f>7j/u.i)Ka, a. 1. «/3A.ao-(|>?7jur7<Ta, to calum- 
niate, revile, treat with calumny and 
contumely, Mat. 27. 39, et al. ; to 
apeak of God or divine things in 
terms of impious irreverence, to 
blaspheme, Mat. 9. 3 ; 26. 65, et al. : 
whence 

bXacr(pr]fx[a, as, f], calumny, rail- 
ing, reproach, Mat. 15. 19. Mar. 7. 
22, et al. ; blasphemy, Mat. 12. 31 ; 
26. 65, et al. 

B\d(T(pr]fxos, ov, 6, r], calumnious, 
railing, reproachful, 2 Ti. 3. 2. 2 Pe. 
2. 11 ; blasphemous, Ac. 6. 11, 13. 
1 Ti. 1. 13. 

BXeppa, aros, to, a look ; the act 
of seeing, sight, 2 Pe. 2. 8 : from 

BAeVoo, f. -v^co, a. 1. e/BXe-yj/a, to 
possess and use the faculty of sight ; 
to direct the eyes towards ; to be- 
hold ; to face, Ac. 27. 12 ; to descry, 
observe ; met. to direct the thoughts 
towards, consider ; to discern men- 
tally, perceive ; to have regard to ; 
to mind ; to take heed ; in N. T. 
pXeneiv iwo, to beware of, shun. Mat. 
8. 15. 

BXrjreos, a, ov, (verbal aaj. fv. /3a\- 
Atu) requiring to be cast or pat, Mar. 

2. 22. Lu. 5. 38. N. T. 

Boaco, co, f. ncrco, a. 1. e(36r}o~a, to 
cry out ; to exclaim, proclaim, Mat. 

3. 3; 15. 34. Ac. 8. 7, et al. ; rrpos 
riva, to invoke, implore the aid of 
any one, Lu. 18.7: from 

Bor], rjs, rj, a cry, outcry, exclama- 
tion, Ja. 5. 4. 
Borjdeia, as, 17, help, succour, He. 

4. 16; moton.pl. helps, contrivances 
for relief and safety, Ac. 27. 17 : from 

Bor]dea>, co, f. rjcrco, a. 1. tfiorjOrjcra, 
((Sor) & 6eu>, to run) pr. to run to the 
aid of those who cry for help ; to 
advance to the assistance of any 
one, help, aid, succour, Mat. 15. 25. 
Mar. 9. 22, 24, et al. : from 

Borjdos, ov, 6, a helper, He. 13. 6. 

BoBvvos, ov, 6, a pit, well, or cis- 
tern, Mat. 12. 11 ; 15. 14. Lu. 6. 39. 

BoXn, i]S, 77, (/SaXXco) a cast, a throw ; 
the distance to which any thing can 
be thrown, Lu. 22, 41. 



BoXi£a>, f. icrco, a. I. >'j36Xio~a, to 

heave the lead, sound, Ac. 27. 28 : 

V 'L. G.) from 
BoXls, idos, tj, (/3aAAco) a missile 

weapon, dart, javelin, He. 12. 20; 

also a plummet, lead for sounding. 

L. G. 

Bopftopos, ov, o, mud, mire, dung, 
filth, 2 Pe. 2. 22. 

Boppas, a, 6, i. q. fiopeas, pr. the 
north, or N. N. E. wind ; meton. the 
north, Lu. 13. 29. Re. 21. 13. 

Bo'cncco, f. {3oo-kt)ctcd, a. 1. e/3oV/<77- 
<ra, to feed, pasture, tend while 
grazing; fioa-KOfxai, to feed, be feed- 

, ing, Mat. 8. 30, 33. Lu. 8. 32, 34, 
et al. 

Botcivt], t]s, rj, (/3oV/cco) herb, herb- 
age, produce of the earth, He. 6. 7. 

Borpvs, vos, 6, a bunch or cluster 
of grapes, Re. 14. 18. 

BovXevTTjs, ov, 6, a counsellor, se- 
nator; member of the Sanhedrim, 
Mar. 15. 43. Lu. 23. 50: from 

BouAeuco, f. eijcrco, to give counsel, 
to deliberate ; mid. /SovAevo/ucu, to 
deliberate, Lu. 14. 31. Jno. 12. 10. 
Ac. 5. 33; to purpose, determine, 
Ac. 15. 37 ; 27. 39. 2 Co. 1. 17 : from 

BovXrj, rjs, r), (ftovXopai) counsel, 
purpose, design, determination, de- 
cree, Lu. 7. 30 ; 23. 51, et al. freq. ; 
by impl. secret thoughts, cogitations 
ofthemind, 1 Co. 4. 5. 

BovXrjpa, aros, to, purpose, will, 
determination, Ac. 27. 43. Ro. 9. 19. 

BovXopai, f. fiovXno~op.ai, imperf. 

e/3ovA6/ur)i> & At. r)^ov\6^y\v, a. 1. pass. 

l$ov\rjdr\v & y\fiov\riQr)v, p. jSe^ovArj/aai, 

to be willing, disposed, Mar. 15. 15. 

Ac. 25. 20; 28. 18, et al. ; to intend. 

Mat. 1. 19. Ac. 5. 28; 12. 4. 2 Co. 

1. 15 ; to desire, 1 Ti. 6. 9 ; to choose, 

be pleased, Jno. 18. 39. Ac. 18. 15. 

Ja. 3. 4; to will, decree, appoint, 

Lu. 22. 42. Ja. 1. 18. 1 Co. 12. 11. 

1 Ti. 2. 8; 5. 14, et al. ; kfiovko^v, 

1 could wish, Ac. 25. 22. 
Bovvos, ov, 6, a hill, hillock, rising 

ground, Lu. 3. 5 ; 23. 30. 
BoG?, fioos, 6, fj, an ox, a bull or 

cow, an animal of the ox kind, Lu. 

13. 15, et al. 
BpaHelov, ov, to, (fipaftevs, a judge 



BPA 



S3 



TAM 



01 arbiter in the public games) a 
prize bestowed on victors in the public 
games, such as a crown, wreath, chap- 
let, garland, &c. 1 Co. 9. 24. Phi. 
3. 14. L.G. 
Bpaficvbi, f. evo-a>, (fr. same) pr. 
to be a director, or arbiter in the 
public games ; in N. T. to preside 
direct, rule, govern, be predominant 
Col. 3. 15. 

Bpadvvco, f. was, (fipahvs) to be 
slow, to delay, be behindhand, 1 Ti. 
3. 15. 2 Pe. 3. 9. 

EpacWXoeco, <w, f. rjaco, to sail 
slowly, Ac. 27. 7 : (L. G.) fr. nkeu & 

BpaSvs, eia, v, slow ; not hasty, Ja. 
1.19; slow of underst anding, heavy, 
stupid, Lu. 24. 25 : whence 

BpaftvTrjS, rrjros, r), slowness, tar- 
diness, delay, 2 Pe. 3. 9. 

Bpaxioov, ovos, 6, the arm ; meton. 
strength, might, power, Lu. 1. 51. 
Jno.12. 38. Ac. 13. 17. (I). 

Bpa^vs, eia, v, short, brief ; few, 
small, Lu. 22. 58. Jno. 6. 7, et al. 

BpeCpos, eos, to, a child; tohether 
unborn, an embryo, foetus, Lu. 1. 41, 
44 ; or just born, an infant, Lu. 2. 12, 
16. Ac. 7. 19; or partly grown, Lu. 
18.15. 2 Ti. 3. 15 ; met. one who has 
just embraced the Christian faith, 
1 Pe. 2. 2. 

Bpe^co, f. £oo, a. 1. e/3pe^a, to wet, 
moisten, Lu. 7. 38; to rain, cause 
or send rain, Mat. 5. 45. Lu. 17. 29, 
etal.^ 

Bpourrj, r)s, r), thunder, Mar. 3. 17. 

Jno. 12. 29, et al. 
Bpoxrj, r)s, rj, (/3pe^co) rain, Mat. 7. 

25, 27. L. G. 
Bpoxos, ov, 6, a cord, noose, 1 Co. 7. 35. 
Bpvypos, ov, 6, a grating or gnash- 
ing of the teeth, Mat. 8. 12 ;. 13. 42 

50, et al. : from 
Boi^'co, f. £00, to grate or gnash 

the teeth, Ac. 7. 54. (v). 
Bpvo), pr. to be full, to swell with 

any thing ; to emit, send forth, Ja. 

3.11. 

Bpwpa, aros, to, (j3i^pmrKw) food, 
Mat. 14. 15. Mar. 7. 19, et al. ; solid 
food, 1 Co. 3. 2. 

Bpasaipos, ov, 6, rj, (fr. same) eat- 
able, tbat may be eaten, Lu. 24. 41. 



Bpascris, ecos, rj, eating, the act of 

eating, Ro. 14. 17. 1 Co. 8. 4, et 

al. ; meat, food, Jno. 6. 27. He 

12. 16 ; a canker or rust, aerugo 

Mat. 6. 19, 20. 
Bv6'i(as, f. iaas, a. 1. i^vdiaa, U 
\ immerse, submerge, cause to sink, 
1 Lu. 5. 7 ; to plunge deep, drown, 

1 Ti. 6. 9 : from 
BvOos, ov, 6, the bottom, lowest 

part; the deep, sea, 2 Co. 11. 25. 
Bvpaevs, ecus, 6, ((3vpo~a, a hide) 

a tanner, leather-dresser, Ac. 9. 43; 

10. 6, 32. L. G. 
Bvo~o-Xvos, rj, ov, made of byssus or 

fine cotton, Re. 18. 16: from 
Bvacros, ov, rj, byssus, a species 

of fine cotton highly prized by the 

ancients, Lu. 16. 19. v. r. Re. 18. 12. 
Baspos, ov, 6, pr. a slightly elevated 

spot, base, pedestal ; hence, an altar 

Ac. 17. 23. 

r 

Tnyypatva, rjs, r), (ypdas, ypalvas, 
to eat, gnaw) gangrene, mortifica- 
tion, 2 Ti. 2. 17. 

Yd(a, rj?, r), a treasure, treasury, 
Ac. 8. 27. 

Ta(o(pv\a.KLOv, ov, to, (ya£a & 
<j)v\aKri) a treasury ; the sacred trea- 
sury, Mar. 12. 41, 43. Lu. 21. 1. Jno. 
8. 20. L.G. 

TaXa, yaXaKTOs, to, milk, 1 Co. 9. 
7 ; met. spiritual milk, the elemen- 
tary parts of Christian instruction, 
1 Co. 3. 2. He. 5. 12, 13; spiritual 
nutriment, 1 Pe. 2. 2. 

TaXrjvr), rjs, r), tranquillity of the 
sea, a calm, Mat. 8. 26. Mar. 4. 39. 
Lu. 8. 24. 

Tapeas, as, f. as, &, later, r/cras, p. 

yeya.fJ.riKa, a. 1. eyrfia & e-yajoujera, a. 1. 

pass. eyafxr]9rjv, to marry, take a wife ; 
to marry, enter the marriage state ; 
mid. to marry, be married, Mar. 10. 
12. 1 Co. 7. 9, 10, 28, 39, et al. : 

whence 

Tap'i^as, f. tVco, to give in marriage, 
permit to marry, v. r. 1 Co. 7. 38. 
N.T. 

TaplcrKopai, to be given in mar- 
riage, Mar. 12. 25. L. G. 
rd/xor, ov, 6, a wedding, nuptials 
4 



TAP 



34 



TEN 



the nuptial ceremonies; ths attend- 
ant festivities, Mat. 25. 10. Jno. 
2. 1, 2. Re. 19. 7, 9; any feast or 
banquet, Lu. 12. 36; 14. 8; meton. j 
the room in which a banquet is held, 
Mat. 22. 10 ; the marriage state, He. 
13. 4. 

Yap, a causal particle or conjunc- 
tion, for ; it is, however, frequently 
used with an ellipsis of the clause to 
which it has reference, and its force 
must then be variously expressed: 
Mat. 15. 27 ; 27. 23, et al. : it is also 
sometimes epexegetic, or introductory 
of an intimated detail of circum- 
stances, now, then, to wit, Mat. 1. 18. 

Tao-TTip, repos, rpos, rj, the belly, 
stomach; the womb, Lu. 1. 31; ev 
yacrrpi e%eiv, to be with child, Mat. 

I. 18, 23; 24. 19, et al. ; ya<TTepes, 
paunches, gluttons, Tit. 1. 12. 

re, an enclitic particle imparting em- 
phasis; indicating that a particular 
regard is to be had to the term to 
lohich it is attached. Its force is to 
be conveyed, when this is possible, by 
various expressions: at least, indeed, 
even, &c. 

Yeevva, tjs, rj, (Heb. D3H N^) Ge- 
henna, pr. the valley of Hinnom 
south of Jerusalem, once celebrated 
for the horrid icorship of Moloch, & 
afterwards polluted with every spe- 
cies of filth, as well as the carcases of 
animals, and dead bodies of malefac- 
tors; to consume which, in order to 
avert the pestilence which such a7nass 
of corruption would occasion, con- 
stant fires were kept burning ; hence, 
hell, the fires of Tartarus, the place 
of punishment in Hades, Mat. 5. 22, 
29, 30 ; 10. 28 ; 18. 9, et al. N. T. 

TeiTWV, ovos, 6, rj, a neighbour, 
Lu. 14. 12 ; 15. 6, 9. Jno. 9. 8. 

TeXaco, a>, f. acropaL, &, later, ao~eo, 
a. 1 . <?ye'Aacra, to laugh, smile ; by impl. ! 
to be merry, happy, to rejoice, Lu. 
6. 21, 25. (a). 

YeXeos, cotos, 6, laughter ; by impl. 
mirth, joy, rejoicing, Ja. 4. 9. 

Yepl(a>, f. iVco, a. 1. eyepiaa, a. 1. 
pass. eyefxCo-O-qv, to fill, Mar. 4. 3"; 
15. 3G, et al. : from 

Yepco, to be full, Mat. 23. 27. Lu. 

II. 39, et al. 
lVi*?a, as, f), pr. birth ; hence, pro- 



geny; a generation of rmnl-ind, 
Mat. 11. 16; 23.36, et al. ; a genera- 
tion, a step in a genealogy, Mat. 1. 
17 ; a generation, an interval of time, 
an age; in N. T. course of life, in 
respect of its events, iricrests, or cha- 
racter, Lu. 16. 8. Ac. 13. 36. 
T€vea\oye(D, co, f. rjaco, (yeved & 
\eyoj) to reckon one's descent, derive 
one's origin, He. 7. 6 : tchence 
YeveaXoyia, as, rj, genealogy, cata- 
logue of ancestors, history of descent, 

1 Ti. 1. 4. Tit. 3. 9. 
Ycvecria, a)i>, to, pr. a day observed 

in memory of the dead; in K.T. 
eqidvalent to yeve8\ia, celebration oi 
one's birth-day, birth-day festival 
Mat. 14. 6. Mar. 6. 21. 
Yevecris, ecor, rj, birth, nativity. 
Mat. 1. 18. Lu. 1. 14. Ja. 1. 23; 
successive generation, descent, line- 
age, Mat. 1.1; meton. life, Ja. 3. 6. 
Teverr], rjs, r), birth, Jno. ?. 1. 

Yevnpa, to, v. r. Lu. 12. 18. 2 Co. 
9. 10, natural produce, frui< , increase. 
N. T. 

Yevi>da), a, f. ncrco, p. yeyevirnica, 
a. 1. eyevvrjero., p. ])ass. yeyevmr^fiat, 
a. I. pass. eyevvri9Tqv, spoken of men, 
to beget, generate, Mat. 1. 2. ..16, et 
al. ; of women, to bring forth, bear, 
give birth to, Lu. 1. 13, 57, et al. ; 
pass, to be born, produced, Mat. 2. 
1,4, et al. ; met. to produce, excite, 
give occasion to, effect, 2 Ti. 2. 23 ; 
from the Heb. to constitute as son, 
to constitute as king, or as the re- 
presentative or vicegerent of God, 
Ac. 13. 33. He. 1.5; 5. 5 ; by impl. 
to be a parent to any one; pass- to 
be a son or child to any one, Jno. 
1. 13. 1 Co. 4. 15, et al. : u-hence 

Yrvvijpa, aros, to, what is born or 
produced, offspring, progeny, brood, 
I Mat. 3. 7; 1*2. 34, et al. ; fruit, 
produce, Mat. 26. 29. Mar. 14. 25, 
et al. ; fruit, increase, Lu. 12. 18; 

2 Co. 9. 10. 
Yevvrjais, ea>s, r>, birth, nativity, 

Mat. 1. 18. Lu. .. 14. 
YevvrjTOS, r), 6v, born, or produced 

of, Mat. 11. 11. Lu. 7. 28. 
Yevos, (os, to, (yl.vop.aL) offspring, 
progeny, Ac. 17. 28, 29; family, kin- 
dred, lineage, Ac. 7. 13, et al. ; race 
nation, people, Mar, 7. 26. Ac. 4 3$ 



TEP 



35 



TAG 



et al. ; kind, sort, species, Mat. 13. 
47, et al. 

Yepovala, as, fj, a senate, assem- 
bly of elders ; the elders of Israel 
collectively, Ac. 5. 21 : from , 

Yepoov, ovtos, 6, an old man, Jno. 
3. 4. 

Ytuo/xai, f. yevo-ofxai, a. 1. eyevard- 
tx-qv, (mid. of yevw, to cause to taste) 
to taste, Mat. 27. 34. Jno. 2. 9; 
oAsoi. to take food, Ac. 10. 10, et al. ; 
met. to have perception of, expe- 
rience, He. 6. 4, 5. 1 Pe. 2. 3 ; Oavd- 
tov yeveadai, to experience death, to 
die, Mat. 16.28, et al. 

Yecopyeco, co, f. rjcrco, (ytcopyos) to 
cultivate, till the earth, He. G. 7. 

Yecopytov, oi), to, cultivated field, 
or ground, a farm, 1 Co. 3. 9 : from 

Yecopyos, ov, 6, (-y?) & epyov) a hus- 
bandman, one who tills the earth, 
2 Ti. 2. 6. Ja. 5. 7 ; in N. T. spc. 
a vine-dresser, keeper of a vine- 
yard, i. q. afxireXovpyoi, Mat. 21. 33, 
34, et al. 

r?7, yrjs, f), (contr. fr. yea) earth, 
soil, Mat. 13. 5. Mar. 4. 8, et al. ; 
the ground, surface of the earth, 
Mat. 10. 29. Lu. C. 49, et al. ; the 
land, as opposed to the sea or a lake, 
Lu.5. 11. Jno. 21.8, 9, 11 ; the earth, 
world, Mat. 5. 18, 35, et al. ; by sy- 
nectl. the inhabitants of the earth, 
Mat. 5. 13; 6.10; 10. 34; aland, re- 
gion, tract, country, territory, Mat. 

2. 20; 14. 34; by way of eminence, 
Canaan or Palestine, Mat. 5. 5 ; 24. 
30; 27. 45. Ep. 6. 3; the inhabitants 
of any region or country, Mat. 10. 
15; 11. 24, et al. 

Yrjpas, aos, cos, to, dat. yrjpa'i, 
yrjpa, also y^pet, old age, Lu. 1. 3f> : 
fhence 

Vripdo~KO), v. yr\pdco, co, f. dcropai, 
a. 1. eyripatja, & iyqpava, to be or be- 
come old, Jno. 21. 18. He. 8. 13. 

Tivop-ai, (a later form of ylyvopai) 

f. yeirqaofxa-i., p. yiyova. & yeyevrifxai, 
a. 1. iyevr\dy\v, a. 2. eyevo/x-qv, to COlTie 
into existence ; to be created, exist 
by creation, Jno. 1. 3, 10. He. 11. 

3. Ja. 3. 9; to be born, produced, 
grow, Mat. 21. 19. Jno. 8. 5K, et al. ; 
to arise, come on, occur, as the phe- 
nomena of nature, &c. ; Mat. 8. 24, 
26 ; 9. 16, et al. ; to come, approach, 



as mcrning or evening. Mat. 8. 16 \ 
14. 15, 23; to be appointed, consti- 
tuted, established, Mar. 2. 27. Ga. 
3. 17, et al. ; to take place, come to 
pass, happen, occur, Mat. 1. 22; 24. 
6, 20, 21, 34, et al. freq. ; to be done, 
performed, effected, Mat. 21. 42, et 
al. ; to be fulfilled, satisfied, Mat. 6. 
10 ; 26. 42, et al. ; to come into a 
particular state or condition ; to be- 
come, assume the character and 
appearance of any thing, Mat. 5. 45; 
12. 45, et al. ; to become or be made 
any thing, be changed or converted, 
Mat. 4. 3 ; 21. 42. Mar. 1. 17, et al. , 
to be, esse, Mat. 1 1. 26 ; 19. 8 ; yiVeo-- 
9at vtto Tiva, to be subject to, Ga. 1. 
4 ; ylveaOai iv eavrui, to come to 
one's self, to recover from a trance 
or surprise, Ac. 12. 11 ; ^ yivono, let 
it not be, far be it from, God forbid, 
Lu. 20. 16. Ro. 3. 4,31, et al.; ta 
be kept, celebrated, solemnised, as 
festivals. Mat. 26. 2, et al. ; to be 
finished, completed, He. 4. 3. 
YZvcoctkco, (a later form of yiyv coctkco) 

f. yvojo-ofjLOLi, p. eyuo)Ka, a. 2. eyvwv, p. 
pass, eyvujcrfxai, a. 1. pass. eyvu)a6r)v, 

to know, ivhcther the action be incep- 
tive or complete and settled; to per- 
ceive, Mat. 22. 18. Mar. 5. 29; 8. 
17; 12. 12. Lu. 8. 46; to mark, dis- 
cern, Mat. 25. 24. Lu. 19. 44 ; to 
ascertain by examination, Mar. 6. 
38. Jno. 7. 51. Ac. 23. 28; to un- 
derstand, Mar. 4. 13. Lu. 18. 34. 
Jno. 12. 16; 13.7. Ac. 8. 30. I Co. 
14. 7, 9; to acknowledge, Mat. 7. 23. 
2 Co. 3. 2 ; to resolve, conclude, 
Lu. 16. 4. Jno. 7. 26; 17.8; to be 
assured, Lu. 21. 20. Jno. 6. 69; 8. 
52. 2 Pe. 1. 20 ; to be skilled, to be 
ni aster of a thing. Mat. 16. 3. A^, 
21. 37; to know carnally, Mat. 1. 
25. Lu. 1. 34 ; fr, the Heb. to view 
with favour, 1 Co. 8. 3. Gal. 4. 9. 
YkevKos, cos, to, pr. the unfer- 
mented juice of grapes, must ; hence, 
sweet new wine, Ac. 2. 13 : frorr 

Y\vkvs, (in, v, sweet, Ja. 3. 11, 12 
Re. 10. 9, 10. 

rVwo"0"a, ns, r), the tongue, Mar. 7 
33, 35, et al. ; meton. speech, talk 
1 Jno. 3. 18 ; a tongue, language 
Ac. 2. 1 1. 1 Co. 13. I, et al. ; meton. 
a language not proper to a speaker 
a gift or faculty of such language. 
Mar. 16. 17. 1 Co. 14. 13, 14, 26, e« 
al. ; fr. Heb. a nation as defined ay 



36 



tpa 



its language, Re. 5. 9, et al. ; met. a 
tongue-shaped flame, Ac. 2. 3. 

V\coo~o-6<opov, ov, to, (yXcccrcra 
& Ko/utew, to keep, preserve) pr. a 
box for keeping the tongues, mouth- 
pieces, or reeds, of musical instru- 
ments ; hence, genr. any box or re- 
ceptacle ; in N. T. a purse, money 
bag, Jno. 12. 6; 13. 29. L. G. 

Tvafavs, ecos, 6, (yvdfpos, a teasel, 
or thistle) a fuller, part of whose 
business ivas to raise a nap by n^eans 
of teasels, &c, Mar. 9. 3. 

Tvncrios, ov, 6, rj, (yevos) lawful, 
legitimate, as children; genuine, in 
faith, &c. 1 Ti. 1. 2. Tit. 1.4; true, 
sincere, 2 Co. 8. 8. Phi. 4. 3 : whence 

Vvncricos , adv. genuinely, sincerely, 
Phi. 2. 20. 

Tvocpos, ov, 6, a thick cloud, dark- 
ness, He. 12. 18. 

Tvcoprj, r]s, tj, (yivtbcrKco) the mind, 
as the means of knowing and judg- 
ing ; various operations of the mind, 
as inclination, 1 Co. 1. 10; accord- 
ance, consent, Phile. 14 ; purpose, 
resolution, Ac. 20. 3 ; opinion, judg- 
ment, 1 Co. 7. 25, 40. 2 Co. 8. 10. 

Tvcop't^co, f. lo~co, At. ia>, a. 1. iyvco- 
picra, a. 1. pass. eyvcopu707)i/, to make 
known, reveal, declare, Jno. 15. 15 ; 
17. 26, et al. ; to know, Phi. 1. 22. 

Tvcoais, ecos, fj, (yivcoaKco) know- 
ledge, Lu. 1. 77; knowledge of an 
especial kind and relatively hir/h cha- 
racter,^. 11. 52. Ro. 2. 20. 1 Ti. 6. 
20, more particularly in respect of 
Christian enlightenment, Ro. 15. 14. 
1 Co. 8. 10 ; 12, 8. 2 Co. 11. G, et al. 

Yva>o~Tr)s, ov, 6, (fr. same) one ac- 
quainted with a thing, knowing, skil- 
ful, Ac. 26. 3. L. G. 

Tvcocttos, rj, ov, (fr. same) known, 
Jno. 18. 15, 16, et al. ; certain, in- 
controvertible, Ac. 4. 10 ; to yvwcr- 
tov, that which is known or is cogni- 
sable, the unquestionable attributes, 
Ro. 1. 19; subst. an acquaintance, 
Lu. 2. 44 ; 23. 49. 

foyyv£co, f. vo~a>, a. 1. eyoyyvaa, 
to speak privately and in a low voice, 
mutter, Jno. 7. 32; to utter secret 
and sullen discontent, express in- 
dignant complaint, murmur, grum- 
ble, Mit. 20. 11. Lu. 5. 30. Jno. 6. 
« , 43, 61 : (L. G.) whence 



| Toyyvcrf. 6s, ov, 6, a muttering, 
I murmuring, low and suppressed dis- 
course, Jno. 7. 12 ; the expression ol 
secret and sullen discontent, mur 
muring, complaint, Ac. 6. 1. Phi. 2, 
14. 1 Pe. 4. 9. L. G. 
ToyyvcTTTjs, ov, 6, a murmurer, 
Jude 16. L. G. 
j Tons, r)Tos, 6, a juggler, diviner; 
hence, by impl. an impostor, cheat, 
2 Ti. 3. 13. 
Tofxos, ov, 6, (yepco) the lading of 
a ship, Ac. 21. 3; by impl. merchan- 
dise, Re. 18. 11, 12. 
Tovevs, ecos, 6, (ylvopai) a father; 
pi. parents, Mat. 10. 21. Lu. 2. 27, 
41. 2 Co. 12. 14. 
Tow, aros, to, the knee, Lu. 22. 

41. He. 12. 12, et al. 
Yovvir^Teco, a>, f. rjcrco, a. 1. eyo- 

vvTrinqa-a, (yow & ttltttio) to fall upon 

one's knees, to kneel before, Mat. 
17. 14; 27. 29. Mar. I. 40; 10. 17. 
Tpdppa, aroy, to, (ypdcpco) pr. that 
which is written or drawn ; a letter, 
character of the alphabet, Lu. 23. 
38 ; a writing, book, Jno. 5. 47 ; 
an acknowledgment of debt, an 
account, a bill, note, Lu. 16. 6, 7; 
an epistle, letter, Ac. 28. 21. Ga. 6. 
1 1 ; lepa ypdixixara, Holy writ, the 
sacred books of the Old Testament, 
the Jewish Scriptures, 2 Ti. 3. 15; 
spc. the letter of the law of 3Ioses, 
i. e. the bare literal sense, Ro. 2. 
27, 29. 2 Co. 3. 6, 7; pi. letters, 
learning, Jno. 7. 15. Ac. 26. 24: 
tchence 

YpappaTevs, (cos, 6, a scribe, a 
clerk, town-clerk, register, recorder, 
Ac. 19. 35 ; one skilled in the Jewish 
law, a teacher or interpreter of the 
law, Mat. 2. 4 ; 5. 20, et al. freq. ; 
genr. a religious teacher. Mat. 13. 52 ; 
by synecd. any one distinguished for 
learning or \visdom, 1 Co. 1. 20. 
TpaiTTOS, rj, ov, (ypdcpco) written, 
Ro. 2. 15. 

Tpacprj, rjs, fj, a writing ; in X. T. 
the Holy Scriptures, the Jewish 
Scriptures or books of the Old Tes- 
tament, Mat. 21. 42. Jno. 5. 39, et 
al. ; by synecd. doctrines, declara- 
tions, oracles, or promises contained 
in the sacred books, Mat. 22. 29. Mar. 
12, 24, et al, ; spc, a prophecy, Mat 



tpa 



37 



AAM 



?6. t>\. Mar. 14. 49. Lu. 4. 21 ; 24. ; 

27, 32 ; with the addition of npo<\>r\- j 
tuoj, Ro. 16. 26, of tojv Trpo<£7)Td>i>, Mat. 
26. 56 : from 

Tpd(p(o, f. \jsco, p. yeypdcpa, a. 1. 
eypa.\pa, to engrave, write, accord- 
ing to the ancient method of writ- 
ing on plates of metal, waxed tables, 
&c. Jno. 8. 6, 8 ; to write on parch- 
ment, paper, &c. generally. Mat. 27. 
37, et al. ; to write letters to another, 
Ac. 23. 25. 2 Co. 2. 9; 13. 10, et al. ; 
to describe in writing, Jno. 1. 46. 
Ro. 10. 5 ; to inscribe in a catalogue, 
&c. Lu. 10. 20. Re. 13. 8 ; 17. 8, et 
al ; to write or impose a law, com- 
mand or enact in writing, Mar. 10. 
5; 12. 19. Lu. 2. 23, et al. 

Ypaoob-qs, eo?, 6, rj, to, -e?, (ypavs, 
an old woman) old-womanish ; by 
impl. silly, absurd, 1 Ti. 4. 7. L. G. 

Ypt]yopea>, 5>, f. rjcra), a. 1. eyprj- 
\6p-qa-a, (a later form from the perf. 
eyp-qyopa) to be awake, to watch, 
Mat. 20. 38, 40, 41. Mar. 14. 34, 37, 
38 ; to be alive, 1 Thes. 5. 10 ; met. to 
be watcliful, attentive, vigilant, cir- 
cumspect, Mat. 25. 13. Mar. 13. 35, 
et al. 

Yvpvdfa, f. daa), p. pass, yeyvp- 
vaaixai, (yvju.v6s) pr. to train in gym- 
nastic discipline ; hence, to exercise 
in any thing, train to use, discipline, 
1 Ti. 4. 7. He. 5. 14; 12. 11. 2 Pe. 
2. 14: whence 

Yvp.va.u-ia, ay, n, pr. gymnastic ex- 
ercise ; hence, bodily discipline of 
any kind, 1 Ti. 4. 8. 

TvpvrjTevui, f. €vo~ix>, to be naked ; 
by synecd. to be poorly clad, or des- 
titute of proper and sufficient cloth- 
ing, 1 Co. 4. 11 : (L. G.) from 

Yvpvos, 77, ov, naked, without cloth- 
ing, Mar. 14. 51, 52; without the 
upper garment, and clad only with 
an inner garment or tunic, Jno. 21. 
7 ; poorly or meanly clad, destitute 
of proper and sufficient clothing, 
Mat. 25. 30, 38, 43, 44. Ac. 19. 10. 
Ja. 2. 15 ; met. without a body, 2 Co. 
5. 3 ; not covered, uncovered, open, 
manifest, He. 4. 13; bare, mere, 
1 Co. 15. 37 ; naked of spiritual cloth- 
ing, Re. 3. 17 ; 10. 15 ; 17. 16 : whence 

Tvpvorrjs, tt)tos, tj, nakedness ; 
want of proper and sufficient cloth- 
ing, Ro. 8. 35. 2 Co. 11. 27 ; spiritual 



\ nakedness, being destitute of 6pi 
I ritual clothing, Re. 3. 18. S. 
Yvvaindpiov, (dimin. of yvvrj) a lit- 
tle woman, muliercula; a trifling, 
weak, silly woman, 2 Ti. 3. 6. L. G 
YvvaiKelos, eta, elov, pertaining tc 

women, female, I Pe. 3. 7 : from 
Yvvr], yvvaiKos, r], a woman, Mat 
5. 28. et al. ; a married woman, 
wife, Mat. 5. 31, 32 ; 14. 3, et al. ; in 
the voc. 5) yvvat, O woman, an ordi- 
nary mode of addressing femcdes 
under every circumstance ; met. used 
of the church, as united to Christ, Re. 
19. 7; 21. 9. 
Yuivta, as, 77, an exterior angle, pro- 
jecting corner, Mat. 0. 5; 21. 42, et 
al. ; an interior angle ; by impl. a 
dark corner, obscure place, Ac. 26. 
20 ; corner, extremity, or quarter 0) 
the earth, Re. 7. 1 ; 20. 8. 

A 

Aaipovi^opai, f. Icropai, a. 1. pass. 
eHa>.nov ivO-qv, in N. T. to be possessed, 
afflicted, vexed, by a demon, or evil 
spirit; i.q. Saiixoviov exeiv, Mat. 4. 
24 ; 8. 10, 28, 33, et al. : from 
Aaipouiov, lov, to, (Satucov) a 
heathen god, deity, Ac. 17. 18. 1 Co. 
10. 20, 21. Re. 9. 20 ; in N. T., a de- 
mon, evil spirit, Mat. 7. 22; 9. 33, 
34 ; 10. 8 ; 12. 24, et al. : whence 
AaipoviG>8r]s, eos, 6, rj ; pertaining 
to or proceeding from demons ; de- 
moniacal, devilish, Ja. 3. 15. L. G. 
Aalpcov, ovos, 6, 77, a god, a supe- 
rior power; in N.T. a malignant 
demon, evil angel, Mat. 8. 31. Mar. 
5. 12. Lu. 8.29. Re. 16. 14; 18.2. 
Aa/cfco, f. h-q^opai, a. 2. edanov, 
p. Se'Srjxa, to bite, sting ; met. to mo- 
lest, vex, injure, Gal. 5. 15. 
Aa<pv, vos, to, & 8a.Kpvov, vov, 

to, a tear. 
AaKpva), f. vera), a. 1. ebaKpvo-a, 
to shed tears, weep, Jno. 11. 35. (v). 
AaKTvkios, ov, 6, a ring for the 

finger, Lu. 15. 22 : from 
AaKTvXos, ov, 6, a finger, Mat. 23. 
4. Mar. 7. 33, et al. ; fr. Heb. power. 
Lu. 11. 20. 
Aapd(a), f. aVco, a. 1. e'Sa/xacro, 
p. pass. SeSofiao>iai, (Sa/u.atu, the same) 



AAM 



38 



AEK 



to subdue, tame, Mar. 5. 4. Ja. 3.7; 
met. to restrain within proper limits, i 
govern, Ja. 3. 8. (ixa). 

Adfj.d\is, eco?, fj, a heifer, He. 9. 13. j 

Aavel^co, f. eiVco, a. 1. eddveicra, i 
to lend money, Lu. G. 34, 35 ; mid. 
to borrow money, Mat. 5. 42 : from 

Adveiov, ov, to, (8dvos, a gift, loan) 
a loan, debt, Mat. 18. 27. 

Aai'fio-rfjs , ou, 6, (8avel£a>) a lender, 
creditor, Lu. 7. 41. L. G. 

&.airavd(i>, co, f. 770-co, a. 1. edcnrd- 
vrja-a, to expend, be at expense, Mar. 
5. 26. Ac. 21. 24. 2 Co. 12. 15 ; to 
spend, waste, consume by extrava- 
gance, Lu. 15. 14. Ja. 4. 3: from 

Aandvij, tjs, fj, expense, cost, Lu. 
14. 28. (mi). 

Ae, a conjunctive particle, marking 
the super ■addition of a clause, whether 
in opposition or in continuation, to 
what has preceded, and it may be va- 
riously rendered but, on the other 
hand, and, also, now, &c. ; <ai &<=, 
lohen there is a special superaddition 
in continuation, too, yea, &c. It 
sometimes is found at the commence- 
ment of the apodosis of a sentence, 
Ac. 11. 17. It serves also to mark the 
resumption of an interrupted dis- 
course, 2 Co. 2. 10. Gal. 2. 6. 

Aerjais, €cds, fj, (Seo/xcu) want, en- 
treaty; prayer, supplication, Lu. 1. 
13 ; 2. 37 ; 5. 33, et al. 

AeZ, imperson. fr. 6Yco, f. Seqcret, 
a. 1. eSeTjcre, impcrf. eSec, subj. Sc'v), inf. 
8elv,part. Seov, it is binding, it is ne- 
cessary, it behoveth, it is proper ; it 
is inevitable, Ac. 21. 22. 

Aelypa, dros, to, (SetKi/u/xt) pr. 
that which is shown, a specimen, 
sample ; met. an example by way of 
warning, Jude 7 : ivhence 

AetyuaTL^co, f. t'o~a), a. 1. edeiyfid- 
T«m, to make a public show or spec- 
tacle of, Col. 2. 15. N.T. 

Aclkvvco, (v) v. 8eiKvvfAi, f. (W£co, 

a. 1. eSeifa, a. 1. pass. e5eix0r)i>, to 
show, point out, present to the sight, 
Mat. 4. 8; 8. 4, et al. ; to exhibit, 
permit to see, cause to be seen, Jno. 
2. 18; 10. 32. 1 Ti. 6. 15; to demon- 
strate, prove, Ja. 2. 18; 3. 13; met. 
to teach, make known, declare, an- 
nounce, Mat. 16. 21. Jno. 5. 20. Ac. 
10. 28, et al. 



AftXia, as, h, (SeiAo?) timidity 
2 Ti. 1. 7. 

AeiAidco, co, f. aVco, to be timid, b"3 
in fear, Jno. 14. 27 : (L. G.) from 

AetXd?, fj, ou, timid, fearful, pusil- 
lanimous, cowardly, Mat. 8. 26. Mar, 
4. 40. Re. 21. 8. 

Aeiva, 6, fj, to, gen. delvos, acc. 
Selva, such a one, a certain one, Mat. 
26. 18. 

Aeivcos, adv. (Sclvos, terrible, ve- 
hement) dreadfully, grievously 
greatly, vehemently, Mat. 8. 6. Lu 
11. 53. 

Aei7rveoo, co, f. 170-00 & fjcrouai, a. 1 

eSeCninfara, to Sup, Lu. 17. 8; 22. 20 
1 Co. 11. 25. Re. 3.20: from 

Aehrvov, ov, to, pr. a meal ; sup- 
per, the principal meal taken in the 
evening, Lu. 14. 12. Jno. 13. 2, 4, 
et al. ; meton. food, 1 Co. 11.21; a 
feast, banquet, Mat. 23. 6. Mar. 6. 
?' , 12. 39, et al. 

Aeio-idai/iovia, as, fj, fear of the 
gods ; in a bad sense, superstition ; a 
form of religious belief, Ac. 25. 19: 
(L. G.) from 

Acio-tSatftcov, ovos, 6, fj, (Set'Sco, 
to fear, & Bai^v) reverencing the 
gods and divine things, religious ; 
in a bad sense, superstitious ; in X. T. 
careful and precise in the discharge 
of religious services, Ac. 17. 22. 

AtKa, 0(, al, rci, ten, Mat. 20. 24 ; 
25. I, et al. ; wepmv Se'/ca, ten days, 
a few days, a short time, Re. 2. 10. 

Ae/caSuo, ol, al, ra, (8e<a & Si'o) 
i. q. Su>Se»ca, twelve, Ac. 19. 7 ; 24. 11. 

AeKmrevre, oi, al, ra, (Se'fca & 
TreVre) fifteen, Jno. 11. 18. Ac. 27. 
28. Gal. 1. 18. 

AeKaTeaaapes, a>v, ol, al, & ra 

SeKare'crcrapa, (Sc'/ca & Tecrcrapei) four- 
teen, Mat. 1.17. 2 Co. 12. 2. Gal. 2. 1. 
Aefcaro?, rj, ov, (Se/ca) tenth, Jno. 1. 

40. Re. 11. 13; 21.20; fie/can), SC. /neptV, 
a tenth part, tithe, He. 7. 2, 4, 8, 9: 

whence 

AeKar6(o, co, f. coirco, p. SeSf/cd- 
rojfca, to cause to pay tithes; pass 
to be tithed, pay tithes, He. 7. 6, 9. 
N. T. 

A(ktos, fj, ov, (demount) accepted 
acceptable, agreeable, approved, 



AEA 



39 



AEY 



Lu. 4 24. Ac. 10. 35. Phi 4. 18 ; 6j I 
impl. when used for a certain time- 
marked by a favourable manifesta- 
tion of the divine pleasure, propi- 
tious. Lu. 4. 19. 2 Co. 6. 2. S. 

AeXea^co, f. ctcra), (Se'Aeap, a bait,' 
pr. to entrap, take or catch with 
a bait; met. allure, entice, delude, 
Ja. 1. 14. 2 Pe. 2. 14, 18. 

Aevdpov, ov, to, a tree, Mat. 3. 10 , 
7. 17; 13.32. 

Ae£ioXd/3o?, ov, 6, (Sector & Xap- 
0avu>) one posted on the right hand ; 
a flank guard ; a light armed spear- 
man, Ac. 23. 23. (a). N T. 

Ae£idf, a, ov, right, as opposed to 
left, dexter, Mat. 5. 29, 30. Lu. 6. 6, 
et al. ; r) Sefia, sc. x«P. the right 
hand, Mat. 6. 3; 27. 29, et al. ; rd 
Set- id, sc. new, the parts towards the 
right hand, the right hand side ; 
KaBL^eiv, V. KaOrjaOai, V. eardvai, e« Se- 

£io>i> (|uepcoi>) two?, to sit or stand at 
the right hand of any one, to en- 
joy with any one the highest honour 
and dignity which he can bestow, 
Mat. 20. 21; 26. 64, et al. ; elm e< 
8e£ia)v (fxeptov) twos, to be at one's 
right hand, to be one's helper, to 
afford aid_ to any one, Ac. 2. 25; 
8e£ia? (xeipas) 8i86vat, to give the 
right hand to any one, as a pledge, of 
sincerity in one's promises, Gal. 2. 9. 
Aeopai, see 8ea>. 

Aeov, ovtos, to, (part, of Set) neces- 
sary, 1 Pe. 1.6; proper, right, Ac. 
19. 36. 1 Ti. 5. 13. 

Ae'oj, 8eovs, to, (Sei'Sco, to fear) 
fear, v.r. He. 12. 28. 

Aeppa, a.Tos, to, (Sepco) the skin 
of an animal, He. 11. 37 : whence 

AeppaTivos, rj, ov, made of skin, 
leathern, Mat. 3. 4. Mar. 1. 6. 

Ae'pco, f. Sepoo, a. 1. e'Seipa, 2 f. 
pass. Saprj crojucu, to skin, flay ; hence, 
to beat, scourge, Mat. 21. 35. Mar. 
12. 3, 5; 13. 9, et al. 

Aeo-pevco, f. evaoi, (oWpd?) to bind, 
bind up, as a bundle, Mat. 23. 4 ; to 
bind, confine, Ac. 22. 4. 

Aecrpe'a), a>, f. Tjcra>, (fr. same) to 
bind, confine, i.q. oeo-p.ev'w, Lu. 8. 29. 
L.G. 

Afo-prj, rjs, 7, (Se'oo) a bundle as 
of tares, Mat. 13. 20. 



Aeo-pios, lov, o, (fr. same) one 
bound, a prisoner, Mat. 27. 15, 16, 
Mar. 15. 6, et al. 

Aecrpo'?, ov, 6, pi. to. becrpa, & of 
Be.a-fj.oL, (fr. same) a bond, any thing 
by which one is bound, a cord, 
chain, fetters, &c. ; and by meton, 
imprisonment, Lu. 8. 29. Ac. 16. 26 ; 
20. 23, et al. ; a string or ligament, as 
of the tongue, Mar. 7. 35; met. an 
impediment, infirmity, Lu. 13. 16. 

AeapocpvXa^, aKos, 6, (deapos & 
</>vA.ao-<ra>) a keeper of a prison, jailer, 
Ac. 16. 23, 27, 36. (iJ). L. G. 

Aeo-pcoT-qpiov, Lov, to, (oVcrpdo)) 
a prisoo, Mat. 11. 2. Ac. 5. 21, 23 ; 
16. 26. 

AecrpaTr}?, ov, 6, (fr. same) a pri- 
soner, i. q. Seovxios, Ac. 27. 1, 42. 

Aecr7rdrn?, ov, 6, a lord, master, 
especially of slaves, 1 Ti. 6. 1, 2. 2 Ti. 

2. 21. Tit. 2. 9. 1 Pe. 2. 18; .by 
impl. as denoting the possession oj 
supreme authority, Lord, sovereign, 
used of God, Lu. 2. 29. Ac. 4. 24. 
Re. 6. 10, and of Christ, 2 Pe. 2. 1. 
Jude 4. 

Aevpo, adv. hither, here ; used also 
as a sort of imperative, come, come 
hither! Mat. 19. 21. Mar. 10. 21, et 
al. ; used of time, dxpi rov Seiipo, 
sc. xpovov, to the present time, Ro. 

I. 13. 

Aevre, i.e. 8evp' ire, an exclama- 
tion in the plural, of ivhich the sin- 
gular form is Sevpo, come, Mat. 4.19; 

I I . 28, et al. ; as a particle of exhor- 
tation, incitement, &c, and followed 
by an imperative, come now, &c. 
Mat. 21. 38; 28. 6, et al. 

Aevrepaioy, aia, alov, (Sewrepoy) 
on the second day of a certain state 
or process, and used as an epithet of 
the subject or agent, Ac. 28. 13. 

AevTepov, neut. of 8evrepos, used as 
an adv. the second time, again, Jno. 

3. 4; 21.16,etal. 

AeurepoVpcoro?, ov, 6, f], (Seurepos 
& wpwTo?) second-first, an epithet oj 
uncertain meaning, but probably ap- 
propriated to the Sabbath following 
the first day of unleavened bread, La 
6.1. N.T. 

Aevrepo?, a, ov, (§vo) second, Mat 
28. 26, et al. ; to Sevrepov, agaiq 



AEX 



40 



AIA 



the second time, another time, Jude 

5 ; so Ik Sevrepov, Mat. 26. 42, et al. ; 

6 kv t<S Sevrepw, Ac. 7. 13. 

Ae^ofiat, f. £o/xai, p. dedeypai, a. 1. 
e&egdix-qv, to take hvto one's hands, 
&c. Lu. 2. 28 ; 16. 6, 7, et al. ; to re- 
ceive, Ac. 22. 5 ; 28. 21. Phi. 4. 18 ; 
to receive into and retain, contain, 
Ac. 3. 21 ; met. to receive by the hear- 
ing, learn, acquire a knowledge of, 
2 Co. 11. 4. Ja. 1. 21; to receive, 
admit, grant access to, to receive 
kindly, welcome, Mat. 10. 40, 41 ; 18. 

5, et al. ; to receive in hospitality, 
entertain, Lu. 9. 53. He. 11. 31 ; to 
bear with, bear patiently, 2 Co. 11. 
16; met. to receive, approve, assent 
to, Mat. 11. 14. Lu. 8.13. Ac. 8. 14; 

11. 1, et al. ; to admit, and by impl. 
to embrace, follow, 1 Co. 2. 14. 2 Co. 
8. 17, et al. 

Aero, f. Stereo, p. hebena, a. 1. edrjera, 

p. pass. Se'Se/uiai, a. 1 . pass. eSe'Srjv, to 
bind, tie, Mat. 13. 30; 21.2, et al.; 
to bind, confine, Mat. 27. 2 ; 14. 3, et 
al. ; to impede, hinder, 2 Ti. 2. 9 ; to 
affect with disease, Lu. 13. 16; to 
bind by a legal or moral tie, as mar- 
7-iage, Ko. 7. 2. 1 Co. 7. 27, 39 ; by 
impl. to impel, compel, Ac. 20. 22 ; 
in JV. T., to pronounce or declare 
any thing to be binding or obliga- 
tory; or, to declare anything pro- 
hibited and unlawful, Mat. 16. 19 ; 
18. 18. 

Ae'co, f. Ser^cra, a. 1. eSer/cra, to lack, 

fall Short Of ; mid. Seo/J.ai, f. 8e-q<TOU.aL, 

a. 1. eSerjOrjv, to be in want, to need ; 
to ask, request, Mat. 9. 38. Lu. 5. 
12 ; 8. 28, 38, et al. ; in A 7 . T. absol. 
to pray, offer prayer, beseech, sup- 
plicate, Lu. 21. 36; 22. 32. Ac. 4. 
31 ; 8. 22, 24, et al. 
Ar), a particle serving to add an in- 
tensity of expression to a term or 
clause. Its simplest and most ordi- 
nary uses are when it gives impres- 
siveness to an affirmation, indeed, 
really, doubtless, Mat. 13. 23. 2 Co. 

12. 1, or earnestness to a call, injunc- 
tion or entreaty, Lu. 2. 15. Ac. 13. 
2; 15. 36. 1 Co. 6. 20. 

A77A09, 77, ov, pr. clearly visible ; 
plain, manifest, evident, Mat. 26. 
73. 1 Co. 15. 27. Gal. 3. 11. 1 Ti. 

6. 7 : whence 

(\r>\6co, co, f. coo-o), a. 1. e$r)\cocra, 
to render manifest or evident ; to 



make known, to tell, relate, i« 
clare, 1 Co. 1.11. Col. 1. 8 ; to show, 
point out, bring to light, 1 Co. 3.13' 
to intimate, signify, He. 9. 8 ; 12. 27 

1 Pe. 1. 11. 

An/xnyopeco, co, f. rjcrco, (b)rjp.os & 
ayopevo)) to address a public assem- 
bly, to deliver an harangue or publio 
oration, Ac. 12. 21. 

Arjfuovpyos, ov, 6, (§77^0? & epyov) 
pr. one who labours for the public, 
or, exercises some public calling ; an 
architect, especially the Divine Ar- 
chitect of the universe, He. 11. 10. 

Ar/jjios, ov, 6, the people, Ac. 12. 
22; 17.5; 19. 30, 33: lohence 

Arjpoo-ios, la, ov, public, belonging 
to the public, Ac. 5. 18; 8r)p.o<rlu, 
publicly, Ac. 16. 37; 18. 28; 20. 20. 

Arjvdpiov, lov, to, Lat. denarius, c, 
Roman silver coin. The silver dena- 
rius teas at first equivalent to about 
8%d. of English money, declining, un- 
der the empire, to about 7Jrf., and 
was therefore somewhat less than the 
Greek 8pa.xp.rj. Hie name originally 
imported ten ases. 

ArjTTOTe, an intensive combination oj 
the particle Sr) with nore ; which see ; 
as an intensive, Jno. 5. 4. 

At)ttov, see ttov. 

Aid, prep., with a genitive, through, 
used of place or medium, Mat. 7. 13. 
Lu. 6. 1. 2 Co. 11.33, etal. ; through, 
of time, during, in the course of, He. 
2. 15. Ac. 5. 19, et al. ; after an in- 
terval of, Mar. 2. 1, et al. ; through, 
of immediate agency, causation, in- 
strumentality, by means of, by, Jno. 
1. 3. Ac. 3. 18, et al. ; of means or 
manner, through, by, with, Lu. 8. 4. 

2 Co. 5. 7 ; 8. 8, et al. ; of state or 
condition, in a state of, Ro. 4. 11, et 
al. ; with an accusative, used of causa- 
tion which is not direct and immediate 
in the production of a result, on ac- 
count of, because of, for the sake of, 
with a view to, Mar. 2. 27. Jno. 1 . 
31, et al. ; rarely, through, while sub- 
jected to a state of untoward circum- 
stances, Gal. 4. 13. 

Aiafialvco, f. firjcrofxai, a. 2. duftrjv, 
(Sid & 0cuVu)) to pass through or ovei. 
Lu. 16.26. Ac. 16.9. He. 11. 29. 

AiaftdXXco, f. fiaXco, (bid & /3aXXo>) 
to throw or convey through or over 



AIA 



41 



AIA 



to thrust through ; to defame, to in- 
form against, Lu. 16. 1. 
&ia(3e(3ai6opat, (bid & /3e/3aida)) to 
assert strongly, asseverate, 1 Ti. 1. 7. 
Tit. 3. 8. 

Ata/3AeVo0, f. -v^o, (bid & /3Xe7ra>) 
to look through ; to view steadily ; 
to see clearly or steadily, Mat. 7. 5. 
Lu. 6. 42. 

Aid/SoXo?, oi;, 6, 17, (Sia/3dXXa>) a 
calumniator, slanderer, 1 Ti. 3. 11. 
2 Ti. 3. 3. Tit. 2. 3 ; a treacherous 
informer, traitor, Jno. 6. 70 ; 6 Sia- 
/3oAos, the devil. 

Aiayye'XXoo, f. yeXa>, a. 1. birjyye tXa, 

a. 2. pass. 8o]yye'Ar)i/, (Sid & dyye'AAw) 
to publish abroad, Lu. 9. 60. Ro. 
9. 17; to certify to the public, Ac. 
21. 2G ; to tell, announce, give no- 
tice of, divulge, publish abroad, Ac. 
21. 26 ; to declare, promulgate, teach, 
Lu. 9. 60 ; fr. the Heb. to celebrate, 
praise, Ro. 9. 17. 
Aiay'ivopai, f. yevr)cropai, a. 2. bie- 
yev6fj.r\v, (Sia & ytvojuai) to continue 
through ; to intervene, elapse, Mar. 

16. 1. Ac. 25. 13; 27. 9. 
AiayivdoaKca^ f. yvaxropai, (bid & 

yivuxTKUi) pr. to distinguish ; to re- 
solve determinately ; to examine, 
inquire into, judicially, Ac. 23. 15 ; 
24. 22. 

Aiayvcopifa) f. iVo), (bid & yvco- 
aiCfS) to tell abroad, publish, Lu. 2. 

17. N.T. 

Aidyvaxris, eo>?, ^, (biayivuxTKoo) 
pr. an act of distinguishing or dis- 
cernment ; a determination ; ex- 
amination judicially, hearing, trial, 
Ac. 25. 21. 

Aiayoyyu£o>, f. vera), (bid & yoy- 
yv£io) to murmur, mutter, Lu. 15. 2; 
19.7. L. G. 

Aiayprjyopea), <w, (bid & yprjyopeco) 
to remain awake ; to wake tho- 
roughly, Lu. 9. 32. L. G. 

Aidyco, f. £<o, (bid & aya>) to con- 
duct or carry through or over; to 
pass or upend time, live, 1 Ti. 2. 2. 
Tit. 3. 3. 

AtaSe^o/xat, f. 5e^o/nat, (bid & 
5e'xo/xai) to receive by transmission ; 
to receive by succession, Ac 7. 45. 

btdbrjpa, aros, to, (SiaSeco, Sid & 
Ww) />r. a band or fillet ; a diadem, 



the badge of a sovereign. Re. 12. 3) 
13. 1; 19. 12. 
Aiablbcopi, f. §o)0"<o, a. 1. bUbaxa^ 
(Si<£ & KSufjLi) to deliver from hand to 
hand; to distribute, divide, Lu. 11. 
22; 18. 22. Jno. 6. 11. Ac. 4. 35. 

AtdSo^oy, ov, 6, 17, (biabexofiai) a 

successor, Ac. 24. 27. 
Aiafavvvpi, v. {"(bwuco, f. £axra), 

p. pass. cW£u)0>iai, (5ta & ^wv^i) to 

gird firmly round, Jno. 13. 4, 5 ; mid 
to gird round one's self, Jno. 21.7. 

AtadrjKr], r]s, 17, (biarldrjpi) a tes- 
tamentary disposition, will; a co- 
venant, He. 9. 16, 17. Gal. 3. 15; in 
N. T,, a covenant of God with men, 
Gal. 3. 17 ; 4. 24. He. 9. 4. Mat. 26. 
28, et al. ; the writings of the old 
covenant, 2 Co. 3. 14. 

Aialpeo-is, e&>?, 17, a division ; a dis- 
tinction, difference, diversity, 1 Co~ 
12. 4,^5, 6: from / 

Ataipea), w, f. 170-0), a. 2. StetXop, 
(fiia & alpeoi) to divide, to divide out 
distribute, Lu. 15. 12. 1 Co. 12. 11. 

AianaOapifa, f. too, (bid & Ka0a~ 
pL&,) to cleanse thoroughly, Mat. 3. 
12. Lu. 3. 17. N.T. ^ 

AiaKareXey^ojuat, f. ey^o/uat, (Std, 
Kara, & €Ae'yx°j"- a 0 to confute strenu- 
ously or thoroughly, Ac. 18. 28. N. T. 

AiaKovea), a>, f. 770-a), imperf. ebia- 
kovovv, a. 1, eStaKoirqaa, p. SeSiaKomjKa, 
but later Sitjkoi'ovi', 6117*61/170-01, SeSujKo- 
v/j/ca, (5ia/coi/o?) to wait, attend upon, 
serve, Mat. 8. 15. Mar. 1. 31. Lu. 
4. 39, et al. ; to be an attendant or 
assistant, Ac. 19. 22 ; to perform a 
service by commission, 2 Co. 3. 3. 

1 Pe. 1. 12 ; to minister to another's 
necessities, relieve, assist, or supply 
with the necessaries of life, provide 
the means of living, Mat. 4. 11 ; 27. 
55. Mar. 1. 13; 15. 41. Lu. 8. 3; to 
fill the office of SiaKovos, deacon, per- 
form the duties of that office, 1 Ti. 
3. 10, 13. 1 Pe. 4. 1 1 ; to collect and 
make distribution of alms, Ro. 15. 25. 

2 Co. 8. 19, 20. He. 6. 10. 
AictKoi/ia, ay, 17, serving, service, 

waiting, attendance, the act of ren- 
dering friendly offices, Lu. 10. 40. 
2Ti.4.11. He. 1. 14; relief, aid, Ac. 
6. 1 ; 11. 29. 2 Co. 8. 4; 9. 1, 12, 13; 
a commission, Ac. 12. 25. Ro. 15. 
31 ; a commission or ministry in trie 



A1A 



42 



AIA 



service of the Gospel, Ac. 1 . 17, 25 j 
20.24. Ro. 11. 13. 2 Co. 4. 1 ; 5. 18. 

1 Ti. 1. 12 ; service in the Gospel, Ac. 
6. 4; 21.19. 1 Co. 16. 15. 2 Co. 6. 3 ; 
11. 8. Ep. 4. 12. Re. 2. 19 ; a func- 
tion, ministry, or office in the church, 
Ro. 12. 7. 1 Co. 12. 5. Col. 4. 17. j 

2 Ti. 4. 5 ; a ministering in the con- 
veyance of a revelation from God, \ 
2 Co. 3. 7, 8, 9. 

Aidicovos, ou, 6, 77, one who renders ! 
service to another, an attendant, 
servant, Mat. 20. 26 ; 22. 13. Jno. 2. 
5, 9, et al. ; one who executes a com- j 
mission, a deputy, Ro. 13. 4 ; 15. 8. 
Xpia-Tov, 0eoi, iv /a>piu>, &c. a reli- 
gious instructor, preacher of the 
gospel, 1 Co. 3. 5. 2 Co. 3. 6 ; 6. 4, et 
al. ; a follower, disciple, Jno. 12. 26; 
a deacon or deaconess, whose official 
duty was to supeiHntend the alms of 
the church, with other kindred services, 
Ro. 16. 1. Phi. 1.1. 1 Ti.3.8, 12. (a). 

AiaKocnoi, at, a, two hundred, Mar. 

6. 37. Jno. 6. 7, et al. 
AiaKova>, f. ovo~op,ai, (did & aKovco) 

to hear a thing through ; to hear 

judicially, Ac. 23. 35. 

AiGKplvGO, f. ivco, (did & Kpluco) to 
separate, sever ; to make a distinc- 
tion or difference, Ac. 15. 9. 1 Co. 
11 . 29 ; to make to differ, distinguish, 
prefer, confer a superiority, 1 Co. 4. 
7 ; to examine, scrutinise, estimate, 
1 Co. 11. 31 ; 14.29; to discern, dis- 
criminate, Mat. 16. 3; to judge, hear 
and decide a cause, 1 Co. 6. 5 ; mid. 
SiaKpiVo/ucu, a. 1. 8i.eKpL6rjy, to dis- 
pute, contend, Ac. 11. 2. Jude 9; 
to make a distinction mentallv, Ja. 
2. 4. Jude 22 ; in X. T., to hesitate, 
be in doubt, doubt. Mat. 21.21. Mar. 
11. 23, et al. : whence 

AidtpXcris, eco?, 77, a separation; a 
distinction, or, doubt, Ro. 14. I ; a 
discerning, the act of discerning or 
distinguishing, He. 5. 14 ; the faculty 
of distinguishing and estimating, 
1 Co. 12. To. 

AiaKcoAuce, f. vera), (did & kcoXvcd) 
to hinder, restrain, prohibit, Mat. 3. 
14. (v). 

AtaXaXeco, co, f. rjaco, (did & Aa- 
Ae'a>) to talk with ; by impl. to con- 
sult, deliberate, Lu. 6.11; to divulge, 
publish, spread by rumour, Lu. L 65. 

AtaXe'-yo/xat, f. Ac £o/icu, a. 1. I 



e\ix0r)V (Sta & Key-ji) to discourse. 

reason, argue, Ac. 17. 2, 17 ; 24. 12, 
et al. ; to address, speak to, He. ill 
5 ; to contend, dispute, Mar. 9. 34. 
Jude 9. 

AtaAet7rco, f. \/ya>, a. 2. cue'XiTroi*, 
(Sid & Aetn-to) to leave an interval; 
to intermit, cease, Lu. 7. 45. 

AidAeKTO?, ou, 17, speech ; manner 
of speaking; peculiar language of 
a nation, dia'ect, vernacular idiom, 
Ac. 1. 19; 2.6,8; 21. 40; 22. 2 ; 26. 14. 

AtaXXdcrcro), (did & oXXdcro-co) to 
change, exchange ; }xiss. SloXAc.o-- 
a-ofj.ai, a. 2. SujAAiyr;!/, to be recon- 
ciled to another, Mat. 5. 24. 

Aiakoyi^opai, f. Lcrojxai^ (did & 
XoyCfrnai) pr. to make a settlement 
of accounts ; to reason, deliberate, 
ponder, consider. Mat. 16. 7, 8. Mar. 
2. 6,8. Jno. 1 1. 50, et al. ; to dispute, 
contend, Mar. 9. 33 : whence 

Aia\oyio~p.6s, ov, 6, reasoning, ratio- 
cination, thought, cogitation, pur- 
pose, Mat, 15. 19. Mar. 7. 21, et al.; 
discourse, dispute, disputation, con- 
tention, Lu. 9. 46, et al. ; doubt, hesi- 
tation scruple, Lu. 24. 38 

AtaXuco, f. ucrco, (did & Xvco) to dis- 
solve, dissipate, disperse, Ac. 5. 36. 
Aiap.aprvpop.ai, f. povpai, a. 1. 5t- 

e/xapTvpdiJi-qv, (Sta & p.a.pTupou.ai) to 

make solemn affirmation, protest ; 
to charge, exhort with entreaty, ad- 
monish solemnly, Lu. 16. 28. Ac. 2. 
40, et al. ; to testify or teach earn- 
estly, enforce publicly, Ac. 8. 25 ; 18. 
5, et al. (v). 
Aiap.dxop.ai, f. xecropai, ovp.ai, (did 

& jaaxojuai) to fight OUt, to fight 
resolutely; met. to contend vehe- 
mently, insist, Ac. 23. 9. 

Aiapevco, f. evco, a. 1. diepeiva, p. 

SiapL€<j.evr)Ka, (Sid. & fievui) to continue 

throughout ; to continue, be perma- 
nent or unchanged, Lu. I, 22. Gal. 
2. 5. He. 1. 11. 2 Pe. 3. 4; to con- 
tinue, remain constant, Lu. 22. 28. 

Aiap.€pi£a), f. ((Tw, (did & p.epi(u)) 
to divide into parts and distribute, 
Mat. 27. 35. Mar. 15. 24. Ac. 2. 3, 
et al. ; pass, in X. T., to be in a stata 
of dissension, Lu. 11. 17, 18; 12. 52, 
53: whence 

Aiap.epKTjJ.6sy ov t 6, division ; 77Kfc 



AIA 



43 



AIA 



in N. T., disunion, dissension, Lu. 
12.51. L.G. 

±iavep.(ti, f. epa>, a. 1. pass, Sieye- 
H-qO-qv, (Sid & vep.a>) to distribute ; to 
divulge, spread abroad, Ac. 4. 17. 

Aiai>evco, f. eucrco, (Sid & vevoy) to 
signify by a nod, beckon, make signs, 
Lu. 1. 22. L. G. 

Aiavorjfia, aro?, rd, (biavoeopai, 
to turn over in the mind, think, fr. 
Sid & I'oe'io) thought, Lu. 11. 17. 

&idvoia, a?, 17, (fr. same) pr. thought, 
intention ; the mind, intellect, un- 
d?rstanding, Mat. 22. 37. Mar. 12. 30. 
Lu. 10.17, et al. ; an operation of the 
understanding, tbought, imagina- 
tion, Lu. 1.51; insight, comprehen- 
sion, 1 Jno. 5. 20 ; mode of thinking 
and feeling, disposition of mind and 
heart, the affections, Ep. 2. 3. Col. 
1. 21. 

Aiai/oi'yco, f. oi£co, (Sid & avolyui) 
to open, Mar. 7. 34, 35. Lu. 2. 23 ; 
24. 31 ; met. to open the sense of a 
thing, explain, expound, Lu. 24. 32. 
Ac. 17.3; SiavoLyeiv rbv vovv, tt)v xap- 
SLav, to open the mind, the heart, 
so as to understand and receive, Lu. 
24. 45 Ac. 16. 14. 

AiavvKTtptvco, f. ewco, (Sid & vv£) 
to pass the night, spend the whole 
night, Lu. G. 12. 

Atavvco, f. vaa>, (Sid & dVuco, to 
accomplish) to complete, finish, Ac. 
21.7. (y). 

AiaTravros, (i. e. 81a. navros) 
through all time, throughout ; al- 
ways, Mar. 5. 5, et al. ; continually 
by stated routine, Lu. 24. 53. He. 9. 6. 

AtaTrapaTpifirj, 7}?, 77, (Sid & rrapa- 
Tpifi-q, collision, altercation, fr. 7rapa- 
Tpi'0a), to rub against, -rrapd & Tpi'/3io) 
pertinacious disputation, v. r. 1 Ti. 
6. 5. N. T. 

Aianepda), £>, f. d<xa>, (Sid & 77f- 
pato) to pass through or over, Mat. 
9. 1 ; 14. 34. Mar. 5. 21, et al. (a). 

Atu7rXeco, f. evaopai, a. 1. Sic- 

nKevaa, (Sid & 7rA«o) to sail through 

or over, Ac. 27. 5. 
AiaTrovtopai, oiipai, f. rjaopai, a. 1. 
6ieTroi/rj0j)i>, (Sianofiu), to elaborate, 
fr Sid & nwe'oj) pr. to be thoroughly 
exercised with labour; to be wea- 
ried; to be vexed, Ac. 4. 2; 1G. 18. 



Aianopevi pat, f. evaopai, (Std 4 
7ropevop.ai) to goor pass through, Lu. 
G. 1 ; 13. 22. Ac. 16. 4; to pass by, 
Lu. 18. 3G, i.q. napepxop.ai, V. 37. 

Aiarropeco, a>, f. t}o-g), (Sid & dVro- 
pew) to be utterly at a loss ; to be in 
doubt and perplexity, Lu. 9. 7 ; 24. 4, 
et al. 

Aiairpaypa.Ttvop.ai, f. evo~opai, (Std 
& npa.ynarevop.ai) to dispatch a mas- 
ter thoroughly; to make profit in 
business, gain in trade, Lu. 19. 15. 

Aiairpia), f. lctco, (Sid & rrptoo) to 
divide with a saw, saw asunder ; to 
grate the teeth in a rage ; pass. met. 
to be cut to the heart, to be enraged, 
Ac. 5. 33 ; 7. 54. (I) 

Aiapfipoco, &>, f. onto), & biapOpov- 

p-ai, a. 1 . 8ir)p9pu>6r)v, (Sid & dpQpov, a 
joint) to articulate, speak distinctly, 
v.r. Lu. 1.G4. 
Atap7rd(a>, f. do"a>, (Std & apitd^oi) 
to plunder, spoil, pillage, Mat. 12. 29, 
bis. Mar. 3. 27, bis. 
Aiapprjyvvpi & dLapprjaaoi, f. "£co, 
(Sid & priywp.i) to break asunder, 
rend, tear, burst, Mat. 26. 65, et al. 
Aiao~a<pea), &>, f. rjaco, a. 1. 8ieo-d- 
r)<ra (Sid & cra^rjs, manifest) to make 
nown, declare, tell plainly, or fully. 
Mat. 18. 31. 
Aiao-ei'co, f. o"co, (Sid & areico) pr. 
to shake thoroughly or violently • to 
harass, intimidate, extort from, Lu. 
3. 14. 

Aiao~Kop7rl£a), f. iVco, (Sid & crKop- 
7ri'£o) to disperse, scatter, Mat. 2G. 
31. Mai". 14. 27, et al. ; to dissipate, 
waste, Lu. 15. 13 ; 16. 1 ; to winnow, 
or, to strew, Mat. 25. 24, 26. L. G. 

Aiao-7rdo), co, f. daopai, p. pass. Sie- 
o~rrao~p.ai, a. 1. pass. SieandaQ^v, (Sid 
& o-ndw) to pull or tear asunder or 
in pieces, burst, Mar. 5. 4. Ac. 23 
10. (a). 

Aiao-Trelpw, f. epco, a. 2. p. pass. 

Steandpriv, (Sid & enretpw) to scatter 

abroad or in every direction, as seed; 

to disperse, Ac. 8.1,4; 11,19: whence 
AiacrTropd, a?, 17, pr. a scattering as 

of seed; dispersion; in N. T. melon. 

the dispersed portion of the Jews, 

specially termed the dispersion, Jno. 

7. 35. Ja. 1.1. I Pe. 1. 1. L. G. 
AiairWXAco, (Sid & oreXAtt) fcC 



AIA 

separate, distinguish; mid. Siao-reA.- 
\op.ai, a. 1. Sieo-TeiKaixriv, to deter- 
mine, issue a decision; to state or 
explain distinctly and accurately ; 
hence, to admonish, direct, charge, 
command, Ac. 15. 24. He. 12. 20; 
when followed by a negative clause, to 
interdict, prohibit, Mat. 16. 20. Mar. 
5. 43, et al. 

Aido-rqpa, aros, to, (ducrrrjui) in- 
terval, space, distance, Ac. 5. 7. 

AiacTToXr], tjs, 77, (SiacrreXAco) dis- 
tinction, difference, Ho. 3. 22; 10. 12. 
1 Co. 14. 7. L. G. 

Aiao-rpecpo), f. a|/-cd, p. pass, Sie- 
OTpa/up-cu, (Sid & (TTpifytx)) to distort, 
turn awry ; met. to pervert, corrupt, 
Mat. 17. 17. Lu. 9. 41, et al. ; to 
turn out of the way, cause to make 
defection, Lu. 23. 2. Ac. 13. 8 ; Ste- 
crrpaia/xeVo?, perverse, corrupt, erro- 
neous. 

Aiao-a>£a>, f. crcocra), a. 1. pass, Sie- 
<T(Z6r}v, (Sid & o-c6£a>) to bring safe 
through ; to convey in safety, Ac. 23. 
24 ; pass, to reach a place or state of 
safety, Ac. 27. 44; 28. 1, 4. 1 Pe. 3. 
20 ; to heal, to restore to health, Mat. 
14. 36. Lu. 7. 3. 

Aiardyj), rjs, 77, (Siardcrcra)) an in- 
junction, institute, ordinance, Ko. 
13. 2. Ac. 7. 53. L. G. 

Aidraypa, aros, rd, (fr. same) a 
mandate, commandment, ordinance, 
He. 11. 23. L. G. 

Atarapao-o-co, f. £co, (Sid & rapdcr- 
aoj) to throw into a state of pertur- 
bation, to move or trouble greatly, 
Lu. 1. 29. 

Aiardoro-co, f. |a>, & mid. biardo-<jo- 
/xat, (Sid & Tourcra)) pr. to arrange, 
make a precise arrangement ; to pre- 
scribe, 1 Co. 11. 34; 16. 1. Tit. 1. 5; 
to direct, Lu. 8. 55. Ac. 20. 13 ; to 
charge, Mat. 11.1; to command, Ac. 
18. 2, et al. ; to ordain, Gal. 3. 19. 

AiareAeco, eo, f. eVco, (Sid & reXeco) 
to complete, finish ; intrans. to con- 
tinue, persevere, in a certain state or 
course of action, Ac. 27. 33. 

Aia-rqptU), co, f. rjcro), (Sid & rn- 
pe'co) to watch carefully, guard with 
vigilance; to treasure up, Lu. 2. 51 ; 
eavrbv e/c, to keep one's self from, to 
abstain wholly from, Ac. 15. 29. 

Atari, i. e. did rt, inierroy. for what ? 



44 



AtA 



why? wherefore? Mat. 9. 14; 13.16 
Lu. 19. 23,31. 

Aiaridrjpi, (Sid & ridrjfu) to ar- 
range ; mid. SiaTi'0ep.ai, f. (hqcrofjLcu, 
a. 2. SieOeiA-qv, to arrange according 
to one's own mind ; to make a dis- 
position, to make a will; to settle 
the terms of a covenant, to ratify, 
Ac. 3. 25. He. 8. 10; 10.16; to as- 
sign, Lu. 22. 29. 

Aiarpiftoo, f. ^<w, (Sid & rpij3oo) 
pr. to rub, wear away by friction ; 
met. to pass or spend time, to remain, 
stay, tarry, continue, Jno. 3. 22; 11. 
54. Ac. 12. 19 ; 14. 3, 28, et al. (I). 

Aiarpofpr), 77?, 77, (S*arpe<pa), to 
nourish) food, sustenance, 1 Ti. 6. 8. 

Aiavyd£a>, f. dcra), (Sid & avydfa) 
to sliine through, shine out, dawn, 
2 Pe. 1. 19 ; L. G. 

Aiavyrjs, eos, ovs, 6, 77, (Sid & 
avyf)) translucent, transparent, pel- 
lucid, y. r. Re. 21. 21. 

Aiacpdvrjs, e'os, oCs, 6, 77, (Sia- 
4>aivio, to show through) transparent, 
pellucid, Ke. 21. 21. 

Aia<pepa>, f. oi'crco, a. 1. rjveyKa, 
a. 2. rjveyKov, (Sid & <£epio) to convey 
through, across, Mar. 11. 16; to carry 
different ways or into different parts, 
separate ; pass, to be borne, driven, 
or tossed hither and thither, Ac. 27. 
27 ; to be promulgated, proclaimed, 
published, Ac. 13. 49; int?'a?is. met. 
to differ, 1 Co. 15. 41 ; to excel, be 
better or of greater value, be supe- 
rior, Mat. 6.26; 10.31, et al. ; im- 
pers. Sia<f>epei, it makes a difference, 
it is of consequence ; ivith oi-Sev, it 
makes no difference, it is nothing, 
Gal. 2. 6. 

Aia(p€vya>, f. £opai, a. 2. 8U(pvyov, 
(Sid & 4>evyui) to flee through, escape 
by flight, Ac. 27. 42. 

AicKprjuifa, f. iVco, a. 1. ducprjpicra, 
(Sid & <t>j?m>?) to report, proclaim, 
publish, spread abroad, Mat. 9. 31 ; 
28. 15. Mar. 1. 45. 

Aia(pdeipod, f. cpOepco, (Sid & <p6ei- 

pco) a. 1 . Sie'<£0eipa, p. Sieipdapxa, a. 2. 
pass. Sie<j)9dpr)V, p. pass. Sie4>9appuxi, 
to corrupt or destroy utterly; to 
waste, bring to decay, Lu. J2. 33. 
2 Co. 4. 16; to destroy. Re. 8. 9; 11. 
is; met. to corrupt, per vert utterly, 
1 Ti. 6. 5 : whence 



AIA 



45 



AIE 



AiaCpdopd, as, 17, corruption, disso- 
lution, Ac. 2. 27, 31 ; 13. 34, 35, 36, 37. 

Aidcpopos, ou, 6, 77, (diacpepco) dif- 
ferent, diverse, of different kinds, 
Ko. 12. 6 He. 9. 10; excellent, su- 
perior, He. 1.4; 8.6. 

Ata(pvkd<TOa>) f. £co, (did & (pv- 
koacrw) to keep or guard carefully or 
with vigilance; to guard, protect, 
Lu. 4. 10. 

Atax^ipiC 03 & Sta^etpt^bjLiat, (did 
& x«'p) pr- to have in the hands, to 
manage ; mid., later, to kill, Ac. 5. 
30; 26. 21. 

Ata^Xeua^co, f. dcrco, (Bid & ^Xeu- 
to jeer outright, deride, v. r. 
Ac. 2. 13. 

Aiax(>>pi(opiai, f. laopai, (mid. of 
Siax<op(£a>, to separate, fr. Sid & x«>pt- 
£0) to depart, go away, Lu. 9. 33. 

AidaKTiKOs, 17, bV, (StSacrKCi>) apt or 
qualitied to teach, I Ti. 3. 2. 2 Ti. 2. 
24. N.T. f 

AiSo/cros 1 , 77, oi/, (fr. same) pr. 
taught, teachable, of things; i?i N. T., 
taught, of persons, Jno. 6. 45. 1 Co. 
2. 13. 

At8a<TKa\ia, a?, 77, the act or occu- 
pation of teaching, Ro. 12. 7. 1 Ti. 
4. 13, et al. ; information, instruction, 
Ro. 15.4. 2 Ti. 3. Hi; matter taught, 
precept, doctrine, Mat. 15. 9. 1 Ti. 
1. 10, et al: from 

Ai8d(TKakos, ou, 6, a teacher, mas- 
ter, Ro. 2. 20, et al. ; in N. T. as an 
equivalent to pa|3j3t, Jno. 1 . 39, et al. 

AtSaovcco, f. SiSa£aj, p. SeStda^a, 
a. 1. e5i'Sa£a, a. 1. pass. ^lM^Qw, to 
teach, Mat. 4. 23; 22.16, et al. ; to 
teach or speak in a public assembly, 
1 Ti. 2. 12; to direct, admonish, 
Mat. 28. 15. Ro. 2. 21, et al. : whence 

AiSo^t}, 77?, 77, instruction, the giv- 
ing of instruction, teaching, Mar. 4. 
2; 12. 38, et al. ; instruction, what 
is taught, doctrine, Mat. 16. 12. Jno. 
7. 16, 17, et al. ; meton. mode of 
teaching and kind of doctrine taught, 
Mat. 7. 28. Mar. 1. 27. 

Alftpaxpov, ou, to, (Sty & ?>P a X~ 
ixrj) a didrachmon, or double drachm, 
a silver coin equal to the drachm of 
Alexandria, to two Attic drachms, to 
two Roman denarii, and to the half- 
shekel of the Jews, in value about \bd. 



I lialfpenny of our money, Mat. 7. 24 
bis. 

Aldvpos, ou, 6, 77, (Si/o) twofold , 
a twin ; the Greek equivalent to the 
name TJiomas, Jno. 11. 16; 20. 24- 
21. 2. 

At'Sco/Mi, f. Soocra>, p. Se'ScuKa, a. 1. 
eSuiKa, a. 2. eSojf, p. pass. 8i8o(J.a.L, a. 1. 
pass. eSoOrjv, to give, bestow, present, 
Mat. 4. 9; 6. 11. Jno. 3. 16; 17. 2, 
et al. freq. ; to give, cast, throw, 
Mat. 7. 6 ; to supply, suggest, Mat. 

10. 19. Mar. 13. 11; to distribute 
alms, Mat. 19. 21. Lu. 11. 41, et al. ; 
to pay tribute, &c. Mat. 22. 17. Mar. 
12. 14. Lu. 20. 22 ; to be the author 
or source of a thing, Lu. 12. 51. Ro. 

11. 8, et al. ; to grant, permit, allow, 
Ac. 2. 27; 13. 35. Mat. 13. 11 ; 19. 

1 1, et al. ; to deliver to, intrust, com- 
mit to the charge of any one, Mat. 
25. 15. Mar. 12. 9, et al. ; to give or 
deliver up, Lu. 22. 19. Jno. 6. 51, et 
al. ; to reveal, teach, Ac. 7. 38 ; to 
appoint, constitute, Ep. 1. 22; 4. 11; 
to consecrate, devote, offer in sacri- 
fice, 2 Co. 8. 5. Gal. 1. 4. Re. 8. 3, 
et al. ; to present, expose one's self in 
a place, Ac. 19. 31 ; to recompense, 
Re. 2. 23 ; to attribute, ascribe, Jno. 

9. 24. Re. 11. 13; //\ the Heb. to 
place, put, infix, inscribe, He. 8. 10; 

10. 16, et al. ; to infix, impress, 2 Co. 

12. 7. Re. 13. 16; to inflict, Jno. 18. 
22; 19. 3. 2 Thes. 1.8; to give in 
charge, assign, Jno. 5. 36 ; 17. 4. Re. 
9. 5 ; to exhibit, put forth, Mat. 24. 
24. Ac. 2. 19; to yield, bear fruit, 
Mat. 13. 8 ; SiSoi/at Ipyaalav, operant 
dare, to endeavour, strive, Lu. 12. 
58 ; Si&ovaL airoKpicriv, responsum 
dare, to answer, reply. Jno. 1. 22; 
5iS6i/ai tottov, locum dare, to give 
place, yield, Lu. 14. 9. Ro. 12. 19. 

Ateyetpco, f. dieyepw, a. 1. pass. 

8iriyep9r)v, (Sia & eyetpto) to arouse or 
awake thoroughly, Mat. 1. 24. Mar. 
4. 38, 39. Lu. 8. 24; pass, to bo 
raised, excited, agitated, as a sea, 
Jno. 6. 18 ; met. to stir up, arouse, 
animate, 2 Re. 1. 13; 3. 1. 

Aiei'dv peopai, ou/iai, (Sia & ivBv- 
fxeofxai) to revolve thoroughly in the 
mind, consider carefully, v. r. Ac. 10. 
19. L.G. 

Ate'£oSoy, ou, 17, (Sia & e£oSos) a 
passage throughout; a line of road 
a thoroughfare, Mat. 22. 9. 



AIE 



4^ 



AIK 



bi<pp.rji>euTr)s, oO, 6, an interpreter, 
1 Co. 14. 28: (L. G.) from 

Aiepprjveva), f. ei/crco, a late com- 
pound used as an equivalent to the 
simple epnr)vevu), to explain, inter- 
pret, translate, Lu. 24. 27. Ac. 9. 36. 
1 Co. 14. 5, 13, 27 ; to be able to in- 
terpret, 1 Co. 12. 30. 

Aiepxofiai, f. eXevaopai, a. 2. 8irj\- 
Oov, (Sid & epxojuai) to pass through, 
Mar. 10. 25. Lu. 4 30, et al. ; to pass 
over, cross, Mar. 4. 35. Lu. 8. 22 ; 
to pass along, Lu. 19. 4 ; to proceed, 
Lu 2.15. Ac. 9. 33, et al. ; to travel 
through or over a country, wander 
about, Mat, 12. 43. Lu. 9. 6, et al. ; 
to transfix, pierce, Lu. 2. 35; to 
spread abroad, be prevalent, as a 
rumour, Lu. 5. 15 ; met. to extend to, 
Ro. 5. 12. 

Aiepoordoo, to, f. 170-0), (Sid & epa>- 
tou>) to sift by questioning, of per- 
sons; in X. T., of things, to ascertain 
by inquiry, Ac. 10. 17. 

Aierrjs, e'o?, ovs, 6, 17, to, -e?, (Si's 
& Itos) of two years ; of the age of 
two years, Mat. 2. 16 : whence 

Aien'a, as, f), the space of two 
vears, biennium, Ac. 24. 27; 28.30. 
TSL. T. 

Atnyeoftat, ovp,ai, f. t]cropai, (Sid 
& Wo^O pr. to lead throughout ; 
to declare thoroughly, detail, re- 
count, relate, tell, Mar. 5. 16; 9. 9. 
Lu. 8. 39. Ac. 8. 33. He. 11. 32, et 
al. : whence 

AiTj-yrjcris, eco?, 77, a narration, re- 
lation, history, Lu. 1. 1. 

AiTjveKi'js, eos, ovs, 6, 17, to, -es, 
(Sid & r)vei<ri?, extended, prolonged) 
continuous, uninterrupted ; eis to, 
Si/ji/eices, perpetually, He. 7. 3 ; 10. 1, 
12, 14. 

Ai&iXacro-os', ou, 6, 17, (Sis & 6 a- 
\a<r<ra) bimaris, washed on both sides 
by the sea ; to77os Si0dAa.o-o-o?, a shoal 
or sand bank formed by the conflu- 
ence of opposite currents, Ac. 27.41. 
L. G. 

^UKveopai, ovpai, f. i$;op,ai, (Sid 
& iKi/e'o/x<") to go or pass through ; 
to penetrate, He. 4. 12. 

Attorn p.i, i diaarfjcrco, (Sid & 10-777- 
fu) to set at an interval, apart ; to 
station at an interval from a former 
position, Ac. 27. 28 ; intrans. a. 2. 



6U<rrr)u, to stand apart ; to depart, 
be parted, Lu. 24. 51 ; of time, to in- 
tervene, be interposed, Lu. 22. 59. 
AiiV^upi'^o/iai, f. ioouai, (Sid & 
la-xvpi^ofxaL, fr. icrxvpo?) to feel or ex- 
press reliance ; to affirm confidently, 
asseverate, Lu. 22. 59. Ac. 12. 15. 

AiKaioKpiaia, as, 17, (dlxatos & 
KpiVt?) just or righteous judgment, 
Ro. 2. 5. S. 

Ai'xaio?, ai'a, aioi/, used of things, 
just, equitable, fair, Mat, 20. 4. La 
12. 57. Jno. 5. 30. Col. 4. 1, et al. ; 
of person*, just, righteous, absolute}!/, 
jno. 17. 25. Ro. 3. 10, 26. 2 Ti. 4. 8. 

1 Pe. 3. 18. 1 Jno. 1. 9; 2. 1, 29. 
Re. 16. 5; righteous by account awl 
acceptance, Ro. 2. 13 ; 5. 19, et al. ; 
in ordinary usage, just, upright, in- 
nocent, pious, Mat. 5. 45 ; 9. 13, et al. 
freq. ; 6 Si'kcuo?, the Just One, one of 
the distinctive titles of the Messiah, 
Ac. 3. 14 ; 7. 52 ; 22. 14 : ichence 

AKaioo-vvJ], r)s, rj, fair and equita- 
ble dealing, justice, Ac. 17 31. He. 
11. 33. Ro. 9. 28 ; rectitude, virtue, 
Lu. 1. 75. Ep. 5. 9; in X. T., gene- 
rosity, alms, 2 Co. 9. 10. v. r. Mat. 
6. 1 ; piety, godliness, Ro. 6. 13, et 
al. ; investiture with the attribute of 
righteousness, acceptance as righte- 
ous, justification, Ro. 4. 11 ; 10. 4, et 
al. freq. ; a provision or means for 
justification, Ro. 1. 17. 2 Co. 3. 9, et 
al. ; an instance of justification, 

2 Co. 5. 21. 

AiKaio'co, co, f. cocro/xni, & ataoo, a. 1. 

eSixai'axxa, p. pass. SeSiKai'cujuai, a. 1. 

pass. e8LKa.iJi0r}v, pr. to make or ren- 
der right or just ; mid. to act with 
justice, Re. 22. 11; to avouch to be 
good and true, to vindicate, Mat. 11. 
19. Lu. 7. 29, et al. ; to set forth as 
good and just, Lu. 10. 29; 16. 15; in 
X. T., to hold as guiltless, to accept 
as righteous, to justify, Ro. 3. 26, 30, 

4. 5 ; 8. 30, 33, et al. ; pass, to be held 
acquit, to be cleared, Ac. 13. 39. Ro. 
3. 24 ; 6. 7 ; to be approved, to stand 
approved, to stand accepted, Ro. 2. 
13 ; 3. 20, 28, et al. : whetice 

AiKaicopa, aros, ro, pr. a rightful 
act, act of justice, equity ; a sen- 
tence, of condemnation. Re. 15. 4 ; in 
X. T., of acquittal, justification, Ro. 

5. 16; a decree, law, ordinance, -Lu. 
1. 6. Ro. 1. 32; 2. 26; 8. 4. He. 9 
1, 10; a meritorious act, perfect 



AIK 



47 



AIQ 



righteousness, Ro. 5. 18 ; state of 
righteousness, Re. 19. 8. 

biicaicos, adv. justly, with strict jus- 
tice, 1 Pe. 2. 23 ; deservedly, Lu. 23. 
41 ; as it is right, fit or proper, 1 Co. 
15. 34 ; uprightly, honestly, piously, 
religiously, 1 Thes. 2. 10. Ti. 2. 12. 

AiKaicoaiSf ecos, 17, pr. a making 
right or just; a declaration of right 
or justice ; a judicial sentence ; in 
A T . T., acquittal, acceptance, justifi- 
cation, Ro. 4. 25; 5. 18. 

&LKCicrTr]s, o£, 6, (fitKa^co, to judge, 
fr. SiK-q) a judge, Lu. 12. 14. Ac. 7. 
27, 35. 

A1K77, 77s, 17, right, justice ; in JV. T., 
judicial punishment, vengeance, 2 
Thes. 1 . 9. Jude 7 ; sentence of pun- 
ishment, judgment, Ac. 25. 15; per- 
sonified, the goddess of justice or 
vengeance, Nemesis, Poena, Ac. 28. 4. 

Alktvov, ou, ro, a net, fishing-net, 
Mat. 4. 20, 21, et al. 

At'Xo-yos, ou, 6, 17, (fits' & Xdyos) 
pr. saying the same thing twice; 
in A T . T., double-tongued, speaking 
one thing and meaning another, de- 
ceitful in words, 1 Ti. 3. 8. N. T. 

Atd, (i. e. fit' 6) on which account, 
wherefore, therefore, Mat. 27. 8. 
1 Co. 12. 3, et al. 

Atofievco, f. ewco, (fitd & odevoo) 
to travel through a place, traverse, 
Lu. 8. 1. Ac. 17. 1. L. G. 

At07rep, conj. strengthened from fitd, 
on this very account, for this very 
reason, wherefore, 1 Co. 8. 13 ; 10. 14 ; 
14. 13. 

^toTrer^s, eos, ot>s, d, 77, to-cs, 
(Zev's, Aios, & 7rt7TTaj) which fell from 
Jupiter, or heaven ; tov Siottc-tous, sc. 
d-ydAjaaros, Ac. 19. 35. 

, CtTOS, TO, (§topt9oCO, tO 

correct, fr. fitd & bp66ui, to make 
straight, fr. op06s) correction, emen- 
dation, reformation, v. r. Ac. 24. 3. 
Ato'p#coerts, (cos, f), (fr. same) a com- 
plete rectification, reformation, He. 
9. 10. 

Aiopvcrcra), f. £co, (fitd & opveaco) 
to dig or break through, Mat. G. 19, 
20; 24. 43. Lu. 12. 39. 

&i6o~Kovpoi, v. fitdcrKopot, COl>, ot, 
(Zevs, Aids, & (covpo?, a youth) the 
Dioscuri, Castor & Pollux, sons of 



Jupiter by Leda, and patnvds of 
sailors, Ac. 28. 11. 
AtoVt, conj. (fitd, on) on the ae 
count that, because, Lu. 2. 7 ; 21. 28 
in as much as, Lu. 1.13. Ac. 18. 1Q 
I et al. 

At7rXdos, o{is, 077, t), doi/, ovv, dou- 
ble, Mat. 23. 15. 1 Ti. 5. 17. Re. 18. 
6: whence 

Ai7rAda), co, f. coo-co, a. 1. efitVXcoo-a, 
to double; to render back double, 
Re. 18. 6. 

At'?, adv. (fiuo) twice, Mar. 14. 30 
72, et al. ; in the sense of entirely, 
utterly, Jude 12 ; Znat; *al S^s, once 
and again, repeatedly, Phi. 4. 16. 

Aicrrd£co, f. do _ co, a. 1. efit'trracra, 
(Si's) to doubt, waver, hesitate, Mat. 
14. 31 ; 28. 17. 

ALaro/jLOs, ov, d, r}, (fit's & crrofxa) 
pr. having two mouths ; two-edged, 
He. 4. 12. Re. 1. 16; 2. 12. 

Atcr^t'Xtot, at, a, (fit's & ^tXioi) 
two thousand, Mar. 5. 13. (Z) 

AiOXi'^co, f. tcrco, (fitd & v\[£a>, to 
strain, filter) to strain, filter tho- 
roughly; to strain out or off, Mat. 
23. 24. 

At^dc^co, f. dcrco, (fit'^a, apart) to 
cut asunder, disunite ; met. to cause 
to disagree, set at variance, Mat. 
10. 35. 

At^oo-racria, as, rj, (fitter & ardais) 
a standing apart ; a division, dissen- 
sion, Ro. 16. 17. 1 Co. 3. 3. Gal. 5. 20. 

At^oro/Lteco, co, f. rjcrco, (fit^a & 
Te>wo) pr. to cut into two pails, cut 
asunder ; in N. T., to inflict a punish- 
ment of extreme severity, Mat. 24. 
51. Lu. 12. 46. 

At\|/-dco, co, f. T]cru>, a. 1. e'Sn^rccra, 
(5u//a, thirst) to thirst, be thirsty, 
Mat. 25. 35, 37, 42, 44, et al. ; met. to 
desire or long for ardently, Mat. 5. 6. 
Jno. 4. 14; 6. 35, et al. 

At'\^os, eos, to, thirst, 2 Co. 11. 27. 

Al\j/vxos, ov, d, rj, (fit's & 4' v xty 
double-minded, inconstant, fickle, 
Ja. 1.8; 4. 8. L. G. 

Atcoypds, ou, d, (fitcoKco) pr. chase 
pursuit; persecution, Mat. 13. 21 
Mar. 4. 17; 10. 30, et al. 

AtcoKTT/s, ov, d, a persecutor, I Ti 
1. 13: (L. G.) from 



is 



AOY 



f. Co£cO, a. 1. c'5lCo£<I, p. 
pass. SeSUoyixai, a. 1 pass. i&L(l}X&r)V, j 
to put in rapid motion ; to pursue ; 
to fol.jw, pursue the direction of, 
Lu. 17. 23; to follow eagerly, endea- ' 
vour earnestly to acquire, Ro. 9. 30, j 
31 ; 12. 13, et al. ; to press forwards, , 
Phi. 3. 12, 14; to pursue with malig- I 
nit)/, persecute, Mat. 5. 10, 11, 12, 44, 
et al. 

bay fia, aros, to', (So/ceco) a decree, 
statute, ordinance, Lu. 2. I. Ac. 
16. 4; 17. 7. Ep. 2. 15. Col. 2. 14: 

whence 

Aoy/iartXoo, f. t'crco, to decree, pre- 
scribe an ordinance; mid. to suffer 
laws to be imposed on one's self, 
to submit to, bind one's self by, ordi- 
nances, Col. 2. 20. L. G. 

Aofceco, co, f. Sd^co, a. 1. e8o£a, to 
think, imagine, suppose, presume, 
Mat. 3. 9 ; 6. 7, et al. ; to seem, ap- 
pear, Lu. 10. 36. Ac. 17. 18, et al.; 
i7npers. So/cei, it seems ; it seems good, 
best or right, it pleases, Lu. 1 . 3. Ac. 
15. 22, 25, et al. 

Aofa/xd£co, f. acrco, a. 1. idoKLfiaaa, 

p. pass. SeSoKifxaafj-aL, (66ki/j.os) to 
prove by trial ; to test, assay metals, 

1 Pe. 1.7; to prove, try, examine, 
scrutinise, Lu. 14. 19. Ro. 12. 2, et 
al. ; to put to the proof, tempt, He. 
3. 9 ; to approve after trial, judge 
worthy, choose, Ro'. 14. 22. 1 Co. 16. 
3. 2 Co. 8. 22, et al. ; to decide upon 
after examination, judge of, distin- 
guish, discern, Lu. 12. 56. Ro. 2. 18. 
Phi. 1. 10. 

LoKi/j-ao-la, as, 77, proof, probation, 

v. r. He. 3. 9. 
Aokicc??, rjs, T], trial, proof by trial, 

2 Co. 8. 2 ; the state or disposition 
of that which has been tried and ap- 
proved, approved character or tem- 
per, Ro. 5. 4. 2 Co. 2. 9, et al. ; proof, 
document, evidence, 2 Co. 13. 3. L. G. 

Ap/a'tuoi/, ov, to, that by means of 
which any thing is tried, proof, 
criterion, test ; trial, the act of 
trying or putting to proof, Ja. 1.3; 
approved character, 1 Pe. 1 . 7 : from 

Ao/ci/Liof, ov, 6, 17, proved, tried ; 
approved after examination and 
trial, Ro. 16. 10. Ja. 1. 12, et al. ; 
by impl. ajceptable, Ro. 14. 18. 

Aotcos, ov, tj & 6, a beam or spar 



of limber; Mat. 7. 3, 4, 5. Lu. 6 
41, 42. 

AdXioy, la, tor/, & os, ov, (SdXos\ 
fraudulent, deceitful, 2 Co. 11. 13; 

whence 

AoXidco, co, f. cocrco, to deceive, use 
fraud or deceit, Ro. 3. 13. S. 

AdXos, ov, 6, pr. a bait or con- 
trivance for entrapping; fraud, de- 
ceit, insidious artifice, guile, Mat. 26. 

4. Mar. 7. 22; 14. 1, et al: whence 
AoXdco, co, f. cocrco, pr. to entrap, 

beguile ; to adulterate, corrupt, fal- 
sify, 2 Co. 4. 2. 

Ao'/xa, aros, to, (St'Sco/xi) a gift, pre- 
sent, Mat. 7. 11, et al. L. G. 

Ad£a, 77s, 77, (Sokcco) pr. a seeming ; 
appearance; a notion, imagina- 
tion, opinion; the opinion which 
obtains respecting one ; reputation, 
credit, honour, glory ; in A. T., ho- 
nourable consideration, Lu. 14. 10; 
praise, glorification, honour, Jno. 5. 
41, 44. Ro. 4. 20; 15. 7, et al. ; dig- 
nity, majesty, Ro. 1. 23. 2 Co. 3. 7, 
et al. ; a manifestation of some glo- 
rious attribute, Jno. 11. 40. 2 Pe. 1. 
3, et al. ; pi. dignitaries, 2 Pe. 2. 10. 
Jude 8 ; glorification/?? a future state 
of bliss, 2 Co. 4. 17. 2 Ti. 2. 10, et al. ; 
pride, ornament, 1 Co. 11. 15. 1 Thes. 
2. 20 ; splendid array, pomp, magni- 
ficence, Mat. 6. 29 ; 19. 28, et al. ; ra- 
diance, dazzling lustre, Lu. 2. 9. Ac. 
22. 11, et al. 

Ao^d(o), f. dcrco, a. 1. iSo^acra, p. 

pass. SeSof 007x01, a. 1. pass. e5o£a<r8r)v, 
according to the va?'ious significations 
of S6£o, to think, suppose^, judge ; to 
extol, magnify, Mat. 6. 2. Lu. 4. 15, 
et al. ; ??? A. T., to adore, worship, 
Ro. 1. 21, et al. ; to invest with dig- 
nity, or majesty, 2 Co. 3. 10. He. 5. 

5, et al. ; to cause a manifestation oi 
dignity, excellence, or majestv, Jno. 
12. 28; 13. 32, et al.; to glorify by 
admission to a state of bliss, to bea- 
tify, Ro. 8. 30, et al. 

AopKc'is, dSo?, 17, a gazelle or ante- 
lope, Ac. 9. 36, 39. 

Aden?, ecor, 77, (Si'Scofu) pr. a 
giving; outlay, Phi. 4. 15; a dona- 
tion, gift, Ja. 1. 17. 

Aottjs, ov, 6, (fr. same) a giver, 
2 Co C. 7. S. 

AoiAavcoye'co, co, f. ?}o"co, (boi/Xoa 



AOY 



49 



AYN 



& ayo) pr. to bring into slavery ; to 
treat as a slave ; to discipline into 
subjection, 1 Co. 9. 27. L. G. 

ilouXeia, as, (dovkos) slavery, 
bondage, servile condition; in N. T., 
met. with reference to degradation 
and unhappiness, thraldom spiritual 
or moral, Ro. 8. 15, 21. Gal. 4. 24; 
5. 1. He. 2. 15. 

AouXevco, f. eucrco, p. fieSooXeuKa, 
a. 1. eSov\evaa, (fr. same) to be a 
slave or servant; to be in slavery 
or subjection, Jno. 8. 33. Ac. 7. 7. 
Ro. 9. 12; to discharge the duties of 
a slave or servant, Ep. 6. 7. 1 Ti. 6. 
2 ; to serve, be occupied in the ser- 
vice of, be devoted, subservient, 
Mat. 6. 24. Lu. 15. 29. Ac. 20. 19. 
Ro. 14. 18 ; 16. 18, et al. ; met. to be 
enthralled, involved in a slavish 
service, spiritually or morally, Gal. 4. 
9, 25. Tit. 3. 3. 

AouXor, 77, 01/, adj. enslaved, en- 
thralled, subservient, Ro. 6. 19; as a 
subst. SoOAos, a male slave, or servant, 
of various degrees, Mat. 8. 9, et al. 
freq. ; a person of mean condition, 
Phi. 2. 7 ;fem. 6WA.17, a female slave ; 
a handmaiden, Lu. 1. 38, 48. Ac. 2. 
18 ; S0OA.0?, used figuratively, in a bad 
sense, one involved in moral or spi- 
ritual thraldom, Jno. 8. 34. Ro. G. 
17, 20. 1 Co. 7. 23. 2 Pe. 2. 19 ; in a 
good sense, a devoted servant, fol- 
lower or minister, Ac. 16. 17. Ro. 
1. 1, et al. ; one pledged or bound to 
serve, 1 Co. 7. 22. 2 Co. 4. 5 : whence 

AotAdco, co, f. cocrco, a. 1. edovXaxra, 
p. pass. 6eSovA.Goju.ai, a. 1. pass. eSov- 
Xo60Tji>, to reduce to servitude, ensl ave, 
oppress by retaining in servitude, 
Ac. 7. 6. 2 Pe. 2. 19 ; met. to render 
subservient, 1 Co. 9. 19; pass, to be 
under restraint, 1 Co. 7. 15 ; to be in 
bondage, spiritually or morally. Gal. 
4. 3. Tit. 2. 3 ; to become devoted to 
the service of, Ro. 6. 18, 22. 

Ao;^, rjy, 17, (BexofJiai) pr. recep- 
tion of guests ; in N. T., a banquet, 
feast, Lu. 5. 29; L4. 13. 

ApuKcoi', ovrosy 6, a dragon or large 
serpent ; met. the devil or Satan, Re. 
12. 3, 4, 7, 9, 13, 16, 17 ; 13. 2, 4, 11 ; 
16. 13; 20. 2. 

Apdcrcro/xcu, (8pu£, the fist) pr. 
to grasp with the hand, clutch ; to 
lay hold of, seize, take, catch, 1 Co. 
8. 1S>. 



Apayp.^, 17, a drachm, an Attic 
silver coin of nearly the same value as 
the Roman denarius, about 7|rf. of 
our money, Lu. 15. 8, 9. 

ApenavoV) ou, to, (SpeVco, to crop, 
cut off) an instrument with a curved 
blade, as a sickle, Mar. 4. 29. Re, 

14. 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19. 

Apdpos, ou, 6, (SVSpopa) a course, 
race, race-course; met. course of life 
or ministry, career, Ac. 13. 25; 20, 
24. 2 Ti. 4. 7. f 

Avrapat, f. bvvr)aop.ai^ imperf. e'Su- 

vdfjiriv, & r)8vvdixr}v, a. 1. eSvnjtra/u.Tji', 
& eSvi'acr^Tji', khvvr\Qy]V, rfSvvrjOrjv, to be 

able, either intrinsically and abso- 
lutely, which is the ordinary significa- 
tion ; or, for specific reasons, Mat. 9. 

15. Lu. 16. 2. 

Awctpiy, ecoy, ^, power ; strength,, 
ability, Mat. 25. 15. He. 11. 11; 
efficacy, 1 Co. 4. 19, 20. Phi. 3. 10. 
1 Thes. 1.5. 2 Ti. 3. 5 ; energy, Col. 
1. 29. 2 Ti. 1. 7; meaning, purport 
of language, 1 Co. 14.11; authority, 
Lu. 4. 36 ; 9. 1 ; might, power, majesty, 
Mat. 22. 29 ; 24. 30. Ac. 3. 12. Ro. 9. 
17. 2 Thes. 1.7. 2 Pe. 1. 16 ; in N. T., a 
manifestation or instance of power, 
mighty means, Ac. 8. 10. Ro. 1. 16. 
1 Co. 1. 18, 24; if 6vi>a|uis, omnipo- 
tence, Mat. 20. 64. Lu. 22. 69. Mar. 
14. 62 ; pi. authorities, Ro. 8. 38. Ep. 
1.21. 1 Pe . 3 . 22 ; miraculous pc «vcr, 
Mar. 5. 30. Lu. 1. 35 ; 5. 17 ; 6. 19 ; 
8. 46 ; 24. 49. 1 Co. 2. 4 ; a miracle, 
Mat. 11. 20, 21, et al. freq. ; a worker 
of miracles, 1 Co_. 12. 28, 29 ; fr. the 
Heb. al Swipes toji> oiipavtov, the hea- 
venly luminaries, Mat. 24. 29. Mar. 
13. 25. Lu. 21. 26; al 6Wju.eiS, the 
spiritual powers, Mat. 14. 2. Mar. 
6.14: whence 

Awapdco, co, f. cocrco, to strengthen, 
confirm, Col. 1. 11. L. G. 

Avvdo-TT]S) ou, 6, a potentate, so- 
vereign, prince, Lu. 1. 52. 1 Ti 6 
15 ; a person of rank and authority 
a grandee, Ac. 8. 27. 

Avvareu), co, f. ncrco, to be power- 
ful, mighty, to show one's self pow- 
erful, 2 Co. 13. 3. v. r. Ro. 14. 4. (N. T.) : 

from 

Avvaros, rj, dV, i8vvap.ru) able 
having power, powerful, mighty 
iWarbs eii/ai, to be able, i. q. SvvacrQan 
Lu. 14. 31. Ac. 11. 17, et al.; 6 iW 
5 



AYN 



50 



EAY 



res, the Mighty One, God, Lu. 1. 49; | 
to Svvc ?6v, power, i. q. Svvajat?, Ro. 
9. 22 • valid, powerful, efficacious, 
2 Co. iO. 4 ; distinguished for rank, 
authority or influence, Ac. 25. 5. 

1 Co. 1. 26 ; distinguished for skill or 
excellence, Lu. 24: 19. Ac. 7. 22. Ro. 
15.1; 5war6u & Sward, possible, capa- 
ble of being done, Mat. 19. 26; 24. 
24, et al. 

Avvu>, a. 2. e'8vv, to sink, go down, 
set as the sun, Mar. 1. 32. Lu. 4. 40. 

Avo, both indeclin. & also gen. and 
dat. Svolv, v. gen. SvH>v, dat. SvaC ; in 
N. T., both indeclin. and also with 
dat. Svcri, two, Mat. 6. 24 ; 21. 28, 31, 
et al. freq. ; oi Svo both, Jno. 20. 4 ; 
6vo r) rpets, two or three, some, a few, 
Mat. 18. 20; from the Heb. Svo Svo, 
two and two, Mar. 6. 7, i. q. dvd Svo, 
Lu. 10. 1, and Kara Svo, 1 Co. 14. 27. 

Au? — , an inseparable particle, con- 
veying the notion of untoivardness, as 
hard," ill, unlucky, dangerous, like 
the English un — , mis — ; opp. to ev. 

AvaftaaraKTos, ov, 6, 17, (Sus & 
/SaoTafod) difficult or grievous to be 
borne, oppressive, Mat. 23. 4. Lu. 
11.46. L. G. 

Avaevrcpia, as, r), (8u? & eurepou, 
an intestine) a dysentery, Ac. 28. 8. 

Avo"€pp.r)vevTos, ov, 6, r), (bvs & 
epnr)vevw) difficult to be explained, 
hard to be understood, He. 5. 11. 
L. G. 

AvaKokos, ov, 6, rj, (8vs & ko\ov, 
food) ;>r. peevish about food ; hard 
to please ; disagreeable ; in N. T., 
difficult, Mar. 10. 24: whence 

Avo-ko\o>s, adv. with difficulty, 
hardly, Mat. 19. 23. Mar. 10. 23, et al. 

Avapr), rjs, 77, (Suco) a sinking or 
setting ; pi. Svo-^ai, al, the setting 
of the sun ; hence, the west, Mat. 8. 
11 ; 24. 27, et al. 

Aiwo^rof, ou, 6, r), (8vs & vorj- 
T09, fr. foeoi) hard to be understood, 

2 Pe. 3. 16. L. G. 
Avo-Cpnpeco, co, f. r)0~u>, pr. to use 

ill words ; to reproach, revile, v. r. 

1 Co. 4. 13. 
Avadjrjpia, as, r), (Su? & <pwr)) ill 

words ; words of ill omen ; reproach, 

contumely, 2 Co. 6. 8. 
AwSe/ca, ot, at, ra, (Suo & 6Vku) 



I twelve, Mat. 9. 20; 10. 1, et al.; o» 
SoiSeKa, the twelve apostles. Mat. 26 
14, 20, et al. : wlience 
AcoSe/caro?, 77, ov, the twelfth, Re. 
21. 20. 

Acofie Ka(pv\ov, ou, to, (Scofie/ca & 
<f>v\-q) twelve tribes, Ac. 26. 7. N. T, 
Aa>pa, aroff, to, pr. a house ; syn- 
ced, a roof, Mat. 10. 27 ; 24. 17, et a* 
Acopen, as, 17, a gift, free gift, bene- 
fit, Jno. 4. 10. Ac. 2. 38, et al. 
Aeopedv, accus. of Scopea, adv. gra- 
tis, gratuitously, freely, Mat. 10. 8. 
Ro. 3. 24, et al. ; in A r . T. undeserv- 
edly, without cause, Jno. 15. 25 ; in 
vain, Gal. 2. 21. 
Awpeopai, ovpai, f. r)cropai % a. 1. 
eSajpTjcraTO, p. SeSuip-qfj-ai, (Sajpov) to 
give freely, grant, Mar. 15. 45. 2 Pe, 
1.3,4: tvhence 
Acupnpa, aros, to, a gift, free gift, 

Ro. 5. 16. Ja. 1. 17. 
Awpov, ov, to, (S/Sco/xt) a gift, pre- 
sent, Mat. 2. II. Ep. 2. 8. Re. 11. 
10 ; an offering, sacrifice, Mat. 5. 
23, 24 ; 8. 4, et al.; Supov, sc. eon, 
it is consecrated to God, Mat. 15. 5. 
Mar. 7. 11; contribution to the tem- 
ple, Lu. 21. 1,4. 



E. 

"Ed, interj. ha! an expression of sur ■ 
prise or displeasure, Mar. 1. 24. Lu. 
4. 34. 

'Eai/, co?ij. if. 77<e particidars qj 
the me of kdv must be learnt from 
the grammars. 'Ear p.r), except, un- 
less ; also equivalent to aWd, Gal. 2. 
16. 'Ear, in A r . T., as in the later' 
Greek, is substituted for av after 
relative ivords, Mat. 5. 19, et al. freq. 
Edvnep, a strengthening of idv by 
the enclitic pariicle nep, if it be that, 
if at all events, He. 3. 6, 14 ; 6. 3. 

'EauTou, rjs, ou, contr. avrov, r)s, 
ov, pi. eav-rwi', a reflexive pronoun 
of the third person, himself, herself, 
itself. Mat. 8. 22; 12.26; 9.21, et al.; 
also used for the first and second 
persons, Ro. 8. 23. Mat. 23. 31; 
also equivalent to aAAijAajr, Mar.- 10. 
26. Jno. 13. 19 ; ai/>' eavrov, d(/>' eav-cof. 
of himself, themselves, voluntarily 



51 



EFK 



spontaneously, Lu. 12. 47; 21. 30, et 
al. ; of one's own will merely, Jno. 
5. 19 ; Si eavrov, per se, of itself, in its 
Own nature, Ro. 14. 14 ; ef eavruv, of 
one's self merely, 2 Co. 3. 5 ; KaO' 
eavrov, by one's self, alone, Ac. 28. 
16. Ja. 2. 17; nap' eavrS, with one's 
self, at home, 1 Co. 16. 2 ;' Trpos eavrov, 
to one's self, to one's home, Lu. 24. 
12. Jno. 20. 10; or, with one's self, 
Lu. 18. 11. 
Eaco, u>, f. atrco, imperf. eia>i>, a. 1. 
elao-a, to let, allow, permit, suffer to 
be done, Mat. 24. 43. Lu. 4. 41, et 
al. ; to let be, let alone, desist from, 
Lu. 22. 51. Ac. 5. 38; to commit 
a ship to the sea, let her drive, Ac. 
27. 40. 

EfidoprjKovTa, ot, at, ra, (e/SSop-o?) 

seventy, Ac. 7. 14, et al. ; oi e^5o/x. 

the seventy disciples, Lu. 10. 1, 17. 
'EftdofirjKovTdKLS, adv. seventy times, 

Mat. 18. 22. 
*E(38ofxos, ?7, ov, (eVra) seventh, 

Jno. 4. 52. He. 4. 4, et al. 
'Efipa'iKos , Tj) ov, Hebrew, Lu. 23. 

38 : from 

E/3paIo?, aia, aiov, v. ov, 6, a 
Hebrew, one descended from Abra- 
ham the Hebrew, 2 Co. 11. 22. Phi. 
3. 5 ; in N. T., a Jew of Palestine, 
opp. to 'EAATji/urn}'?, Ac. 6. 1 : whence 

'E/3pai?, i<5os, rj, sc. 8ia\eKTos, the 
Hebrew dialect, i. e. the Hebrceo- Ara- 
maean dialect of Palestine, Ac. 21. 
40, et al. 

^Efipdiari, in Hebrew, Jno. 5. 2 ; 

19. 13, et al. 
"Edpapov, part. 8pap.a>v, seerpe)/u>. 
'Eyyi£a), f. tcra), At. ico, p. rjyyim, 

a. 1. Tjy-yio-a, (fr. eyyvs) pr. to cause to 
approach ; in N. T. intrans. to ap- 
proach, draw near, Mat. 21. 1. Lu. 

18. 35, et al. ; met. to be at hand, 
impend, Mat. 3. 2 ; 4. 17, et al. ; fxe'xpt 
6avdrov eW£eu>, to be at the point of 
death, Phi. 2. 30 ; fr. Heb. to draw 
near to God, to offer him rever- 
ence and worship, Mat. 15. 8. He. 7. 

19. Ja. 4. 8; used of God, to draw 
near to men, assist them, lestow fa- 
vours on them, Ja. 4. 8. L. G. 

Eyypd<fia>, f. ^rco, p. pass, iyye- 

ypaja/aai, (ev & ypaj>tx>) to engrave, 

inscribe ; met. to infix or impress 
deeply, 2 Co- 3. 2, 3. 



"Eyyuo?, ov, 6, 17, (fr.eyyy?/, a pledge) 

a surety, sponsor, He. 7. 22. 
'Eyyv?, o^y. near, as to place, Lu 

19. 11, et al.; close at hand, Ro. 
10. 8 ; near, in respect of ready intet • 

osition, Phi. 4. 5 ; near, as to time, 
Int. 24. 32, 33, et al. ; near to God, 
as being in covenant with Mm, Ep. 
2. 13; oi eyyu?, the people near to 
God, the Jews, Ep. 2. 17. 

Eyyvrepov, adv. (pr. neut. of iy- 
■yvi-epos, comp. of eyyvs) nearer, Ro. 
13. 11. 

'Eyripco, f. iyepa>, p. iyrjyepm, a. 1. 
ijyeipa, p. pass, eyrj-yepiuai, a. 1. pass. 
fjyepOrjv, to excite, arouse, awaken, 
Mat. 8.25, et al. ; mid. to awake, Mat. 
2. 13, 20, 21, et al.; met. mid. to rouse 
one's self to a better course of con- 
duct, Ro. 13. 11. Ep. 5. 14; to raise 
from the dead, restore to life, Jno. 
12. 1, et al., and mid. to rise from the 
dead, Mat. 27. 52. Jno. 5. 21, et al. ; 
met. to raise as it were from the dead, 
2 Co. 4 14 ; to raise up, cause to rise 
up from a recumbent posture, Ac. 3. 7, 
and mid. to rise up, Mat. 17. 7, et 
al ; to restore to health, Ja. 5. 15 ; 
met. et seq. enl,to excite to war, mid, 
to rise up against, Mat. 24. 7, et al. ; 
to raise up again, rebuild, Jno. 2. 19, 
20 ; to raise up from a lower place, 
to draw up or out of a ditch. Mat. 
12. U; fr. Heb. to raise up, to cause 
to arise or exist, Ac. 13. 22, 23; mid. 
to arise, exist, appear, Mat. 3. 9 ; 11. 
11, et al. : whence 

"Eyepais, ea>s, rj, pr. the act of 
waking or rising up; resurrection, 
resuscitation, Mat. 27. 53. 

'EyKa^eTO?, ov, 6, 17, {iv & KaS- 
lr)fxi) suborned, Lu. £0. 20. 

'EyKaivia, ia>v, rd, {iv & Kaivos) 
initiation, consecration ; in N. T., the 
feast of dedication, an annual festival 
of eight days in the month Kislcu, Jno. 
10. 22. 

'Ey/com^co, f. tVco, a. 1. iveKalvicra. 
p. pass. eyKeKaCi/io-pLai, to handsel, 
initiate, consecrate, dedicate, reno- 
vate; to institute, He. 9. 18; 10. 

20. S. 

Ey/caXe'o), 6j, f. eo*co, {iv & KaAeoa) 
to bring a charge against, accuse ; to 
institute judicial proceedings, Ac. 19 
38, 40 ; 23. 28, 29 ; 26. 2, 7. Ro. 8. 33 



ErK 



52 



EI 



EyKaraXfnrco, f. ^co, a. 2. eynaTe- 
Ai77oi/, (ev & /caTaXetVco) to leave in a 
place or situation, Ac. 2. 27 ; to leave 
behind ; to forsake, abandon, Mat. 
27. 46, et al. ; to leave, as a remnant 
from destruction, Ro. 9. 29. 

Ey/caroiKea), co, f. jjo-co, (ev & Ka- 
ToiKeco) to dwell in or among, 2 Pe. 
2. 8. 

'EyKeirpi^c 0 * f. uro), (e'i> & nevrpifa, 
to prick) to ingraft ; met. Ro. 11. 17, 
19, 23, 24. 

Ey<\r]pa, aros, to, (eyKaXeco) an 
accusation, charge, crimination, Ac. 

23. 29; 25. 16. 
Eynopftoopai, ovpai, f. dtaopai, 

(/c6ja/3os, a string, band; whence ey- 
KojajSaj^a, a garment which is fast- 
ened by tying) pr. to put on a gar- 
ment winch is to be tied ; in XT. T., 
to put on, clothe ; met. 1 Pe. 5. 5. 
EyK07n7, rjs, rj, pr. an incision, e. g. 
a trench, &c. cut in the way of an 
enemy; an impediment, hindrance, 

1 Co." 9. 12: (L. G.)from 
"EyKOTTTociy f. tyco, (ev & kotttco) pr. 

to cut or strike in ; hence, to impede, 
interrupt, hinder, Ro. 15. 22. 1 Thes. 
2. 18. 1 Pe. 3. 7. Gal. 5. 7. f 
EyK.pa.Teia, as, 17, (eyKparrjs) self- 
control, continence, temperance, Ac. 

24. 25, et al. 

EyKpaTevopai, f. evcropai, to pos- 
sess the power of self-control or 
continence, 1 Co. 7. 9; to practise 
abstinence, 1 Co. 9. 25. 

'EyKpa.TT)S, eos, 6, fj, (tcpdros) 
strong, stout; possessed of mastery; 

t master of self, Tit. 1.8. 

EyKpivco, f. ivS), (ev & Kpiva>) to 
judge or reckon among, consider as 
belonging to, adjudge to the number 
of, class with, place in the same rank, 

2 Co. 10. 12. (I) 

EyKpinrrco, f. yjf(o, (ev & KpVTTTu>) 
to conceal in any thing; to mix, in- 
termix, Mat. 13. 33. Lu. 13. 21. 

"Eynvos, ov, 17, (ev & kvco) with 
child, pregnant, Lu. 2. 5. 
Eyxpico, f. iVco, (e't & XP 103 ^ to ru ^ 

in, anoint, Re. 3. 18. (I) 
Eyco, gen. epov & pov, I. 
'E^a0/^&), f. icrco, At. ia>, pr. to 
form a level and firm surface ; to 



I level with the ground, overthrow 
raze, destroy, Lu. 19. 44 : from 

I "Eda<pos, €0?, to, pr. a bottom, base} 
j hence, the ground, Ac. 22. 7. 

'Ebpalos, aia, cuoi>, (eopa, a seat) 
sedentary ; met. settled, steady, firm, 
stedfast, constant, 1 Co. 7. 37 ; 15. 58 
Col. 1. 23. 

'Edpaieopa, aros, to, (edpaioco, to 
settle, fr. preceding) a basis, founda- 
tion, 1 Ti. 3. 15. N. T. 

'EdeXoOp-qcrKeta, as, 17, (ede\a> & 
9pr](TKeCa) self-devised worship, su- 
pererogatory worship, will-worsliip, 
Col. 2. 23. 

'E&Xoo & deXco, the latter being the 
form in the present in A". T., f. efleArjo-co 
& 0e\r)<TO), imperf. 7j0eA.oi/, a.l . r)de\r)(ra, 
to exercise the will, properly by an 
unimpassioned operation ; to be will- 
ing, Mat. 17. 4, et al. ; to be inclined, 
disposed, Ro 13. 3, et al. ; to choose, 
Lu. 1. 62; to intend, design, Lu. 14. 
28, et al. ; to will, Jno. 5. 21 ; 21. 22, 
et al. ; i\9e\ov, I could wish, Gal. 4. 20. 

'E#i'£co, f. io~oo, p. pass. eWiapai, 
(e0os) to accustom ; pass, to be cus- 
tomary, Lu. 2. 27. 

'EOvapx^s, ov, 6, (edsos & apx<o) 
a governor, chief, or head of any 
tribe or nation, Drefect, 2 Co. 11. 32. 
L. G. f " 

, E6vlk6s, r], ov, (edvos) national ; 
in A r . T., gentile, heathen, not Is- 
raelitish, Mat. 6. 7 ; 18. 17 : (L. G.) 
whence 

EdviKcos, adv. after the manner of 
the gentiles, heathenishly, Gal. 2. 14. 
N. T. 

Edvos, eos, to, a multitude, com- 
pany, Ac. 17. 26. 1 Pe. 2. 9. Re. 
21. 24 ; a nation, people, Mat. 20. 25 ; 
21. 43, et al.; pi. eOur,, fr. the Heb., 
nations or people, as distinguished 
from the Jews, the heathen, gentiles, 
Mat. 4. 15 ; 10. 5. Lu. 2. 32, et al. 

"Edos, eos, to, a custom, usage, 
Lu. 2. 42 ; 22. 39, et al. ; an institute, 
rite, Lu. 1. 9. Ac. 6. 14 ; 15. I, et al. 

Et, conj. if, Mat. 4. 3, 6 ; 12. 7. Ac. 
27. 39, et al. freq. ; since, Ac. 4. 9, et 
al.; whether, Mar. 9. 23. Ac. 17. 11, 
et al. ; that, in certain expressions, 
Ac. 26. 8, 23. He. 7. 15; by a~ sup- 
pression of the apodosis of d sentence 



EIA 



r,3 



EIP 



ei serves to express a urish; O if ! O 
that! Lu. 19. 42 ; 22. 42 ; alsoastrong 
negation, Mar. 8. 12. He. 3.11; 4.3; 
ei Kai, if even, though, although, Lu. 
18. 4, et al. ; ei /xrj, unless, except, 
Mat. 11. 27, et al. ; also equivalent to 
<iAAd, but, Mat. 12. 4. Mar. 13. 32. 
Lu. 4. 26, 27; ei fwjTi, unless per- 
haps, unless it be, Lu. 9. 13, et al. ; 
el tis, el ti, pr. if any one: who- 
soever, whatsoever, Mat. 18. 28, et 
al. The syntax of this particle must 
be learnt from the grammars. As an 
interrogative particle, whether, Ac. 
17. 11, et al. ; in N. T. as a mere note 
of interrogation, Lu. 22. 49, et al. 

FJ8ov, imperat. 184 & t'&V, optat. 
ISoi/Lu, subj. IScu, inf. l&elv, part. ISaiv, 
see bpaua. 

Ridos, eo?, to, form, external ap- 
pearance, Lu. 3. 22 ; 9. 29. Jno. 
5. 37 ; kind, species, 1 Thes. 5. 22 ; 
sight, perception, 2 Co. 5. 7. 

EldS), eldevat, eldcos, see oida. 

El8cc>\eiov, ov, to, (eiScoXov) a 
heathen temple, 1 Co. 8. 10. N. T. 

Eldcokodvros, ov, (eidcokov & dvco) 
pr. sacrificed to an idol ; meton. the 
remains of victims sacrificed to idols, 
reserved for eating. Ac. 15. 29 ; 21. 25, 
et al. N. T. 

EldwXoXarpela, as, 37, (e'lbaiXov & 
Aarpei'a) idolatry, worship of idols, 
1 Co. 10. 14. Gal. 5. 20. et al. N. T. 

ElboiXoXaTpijs, ov, 6, (ei'ScoXoz/ & 
AaTpts, a servant, worshipper) an 
idolater, worshipper of idols, 1 Co. 
5. 10, 11 ; 6. 9; 10. 7, et al. N. T. (a) 

EidaiXov, ov, to, (eidos) pr. a form, 
shape.figure ; image or statue ; hence, 
an idol, image of a god, Ac. 7. 41, et 
al. ; metoTi. a heathen god, 1 Co. 8. 4, 
7, et al. ; for eiSuKoOvTov, the flesh 
of victims sacrificed to idols, Ac. 
15. 20. 

Ei/07, adv. without plan or system ; 
without cause, lightly, rashly, Mat. 5. 
22. Col. 2. 18 ; to no purpose, in vain, 
Ro. 13. 4. 1 Co. 15. 2. Gal. 3. 4 ; 4. 1 1. 

EtKO<rtj 01, at, ra, twenty, Lu. 14. 
31, et al. 

EiKoo~nrevT€ (eiKoat & nevre) twen- 
ty-five, Jno. 6. 19. 

YtKoo-iTeo-o-apes, (eiKoa & tcV- 
aa^<s) I wenty four, Re. 5. 8, 14. 



EiKOcriTp&s, (.CLKoai & rpcis) twen 
1 ty-three, 1 Co. 10. 8. 

EtKG>, f. £a>, to yield, give place, 
submit, Gal. 2. 5. 

~EiKO)i>, ovos, rj, a material image, 
likeness, effigy, Mat. 22. 20. Mar. 12. 
16, et al. ; a similitude, represent- 
ation, exact image, I Co. 11.7, et al. ; 
resemblance, Ro. 8. 29, et al. 

ElXixpiveia, as, r], clearness, purity ; 
met. sincerity, integrity, ingenuous 
ness, 1 Co. 5. 8, et al. : from 

ElXiKpivns, tos, 6, 77, (etXr/ sun 
shine & Kplvu) pr. that which being 
viewed in the sunshine is found 
clear and pure; met. spotless, sin- 
cere, ingenuous. Phi. 1. 10. 2 Pe 
3. 1. 

EiXiVcro), f. £co, properly Tonic for 
eAiWco, (eiAe'w, to roll) to roll up, Re 
6. 14. 

Eipt', impcrf. rju & fjp.r)v, f. ecropai, 
imperat. laOi, ecn-w & t)to>, subj. Si, inf. 
elvai, part, wv, a verb of existence, tc 
be, to exist, Jno. 1.1; 17. 5. Mat. 6. 30 
Lu. 4. 25, et al. freq. ; «m, it is pos- 
sible, proper, He. 9. 5 ; a simple co- 
pxda to the subject and predicate, and 
thereforein itself affecting the Jtrceof 
the sentence only by its tense, mood, 
&c, Jno. 1.1; 15. 1, et al. freq. ; it 
also forms a frequent circumlocution 
with the participles of the present and 
perfect of other verbs, Mat. 19. 22. 
Mar. 2. 6, et al. 

Etyxi, to go, come, bid generally with 
a future signification, v. r. Jno. 7. 
34, 36. 

ILiv€Kev, equivalent to eveKa, on ac- 
count of, 2 Co. 7. 12, ter. 

EtVa, Mat. 26. 25, et al., imperat. 
elTrov or einov, V. r. Ac. 28. ^6, see 

Xe'yco. 

Et7rep, a strengthening of et by the 
enclitic particle nep, if indeed, if it be 
so that, Ro. 8. 9. 1 Co. 15. 15 ; since 
indeed, since, 2 Thes. 1. 6. 1 Pe. 2.3; 
although indeed, 1 Co. 8. 5. 

Eirrov, imperat. et7re, subj. eiTrco, 

Opt. elwoLfii, inf. eiireii/, part. ec7ra>v, 
see \eyu>. • 

Eoto)?, (et & ncos) if by any means, 

if possibly, Ac. 27. 12, et al. 
Eipnveuco, f. evo"a), to be at peace , 
I to cultivate peace, concord, or har 



EIP 



54 



EIS 



mony, Mar. 0. 50. Ro. 12. 18, et al. : 
fr>m 

Elprjvn, 77?, rj, peace, Lu. 14. 32. Ac. 
12. 20, et al. ; tranquillity, Lu. 11.21. 
Jno. 1G. 33. 1 Thes. 5. 3 ; concord, 
unity, love of peace, Mat. 10. 34. Lu. 
12. 51, et al.; meton. the author of 
peace or concord, Ep. 2.14; fr. the 
Heb. felicity, every kind of blessing 
and good, Lu. 1. 79; 2. 14, 2'J, et 
al. ; meton. a salutation expressive 
of good wishes, a benediction, bless- 
ing, Mat. 10. 13, et al. : tohencc 

ElpnviKos, 77, dV, pertaining to 
peace ; peaceable, disposed to peace 
and concord, Ja. 3. 17 ; //•. the Heb. 
profitable, blissful, He. 12. 11. 

Elprjvoiroieco, co, f. rycrco, (elprjvq 
& 7rot€(o) to make peace, restore con- 
cord, Col. 1. 20. L. G. 

ElprjvoTroios, o0, 6, 17, a peace- 
maker, one who cultivates peace 
and concord, Mat. 5. 9. 

Et?, into, Mat. 2. 11, et al. ; to, as 
far as, to the extent of, Mat. 2. 23 ; 

4. 24, et al. ; until, Jno. 13. 1, et al. ; 
against, Mat. 18. 15. Lu. 12. 10; be- 
fore, in the presence of, Ac. 22. 30, 
et al. ; in order to, for, with a view 
to, Mar. 1. 38, et al. ; for the use or 
service of, Jno. 6. 9. Lu. 9. 13. 1 Co. 
16. 1 ; in accordance with, Mat. 12. 
41. Lu. 11. 32. 2 Ti. 2. 20; also equi- 
valent to iu, Jno. 1. 18, et al. ; by, in 
forms of swearing, Mat. 5. 35, et al. ; 
fr. the Heb. elvat, yiveaOai eis— ,to be- 
come, result in, amount to, Mat. 19. 

5. 1 Co. 4. 3, et al. ; eis ti, why, where- 
fore, Mat. 2G. 8. 

Ei'?, fxla, ef, gen. iv6s, /utas, ivos, 
one, Mat. 10. 29, et al. freq. ; only, 
unicus, Mar. 12. 6; one, united so as 
to be, in a manner, one, Mat. 19. 5, 6. 
Jno. 10.30; one and the same, Lu. 
12. 52. Ro. 3. 30, et al. ; of one and 
the same standing or value, 1 Co. 3. 
8 ; equivalent to ns, a certain one, 
Mat. 8. 19; 1G. 14, et al. ; a, an, Mat. 
21. 19. Ja. 4. 13, et al.; els eicacrTOs, 
each one, every one, Lu. 4. 40. Ac. 
2. 3, et al. ; els rov eVa, one another, 
1 Thes. 5.11; els — «al els, the one — 
and the other, Mat. 20. 21, et al. ; el? 
ko.0' els & 6Se ko.6' ets, one by one, one 
after another, in succession, Mar. 14. 
19. Jno. 8.9, et al.;//-. the Heb., as 
an ordinal, first, Mat. 28. 1, et al. 

Eicrayco, f. £co, (els & cryco) to lead 



or bring in, introduce concluot kA 
usher in or to a place or person, Lu. 
2. 27; 14. 21 ; 22. 54, et al. (a) 
Eicra/coua), f. ovcropai, (els & 
&kovu>) to hear or ,iearken to, i. 1. 
obey, 1 Co. 14. 21 ; to listen to the 
prayers of any one, accept one's peti- 
tion, Mat. G. 7. Lu. 1. 13. Ac. 10. 31. 
He. 5. 7. 

Elcrdexofxai, f. be^opai, (els & oV- 
Xo/u.ai) to admit ; to receive into fa- 
vour, receive kindly, accept with fa- 
vour, 2 Co. G. 17. 

Eicret/xi, (els & eifii) imperf. ela- 
rjeiv, to go in, enter, Ac. 3.3; 21. 
18, 2G. He. 9. 6. 

ElcrepXopai, f. e\evo~opai, a. 2. 
ei<r?iA9ov, (ets & epxofxo.i) to go or 
come in, enter, Mat. 7. 13 ; 8. 5, 8, et 
al. ; spc. to enter by force, break in, 
Mar. 3. 27. Ac. 20. 29; met. tvilh eis 
koct/aov, to begin to exist, come into 
existence, Ro. 5. 12. 2 Jno. 7 ; or, to 
make one's appearance on earth, He. 
10. 5; to enter into or take posses- 
sion of, Lu. 22. 3. Jno. 13. 27 ; to en- 
ter into, enjoy, partake of. Mat. 19. 
23, 24, et al. ; to enter into any 
one's labour, be his successor, Jno. 4. 
38 ; to fall into, be placed in certain 
circumstances, Mat. 26. 41, et al. ; to 
be put into, Mat. 15. 11. Ac. II. 8; 
to present one's self before, Ac. 19. 
30 ; met. to arise, spring up, Lu. 
9. 46; fr. the Heb. eicreVxecr&u Kal 
egepxea-OoLL, to go in and out, to live, 
discharge the ordinary functions 01 
life, versari, Ac. 1. 21. 

EiVkoXcco, co, f. ecrco, & mid. eicr- 

Ka\eofiai, ou/xai, (eis & KaXeto) to call 
in ; to invite in, Ac. 10. 23. 

E'laoftos, ov, rj, (els & 080s) a place 
of entrance ; the act of bringing in 
or introducing ; admission, recep- 
tion, 1 Thes. 1. 9. He. 10. 19. 2 Pe. 
1 . 11; a coming, approach, access, 
I Thes. 2. 1 ; entrance upon office, 
commencement of official duties, Ac 
13 24. 

Eto-Trrjo'aco, co, f. 170-co, (els & irr)- 
Sdu), to leap) to leap or spring in, rush 
in eagerly, Ac. 14. 14 ; 1G. 29. 

~Elcnropevop.ai, f. evaopat, (els & 
7ropevofxai) to go or come in, enter, 
Mar. 1. 21 ; 5. 40, et al. ; to come to, 
visit, Ac. 28. 30; to be put in-, Mat 
15. 17. Mar. 7, 15, 18, 19; to inter 



EI2 



55 



EKA 



vene, Mar. 4. 19;/r. the Heb.c'o-no- 

peveor9ai ko.1 eKiropeveaOaL, equivalent 
to eiaepxea-Oai Kal e^e'pxecrflai, above, 
Ac. 9. 28. 

Etcrrpe^co, a. 2. elcrebpafiov, (els 

& Tpe'x<o) to run in, Ac. 12. 14. 
EiVcpepo), f. oi'crco, a. 1. rjveym, 

a. 2. rJi/eyKOi', (eis & <£epu>) to bring 
in, to, or into, Lu. 5. 18, 19. 1 Ti. G. 
7. He. 13. 11; to bring to the ears of 
any one, to announce, Ac. 17. 20; to 
lead into, Mat. 6. 13. Lu. 11. 4. 

EiYa, adv. then, afterwards, there- 
upon, Mar. 4. 17, 28. Lu. 8. 12, et 
al. ; in the next place, 1 Co. 12. 28 ; 
besides, He. 12. 9. 

Ei a)d(i, 2. p. from an old pr. edco 
with a present signification, plup. 
e'uAOeiv, part. eiio0<is, to be accus- 
tomed, to be usual, Mat. 27. 15, et al. 

*Ek, before a consonant, if- before a 
voivct, prep, from, out of, a place, 
Mat. 2. 15 ; 3. 17; of, from, out of, 
denoting origin or source, Mat. 1. 3; 
21. 19; of, l'rom some material, Mat. 
3.9. Ro. 9. 21 ; of, from, among, par- 
titively, Mat. G. 27 ; 21. 31. Mar. 9. 17 ; 
from, denot in// cause, Re. 8. 1 1 ; 17. 6 ; 
means or instrument, Mat. 12. 33, 37; 
by, through, denoting the author or 
efficient cause, Mat. 1*. 18. Jno. 10.32; 
of, denoting the distinguishing mark 
of a class, Ro. 2. 8. Gal. 3. 7, et al. ; 
of time, after, 2 Co. 4. 6. Re. 17. 11 ; 
from, after, since, Mat. 19. 12. Lu.8. 
27 ; for, with, denoting a rate of pay- 
ment, price, Mat. 20." 2 ; 27. 7 ; at, 
denoting position, Mat. 20. 21, 23; 
after passive verbs, by, of, from, mark- 
ing the agent, Mat. 15. 5. Mar. 7. 11 ; 
forming with certain words a peri- 
phrasis for an adverb, Mat. 2G. 42, 
44. Mar. G. 51. Lu. 23. 8 ; put after 
verbs of freeing, Ro. 7. 24. 2 Co. 1. 
10; used partitively after verbs of 
eating, drinking, Ac. Jno. 6. 26. 1 Co. 
9. 7. 

"E/cacrTOS', r\, ov, each one, every 
one separately, Mat. 16. 27. Lu. 13. 
15, et al. : whence 
ExacTore, adv. always, 2 Pe. 1. 15. 

Ekutov, 01, at, ra, one hundred, 
Mat. 13. 8. Mar. 4. 8, et al. 

EKaTOvraeTrjs, e'o?, 6, 17, (eKarov & 
ctos) a hundred years old, lio. 4. 19. 

KKaTov, r a7rXaalu>v, ovos, 6, 17, a 



hundredfold, centuple. Mat. !9. 2$ 
et al. 

'EKarovTctp)(r}s, ov, 6, and 
'EKarovTapxos, ov, o, (iicaTotr & 
apxos) commander of 100 men, a cen- 
turion, Mat. 8. 5, 8, 13. Lu. 7. 2, 6 ; 
et al. 

'E/c/3aXXo), f. Ba\a>, a. 2. O-eBaXov. 
(e/c & /3a\Aw) to cast out, eject b> 
force, Mat. 15. 17. Ac. 27. 38 ; to ex- 
pel, force away, Lu. 4. 29. Ac. 7. 58 ; 
to refuse, Jno. G. 37 ; to extract, Mat. 

7. 4 ; to reject with contempt, de- 
spise, contemn, Lu. 6. 22 ; in N. T., 
to send forth, send out, Mat. 9. 38. 
Lu. 10. 2; to send away, dismiss, 
Mat. 9. 25. Mar. 1. 12; met. to spread 
abroad, Mat. 12. 20; to bring out, 
produce, Mat. 12. 35 ; 13. 52, et al. 

"EicBao-is, eo)?, r), (e/c/3a(Vo)) way 
out, egress ; hence, result, issue, He. 
13.7; means of clearance or success- 
ful endurance, 1 Co. 10. 13. 

'EkBoAt], rjs, Tj, (e/c/3aXXo)) a cast- 
ing out ; especially, a throwing over- 
board of a cargo, Ac. 27. 18. 

'Eicyap'ifa, f. iVo), (eVc & yapifa) to 
give in marriage, Mr.t. 22. 30 ; 24. 38 
Lu. 17. 27. v. r. 1 Co. 7. 38. L. G. 

EKyapio-KQO, (ex & yaplo~K(o) i. q 
eKyafjit^oi, Lu. 20. 34, 35. L. G. 

Eicyovos, ov, 6, 17, {eKyivopai, io 
be born) born of, descended from* 
eKyova, descendants, grandchildren 

1 Ti. 5. 4. 

'EKSa7rarao), co, f. r]0~a>, (eff & 5a- 
na.v6.u3) to expend, consume, exhaust, 

2 Co. 12. 15. L. G. 
'E^Se^o/idi, f. £opai, (e< & Se\o- 

ixai) pr. to receive from another; to 
expect, look for, Ac. 17. 16, et al.; 
to wait for, to wait, 1 Co. 1 1. 33. 1 Pe. 
3. 20, et al. 
""Eko^Xo?, ov, 6, fj, (e'fc & brjXos) 
clearly manifest, evident, 2 Ti. 3. 9. 
E«§?7/j.eo), co, f. ^o"o), (in & brjpoi) 
pr. to be absent from home, go 
abroad, travel ; hence, to be absent 
from any place or person, 2 Co. 5. 6, 

8, 9. 

'Ek8i'8o)//.i, f. eK&o)oro), a. 2. mid 
e^Sojurji/, (eK & StSwfu) to give out, tc 
give up ; to put out at interest ; ir< 
2V. T., to let out to tenants. Mat. 21 
33,41,et al. 



EKA 



56 



EKK 



E/cSiT/^eo/xat, ovpai, f. Tjaopai, (i< 
& Sirj-yeojucu) to narrate fully, detail, 
Ac. 13. 14; 15. 3.^ L. G. 

E/cStKeco, co, f. 770-co, (en & 8tKrj) 
pr. to execute right and justice ; to 
punish, 2 Co. 10. G ; in JSf. T., to right, 
avenge a person, Lu. 18. 3, 5, et al. : 
t (L. G.) whence 

EkSik^ctis, eco?, 77, satisfaction ; 
vengeance, punishment, retributive 
justice, Lu. 21. 22. Ro. 12. 19, etal. ; 
ckSuojo-ii/ 7roteti', to vindicate, avenge, 
Lu. 18. 7, 8, et al. ; SlSovm <k-5. to in- 
flict vengeance, 2 Thes. 1 . 8. 

Ek8lkos, ou, 6, 77, maintaining 
right ; an avenger, one who inflicts 
punishment, Ro. 13. 4. 1 Thes. 4. 6. 

E/cSlCOKCO, f. c!)£tO, (€K & StCOKCO) 

pr. to chase away, drive out ; in JY. T., 
to persecute, vex, harass, Lu. 11. 49. 

1 Thes. 2. 15. 

"EkSoto?, otj, 6, 77, (eKbl8a>fu) de- 
livered up, Ac. 2. 23. 
EkSo;^, 7)?, 77, (exSe^o/iat) i?i A 7 ! T 7 ., 
a looking for, expectation, He. 10.27. 
EkSvco, v. 8vva>, f. ucrco, (e/c & 
Suvto) pr. to go out from ; to take off, 
strip, unclothe, Mat. 27. 31 ; 27. 28, 
et al. ; mid. to lay aside, to put off, 

2 Co. 5. 4. (voj, vi>uj, v(tu>) 

Exe t, adv. there, in that place, Mat. 
2. 13, 15, et al. ; thither, Mat. 2. 22 ; 

> 17. 20, et al. : xohence 

EiceWeV) adv. from there, thence, 
Mat. 4. 21 ; 5. 20, et al. 

Eneivos, 77, o, (e'/cel) a demonstra- 
tive pronoun, used with reference to 
a thing previously mentioned or im- 
plied, or already familiar; that, this, 
he, &c, Mat. 17. 27 ; 10. 14. 2 Ti. 4. 
8, et al ; in contrast with ovtos, re- 
ferring to the former of two things 
previously mentioned, Lu. 18. 14, 
et al. 

Exetcre, adv. thither, there, Ac. 21. 
3 ; 22. 5. 

'Efc^reco, co, f. 770-co, (e/c & (^reco) 
to seek out, investigate diligently, 
scrutinise, 1 Pe. 1. 10; to ask for, be- 
seech earnestly, He. 12. 17; to seek 
diligently or earnestly after, Ac. 15. 
17. Ro. 3. 11. He. 11. 6; ft. the Heb. 
to require, exact, demand, Lu. 11. 
50,51. L. G. 

'EKdafifieo/Mii, oO/icu, to be amazed, 



I astonished, awe-struck, Mar. 9. 15 

14. 33; 10. 5, &: from 
Eicdafiftos, ou, 6, 77, (e/c & ddfjfios) 

amazed, awe-struck, Ac. 3.11. L. G 
"EkOctos, ov, 6, 77, ro', ov, (e/cri- 

0r/ju.i.) exposed, cast out, abandoned, 

Ac. 7. 19. 

^EKKadalpu), f. apco, a. 1. rjpa, &, 
later, dpa, (e« & KaOalpa}) to cleanse 
thoroughly, purify, 2 Ti. 2. 21 ; to 
purge out, eliminate, 1 Co. 5. 7. 

'EKKalofiat, a. 1. pass. €^€Kavdrjv y 

(e/c/caito, to kindle up, e<c & /cat'aj) to 

blaze out; to be inflamed, Ro. 1. 27. 
E/c/c«i<eco, co, f. 770-co, (in & kcikos) 
to lose spirits, to be faint-hearted, 
despond, Ep. 3. 13; to faint, to flag, 
be remiss, indolent, slothful, Lu. 18.1. 
Gal. 6. 9. 2 Co. 4. 1, 16. 2 Thes. 3. 13. 
> L. G. 

*Ekk.€VT€<d, co, f. 770-co, (e*c & Kevreco) 
to stab, pierce deeply, transfix, Jno. 
19. 37. Re. 1.7. L. G. 

E/c/cAaco, f. acrco, a. 1. pass. e'£e- 
K\oL(T6r)v, (« & K\aui) to break off, Ro. 

11. 17, 19, 20. 

E/c/cAeico, f. eicrco, (e'/c & /cAeuo) to 
shut out, exclude ; to shut off, sepa- 
rate, insulate, Gal. 4. 17; to leave no 
place for, eliminate, Ro. 3. 27. 

EKK\rjo-[a, as, 77, (e'/c/caAeco, to 
summon forth) a popular assembly, 
Ac. 19. 32, 39, 41 ; in N. T„ the con- 
gregation of the children of Israel, 
Ac. 7. 38 ; transferred to the Christian 
body, of which the congregation of 
Israel ivas a figure, the church, 1 Co. 

12. 28. Col. 1. 18, et al. ; a local por- 
tion of the church, a local church, Ro 
16. 1, et al.; a Christian congrega- 
tion, 1 Co. 14. 4, et al. 

EkkAiVco, f. t^co, (etc & /cXiVco) to 
deflect, deviate, Ro. 3. 12 ; to decline 
or turn away from, avoid, Ro. 16. 17 
1 Pe. 3. 11. 
'E/c/coAu/^/3aco, co, f. 770-co, (e'/c & 
KoXvfxpdtij) to swim out to land, Ac. 
27. 42. 

'EKKOfil£(0, f. iVa), (e'/C & KO/Xtfa) 

to carry, bring out; especially, to 
carry out a corpse for burial, Lu 
7. 12. 

'Ekkotttg), f. \//co, (e'/c & koVtco) to 
cut out ; to cut off, Mat. 3. 10 ; 5. 30, 
et al. ; met. to cut off occasion, re- 



EKK 



57 



EKn 



move, prevent, 2 Co. II. 12 ; to ren- 
der ineffectual, 1 Pe. 3. 7. 

EKKpefx.ip.ai, (€K & Kpepapai) to 
hang upon a speaker, fondly listen 
to, be earnestly attentive, Lu. 19. 48. 

'EfcAaAe'a), <u, f. t]aa>, (eK & AaXeco) 
to speak out ; to tell, utter, divulge, 
Ac. 23. 22. 

'E/cXa/x7ro), f. yj/o>, (e'/c & Xapnu)) 
to shine out cr forth, be resplendent, 
Mat. 13. 43. 

'ExXavOdva), (e\ & Xavddvoa) to 
make to forget quite ; mid. U\av- 
Odvonai., p. e«\eXr)cr/ixai, to forget en- 
tirely, He. 12. 5. 

'EKXe'-yco, f. £co, to pick out ; in 
.iV. T.,' mid. exAeyo/xou, a. 1. efeA.e£- 
dfi-qv, to choose, select, Lu. 6. 13 ; 10. 
42, et al. ; in iV. T., to choose out 
as the recipients of special favour 
and privilege, Ac. 13. 17. 1 Co. 1. 27, 

, etal. 

E/cXe£7ro), f. yj/co, (eK & XeiVco) in- 
trans., to fail, Lu. 22. 32 ; to come to 
an end, He. 1. 12; to be defunct, die, 

. Lu. 16. 9. 

E/cXeKroV, rj, ov, (eKkeyopai) 
chosen out, selected ; in N. T., chosen 
as a recipient of special privilege, 
elect, Col. 3. 12, et al. ; specially be- 
loved, Lu. 23. 35 ; possessed of prime 
excellence,exalted,l Ti.5.21 ; choice, 
precious, 1 Pe. 2. 4, 6. 

E«Xoy^, rjs, rj, (same) the act of 
choosing out, election ; in A r . T., elec- 
tion to privilege by divine grace, Ro. 
11. 5, et al. ; -i) exAoyrj, the aggregate 
of those who are chosen, the elect, 
Ro. 11.7; e/cAoyrj?, equivalent to e«- 
\€kt6v, by Hebraism, Ac. 9. 15. 

'EkXw/zgu, (e/cXua), to loosen, debi- 
litate, « & Auw) to be weary, ex- 
hausted, faint, Mat. 9. 30; 15. 32. 
Mar. 8. 3. Gal. 6. 9; to faint, despond, 
He. 12. 3, 5. 

"Efc/iao-o-w, f. £a>, (eK & pdao-co) to 
wipe off; to wipe dry, Lu. 7. 38, 44. 
Jno. 11. 2; 12. 3; 13. 5. 

'EK/ivKTrjoi^ui, f. iVco, (eK & pvK- 
Tt\pLfa, fr. fjLVKTrip, the nose) to mock, 
deride, scoff at, Lu. 16. 14; 23. 35. ^ 

EKi/ea), f. eKvevaopat, a. 1. e£e- 
vevva, pr. to swim out, to escape 
by swimming; hence, generally, to 
escape, get clear of a place, Jno. 5. 
13; though e/cvevaos, in this place.. 



may be referred to exvevu}, to deviatQ 
withdraw. 
EKvr]<pa), f. \|/-a>, (eK & vrjcpco) pr. 
to awake sober after intoxication ; 
met. to shake off mental bewilder- 
ment, to return to a right mode of 
thinking, feeling, acting, &c. 1 Co. 
15. 34. 

'Exovctlos, a, ov, & ov, 6, rj, (ckcov) 
voluntary, spontaneous, Phile. 14 

whence 

'EKoucrt'o)?, adv. voluntarily, spon- 
taneously, He. 10. 26. 1 Pe. 5. 2. 

v EK7raXat, adv. (eK & naXai) of old; 
long since, 2 Pe. 2.3; 3. 5. L. G. 
EK7reipd£a>, f. do~a>, (eK & Treipd^co) 
to tempt, put to the proof, Mat. 4. 7. 
Lu. 4. 12. 1 Co. 10. 9; to try, sound, 
Lu. 10. 25. L.G. 

'EK7re'/Lt7rco, f. y\r<D, (eK & nepiro)) to 
send out, or away, Ac. 13. 4 ; 17. 10. 

'EK7repto-crco?, adv. (strengthened 
fr. n-epicro-tt)?) exceedingly, vehement- 
ly, v. r. Mar. 14. 31. 
EKTrerdvvvpi, f. dcrco (eK & 7re- 
Tavvvp-i) to stretch forth, expand, 
extend, Ro. 10. 21. (£) 

J EK7TT]8doi), <0, f. r)0-(D, (€K & 7TT]" 

Sato, to leap, spring) to leap forth, 
rush out, v. r. Ac. 14. 14. 

EK7ri7rro), f. 7reo~ovp.ai, p. 7reV- 

TiOKo, a. 1. e£ene<ra, a. 2. efeVeow, to 
fall offer from, Mar. 13. 25. Ac. 12. 7 ; 
27. 32, et al. ; met. to fall from, for- 
feit, lose, Gal. 5. 4. 2 Pe. 3. 17. Re. 
2.5; to be cast ashore, Ac. 27. 17, 26, 
29 ; to fall to the ground, be fruitless, 
ineffectual, Ro. 9. 6 ; to cease, come 
to an end, 1 Co. 13. 8. 
'EK7rXe'co, f. evcropai, a. 1. e£e- 

irkevo-a, (<=/c & irkeoi) to Sail out Or 

from a place, Ac. 15. 39 ; 18. 18 ; 20. 6. 
'EKTrXr/poco, a>, f. ft>o-a>, (eK & 77X77- 

poa>) to fill out, complete, fill up ; 

met. to fulfil, perform, accomplish, 

Ac. 13. 32 : whence 
'EK7rXj7pcoo-t?, ecof, T), pr. a filling 

up, completion; hence, a fulfilling, 

accomplishment, Ac. 21. 26. L. G. 

EKTrXncro-G), v. tto>, f. £co, a. 2 

pass, f £e7rAayi7i', (ex & TrKrjaaai) pr. 

to strike out of; hence, to strike ou< 
of one's wits, to astound, amaze ; 
pass. Mat. 7. 28 ; 13. 54, et aL 



ekii 



58 



EKX 



'EK7n>eco, co, f. evcrco & evaopxii, 
(« & TTvem) to breathe out ; to expire, 
die, Mar. 15. 37, 39. Lu. 23. 46. 

Eforopeuoprai, f. evaop-ai, (en & 
7ropevo(u.ai) to go from or out of a 
place, depart from, Mar. II. 19; 13. 

I, et al.; to be voided, Mar. 7. 19; 
to be cast out, Mat. 17. 21; to pro- 
ceed from, be spoken, Mat. 4. 4 ; 15. 

II, et al. ; to burst forth, Re. 4. 5; 
to be spread abroad, Lu. 4. 37; to 
flow out, Re. 22. 1 ; fr. the Heb. U- 
nop. teat eioTrop. see eiae'p^ojaat, Ac. 
9. 28. 

'EK7ropv€va), f, evcra, (e< & 7rop- 
vev<a) to be given to fornication, 
Jude^. L. G. 

EnTTTVOi, f. V(TCO & vcro/xai (€K & 

TTTvtn) to spit out ; met. to reject, Gal. 
9 4. 14.^ (v)^ 
E/(pi£oC0, CO, f. COCTCO, (fJC fe pi^OCO) 

to root up, eradicate, Mat. 13. 29; 15. 
13. Lu. 17. 6. Jude 12. L. G. 
*En(TTa.(ris, ecos, rj, (e^lcrrnpi) pr. 
a displacement; hence, a displace- 
ment of the mind from its ordinary 
state and self-possession; amaze- 
ment, astonishment, Mar. 5. 42 ; ex- 
cess of fear; fear, terror, Mar. 16. 8. 
Lu. 5. 26. Ac. 3. 10 ; in A" T., an ec- 
stasy, a trance, Ac. 10. 10; 11. 5; 
22. 17.^ 

E/ccrrpecpct), f. x/z'co, p. pass. e£e- 

<7Tpap.jU.ai., (eK & arpecfrio) pr. to turn 
out of, to turn inside out ; hence, to 
change entirely; in X. T., pass, to 
be perverted, Tit. 3. 11. 

EKTapdcrcro), f. £co, (« & rapacr- 
(toj) to disturb, disquiet, throw into 
confusion, Ac. 16. 20. 

'ExretVco, f. rei/co, (e* & reived) to 
stretch out, Mat. 8. 3 ; 12. 13, et al. ; 
to lay hands on any one, Lu. 22. 53 ; 
to exert power and energy, Ac. 4. 30 ; 
to cast out, let down an anchor, Ac. 
27. 30.^ 

E/creXeco, co, f. ecrco, (ex & reXeco) 
to bring quite to an end, to finish, 
complete, Lu. 14. 29, 30. 

Exreveia, as, r), (eKrevrjs) pr. ex- 
tension; ?» A". T., intenseness, in- 
tentness; ev eKreveCa, intently, assi- 
duously, Ac. 26. 7. L. G. 

EKTfve'cnepov, ado. very earnestly, 
Lu. 22, 44; pr. neat. comp. of 



Ekt€vt]S, eos, 6, T), to, -es, (e/cmrw, 

pr. extended ; met. intense, earnest 
fervent, Ac. 12. 5. 1 Pe. 4. 8 : whence 

'EKrei/ok, adv. intensely, fervently, 
earnestly, 1 Pe. 1. 22. 

'EnTidnpi, f. ii(Qr)o-a>, (e< & ridr/p-i) 
pr. to place outside, put forth; to 
expose an infant, Ac. 7. 21 ; met. to 
set forth, declare, explain, Ac. 11. 1 ; 
18. 26; 28. 23. 

'EKTivdcrcra), f. |co, (ex. & Tivao-croo, 
to shake) to shake out, shake off, 
Mat. 10. 14. Mar. 6. 11, et al. 

"Euros, T), ov, (e£) sixth, Mat. 20. 5 ; 

27. 45, et al. 
Ektos, adv. («) without, on the 
outside ; to e/crds, the exterior, 
outside, Mat. 23. 26 ; met. be 
sides, Ac. 26. 22. 1 Co. 15. 27 ; e*rb, 
ei /u. 7j, unless, except, 1 Co. 14. 5, 
et al. 

'E/crpeTrco, f. x/z-co, a. 2. pass. e'£e- 
Tpd7nje, (e« & TDeVco) to turn out or 
I aside, He. 12. I3;mid. to turn away 
j or aside, swerve, 1 li. 1. 6; 5. 15. 
I 2 Ti. 4. 4 ; to turn from, avoid, 1 TL 
! 6. 20^ 

'E/crpefpco, f. endpe^a), (e< & rpe- 
4>ixj) to nourish, promote health and 
strength, Ep. 5. 29 ; to bring up, edu- 
cate, Ep. 6. 4. 

*EKTpa>p,a, aros, to, f «nrpcocrKco, 
to cause abortion) an abortion, foetus 
prematurely born, 1 Co. 15. 8. 

, E<(pepco, f. e'^oiVco, a. 1. e^rjveyKOL, 
a. 2. e^yveyieov, (e»c & <J>e'pu>) to bring 
forth, carry out, Lu. 15.22. Ac. 5. 15. 
1 Ti. 6. 7 ; to carry out for burial, 
Ac. 5. 6, 9, 10 ; to produce, yield, He. 
6. 8. f 

'E/ccpeuyco, f. £opai, a. 2. i^eQ^vyov, 

p. eK7re'</)evya, (ex & </>evyu>) intrans., 

to flee out, to make an escape, Ac. 

16. 27 ; 19. 16 ; trans., to escape, avoid, 

Lu. 21. 36. Ro. 2. 3, etal. 
'E>c<po;3eco, co, f. rjaco, (eic & <po,3eco) 

to terrify, 2 Co. 10. 9. 
*EK(pofios, ov, 6, rj, (etc & (polos', 

affrighted, Mar. 9. 6. He. 12. 21. 
'E/ccpuco, f. vo~u>, (i< & (puco) to 

generate ; to put forth, shoot, Mat. 

24. 32. Mar. 13. 28. (u, u<r— ) 

'E^ye'co, f. eV^e'co, or e\-^eco, \\:\. e£e< 
\ea, p. eKiceyvKa, pass, p. «Kxe\vua* 



EKX 



59 



EAE 



a. I ei;exv9r)v, to pour out, Re. 16. 1, I 
2, a et al. ; to shed blood, Slat. 26. 
28. Mar. 14. 24, et al. ; pass, to gush 
out, Ac. 1. 18; to spill, scatter, Mat. 
9. 17. Jno. 2. 15 ; met. to give largely, 
bestow liberally, Ac. 2. 17, 18, 33; 10. 
45, et al. ; pass, to rush headlong 
into any thing, be abandoned to, 
Jude 11. 

'Ekxvvco, a later form equivalent to 

eK X ei*>. Mat. 23. 35, et al. 
Eff^copeco, <y, f. rjcrco, (i< & ^co- 
pe'oj) to go out, depart from, flee, Lu. 
21. 21. 

Ek^u^co, f. £<a, to expire, give up 
+.he ghost, Ac. 5. 5, 10 ; 12. 23. (0) 

'Ekmv, ovcra, ov, wiling, voluntary, 

Ro. 8. 20. 1 Co. 9. 17. 
EXou'a, as, rj, an olive tree, Mat. 
21. 1 ; 24. 3, et al. ; an olive, fruit of 
the olive tree, Ja. 3. 12 : whence 

*~E\aiov, ov, to, olive oil, oil, Mat. 

25. 3, 4, 8. Mar. 6. 13, et al. 
E\ato>i>, wvos, 6, an olive garden ; 
in N~. 'J'., the mount Olivet, Ac. 1. 12. 

'EXacTo-ow, v. ttojv, ovos, 6, rj, to, 
-ov, (comp. of the old word eAaxv's) 
less ; less in age, younger, Ro. 9. 12 ; 
less indignity, inferior, He. 7. 7 ; less 
in quality, inferior, worse, Jno. 2. 10 : 
whence 

EXuttov, adv. (pr. neut. of preced.) 

less, 1 Ti. 5. 9. 
'EXaTTOveco, co, f. r)o~a>, a. 1. r)\ar- 

f6vr)o-a, trans, to make less ; intrans. 

to be less, inferior ; to have too little, 

want, lack, 2 Co. 8. 15. L. G. 
'EXarrdco, a>, f. coerco, p. pass. r)\ar- 

ru>nai, to make less or inferior, He. 

2. 7 ; pass, to be made less or inferior, 

He. 2. 9 ; to decline in importance, 

Jno. 3. 30. 
'EXavvco, f. e'Xacrco, p. e'XnXctKa, to 

drive, urge forward, spur on, Lu. 8.29. 

Ja. 3. 4. 2 Pe. 2. 17 ; to impel a vessel 

byoars,to row, Mar. 6. 48. Jno. 6. 19. 
EXaCppia, a?, rj, lightness in weight ; 

hence, 1 igh tness of mind, thoughtl ess- 

ness, levity, 2 Co. 1. 17: (L. G.) from 
EXaCppos, a, ov, light, not heavy, 

Mat. 11. 30. 2 Co. 4. 17. 
'EXa^tcrro?, rj, ov, (sup. of fiiKpos, 

ft. eXaxv?) smallest, least, Mat. 2. 6 ; 

E. 19, et al. 



EXaxicTTOTfpos, a, ov, (comp. ol 

preced.) far less, far inferior, En. 

3. 8. L. G. 
'EXeypoy, ov, 6, v. r. 2 Ti. 3. 16, a 

later equivalent to ekeyxos. 
*E\ey£is, e&K, r), (a later form for 

eAeyxo?) reproof, confutation, 2 Pe. 

2. 16. 

'EXeyxos, ov, 6, (eXey^co) pr. a 
trial in order to proof, a proof; me- 
lon, a certain persuasion, He. 11. 1 ; 
reproof, refutation, 2 Ti. 3. 16: from 

'EXey^co, f. £co, a. 1. rjXey^a, a. 1. 
pass. r)\iyx&r)v, to convict, Jno. 8. 9, 
46; to refute, confute, 1 Co. 14. 24. 
Tit. 1.9; to detect, lay bare, expose, 
Jno. 3. 20. Ep. 5. 11, 13; to put to 
shame ; to reprove, reprehend, re- 
buke, Mat. 18. 15. Lu. 3. 19. 1 Ti. 

5. 20 ; to discipline, correct by chas- 
tisement, chastise, He. 12. 5. Re. 

3. 19. 

'EXeeii>or, r), ov, (eXeosO pitiable, 
wretched, miserable, 1 Co. 15. 19. Re. 
3. 17. 

EXeeoo, w, f. r)o~a>, a. 1. rjXerjo~a, 

p. pass. r)\erifxai, a. 1. pass. i)\eri6r)V, 
(fr. same) to pity, commiserate, have 
compassion on ; pass, to receive pity, 
experience compassion, Mat. 5. 7; 
9. 27 ; 15. 22, et al. ; to be gracious to 
any one, show gracious favour and 
saving mercy towards ; pass, to be 
an object of gracious favour and sav- 
ing mercy, Ro. 9. 15, 16, 18; 11. 30, 
31, 32, et al. ; spc. to obtain pardon 
and forgiveness, 1 Ti. 1. 13, 16. 
EXerjfxoo-vvr), rjs, r), pity, compas- 
sion ; inN.T., alms, almsgiving, Mat. 

6. 2, 3, 4. Lu. 11.41, et al. : from 

'EXerjpcov, ovos, 6, r), (eXee'co) mer- 
ciful, pitiful, compassionate, Mat. 
5. 7. He. 2. 17. 

"EXeo?, ov, 6, & in N. T. eovs, to, 
pity, mercy, compassion, Mat. 9. 13 ; 
12. 7. Lu. 1. 50, 78, et al. ; meton. be- 
nefit ivhich results from compassion, 
kindness, mercies, blessings, Lu. 1 
54, 58, 72 ; 10. 37. Ro. 9. 23, et al. 

KXevdepia, as, r), liberty, freedom, 
1 Co. 10. 29. Gal. 2. 4, et al. : from 

EXevOepos, a, ov, free, in a state 
of freedom as opposed to slaver)/, 1 Co. 
12.13. Gal. 3. 28, et al. ; free, exempt 
Mat. 17. 26. 1 Co. 7. 39, et al. ; unre- 



EAE 



SO 



EMO 



stricted, unfettered, 1 Co. 9. 1 ; free 
from the dominion nfsin, &c. Jno. 8. 
36. Ko. 6. 20; free in the possession of 
Gospel privileges, 1 Re. 2. 16: whence 

'EXevBepoco, co, f. cocrco, to free, set 

free, Jno. 32. 36. Ro. 6. 18, 22, et al. 
EXevcris, ea>s, f), (obs. eXevSco) a 

coming, advent, Ac. 7. 52. L. G. 
'EXeCpavTcvos, rf, ov, (eXecpas, 

ivory) ivory, made of ivory, Re. 

18. 12. 

'EAio-croo, f. £co, to roll, fold up, as 
garments, He. 1. 12. 

EAko?, eo?, rd, pr. a wound ; hence, 
an ulcer, sore, Lu. 16. 21. Re. 16. 2, 
1 1 : whence 

EXkoco, co, f. cocrco, to ulcerate, ex- 
ulcerate ; pass, to be afflicted with 
ulcers, Lu. 16. 20. 

'EXkco, & L. G. iXtcvco, imp. elX<ov, 
f. va-o}, a. 1. eiXicucra, to draw, drag, 
Jno.21.6,11. Ac. 16. 19; 21.30. Ja. 
2. 6 ; to draw a sivord, unsheath, 
Jno. 18. 10; met. to draw mentally 
and morally, Jno. 6. 44 ; 12. 32. 

EXXu?, a.8os, 17, Hellas, Greece; in 
A T . T., the southern portion of Greece 
as distinguished from Macedonia, Ac. 
20. 2. 

"EXXrjv, t)vos, 6, a Greek, Ac. 18. 17. 
Ro. 1. 14 ; one not a Jew, a gentile, 
Ac. 14. 1 ; 16. 1, 3, et al. 

'EXXtjulkos, Tj, ov, Greek, Grecian, 
Lu. 23. 28. Re. 9. 11. 

'EXXt/vls, Idos, r], a female Greek, 
Mar. 7. 26. Ac. 17. 12. 

'EXXt]vio-tt)S, ov, 6, (eXXr]vl£co, to 
imitate the Greeks) pr. one who uses 
the language and follows the cus- 
toms of the Greeks ; in N. T., a Jew 
by blood but a native of a Greek- 
speaking country, Ac. 6. 1 ; 9. 29. 

EXXj]victt'i, adv., in the Greek lan- 
guage, Jno. 19. 20. Ac. 21. 37. 

EXXoyeco, co, f. rjcrco, (ev & Xoyos) 
to enter in an account, to put to one's 
account, Phile. 18 ; in N. T., to im- 
pute, Ro. 5. 13. 

'EX7rt£co, f. iVco, At. ico, p. rjXiriica, 
a. 1. rj\7ri(7a, to hope, expect, Lu. 
23. 8; 24. 21, et al. ; to repose hope 
and confidence in, trust, confide, 
Mat. 12. 21. Jno. 5. 45, et al. : from 

*EXtt'is, /Soy f), pr. expectation ; 



hope, Ac. 24. 15. Ro. 5. 4, et al. ; me* 
ton. the object of hope, thing hoped 
for, Ro. 8. 24. Gal. 5. 5, et al. ; the 
author or source of hope, Col. 1. 27. 
1 Ti. 1. 1, et al.; trust, confidence, 
1 Pe. 1. 21 ; 671-' e\iri8L, in security, 
with a guarantee, Ac. 2. 26. Ro. 8. 20. 

'EXgh, (Aram. \1 my God, Mar 
15. 34. 

Efiavrov, ijs, ov, reflexive pron. 
(e/xou & avrov) myself, mei ipsius, 
Lu. 7. 7. Jno. 5. 31, et al. 
'Efjfiaivco, f. ifi^rjcrojxai, a. 2. eve- 

/Srjv, (eu & /SaiVca) to Step in ; to go OD 
board a ship, embark, Mat. 8. 23 ; 

9. 1 ; 13. 2, et al. 

'E^dXXco, f. fiaXco, a. 2. eVej3a*c^, 
(ev & 0<£AAuj) to cast into, Lu. 12. 5. 

'E;i/3a7rra>, f. yp-co, (ev & ficnrTco) 
to dip in, Mat. 26. 23. Jno. 13. 26 ; 
mid. ejajSaTTTOjuai, to dip forfood in a 
dish, Mar. 14. 20. 
Efx/SaTevcO) f. evcrco, (ev & ftalvco) 
pr. to step into or upon ; met. tc 
search into, investigate ; to pry intc 
intrusively, Col. 2. 18. 

'E/z/3i/3d(>, f. do-co, (ev & /3ii3d£co) 
to cause to step into or upon ; to set 
in or upon ; especially, to put on 
board, Ac. 27. 6. 

'E/Li/SXeVco, f. y\rco, (ev & /3XeVco) 
to look attentively, gaze earnestly 
at an object, followed by eis, Mar. 6. 26. 
Ac. 1. 11 ; to direct a glance, to look 
searchingly or significantly, at a 
person, followed by the dat., Mar. 

10. 21 ; 14. 67. Lu. 22. 61, et al.-, 
absol. to see clearly, Mar. 8. 25. 
Ac. 22. 11. 

'Ep.l3pifxdopat, copai, f. rfcrofiai, (ev 
& jSpt/aao/aai, to snort) to be greatly 
fretted or agitated, Jno. 11. 33; to 
charge or forbid sternly or vehe- 
mently, Mat. 9. 30. Mar. I. 43; to 
express indignation, to censure, 
Mar. 14. 5. 
Efxeco, co, f. ecrco, to vomit, Re. 3. 16. 
Efj.fialvofj.ai, f. avovpai, (ev & fia'i- 
vofj.au. ) to be mad against, be furious 
towards, Ac. 26. 11. L. G. 

'Efifievco, f. evco, (ev & pAvco) pr. 
to remain in a place; met. to abide 
by, to continue firm in, persevere in, 
Ac. 14. 22. Gal. 3. 10. He. 8, 9. 
I 'Eudj, n, 6v, possessive adj, of the 



\ 



EMII 



61 



EN 



first pers., my, mine, Jno. 7. 16 ; 
8. 37, etal.^ 

*EpTraiypovrj, 77?, r], (ipiralfa) 
mocking, scoffing, derision, v. r. 
2 Pe. 3. 3. N. T. 

'EyiTraty/xo?, ov, 6, mocking, scoff- 
ing, scorn, He. 11. 3G: (L. G.) from 
Ep7ral{a), f. alga, (iv & Tra'ifa) 
to play upon, deride, mock, treat 
with scorn and contumely, Mat. 20. 
19 ; 27. 29, et al. ; by impl. to illude, 
delude, deceive, Mat. 2. 16: whence 

'EfMTralKTTjs, ov, 6, a mocker, de- 
rider, scoffer, 2 Pe. 3. 3. Jude 18. 
L. G. 

EfnrepnraTeo), £>, f. r](rco, (iv & 
7T€pi7raT6aj) pr. to walk about in a 
lace ; met. in JST. T., to live among, 
e conversant with, 2 Co. 6. 16. 
'EpninXrjpi, & ipTrnvhars), u>, f. 

ifj.Trkfj(T<j}, a. 1. pass. eveTr\rja6r)v, (Iv & 
Trt/xTrX^t) to fill, Ac. 14. 17 ; pass, to 
be satisfied, satiated, full, Lu. 1. 53; 
6. 25. Jno. 6. 12 ; met. to have full 
enjoyment of, Ro. 15. 24. 
EinriTrprifii, f. TTpTjo-a)) to set on 
fire, to burn, Mat. 22. 7. 

'E/X7rt7rrc<), f. neaovpai, a. 2. ivi- 
■rrecrov, (h & 7rt7rno) to fall into, Mat. 
12. 11. Lu. 14. 5; to encounter, Lu. 
10. 36 ; to be involved in, 1 Ti. 3. 6, 7 ; 
6. 9 ; eis x e ~ L P a ^: to fal1 under the 
chastisement of, He. 10. 31. 
E/i.7rXeKO), f. £co, (iv & ttKIku)) pr. 
to intertwine ; met. to implicate, en- 
tangle, involve ; j)ass. to be impli- 
cated, involved, or to entangle one's 
self in, 2 Ti. 2. 4. 2 Pe. 2. 20. 

'EfMirXoK-q, 77?, 17, (ep-TrkeKG)) braid- 
ing or plaiting 0/ 1 Pe. 3. 3. 

t L. G. 

E/XTTveo), f. evo~a>, (iv & nvfco) to 
breathe into or upon ; to respire, 
breathe ; we£. to breathe of, be ani- 
mated with the spirit of, Ac. 9. 1. 

^EpLUopevopai, f. evaopai, (iv &, 
iropevofiai) to travel; to travel for 
business' sake ; to trade, traffic, Ja. 
4. 13; by impl. to make a gain of, 
deceive for one's own advantage, 
2 Pe. 2. 3 : whence 

"Epiropla, as, r], traffic, trade, Mat. 
22. 5. 

E/i7roptov, a mart, market-place, 
emporium ; meton. traffic, Jno. 2. 16. 



Epnopos, Of, o, pr. a passenger by 
sea; a traveller; one who travel? 
about for traffic, a merchant, Mat 
13. 45. Re. 18. 3, 11, 15, 23. 

f Epirpoo~6ev, adv., used also as a 
prep., before, in front of, Lu. 19. 4. 
Phi. 3. 14; before, in the presence 
of, in the face of, Mat. 5. 24 ; 23. 14 j 
before, previous to, Jno. 1. 15, 27, 30; 
fr. the Heb. in the sight or estimation 
of, Mat. 11. 26; 18. 14, et al. 

'Ep.TTTva>, f. vaco, (iv & tttvo)) to 
spit upon,JVIat. 26. 67 ; 27. 30, et al. ; 

(VO), V<TW) L. G. 

Ep.(pavr)s, ios, ovs, 6, rj, to, -ey, 
(ev & °<j)atv<x>) apparent, conspicuous, 
obvious to the sight, Ac. 10. 40 ; met. 
manifest, known, comprehended, 
Ro. 10. 20: whence 
Ep(pavl^o), f. lo-(£>, a. 1. ive(pa- 
vio-a, to cause to appear clearly ; to 
communicate, report, Ac. 23. 15, 22 ; 
to lay an information, Ac. 24. 1 ; 25. 
2, 15 ; to manifest, intimate plainly, 
He. 11. 14; to reveal, make known, 
Jno. 14. 21, 22; pass, to appear, be 
visible, Mat. 27. 53 ; to present one's 
self, He. 9. 24. 

''Ep(po(Bos, ov, 6, rj, (iv 8c(p6(3os) ter- 
rible; inN.T., terrified, affrighted, 
Lu. 24. 5, 37. Ac. 10. 4 ; 22. 9, et al. 

^Epcpvadco, 6), f. rjaoi, (iv & <pv- 
to breathe) to blow or breathe 
into, inflate ; in N. T., to breathe 
upon, Jno. 20. 22. 

"Ep(pvTos, ov, 6, fj, (iv & q)va>) 
implanted, ingrafted, infixed, Ja. 

I. 21. 

, Ev, prep. pr. referring to place* in, 
Mat. 8. 6. Mar. 12. 26. Re. 6. 6, et 
al. freq.; upon, Lu. 8. 32, et al. ; 
among, Mat. 11. 11, et al.; before, 
in the presence of, Mar. 8. 38, et al. ; 
in the sight, estimation of, 1 Co. 14. 

II, et al.; before, judicially, 1 Cc . 
6. 2 ; in, of state, occupation, hafxl. 
Mat. 21. 22. Lu. 7. 25. Ro. 4. 10, et 
al. ; in the case of, Mat. 17. 12, et al. ; 
in respect of, Lu. 1.7. 1 Co. 1. 7, et 
al.; on occasion of, on the ground 
of, Mat. 6. 7. Lu. 1. 21, et al.; used 
of the tinny by which an oath is made, 
Mat. 5. 34, et al. ; of the instrument, 
means, efficient cause, Ro. 12.21. Ac. 4. 
12, et af; equipped with, furnished 
with, I Co. 4. 21. He. 9. 25, et al.; 
arrayed with, accompanied bv. Lu 



ENA 



62 



ENE 



14.31. Ju.14, etal.; of time, during 
in the course of, Mat. 2. 1, et al. ; in 
N. T., of demoniacal possession, pos- 
sessed by, Mar. 5. 2, et al. 
EvayKaXt^opai, f. io~opai, (ev & 
ovKaArj) to take into or embrace in 
one's arms, Mar. 9. 30 ; 10. 10. L. G. 

Evc'tXios, [a, iov, & ov, 6, rj, (ev & 
a\s) marine, living in the sea, Ja. 3. 7. 

"EvavTi, adv. (ev & avri) over against, 
in the presence of, Lu. 1.8. L. G. 

^Evavrlov, adv. (pr. neut. of evav- 
tios) before, in the presence of, Mar. 
2. 12. Lu. 20. 20. Ac. 8. 32 ; Jr. the 
Heb. in the sight or estimation of, 
Ac. 7. 10; with rov ®eov, an inten- 
sive expression, Lu. 24. 19. 
EvavTios, a, ov, (ev & avrl) op- 
posite to, over against, Mar. 15. 39; 
contrary, as the wind, Mat. 14. 24. 
Ac. 20. 9; 28. 17. 1 Thes. 2. 15 ; 6 ef 
evavTia<;, an adverse party, enemy, 
Tit. 2. 8 ; adverse, hostile, counter, 

1 Thes. 2. 15. 

Evap^opai, f. £opai, (ev & ap- 
Yoiuai) to begin, commence, Gal. 3. 3. 
Phi. 1. 0. 
"EvaTOS, see evvaros. 
i Ev8er)s, eos, ovs, 6, r), (evdeco) in- 
digent, poor, needy, Ac. 4. 34. 

Evdeuypa, aros, to, a token, evi- 
dence, proof, 2 Thes. 1.5: from 

EvbeiKvvpai, f. 8e[£opai, (mid. of 
evSeUvvixi, to point out) to mani- 
fest, display, Ro. 9. 17, 22. He. 0. 10, 
et al. ; to give outward proof of, Ro. 
2. 15 ; to display a certain bearing to- 
wards a person; hence, to perpetrate 
openly, 2 Ti. 4. 14 : whence 

*Ev8ei£is, eoos, r), a pointing out; 
met. manifestation, public declara- 
tion, Ro. 3. 25, 20 ; a token, sign, 
proof, i.q.ev&eiyixa, 2 Co. 8. 24. Phi. 
1. 28. 

*Ev8em, ol, al, ra, (eh, ev & SeKO.) 

eleven, Mat. 28. 10. Mar. 10. 14, et 

al : whence 
EvbeKaros, arrj, arov, eleventh, 

Mat. 20. G, 9. Re. 21.20. 
Evde^eTai, impers. (evde^opai, to 

admit) it is possible, Lu. 13. 33. 
'Evftrjpeco, co, f. 770-00, (ev & dr/pos) 

to dwell in a place, to be at home, 

2 Co. 5 6, 8, 9 



Ez/SioYotcco, a later form, equiva 
lent to evSvu, Lu.8.27; 16. 19; &v.i 
Mar. 15. 17. 
"Evdiicos, ov, 6, 17, (ev & 8//07) fair, 
just, Ro. 3. 8. He. 2. 2. 

Evdoprjais, eoos, r>, (evbopeoo) pr. 
a thing built in; in N. T., a build- 
ing, structure, Re. 21. 18. L. G. 
'Ei>So|a£co, f. do~a>, (ev & 8o£a£co) 
to invest with glory ; pass, to be 
glorified, to be made a subject oi 
glorification, 2 Thes. 1. 10, 12. S. 

"Evdo^os, ov, 6, Tj, (ev & £d£a) 
honoured, 1 Co. 4. 10 ; notable, me- 
morable, Lu. 13. 17 ; splendid, gorge- 
ous, Lu. 7. 25 ; in unsullied array, 
Ep. 5. 27. 

"Evdvpa, aros, to, (evbvoo) clothing 
a garment, Mat. 6. 25, 28 ; 22. 1 1, 12, 
et al.; in particular, an outer gar- 
ment, cloak, mantle, Mat. 3. 4. L. G. 

'Evdvva.fj.600, a>, f. coo"co, (ev & 8vva~ 
jus) to empower, invigorate, Phi 
4. 13. 1 Ti. 1. 12. 2 Ti. 4. 17; mid 
to summon up vigour, put forth 
energy, Ep. 6. 10. 2 Ti. 2. 1 ; pass 
to acquire strength, be invigorated, 
be strong, Ac. 9. 22. Ep. 0. 20. Ho 
11.34. N. T. 

'EvSuoo & evhvvoo, * vcrco, (ev $ 
Svui) to enter, 2 Ti. 3. 6 ; to put on, 
clothe, invest, array, Mat. 27. 31. 
Mar. 15.17,20 ; mid. clothe one's self, 
be clothed or invested, Mat. 22. 11 ; 
27.31, et al.; trop. to be invested 
with spiritual gifts, graces, or cha- 
racter, Lu. 24. 49. Ro. 13. 14, et al. 
(v<a, vuoj, ucrto) : whence 

*Ev8vcris, ea>?, 17, a putting on, or 
wearing of clothes, 1 Pe. 3. 3. 

*Eve8pa, as, r), (ev & edpa) pr. a 
sitting in or on a spot ; an ambush, 
ambuscade or lying in wait, Ac. 
23. 10; 25. 3 : ichence 

'Evedpevco, f. evo~oo, to lie in wait 
or ambush for, Ac. 23. 21 ; to en- 
deavour to entrap., Lu. 11. 54. 

*E,ve8pov, ov, to. i. q. eveopa, Ac. 

23. 10. N. T. 
'Eveikeoo, co, f. r^rco, (ev & etAeoo 

to inwrap, envelope, Mar. 15. 40. 
"Eveipi, (ev & elpi) to be in 01 

within ; to. evovTa, those things whicS 

are within, Lu. 11. 41. 



ENE 



03 



ENT 



Ei/eKct, v. eveKcv, v. etveicev, adv. \ 
on account of, for the sake of, by- 
reason of, Mat. 5. 10, 11; 10. 18, 39, 
et al. 

Evipyeia, as, rj, (evepyrjs) energy, 
efficacy, power, Phi. 3. 21. Col. 
2. 12; active energy, operation, Ep. 
4.16. Col. 1. 29, et al. 

'Ez/epye'co, f. r)cru>, a. 1. ivrjpyncra, 
(fr. same) to effect, 1 Co. 12. G, 11. 
Gal. 3. 5. Ep. 1. 11,20. Phi. 2. 13; 
absol. to be active, Mat. 14.2. Mar. 
6.14. Ep. 2.2; in N. T., to communi- 
cate energy and efficiency, Gal. 2. 8 ; 
pass, to be called into activity, be ac- 
tively developed, take effect, Ro. 
7. 5. 2 Co. 1. G, et al.; kvepyov^ivri, 
Ja. 5. 1G, full of energy, fervent: 
whence 

Evepyrjpa, aros, to, an effect, 
thing effected, 1 Co. 12. G; operation, 
working, 1 Co. 12. 10. L. G. 

'Evepyrjs, eos, ovs, 6, rj, (iv & ep- 
yov) active, Phile. G; efficient, ener- 
getic, He. 4. 12 ; adapted to accom- 

s plish a thing, effectual, 1 Co. 16.9. 
EvevXoyeco, co, f. rjcrco, (iv & ev- 
Aoyeou) to bless in respect of, or by 
means of, Ac. 3. 25. Gal. 3. 8. S. 

*Ei'e^a), f. £co, imperf. ively^ov, (iv 
& to hold within ; to fix upon ; 
inN. T., intrans. (scil-xo^ov) to enter- 
tain a grudge against, Mar. 6. 19 ; to 
be exasperated against, Lu. 11.53; 
pass, to be entangled, held fast in, 
Gal. 5. 1. 

Evddde, adv. (ev6a, here, & 6V, an 
enclitic particle) pr. hither, to this 
place, Jno. 4.15, 16, et al. ; also, here, 
in this place, Lu. 24. 41, et al. 

'Evdev, adv. (iv) hence, from this 
place, v. r. Lu. 10. 2G. 

'EvSvpiopai, ovpai, f. rjcropai, a. 1. 
eveOv^rjOriv, {eis & 6vij.6$) to ponder in 
one's mind, think of, meditate on, 
Mat. 1. 20; 9. 4. Ac. 10. 19: whence 

^EvOvpncris, ecor, rj, the act of 
thought, cogitation, reflection, Mat. 
9. 4 ; 12. 25. He. 4. 12 ; the result of 
thought, invention, device, Ac. 17. 29. 

' j Evl, (for eWori, fr. eveipi) there 
is in, there is contained, there exists, 
Gal. 3. 28, ter. Col. 3. 11. Ja. 1. 17. 

'Eviavros, ov, 6, (epos) a year, more 
particulwrly as being a cycle of sea- 



| sons, and in respect of its revolution^ 
Jno. 11.49,51; 18. 13,etal.; inJV.T., 
an era, Lu. 4. 19. 
'Evio-Tijpi, f. ivo-TTjcra), (iv & 1177-17- 
ixi) to place in or upon ; intrans. p. 
eviarrfKa, part, evecrnj/ao? & evecrrais, 
f. <Wnj<ro|ua<., to stand close upon ; 
to be at hand, impend, to be pre 
sent, Ro. 8. 38. 2 Thes. 2. 2, et al. 
'Evlo-^vo), f. vao), (iv & la^va)) to 
strengthen, impart strength and 
vigour, Lu. 22. 43; intrans. to gain, 
acquire, or recover strength and vi- 
gour, be strengthened, Ac. 9. 19 (vcr). 
'EvvaTos, v. erarof, drq, ov, ninth. 
Mat. 20. 5. Re. 21. 20, et al. : from 
'Evvea, ol, ai, to., nine, Lu. 17. 17. 
'EvvevrjKovTa, oi, al, tol, ninety. 
'Evvevt]KOVTaevvia, ol, al, ra, (fr. 
two preced.) ninety-nine, Mat. 18. 
12,13. Lu. 15. 4,7. 
'Evveos, ov, 6, & iveos, stupid ; 
dumb; struck dumb with amaze- 
ment, bewildered, stupified, Ac. 9. 7. 

'EvveiKo, f. evcrco, (iv & vevco) to 
nod at, signify by a nod ; to make 
signs ; to intimate by signs, Lu. 1. 62. 
"Evvoia, as, rj, (iv & voico, vovs) 
notion, idea; thought, purpose, in- 
tention, He. 4. 12. 1 Pe. 4. 1. 
"Evvopos, ov, 6, rj, (iv & vopos) 
within law, lawful, legal, Ac. 19. 39; 
in N. T., subject or under a law, 
obedient to a law, 1 Co. 9. 21. 
"Evvvxos, ov, 6, 17, (iv & vv£) noc- 
turnal ; neut. Zvwxpv, as an adv., by 
night, Mar. 1. 35. 
'EvoiKeco, co, f. 7)0-0), (iv & otxeco) 
to dwell in, inhabit ; in N. T., met. to 
be indwelling spiritually, Ro. 8. 11. 
Col. 3. 16. 2 Ti. 1. 14 ; to be infixed 
mentally, 2 Ti. 1. 5 ; of the Deity, to 
be specially present, 2 Co. 6. 16. 
'Evottjs, ttjtos, 17, (eis, ivos) one- 
ness, unity, Ep. 4. 3, 13. 
'Ei/o^Xeco, co, f. rjered, (iv & o^Xe'co) 
to trouble, annoy ; to be a trouble, 
He. 12. 15. 
"Evoxos, ov, 6, rj, (ivf\a>) held in 
or by; subjected to, He. 2. 15; ob- 
noxious, liable to, Mat. 5. 21, 22 ; 26. 
66. Mar. 3. 29; 14.64; an offender 
against, 1 Co. 11. 27. Ja. 2. 10. 
1 "EfraX/xa, aros, rd, (eWeXXouai) 



ENT 



64 



Eg 



equivalent to evTokn, a precept, com- 
mandment, ordinance, Mat. 15. 9. 
Mar. 7. 7. Col. 2. 22. S. 

Evracpidfa, f. do~co, (evrdcpios, 
ednroj) to prepare a body for burial, 
Mat. 26. 12 ; absol. to make the ordi- 
nary preparations for burial, Jno. 
19. 40: (L. G.) whence 

'EvTa(ptacrp.6s, ov, 6, the prepara- 
tion of a corpse for burial, Mar. 14.8. 
Jno. 12. 7. N. T. 

EvriWofxai, f. reXou/ia/., a. 1. ive- 

reiX.diJ.-qv, p. evTeraAnai, to enjoin, 
charge, command, Mat 4.6; 15. 4 ; 
17.9, etal.; to direct, Mat. 19. 7. 
Mar. 10. 3. 

'Evrevdev, adv. hence, from this 
place, Mat. 17. 20. Lu. 4. 9, et al. ; 
evrevOev ko\ evrevOev, hence and hence, 
cn each side, Re. 22. 2 ; hence, from 
this cause, Ja. 4. 1. 

Evrev^u; ecoj, 17, (evrvyxdvco) pr. 
a meeting with ; hence, converse, 
address ; prayer, supplication, inter- 
cession, 1 Ti. 2. 1 ; 4. 5. 

*EvTip.os, ov, 6, rj, (ev & ti/jli)) 
honoured, estimable, dear, Lu. 7. 2 ; 
14.8. Phi. 2. 29 ; highly valued, pre- 
cious, costly, 1 Pe. 2. 4. fi. 

EiroXn, rjs, 17, (evreWop.ai) an 
injunction ; a precept, command- 
ment, Mat. 5. 19; 15.3,6; instruc- 
tion in one's duties, 1 Ti.6. 14. 2 Pe. 
2. 21 ; a command, direction, Jno. 

10. 18. Ac. 17. 15; an edict, Jno. 

11. 57; a direction, Mar. 10. 5; a 
commission, instructions committed 
to any one to be proclaimed, a 
charge, Jno. 12. 49, 50, et al. 

Ei>ro7rios, ov, 6, rj, (ev & tottos) 
i. q. eViwos, in or of a place ; an in- 
habitant, citizen, Ac. 21. 12. 

Evtos, adv. (ev) inside, within, Lu. 
17. 21 ; to ei/rds, the interior, inside, 
Mat. 23. 26. 

EvrpeTTG), f. -v/z-co, (ev & rpeVco) pr. 
to turn one back upon himself; hence, 
13 put to shame, make ashamed ; 7nid. 
u/TpeVojuai, f. evrparrqcroixai, a. 2. eve- 
.pairofjiriv, to revere, reverence, re- 
gard, Mat. 21. 37. Mar. 12. 6, et al. ; 
absol. to feel shame, be put to shame, 
2 Tlies. 3. 14. Tit. 2. 8 

EvrpeCpo), f. evdpeylrco, (ev & rpe- 
<t>u>) to nourish in, bring up or edu- 
oatw in ; pass, to be imbued, . Ti. 4 6, 



j Evrpopos, ov, 6, fj, (lv &. rpofios- 
I trembling, terrified, Ac. 7.32; 16. 29 
I He. 12. 21. L. G. 
'EvrpoTTT}, rjs, r), iivrpeira) rever- 
ence; in j\. T., shame, 1 Co. 6. 5, 
15.34. 

Evrpvcpdco, co, f. rjo~co, (ev & rpv- 
0aw) to live luxuriously, riot, revel. 
2 Pe. 2. 13. 

y EvTvyxdvu), f. Tev£op.ai, a. 2. 
tvxov, (ev & Tuyxavui) to fall in with, 
meet ; to have converse with, ad- 
dress; to address or apply to any 
one, Ac. 25. 24 ; vnep tlvos, to inter- 
cede for any one, plead the cause of, 
Ro. 8. 27, 34. He. 7. 25 ; Kara twos, 
to address a representation or suit 
against any one, to accuse, complain 

j of, Ro. 11.2. 

Ei/ruXt'crcra), f. |co, p. pass, evrerv- 
Aiyjuai, (ev & Tv\Ca<rio) to WTap up in, 
inwrap, envelope, Mat. 27. 59. Lu. 
23. 53 ; to wrap up, roll or fold to- 
gether, Jno. 20. 7. 

EvTVTTOQj, CO, f. h)0~(D, (iv & TVTTOCO, 

fr. TU7TOS, an impress) to impress a 
figure, instamp, engrave, 2 Co. 3. 7. 
*Evvfipi£a>, f. tVco, (ev & vfipLs) to 
insult, outrage, contemn, He. 10. 29. 
Ewirvid^a), f. dcrco, & ewTrvid^o- 

fj.ai, f. ewnviao-8ri(roiJ.ai, to dream ; in 

jY. T., to receive some supernatural 
impression or information in a dream, 
Ac. 2. 17 ; to cherish vain opinions, 
Jude 8 : from 
Ewttviov, ov, to, (pr. neut. of 
6i^7rvios, presented during sleep, fr. 
ev & vttvos) a dream ; in N. T., a su- 
pernatural suggestion or impression 
received during sleep, a vision, Ao. 
2. 17. 

'Evomtlov, adv. (pr. neut. of evamos, 
in sight or front) before, in the pre- 
sence of, Lu. 5. 25; 8. 47; in front 
of, Re. 4. 5, 6 ; immediately preced- 
ing as a forerunner, Lu. 1. 17. Re. 
16. 19; Jr. the Heb. in the presence 
. of, metaphysically, i. e. in the sphere 
of sensation or thought, Lu. 12. 9; 
15. 10. Ac. 10. 31 ; in the eyes of, 
in the judgment of, Lu. 16. 15; 24. 11 
Ac. 4. 19, et al. L. G. 
E.va)Ti£op.ai, f. icropai, a. 1. evcavt- 
o-dp-qv, (ev & ovs,) to give ear, listen, 
hearken to, Ac. 2. 14. L. G. 

'E£, see t<. 



TS|, ot, ai, ru, jix, Mat. 17. 1. Mar. 
9. 2, et al. 

'E^ayyeXXca, f. yeX&>, (e'£ & ayyeX- 
Aa>) to tell forth, divulge, publish; to 
declare abroad, celebrate, 1 Pe. 2. 9. 

'E£ayopd£co, f. dcrco, (e£ & dyo- 
pa^w) to buy out of the hands of a 
person; to redeem, set free, Gal. 3.13; 
mid. to redeem, buy off, to secure 
for one's self or one's own use ; to 
rescue from loss or misapplication, 
Ep. 5. 16. Col. 4. 5. L. G. 

E^ayco, f. £<o, a. 2. i^yayov, (e£ & 
ayu>) to bring or lead forth, conduct 
out of, Mar. 8. 23 ; 15. 20. Lu. 24. 50, 
et al. f 

'E^aipeco, cb, f. rjaco, a. 2. e£elXoi>, 
(e£ & aipe'to) to take out of ; to pluck 
out, tear out, Mat. 5. 29; 18. 9; mid. 
to take out of, select, choose, Ac. 
26. 17 ; to rescue, deliver, Ac. 7. 10, 
34; 12. 11 ; 23. 27. Gal. 1. 4 ; 

E^atpco, f. apcb, (e£ & a'lpco) pr. 
to lift up out of ; in N~. T., to remove, 
eject, 1 Co. 5. 2, 13. 

Et-aireco, cb, f. rjcrco, (e£ & cureo)) 
to ask for from ; to demand ; mid. 
to demand for one's self, Lu. 22. 31 ; 
also, to obtain by asking. 

E^alcpvrjs, adv. (e£ & a'lcfrvrjs) sud- 
denly, unexpectedly, Mar. 13. 36, 
et al. 

E^aKokovdeco, cb, f. rjcrco, (e£ & 

ano\ov9£<a) to follow out ; to imitate, 

2 Pe. 2. 2, 15 ; to observe as a guide, 

2 Pe. I. 16. L. G. 
E^aKocrioi, at, a, (f£ & ckcltov) 

six hundred, Re. 13. 18 ; 14. 20. 
'E^aXeicpco, f. yjsco, (e| & dXeicpco) 

pr. to anoint or smear over ; heme, 

to wipe off or away, Re. 7. 17 ; 21.4; 

to blot out, obliterate, expunge, Col. 

2. 14. Re. 3. 5 ; met. to wipe out 

guilt, Ac. 3. 19. 
E£d\\op.ai, f, aXovpxu, (e£ & aX- 

Aoju.<u) to leap or spring up or forth, 

Ac. 3. 8. 

E£avd<TTdcrt?, ecos, r), (e£ & dvd- 
orao-is) a raising up ; a dislodgment ; 
a rising up ; a resurrection from the 
dead, Phi. 3. 11. 

^arareXXo), f. reXa>, (e| & afa- 
re'XAxo) to raise up, make to spring 
op ; irdrans. to rise up, sprout spring 
np or forth, Mat. U. "i. Mar. 4. 5. 



'E^ai urn/pi, f. i^avaarrjcrco, (ef 
& aiaVTrjiat) to cause to rise up, raise 
I up; /r. Me Heb. to cause to exist, 
Mar. 12. 19. Lu. 20. 28 ; intrans. a. 2. 
avea-njv, to rise up from, stand forth, 
Ac. 15. 5. 

'E^om-ctTao), co, f. 770-co, (e£ & drra- 
Tttto) pr. to deceive thoroughly ; to 
deceive, delude, beguile, Ro. 7. 1 1 j 
16. 18. 1 Co. 3. 18, et al. 

^E^dnXva, adv., a later form for e'£a- 
jti'i/7}?, suddenly, immediately, unex- 
pectedly, Mar. 9. 8. 

'Et-airopeco, a>, & e^airopeop-ai^ 
ovum, f. rjcrofj-ai, (e£ & anopeoj) to be 
in the utmost perplexity or despair, 
2 Co. 1. 8 ; 4. 8. L. G. 

'Et-arrocrTeWco, f. o~reXa), (e£ & 
airocrfeWoi) to send out or forth; to 
send away, dismiss, Lu. 1. 53, et al.; 
to dispatch on a service or agency, 
Ac. 7. 12, et al. ; to send forth as a 
pervading influence, Gal. 4. 6. 

*E|apri'£&), f. Icrco, p. pass. etjrjpTi- 
erjaat, (<=£ & apnos) to equip or furnish 
completely, 2 Ti. 3. 17 ; to complete 
time, Ac. 21. 5. L. G. 

'E^ao-TpdnTco, f. yjrco, (e£ & do~- 
TpdirTO)) pr. to flash forth ; hence, to 
glisten, Lu. 9. 29. 
E^avTTjs, adv. (e'£ avTrjs, sc. rrjs 
ciipas) lit. at the very time ; presently, 
instantly, immediately, Mar. 6. 25. 
Ac. 10. 33; 11. 11, et al. 

'E^eyelpco, f. yepcb, (e'£ & iyelpco) 
to excite, arouse from sleep; to raise 
upfront the dead, 1 Co. 6. 14 ; to raise 
up into existence, or, into a certain 
condition, Ro. 9. 17. 

"E^etp-i, (e£ & elpii) imperf. i£rjeiv, 
inf. e£ieW, part, e^uov, to go out or 
forth, Ac. 13. 42; to depart, Ac. 17. 
15; 20. 7 ; iirl Tt)v yV, to get to land, 
from the water, Ac. 27. 43. 

'E^eXeyX^' f. £co, (e'£ & eXey^w) 
to search thoroughly, to test; to 
convict; bgimpl. to punish, Jude 15. 

'E^Ako), f. £o>, (e£ & eX/cco) to 
draw or drag out ; met. to withdraw, 
allure, hurry away, Ja. 1. 14. 

'E^epapn, aro?, ro, U^pdco, to 
vomit) vomit, 2 Pe. 2. 22. L. G. 

'E^pevvdoo, cb, f. jyo-co, (e£ & e- 
pevi/aw) to search out, to examin. 
closely, 1 Pe. 1. 10. 



Et-epxofiai, f. e'^eXevcro/Liat, a. 2. 

i£r)\.9ov, p. e^eXr/KvOa, (e£ & ep^Ofiai) 
to go or come out of ; to come out, 
Mat. 5. 26 ; 8. 34, et al. ; to proceed, 
emanate, take rise from, Mat. 2. 6 ; 
15. 18. 1 Co. 14. 36, et al. ; to come 
abroad, 1 Jno. 4. 1, et al. ; to go forth, 
go away, depart, Mat. 9. 31. Lu.5.8, 
et al. ; to escape, Jno. 10. 39 ; to pass 
away, come to an end, Ac. 16. J 9. 
E^eo-rt, impers., part 4 e£dV, it is 
possible ; it is permitted, it Ls lawful, 
Mat. 12. 2, 4, et al. 

'E£era£co, f. dcra>, (e£ & era£co, to 
inquire, examine) to search out ; to 
inquire by interrogation, examine 
strictly, Mat. 2. 8 ; 10. 11 ; to interro- 
gate, Jno. 21. 12. 

^E^nyeofiai, o£>/xcu, f. rjcrnfiai, (e£ 
& rjyeofj.a.1) to be a leader; to detail, 
to set forth in language ; to tell, 
narrate, recount, Lu. 24. 35. Ac. 
10. 8, et al. ; to make known, reveal, 
Jno. 1. 18. 

'E^rjKovra^ ot, at, ra, (e£) sixty, 
Mat. 13. 8, 23, et al. 

E£j)s, adv., successively, in order ; 
in N. T. with the art., 6, tj, to e^s, 
next, Lu. 7. 11 ; 9. 37, et al. 

> E£t)X€u>, co, f. 7ycra), p. pass. e^rjXV- 
fiai, (e£ & rjx e 'o>) to make to sound 
forth or abroad ; paxs. to sound forth, 
be promulgated, 1 Thes. 1.8. L. G. 

"E%is, ecoy, 17, (e'xco) a condition of 
body or mind, strictly, as resulting 
from practice ; habitude, He. 5. 14. 

'E^t'cn^/u, & c^tcrraco, co, f. tuarr]- 
<Tio, a. 1. efe'cmjaa, later p. e£effTa.K<x, 
(e£ & ioTTj/ui) trans, pr. to put out of 
its place; to astonish, amaze, Lu. 
24. 22. Ac. 8. 9, 11; intrans. a. 2. 
t^e'o-TTjf, & mid. e^i'o-Ta/uai, to be as- 
tonished, Mat. 12. 23, et al. ; to be be- 
side one's self, Mar. 3. 21. 2 Co. 5. 13. 

'E^io-^vco, f. vcrco, (e£ & tcr^vco) 
to be fully able, Ep. 3. 18. L. G. 

E^oSo?, ou, 77, (e£ & 686s) a way 
out, a going out ; a going out, depar- 
ture, He. 11. 22; met. a departure 
from life, decease, death, Lu. 9. 31. 
2 Pe. 1. 15. 

E^o\o6pevco, f. eucrco, (e£ & 0X0- 
dpevu) to destroy utterly, extermi- 
nate, Ac. 3 23. L. G. 

'E^o/itoXoy f co, co, f. ticrco, & 6/10- I 



Aoye'co) to agree, bind one's self, pro 
mise, Lu. 22. 6 ; mid. to confess. Mat. 
3. 6; to profess openly, Phi. 2. 11. 
Re. 3. 5; to make open avowal t>J 
benefits; to praise, celebrate, Mat 
11. 25. Lu. 10. 21, et al. L. G. 

'E£dV, see"E£e(TTi. 

'E£opKi'£co, f. [ara>, (e'| & opKifa) 
to put an oath to a person., to ad- 
jure, Mat. 26. 63 : whence 
E^op/aerrryf, ov, 6, pr. one who 
puts an oath ; in _V. T., an exorcist, 
one who by various kinds of in 
cantations, &c. pretended to expel 
demons, Ac. 19. 13. 

E^opvo-crco, f. £co, (e£ & 6pvo~rru>) 
to dig out or through, force up, Mar. 
2. 4 ; to pluck out the eyes, Gal. 4. 15. 

'E^ouSevoco, Mar. 9. 12, equivalent to 
'E^ovOevea), co, f. 770-co, (e£ & ovdev, 
a later form of ovhiv) to make light 
of, set at nought, despise, contemn, 
treat with contempt and scorn, Lu. 
18.9, et al.; to neglect, disregard, 
1 Thes. 5. 20; e£ov6evrjfjLevcs, abject, 
contemptible, 2 Co. 10. 10; by impl. 
to reject with contempt, Ac. 4. 11. S. 

'E^ovcrta, as, fj, df-ecm) power, 
ability, faculty, Mat" 9. 8; 10. 1, et 
al.; efficiency, energy, Lu. 4. 32, et 
al. ; liberty, license, Jno. 10. 18. Ac. 
5. 4 ; authority, rule, dominion, juris 
diction, Mat. 8. 9 ; 28. 18 ; meton. pi. 
authorities, potentates, powers, Lu. 
12.11. 1 Co. 15.24. Ep. 1.21; right, 
authority, full power, Mat. 9. 6; 21. 
23; privilege, prerogative, Jno. 1.12; 
perhaps, a veil, 1 Co. 11. 10 : whence 

'Efoucria£co, f. acrco, to have or ex- 
ercise power or authority over any 
one, Lu. 22. 25 ; to possess indepen 
dent control over, 1 Co. 7. 4, bis; 
pass, to be subject to, under the 
power or influence of, 1 Co. 6. ISs. 

, L G ; 

'E^o^, rjs, f], (e'^e'xcO' to De pro- 
minent) pr. prominency, any thing 
prominent; in A T . T., eminence, dis- 
tinction, Ac. 25. 23. 

'E£u7nn'£co, f. t'crco, to awake, arouse 
from sleep, Jno. 11. 11 : (L. G.) from 

"E^vnvos, ov, 6, 17, (e£ & vttvos) 
awake, aroused from sleep, Ac. 
16.27. L. G. ? 

"E|co, adv. without, out a* 



ESQ 



67 



EIIA 



doors, Mat. 12. 46, 47; 6, ■*], to efa>, 
outer, external, foreign, Ac. 26. 11. 
2 Co. 4. 16; met. not belonging to 
one's community, Mar. 4. 11. 1 Co. 
5. 12, 13; out, away, from a place or 
person. Mat. 5. 13; 13. 48; as a prep. 
out of, Mar. 5. 10, et al. : whence 
"E|co#ei>, adv. outwardly, externally, 
Mat. 23. 27, 28. Mar. 7. 15 ; 6, to 
e£ui6ev, outer, external, Mat. 23. 25. 
Lu. 11.39; to ZguOev, the exterior, 
Lu. 11. 40; oi e£<i)9ei>, those who do 
not belong to the Christian com- 
munity, 1 Ti. 3. 7, et al. 
E£co#€co, co, f. r;crco, & cocrco, a. 1. 

eje'ajcra, in N. T. e£wcra, (e£ & io0e'co) to 
expel, drive out, Ac. 7. 45 ; to propel, 
urge forward, Ac. 27. 39. 

E^corepo?, a, oj/, (comp. of e£co) 
outer, exterior, external, Mat. 8. 12; 
22. 13; 25. 30. S. 

"Eoixa, p., with pr. sig., from obsol. 
eiKoj, to be like, Ja. 1 . 6, 23. 

'Eoprd£co, f. dcrco, to keep a feast, 
celebrate a festival, 1 Co. 5. 8 : from 

'Eoprrj, 779, f], a solemn feast, public 
festival, Lu. 2. 41 ; 22. 1. Jno. 13. 1 ; 
spc. used of the passover, Mat. 26. 
5 ; 27. 15, et al. 
EwayyeXia, a?, f), annunciation, 
2 Ti. 1. 1 ; a promise, act of promis- 
ing, Ac. 13. 23,32; 23. 21 ; meton. the 
thmg promised, promised favour 
and blessing, Lu. 24. 49. Ac. 1. 4, et 
al. : from 

'ETrayyeXkoo, f. eAco, (em & dy- 
yeXAto). to declare, announce ; mid. 
to promise, undertake, Mar. 14. 11. 
Ro. 4. 21, et al.; to profes3, 1 Ti. 
2. 10 : tvhence 

'E^-d-yyeX/Ma, aro?, rd, a promise, 
2 Pe. 3. 13; meton. promised favour 
or blessing, 2 Pe. 1 . 4. 

'E7rdyco, f. d£co, a. 2. enrjyayov, (em 
& aytu) to bring upon, cause to come 
upon, 2 Pe. 2. 1, 5; met. to cause to 
be imputed or attributed to, to bring 
guilt upon, Ac. 5. 28. 

'ETrayutvi^opai, f. laopai, (em & 
ayuiVL^ofxai) to contend strenuously 
in defence of, Jude 3. L. G. 

, E7ruc9poi£a), f. oi'crco, (em & d- 
dpolfa, to gather together) to collect 
close upon, or beside ; mid. to crowd 
upon, Lu. 11. 29. 



Errati/eco, co, f. ecrco & e'ero/ia', a, 1, 
eTTQveo-a, (ZnC & aii/eo>) to praisa, com- 
mend, applaud, Lu. 16. 8. Ko. 15.11. 

1 Co. 11. 2, 17, 22, bis. 
"EnaivoSy ou, d, (eW & aivos) praise, 

applause, honour paid, Ro. 2. 29. 

2 Co. 8. 18, et al.; meton. ground oi 
reason of praise or commendation, 
Phi. 4. 8 ; fey impl. favourable re- 
gard, reward, Ro. 13. 3. 1 Pe. 2. 14. 
1 Co. 4. 5. 

E7raip(o, f. apco, a. 1. eV^oa, a. 1. 
pass. eirrjp6r]v, to lift up, raise, ele- 
vate ; to hoist, Ac. 27. 40 ; rt\v Qojvrjv, 
to lift up the voice, to speak in a 
loud voice, Lu. 11. 27; ras x e 'P a ?» 
to lift up the hands in prayer, Lu. 
24. 50. 1 Ti. 2. 8 ; tous b<fi9a\p.ovs, to 
lift up the eyes, to look, Mat. 17. 8; 
rr)v nzfyahriv, to lift up the head, to 
be encouraged, animated, Lu. 21. 
28 ; tV TTTtpvav, to lift up the heel, 
to attack, assault ; or, to seek one's 
overthrow or destruction, Jno. 13. 18 ; 
pass, to be borne upwards, Ac. 1.9; 
met. mid. to exalt one's self, assume 
consequence, be elated, 2 Co. 10. 5, 
et al. 

'ETraicrxvvofAai, a. 1. eivrio-yyvQnv, 

f. k-nra.icrxuvQricroixa.1, (eni & atcrxvw/xat) 

to be ashamed of, Mat. 8. 38. Lu. 
9. 26, et al. 

'ETTCureco, co, f J70-CO, (em & cureco) 
to prefer a suit or request in respect 
of certain circumstances; to ask 
alms, beg, Lu. 16. 3. 

'E7ra/coAoi;6Vco, co, f. rycrco, (em' & 
a.Ko\ov9e<») to follow upon ; to accom- 
pany, be attendant, Mar. 16. 20 ; to 
appear in#ie sequel, 1 Ti. 5. 24 ; met. 
to follow one's stej>s, to imitate, I Pe. 
2. 21 ; to follow a work, pursue, 
prosecute be studious of, devoted to, 
1 Ti. 5. 10. 

'ETraKouco, f. otVo/xch, (em & aKovco) 
to listen or hearken to ; to hear with 
favour, 2 Co. 6. 2. 
EnaKpodopai, co/icu, (em & axpo- 
to hear) to hear, hearken, 
listen to, Ac. 16. 25. 
Emiv, conj. (enei & av) whenever 
as soon as, Mat. 2. 8. Lu. II. 22, 34. 

'ETrdvayKes, adv. (em' & dvdyicq. 
of necessity, necessarily ; t<j inava 
7/ce?, necessary things, Ac. 15. 28. 

'ETravdya), f. a. 2. (7ravr]yayou 



EDA 



66 



EIIE 



(fcTri & audyo)) to bring up or back ; 
intrans. to return, Mat. 21. 18 ; a 
nautical term, to put off from shore, 
Lu. 5. 3, 4. 
ETravapipvrjo-Koo, f. €7ravapvrjo-a>, 

(eirC & ava/LUjavTyerKco) to remind, put 

in remembrance, Ro. 15. 15. 

"^Enavcmavoo, f. aixrco, (eni & ava- 
iravu>) pr. to make to rest upon ; mid. 
to rest upon ; to abide with, Lu. 10. 6 ; 
to rely on, confide in, abide by con- 
fidingly, Ro. 2. 17. L. G. 

'Eiravepxppai, a. 2. tiravrfkfiov, (eVi 
& avipxoixai) to come back, return, 
Lu. 10. 35; 19. 15. 

Eiraviat-qpi, (eVi & dvlarr]p.i.) to 
raise up against; mid. to rise up 
against, Mat. 10. 21. Mar. 13. 12. 

E7rav6p6a>ais, €<os, ^, (€7ravopB6a>, 
to set upright ag»iin ; to set to rights ; 
em & avop96u>) correction, reforma- 
tion, 2 Ti. 3. 16. 

ETrdvco, adv. (eVi & ava>) above, 
over, upon, of place, Mat. 2. 9 ; 5. 14 ; 
over, of authority, Lu. 19. 17, 19; 
above, more than, Mar. 14. 5, et 

EnapKeco, a>, f. eo"co, (en I & ap- 
peal) pr. to ward off; to assist, re- 
lieve, succour, 1 Ti. 5. 10, 16, bis. 

^Enap^la, as, 17, (eVap^o?, a pre- 
fect, &c.) a prefecture, province, Ac. 
23. 34; 25. 1. L. G. 

EnavXis, ea>?, 77 (eVt & avKl^opat) 
pr. a place to pass the night in ; a 
cottage ; in N. T., a dwelling, habi- 
tation, Ac. 1. 20. 

E7raupioi;, adv. (eVt & avpiov) to- 
morrow ; 17 etravpiov, SC. r\p.ipa, the 
next or following day, Mat. 27. 62. 
Mar. 11. 12, et al. 
^E7ravTO(podpcp, adv. (eVt & avro- 
<£>&>pos, fr. cwtos & 4>u>p, a thief) pr. in 
the very theft ; in A r . T., in the very 
act, Jno. 8. 4. 

Enaeppi^co, f. uxa), (eVt & d(ppL^a>) 
to foam out ; to pour out like foam, 
vomit forth, Jude 13. 

ETreyetpu), f. yepoy, (eVt & eyelpco) 
to raise or stir up against, excite 
or instigate against, Ac. 13. 50; 
14.2. 

*E7ret, conj , when, after, as soon as, 
Lu. 7. 1 ; since, because,' in as much 
as, Mat. 18. 32; 27. 6; for, for then, 



for else, since in that case, Ro. 3. 6 1 
11. 6, et al. 
'E7rttS>7, conj. (e7ret & 8t)) since 
because, in as much as, Mat. 21. 46. 
Lu. 11.6. Ac. 13. 46, et al. 

ETreibrjTrep, conj. (e7reidrj & 7rep) 
since now, since indeed, considering 
that, Lu. 1. 1. 

'Eneldov, a. 2. of e<fiopda>, imperat. 
eiriSe, to look upon, regard ; in N. T.< 
to view with favour, Lu. 1. 25. Ac 
4. 29. 

Eneipi, (enl & eipt) part, cttlodv^ 
to come upon ; to come after ; to suc- 
ceed immediately, Ac. 7. 26 ; 16. 11 ; 

20. 15; 21. 18; 23. 11. 

'E7reiVep, conj. (e7ret & 7rep) since 
indeed, seeing that, Ro. 3. 30. 

'Eneio-aycdyr], r/s, rj, (em & elcrdyco) 
a superinduction, a further introduc- 
tion, tvhether by icay of addition or 
substitution, He. 7. 19. 

"EireiTa, adv. (eirl & eira) there- 
upon, then, after that, in the next 
place, afterwards, Mar. 7. 5. Lu. 
16. 7, et al. 

'Eiriiteiva, adv. (i. e. en exeiva) on 
yonder side, beyond, Ac. 7. 43. 

'E7reKrecVco, f. evco, (eiri & exreiW) 
pr. to stretch out further ; in X. T., 
mid. to reach out towards, strain for, 
Phi. 3. 14. 

'ETrevbvrrjs, ov, 6, the outer or upper 
tunic, worn between the inner tunic 
and the external garments, Jno. 21.7: 
(v)from f ^ 

'ETrevdvco, f. vera), (ewi & evCvco) to 
put on over or in addition to ; mid. 
to put on oneself in addition ; to be 
further invested, 2 Co. 5. 2, 4. 

'Enepxopai, f. eXevcropai, a. 2. 

eirriKOov, (eTTt & epxoixai) to come to, 
Ac. 14. 19 ; to come upon, Lu. 1. 35; 

21. 26. Ac. 1. 8. Ja. 5. 1 ; to come 
upon unexpectedly, overtake, Lu. 
21. 35 ; to be coming on, to succeed. 
Ep. 2. 7 ; to occur, happen to, Ac. 
8. 24 ; 13. 40 ; to come against, attack, 
Lu. 11. 22. 

'En-epcoraco, <£>, f. 770-0), (e7rt & 
epuirdio) to interrogate, question, ask. 
Mat. 12. 10; 17. 10, et al. ; in X. /.. 
to request, require, Mat. 16. 1 ;fr. tin 
Hcb. enep. tov ©eoe, to seek altel 



EHE 



C9 



E1II 



desire an acquaintance with God, 
Ro. 10. 20 : whence 

E7repd)T77/xa, aro?, to, pr. an in- 
terrogation, question ; in N. T., pro- 
fession, pledge, 1 Pe. 3. 21. 

'E7re'xco, f. icpe^co, imperf. eVeixoz/, 
a. 2. ktricrxov, (kir\ & e^io) trans, to 
hold out, present, exhibit, display, 
Phi. 2. 16; intrans. to observe, take 
heed to, attend to, Lu. 14. 7. Ac. 
3. 5. 1 Ti. 4. 16 ; to stay delay, Ac. 
19. 22. 

^7r?7pea£G), f. acrco, to harass, insult, 
Mat. 5. 44. Lu. 6. 28; to traduce, 
calumniate, 1 Pe. 3. 16. 

'Em, prep., with the gen., upon, on, 
Mat. 4. 6 ; 9. 2 ; 27. 19, et al.; in, of 
locality, Mar. 8. 4, et al. ; near upon, 
by, at, Mat. 21. 19. Jno.21. 1, et al.; 
upon, over, of authority, Mat. 2. 22. 
Ac. 8. 27, et al. ; in the presence of, 
especially in a judicial sense, 2 Co. 
7. 14. Ac. 25. 9, et al. ; in the case 
of, in respect of, Jno. G. 2. Gal. 
3. 16 ; in the time of, at the time of, 
Ac. 1 1 . 28. Ro. 1 . 10,et al. ; err' aA7)0eias, 
really, bona fide, Mar. 12. 32, et al. ; 
with the dot., upon, on, Mat. 14. 8. 
Mar. 2. 21. Lu. 12. 44, et al. ; close 
upon, by, Mat. 24. 33. Jno. 4. 6, et 
al. ; in the neighbourhood or society 
of, Ac. 28. 14 ; over, of authority, Mat. 
24. 47, et al. ; to, of addition, besides, 
Mat. 25. 20. Ep. 6. 16. Col. 3. 14, et 
al.; immediately upon, Jno. 4. 27; 
upon, of the object of an act, towards, 
to, Mar. 5. 33. Lu. 18. 7. Ac. 5. 35, 
et al. ; against, of hostile posture or 
disposition, Lu. 12. 52, et al.; in de- 
pendance upon, Mat. 4. 4. Lu. 5. 5. 
Ac. 14. 3, et al.; upon the ground 
of, Mat. 19. 9. Lu. 1. 59. Phi. 1. 3. 
He. 7. 11 ; 8. 6; 9. 17, et al. ; with a 
view to, Gal. 5. 13. 1 Thes. 4. 7, et al. ; 
with the ace, upon, with the idea of 
previous or present motion, Mat. 4. 5 ; 
14. 19, 26, et al. ; towards, of place, 
to, Mat. 3. 13 ; 22. 34, et al. ; towards, 
of the object of an action, Lu. 6. 35 ; 
9. 38, et al. ; against, of Jiostile move- 
ment, Mat. 10.21, et al.; over, of 
authority, Lu. 1.33, et al.; to the 
extent of, both of place and time, Re. 
21. 16. Ro. 7. 1, et al. ; near, by, 
Mat. 9. 9, et al. ; about, at, of time, 
Ac. 3. 1, et al.; in order to, with a 
view to, for the purpose of, Mat. 3. 7. 
Lu. 7. 44, et al. 

E7rt/3atVo), f. /^cro/iru, p. /3//3»j/ca, 



a. 2. 67re'/3Tji>, (em & 0aiV(o) pr. to fetep 
upon; to mount, Mat. 21.5; to go 
on board, Ac. 21. 6; Ac. 21. 2; 

27. 2 ; to enter. Ac. 20. V8 ; to enter 
upon, Ac. 25. 1. 

E7ri/3aAAa>, f. /3nXftj, a. 2. e7re/3a\ow 
(inl & .SaAAw) to cast or throw upon 
Mar. 11. 7. 1 Co. 7. 35 ; to lay on. 
apply to, Lu. 9. 62 ; to put on, sew 
on, Mat. 9. 16. Lu. 5. 36 ; to? xelpa?, 
to lay hands on, offer violence to, 
seize, Mat. 26. 50, et al.; also, to lay 
hand to, undertake, commence, Ac. 
12. 1 ; intrans. to rush, dash, beat 
into, Mar. 4. 37 ; to ponder, reflect 
on, Mar. 14. 72 ; to fall to one's 
share, pertain to, Lu. 15. 12. 
'E7rt/3apea>, co, f. jjctco, (errt & j3a- 
pe'tu) to burden ; met. to be burden- 
some, chargeable to, 1 Thes. 2. 9. 
2 Thes. 3.8; to bear hard upon, over- 
charge, over-censure, 2 Co. 2. 5. L.G. 

'E7rt/3i/3a£oo, f. cxto), (erri & /3t/3a£co) 
to cause to ascend or mount, to sot 
upon, Lu. 10. 34; 19. 35. Ac. 23. 24. 

'E7rt/3AeVa), f. i^co, (em & fSXemo) 
to look upon ; to regard with par- 
tiality, Ja. 2. 3; to regard with kind- 
ness and favour, compassionate, Lu. 
1. 48; 9. 38. 

'EwL(3\r]fJ.a, aro?, to, (erri/3aAAco) 
that which is put over or upon ; in 
N. T., a patch, Mat. 9. 16. Mar.2.21. 
Lu. 5. 36, bis. L. G. 

'Emfiodu), co, f. 7]<T(o, (em & /3ouo) 
to cry out to or against ; to vocife- 
rate, Ac. 25. 24. 

'EmfiovXr), ^, (em' & (SovXr)) 
a purpose or design against any one ,• 
conspiracy, plot, Ac. 9. 24 ; 20. 3, 19, 
23. 30. 

Emyafiftpevai, f. e vcrco, (eni & ya/x- 
fipevu), to marry) to marry a unfe by 
the law of affinity, Mat. 22. 24. S. 

'Eniyeiosi ei'ov, 6, 17, to', -01/, (em 
& yri) pr. on the earth, Phi. 2. 10; 
earthly, terrestrial, Jno. 3. 12. 1 Co. 
15.40. 2 Co. 5. 1. Phi. 3. 19; earth- 
ly, low, grovelling, Ja. 3. 15. 

'Erriyaopai, (erri & yivofiai) to 
come on, spring up, as the wind, Ac. 

28. 13. 

'ETuylvd>o-K(d, f. yva>o-op.ai, a. 1. 

pass. eTreyvuaOriv, (enl & yivuocrKtu) pr, 
to make a thing a subject of observa- 
tion ; hence, to arrive at knowledgt 



Em 



70 



Em 



from preliminaries ; to attain to a 
knowledge of, Mat. 11. 27, et al. ; to 
ascertain, Lu. 7. 37; 23. 7, et al.; to 
perceive, Mar. 2. 8 ; 5. 30, et al. ; to 
discern, detect. Mat. 7. 16, 20, et a'.. ; 
to recognise, Mar. 6. 33. Lu. 24. 1G, 
31. Ac. 3. 10, et al. ; to acknowledge, 
admit, 1 Co. 14. 37. 1 Ti. 4. 3, et al.; 
pass, to have one's character dis- 
cerned and acknowledged, 2 Co. 6. 9 ; 
fr. the Heb. to regard with favour 
and kindness, 1 Co. 16. 18 : whence 

Erri-y^wm?, eco?, 77, the coming at 
the knowledge of a thing, ascertain- 
ment, Ro. 3. 20 ; a distinct percep- 
tion or impression, acknowledgment, 
Col. 2. 2, et al. 

~E7uypa(f)ri, 77?, 77, an inscription ; a 
legend of a coin, Mat. 22. 20. Mar. 
12. 16. Lu. 20. 24 ; a label of a 
criminal's name and offence, Mar. 
15. 26. Lu. 23. 38 : from 

E7riypa0o), f. ^co, (em & ypa0co) 
to imprint a mark on; to inscribe, 
engrave, write on, Mar. 15. 26. Ac. 
17.23. Re. 21. 12; met. to imprint, 
impress deeply upon, He. 8. 10 ; 
10. 16. (a). 
''EjnbeLK.vviii, v. vvoo, & mid. £ttl- 

heiKuvixaL, f. Sei£io, (eni & SecKi/v/ai) to 
exhibit, Mat. 16. 1. Ac. 9. 39; to 
show, Mat. 22. 19. Lu. 17. 14 ; 20. 24 ; 
24. 40; to point out, Mat. 24. 1 ; to 
demonstrate, prove, Ac. 18. 28. He. 
6. 17. 

*E7Tt§e';(o/iat, f. fie^o/j-ni, (era & oY- 
Xo/uai) to admit ; to receive kindly, 
welcome, entertain, 3 Jno. 10; met. 
to admit, approve, assent to, 3 Jno. 9. 

En~tdn/j.(a>, co, f. 770-0, tort & drj- 
/u.o<r) to dwell among a people ; to 
be at home among one's own peo- 
ple; and, in N. T., to sojourn as a 
stranger among another people, Ac. 
2. 10; 17. 21. 

*Ett idiaTdaaofjiai, f. £o/xai, (erri & 
citaTao-craj) to enjoin any thing ad- 
ditional, superadd an injunction 
&c. Gal. 3. 15. N. T. 

'ETrtStScojut, f. Scocrco, (enl & 81- 
Sujjui) to give in addition ; also, to 
give to, deliver to, give into one's 
hands, Mat. 7. 9, 10. Lu. 4. 17 ; 24. 
30, 42, et al. ; intrans., probably a 
nautical term, to commit a ship to 
the wind, let her drive, Ac. 27. 15. 

'Emdiopdorj), d>, f. cocrco, (e7ri & 



S. oplow) to set further to rights, tc 
carry on an amendment, Tit. 1. 5. 
F,Tridvu), f. dvfrco, (eni & dvco) oj 
the sun, to set upon, to set during, 
Ep. 4. 26. 

EmeLKeia, ay, 77, reasonableness, 
equity ; in JV. 71, gentleness, mild- 
ness, 2 Co. 10. 1 ; lenity, clemency, 
Ac. 24. 4 : from 

'EmeiKrjs, eos, ovs, 6, 17, (eVt & 
etKos) pr. suitable ; fair, reasonable ; 
gentle, mild, patient, 1 Ti. 3. 3. Tit. 
3. 2. Ja. 3. 17. 1 Pe. 2. 18 ; to imeiKef, 
mildness, gentleness, probity, Phi.4.5. 

'Erri^r/reco, a>, f. 770-co, (erri & £77- 
t«o) to seek for, make search for, 
Ac. 12. 19; to require, demand, Mat. 
12.39; 16.4. Ac. 19. 39; to desire, 
endeavour to obtain, Ro. 11.7. He. 
11. 14, et al. ; to seek with care and 
anxiety, Mat. 6. 32. 

'EnidavaTios, ov, 6, 77, (errt & 6a- 
va.io%) condemned to death, under 
sentence of death, 1 Co. 4. 9. L. G. 

'EirlBecris, ecos, 17, (eTrirlBn^i) the 
act of placing upon, imposition oj 
hands, Ac. 8. 18, et al. 

Emc^ae'co, co, f. 770-co, (erri & 6v- 
(u.6?) to set the heart upon ; to desire, 
long for, have earnest desire, Mat. 
13. 17. Lu. 15. 16, et al. ; to lust after, 
Mat. 5. 28, et al.; spc. to covet, Ro. 
13. 9, et al.: whence 

'EiudvjjLriTrjs, ov, 6, one who has 
an ardent desire for a thing, 1 Co. 
10. 6. 

y E7ri8vf.ua, as, 77, earnest desire, 
Lu. 22. 15, et al. ; irregular or violent 
desire, cupidity, Mar. 4. 19, et al. ; 
spc. impure desire, lust, Ro. 1. 24, et 
al. ; met. the object of desire, what 
enkindles desire, 1 Jno. 2. 16, 17. 

'EjnKaBifa, f. iVrco, (e'rri & Kadi^co) 
to cause to sit upon, seat upon, Mat. 
21. 7; or, according to the v. r. ene- 
K<xSL<rev, intrans. to sit upon. 

'ErriKaAeco, co, f. eVco, p. pass, crrt- 

/ce'icArjTai, a. 1. pass. e7T€icArjf?T)i', (e7ri & 

KaAeu)) to call on ; to attach or con- 
nect a name, Ac. 15. 17. Ja. 2. 7 ; 
to attach an additional name, to 
surname, Mat. 10. 3, et al. ; pass, to 
receive an appellation or surname, 
He. 11. 16; mid. to call upon, invoke, 
2 Co. 1. 23, et al. ; to appeal to v Ac 
25, 11, 12,21. 



Em 



71 



Em 



E7UKa\u/x/za, aro?, to, a covering, 
veil; met. a cloak, 1 Pe. 2. 16: 
from 

EmKaXvTrra), f. x^o), (em & *a- 
Av'tttw) to cover over ; met. to par- 
don, forgive, Ro. 4. 7. 

ETTiKardpaTos, ov, 6, (€7rt & 
KardpaTos) cursed, accursed ; obnoxi- 
ous to the heaviest punishments, 
Gal. 3. 10 ; infamous, Gal. 3. 13 ; out- 
cast, vile, Jno. 7. 49. 

JLnineipai, f. Kelaopai, (em' & 
KelfxaL) to lie upon, be placed upon, 
Jno. 11. 38; 21. 9; to press, urge 
upon, Lu. 5. 1 . Ac. 27. 20 ; be urgent, 
importunate upon, Lu. 23. 23 ; to be 
imposed upon ; be imposed by law, 
He. 9. 10 ; by necessity, 1 Co. 9. 16. 

EmKovpeios, ou, 6, an Epicurean, 
a follower of the sect of Epicurus, 
Ac. 17. 18. 

~EmKovpia, as, rj, (emuovpos, a 
helper) help, assistance, Ac. 26. 22. 

E7Tt/<ptVcO, f. (6771 & KpiVCO) to 

decide ; to decree, Lu. 23. 24. (!) 
'EmXapjBdvo), f. Xrjyj/opai^ & mid. 

eTTL\afj.pdvofJLaL, (erri & Aa.jU.j3ai/to) to 

take hold of, Mat. 14.31. Mar.8.23; 
to lay hold of, seize, Lu. 23. 26. Ac. 
16. 19, et al. ; met. to seize on one's 
words, catch in one's ivords, Lu. 20. 
20, 26 ; to obtain, as if by seizure, 
1 Ti. 6. 12, 19; to assume a portion 
of, to assume the nature of, He. 2. 
16; or, to succour. 
'EmXavOduopai, f. Xrjcropai, a. 2. 

eneKaOSiArjv, (inC & Aai/0ai/w) to forget, 

Mat. 18. 5, et al.; to be forgetful, 

neglectful of, to disregard, Phi. 

3. 14. He. 6. 10, et al. ; p. pass. part. 

enrAeArjcrjuei/os, in N. T., in a passive 

sense, forgotten, Lu. 12. 6. 
E7rtXeyco, f. £a>, (eirL & Xeyco) to 

call, denominate, Jno. 5. 2 ; mid. to 

select for one's self, choose, Ac. 15. 40. 
E7riXet7ro), f. \jrco, (em' & XeiVco) to 

be insufficient, to run short, to fail, 

He. 11. 32. 
'EmXrj&povr], rjs, 17, (emXavQavo- 

uai) forgetful n ess, oblivion, Ja. I. 25. 

S. 

E7rtXot7ros, ou, o, 17, (emXelmo) 
remaining, still left, 1 Pe. 4. 2. 

EttlXvctis^ €(09, 17, a loosing, libera- 
tion ; met. interpretation of what is 



enigm \tical and obscure, 2 Pe. 1. 20: 
from 

'E7rtXua), f. vera), (em' & Xvu>) U 
loose what has previously been fast 
ened or entangled, as a knot ; met. tc 
solve, to explain ivhat is enigmatical 
as a parable, Mat. 4. 34 ; to settle 
put an end to a matter of debate, Ac. 
19. 39. 

^Empaprvpea), <», f. t)o"co, (em' & 
jotapTvpew) to bear testimony to, to 
testify solemnly, 1 Pe. 5. 12. 

'EmpeXeia, ay, ^, (empeXrjs) care, 
attention, Ac. 27. 3. 

'EmpeXopai, v. empeXeopai, o£« 
juou, f. eVijueATjOrjorOjucu, and, later, km- 
jU.eA170-OjU.ou, a. 1. iweixe\ri6r)v, (eni & 
jueAojuou) to take care of, Lu. 10. 34, 
35. 1 Ti. 3. 5. 

'EmpeXcos, adv. (empeXrjs) care- 
fully, diligently, Lu. 15. 8. 

'En"ijiieW>, f. vw, (em & peua>) to 
stay longer, prolong a stay, remain 
on, Ac. 10. 48 ; 15. 34, et al. ; to con- 
tinue, persevere, Jno. 8. 7. Ac. 12.16; 
to adhere to, continue to embrace, 
Ac. 13. 43. Ro. 11. 22; to persist in, 
Ro. 6. 1, et al. 

, F.mvev(o, f. evorco, (em' & veva>) to 
nod to; met. to assent to, consent, 
Ac. 18. 20. 

'Enivoia, ay, f], (eiri & vovs) cogita- 
tion, purpose, device, Ac. 8. 22. 

'EmopKeco, <£>, f. r)aa>, (em' & opKos) 
to forswear one's self, to fail of ob- 
serving one's oath, Mat. 5. 33. 

'E7rtopKo?, ou, 6, rj, (fr. same) one 
who violates Ins oath, perjured, 1 Ti. 
1. 10. 

'Emovcra, fyy, 17, scil. f)p.epa } see 

erreijut. 

'E7rtoyo-ioy, toy, 6, 17, supplied with 
the coming day (17 emovaa), daily, 
or, sufficient, Mat. 6. U . Lu. 11.3. 
N. T. 

'E7U7rt7rrco, f. neaovpaL, a. 2. ene- 
neaov, (£ttC & irLmui) to fall upon ; to 
throw one's self upon, Lu. 15. 20. Jno. 
13. 25. Ac. 20. 10, 37 ; to press, urge 
upon, Mar. 3. 10 ; to light upon, Ro. 
15. 3; to come over, Ac. 13. 11 ; to 
come upon, fall upon mentally or 
spiritually, Lu. 1. 12. Ac. 8. 16'; 10. 
10, 44; li. 15; 19. 17. 

'ETrtTrX^o-a-co, v. ttco, f. (ent & 



Em i2 

rrATjcrentO pr. to inflict blows upon ; 
met. to chide, reprove, 1 Ti. 5. I. 

"E,iTLTTViyoi, f. £o>, (eVi & wvLyti) pr. 
to suffocate ; met. to choke, obstruct > 
the growth of, v. r. Lu. 8. 7. N. T. 

* E7r lit ode <o ^ a), f. rjcra), (e77t & 7TO- 
9io>) to desire besides ; also, to de- 
sire earnestly, long for, 2 Co. 5. 2 ; 
to have a strong bent, Ja. 4. 5; by 
impl. to love, have affection for, 2 Co. 
9. 14, et al. : whence > 

^Ennrodrjo-is, eo>?, 17, earnest, desire, 
strong affection, 2 Co. 7. 7, 11. 

^ETnTToOrjTos, ou, 6, 17, to, -01^, 
earnestly desired, longed for, Phi. 

> 4. 1. L. G. 

'E7ri7ro^t'a, a?, 77, earnest desire, 

Ro. 15. 23. N. T. 
ETvnropevop.ai^ f. evcrofxai, (errl & 

7ropev'o/xat) to travel to ; to come to, 1 

Lu. 8. 4. 

*E7np/5d7rra), f. yjsoo, (int & pa7JTo)) 
to sew upon, Mar. 2. 21. N. T. 

9 E7rtp/5i7rra), f. \|^co, (e7ri & parro)) 
to throw or cast upon, Lu. 19. 35; 
met. to devolve upon, commit to, in ' 
confidence, 1 Pe. 5. 7. 

'E7rio~rifxos, ou, 6, 77, (e7rt & arjfxa) 
pr. bearing a distinctive mark or 
device ; noted, eminent, Ro. 16. 7 ; 
notorious, Mat. 27. 16. 5 

'Ettio-itictiios, ov, 6, (e Tricrm £o/zcu, 
to provision, fr. enC & <tit(&, to feed, 
fr. ctitos) supply of food, provisions, 
Lu. 9. 12. ' 

'ETricrKeVrojtxat, f. yj/ofxai, (irrl & 
o-KeirTOfxai) to look at observantly, to 1 
inspect; to look out, select, Ac. 6. 3; 
to go to see, visit, Ac. 7. 23 ; 15. 36 ; 
to visit for the purpose of comfort rind 
relief, Mat. 25. 36, 43. Ja. 1 . 27 ; from 
the Heb., of God, to visit with gracious , 
interposition, Lu. 1. 68, 78, et al. 

E7rio~K€vd£o[jLa.i, f. dcrofxai, (e7U- 
o-Kevdfa, to put in readiaess) to pre- 
pare for a journey, v. r. Ac. 21. 15. 

E7TI O-/O7 WO), £>, f. 0)0-0), (€7TL & 

cnojnj, a tent) to quarter in or at ; , 
met. to abide upon, 2 Co. 12. 9. L. G. 

E7Ticrfaa£o>, f. dcro), (enl & 07ad£o), 
to shade, fr. oxia) to overshadow, 
Mat. 17. 5, et al.; met. to shed in- 
fluence upon, Lu 1 . 35. 

ET ItTKCWf 0), W. (f7J7 & (TKOirCQ)) to 



s Em 

look at, inspect ; met. to be circum- 
spect, heedful, He. 12.15; to oven 
see, to exercise the office of inicr< 
koto?, 1 Pe. 5. 2. 
Emo-KOTrrj, 77?, 17, inspection, over- 
sight, visitation ; of God, visitation, 
interposition, whether in mercy 07 
judgment, Lu. 19.44. 1 Pe. 2. 12 ; C2re, 
the office of an overseer or bishop. 
1 Ti. 3. 1 ; from the Heb. charge, func- 
tion, Ac. 1 . 20. S. 
E7rto-K07ros', ov, 6, pi\ an inspector, 
overseer ; a watcher, guardian, 1 Pe. 
2. 25 ; in N. T., an ecclesiastical over- 
seer, Ac. 20. 28. Phi. 1.1. 1 Ti. 3. 2. 
Tit. 1. 7. 

E7rto~7rao), a>, f. dao), (e7Ti & cnraco) 
to draw upon or after ; in JV. T., mid., 
to obliterate circumcision by arti- 
ficial extension of the foreskin, 1 Co. 
7. 18. 

'Emora/Acii, crat, rai, to be versed 
in, to be master of, 1 Ti. 6. 4 ; to be 
acquainted with, Ac. 18. 25 ; 19. 15. 
Jude 10 ; to know, Ac. 10. 28, et al. ; 
to remember, comprehend, Mar 
14. 68. 

'E7rio-rar77s, ov, 6, (ecplarafxaL) pr. 
one who stands by; one who ia 
set over ; in N. T., in voc, eqidvalent 
to SiSaa-KaXe, or pa/3/3i', Master, Doc- 
tor, Lu. 5.5; 8. 24, 45, et al. (£) 

'E7rio-reXX&), f. e\o>, (inl & ore'X- 
Xto) to send word to ; to send injunc- 
tions, Ac. 15. 20 ; 21. 25 ; to write to, 
write a letter, He. 13. 22. 
> E7rto-ri7/xo)i', ovos, 6, rj, (entcrTa- 

nai) knowing, discreet, Ja. 3. 13. 
'Enicrrnplfa, f. i£o), (eVi & o-rr]- 
pi'£io) pr. to cause to rest or lean 
on, to settle upon ; met. to confirm, 
strengthen, establish, Ac. 14. 22; 15. 
32, 41 ; 18. 23. 
'E7J-10-T0A77, r/s, rj, (e7rto-reXXo)) 
word sent ; an order, command ; an 
epistle, letter, Ac. 9. 2 ; 15. 30, et al. 
'EiTLO-TOfxifa, f. i'cro), (erri & crropa) 
to apply a curb or muzzle ; met. to 
put to silence, Tit. 1.11. 
^EmaTpecpco, f. \|/-o>, a. 2. pass. €7T€- 
<jTpa<|)T)i', (en-! & crrpe'^to) trans, to turn 
towards; to turn round; to bring 
back, convert, Lu. 1. 16, 17. Ja. 5. 
19,20; intrans. and mid., to turn 
one's self upon or towards, Ac. 9.-40 
Re. 1. 12; to turn about, Mat. 9. 22 



Em 



73 



et al.; to turn back, return, Mat. 12. 
44, et al. ; met. to be converted, Ac. 
28. 27, et al. : whence 

'Emarrpocpr], t)?, 77, a turning to- 
wards, a turning about ; in jV". T., 
met., conversion, Ac. 15. 13. 
Emcrvudyco, f. £co, (Im & crvvdyco) 
to gather to a place; to gather to- 
gether, assemble, convene, Mat. 23. 
37 ; 24. 31, et al. : (L. G.) ivhence 

*Emo-vvaya>yr), rjs, 77, the act of 
being gathered together or assem- 
bled, 2 Thes. 2. 1 ; an assembling 
together, He. 10. 25. S. 

'Ettictu irpe^oo, (em' & crvvrpexa)) to 
run together to a place, Mar. 9. 25. 

, L G ; „ 

'Emcrvo-Tdcrts, eco?, 77, (emirvvlcrTa- 
fiai) a gathering, concourse, tumult, 
Ac. 24. 12; a crowding of calls upon 
the attention and thoughts, 2 Co. 11.28. 

'EmcrtpdXr)?, eoy, ous-, 6, 17, to, -eV, 
(em & a<f>aAAo)) on the verge of fall- 
ing, unsteady ; met. insecure, hazard- 
ous, dangerous, Ac. 27. 9. 

Emo~xva>, f. vaa>, (ini & icr^uco) 
to strengthen ; intrans. to gather 
strength ; met. to be urgent, to press 
on a point, Lu. 23. 5. 

*E7rtcra)peuco, f. eucrco, (em & (7to- 
pevto, fr. crajpos, a heap) to heap up, 
accumulate largely ; met. to procure 
in abundance, 2 Ti. 4. 3. L. G. 

E7nrnyj7, 779, 77, a fatfer ybm for 
67rtTa£i.s or enirayixa, injunction, 1 Co. 

7. 6, 25. 2 Co. 8. 8 ; a decree, Ro. 16. 
26. 1 Ti. 1. 1. Tit. 1. 3; authorita- 
tiveness, strictness, Tit. 2. 15 : from 

'EmTacrcrG), f. |co, (eni & rao-o-a)) 
to set over or upon ; to enjoin, charge, 
Mar. 1. 27 ; 6. 39. Lu. 4. 36, et al. 

EmreXeco, a>, f. eVco, (em & re- 
Aea>) to bring to an end ; to finish, 
complete, perfect, Ro. 15. 28. 2 Co. 

8. 6, 11 ; to perform, Lu. 13. 32; to 
carry into practice, to realise, 2 Co. 
7. 1 ; to discharge, He. 9. 6 ; to exe- 
cute; He. 8. 5; mid. to end, make 
an end, Gal. 3. 3 ; to ca/ry out to com- 
pletion, Phi. 1. 6; pass, to be fully 
undergone, endured, 1 Pe. 5. 9. 

ETrirrjfteios, eta, eioi>, (emrrjBes) 
fit, suitable, necessary, Ja. 2. 16. 

EmTtOnpi, f. €7Tldr)(T0L>, (em & 

Tithim) to put, pL%ce, or lay upon, 



Mat. 9. 18. Lu. 4. 40, et al. ; to im- 
pose a name, Mar. 3. 16, 17 ; to lade, 
Ac. 28. 3 ; to inflict, Ac. 16. 23. Lu. 
1 0. 30. Re. 22. 18 ; mid. to set or fall 
upon, assail, assault, attack, Ac. 
18. 10. 

'Emripdoa, a>, f. no"a), (em & rt- 

juau) pr. to set a value u^on; to 
assess a penalty ; to allege as a 
crimination ; hence, to reprove, chide, 
censure, rebuke, reprimand, Mat. 19. 
13. Lu. 23. 40, et al.; in JST. T., t<t 
admonish strongly, enjoin sferictly, 
Mat. 12. 16. Lu. 17. 3. 
'E7Ttrtfti'a, as, 77, used in N. T. in 
the seme of eniTLp-wa or e7n.Tip.T)cn«, 
a punishment, penalty, 2 Co. 2. 6. 

'Emrpemo, f. ^cb, a. 2. pass. e7re- 

Tp6.rrr\v, p. en-tTeTpajufxat, (eni & TpeVaj) 

to give over, to leave to the entire 
trust or management of any ons; 
hence, to permit, allow, suffer, Mat. 
8. 21. Mar. 5. 13, et al. : whence 
Emrpcnrq, 77?, 77, a trust; a com- 
mission, Ac. 26. 12. 

^EniTpoTroSi ou, 6, one to whose 
charge or control a thing is left; 
a steward, bailiff, agent, manager, 
Mat. 20. 8 ; steward or overseer of 
the revenue, treasurer, Lu. 8. 3; a 
guardian of children, Gal. 4. 2. 

'Emrvyxdvco, a. 2. eWri^oi/, dm' 
& Tvyxdvoi) to light upon, find; to 
hit, reach ; to acquire, obtain, at- 
tain, Ro. 11. 7. He. 6. 15; 11. 33. 
Ja. 4. 2. 

Emcpaivo), f. (pavS), a. 1. enefp-nva, 
later and in N. T., ine^dva, a. 2. pass. 

eire<pavrii>, (eni & <j)alvoi) to make to 

appear, to display ; pass, to be mani- 
fested, revealed, Tit. 2.11; 3.4; in- 
trans. to give light, shine, Lu. 1. 79. 
Ac. 27. 20. 
EmCpdveia, a?, 17, appearance, mani- 
festation, 1 Ti. 6. 14. 2 Ti. 1. 10, et 
al. ; glorious display, 2 Thes. 2. 8 ; 
from 

Emcpdvrjs, eoy, ojj?, 6, 77, pr. in full 

and clear view; splendid, glorious, 

illustrious, Ac. 2. 20. 
*Em<pavcrKu>, in N. T. f. avcro), ((pcos) 

to shine upon, give light to, enlighten, 

Ep. 5. 14. 

'Emcpepcd, f. eiroio-ai, a. 2. enevey- 
kov, (knl & <f>epu)) to bring upon os 
against, Ac. 25. 18. Jude 9 ; to il 



EIT 



74 



EPE 



flict, Ro. 3. 5 ; to bring to, apply to, 
Ac. 19. 12 ; to bring in addition, add, 
superadd, Phi. 1. 16. 

EirKpcoveco, a>, f. r)o~a>, (enl & (pa>- 
pew) to cry aloud, shout, raise a shout 
in favour or against any one, Lu. 
23. 21. Ac. 12. 22; 22. 24. 

ETrKpoocKoo, a varied form of eVi- 
<£avo-»ca>, to dawn, Slat. 21.1; hence, 
used of the reckoned commencement of 
the day, to be near commencing, to 
draw on, Lu. 23. 54. 

E7rt^e£peco, a>, f. ncrco, (c;rt & x ei 'p) 
to put hand to a thing; to under- 
take, attempt, Lu. 1.1. Ac. 9. 29; 
19. 13. 

'ETTixeco, a>, f. evcrco, (inl & X 6 '^ 
to pour upon, Lu. 10. 34. 

"Emxopriyeod, a, f. rjaa, (eirl & 
XopTjyeio) to supply further ; to super- 
add, 2 Pe. 1.5; "to supply, furnish, 
give, 2 Co. 9. 10. Gal. 3. 5. 2 Pe. 

I. 11; pass, to gather visrour, Col. 
2. 19. 

ETTixoprjyla, as, n, supply, aid, 
Ep. 4. 16. Phi. 1. 19. L. G. ' 

Eirixploo, f. l<ra), (e7rt & xp' iw> ^ t0 
smear upon, to anoint, Jno. 9. 6, 

II. (I). 

i E7roiK.o8ofxec£>, £>, f. ■qaco, {erri & 
otico5o/j.eu>) to build upon : pass. met. 
to be built upon, rest firmly on, Ep. 
2. 20. Col. 2. 7 ; to build besides or 
further ; to build up. carry up a 
building ; met. to carry up to a 
higher degree nf faith and spiritual 
advancement, Ac. 20. 32. et al. 

E7roKe\\co, a. 1. enaxeiXa, {Itt'i & I 
6/ce'AAco, idem) to run a ship aground, I 
Ac. 27. 41. 

Eirovopici^co, f. dcroo, (enl & ovo- 
fxa£ix>) to attach a name to; pass, to 
be named, to be styled, Ro. 2. 17. | 
'ETTOTTTfVM, f. evcrco, to look upon, I 
observe, watch : to witness, be an 
eye-witness of, 1 Pe. 2. 12; 3. 2: ! 
from 

Ettotttos, ov, 6, (eni & o\j/op.at) 
a looker on, eye-witness, 2 Pe. 1. 16. 

r E7ro?, eos, to, (cIttov) a word, that 
which is expressed by words ; <o? 67705 
eineiv, so to say, if the expression 
may be allowed, He. 7. 9. 

^Enovpdvios, lov, 6, t), (€ttl & ov- 
pow} heavenly, in respect of locality, 



Ep. 1. 20: Pui. 2. IP. et al. ; t« aroty 

pdvia, the uppi'r ro<rions of the air, 
Ep. 6. 12; heavenly, in respect of 
essence and character, unearthly, 

1 Co. 15. 48, 49, et al. ; met. divine, 
spiritual, Jno. 3. 12, et al. 

Ettto., 01, at, to., seven, Mat. 15. 

34, 37, et al. ; by Jewish usage for a 

round number, Mat. 12. 45. Lu. 11. 

26 : whence 
'ETTTcz/a?, adv. seven times, Mat. 18. 

21, 22. Lu. 17. 4, bis. (A) 
EnTakLO'x^Loi, at, a, (€7tto:kls & 

XiAwt) seven thousand, Eo. 11.4. 
*Epyd£op,ai, f. dcropai, a. 1. dpya- 

aajvqv, p. elpyacr/aai. (epyov) intra?7S. 
to work, labour, Mat. 21. 28. Lu. 
13. 14 ; to trade, traffic, do business. 
Mat. 25. 16. Re. 18. 17 ; to act, exert 
one's power, be active, Jno. 5. 17; 
trans, to do, perform, commit, Mat. 
26. 10. Jno. 6. 28 ; to be engaged in, 
occupied upon, 1 Co. 9. 13. Re. 18. 
17 ; to acquire, gain by one's labour, 
Jno. 6. 27, et al.: ichence 
Epydo-la, as, n, work, labour ; in 
AT. T., epyacrCav SifioVai, operam dare, 
to endeavour, strive, Lu. 12. 58 ; per- 
formance, practice, Ep. 4. 19 ; a 
trade, business, craft, Ac. 19. 25 ; 
gain acquired bu labour or trade, 
profit, Ac. 16. 16, 19; 19. 24, 25. 

'Epyd-rns, ov, 6, a workman, la- 
bourer. Mt. 9.37. 38 ; 20. 1, 2, 8 ; met. 
a spiritual workman or labourer, 

2 Co. 11. 13, et al. ; an artisan, arti- 
ficer. Ac. 19. 25 ; a worker, practiser, 
Lu. 13. 27. (£) 

"Epyov, ov, to, a work, any thing 
done or to be done: a deed, work, 
action, Jno. 3. 21. Ep. 2. 10. 2 Co. 
9. 8, et al. freq.; duty enjoined, 
office, charge, business, Mar. 13. 34. 
Jno. 4. 34/et al. freq.; a process, 
course of action, Ja. 1. 4: a work, 
product of an action or process, Ac 
7. 41. lie. 1. 10 et al. 

'Epe^^co, f. laco, a. 1. ripeBicra, 
(epedio. idem, epis) to provoke ; to 
irritate, exasperate, Col. 3. 21 ; to 
incite, stimulate, 2 Co. 9. 2. 

'Epa'Sco, f. €iaa>, a. 1. ijpeicra, to 
make to lean upon; to fix firmly; 
in trans, to become firmly fixed, stick 
fast. Ac 27. 41. 

t Epevyofxai, f. £op.ai, to vcmit, dl* 



EFE 

gorge , met. to utter, declare openly, 
Mat. 13. 35. 
Epevvdco, co, f. rjaco, to search, trace, 
investigate, explore, Jno. 5. 39 ; 7. 52, 
^ etah 

Eprjpia, a solitude, uninhabited re- 
gion, waste, desert Mat. 1 5. 33, et al. : 

from 

Epnpos, ou, 6, f], & T], ov, lone, 
desert, waste, uninhabited, Mat. 14. 
13,15. Mar. G. 31,32,35; lone, aban- 
doned to ruin, Mat. 23. 38. Ln. 13. 35 ; 
met. lone, unmarried, Gal. 4. 27; as 
a subs, a desert, uninhabited region, 
waste, Mat. 3. 1 ; 24. 26. Ac. 7. 36, 
et al. : ivhence 

'Ep/ipoco, co, f. cocrco, p. pass, rjprj- 
/awjuai, a. 1. pass. i]pr)iAu0r)V~ to lay 
waste, make desolate, bring to ruin, 
Mat. 12. 25. Lu. 11. 17. Re. 17. 16; 
18. 16, 19: whence 

'Eprjpoocris, ecos, rj, desolation, de- 
vastation, Mat. 24. 15. Mar. 13. 14, 
et al. L. G. 

'E/h'£co, f. t'crco, (epis) to quarrel ; to 
wrangle ; to use the harsh tone of a 
wrangler or brawler, to grate, Mat. 
12. 19. 

'EpWeta, as, rj, (epL0€vop,ai, to 
serve for hire, to serve a party ; ipl- 
0o?, a hired labourer) the service of 
a party, party spirit ; feud, faction, 
2 Co. 12. 20; contentious disposition, 
Ja. 3. 14, et al. ; by impl. untoward- 
ness, disobedience^ Ro. 2^8. 
Epiov, ou, to, (epos, dpos, idem) 
wool, He. 9. 19. Re. 1. 14. 

'Ept?, idos, rj, altercation, strife, 
Ro. 13. 13; contentious disposition, 
Ro. 1. 29. Phi. 1. 15, et al. 
Epltpiov, lov, ro, a goat, kid, Mat. 
25. 33 : dim. from 

'Eptcpoy, ov, o, 77, a goat, kid, Mat. 

25. 32. Lu. 15. 29. 
Epprjvela, as, r), interpretation, ex- 
planation, 1 Co. 14. 26; meton. the 
power or faculty of interpreting, 
! Co. 12. 10: from 

'Eppqvfvco, f. ewco, (ippr/vevs, an 
interpreter) to explain, interpret, 
translate, Jno. 1. 39, 43 ; 9. 7. He. 
7. 2 U 

Epprjs, ov, 6, Hermes or Mercury, 

son of Jupiter ami Maia, the. messen- 
ger and interpreter of the gods, and 



5 ESQ 

the patron of eloquence, learning, &c 
Ac. 14. 12. 
'Epnerov, ov, to, (ep7rco, to creep; 
a creeping animal, a reptile, Ac. 

10. 12, et al. 

*Epv6p6s, a, ov, red, Ac. 7. 36. He 

11. 29. 

"Epxop.ai, f. eXevo-op,ai, a. 2. 77'Xv. 
Gov, by sync. ?i\6ov, p. e\ri\vOa, tc 
come, to go, to pass. By the com- 
bination of this verb with other terms 
a variety of meaning results, which, 
hoioever, is due, not to a clmnge oj 
meaning in tlie verb, but to the ad- 
juncts. 'O epxopevos, He who ia 
coming, the expected Messiah, Mat 
11. 3, et al. 

'Epcoraco, co, f. rjaco, to ask, interro- 
gate, inquire of, Mat. 21. 24. Lu. 
20. 3 ; in N. T., to ask, request, beg, 
beseech. Mat. 15.23. Lu. 4.38. Jno. 
14. 16, et al. 

'Ecrdrjs, rjros, r], Civvvpn, to clothe) 
a robe, vestment, raiment, Lu.23. 11. 
Ac. 1. 10, et al. : whence 

"Ecrdrjats, ecos, r), a garment, robe, 
raiment, Lu. 24. 4. L. G. 

'Ecrdlco, f. edo/xat, & in N. T. cpa- 

■yojucu, ecnxi, a. 2. e<j>ayov, (e8u>) to 
eat, Mat. 12. 1; 15. 27; kuOUiv kcu 
vivetv, to eat and drink, to eat and 
drink in the usual manner, follow 
the common mode of living, Mat. 
11. 18; also loith the associated no- 
tion of supposed security, Lu. 17. 27 ; 
to feast, banquet, Mat. 24. 49; met. 
to devour, consume, He. 10. 27. Ja. 
5. 3 ; from the Heb. aprov eo-fliW, to 
eat bread, to take food, take the usual 
meals, Mat. 15. 2, et al. 
"EcroiTTpov, ov, to, (o^opai) a 
mirror, speculum, Ja. 1 . 23. 1 Co. 
13. 12. 

'Earrepa, as, r), fern, of eWfpoSj 
evening, Lu. 24. 29. Ac. 4. 3 ; 28. 23. 

Ecr^aroy, rj, ov, farthest ; last, 
latest, Mat. 12.45. Mar. 12.6; lowest, 
Mat. 19. 30; 20. 16, et al.: whence 

Eo~xaTO)s, adv. extremely ; eV^a- 
TC05 e\eLv. to be in the last extremity, 
Mar. 5. 23. 

Errco, adv., for the more usual form 
ei<Tu>, in, within, in the interior of. 
Mat. 26. 58. Jno. 20. 26, et al. ; 6, 
to eo-w, inner, interior, internal ; met 
within the pale of community 1 Cf 



E2£2 



76 



EYE 



5. 12 , 6 eerco <n>0pw7ros, the inner man, 
the mind, soul, Ro. 7.22: whence 
'Ecrw^ei/, adv. from within, from 
the interior, Mar. 7. 21, 23; within, 
in the internal parts, Mat. 7. 15, et 
al. ; 6, 7i, ~6 icruOev, interior, internal, 
Lu. 1 1 . 39, 40 ; 6 ea-wflei' ai/0pu)7ros, the 

mind, soul, 2 Co. 4. 16. 

'Eowepo?, a, oi/, inner, interior, 
Ac. 16. 24. He. 6. 19. 

'Era^oof, ov, 6, a companion, as- 
sociate, fellow, comrade, friend, Mat. 
11. 16; 20. 13; 22. 12; 26. 50. 

f Er€po'yXa)crcro?, ov, 6, 17, (erepos & 
ykuiaaa) one who speaks another or 
foreign language, 1 Co. 14. 21. L. G. 

ErepoStSacrKaXeco, a>, f. T^crco, (ere- 
pos & SiSaovcaAi'a) to teach other or 
different doctrine, and spc. what is 
foreign to the Christian religion, 
1 Ti. 1. 3; 6. 3. N. T. 
ET€po£vyea>, o>, (eTepos & (vyos) 
to be unequally yoked or matched, 

e 2 Co. 6. 14. 

Erepoy, a, ov, other, another, some 
other, Mat. 8. 21 ; 12. 45 ; met. differ- 
ent, Lu. 9. 29, et al. ; 6 erepos, the 
other of two, Mat. 6. 24 ; rfj erepa, the 
next day, Ac. 20. 15 ; 27. 3 ; 6 exepos, 
one's neighbour, Ro. 13. 8, et al.; 
foreign, strange, Ac. 2. 4. 1 Co. 14. 
21 ; illicit, Jude 7 : whence 
'Erepoos, adv. otherwise, differently, 
Phi. 3. 15. 

"En, adv. yet, still, Mat. 12. 46; still, 
further, longer, Lu. 16. 2 ; further, 
besides, in addition, Mat. 18. 16 ; with 
a compar., yet. still, Phi. 1. 9. 

'Erotpa^co, f. acra), (eTOipos) to 
make ready, prepare, Mat. 22. 4; 
2G. 17, et al.: whence 
EroLfxao-ln, as, r), preparation ; pre- 
paredness, readiness, alacrity, Ep. 
6. 15. 

"Erotpo?, 77, ov, ov, 6, rj, also erot- 
jios, ready, prepared, Mat. 22. 4, 8. 
Mar. 14. "15, et al. : whence 

'Erot'pco?, adv. in readiness, pre- 
paredly, Ac. 21. 13, et al. 

"Eros 1 , eoy, to, a year, Lu. 2. 41 ; 
3. 23, et al. 

¥.v, adv. well, good, happily, rightly, 
Mar. 14. 7. Ac. 15.29; well! well 
done ! Mat. 25. 21, 23, et al. 



ZurryyeXi'^co, f. nxa), to address with 
good tidings, Re. 10. 7; 14. 6; but 
elseichcre mid. evayyekiCo^ai, to pro- 
claim as good tidings, "to announce 
good tidings of, Lu. 1. 19, et al. ; abwl. 
to announce the good tidings of the 
gospel, Lu. 4. 18 ; 9. 6, et al. ; pass, to 
be announced as good tidings, Lu. 

16. 16; to be addressed with good 
tidings, Mat. 11. 5. Lu. 7. 22. He. 
4. 2. 

EvayyeXiov, ov, to, (ev & ayyeXosO 
glad tidings, good or joyful news, 
Mat. 4. 23 ; 9. 35 ; the gospel, doc- 
trines of the gospel, Mat. 26. 13. 
Mar. 8. 35 ; meton. the preaching of, 
or instruction in the gospel, 1 Co. 
4. 15; 9. 14, et al. 

EvayyeXio-rfjs, ov, 6, (evayyeklfa) 
pr. one who announces glad tidings ; 
an evangelist, preacher of the gos- 
pel, teacher of the Christian re- 
ligion, Ac. 21. 8. Ep.4. 11. 2TL4.5. 
N. T. 

Evapeo~Tea>, w, f. 770-co, p. evrjpeo-T- 
rj/ca, to please well, He. 11. 5, 6; 
pass, to take pleasure in, be well 
pleased with, He. 13. 6: (L. Gr.)from 

EvapecrTos, ov, 6, r), to, -ov, (ev & 
apeo-Tos, fr. apeo-K'A)) well pleasing, ac- 
ceptable, grateful, Ro. 12. 1, 2, et al. : 
whence 

EiapecrT(os, adv. acceptably, He. 
12. 28. 

EvyevrjS, eos, ovs, 6, rj, (ev & ye- 
vos) well born, of high rank, honour- 
able ; Lu. 19. 12. 1 Co. 1.26; gene- 
rous, ingenuous, candid, xVc. 17. 11. 

EuSta, as, r), (ev & Zevs, Alos, 
Jupiter, lord of the air and heavens) 
serenity of the heavens, a cloudless 
sky, fair or fine weather. Mat. 16. 2. 

EvdoKea, a>, f. 170-0), (ev & SoKeo^ 
to think well, approve, acquiesce, 
take delisht or pleasure. Mat. 3. 17 ; 

17. 5. Mar. 1.11. Lu. 3. 22 ; 12. 32, 
et al. : (L. G.) whence 

EvSoKia, as, r), approbation ; good 
will, favour, Lu. 2. 14; good plea- 
sure, purpose, intention, Mat. 11.26 
Lu. 10. 21 ; Ep. 1. 5, 9. Phi. 2. 13; 
by impl. desire, Ro. 10. 1. 
i Evepyeala, as, 17, (evepyeTrjs) well 
doing; a good deed, benefit con- 
ferred, Ac. 4. 9 ; duty, good officer 
1 Ti. 6. 2. 



EYE 

Evepyereco, co, f. rjcrco, to do good, 
exercise beneficence, Ac. 10. 38: 
from 

Evepyerrjs, ov, 6, (ev & epyov) a 
well doer ; a benefactor, Lu. 22. 25. 

Ei^ero?, ov, 6, f), (ev & Tidrj/ju* 
pr. well arranged, rightly disposed-, 
fit, proper, adapted, Lu. 9. 62 ; 14. 35 ; 
useful, He. 6. 7. 

EvOews, adv. (evdvs) immediately, | 
forthwith, instantly, at once, Mat. I 
8. 3 ; 13. 5, et ai. 

Evdv8pop.ea>, co, f. tjctco, (ev6vs & I 
5pd/xo?) to run on a straight course ; 
to sail on a direct course, Ac. 1G. 11 ; 
21. 1. L.G. 

Evdvp.eco, co, f. ijcrco, to be cheer- 
ful, be in good spirits, take courage, 
Ac. 27. 22, 25. Ja. 5. 13 : from 

EvBv/jlos, ov, 6, f), (ev & 6vp,6s) of 
good cheer or courage, cheerful, Ac. 
27. 36 : whence 

EvOvp-orepov, adv. (pr. neut. comp. 
of preced.) more cheerfully, Ac. 
24. 10. 

Evdv/xcos, adv. cheerfully, v. r. Ac. 
24. 10. 

Ev8vva>, f. vvw, a. 1. vva, to guide 
straight; to direct, guide, steer a 
ship, Ja. 3. 4 ; to make straight, Jno. 
1.23: from 

Evdvs, ela, v, straight, Mat. 3. 3. 
Mar. 3.3; met. right, upright, true, 
Ac. 8. 21, et al. 

Evdvs, adv. straight forwards ; di- 
xectly, immediately, instantly, forth- 
with, Mat. 3. 16 ; 13. 20, 21, et al. 

EvBvrrjs, ttjtos, f), rectitude, righte- 
ousness, equity, He. 1. 8. (v). 

EvKcupeco, co, f. 770-0), a. 1. rjvKal- 
prja-a, (euxaipos) to have convenient 
time or opportunity, have leisure, 
Mar. 6. 31. 1 Co. 16. 12; to be at 
leisure for a thing, give one's self up 
to a thing, Ac. 17. 21. L. G. 

EvKaipia, as, 17, convenient oppor- 
tunity, favourable occasion, Mat. 26. 
16. Lu. 22. 6: from 

EvKatpos, ov, 6, rj, (ev & Kaipos) 
timely, opportune, seasonable, con- 
venient, Mar. 6. 21. He. 4. 16 : whence 

EvKatpcos, adv. opportunely, season- 
ably, conveniently, Mar. 14. 11. 2Ti. 
4. i. 



77 EYN 

EvKOTrd)Tepos, a, ov, (comp. of (ft- 
/con-OS, easy, fr. ev & kottos) easier, 
more feasible, Mat. 9. 5 ; 19. 24. Mar. 
2. 9, et al. L. G. 
Ev\dj3eia, as, 17, the disposition ot 
one who is evAa/317?, caution, circum- 
spection; inN. T., reverence to God, 
piety, He. 5. 7 ; 12. 28. 
Ev\a(3eop.ai, ov, f. rjcrofiai, a. 1. 
Tr\vka.p-r\9r)v, to be cautious or circum- 
spect; to fear, be afraid or appre- 
hensive, Ac. 23. 10; in N.T. absol. 
to reverence God, to be influenced 
by pious awe, He. 11.7: from 
Ev\a.(3r]S, eos, ovs, 6, r], (ev & 
\afjLpou>(o)pr. taking hold of well, i. e. 
warily ; hence, cautious, circumspect ; 
full of reverence totmrds God, de- 
vout, pious, religious, Lu. 2. 25. Ac. 
2. 5; 8. 2. 
EvXoyea), co, f. ?70"co, p. rjna, a. 1 
»jcra, (ev & \6yos) pr. to speak well of ; 
in N. T., to bless, ascribe praise and 
glorification, Lu. 1. 64, et al. ; to 
bless, invoke a blessing upon, Mat. 
5. 44, et al. ; to bless, confer a favour 
or blessing upon, Ep. 1. 3. He. 6. 
14 ; pass, to be blessed, be an object 
of favour or blessing, Lu. 1. 28, et 
al. : whence 
EvXoyr)TOs, ov, 6, r], worthy oi 
praise or blessing, blessed, Mar. 14. 
61. Lu. I. 68, et al. S. 
EvXoyia, as, fj, pr. good speaking ; 
fair speech, flattery, Ko. 16. 18 ; in 
N. T., blessing, praise, celebration, 
1 Co. 10. 16. Re. 5. 12, 13; invoca- 
tion of good, benediction, Ja. 3. 10; 
a favour conferred, gift, benefit, Ro. 
15.29. 2 Co. 9. 5, 6, et al. 
Evperahoros, ov, 6, r), (ev & fie- 
TaStSoojai) ready in imparting, liberal, 
bountiful, 1 Ti. 6. 18. L. G. 
Evvoeco, co, f. 770-co, (evvoos, ev & 
V005, vovs) to have kind thoughts, be 
well affected or kindly disposed to- 
tmrds, Mat. 5. 25. 
Evvota, as, 17, (fr. same) good will, 
kindliness ; heartiness, Ep. 6. 7 ; con- 
jugal duty, 1 Co. 7. 3. 
Evvovx'ifa, f. urco, a. 1. evvovx^o-a^ 
to emasculate, make a eunuch; ta 
impose chaste abstinence on, to bind 
to a practical emasculation, Mat. 19, 
12: (L. G.) from 
Evvovxps, ov, 6, (evv , a bed, & 



EYO 



78 



EYT 



eX<o) pr. one who has charge of the 
bedchamber; heme, a eunuch, one 
emasculated, Mat. 19. 12; as eunuchs 
in the East often rose to places of 
power and trust, hence, a minister of 
a court, Ac. 8. 27, 34. 

EjjoSoco, f. aaco, (ev & 686s) to give 
a prosperous journey ; cause to pros- 
per or be successful ; pass, to have 
a prosperous journey, to succeed in 
a journey, Ro. 1. 10; met. to be fur- 
thered, to prosper, temporally or 
spiritually, 1 Co. 16. 2. 3 Jno. 2, bis. 

EwrdpeSpos, ov, 6, 77, (ev & Tvape- 
Spos, one who sits by, an assistant, 
assessor, fr. napd & eSpa, a seat) con- 
stantly attending; assiduous, de- 
voted to; to evndpeSpov, assiduity, 
devotedness, v. r. 1 Co. 7. 35. L. G. 

Evneid-qs, eos, ovs, 6, 77, (ev & 
7rei'0to) easily persuaded, pliant, Ja. 
3. 17. 

EiVepioTaros, ov, 6, 77, (ev & 7re- 
pudTaixai) easily or constantly en- 
vironing or besetting, He. 12. 1. N. T. 

Evnoua, as, 77, (ev & rroteco) doing 
good, beneficence, He. 13. 16. L. G. 

Evnopeopai, ovpai, f. nco/xai, (ev- 
nopeaj, to supply, fr. evnopos, easy, 
abounding, in easy circumstances) 
to be in prosperous circumstances, 
enjoy plenty, Ac. 11. 29. 

EvTvopla, as, 77, (fr. same) wealth, 
abundance, Ac. 19. 25. 

ExmpeTreia, as, 77, (evnpeTrrjs, well 
looking, fr. ev & 7rpeVet) grace, beauty, 
Ja. 1. 11. 

EimpoadeicTos, ov, o, 77, (ev & irpoa- 
Se'xouai) acceptable, grateful, pleas- 
ing, Ro. 15. 16, 31. 2 Co. 8. 12. 1 Pe. 
2. 5 ; m N. T., gracious, 2 Co. 6. 2. 
L.G. 

EiTTpdcreSpos, ou, 6, 77, (ev & npoae- 
fipos, an assessor) constantly attend- 
ing, assiduous, devoted to, 1 Co. 7. 
35 ; equivalent to evndpeSpos. 

Ev7rpocrco7rea), co, f. rjaco, (evTTpoo-- 
wn-09, of a fair countenance, fr. e5 
& -rrpoaomov) to carry or make a fair 
appearance, to be specious, Gal. 6. 12. 
if. T. 

EiplcrKO), f. evpr)o-G>, p. evprjKa, 
a. 2. evpoi/, a. 1 pass. evpeO-qv, later 
a. 1. evpritra, and a. mid. eiipd/u.7jj', Tic. 
9. 12; to find, to meet with, light 
upon, Mat. 18. 28 ; 20. 6 ; to find out, 



to detect, discover, Lu. 23. 2, 4, H; 
to acquire, obtain, win, gain, Lu. 1. 
30; 9. 12; to find mentally, to com- 
prehend, recognise, Ac. 17. 27. Ro. 
7. 21 ; to find by experience, observe, 
gather, Ro. 7. 18; to devise as fea- 
sible, Lu. 5. 19 ; 19. 48. 
EvpoK\v8cov, (evpos, the east wind, 
& k\vSu>u, a wave) Euroclydon, the 
name of a tempestuous wind, Ac 
27. 14. There are, hoicever, tico va- 
rious readings, EvpvKKvSwv (evpvs) 
and EvpaKvXwv. Euroaquilo. (v). 
N. T. 

Eupv^copos, ov. 6, 77, (evpvs*, broad, 
&X"P a ) spacious ; broad, wide. Mat 
7. 13. 

Evaefieia, as, 17, (evcre^Tjs) reve- 
rential feeling ; piety, devotion, god- 
liness, Ac. 3. 12. 1 Ti. 2. 2; 4. 7, 8, 
et al. ; religion, the Christian reli- 
gion, 1 Ti. 3. 16. 

Evaefieco, co, f. tjctco, to exercise 
piety; towards a deity, to worship, 
Ac. 17. 23; totcards relatives, to be 
dutiful tow ards, 1 Ti. 5. 4 : from 

Evaefirjs, eos*, ovs, 6, 77, (ev & o~e- 
/3op.ai) reverent ; pious, devout, reli- 
gious, Ac. 10. 2, 7 ; 22. 12. 2 Pe. 2. 9 : 
whence 

Eucre/3cos, adv. piously, religiously, 
2Ti,3. 12. Tit. 2. 12. 

Evo"tjpos, ov, 6, 77, (ev & crrjpa) pr. 
well marked, strongly marked ; met. 
significant, intelligible, perspicuous, 
1 Co. 14. 9. 

E0'o-7rXay^i/os, ov, 6, 77, (ev & 
<nr\6.yxvov) in X. T., tender-hearted, 
compassionate, Ep. 4. 32. 2 Pe. 3. 8, 

EiV;(T7pdVcos, adv. (evcrxrjpoov) in a 
becoming manner, with propriety, 
decently, gracefully, Ro. 13. 13. 1 Co. 
14. 40. 1 Thes. 4. 12. 

EvaxiJu-oavvT], 77s, 77, comeliness, 
gracefulness; artificial comeliness, 
ornamental array, embellishment, 
1 Co. 12. 23: from 

Evcry^/icoy, 0V °S) °i Vi & a XW a ^ 
of good appearance, pleasing to look 
upon, comely, 1 Co. 12. 24; met, 
becoming, decent ; to evaxTj/j-oi/, de- 
corum, propriety, 1 Co. 7. 35; hon- 
ourable, reputable, of high standing 
and influence, Mar. 15. 43. Ac. 13. 
50; 17. 12. 

EiVdj-'cos, ado. (citovos, ou the 



EYT 

stretch, fr. <r5 & TeiVto) intensely, ve- 
hemently, strenuously, Lu. 23. 10. 
Ac. 18. 28. 

Eurpa7reXi'a, as, 77, (evrpdneXos, 
ready, witty, fr. ev & rpeVco) face- 
tiousness, pleasantry; hence, buf- 
foonery, ribaldry, Ep. 5. 4. 

"Evcjjrj p.la, a?, 77, i?r. use of words of 
good omen ; hence, favourable ex- 
pression, praise, commendation, 2 Co. 
6. 8 : from 

Ei'qbrjpos, ov, 6, 17, (ev & (pr]p-r)) 
of good omen, auspicious ; hence, 
of good report, commendable, laud- 
able, reputable, Phi. 4. 8. 

Eucpope'co, &>, f. rjaco, (evcpopos, ev 
& <£epo) to bear or bring forth well 
or plentifully, yield abundantly, Lu. 
12. 16. 

Evcppalvco, f. ava>, a. 1. ev<ppr)va & 

evfypava, (evfypwv, ev & 4>prji>) to glad- 
den, 2 Co. 2. 2; ;>a.ss. to be glad, 
exult, rejoice, Lu. 12. 19. Ac. 2. 20 ; 
mid. to feast in token of joy, keep 
a day of rejoicing, Lu. 15. 23, 24, 
29, 32, et al. 

EiKppoawr), rjs, 17, (evcppcov) joy, 
gladness, rejoicing, Ac. 2. 28 ; 14. 17. 

E^aptoreco, co, f. r^rrco, a. 1. r}cra, 
(euxapioro?) to thank, give thanks, 
Mat. 15. 36; 26. 27, et al. 

E^xapifrta, 09, 17, gratitude, thank- 
fulness, Ac. 24. 3 ; thanks, the act of 
giving thanks, thanksgiving, 1 Co. 
14. 16, et al.; conversation marked 
by the gentle cheerfulness of a grate- 
ful heart, as contrasted with the un- 
seemly mirth of evrpanekla, Ep. 5. 4 : 
from 

Evxapicrros, ov, 6, 17, (ev & x<*pis) 
grateful, pleasing; grateful, mind- 
ful of benefits, thankful, Col. 3. 15. 

E</\;>7, 77?, 77, a wish, prayer, Ja. 5. 
15; a vow, Ac. 21. 23. 

Eu^opat, f. %op.ai, a. 1. rjii^dp-r/v, 
to pray, offer prayer, Ac. 26. 29. 
2 Co 13. 7, 9. Ja. 5. 16 ; to wish, de- 
sire, Ac. 27. 29. Ro. 9. 3. 3 Jno. 2. 

Evxprjo-ros, ou, 6, 17, (ev & XP 1 !' 
o-to?) highly useful, very profitable, 
2 Ti. 2. 21 ; 4. 11. Phile. 11. 

Eu^u^eco, co, f. J70-C0, (evyj/vxos, of 
good courage, ev & ipv^o) to be ani- 
mated, encouraged, in good spirits, 
Phi. 2. 19. 



> fixe 

Evcobia, as, 17, (evai8rjs, ev & oScoSa, 
6£a>) a sweet smell, grateful odouri 
fragrance, 2 Co. 2. 1 5. Ep. 5. 2. Phi. 
4. 18. 

Evmvvfxos, ou, 6, 17, (ev & ovopa) 
of good name or omen ; used also as 
an euphemism by the Greeks instead oj 
apia-repos, which was a word of bad 
import, as all omem on the left de- 
noted misfortune; the left, Mat. 20. 
21, 23; 25. 33, 41, et al. 

"E(pdyov, a. 2. of eo-8la>. 
EqbdX\op.ai, f. aXovfiai, (err't & 
aXAo/uai) to leap or spring upon, as- 
sault, Ac. 19. 16. 

'Etpdrra^, adv. (erri & aVa^) once 
for all, Ro. 6. 10 ; at once, 1 Co. 15. 6 

'Ecpealvos, 77, ov, Re. 2. 1, and 

'E<pecrio?,i'a,ioi>, Ephesian.of "E(pe- 
cros, ov, Tj, Ephesus, a citt/ of Asia 
Minor, Ac. 19. 28, 34, 35; 21. 29. 
Ecpevperrjs, ov, 6, (ecpeupiovcco, 
to come upon, find, discover, fr. 1=77-1' 
& ebpio-KU)) an inventor, deviser, Ro. 
1. 30. 

'Ecp77pep/a, as, 17, pr. daily course ; 
the daily service of the temple; a 
course of priests to tvhich the daily 
service for a week was allotted in ro- 
tation, Lu. 1. 5, 8 : (L. G.) from 

'E<pr)p.epos, ov, 6, 77, (eVt & qpepa) 
lasting for a day ; daily ; sufficient 
for a day, necessary for every day, 
Ja. 2. 15. 

*E<pLKveop.ai, ovp,ai, f. l^ofiai, a. 2. 

e^)i/c6jarjv, (eW & iKviofiai, to come) to 

come or reach to, to reach a certain 
point or end; to reach, arrive at. 
2 Co. 10. 13, 14. 1 
'E(p[crTr]pi, f. e7no~Tr)o~(£>, (enl & icr- 1 
TTjp-i) trans, to place upon, over, close 
by; intrans. p. e^ea-niKa, part, tye- 

0~tw9, a. 2. eTrecrT7)v, mid. erf>L<TTafxai, to 
stand by or near, Lu. 2. 38 ; 4. 39 ? to 
come suddenly upon, Lu. 2.9. 2 4 ; 
to come upon, assault, Ac 6. 12; 
17. 5 ; to come near, approach. Lu. 
10. 40; to impend, be instant, he at 
hand, 1 Thes. 5.3; to be present, Ac. 
28. 2 ; to be pressing, urgent, earnest, 
2 Ti. 4. 2. 

'E(p<pa8d, (Aramaean, nn5DJ"lK) be 

thou opened, Mar. 7. 34. 
"Ex^pa, "$S >7> enmity, discord, feud, 

Lu. 23. 12. Gal. 5. 20; alienation 



Exe 



so 



ZHA 



Ep. 2. 15, 16; a principle or state of 
enmity, Ro. 8. 7. 
Ex^pos, d, bV, hated, under dis- 
favour, Ro. 11. 28 ; inimical, hostile, 
Mat. 13. 28. Col. 1. 21 ; as a subs, an 
enemy, adversary, Mat. 5. 43, 44; 

10. 30. Lu. 6. 27, 35, et al. 
"EXiS^a, rjs, ^, (e'xts) a viper, poi- 
sonous serpent, Ac. 28. 3 ; tised also 
fig. of persons, Mat. 3. 7. ^ 

'Exoo, f - *^ £0 ' im perf. e iX 0V i a - 2 - 
e<T\ov, p. ecr^rj/ca, to hold, Re. 16, 
et al. ; to seize, possess a person, 
Mar. 16. 8 ; to have, possess, Mat. 

7. 29, et al. freq. ; to have, have 
ready, be furnished with, Mat. 5. 23. 
Jno. 5. 36 ; 6. 68, et al. ; to have as a 
matter of crimination, Mat. 5. 23. 
Mar. 11. 25, et al. ; to have at com- 
mand, Mat. 27. 65 ; to have the power, 
be able, Mat. 18. 25. Lu. 14. 14. Ac. 

4. 14, et al. ; to have in marriage, 
Mat. 14. 4, et al. ; to have, be affected 
by, subjected to, Mat. 3. 14; 12. 10. 
Mar. 3. 10. Jno. 12. 48; 15. 22,24; 

13. 21, 22. Ac. 23. 29. 1 Ti. 5. 12. 
He. 7. 28. 1 Jno. 1. 8; 4. 18 ; x<*f»- v 
e\eiv, to feel gratitude, be thankful, 
1 Ti. 1. 12. 2 Ti. 1. 3. Phile. 7; to 
hold, esteem, regard, Mat. 14. 5. Lu. 

14. 18, 19, et al. ; to have or hold as 
an object of knowledge, faith, or prac- 
tice, Jno. 5. 38, 42; 14. 21. 1 Jno. 

5. 12. 2 Jno. 9; intrans. with ad- 
verbs or advei'bial expressions, *o be, 
to fare. Mat. 9. 12. Mar. 2. 17 ; 5. 23. 
Lu. 5. 31. Jno. 4. 52. Ac. 7. 1 ; 12.15; 

15. 36; 21. 13. 2 Co. 10. 6; 12. 14. 

1 Ti. 5. 25. 1 Pe. 4. 5 ; to vvv e^of, 
for the present ; in A r . T., e\etv ep 
yaarpi, to be pregnant, Mat. 1. 18, et 
al.; as also e\it-v ^oL-rqv, Ro. 9. 10; 
exeiv Sai/xoviov, to be possessed, Mat. 

11. 18, et al. ; of time, to have con- 
tinued, to have lived, Jno. 5. 5, 6 ; 

8. 57 ; of space, to embrace, be dis- 
tant, Ac. 1. 12; mid. pr. to hold by, 
cling to ; hence, to border upon, be 
next, Mar. 1. 38. Lu. 13. 33. Ac. 
20. 15; 21.26; to tend immediately 
to, He. 6. 9. 

Ego?, conj., of time, while, as long 
as, Jno. 9. 4 ; until, Mat. 2. 9. Lu. 
15. 4; as also in N~. 71, ecos ou, *<os 
orov, Mat. 5. 18, 26 ; ecus apri, until 
now, Mat. 11. 12; e'co? n6re, until 
when, how long, Mat. 17. 17; e'co? 
cyfiepov, until this day, to this time, 

2 Co. i. 15 ; as prep., of time, until, I 



Mat. 24. 21 ; of place, unto, even to 

Mat. 11. 23. Lu. 2. 15; ecus *vu, to 

the brim, Jno. 2. 7 ; ecus ec?, even to, 
as far as, Lu. 24. 50 ; ecu? k<£tco, to the 
bottom ; ecu? SiSe, to this place, Lu. 
23. 5 ; of state, unto, even to, Mat 
26. 38 ; of number, even, so much as, 
Ro. 3. 12, et al. freq. 

Z 

Zdm, £5, (rjs, f. £770-00 & 0)<ro- 
juai, a. 1. efJVjtra, p. e^rj/ca, to live, tobc 

possessed of vitality, to exercise the 
functions of life, Mat. 27. 63. Ac. 
17. 28, et al.; to $\v, life, He. 2. 15; 
to have means of subsistence, 1 Co. 
9. 14 ; to live, to pass existence in a 
specific manner, Lu. 2. 36; 15. 13, et 
al. ; to be instinct with life and 
vigour ; hence, £iov, living, an epithet 
of God, in a sense peculiar to Him- 
self; eX7rl? fao-a, a vigorous and en- 
during hope, 1 Pe. 1.3; vScop &i>, a 
perennial flow of water, Jno. 4. 10; 
to be cheered and happy, 1 Thes. 3. 8 ; 
to be exempt from spiritual condem- 
nation, to have fruition of salvation, 
1 Jno. 4. 9, et al. 

Zfcrrd?, 77, oV, (£eoo) pr. boiled ; boil- 
ing, boiling hot ; met. glowing with 
zeal, fervent, Re. 3. 15, 16. 

Zei/yos, eo?, to, a yoke of animals; 
a pair, couple, Lu. 2. 24 ; 14. 19. 

ZevKTrjpia, as, r), (pr. fern, of £ev<- 
Trjpio?, fr. £ev'yz/v/xi, to yoke, join) a 
fastening, band, Ac. 27. 40. 

Zcvs, Aid?, 6, the supreme God oj 
the Greeks, answering to the Jupiter 
oftheJiomans, Ac. 14. 12, 13. 

Zeco, f. £Vcrco, to DO' 1 . to °e hot ; in 
N. T., met. to be fervent, ardent, zea- 
lous, Ac. 18. 25. Ro. 12. 11. 

ZrjXevoo, f. (vera), i. q. £V?Xdco, v. r. 
Re. 3. 19: from 

Zr/Xos, ov, 6, (£Vco) in a good sens?, 
generous rivalry ; noble aspiration ; 
in N. 71, zeal, ardour in behalf of, 
ardent affection, Jno. 2. 17. Ro. 10 2 ; 
inabad sense, jealousy, envy, malice, 
Ac. 13. 45. Ro. 13. 13; indignation, 
wrath, Ac. 5. 17 et al. : whence 

Zr)\6a>, co, f. coo-00, to have strong 
affection towards, be ardently de- 
voted to, 2 Co. 1 1 . 2 ; to make a show 
of affection and devotion towards, 
Gal. 4. 17; to desire earnestly, aspire 



81 



H 



eagerly after, 1 Co. 12. 3! ; 14. 1, 39; 
absol. to be fervent, to be zealous, 
Re. 3. 19; to be jealous, envious, 
spiteful, Ac. 7. 9 ; 17. 5. 1 Co. 13. 4. 
Ja. 4. 2 ; pass, to be an object of 
warm regard and devotion, Gal. 4. 18 : 
whence 

ZrjXcorrjs, ov, o, pr. a generous ri- 
val, an imitator; in N. T., an as- 
pirant, 1 Co. 14. 12. Tit. 2. 14; a 
devoted adherent, a zealot, Ac. 21. 
20; 22. 3. Gal. I. 14. 

T^fiia, ay, 7, damage, loss, detri- 
ment, Ac. 27. 10, 21. Phi. 3. 7, 8: 
whence 

Zr)ix'.6a>, co, f. cocrco, to visit with 
loss or harm ; jjoss. to suffer loss or 
detriment, 1 Co. 3. 15. 2 Co. 7. 9 ; to 
lose, to forfeit, Mat. 16. 2G. Mar. 8. 
36 % Phi. 3. 8 

Z?/reco, co, f. fjfra, to seek, look for, 
Mat. 18. 12. Lu. 2. 48, 49 ; to search 
after, Mat. 13. 45 ; to be on the watch 
for, Mat. 2G. 16; to pursue, endea- 
vour to obtain, Ro. 2. 7 ; 1 Pe. 3. 11, 
et al. ; to desire, wish, want, Mat. 
12. 47 ; to seek, strive for, Mat. 6. 33 ; 
to endeavour, Mat. 21. 46; to re- 
quire, demand, ask for, Mar. 8. 11. 
Lu. 11. 16 ; 12. 48 ; to inquire or ask 
questions, question, Jno. 16. 19; to 
deliberate, Mar. 11. 18. Lu. 12. 29; 
in N. T.fr. Heb. &Teiv rqu \jruxfjv, to 
seek the life of any one, to seek to 
kill, Mat. 2. 20 : whence 

ZrjTrjua, aro?, ro, a question ; a 
subject of debate or controversy, Ac. 
15. 2 ; 18. 15 ; 23. 29, et al. 

Zr)Tr)(ris, ecoy, fj, a seeking ; an in- 
quiry, a question ; a dispute, debate, 
discussion, Jno. 3. 25. 1 Ti. 1. 4; a 
subject of dispute or controversy, 
Ac. 25. 20, et al. 

Zt£aviov, ou, to, zizanium, darnel, 
spurious wheat, a plant found in Pa- 
lestine, which resembles wheat both in 
its stalk and grain, but is worthless 
a,nd deleterious, Mat. 13. 26, 27, 29, 
30, 36, 38, 40. L. G. 

Zo'g/)o?, ou, 6, gloom, thick dark- 
ness, 2 Pe. 2. 4, 17. Jude 6, 13. 

Zvyos, ou, 6, a collateral form of 
fryov, (^evywfii) pr. a cross bar or 
band ; a yoke ; met. a yoke of bond- 
age, state of slavery, servile con- 
dition, I Ti. 6. 1 ; service or obliga- 
tion, Mat. 11. 29, 30. Ac. 15. 10. Gal. 



5. 1 ; the beam of a balance ; b$ 

synecd. a balance, pair of scales. Re 

6. 5. 

Zvfirjy j^f, rj, leaven, Mat.16. 12; la 
33 ; met. leaven of the mind and con- 
duct, a system of doctrine or morals, 
used in a bad sense, Mat. 16. 6, 11, 
1 Co. 5. 6, et al. : whence 

Zu/aoco, co, f. cocrco, to leaven, cause 
to ferment, Mat. 13. 33. Lu. 13. 21. 

1 Co. 5. 6. Gal. 5.9. 

Zcoypeco, co, f. 770-co, p. e'^coyo^Ka, 
(£a>6?, alive, & aypevaj) pr. to take 
alive, take prisoner in war instead 01 
killing; to take captive, enthral, 

2 Ti. 2. 26 ; also, to catch animals, as 
fish : in which sense it is used figura- 
tively, Lu. 5. 10. 

Zcojy, rjs, 77, (£aco) life, animated 
existence, state of being alive, Lu. 
16. 25. Ac. 17. 25 ; life, manner of 
life, conduct, Ro. 6. 4 ; in N. T., life, 
deliverance from the proper penalty 
of sin, expressed by Qdvaros, Jno. 6. 51. 
Ro. 5. 18, et al. ; life, the final state 
of the redeemed, Mat. 25. 46, et al. ; 
the author of life, means of attain- 
ing life, Jno. 5. 39 ; 11. 25. Col. 3. 4. 

Za>vr), tjs, f), a zone, belt, girdle, 
Mat. 3. 4 ; 10. 9, et al. 

Za>vvv\ii, and in N. T. £covvva>, f. 
fajcno, to gird, gird on, put on one's 
girdle, Jno. 21. 18, bis. 

Zcooyoveco, co, f. J70-CO, (^coo'y & yo- 
fo?) pr. to bring forth living crea- 
tures; in N. T., to preserve alive, 
save, Lu. 17. 33. Ac. 7. 19. 

Zcoot/, ou, ro, a living creature, 
animal, He. 13. 11. 2 Pe. 2. 12, et al. 

Zcoo7roieco, co, f. rjcrco, ((coos & 
Troieco) pr. to engender living crea- 
tures ; to impart life, make alive, 
vivify, Ro. 4. 17 ; 8. 11. 1 Co. 15. 36 ; 
in N. T., met. to impart the life oj 
salvation, Jno. 6. 63. 2 Co. 3. 6, et al. 



H 

V H, either, or, Mat. 6. 24, et al. ; 

after comparatives, and aAAo?, erepos, 
expressed or implied, than, Mat. 1 0. lfii 
18. 8. Ac. 17. 21; 24. 21; intensivt 
after a\\d & irptV, Lu. 12. 51. Mat 
1. 18 ; it also serves to point an intfm 
rogation, Ro. 3. 29, et al. 

7 



H 



82 



HTO 



r H, a particle occurring in the iV. T. 
only in the combination ^ fiijv, intro- 
ductory to the terms of an oath, He. 
6. 14. 

Hye /j.ov€VG), f. evaco, (fjyep.u>v) to 
be a guide, leader, chief ; in AT. T., to 
hold the office of a Roman provincial 
governor, Lu. 2. 2; 3. 1. 

Hyepovia, as, f], leadership, sove- 
reignty ; in N. T., a reign, Lu. 3. 1 : 
from 

'Hye/Kov, ovos, 6, a guide ; a leader ; 
a cliieftain, prince, Mat. 2. 6 ; a 
Roman provincial governor, wider 
whatever title, Mat. 27. 2, et al. 

"Hyeo/tat, ovpai, f. tjaopai, to lead 
the way ; to take the lead, Ac. 14.12; 
to be chief, to preside, govern, rule, 
Mat. 2. 6. Ac. 7. 10; ijyoviJievog, a 
chief officer in the church, He. 13.7, 
17, 24 ; also, with p. rjy^juai, to think, 
consider, count, esteem, regard, Ac. 

26. 2. 2 Co. 9. 5, et al. 

'HoVco?, otfv. (rjdvs) with pleasure, 
gladly, willingly, Mar. 6. 20; 12. 37. 
2 Co. 11. 19. 
H8rj, adv. before now, now, already, 
Mat. 3. 10; 5. 28, et al. ; tjSt? no-re, at 
length, Ro. 1. 10. Pin. 4. 10. 

'HSiora, adv. (pr. neut. pi. superlat. 
of r/Sik) -with the greatest pleasure, 
most gladly, 2 Co. 12. 9, 15. 

'H8ovt), 77s-, 17, (rjdos) pleasure, gra- 
tification ; esp. sensual pleasure, Lu. 
8.14. Tit. 3. 3. Ja. 4. 3. 2 Pe. 2. 13; 
a passion, Ja. 4. 1. 

'Hdvoapov, ov, rd, (rjdvs & 007x77) 
garden mint, Mat. 23 23. Lu. 
11. 42. 

\l80s, eoy, ro, pr. a place of cus- 
tomary resort, a haunt ; hence, a set- 
tled habit of mind and manners, 
1 Co. 15. 33. 

"IIkcd, f. rj^co, imperf. rj<ov, to be 
come, have arrived, Lu. 15. 27, et al. 

'HXi, (Heb. ^K) my God 1 Mat. 

27. 46. 

'HXiKia, as, 17, (r/Ai£) a particular 
period of life ; the period fitted for 
a particular function, prime, He. 
11. II ; full age, years of discretion, 
Jno. 9. 21, 23; perhaps, the whole 
duration of life, Mat. 6. 27. Lu. 
12.25; othcru-ise, stature, Lu. 19. 3. 
Ep. 4.13. 



'HAi'kos, rj, ov, as great aa ; hem 
great, Col. 2. 1. Ja. 3. 5. (I). 

"tiXios, ov, 6, the sun, Mat. 13. 43 ; 
17 2. Mar. 1. 32, et al. ; meton. ligh 
of the sun, light, Ac. 13. 11. 

'HAo?, ov, 6, a nail, Jno. 20. 25, bis. 

'H/xepa, as, rj, day, a day, the in- 
terval from sunrise to sunset, opp. to 
vvf, Mat. 4. 2 ; 12. 40. Lu. 2. 44 ; the 
interval of twenty-four hours, com- 
prehending day and night, Mat. 6. 34 ; 
15. 32 ; fr. the Heb. ifixepq. koX r)V-epa, 
day by day, every day, 2 Co. 4. 16 ; 
Tj/oie'pai/ ef ^fxe'pa?, from day to day, 
continually, 2 Pe. 2. 8 ; K a9' rj/xepai', 
every day, daily, Ac. 17. 17. He. 
3. 13 ; a point or period of time, Lu. 
19. 42. Ac. 15. 7. Ep. 6. 13, et al. ; 
a judgment, trial, 1 Co. 4. 3. 
Hperepos, a, ov, our, Ac. 2. 11 ; 
24. 6, et al. 

'Hpidavns, eos, ovs, 6, f), (rjfu — & 
6vti<tku) half dead, Lu. 10. 30. 

"YipXavs, o~eia, av, half, Mar. 6. 23. 
Lu. 19.8. Re. 11.11; 12. 14. 

'Hpia>piov, ov, to, (17/xt — & apa) 
half an hour, Re. 8. 1. L. Or. 

"KvLna, adv. when, 2 Co. 3. 15, 16. (1). 

"YLTrep, O7 & Trep) an emphatic form 
o/rj, than, Jno. 12. 43. 

*H7Tio?, ov, 6, f), mild, gentle, kind, 
1 Thes. 2. 7. 2 Ti. 2. 24. 

"Hp€pos, ov, 6, 37, equivalent to the 
ordinary form lipep-cuos, tranquil, 
quiet, 1 Ti. 2. 2. N. T. 

'Hpcodiavoi, Cov, oi, Herodians, par- 
tisans of 'HpwSr;?, Herod Antipas, 
Mat. 22. 16. Mar. 3. 6; 12. 13. 

'Uovxd(co, f. aaco, (rjo-vx 0 ^ to be 
still, at rest; to live peaceably, be 
quiet, 1 Thes. 4. 11 ; to rest from la- 
bour, Lu. 23. 56 ; to be silent or quiet, 
acquiesce, to desist from discussion 
Lu. 14. 4. Ac. 11. 18; 21. 14. 

'Hovxia, as, rj, rest, quiet, tranquil- 
lity ; a quiet tranquil life, 2 Thes. 
3. 12; silence, silent attention, Ac. 
22. 2. 1 Ti. 2. 11, 12. 

'Ha-vxios, ov, 6, f), equivalent to 
ijcrDxo?. quiet, tranquil, peaceful, 1 "Ti 
2. 2. 1 Pe. 3. 4. 

"Htoi, conj. (7 & TOi) in N. T. onlf 
in the itsage, ^roi— fj, whether, niti 
an elevated tone, Ro. 6. 16 



HTT 83 

'jiTrdopai, wpai, f. f)TTi]6r)a-op.ai 

r)TTr)aofi.a.i, p. rjmj^ai, (t/ttwi/) to be 



0E 



less, inferior to ; to fare worse, to be 
in a less favoured condition, 2 Co. 
12. 13 ; by impl. to be overcome, van- 
quished, 2 Pe 2. 19, 20: whence 
H.TTr)fjLa, aroy, rd, an inferiority 
to a particular standard; default, 
failure, shortcoming, Ro. 11. 12. 1 Co. 
€,7. S. 

'Httcov, Att. for rjao-u>v, ovos, 6, rj, 

less, 2 Co. 12. 15 ; worse, 1 Co. 11. 17. 
H^eco, oo, f. r)aa>, (r)X^ to sound, 

ring, 1 Co. 13. 1 ; to roar, as the sea, 

Lu. 21. 25. 
H^oy, ov, 6, equivalent to rjXVi 

sound, noise, Ac. 2. 2. He. 12. 19; 

met. report, fame, rumour, Lu. 4. 37. 



OdXacraa, rjs, rj, the sea, Mat. 23. 15. 
Mar. 9. 42 ; a sea, Ac. 7. 36 ; an in- 
land sea, lake, Mat. 8. 24, et al. 

©a\7Tft>, f. \^ft), to impart warmth ; 
met. to cherish, nurse, foster, Ep. 
5. 29. 1 Thes. 2. 7. 

Qap/3ea>, co, f. 170-0, a. 1. eddpfirjo-a, 
to be astonished, amazed, Ac. 9. fi ; 
fafer, pass, to be astonished, amazed, 
awe-struck, Mar. 1. 27; 10. 24,32: 
from 

QdfxjBos, eos, to, astonishment, 
amazement, awe, Lu. 4. 36, et al. 

Qava.o-Xp.09, ov, 6, rj, (Bdvaros) 
deadly, mortal, fatal, Mar. 16. 18. 

Qavarrjcpdpos, ov, 6, fj, (Odvaros & 
</>epw) mortiferous, bringing or caus- 
ing death, deadly, fatal, Ja. 3. 8. 

BdvaTos, ov, 6, (8vrjo-Ka>) death, the 
extinction of life, whether naturally, 
Lu. 2. 26. Mar. 9. 1 ; or violently, 
Mat. 10. 21 ; 15. 4 ; imminent danger 
of death, 2 Co. 4. 11, 12 ; II. 23 ; in 
If. T., death, as opposed to C,<»y\ in its 
spiritual sense, spiritual condemna- 
tion, exclusion from salvation, the 
penal state of loss of salvation. Jno. 
8. 51. Ro. 6. 16, et al. : whence 

BavaTooi, co, f. wcrco, a. 1. idavd- 
Tcocra, to put to death, deliver to 
death, Mat. 10. 21 ; 26. 59. Mar. 13. 
12 ; pass, to be exposed to imminent 
danger of death, Ro. 3. 36 ; in N. T., 



met. to subdue, mortify, Ro. 8. 18i 
pass, to be dead to, to be rid, parted 
from, as if by the intervention (J 
death, Ro. 7. 4.' 
QaTTTco, f. \jf(D, T€Ta(pa, a. 1. idayjraf 
a. 2. pass, hdcfyriv, to bury, inter, Mat 
8. 21, 22; 14. 12, et al. 
Qapaeco, co, &, new Attic, 6app€(o t 
a>, (0ap<ro?, Odppos), f. j?crcu, imperat. 
Odpo-ei^ to be of good courage, be ol 
good cheer, Mat. 9. 2, et al. ; to ba 
confident, hopeful, 2 Co. 7. 16, et al. ; 
to be bold, maintain a bold bearing, 
2 Co. 10. 1, 2. 
Qdpcros, eos, to, courage, con- 
fidence, Ac. 28. 15. 
Qavpa, aros, to, a wonder ; wonder, 
admiration, astonishment, Re. 17. 6 : 
whence 

Qavpd£a>, f. acrco, p. TeOavpaKa, 
a. 1. eOavnaaa, to admire, regard 
with admiration, wonder at, Lu. 7. 9. 
Ac. 7. 31 ; to reverence, adore, 2 Thes. 
1. 10 ; absol. to wonder, be filled with 
wonder, admiration, or astonish- 
ment, Mat. 8. 10. Lu. 4. 22, etal.: 
whence 

Qavp.do-Los, a, ov, wonderful, admir- 
able, marvellous ; to Gavixdaiov, a 
wonder, wonderful work, Mat. 21. 13. 

QavpacrTos, r\, ov, wondrous, glo- 
rious, 1 Pe. 2. 9. Re. 15. 1 ; marvel- 
lous, strange, uncommon, Mat. 21 . 42. 
Mar. 12. II. 

Geo, as, f), (deos) a goddess, Ac. 
19. 27, 35, 37. 

Qedopai, &>pai, f. daopai, p. TeOed- 
fxai, a. 1. pass. e0e<£07ji/, to gaze upon, 
Mat. 6. 1 ; 23. 5. Lu. 7. 24 ; to see, 
discern with the eyes, Mar. 16. 11, 
14. Lu. 5. 27. Jno. 1.14, 32, 38, et 
al. ; to see, visit, Ro. 15. 24. 

QeaTp[£op.aL, to be exposed as in a 
theatre, be made a gazing-stock, ob- 
ject of scorn, He. 10. 33 : (N. T.) 

from 

Qearpov, ov, to, (dedopai) a theatre, 
a place where public games and 
spectacles are exhibited, Ac. 19. 29, 
31 ; melon, a show, gazing-stock, 
1 Co. 4. 9. 

Qdov, ov, to, brimstone, sulphur, 
Lu. 17. 29. Re. 9. 17, 18, et al. 

Qelos, a, ov, (Beds) divine, pertain- 
ing to God, 2 Pe. 1. 3, 4 ; to Otiov, tbn 



0EI 



0E£2 



divine nature, divinity, Ac. 17. 29: 

whence 

QeiOTns, tv/tos, 17, divinity, deity, 

fodhead, divine majesty, Ro. 1. 20. 
1. G. 

OeicoSr;?, eos, ovs, 6, r], (dclov) of 
brimstone, sulphurous, Re. 9. 17. 
L. G. 

QeXrjua, aros, to, (deXco) will, bent, 
inclination, 1 Co. 1G. 12. Ep. 2. 3. 
1 I*e. 4. 3; resolve, 1 Co. 7. 37; will, 
purpose, design, 2 Ti. 2. 26. 2 Pe. 

1. 21 ; will, sovereign pleasure, be- 
hest, Mat. 18. 14. Lu. 12. 47. Ac. 
13. 22, et al. freq. ; ev r<Z OsK^nan 0e6v, 
Deo permittente, if God please or 
permit, Ro. 1. 10. S. 

QeXrjais, coo?, 17, will, pleasure, He. 

2. 4 : (L. G.) from 
GeAco, see e#eXco. 

QepeXios, lov, 6, (pr. an adj. fr. 
Qifj.a, rLBri^i) 6efj.e\iov, to, a founda- 
tion, Lu. 6. 48, 49. He. 11. 10; met. 
a foundation laid in elementary in- 
struction, He. 6. 1 ; a foundation of a 
superstructure of faith, doctrine, or 
liope, 1 Co. 3. 10, 11, 12. Ep. 2. 20. 
1 Ti. 6. 19; a foundation laid in a 
commencement of preaching the gos- 
pel, Ro. 15. 20: xohence 

&ep.eXi6a>, co, f. cocrco, p. redefxe- 
\ux)na, a. 1. £0ejaeAiW<x, to found, lay 
the foundation of, Mat. 7. 25. Lu. 
6. 48. He. 1. 10; met. to ground, es- 
tablish, render firm and unwavering, 
Ep. 3. 17. Col. 1. 23. 1 Pe. 5. 10. 

QeodidaKTos, ov, 6, fj, (Qeos & di- 
Soktos) taught of God, divinely in- 
structed, 1 Thes. 4. 9. N. T. 

Qeofxax^oi, a>, f. ??crco, (6e6s & p-aX°- 
/uai) to fight or contend against God, 
to seek to counteract the divine will, 
Ac. 23. 9. 

Geo/za^o?, ov, 6, fighting against 

God, in conflict with God, Ac. 5. 39. 

(a). N.T. t t 

Beoirvevo-Tos, ov, 6, 77, (Ueos & 

7rvea>) divinely inspired, 2 Ti. 3. 16. 

L. G. 

Geo?, ov, 6, & f), a deity, Ac. 7. 43. 
1 Co. 8. 5; an idol, Ac. 7. 40; GOD, 
the true God, Mat. 3. 9, et al. freq. ; 
God, possessed of true godhead, 
Jno. 1.1. Ro. 9. 5 ; fr. the Heb. ap- 
plied to potentates, Jno. 10. 34, 35; 
0«£, an intensive term,fr. the Heb., 



exceedingly, Ac. 7. 20, &, perhaps 

2 Co. 10. 4. 
Geocre/3eta, as, 17, worshipping ol 

God, reverence towards God, piety, 

1 Ti. 2. 10: from 
Qeocrffirjs, eos, ovs, 6, f], (Oeos & 

o-e/Bo/xtu) reverencing God, pious, 

godly, devout, a sincere worshipper 

of God, Jno. 9. 31. 
Geoo-rv-yr;?, eos, ovs, o, 77, 

o-ruye'to, to hate) God-hated ; in K. T., 

a hater and contemner of God, Ro. 

1. 30. 

Qcottjs, TTjTOS, rj, (deos) divinity, 
deity, godhead, Col. 2. 9. L. G. 

Qepaneia, service, attendance ; heal- 
ing, cure, Lu. 9.11; Re. 22. 2 ; meton. 
those who render service, servants, 
domestics, family, household, Mat. 
24. 45. Lu. 12. 42 : from 

Qefianevci), f. fwco, a. 1. i&epa- 
neva-a, to serve, minister to, render 
service and attendance; to render 
divine service, worship, Ac. 17. 25; 
to heal, cure, Mat. 4. 23, 24 ; 8. 16, et 
al. : from 

Qepdrrcov, ovtos, 6, an attendant, a 
servant ; a minister, He. 3. 5. 

Gep/£o), f. Laco, a. 1. tdepiaa, (6e- 
pos) to gather in harvest, reap, Mat. 
6. 26 ; 25. 24, 26 ; met. to reap the re- 
ward of labour, 1 Co. 9. 11. 2 Co. 
9. 6 ; to reap the harvest of vengeance, 
Re. 14. 15, 16: whence 

Qepiapos, ov, 6, harvest, the act of 
gathering the harvest, reaping, Jno. 
4. 35, et al. ; met. the harvest of the 
Gospel, Mat. 9. 37, 38. Lu. 10. 2 ; a 
crop; met. the crop of vengeance, Re. 
14. 15. 

Qepio-rfjs, ov, 6, one who gathers 
in the harvest, a reaper, Mat. 13. 
30, 39. 

Qeou-alvco, f. avco, to warm ; mid. 
to warm one's self, Mar. 14. 54, 67. 
Jno. 18. 18, 25. Ja. 2. 16 : from 

Qepp-r], r)s, t), (depp.6s, 6epco) heat, 
warmth, Ac. 28. 3. 

Qepos, eos, to, the warm season ol 
the year, summer, Mat. 24. 32. Mar. 
13. 38. Lu. 21. 30. 

Qecopeco, co, f. 770-co, to be a specta- 
tor, to gaze on, contemplate ; to be- 
hold, view with intei'est and attention 
Mat. 27. 55 ; 28. 1, et al. ; to contem- 



GPO 



plate mentally, consider, He. 7. 4; 
in N. T., to see, perceive, Mar. 3. 11, 
et al. ; to come to a knowledge of, 
J no. 6. 40 ; fr. the Heb. to experience, 
undergo, Jno. 8. 51, et al. : whence 

0eo)/3i'a, as, rj, a beholding ; a sight, 
spectacle, Lu. 23. 48. 

&r)Ki], rjs, 77, (ridrjfxi) a repository, 
receptacle ; a case, sheath, scabbard, 
Jno. 18. 11. 

Qr]Xd£co, f. acro>, a. 1. idrjXacra, 
(Q-qXrj, a nipple) to suckle, give suck, 
Mat. 24. 19. Mar. 13. 17. Lu. 21.23; 
23.29; to suck, Mat. 21. 16. Lu. 11.27. 

Qr/Xvs, drjXeia, OrjXv, female ; to 
6r)\v, sc. yevos, a female, Mat. 19. 4. 
Mar. 10. G. Ga. 3. 28 ; ^ 0j}Aeia, wo- 
man, Ro. 1. 26, 27. 

Orjpa, as, 17, (6r)p, a wild beast) 
hunting, the chase; met. means of 
capture, a cause of destruction, Ro. 
11.9: whence 

Qrjpevco, f. evo~co, to hunt, catch ; 
met. to seize on, lay hold of, Lu. 11.54. 

Qrjpio fiasco, a>, f. 770-0), a. 1. edrj- 

piojaa^Tjcra, (Orjplov & (aa^o/aai) to fight 

with wild beasts ; met. to be exposed 
to furious hostility, 1 Co. 15. 32. L. G. 

Qrjptov, ov, to, (equivalent to Orjp, 
but pr. a dimin. from it) a beast, 
wild animal, Mar. 1. 13. Ac. 10. 12, 
et al. ; met. a brutish man, Tit. 1. 12. 

Orjaravpifa, f. laco, a. 1, edqcrav- 
pio-o, to collect and lay up stores or 
wealth, treasure up, Mat. 6. 19, 20 ; 
to heap up, accumulate, Ro. 2. 5. 

1 Co. 16. 2 ; to reserve, keep in store, 

2 Pe. 3. 7 : from 

Onaavpos, ov, 6, a treasury, a store, 
treasure, precious deposit, Mat. 6. 
19, 20, 21, et al. ; a receptacle in 
which precious articles are kept, a 
casket, Mat. 2. 11; a store house, 
Mat. 12. 35. 

Oiyydvco, f. 611-op.ai, a. 2. Wiyov, 
to touch, Col. 2. 21. He. 12. 20; to 
harm, He. 11. 28. 

8X//3o), f. \^o), p. pass. TeOXifXfxai, 
to squeeze, press ; to press upon, en- 
cumber, throng, crowd, Mar. 3. 9; 
met. to distress, afflict, 2 Co. 1. 6; 
4. 8, et al. ; pass, to be compressed, 
narrow, Mat. 7. 14: (1) whence 

QXt\j/is, (cos, fj, pr. pressure, com- 
pression ; met. affliction, distress of 



mind, 2 Co. 2. 4 ; distressing circism 
stances, trial affliction, Mat. 24. 9 
et al. L. G. 
QvrjcrKQ), f. davovfiai, p. re&^Ka, 
a. 2. eOavou, to die ; in JV. T., only in 
the p. and plup., reOvriKa, ereOw'iKeiv, 
inf. TeOvdvai, part. TeSirjKois, to be 
dead, Mat. 2. 20; Mar. 15. 44, et al. : 
whence 

Qvnros, t}, ov, mortal, obnoxious to 
death, Ro. 6. 12 ; 8. 11. 2 Co. 4. 11 : 
to 01/T/Tw, mortality, 1 Co. 15. 53> 54, 
2 Co. 5. 4. 

Qopvfiea), u>, f rjo-eo, intrans. tc 
make a din, uproar; trans, to dis- 
turb, throw into commotion, Ac. 17. 
5 ; in iV. T., mid. to manifest agita- 
tion of mind, to raise a lament, Mat. 
9. 23. Mar. 5. 39. Ac. 20. 10 : from 

Qdpvfios, ov, 6, an uproar, din ; an 
outward expression of mental agita- 
tion, Mar. 5. 38 ; a tumult, commo- 
tion, Mat. 26. 5, et al. 

Qpavco, f. avaco, to break, shiver j 
met., pass. p. part. Teflpavo-jueVos, shat- 
tered, crushed by cruel oppression, 
Lu. 4. 18. 

Qpep,p,a, aros, to, (rpe'^co) that 
which is reared; pi. cattle, Jno. 

4. 12. 

&prjve(o, co, f. rjcrco, a. 1. £6pr]vncra, 
to lament, bewail, Mat. 11. 17. Lu. 
7. 32. Jno. 16. 20: from 

Qprjvos, ov, 6, (dpeofxai, to shriek) 
wailing, lamentation, Mat. 2. 18. 

Qpi]o~Ke[a, as, rj, religious worship, 
Col. 2. 18 ; religion, a religious 
system, Ac. 26. 5; religion, piety, 
Ja. 1. 26, 27 : from 

Qprjo-Kos, ov, 6, t], occupied with 
religious observances; in N. T., re- 
ligious, devout, pious, Ja. 1 . 26. 

Qpiap,(3€va>, f. €vaa>, (OplapftoS) a 
hymn in honour of Bacchus ; a 
triumph) ;?r. to celebrate a triumph ; 
trans, to lead in triumph, celebrate 
a triumph over, Col. 2. 15 ; in N. T., 
to cause to triumph, 2 Co. 2. 14. L G. 

Qpi£, rpi)(6s, f], a hair ; pi. al Tpi\€S, 
dat. 0pi£i, the hair of the head, Mat. 

5. 36; 10. 30, et al. ; of an animal 
Mat. 3. 4. Mar. 1.6. 

Qpoeo), to, f. r)o-(o, (dpoos, an up- 
roar, fr. OpeoixaL, to make a clamour 
to cry aloud ; in 2f. T., pass, to be dift 



epo 

turbed, disquieted, alarmed, terri- 
fied, Mat. 24. 6. Mar. 13. 7. 2 Th. 2. 2. 

&pop.(3os, ov, 6, a lump ; espec. a 
clot of blood, Lu. 22. 44. 

0/jdi/oy, ov, 6, (dpda, to set) a seat, 
a throne, Mat. 5. 34; 19. 28. Lu. 
1. 52; melon, power, dominion, Lu. 
1. 32. He. 1. 8; a potentate, Col. 
1.16, etal. 

Qvydrnp, repos, rpos, dat. repi, Tpl, 
acc. re'pa, VOC. Ovyarep, i), a daughter, 
Mat. 9. 18; 10. 35, 37 ; in the vocative, 
an expression of affection and kind- 
ness, Mat. 9. 22 ; fr. the Ileb. one of 
the female posterity of any one, Lu. 
1.5; met. a city, Mat. 21. 5. Jno. 
12. 15 ; pi. female inhabitants, Lu. 
23. 28 : (a) whence dimin. 

Qvydrpiov, lov, to, a little daughter, 
female child, Mar. 5. 23; 7. 25. 

QveWa, rjs, 17, (6va>) a tempest, 
whirlwind, hurricane, He. 12. 18. 

Qxiivos, 77, ov, thyine, of dvta, thya, 
an aromatic evergreen tree, arbor 
vital, resembling the cedar, and- found 
inLybia, Re. 18. 12. (1). 

Ovp.ldp,a, aTOS, to, (dvp.ida>) in- 
cense, any odoriferous substance 
burnt in religious worship, Re. 5. 8 ; 
8. 3, 4 ; 18. 13 ; or, the act of burning 
incense, Lu. 1. 10, 11. 

QvpiaTrjpiov, lov, to, a censer for 
burning incense, He. 9. 4 : from 

Qvp,ida>, a, f. do-co, (6va>) to burn 
incense, Lu. 1. 9. 

Bu/xo/xa^eo), g>, f. r)o~a>, (Qvp.6s & 
^axofj-at) to wage war fiercely; to 
be warmly hostile to, be enraged 
against, Ac. 12. 20. L. G. 

Ovpos, ov, 6, (6va>) pr. the soul, 
mind ; hence, a strong passion or 
emotion of the mind ; anger, wrath, 
Lu. 4. 28. Ac. 19. 28, et al. ; pi. swel- 
lings of anger, 2 Co. 12. 20. Ga. 
5. 20 : whence 

&vp.6a>, a>, f. d)0"a>, to provoke to 
anger ; pass, to be angered, enraged, 
Mat. 2. 16. 

Qvpa, as, f), a door, gate, Mat. 6. 6. 
Mar. 1 . 33 ; an entrance, Mat. 27. 60, 
et al. ; in N. T., met. an opening, oc- 
casion, opportunity, Ac. 14. 27. 1 Co. 
16. 9, et al. ; meton. a medium or 
means of entrance, Jno. 10. 7, 9: 
whence 



5 IAE 

Qvpeos, ov,6, a stone or other mp. 
terial employed to close a doorway > 
later, a large oblong shield, Ep. (i. 16. 

Qvpls, Idos, f], a small opening ; a 
window, Ac. 20. 9. 2 Co. 11. 33. 

Qvpcopos, ov, 6, {dvpa & ovpos, a 
keeper) a door-keeper, porter, Mar. 
13. 34. Jno. 10. 3; 18. 16, 17. 

Qvo-'ia, as, f), (6vco) sacrifice, act of 
sacrificing, He. 9. 26 ; the tiling sa- 
crificed, a victim, Mat. 9. 13; 12.7 
the flesh of victims eaten by the sacri- 
fices, 1 Co. 10. 18 ; in iV. T., an offer- 
ing or service to God, Phi. 4. 18, et al 

Qvo~iacrTr)piov, lov, to, an altar, 
Mat. 5. 23, 24. Lu. 1. 11, et al. ; spc. 
the altar of burnt offering, Mat. 23. 
35. Lu. 11. 51; meton. a class of 
sacrifices, He. 13. 10: (S.) from 

Ova, f. dvcro), p. Ttdvm, a. 1. 

€0v<ra, pass. p. reOvfj-ai, a. 1 . Itv9t)v, to 
offer; to kill in sacrifice, sacrifice, 
immolate, Ac. 14. 13, 18, et al.; in 
-ZV. T., to slaughter for food, Mat. 
22. 4, et al. ("u in v in erv&rjv). 
Qoapa£, a.Kos, 6, a breastplate, ar- 
mour for the body, consisting of two 
parts, one covering the breast and the 
other the back, Re. 9. 9, 17. Ep. 6. 14. 
1 Th. 5. 8. 



I. 

"ldp.a, aTos, to, healing, cure, 1 Co. 

12. 9, 28, 30 : from 

ldop.ai, copai, f. daop-ai, a. 1. lacrd- 
juwjv, p. pass, lijuai, a. 1. id$t)v, to heal, 
cure, Mat. 8. 8. Lu. 9. 2 ; met. to 
heal spiritually, restore from a state 
of sin and condemnation, Mat. 13. 

15. He. 12. 13, et al. : ivhence 
'ldo~is, ea>s, 17, healing, cure, Lu. 

13. 32. Ac. 4. 22, 30. 

lacnrLs, ibos, f], jasper, a precious 
stone of various colours, as purple, 
cerulean, green, &c. Re. 4. 3; 21. ll t 
18, 19. 

'iarpdy, ov, 6, {ldop.ai) a physician, 
Mat. 9. 12. Mar. 2. 17 ; 5. 26, et al. 

"ibe, or Ide, imperat. of eidov, used 
as an inter j., lo ! behold ! Jno. 1 1 . 36 \ 

16. 29; 19. 4, 5, et al. 

'idea, as, 7, (iSeuO form ; look, as 
pect, Mat. 28. 3. 



IAI 



87 



TAE 



'ibiogy ta, 101, on'j's own, Mar. 15. i 
20. Jno 7. 18, et al. ; due, proper, I 
specially assigned, Ga. 6. 9. 1 Ti. 
2. 6; 6. 15. Tit. I. 3; also used in 
N. T. as a simple possessive, Eph. 
5. 22, et al. ; to. ISia, one's home, 
household, people, Jno. 1. 11 ; 16. 32; 
19. 27; oi IStoi, members of one's 
household, friends, Jno. 1. 11. Ac. 
24. 23, et al. ; iSta, adverbially, se- 
verally, respectively, 1 Co. 12. 11; 
kclt IUolv, adv. privately, aside, by 
one's self, alone, Mat. 14. 13, 23, et 
al . ; whence 

"'ibiwi-qs, ov, 6, pr. one in private 
life ; one devoid of special learning 
or gifts, a plain person, Ac. 4. 13. 
1 Co. 14. Ifi, 23, 24. 2 Co. 11. G. 
iSou, varied in accent from idov, 
imperat. of el86:xr)v, a particle serving 
to call attention, lo ! Mat. 1 . 23. Lu. 
1. 38. Ac. 8. 3G, et al. freq. 

iSpcb?, tiros, 6, (idos, sweat) sweat, 
Lu. 22. 44. 

'lepdreia, as, rj, priesthood, sacer- 
dotal office, Lu. 1. 9. 

lepdrevp.a, aros, to, a priesthood ; 
meton. a body of priests, 1 Pe. 2. 5, 9: 

t (S.) from 

'leparevco, to officiate as a priest, 
perform sacred rites, Lu. 1.8: from 

Upevs, (cos, 6, (lepos) a priest, one 
who performs sacrificial rites, Mat. 
8. 4. Lu. 1. 5. Jno. 1. 19, et al. 

'Upodvros, ov, 6, r), (lepos & dvoo) 
offered in sacrifice, v.r. 1 Co. 10. 28. 

'lepov, ou, 6 (lepos) a temple, Mat. 
4. 5. Lu. 4. 9. Ac. 19. 27, et al. 

lepoTrpeirrjs, for, ovs, 6, rj, (lepos 
& n-peVei) beseeming what is sacred ; 
becoming holy persons, Tit. 2. 3. 

'lepos, d, ov, hallowed ; holy, di- 
vine, 2 Ti. 3. 15 ; ra lepd, sacred rites, 
1 Co. 9. 13. bis. 

lepocroXvpLTrjs, ov, 6, an inhabit- 
ant of 'lepoaoXvjLa, V. 'IepovtraXrj/x, 

Jerusalem, Mar. 1. 5. Jno. 7. 25. (Et). 
UpoavXeco, w, f. rjaco, to despoil 
temples, commit sacrilege, Ho. 2. 22: 
from 

UpocrvXos, ov, 6, rj. (Upos, & av- 
Xaio) one who despoils temples, com- 
mits sacrilege, Ac. 19. 37. 

Upovpytco, a>, f. rjaco, (lepos & 



efyov) to officiate as priest, perform 
sacred rites ; in N. T., to minister in 
a divine commission, Ro. 15. 16. L. G. 

'lepcocrvurj, tjs, rj, (lepevs) priest- 
hood, sacerdotal office, He 7. 11, 12, 

14, 24. (v). 

'irjaovs, ov, 6, (Heb. J? 11^*1 n 1 * contr. 
JJICy) a Saviour, Jesus, Mat. 1. 21, 
25 ; 2. 1, et al. freq. ; Joshua, Ac. 7. 
45. He. 4. 8 ; Jesus, a Jewish Chris- 
tian, Col. 4. 11. 

'Ikclvos, rj, ov, (ik<o, v. i'cdvco, to 
arrive at, reach to) befitting; suf- 
ficient, enough, Lu. 22. 38; Uavhv 
iroielv Tivi, to satisfy, gratify, Mar. 

15. 15; to ina-vov \aix^aveii>, to take 
security or bail of any one, Ac. 17. 9; 
of persons, adequate, competent, qua- 
lified, 2 Co. 2. 16 ; fit, worthy, Mat. 
3. 1 1 ; 8. 8 ; of number or quantity, 
considerable, large, great, much, and 
pi. many, Mat. 28. 12. Mar. 10. 46, 
et al. : ivhence 

iKauorrjs, rrjTOs, rj, sufficiency, abi- 
lity, fitness, qualification, 2 Co. 3. 5. 
'lKavoco, a>, f. dxroo, a. 1. cKavcoaa, 
to make sufficient or competent, 
qualify, 2 Co. 3. 6. Col. 1.12. L. G. 

'liceTTjpla, as, rj, (fern, of lueTrjpioc, 
sc. pajSSos, fr. iKe-rrjs, suppliant)/>r. an 
olive branch, borne by s'ippliants in 
their hands; supplication, He. 5. 7. 
licpds, d8os, rj, moisture, Lu. 8. 6. 

'lXdpos, a, ov, cheerful, not grudging, 
2 Co. 9. 7 • whence 

'iXaporrjs, TtjTos, r), cheerfulness, 
Ro. 12. 8. L. G. 

'tkdaKopai, f. IXdaopat, a. 1. iXda- 
0r)v, to appease, render propitious; 
in N. T., to expiate, make an atone- 
ment or expiation for, He. 2. 17; 
l\da-9-qTt, be gracious, show mercy, 
pardon, Lu. 18. 13 : xvhcnce 

t lXaap6s, ov, 6, propitiation, ex- 
piation ; one who makes expiation, 
1 Jno. 2. 2 ; 4. 10. 
iXaarrjpios, a, ov, (IXdaKopai) pro- 
pitiatory; invested with propitia- 
tory power, Ro. 3. 25 ; in A. T. <£• S„ 
to ikaarnpiov, the cover of the ark 01 
the covenant, the mercy-seat, He 
9. 5. 

"iXems, ojv, 6, fj, (Att. for TXaos, 
propitious, favourable, merciful, cle« 
ment, He. 8. 12; Jr. the Heb. "iMv* 



IMA 



83 



ITT 



voi (6 0*6?), God have mercy on thee, 
God forbid, far be it from thee, Mat. 
16. 22 v 

I/ia?, dvros, 6, a strap or thong of 
leather, Ac. 22. 25; a shoe-latchet, 
Mar. 1.7. Lu. 3. 16. Jno. 1.27. 

I/mri'ifo), f. itxco, p. pass. l/xdriauaL, 
to clothe ; pass, to be clothed, Mar. 
5. 15. Lu. 8. 35 : (X. T.) from 

'i/iartov, ! .ov, to, (eWu/xi, eifia) a 
garment ; the upper garment, man- 
tle, Mat. 5. 40 ; 9. 16, 20, 21 ; pi. the 
mantle and tunic together, Mat. 
20. 65 ; pi. genr. garments, raiment, 
Mat. 11. 8 ; 24. 18, et al. 

lfiaTLO-fiOSy ou, 6, {IfiaTi^ci)) a gar- 
ment; raiment, apparel, clothing, 
Lu. 7. 25 ; 9. 29, et al. L. G. 
I/zet'pco & lfi€ipofiai, (t/xepo?, de- 
sire) to desire earnestly ; by impl. to 
have a strong affection for, love fer- 
vently, 1 Th. 2. 8. 

"Ira, conj., that, in order that, Mat. 
19. 13. Mar. 1. 38. Jno. 1. 22; 3. 15; 
17. 1 ; Iva /at?, that not, lest, Mat. 7. 1 ; 
in N. T., equivalent to wore, so that, 
so as that, Jno. 9. 2, et al. ; also, 
•marking a simple circumstance, the 
circumstance that, Mat. 10. 25. Jno. 
4. 34 ; 6. 29. 1 Jno. 4. 17 ; 5. 3, et al. 

"Iran, adv. (iva & rl) why is it that ? 
wherefore? why? Mat. 9. 4; 27. 46, 
et al. 

'id?, ou, 6, a missile, weapon, arrow, 

dart; venom, poison, Ro. 3. 13. Ja. 

3. 8 ; rust, aerugo, Ja. 5. 3. 
IouScu'a, as, r), (lovdalos) Judea, 

Mat. 2. 1, 5, 22; 3. 1, et al. ; meton. 

the inhabitants of Judea, Mat. 3. 5. 
lov8ai(u>, f. iaco, (fr. same) to ju- 

daise, live like a Jew, follow the 

manners and customs of the Jews, 

Ga. 2. 14. 

'lovba'iKos, T], 6v, (fr. same) Jewish, 
current among the J ews, Tit. 1.14: 

whence 

'lovda'iKcos, adv. Jewishly, in tbe 

manner of Jews, Ga. 2. 14. 
'louSalo?, at'a, dlov, Jewish, Mar. 

1. 5. Jno. 3. 22. Ac. 16. 1 ; 24. 24. 

lovdaios, ou, 6, (Heb. H1!"P) P 7 "' 
one sprung from the tribe of Ju- 
dah, or a subject of the kingdom of 
Judah ; in N. T., a descendant of 



Jacob, a Jew, Mat. 28. 15. Mar. i.M 

Ac. 19. 34. Ro. 2. 28, 29, et al. 
'lovba'io-pos, ou, 6, Judaism, the 
character and condition of a Jew; 
practice of the Jewish religion, Ga. 
1. 13, 14. 

l7TTT€vs, ecos, 6, (ittttos) a horse- 
man ; pi 1777m?, horsemen, cavalry, 
Ac. 23. 23, 32. 

'Ittttikos, t}, 6v, equestrian ; ro ltt- 
tlkou, cavalry, horse, Re. 9. 16 : from 
l7r7ro?, ou, 6, a horse, Ja. 3. 3. Re. 
6. 2, 4, 5, 8, et al. 

'Ipi?, ipidos, a rainbow, iris, Re. 
4. 3; 10. 1. 

'io-dy-yeAo?, ou, 6, 17, (1'croy & ay- 
•yeA.05) equal or similar to angels, 
Lu. 20. 36. N. T. 

"ladai, 3 pi. of oiha, usually in N. T. t 
olSacri, Ac. 26. 4. 

"icro?, 77, ov, equal, like, Mat. 20. 12. 
Lu. 6. 34, et al. ; neut. pi. Icra, ad- 
verbially, on an equality, Phi. 2. 6; 
met. correspondent, consistent, Mar. 
14. 56, 59: whence 

'io-o'rr;?, 7-777-0?, f), equality, equal 
proportion, 2 Co 8. 13, 14; fairness, 
equity, what is equitable, Col. 4. 1. 

'lcroTifxos, ou, 6, r;, (iaos & Tifirj) 
of equal price, equally precious or 
valuable, 2 Pe. 1. 1. 

'lo-d\|/u^o?, ou, 6, 17, (icros fc^u^T/) 
like-minded, of the same mind and 
spirit, Phi. 2. 20. 

'laparfkirns, ou, 6, an Israelite, a 
descendant of 'IcrpaijX, Israel or Ja- 
cob, Jno. 1. 48. Ac. 2. 22, et al. 

"larrjpi, and in N. T. tcrraco, a>, f. 
<rrr)o-(», a. 1 . Icmjcra, t?-ans. to make to 
stand, set, place, Mat. 4. 5, et al. ; to 
set forth, appoint, Ac. 1. 23 ; to fix, 
appoint, Ac. 17. 31 ; to establish, con- 
firm, Ro. 10. 3. He. 10. 9; to set 
down, impute, Ac. 7. 60; to weigh 
out, pay, Mat. 26. 15; intrans. p. 

IffTTiica, inf. earavai, part, ecrruis, plup. 
eiorriKeiv, a. 2. e<m\v, pass. lOTajaai, f. 
ora0T}<ro/aai, a. 1. e<TTa.9rjv (a), to stand, 
Mat. 12. 46, et al. ; to stand fast, be 
firm, be permanent, endure, Mat 

12. 25. Eph. 6. 13, et al. ; to be con- 
firmed, proved, Mat. 18. 16. 2 Co. 

13. 1 ; to Stop, Lu. 7. 14 ; 8. 44. Ac. 
8. 38, et al. 

'Ioropeco, co, f. l'jcrco, (laray, knjw 



I2X 



89 



KAtt 



ing) to ascertain by inquiry and ex- 
amination ; to inquire of ; in A T . T., 
to visit in order to become acquainted 
with, Ga. 1. 18. 

lo^voo?, a, ov, strong, mighty, ro- 
bust, Mat. 12. 29. Lu. 11. 21 ; power- 
ful, mighty, 1 Co. 1. 27 ; 4. 10. 1 Jno. 
2. 14; strong, fortified, Re. 18. 10; 
vehement, Slat. 14. 30; energetic, 
2 Co. 10. 10; sure, firm, He. 6. 18, 
et al. : from 

lo~xvs, vos, rj, strength, might, 
power. Re. 18. 2. Eph. 1. 10; faculty, 
ability, 1 Pe. 4. 11. Mar. 12. 30, 33. 
Lu. 10. 27 : whence 

Itryuco, f. vo-o), a. 1. io~xvo~a, to be 
strong, be well, be in good health, 
Mat. 0. 12; to have power, be able, 
Mat. 8. 28 ; 26, 40 ; to have power or 
efficiency, avail, be valid, Ga. 5. 6. 
He. 9. 17; to be of service, be ser- 
viceable, Mat. 5. 13; meton. to pre- 
vail, Ac. 19. 16. Re. 12. 8, et al. (v). 
"laws, adv. (icros) equally ; perhaps, 
it may be that, Lu. 20. 13. 

ItoXikos, r), ov, Italian, Ac. 10. 1. 

'1x@v8lov, ov, to, a small fish, Mat. 
15. 34. Mar. 8. 7 : dimin. of 

l IX@vs, vos, 6, a fish, Mat. 15. 36 ; 

17. 27. Lu. 5. 6, et al. 
"lX^os, €os, to, (ikco) a footstep, 
track ; in N. T., pi. footsteps, line 
of conduct, Ro. 4. 12. 2 Co. 12. 18. 
1 Pe. 2. 21. 

Jcora, indec. ro, iota ; in N. T., used 
like the Heb. T|\ smallest letter in 
the Hebrew alphabet, as an expression 
for the least or minutest part ; a jot, 
Mat. 5. 18. 



K. 

Kdyco, contracted from Ka\ eyat, 
dat. K&ijjni, accus. xajue, ko.1 retaining, 
however, its independent force, Jno. 
6. 57 ; 10 15, et al. 

Kadd, ado. {icad* a) lit. according to 
what; as according as, Mat. 27. 10. 

KaBalpea-is, £a>s, rj, pr. a taking 
down ; a pulling down, overthrow, 
demolition, 2 Co. 10. 4 ; met. a razing 
as respects spiritual state, a counter 
process to religious advancement by 
apostolir instrumentality, 2 Co. 10. 8 ; 
IS. 1C : from 



Kadaipeco, &>, f. naoi, & KaBe'hti), 

a. 2. KaOelXov, {Kara & aipeu) to take 
down, Mat. 15. 36, 46. Lu. 23. 53. 
Ac. 13. 29; to pull down, demolish. 
Lu. 12. 18; to throw or cast down, 
degrade, Lu. 1.52; to destroy, put an 
end to, Ac. 19. 27 ; to overthrow, 
conquer, Ac. 13. 19; to pull down, 
subvert, 2 Co. 10. 5. 

Kadaipu), f. apa>, p. pass. K€<ddap ■ 
ixat, (<ca0ap6?) to cleanse from filth 
to clear by pruning, prune, ' fno> 
15. 2 ; met. to cleanse/ro?» sin, n.aka 
expiation, He. 10. 2. 

KafcJdVep, adv. (Kad' a nep) even 
as, just as, Ro. 4. 6, et al. 

KadaTTTG), f. y\ru>, (/card & aVro)) 
trans, to fasten or fit to ; in N. T., 
equivalent to Ka06.mop.ai, to fix one's 
self upon, fasten upon, Ac. 28. 3. 

Kadapifa, f. lara>, & iu>, a. 1. e<a- 
Odpia-a, a later equivalent to ieo.6a.ipo), 
to cleanse, render pure, Mat. 23. 25. 
Lu. 11. 39; to cleanse from leprosy, 
Mat. 8. 2, 3; 10. 8; met. to cleanse 
from sin, purify by an expiatory 
offering, make expiation for, He. 9. 
22, 23. 1 Jno. 1.7; to cleanse from 
sin, free from the influence of error 
and sin, Ac. 15. 9. 2 Co. 7. 1 ; to 
pronounce ceremonially clean, Ac. 
10. 15; 11. 9, et al. : ivhence 

Kadapiapos, ov, 6, ceremonial 
cleansing, purification, Lu. 2. 22. 
Jno. 2. 6 ; mode of purification, Jno. 
2.6; 3. 35 ; cleansing of lepers, Mar. 

1. 44; met. expiation, He. I. 3. 2 Pe. 
1.9, etal. L. G. 

Kddappa, aroy, ro, (naOatpco) off- 
scouring, filth; met. a mean and 
abject person, an outcast, 1 Co. 4. 13. 

Kadapos, d, ov, clean, pure, un- 
soiled, Mat. 23. 26 ; 27. 59 ; met. 
clean from guilt, guiltless, innocent, 
Ac. 18. 6; 20.26; sincere, unfeigned, 
upright, virtuous, void of evil, Mat. 
5. 8 ; Jno. 15. 3 ; clean ceremonially, 
Lu. 11.41: whence 

KaOapoTrjs, tt/tos, rj, cleanness 
ceremonial purity, He. 9. 13. 

Kadedpa, as, r), (Kara & eSpa) a 
seat, Mat. 21. 12; 23. 2. Mar. 11. 15. 

Ka6e£op.at, f. Kadeftovpai, to seat 
one's self, sit down, Mat. 26. 55. Lu. 

2. 46, et al. 

KaOttSy (Kaff ets) one by one, oni 



KAO 



90 



KAI 



after another, 1 Co. 14. 3i. Ep. 5. 33. 
N. i\ 

KacVcjf;?, adv. {Kara & e^?)?) in a 
continual order or series, succes- 
sively, consecutively, Lu. 1. 3. Ac. 
11.4; 18. 23; 6, ri, KaOe&s, succeed- 
ing, subsequent, Lu. 8. 1. Ac. 3. 24. 
L. G. 

Kadevda), f. evdfjcrcx), (Kara. & evdco, 
to sleep) to sleep, be fast asleep, Mat. 

8. 24 ; 9. 24, et al. ; met. to be sloth- 
ful, careless, secure, Ep. 5. 14. 1 Th. 
5. G ; to sleep the sleep of death, 1 Th. 
5. 10. 

Kadrjynrr]?, ov, 6, (Kadrj-yeofiai, to 
lead, Conduct, fr. Kara & ijyeofxai) pr. 
a guide, leader; in X. T., a teacher, 
instructor, Mat. 23. 8, 10. L. G. 

KadrjKG), (Kara. & T]Ka>) to reach, 
extend to ; Kofi-qnai, impers. it is fit- 
ting, meet, Ac. 22. 22; to ko.9^kov, 
what is fit, right, duty ; t<x ^ KaSrj- 
/coira, by litotes for what is abomin- 
able or detestable, Ro. 1. 28. 

Ka.6rjfj.ai, 2 per. Kadrjcrai & udOn, 
imperat. /cdfojcro & k6.9ov, (kcltol & 
•^jaai, to sit) to sit, be sitting, Mat. 

9. 9; Lu. 10. 13; to be seated, 1 Co. 
14. 30; to dwell, Mat. 4. 16. Lu. 
1. 79 ; 21. 35, et al. 

Ka0np,epiv6s, 17, oV, (naff Tjpepav, 
daily) daily, day by day, Ac. 6. 1. 
L. G. 

Kadl£(o, f. t'crco, p. Kenddixa, a. 1. 
6Ka.0i.cra, trans, to cause to sit, place ; 
Kaflifo/xai, to be seated, sit, Mat. 19. 28. 
Lu. 22. 30 ; to cause to sit as judges, 
place, appoint, 1 Co. G. 4 ; intrans. 
to sit, sit down, Mat. 13. 48 ; 2G. 36 ; 
to remain, stay, continue, Lu. 24. 49. 

Ka6inp.L, f. KaflrjCTG), a. 1. KaOrjKa, 
(Kara & lr\y.C) to let down, lower, Lu. 
5. 19. Ac. 9. 25; 10. 11 ; 11.5. 

KaOlcrrnp.i, and in N. T. /catWraco , 
co, f. Ko.To.<mr\<To), a. 1. (caTe'cTTTjcra, a. 1. 
pass. Ka.Te<TTd(h)v, (a), (Kara. & tcmj/it) 
to place, set, Ja. 3. 6 ; to set, consti- 
tute, appoint, Mat. 24. 45, 47. Lu. 12. 
14 ; to set down in a place, conduct, 
Ac. 17. 15 ; to make, render, or cause 
to be, 2 Pe. 1 . 8 ; pass, to be rendered, 
Ro. 5. !9. 

Kafln, (/cat? o) as, Ho. S. 26 ; ac- 
cording as, in proportion as, 2 Co. 
8. 12. 1 Pe. 4. 13. 

K.(*$6\ov, bead' o\ov) on the whole, 



in general, altogether ; and with 9 
negative, not at all, Ac. 4. 18. 

Kac9oTrAi'£co, f. laco, (/carafe orrXfTa); 
to arm completely, Lu. 11. 21. 

Kadopdco, co, (Kara & opdeo) pi . to 
look down upon ; in X. T., to mark, 
perceive, discern, Ro. 1. 20. 

KaOori, (/ca#' on) according as, in 
proportion as, Ac. 2. 45; 4.35; inas- 
much as, Lu. 1.7; 19. 9. Ac. i. 24. 

Kac9cor, (Kara & co?) as, in the man- 
ner that. Mat. 21. 6; 2G. 24; how, in 
what manner, Ac. 15. 14; according 
as, Mar. 4. 33 ; inasmuch as, Jno. 
17.2; of time, Avhen, Ac. 7. 17. L.G. 

Kat, conj., and. Mat. 2. 2, 3, 11 ; 4. 22 ; 
/ecu — kou, both— and; as a cumula- 
tive particle, also, too, Mat. 5. 39. 
Jno. 8. 19. 1 Co. 11. 6, et al.; em- 
phatic, even, also, Mat, 10. 30. 1 Co. 

2. 10, et al. ; in X. T., adversative, 
but, Mat. 11. 19, et al. ; also intro- 
ductory of the apodosis of a sentence, 
Ja. 2. 4. Ga. 3. 28. 

Kai'-ye, (/cat & ye) at least, were it 
only, Lu. 19. 42 ; and even, yea too, 
Ac. 2. 18. L. G. 

Katvos - , 77, bV, new, recently made, 
Mat. 9. 17. Mar. 2. 22 ; ctw in spe- 
cies, character, or mode. Mat. 26. 
28, 29. Mar. 14. 24, 25. Lu. 22. 20. 
Jno. 13. 34. 2 Co. 5. 17. Ga. 6. 15. 
Eph. 2. 15 ; 4. 24. 1 Jno. 2. 7. Re. 

3. 12, et al. ; novel, strange. Mar. 
1. 27. Ac. 17. 19; new to the pos- 
sessor, Mar. 1G. 17; unheard of, un- 
usual, Mar. 1. 27; Ac. 17. 19; met. 
renovated, better, of higher excel- 
lence, 2 Co. 5. 17. Re. 5. 9, et al.; 
whence 

Kaivorepos, a, ov, pr. comparat. of 
preced., newer, more recent ; but 
used for the positive, new, novel, Ac 
17. 21. 

K.aivnrns, rnro?, f}, newness, Ro. 
G. 4 ; 7. 6. 

Kai'rrep, (/cai & rrep) though, al- 
though, Phi. 3. 4. Re. 17. 8, et al. 

Katpd?, ov, 6, pr. fitness, propor- 
tion, suitableness; a fitting situa- 
tion, suitable place, I Pe. 4. 17: a 
limited period of time marked by a 
suitableness of circumstances, a fit- 
ting season, 1 Co. 4. 5. I '1V2. 6; 
6. 15. Tit. 1. 3; opportunity, Ac 
24. 25. Ga. 6. 10. He. 11. 15; • 



91 



KAA 



limited period of time distinguished ] 
by characteristic circumstances, a | 
signal juncture, a marked season, 
Mat. 16. 3. Lu. 12. 56; 21. 8. 1 Pe. | 
i. 11, et al; a destined time, Mat. j 
8. 20 ; 26. 18. Mar. 1.15. Lu. 21. 24. | 

1 Th. 5. 1, et al. ; a season in ordi- j 
nary succession, equivalent to iopa, \ 
Mat. 13. 30. Ac. 14. 17, et al. ; in 
N. T., a limited time, a short season, 
Lu. 4. 13, et al. ; simply, a point of 
time, Mat. 11. 25. Lu. 13. 1, et al. 

Kairot, (Kai & enclit. rot) and yet, 

though, although, He. 4. 3. 
Katroiye, (kciltoi & ye) although 

indeed, Jno. 4. 2. Ac. 14. 17; 17.27. 
Kg t'co, f. Kavcrco, pass. a. 1. eKavdnv, 

to cause to bum, kindle, light, Mat. 

5. 15; pass, to be kindled, burn, 
flame, Lu. 12. 35 ; met. to be kindled 
into emotion, Lu. 24. 32 ; to consume 
with fire, Jno. 15. 6. 1 Co. 13. 3. 

Kaxet, (by crasis for Kai eicei) and 
there, Mat. 5. 23 ; 10. 11 ; there also, j 
Mar. 1. 38; thither also, Ac. 17.13, 
et al. 

KaKeWev, (by crasis for Kai eKeidev) 
and thence, Mar. 10. 1. Ac. 7. 4; 
14.26; 20. 15; 21. 1 ; 27. 4, 12; 28. 15; 
and then, afterwards, Ac. 13.21. 

KaKelvos, eivrj, (Ivo, (by crasis for 
/ecu eKeu/os) and lie, she, it ; and this, 
and that, Mat. 15. 18; 23. 23; he, 
she, it also ; this also, that also, Mat. 
20. 4. 

Ka<ta, as, r), (kclkos) malice, ma- 
lignity, Ro. 1. 29. Ep. 4. 31 ; wicked- 
ness, depravity, Ac. 8. 22. 1 Co. 5. 8 ; 
in N. T., evil, trouble, calamity, Mat. 

6. 34. 

KaKor)6eia, as, r), (kokos & rjdos) 
disposition for mischief, malignity, 
Ro. 1. 29. 

KaKoXoye'co, co, f. rjcrco, (kmcos & 
Aeyw) to speak evil of, revile, abuse, 
assail with reproaches, Mar. 9. 39. 
Ac. 19. 9; to address with offensive 
language, to treat with disrespect, 
contemn, Mat. 15. 4. Mar. 7. 10. 

KaKOTra.de la, as, r), a state of suf- 
fering, affliction, trouble; in A T . T., 
endurance in affliction, Ja. 5. 10. 

KaKOTradeu), 6), f. rjaco, (kukos & 
nacrxh)) to suffer evil or afflictions, 

2 Ti. 2.9; to be vexed, troubled, de- 
jeoted, Ja. 5. 13; in N.T., to show 



endurance in trials and afflictions 

2 Ti. 2. 3. 

KaKOTroieco, co, f. i)(rco, (KaKOS & 
71-oieuj) to cause evil, injure, do harm. 
Mar. 3. 4. Lu. 6. 9 ; to do evil, com- 
mit sin, 1 Pe. 3. 17. 

KaKonoios, ov, 6, n, (fr. same) an 
evil-doer, 1 Pe. 2. 12, et al. ; a male- 
factor, criminal, Jno. 18. 30. 

KaKos, r), 6v, bad, of a bad quality 
or disposition, worthless, corrupt, de- 
praved, Mat. 21. 41; 24. 48. Mar. 
7. 21 ; wicked, criminal, morally bad ; 
to ko.k6v, evil, wickedness, crime, 
Mat. 27. 23. Ac. 23. 9 ; malediction, 
I Pe. 3. 10; mischievous, harmful, 
baneful; to mxkov, evil, mischief, 
harm, injury, Tit. 1. 12; afflictive, 
to kclkov, evil, misery, affliction, suf 
fering, Lu. 16. 25. 

KaKovpyos, ov, 6, r), (kokos & ep- 
yov) an evil-doer, malefactor, crimi- 
nal, Lu. 23. 32, 33, 39. 2 Ti. 2. 9. 

Ka/cou^e'co, a>, f. f)o-a>, (kokos & evw) 
to maltreat, afflict, harass ; pass. 
to be afflicted, be oppressed with 
evils, He. 11. 37; 13. 3. 

KaKoco, a, f. a>(T(0, a. 1. eKaKwcra 
(kokos) to maltreat, cause evil to, 
oppress, Ac. 7. 6. 19; 12. 1; 18. 10. 
1 Pe. 3. 13; in JV. T., to disaflect, 
cause to be evil affected, Ac. 14. 2. 

KaKa>s, adv. (fr. same) ill, badly ; 
physically ill, sick, Mat. 4. 24; 8. 16, 
et al. ; grievously, vehemently, Mat. 
15. 22 ; wretchedly, miserably, Mat. 

21. 41 ; wickedly, reproachfully, Ac. 
23. 5 ; wrongly, criminally, Jno. 18. 
23 ; amiss, Ja. 4. 3. 

KaKOJcrts, ecos, 17, (KaKoco) ill-treat- 
ment, affliction, misery, Ac. 7. 34. 

KaXdjirj, rjs, i], the stalk of grain, 
straw, stubble, 1 Co. 3. 12. (a). 

KaXapos, ov, 6, a reed, a cane, Mat. 
11.7; 12. 20. Lu. 7. 24 ; a reed in its 
various appliances; as, a wand, a 
staff, Mat. 27. 29, 30, 48. Mar. 15. 
19, 36; a measuring rod, Re. 11.1; a 
writer's reed, 3 Jno. 13. 

KaXeod, co, f. cVoj, p. KeKkrjKa, a. 1. 
e/cctAecnx, p. pass. Ke'/cA.r}jU.cu, a. 1. paS3. 
e/cA>j0T)i>, to call, call to, Jno. 10.3; to 
call into one's presence, send for a 
person, Mat. 2. 7 ; to summon, Mat. 
2. 15; 25. 14, et al. ; to invite, Mat. 

22. 9, et al.; to call to the perform- 



KAA 



92 



RAP 



once ?/ a certain thing, Mat. 9. 13. 
He. 1 1. S, et al. j to call to a partici- 
pation in the privileges of the Gospel, 
Ro. 8. 30 ; 9. 24. 1 Co. 1. 9 ; 7. 18, et 
al. ; to call to an office or dignity, 
He. 5. 4; to name, style, Mat. 1. 21, 
et al. ; pass, to be styled, regarded, 
Mat. 5. 9, 19, et al. 

KaXXuXaLos, ov, 6, fj, (kuXXos & 
eAaioi/) pr. adj. productive of good 
oil ; as subst. a cultivated olive-tree, 
Ro. II. 24. 

KaXXlcov, ovos, 6, 17, (comp. of <a- 
Ads) better; neut. koAAIov, as an adv. 
full well, Ac. 25. 10. 

KaXob s iddo~KdXos, ov, 6, f), (KaXos 
& SiSda-jcaAos) teaching what is good, 
a teacher of good, Tit. 2. 3. N. T. 

KaXorroieu), a>, f. ncrto, (KaXos & 
TToiew) to do well, do good, 2 Th. 
3. 13. S. 

KaXoy, t], ov, pr. beautiful ; good, 
of good quality or disposition ; fer- 
tile, rich, Mat. 13. 8, 23 ; useful, pro- 
fitable, Lu. 14. 34 ; koAoV eo-ri, it is 
profitable, it is well, Mat. 18. 8, 9; 
excellent, choice, select, goodly, Mat. 

7. 17, 19; itaXou ean, it is pleasant, 
delightful, Mat. 17.4; just, full mea- 
sure, Lu. 6. 38 ; honourable, distin- 
guished, Ja. 2. 7 ; good, possessing 
moral excellence, worthy, upright, 
virtuous, Jno. 10. 11, 14. 1 Ti. 4. 6 ; 
to KaXbv & to koXov epyov, what is 

good and right, a good deed, recti- 
tude, virtue, Mat. 5. 1G. Ro. 7. 18, 21 ; 
right, duty, propriety. Mat. 15. 26; 
benefit, favour, Jno. 10. 32, 33, et al. 
Kd.Xvp.pa, aros, to, a covering; a 
veil, 2 Co. 3. 13; met. a veil, a blind 
to spiritual vision, 2 Co. 3. 14, 15, 16 : 
from 

KoXvtttco, f. 1//-CO, a. 1. eKciXvyjsa, 
p. pass. neKaXvixixai, to cover, Mat. 

8. 24. Lu. 8. 16 ; 23. 30 ; to hide, con- 
ceal, Mat. 10. 26. 2 Co. 4. 3 ; met. to 
cover, throw a veil over, consign to 
oblivion, Ja. 5. 20. 1 Pe. 4. 8. 

KaXwy, adv. well, rightly, suitably, 
with propriety, becomingly, 1 Co. 
7. 37 ; 14. 17. Ga. 4. 17 ; 5. 7, et al. ; 
truly, justly, correctly, Mar. 12. 32. 
Lu. 20. 39. Jno. 4. 17, et al. ; appo- 
sitely. Mat. 15. 7. Mar. 7. 6; becom- 
ingly, honourably, Ja. 2. 3; well, 
effectually, Mar. 7. 9, 37, et al. ; kcl- 
Vws eiirelv, to speak well, praise, ap- 



plaud, Lu. 6. 26 ; koXu? e\eiv, to bfl 
convalescent, Mar. 16. 18; koAwi 
noLelv, to do good, confer benefits, 
Mat. 5. 44; 12. 12; to do well, act 
virtuously, Phi. 4. 14, et al. 

Ka/xe, (Kai epe) see naya. 

KdprjXos, ov, 6, f], (Heb. a 
camel, Mat. 3. 4 ; 23. 24, et al. 

Kdpivos, ov, f], a furnace, oven, kiln, 
Mat. 13. 42, 50. Re. 1. 15; 9. 2. 

Kappvco, f. vera), a. 1. eKap-pvera, 

(COntr. for KaTa/avo), fr. Kara. & /avco)tO 

shut, close the eyes, Mat. 13. 15. Ac. 
28.27. 

KdpVOO, f. KCljJLOVp.a.1, p. KeKprjKU, 

a. 2. skolixov, pr. to tire with exertion, 
labour to weariness ; to be wearied, 
tired out, exhausted, He. 12. 3. Re. 
2.3; to labour under disease, be sick 
Ja. 5. 15. 

Kdpol, (Kai ep.oi) see Ko\ya>. 

KdfXTTTO), f. -v^co, a. 1. eKapyp-a, 
trans, to bend, inflect the knee, Ro. 
11. 4. Ep. 3. 14; intrans. to bend, 
bow, Ro. 14. 11. Phi. 2. 10. 

Ka'p, (by crasis for Kai idv) and if, 
Mar. 16. 18; also if, Mat. 21. 21 ; 
even if, if even, although, Jno. 10. 
38 ; if so much as, He. 12. 20 ; also in 
A r . T., simply equivalent to Kai as a 
particle of emphasis, by a pleonasm oj 
av, at least, at all events, Mar. 6. 56. 
Ac. 5. 15. 2 Co. 11. 16. 

Kavavirrjs, ov, 6, (Aram. fr. 
Heb. fcOp, to be zealous) Canaanite, 
i. q. ^VjXoj-nfc, zealot, Mat. 10. 4. Mar. 
3. 18 ; coll. Lu. 6. 15. & Ac. 1. 13. 

Kavcoi', ovos, 6, (Kavva v. Kavq, a 
cane) a measure, rule ; in K. T., pre- 
scribed range of action or duty, 2 Co. 
10. 13, 15, 16; met. rule of conduct or 
doctrine, Ga. 6. 16. Phil'. 3. 16. 

KaTrnXevco, f. ewco, (pr. to be Kajrn- 
Xos, a retailer, huckster ; and, as 
these pc7-soJis had the reputation oj 
increasing their profits by adultera- 
tion, hence) in A. T.\ to corrupt, adul- 
terate, 2 Co. 2. 17. 

Kottvos, ov, 6, smoke, Ac. 2. 19. Re. 
8. 4, et al. 

Kapd'ta, as, t), (Keap, idem) th» 
heart ; the heart, regarded as the seal 
of feelina, impulse,' a faction, desire. 
Mat. 6. 21 ; 22. 37. Phil. 1. 7, et al.; 
I the heart, as the seat of intellect 



KAP 



93 



KAT 



Mat. 13. 15. Ro. !. 21, et al. ; the 
heart, as the inner and mental frame, 
Mat. 5. 8. Lu. 16. 15. 1 Pe. 3. 4, et 
al. ; the conscience, 1 Jinx 3. 20, 21. ; 
the heart, the inner part, middle, 
centre, Mat. 12. 40, et al. 

KapSioyvcooT//?, ou, 6, (napbia & 
yiwooxto) heart-knower, searcher of 
hearts, Ac. 1. 24; 15. 8. N. T. 

Kapnos, ov, 6, fruit, Mat. 3. 10 ; 
21. 19, 34 ; fr. the Heb. Kapnbs »coiXia?, 
fruit of the womb, offspring, Lu. 
1. 42; (capTrbs octavos, fruit of the 
loins, offspring, posterity, Ac. 2. 30 ; 
Kapirbi x et XeW, fruit of the lips, 
praise, He. 13. 15; met. conduct, ac- 
tions, Mat. 3. 8; 7. 16. Ro. 6. 22; 
benefit, profit, emolument, Ro. 1. 13; 
6. 21 ; reward, Phi. 4. 17, et al. 

Kapnocpopea), co, f. r)(ra>, a. 1. €<ap- 

Trofyopqaa, (tcapnos & <£opeu>, fr. <|>epio) 
to bear fruit, yield, Mar. 4. 28 ; met. 
to bring forth or exhibit actions or 
conduct, Mat. 13. 23. Ro. 7. 5 ; mid. 
to expand by fruitfulness, to deve- 
lop itself by success, Col. I. 6. 

Kapncxfiopos, ou, 6, 17, (fr. same) 
fruitf ul, adapted to bring forth fruit, 
Ac. 14. 17. 

Kaprepea), co, rjcrco, a. 1. eKaprepr)- 
<ra, ((caprepo?, by metath. fr. Kparos) 
to be stout ; to endure patiently, 
bear up with fortitude, He. 11. 27. 

Kdp(pos, ecy, ro, (Kapcpco, to shrivel) 
any small dry thing, as chaff, stub- 
ble, splinter, mote, &c; Mat. 7. 3, 
4,5. Lu. 6. 41,42. 

Kara, prep., with a genitive, down 
from, adown, Mat. 8. 32 ; down upon, 
upon, Mar. 14. 3. Ac. 27. 14 ; down 
into ; Kara fidOovs, profound, deepest, 
2 Co. 8. 2 ; down over, throughout a 
space, Lu. 4. 14; 23. 5; concerning, 
in cases of pointed allegation, 1 Co. 
15. 15; against, Mat. 12. 30, et al.; 
by, in oaths, Mat. 26. 63, et al. ; with 
an ace, of place, in the quarter of; 
about, near, at, Lu. 10. 32. Ac. 2. 10 ; 
throughout, Lu. 8. 39; in, Ro. 16. 5; 
among, Ac. 21. 21 ; in the presence 
of, Lu. 2. 31 ; in the direction of, 
towards, Ac. 8. 26. Phi. 3. 14; of 
time, within the range of; during, 
in the course of, at, about, Ac. 12. 1 ; 
27. 27 ; distributively, ko.t olkov, by 
houses, from house to house, Ac. 
9. 46 ; Kara Svo, two and two, 1 Co. 
14. »7; ko.6' rinepav, daily, Mat. 26. 55, 



et al. ; trap., according to. conform, 
ably to, in proportion to, Mat. 9. 29; 
25. 15; after the fashion or likeness 
of, He. 5. 6 ; in virtue of, Mat. 19. 3; 
as respects, Ro. 1. 3. Ac. 25. 14, 
He. 9. 9. 

Kara/3aiVa), f. firjcropai, a. 2. Karc- 

pqv, imperat. KaTa/3T)0i, & Kard^a, p. 
Ka.Ta.pifir\Ka, (Kara & fiaCvu) to Come 

or go down, descend, Mat. 8. 1 ; 17. 9 j 
to lead down, Ac. 8. 26 ; to come 
down, fall, Mat. 7. 25, 27, et al. ; to 
be let down, Ac. 10. 11 ; 11.5. 

Kara/3dXXco, f. /3aXco, (Kara & /3dX- 
Aa>) to cast down, Re. 12. 10; to 
prostrate, 2 Co. 4. 9 ; mid. to lay 
down, lay a foundation, He. 6. 1. 

Karafiapea), co, f. ryo"0), (Kara. & 
/3<xpeio) pr. to weigh down ; met. to 
burden, be burdensome to, 2 Co. 
12. 16. L. G. 

Karafiapvvco, f. vva>, (Kara. & /3a- 
pwa>) to weigh down, oppress ; pass. 
to be weighed down by sleep, be 
drowsy, v. r. Mar. 14. 40. 

KaTa.(3a<ris, ecos, 17, (naTafiaivui) 
the act of descending ; a way down, 
descent, Lu. 19. 37. 

Kara/3i/3d£co, f. dVco, (Kara. & /3i- 
/3a£a>) to cause to descend, bring or 
thrust down, Mat. 11. 23. Lu. 10. 15. 

KaraftoXr}, rjs, 17, (KaTa(3d\\a>) pr. 
a casting down ; laying the founda 
tion. foundation ; beginning, com 
mencement, Mat. 13. 35; 25. 34, et 
al ; conception in the womb, He. 
11. 11. 

Kara/3pa/3euoo, f. eucrco, (Kara 8s 
fipajievo}) pr. to give an unfavourable 
decision as respects a prize, to dis- 
appoint of the palm ; hence, to be- 
guile of, cause to miss, Col. 2. 18. 

KarayyeXevs, coos', 6, one who an- 
nounces any thing, a proclaimer, 
publisher, Ac. 17. 18: equivalent to 

KaTayyeAo?. N. T. 

KarayyeXXco, f. yeXco, a. 2. pas9. 
KaTTjyye'Arjf, (Kara & ayye'AXco) to an- 
nounce, proclaim, Ac. 13. 38; in 
N. T., to laud, celebrate, Ro. 1. 8. 
I Co. 11. 26; to set forth, teach, in- 
culcate, preach, Ac. 4. 2 ; 13. 5, et aL 

KarayeXdco, co, f. do*co, daop,ai< x 
(Kara & yeXoico) to deride, jeer. Mat 
9. 24. Mar. 5. 40. Lu. 8. 53. 

Karayii/cbo-Kco, f. yuu>aop.ai, (Kara 



KAT 



94 



KAT 



ft yivwoKw) to determine against, 
condemn, blame, reprehend, Ga. 
2. 11. 1 Jno. 3. 20, 21. 
K.ardyvvpi, v. -vco, f. Karaite, & kcl- j 

Teafco, a. 1. (care'a^a, a. 2. pass. KaTea- j 
yqv (a), subj. (carea-ya) (icara & aywfxi, < 
to break) to break in pieces, crush, 
break in two, Mat. 12. 20. Jno. 19. 
31, 32, 33. 

Kardyoo, i. £co, a. 2. Karrjyayov, 
(Kara & avw) to lead, bring, or con- 
duct down, Ac. 9. 30; 22. 30; 23. 15, 
20, 28 ; to bring a ship to land; j 
pass, (farayo/aat, a. 1. Ka.T7JX#7jy, to 

come to land, land, touch, Lu. 5. 11, 
et al. 

Karaycovl^opai, f. Icropai, a. 1. <ar- 

TiyuvicrdiATiv, (Kara. & ayoivi^oixai) to 

subdue, vanquish, conquer, He. 11. 

33. L. G. 
KaraoVco, f. rjcrco, (<ard & Se'co) to 

bind down ; to bandage a ivound, 

Lu. 10. 34. 
KaraSnXo?, ou, 6, 17, to, -of, (Kcrrd 

& S77A05) quite manifest or evident, 

He. 7. 15. 

KaraSt/ca^co, f. dcrco, (Kara & Si- 
kol£io) to give judgment against, con- 
demn, Mat. 1 2. 7, 37. Lu. G. 37. Ja. 5. 6. 

KaradlKT], tjs, r}, {Kara & Si'kt;) ecu- j 
demnation, sentence of condemn!- I 
tion, v. r. Ac. 25. 15. 

KaradiodKG), f. £co, (Kara & Sio>Ka>) j 
to follow hard upon ; to track, follow 
perseveringly, Mar. 1 . 36. 

KarabovXoui, co, f. cocrco, (Kara & 
SowAooj) to reduce to absolute servi- 
tude, make a slave of, 2 Co. 11. 20. 

KaTabvvacrrevco, f. evcrco, (Kara & 
Swaarevu}, to rule, reign) to tyran- | 
nise over, oppress, Ac. 10. 38. Ja. 
2.6. 

Karddepa, aros, to, (K.aTaTL0T]pi) 
an execration, curse; bymeton. what j 
is worthy of execration, i. q. Karavd- j 
0efj.a, v. r. Ke. 22. 3 : (N. T.) whence 

KaradefiaTL^co, f. iVco, to curse, v. r. 
Mat. 26. 74. N. T. 

Ka.TaLO~xvvoo, f. vva>, (Kara & aur^f- 
ra>) to shame, put to shame, put to 
the blush, 1 Co. 1. 27; pass, to be 
ashamed, be put to the blush, Lu. 
13. 17; to dishonour, disgrace, 1 Co. 
11. 4, 5 ; fr. the Heb. to frustrate, dis- 
appoint,' Ko. a 5; 9. 33. 



KaraKaio), f. Kavaco, a. 2. pass. tea 

reKa-qv, (Kara. & (cat'oj) to burn up, con- 
sume with fire, Mat. 3. 12; 13. 30; 
40, et al. 

K.aTaKa\{mTOfxai, (mid. of Karatca- 

Kvttto), to veil, fr. Kara. & koXvtttu)) to 

veil one's self, to be veiled or co- 
vered, 1 Co. 11. 6, 7. 
KaraKav)(dopai, copai, f. rjcropai, 

(Kara. & Kav\d.oixai) to vaunt one's 
self against, to glory over, to assume 
superiority over, Ro. 11. 18. Ja. 
2. 13; 3. 14. S. 
KaraKeipai, f. eiao/xai, (Kara & 
Keium) to lie, be in a recumbent pos- 
ture, be laid down, Mar. 1. 30 ; 2. 4j 
to recline at table, Mar. 2. 15 ; 14. 3, 
etal. 

KaraicXdcD, co, f. dcrco, a. 1. Kare- 
KXaa-o., (Kara & kAcuo) to break, break 
in pieces, Mar. 6. 41. Lu. 9. 16. 

KaTa<\e ico, f. e urco, (Kara & fcAei'co) 
to close, shut fast ; to shut up, con- 
fine. Lu. 3. 20. Ac. 26. 10. 

KaraKX^poSore'co, co, f. r)crco, (Kara, 
kAtjpo?, & St'Sto^i) to divide out by lot, 
distribute by lot, Ac. 13. 19. S. 

KaTaKkr/povofMeco, co, f. rjaco, (Kard\ 
M>)po5 & reVto, to distribute) same as 
preceding, for which it is a v.r. 

'AaraKklvu) , (t), f. ivco, a. 1. xare- 
k\Zvcl, a. 1. pass. KareKXiO^v (I), (tcard 
& kA.iVo>) to cause to lie down, cause 
to recline at table, Lu. 9. 14 ; mid. 
to lie down, recline, Lu. 14.8; 24. 30. 

Kara/cAu^co, f. vcrco, a. 1. pass <a- 

TtukvcrOriv, (Kara. & kXv^ui, to lave, 
wash) to inundate, deluge, 2 Pe. 3. 6 : 

whence 

KaraKkvcrpos^ ov, o, an inundation, 
deluge, Mat. 24. 38, 39, et al. 

KaraKoXovOea), co, f. 770- co, (Kara & 
i>co\ov9eu>) to follow closely or earn- 
estly, Lu. 23. 55. Ac. 16. 17. 

KaraKorvTo), f. -v|/-co, (Kara & kotttoi) 
to cut or dash in pieces ; to mangle, 
wound, Mar. 5. 5. 

KaraKpT]nvi£a>, f. icrco, (Kara & 
Kp7jju.i'd5, a precipice) to cast down 
headlong, precipitate, Lu. 4. 29. 

KaraKp'ipa, nro?, to, condemna 
tion, condemnatory sentence, Ka 5. 
16, 18 ; 8. 1 : _(L. G.)from 

XcTaxpiVco, (I), f. iva>, a. 1. kot€« 



KAT 



95 



KAT 



cplva, p. pass. KaraKeKpiiiJiai, a. 1. pass. 
Ka.TeKi)l<h)v (i), {Karl & «piVw) to give 
judgment against, condemn, Mat. 
27. 3. Jno. 8. 10, 11, it al.; to con- 
demn, to place in a guilty light by 
contrast, Mat. 12. 41, 42. Lu. 11. 
31, 32. He. 11. 7: whence 

KaraKpi(Ti?, eo>?, r), condemnation, 
2 Co. 3. 9 ; censure, 2 Co. 7. 3. S. 

KaraKvpievo), f. evcrco, (Kara. & kv- 
pievo)) to get into one's power; in 
IV. T., to bring under, master, over- 
come, Ac. 19. 16 ; to domineer over, 
Mat. 20. 25, et al. L. G. 

KaraXaXeo), co, f. 7?cro), (Kara & 
AaAe'uj) to blab out ; to speak against, 
calumniate, Ja. 4. 11. 1 Pe. 2. 12; 

3. 1G: whence 

KaraXaXia, as, rj, evil-speaking, de- 
traction, backbiting, calumny, 2 Co. 
12. 20. 1 Pe. 2. 1. S. 

KardXaXos, ov, 6, 17, slanderous, a 
detractor, calumniator, Ro. 1. 30. 
N. T. 

KaraXapftdua), f. Xrjyj/opai, a. 2. 

KareXa^of, (Kara & A.a/x/3ai/io) to lay 

hold of, grasp; to obtain, attain, 
Ro. 9. 30. 1 Co. 9. 24 ; to seize, take 
possession of, Mar. 9. 18; to come 
suddenly upon, overtake, surprise, 
Jno. 12. 35; to deprehend, detect in 
the act, seize, Jno. 8. 3. 4 ; met. to 
comprehend, apprehend, Jno. 1.5; 
mid. to understand, perceive, Ac. 

4. 13; 10. 34, et al. 

KaraXeyo), f. £0), (Kara & Xeyco) to 
select ; to reckon in a number, enter 
in a list or catalogue, enrol, 1 Ti. 

5. 9. 

KaTaXfLfjLfxa, aro?, ro, a remnant, 
a small residue, Ro. 9. 27 : (L. G.) 
from 

KaraXeiVo), f. yj/oy, a. 2. KareXiVroi/, 
(Kara & AeiVaj) to leave behind; to 
leave behind at death, Mar. 12. 19; 
to relinquish, let remain, Mar. 14. 52 ; 
to quit, depart from, forsake, Mat. 
4. 13; 16. 4; to neglect, Ac. 6. 2; to 
leave alone, or without assistance, 
Lu. 10. 40; to reserve, Ro. 11. 4. 

KaraXi#a£a), f. dcrco, (Kara. & Xi- 
66.£<j)) to stone, kill by stoning, Lu. 
20. 6. S. 

KaraXXayrj, 77s-, 17, pr. an exchange ; 
reconciliation, restoration to favour, 
Bo. ft. 11; 11.15. 2 Co 5. 18, 19 : from 



KaraXXacro-o), f. a£co, a. 2. pass. 

KarqWayrjv (a), (Kara. & aWatroa)) to 
change, exchange ; to reconcile : 
pass, to be reconciled, Ro. 5. 10. l=Ca 
7. 11. 2 Co. 5. 18—20. 

KardXonros, ov, 6, n, (/ca7aXet7rco) 
remaining; oi KaraAoirroi, the rest, 
Ac. 15. 17. 

KardXvpa, aro?, ro, a lodging, inn, 
khan, Lu. 2. 7; a guest-chamber, 
coenaculum, Mar. 14. 14. Lu. 22. 11 : 
(L. G.) from 

KaraXvco (£), f. vera), a. 1. pass. 

Ka.Te\v6rjV (u), (Kara. & Xvuj) to dis- 
solve ; to destroy, demolish, over- 
throw, throw down, Mat. 24. 2; 
26. 61 ; met. to nullify, abrogate, Mat. 
5. 17. Ac. 5. 38, 39, et al. ; intrans. 
to unloose harness, the, to halt, to 
stop for the night, lodge, Lu. 9. 12. 
'KarajxavQdvu), f. padi]o~op.ai, a. 2. 

Ka.Tijxo.6ov, (Kara & fxavOdvio) to learn 
or observe thoroughly; to consider 
accurately and diligently, contem- 
plate, mark, Mat. 6. 28. 

Karap-aprvpeco, co, f. 770-co, (Kara. 
& ixapTvpetx)) to witness or testify 
against, Mat. 26. 62; 27. 13, et al. 

Karapevco, f. eva>, (Kara & p-evco) 
to remain ; to abide, dwell, Ac. 1.13. 

Karapovas, adv. (Kara & p.6vos) 
alone, apart, in private, Mar. 4. 10. 
Lu. 9. 18. 

Karavddepa, aros, to, (Kara & dvd- 

OefjLa) a curse, execration; meton. 

one accursed, execrable, Re. 22. 3: 

(N. T.) whence 
Karavade parked, f. icrco, to curse, 

Mat. 26. 74. N. T. 
Karaz/aXiWo), f. Xobcro), (Kara 8c 

ai>aA[<Tic(i>) to consume, as fire, He. 

12. 29. 

KaravapKao), a>, f. 170-0), (Kara & 
vapitoMi, to grow torpid) in N. t 1 tc 
be torpid to the disadvantage of any 
one, to be a dead weight upon ; by 
impl. to be troublesome, burden- 
some to, in respect of maintenance, 
2 Co. 11. 9; 12. 13, 14. 

Karavevco, f. evo~opai, (Kara & 
vevto) pr. to nod, signify ascent by a 
nod; genr. to make signs, beckon, 
Lu. 5. 7. 

Karai/oeo), co, f. 170-0), (Kara & voeoa) 
to perceive, understand, apprehend, 



KAT 06 KAT 



Ln. 20. 23; to observe, mark, con- 
template, Lu. 12 24, 27 ; to discern, 
descry, Mat. 7.3; to have regard to, 
make account of, Ro. 4. 19. 
Karavrdu), to, f. rjo~a>, (Kara & dv- 
t<xw) to come to, arrive at, Ac. 16. 1 ; 
20. 15; of an epoch, to come upon, 

1 Co. 10. 11 ; met. to reach, attain to, 
Ac. 26. 7, et al. L. G. 

Kardvv^is, eoK, rj, in N. T., deep 
sleep, stupor, dulness, Ro. 11. 8. S. 

Karauvcraa), f. £a), a. 2. pass, Kare- 
vvyrjv, (Kara & vi/crtrco) to pierce 
through ; to pierce with compunction 
and pain of heart, Ac. 2. 37. 

Kara£toco, a>, f. a>ora>, (Kara & 
a£i6co) to account worthy of, Lu. 
20. 35 ; 21. 36. Ac. 5. 41. 2 Th. 1. 5. 

Kararrdreco, eo, r)o~a>, (Kara & ira- 
reoi) to tramplenipon, tread down or 
under feet, Mat. 5. 13 ; 7.6. Lu. 8. 5 ; 
12. 1 ; met. to treat with contumely, 
spurn, He. 10. 29. 

Kard-rrava-is, fcor, tj, pr. the act of 
giving rest ; a state of settled cessa- 
tion or rest, He. 3. 11, 18 ; 4. 3, 1 1, et 
al. ; a place of rest, place of abode, 
dwelling, habitation, Ac. 7. 49 : from 

Kara7ravco, f. avcrco, (Kara & navco) 
to cause to cease, restrain, Ac. 14. 18 ; 
to cause to rest, give rest to, intro- 
duce into a permanent settlement, 
He. 4. 8 ; intrans. to rest, desist from, 
He. 4. 4, 10. 

Kara7re'rao"/xa, aros, ro, (Karane- 
ravw}n, to expand) a veil, curtain, 
Mat. 27. 51. Mar. 15. 38. Lu. 23. 45. 
He. 6. 19 ; 10. 20. S. 

KaraTrlvcOy f. 7riop,ai, a. 2. Karemov, 

a. 1. pass. KaTtTToQ-qv, (/cars & ttlvoj) 

to drink, swallow, gulp down, Mat. 
23. 24; to swallow up, absorb, Re. 
12. 16. 2 Co. 5. 4; to ingulf, sub- 
merge, overwhelm, He. 11. 29; to 
swallow greedily, devour, 1 Pe. 5. 8 ; 
to destroy, annihilate, 1 Co. 15. 54. 

2 Co. 2. 7. 

Kara7ri7rra), f. neaov/xai, a. 2. Kar- 

eTTecrov, p. newTrnKa, (Kara. & ttitttuj) to 
fall down, fall prostrate, Ac. 26 14; 
28. 6. 

Kara7rXeo), f. evo~op.ai, a. 1. Kare- 

w\ev<ra, (Kara. & ir\eu>) to sail towards 
land, to come to land, Lu. 8. 26. 
Karanoveai, <w, f. r/o-co, (Kara St 
wvtu) to exhaust by labour or suf 



fering; to weary out, 2 Pe. 2. 7; to 
overpower, oppress, Ac. 7. 24. 

K araTrovTifa, f. iaco, (Kara & r:ov- 
Tifo> to sink, it. Trdi/Tos) to sink in the 
sea ; pass, to sink, Mat. 14. 30 ; to be 
plunged, submerged, Mat. 18. 6. 

Kardpa, ay, 77, (<ard & dpd) a curs- 
ing, execration, imprecation Ja. 3. 
10 ; fr. the Heb. condemnation, doom, 
Ga. 3. 10, 13. 2 Pe. 2. 14; meton. a 
doomed one, one on whom condem- 
nation falls, Ga. 3. 13 : (ap) whence 

Karapdop.ai, copai, f. daofiai, a. 1. 
KaTy\pa<rafx.r\v, in N. T., p. pass, part. 
/canjpajaeVo?, to curse, to wish evil 10, 
imprecate evil upon, Mat. 5. 44. 
Mar. 11. 21, et al. ; in N. T., pass, to 
be doomed, Mat. 25. 41. 

Karapyta), a>, f. rjcro), p. Karrjp~ 
yr)Ka, a. 1. KCTripyrfcra, p. pass. Kanjp- 
■yip-cu, a. 1. pass. KanjpyijflTjv, (Kara & 
apyos) to render useless or unproduc- 
tive, occupy unprofitably, Lu. 13. 7; 
to render powerless, Ro. 6. 6; to 
make empty and unmeaning, Ro. 
4. 14; to render null, to abrogate, 
cancel, Ro. 3. 3, 31. Eph. 2. 15, et al. ; 
to bring to an end, 1 Co. 2. 6 ; 13. 8 ; 
15. 24, 26. 2 Co. 3. 7, et al. ; to de- 
stroy, annihilate, 2 Th. 2. 8. He. 
2. 14 ; to free from, dissever from, 
Ro. 7. 2, 6. Ga. 5. 4. ^ 

Karapidp.ea>, a>, f. rjcro), (Kara & 
dpi^aeio) to enumerate, number with, 
count with, Ac. 1. 17. 

Karaprlfa, f. icrco, a. 1. Karrjpricra, 
(Kara. & apx<£oj) to adjust thoroughly- ; 
to knit together, unite completely, 
1 Co. 1. 10; to frame, He. 11. 3; to 
prepare, provide, Mat. 21. 16. He. 
10. 5 ; to qualify fully, to elevate to 
a complete standard, Lu. 6. 40. He. 
13.21. 1 Pe. 5. 10; p. pass. /ccn-qpTier- 
/oteVos, fit, ripe, Ro. 9. 22 ; to repair, 
refit, Mat. 4. 21. Mar. 1. 19; to sup- 
ply, make good, 1 Th. 3. 10; to 
restore to a forfeited condition, to re- 
instate, Ga. 6. 1 : ichence 

KardpriLO-is, ecoy, 17, pr. a complete 
adjustment; a state of complete- 
ness, perfection, 2 Co. 13. 9. L. G. 

Karaprtcrpos, ov, 6, completeness 
of qualification, a perfecting, Ep. 
4. 12. L. G. 

Karaaeico, f. aelaoy, (Kara & aelco) 
to shake down or violently ; t\\v \<?<pa 
or 77; \<etpi, to wave the haiid, beckon ; 



KAT 



97 



KAT 



to sign silence by waving the hand, 
Ac. 12. 17, et al. 
VLaTacrKcnrTa), f. \j/co, (Kara & anair- 
Toi) pr. to dig down under, under- 
mine; by impl. to overthrow, de- 
molish, raze, Ro. 11.3; to. KcneaKajx- 
fieva, ruins, Ac. 15. 16. 

KaracrKeva^co, f. do~a>, (Kara. & 
(TKeva^u), fr. cnceOos) to prepare, put in 
readiness, Slat. 11. 10. Mar. 1. 2. 
Lu. 1. 17; 7. 27; to construct, form, 
build, He. 3. 3, 4; 9. 2, 6; 11.7. 1 Pe. 
3. 20. 

K.arao~Kr]v6a), co, f. a>cra>, (Kara. & 
0-/OJPO&J, fr. a-K-qvri) to pitch one's tent ; 
in N. T., to rest in a place, settle, 
abide, Ac. 2. 26 ; to haunt, roost, 
Mat. 13. 32. Mar. 4. 32. Lu. 13. 19: 
ivhence 

KaTacrK.r)va>(n?, eons, (], pr. the 
pitching a tent ; a tent ; in JV. T., a 
dwelling-place ; a haunt, roost, Mat. 
8. 20. Lu. 9. 58. L. G. 

KaTao-Kid(a>, f. daco, (Kara. & tr/aa- 
idem) to overshadow, He. 9. 5. 

Karao-K07reo), a>, f. KaTao-K.tyop.ai, 
in N. T., a. 1. inf. KaracncoTnjcrai, (Kara 
& oxon-eco) to view closely and accu- 
rately ; to spy out, Ga. 2. 4. 

KaTa<TK07r6s, ov, 6, a scout, spy, 
He. 11. 31. 

Ka.Tacro<fii£o[ia.i, f. Icropai, (Kara. & 
cro$i<pu>) to exercise cleverness to the 
detriment of an// one, to outwit ; to 
make a victim of subtlety, to prac- 
tise on by insidious dealing, Ac. 7. 19. 
L. G. 

KaracrreXXo), f. oreXa), a. 1. fcare- 

(TTeiXa, p. pass. Kari<TTa\(xai, (Kara & 

areWu) to arrange, dispose in regu- 
lar order ; to appease, quiet, pacify, 
Ac. 19. 35, 36. 

KaTdcTTrjua, aros, to, (KadiaTrjpi) 
determinate state, condition ; per- 
sonal appearance, mien, deport- 
ment, Tit. 2. 3. L. G. 

KaraoroAn, rjs, r), (/caracrreAXco) 
pr. an arranging in order; adjust- 
ment of dress ; in N. T., apparel, 
dress, I Ti. 2. 9. 

KaTa(TTp<l<fi(d, f. \js(ti, (KClTa & <TTp€~ 

<t>u) to invert; to overturn, over- 
throw, throw down, Mat. 21. 12. 
Mar. 11. 15. 
{jiTao Tprjvido), f. da-co, (Kara & 



a-rptfvidoj, to be headstrong, wanton, 
fi. o-tptjctJ? v. orprjj'o?, hard, harsh) 
to be headstrong or wanton towards, 

1 Ti. 5. 11. N. T. 
KaracTTpnepr), r)s, r), (KaTao~Tpc<peo) 

an overthrow, destruction, 2 Pe. 2. 6 ; 
met. overthrow of right principle or 
faith, utter detriment, perversion, 

2 Ti. 2. 14. 
Karaarpaivvufxi, v. vvco, f. Kara* 

crrpuxTb}, a. 1. pass. KarecTTpwOrjv, (Kara 
& <TTp(jovwfj.i, — vvio) to strew down, 
lay flat; pass, to be strewn, laid 
prostrate in death, 1 Co. 10. 5. 

Karaavpa), (Kara & avpo)) to drag 
down ; to drag away, Lu. 12. 58. (v). 

Karao-(pd£a>, v. o-cpaTTco, f. a(pd^a>, 
(/card & (r</)d^a>, V. ct^xxttw) to slaugh- 
ter, slay, Lu. 19. 27. 

Karao-cppdyifai f. Laroa, p. pass. 

KOLTecr^payicf jxai, (Kara & a<f>pa.yC£o>) to 
seal up, Re. 5. 1. 
Karacr^eo-t?, coos, r), (Kare^a)) a 
possession, thing possessed, Ac. 7. 5. 

KaTaTidnpu, f. drjcrct), a. 1. KaredrjKa, 

(Kara. & Tt'tfyp-i) to lay down, deposit, 
Mar. 15. 46; mid. to deposit or lay 
up for one's self; x<*P tl/ > v - xapu-aj, 
to lay up a store of favour for one's 
self, earn a title to favour at the 
hands of a person, to curry favour 
with, Ac. 24. 27 ; r 25. 9. 

Kararopr), rjs, r), (Kararip-vui, to 
cut up, fr. Kara & rip-vta) concision, 
mutilation, Phi. 3. 2. 

Kararo^fvco, f. evaco, (Kara & ro- 
£evto, to shoot with a bow) to shoot 
down with arrows ; to transfix with 
an arroio or dart, He. 12. 20. 

Kararpexoo, f. dpap.ovp.ai, a. 2. 

eSpap.ou, (Kara. & rpe'xto) to run down, 

Ac. 21. 32. 
Karacpepco, f. KaTOtcru), a. 1. pass. 

KarqvexOriv, (Kara. & <|>€pw) to bear 

down ; to overpower, as sleep, Ac. 

20. 9 ; KOLTafyepeiv xj/rj^ov, to give a 

vote or verdict, Ac. 26. 10. 
Karafpevya), f. £op.ai, a. 2. Kare- 

(puyoi', ((card & <j>evyu>) to flee to /or 

refuge, Ac. 14. 6. He. 6. 18. 
Kara(p0elpu), f. <p6epu>, f. pass. 

itaTa.(p6apri<TOfj.ai, (Kara. & </)0eipcu) to 

destroy, cause to perish, 2 Pe. 2. 12 1 
to corrupt, deprave, 2 Ti. a. 8. 

ft 



KAT 



98 



KAT 



Kara^tXe'co, u>, f. ncrco, (Kara & I 
<£<Ae'co) to kiss affectionately or with 
a semblance of affection, to kiss with 
earnest gesture, Mat. 2G. 49. Lu. 
7. 38. Ac. 20. 37, et al. 

K.ara(ppoi> eco, co, f. tjctcd, (Kara & 
<J)poi/e'u>) ^>r. to think in disparage- 
ment of; to contemn, scorn, despise, 
Mat. 18. 10. Ro. 2. 4; to slight, 
Mat. 6. 24. Lu. 1G. 13. 1 Co. 11. 22. 
1 Ti. 4. 12 ; 6. 2. 2 Pe. 2. 10 ; to dis- 
regard, He. 12. 2 : whence 

Kara<fipov7)Tr]?i oO, 6, a contemner, 
despiser, scorner, Ac. 13. 41. L. G. 

Kara^eco, f. evcra>, (Kara. & ^eco) 
to pour down upon, Mat. 26. 7. Mar. 
14. 3. 

Karaxdovios, i'ou, 6, 17, (Kara & 
\6tLv, the earth) under the earth, 
subterranean, infernal, Phi. 2. 10. 

Kara)(pdop.ai, 5>p.ai, f. rjcropat, 
(Kara. & xp^ojaat) to use downright ; 
to use up, consume ; to make an un- 
restrained use of, use eagerly, 1 Co. 
7. 31 ; to use to the full, stretch to 
the utmost, 1 Co. 9. 18. 

Kara^v^o), f. £co, {Kara & ■v/z^co) 
to cool, refresh, Lu. 1G. 24. (v). 

Karei'ScoXoy, ov, 6, 77, (/card & e \doa- 
Kov) rife with idols, sunk in idolatry, 
grossly idolatrous, Ac. 17. 1G. N. T. 

Karevavri, adv. (Kara. & evavri) 
over against, opposite to, Mar. 11.2; 
12. 41 ; 13. 3; 6, tj, rb, Karevavri, op- 
posite, Lu. 19. 30 ; before, in the 
presence of, in the sight, Ro. 4. 17. 
S. 

KarevGOTrtov, adv. v. prep. (Kara. & 
evuniov) in the presence of, in the 
sight of, 2 Co. 2. 17; 12. 19. Ep. 
1.4. S. 

KaT€£ovo"id(a>, f. dcrco, (Kara. & 
e£oi/o-i.aC» to exercise lordship over, 
domineer over, Mat. 20. 25. Mar. 
10. 42. N. T. 

K.arepyd£opai, f. daopai, {Kara & 
epyd£ oa at) to work out ; to effect, 
produce, bring out as a result, Ro. 
4. 15; 5. 3; 7. 13. 2 Co. 4. 17; 7. 10. 
Phi. 2. 12. 1 Pe. 4. 3. Ja. 1. 3; to 
work, practise, realise in practice, 
Ro. 1. 27; 2. 9, et al. ; to work or 
mould into fitness, 2 Co. 5. 5; to 
dispatch, subdue, Eph. t>. 13. 

K.arepxop.ai, f. eXevao^ai, a. 2. *a- 



I rr)\9ov, (Kara & ep^o/nai) to COtne 01 
go down, Lu. 4. 31 ; 9. 37 ; Ac. 8, 0 ; 
9. 32, et ab: to land at, touch at 
Ac. 18. 22; 27. 5. 
Kareo-^too, f. KaBeBopxii, a. 2. Ka- 
rifyayov, (Kara & kcrQLw) to eat up, 
devour, Mat. 13. 4, et al. ; to con- 
sume, Re. 11. 5; to expend, squan- 
der, Lu. 15. 30 ; met. to make a prey 
of, plunder, Mat. 23. 13. Mar. 12. 
40. Lu. 20. 47. 2 Co. 11. 20 ; to vex, 
injure, Ga. 5. 15. 
Karevdvva), f. iivco, a. 1. vra, (/card 
& evOvvu, fr. ev&vs, straight) to mak6 
straight ; to direct, guide aright, Lu. 
1.79. 1 Th. 3. 11. 2 Th. 3.5. 
Kare(payov, a. 2. of /carecr^iu. 
KaT€(pLO-rr]pt, intrans. a. 2. Karejr- 
eonjv, (Kara & e^tcmj/uu) to come 
upon suddenly, rush upon, assault, 
Ac. 18. 12. N. T. 
Kare^co, f. Ka8e£a>, & Karaaxwco, 
imperf. Karelxov, a. 2. Kari<r\ov, (Ka- 
ra & Ixo)) to hold down ; to detain, 
retain, Lu. 4. 42. Philem. 13 ; to 
hinder, restrain, 2 Th. 2. 6, 7 ; to 
hold downright, hold in a firm grasp, 
to have in full and secure posses- 
sion, 1 Co. 7. 30. 2 Co. 6. 10; to 
come into full possession of, seize 
upon, Mat. 21. 38; to keep, retain, 
1 Th. 5. 21 ; to occupy, Lu. 14. 9; 
met. to hold fast mentally, retain, 
Lu. 8. 15. 1 Co. 11. 2; 15. 2; tc 
maintain, He. 3. 6, 14; 10. 23; in- 
trans., a nautical term, to land, touch, 
Ac. 27. 40 ; pass, to be in the grasp 
of, to be bound by, Ro. 7. G ; to be 
afflicted with, Jno. 5. 4. 
Karrjyopeu), £>, f. ^a"co, (Kara & dyo- 
pevto, to harangue) to speak against, 
accuse, Mat, 12. 10; 27. 12. Jno. 
5. 45, et al. : whence 
Karnyopia, as, f], an accusation, 

crimination, Lu. 6. 7, et al. 
Karrjyopos, ou, 6, an accuser. Jno. 

8. 10. Ac. 23. 30, 35 ; 24. 8, et al. 
Karrjycop, opos, 6, an accuser, v. r. 
Re. 12. 10, a ba?-barous form fur #ca- 

TTjyopos. 

Kar?' / 0eta, as, 17, (KaTrjqbrjs, having 
a downcast look, Kara & <£ao?) de- 
jection, sorrow, Ja. 4. 9. 
KarT/^eco, a>, f. rjcrco, (#card & ^X fc °) 
pr. to sound in the ears, make the 
ears ring j to instruct orally, inform 



RAT 



99 



KEA 



by teaching, Lu. 1. 4. 1 Co. 14. 19, 

et al. ; pass, to be made acquainted 
with, be informed of, learn by re- 
port, Ac. 21. 21, 24. L. G. 

Karlou, co, f. cocrco, p. pass, kcitico- 
l±ai, (Kara. & id?) to cover with rust ; 
pass, to rust, become rusty or tar- 
nished, Ja. 5. 3. L. G. 

KaTLcrxvco, f. vcrco, (Kara & iV^vco) 
to overpower, Mat. 16. 18; intrans. 
to predominate, get the upper hand, 
Lu. 23. 23. (u). 

KciTOiKeu), co, f. 7jo"co, (Kara. & ot/ce'eo) 
trans., to inhabit, Ac. 1. 19, et al. ; 
intrans., to have an abode, dwell, 
Lu. 13. 4, Ac. 11. 29, et al.; to take 
up or find an abode, Ac. 7. 2, et al. ; 
to indwell, Eph. 3. 17. Ja. 4. 5, et 
al. : whence 

KaToiKrjais, eco?, 17, an abode, dwel- 
ling, habitation, Mar. 5. 3. 

KaroiKT]Tr]piou, iov, to, the same, 
Ep. 2. 22. Re. 18. 2. 

KaTOiKia, as, f), habitation, i. q. 
KaTCHKTjcri?, Ac. 17. 26. L. G. 

KaTorrTpl^U), f. iVco, (KaTOTrrpov, 
a mirror) to show in a mirror ; to 
present a clear and correct image of 
a thing ; mid. to have presented in a 
mirror, to have a clear image pre- 
sented, or, perhaps, to reflect, 2 Co. 
3. 18. L. G. 

KaTopdapa, aros, to, (Karopdoa), 
to set upright, accomplish happily, 
fr. Kara & bpQou, to make straight) 
any thing happily and successfully 
accomplished ; a beneficial and wor- 
thy deed, Ac. 24. 3. L. G. 

Karco, adv. & prep. (Kara) down, 
downwards, Mat. 4. 6. Lu. 4. 9 ; 
beneath, below, under, Mat. 27. 51. 
Mar. 14. 66, et al. ; 6, 17, to, k6,tu>, 
what is below, earthly, Jno. 8. 23. 

KaToorepos, a, ov, (comparat. fr. 
narta) lower, Ep. 4. 9. 

Karcorepco, ado. (compar. of Karoo) 
lower, further down ; of time, under, 
Mat. 2. 16. 

Kavp.a, aros, to, (Kaico) heat, 
scorching or burning heat, Re. 7. 16 ; 
16. 9 : whence 

Kavparl(o), f. torco, to scorch, burn, 
Mat. 13.6. Mar. 4. 6. Re. 16.8,9. L.G. 
Kavais, ceo?, n, (kcu'co) burning, be- 
ing buried, He. 6. 8 ; whence 



Kavcroopai, ovfiat, to be on fire, 
burn intensely, 2 Pe. 3. 10, 12. L. G. 

Kavacov, covos, 6, fervent scorch- 
ing heat ; the scorching of the sun, 
Mat. 20. 12 ; hot weather, a hot time, 
Lu. 12. 55; the scorching wind ol 
the East, Eurus, Ja. 1. 11. 

KavTrjpidfa, f. acrco, p. pass. Ke- 
Kaun7piacTjU.ai, ((cavnjp(.o!>, an instru- 
ment for branding, fr. naLm) to 
cauterise, brand; pass. met. to be 
branded with marks of guilt, or, to 
be seared into insensibility, 1 Ti. 4. 2. 

Kav)(dop.ai, co/acu, f. rjaopai, a. 1. 

e/cau^Tjcra^oji/, p. (ceKau^rj/aai, to glory, 
boast, Ro. 2. 17, 23 ; vnep Tiro?, to 
boast of a person or thing, to under- 
take a laudatory testimony to, 2 Co. 
12. 5; to rejoice, exult, Ro. 5. 2, 3, 
11, et al. : whence 

Kavx^pa^ aro?, to, a glorying, 
boasting, 1 Co. 5.6; ground or mat- 
ter of glorying or boasting, Ro. 4. 2 ; 
joy, exultation, Phi. 1. 26; lauda- 
tory testimony, 1 Co. 9. 15, 16. 2 Co. 
9. 3, et al. 

Kau^crtr, eco?, 17, a later equiva- 
lent to Kavxrjjaa, Ro. 3. 27. 2 Co. 7. 
4, 14; 11. 10, et al. 

KeSpo?, ov, rj, a cedar, Jno. 18. 1, 
where tceSpw is a false reading for 
the proper name KeSpcoi/. 

Kel/iat, f. Keiaofiai, to lie, to be 
laid ; to recline, to be lying, to have 
been laid down, Mat. 28. 6. Lu. 

2. 12, et al.; to have been laid, 
placed, set, 3Iat. 3. 10. Lu. 3. 9. 
Jno. 2. 6, et al. ; to be situated, as a 
city, Mat. 5. 14. Re. 21. 16 ; to be iiv 
store, Lu. 12. 19; met. to be con- 
stituted, established as a law, 1 Ti. 
1.9; in N. T., of persons, to be spe- 
cially set, solemnly appointed, des- 
tined, Lu. 2. 34. Phi. 1. 17. 1 Th. 

3. 3 ; to lie under an influence, to be 
involved in, 1 Jno. 5. 19. 

Keipla, ar, 17, a bandage, swath, 
roller; in N. T., pi. grave-clothes, 
Jno. 11. 44. 

Ket'pco, f. Kepa>, a. 1. mid. eKeipa- 
fj-vf, to cut off the hair, shear, shave, 
Ac. 8.32; 18. 18. 1 Co. 11. 6, bis. 

KeXevapa, aros, to, a word 01 
command; a mutual cheer; hence, 
in A*. T., a loud shout, an arousing 
outcry, 1 Th. 4. 16 : from 



KEA 



100 



KeAeuco, f. et/<rco, a. 1. eKeXevira, 
(k4Xoi, (ce'Ao/aai, idem) to order, com- 
mand, direct, bid, Mat. 8. 18; 14. 
19, 28, et al. 

Kei/oSo£ia, as, f), empty conceit, 
vain glory, Pin. 2. 3 : from 

Kevobof-os, ou, 6, rj, (Kevos & 8d£a) 
vain-glorious, desirous of vain glory, 
Ga. 5. 26. 

Kevos, r), oV, empty ; having no- 
thing, empty-handed, Mar. 12. 3; 
met. vain, fruitless, void of effect, 
Ac. 4. 25. 1 Co. 15. 10; ets Kevov, in 
vain, to no purpose, 2 Co. 6. 1, et al. ; 
hollow, fallacious, false, Ep. 5. 6. 
Col. 2. 8 ; inconsiderate, foolish, Ja. 
2. 20. 

Kevo(pa>via, as, 17, (icevos & <f)co- 
riy) vain, empty babbling, vain dis- 
putation, fruitless discussion, 1 Ti. 
G. 20. 2 Ti. 2 16. N. T. 

Kevoco, a», f, o>0"£0, a. 1. eKevcoaa, 
(kei/o?) to empty, evacuate; co.vtov, 
to divest one's self of one's preroga- 
tives, abase one's self, Phi. 2. 7 ; to 
deprive a thing of its proper func- 
tions, Ro. 4. 14. 1 Co. 1. 17 ; to show 
to be without foundation, falsify, 
1 Co. 9. 15. 2 Co. 9. 3. 

Kevrpov, ou, ro, (KevTeco, to prick) 
a sharp point; a sting, Re. 9. 10; a 
prick, stimulus, goad, Ac. 9. 5; 26. 

14. met., of death, destructive power, 
deadly venom, 1 Co. 15. 55, 56. 

KevTvplcav, covos, 6, (Lat. centurio, 
fr. centum, a hundred) in its original 
signification, a commander of a hun- 
dred foot -soldiers, a centurion, Mar. 

15. 39, 44,45. 

Kevws, adv. (Kevos) in vain, to no 
purpose, unmeaningly, Ja. 4. 5. L. G. 

Kepata, as, rj, (Kepas) pr. a horn- 
like projection, a point, extremity ; 
in N. T., an apex, or fine point, as of 
letters; the minutest part, a tittle, 
Mat. 5. 18. Lu. 16. 17. 

Kepaixevs, ecos, 6, (nepa/ios) a 
potter, Mat. 27. 7, 10. Ro. 9. 21. 

KepafMLKOs, r), dz>, (fr. same) made 
by a potter, earthen, Re. 2. 27. 

Kepa.fj.10v, lov, rd, (dimin. of nepa- 
/uos) an earthenware vessel, a pitcher, 
jar, Mar. 14. 13. Lu. 22. 10. 

Kepapos ov, 6, potter's clay ; earth- 
enware; a tile, tiling, Lu. 5. 19. 



Kepavvvpi, v. vvco, (Kepaco) f. 

pacrto, a. 1. e/ce'pacra, p. pa8S. KeKpa/xai 
later Kmepa(Tp.a.L, to mix, mingle. 
drink; to prepare for drinking, Re 
14. 10; 18.6,fej. 
Kepas, aros, to, a horn, Re. 5. 6; 
12. 3, et al. ; a projecting extremity 
at tlie corners of an altar, Re. 9. 13 ; 
fr. the Heb., used symbolically for 
strength, power, Lu. 1. 69. 

Kepdriov, tou, to, (dimin. of Kepas) 
pr. a little horn ; in N. T., a pod, the 
pod of the carob tree, or Ceratonia 
siliqua of Linnozus, a common tree, in 
the East and the south of Europe, 
growing to a considei-able size, and 
producing long slender pods, with a 
pulp of a sivectish taste and several 
brown shining seeds like beam, some- 
times eaten by the poorer people in 
Syria and Palestine, ami commonly 
used for fattening swine, Lu. 15. 16. 

Kepdaivco, f. 8ava>, Kepdnao) & o/xat, 
a. 1. €Kep8-q<ra, to gain as a matter 
of profit, Mat. 25. 17, et al. ; to win, 
acquire possession of, Mat. 16. 26; 
to profit in the avoidance of, to 
avoid, Ac. 27. 21 ; in N. T., XptcrTov, 
to win Christ, to become possessed 
of the privileges of the gospel, Ph. 3. 8 ; 
to win over from estrangement, Mat. 
18. 15 ; to win over to embrace, the 
gospel, 1 Co. 9. 19, 20, 21, 22. 1 Pe. 
3. 1 ; absol. to make gain, Ja. 4. 13 : 
from 

Kepftos, eos, to, gain, profit, Phi. 

1. 21 ; 3. 7. Tit. 1. 11. 
Kepp.a, aro?, to, (Kelpco) something 

clipped small ; small change, small 

pieces of money, coin, Jno. 2. 15: 

whence 

Kepp.aTio~TT]s, ou, 6, a money 

changer, Jno. 2. 14. N. T. 
KeCpaXaiov, ou, ro', (KecpaXrj) a sum 

total ; a sum of money, capital, Ac. 

22. 28 ; the crowning or ultimate 

point to preliminary matters, He. 

8. 1 : whence 
Ke(pa\aioco, a>, f. d)o"G), to sum up; 

bid in N. T., eqitiv. to /cecfxxAi'^io, to 

wound on the head, Mar. 12. 4. 

Keq^aXt], 7)9, T], the head, Mat. 5. 36; 
6. 17, et al. ; the head, top; Ke^aXr, 
the head of the comer, the 
chief corner stone, Mat. 21. 42. L« 



101 



KAE 



20. 17 ; met. the head, superior, chief, 
principal, one to whom others are 
subordinate, 1 Co. 11. 3. Ep. 1.22, 
et al. 

Ke<paXi'y, iSos, f], (dimin. of KtcpaXr}) 
in N. T., a roll, volume, division of 
a book, He. 10. 7. 

K.T7/xoca, co, f. coo-o), (nrjuos,' a curb, 
bridle, muzzle) to muzzle, v. r. 1 Co. 

0. 9. 

Krjvcros, ou, 6, (Lat. census) a cen- 
sus, assessment, enumeration of the 
people and a valuation of their pro- 
perty; in N. T., tribute, tax, Mat. 
17.25; poll-tax, Mat. 22. 17,19. Mar. 

12. 14. 

K^7ro?, ou, 6, a garden, any place 
planted with trees and herbs, Lu. 

13. 19. Jno. 18. 1, 26 ; 19. 41. 

K^TTOUpOJ, OU, 6, (Krj7TOS & OUpO?, 

a watcher) a garden-keeper, gar- 
dener, Jno. 20. 15. 

Krjplov, ou, rd, (K?;po'?, beeswax) a 
honeycomb ; a comb filled with 
honey, Lu. 24. 42. 

Kypvypa, aros, to, (Krjpvcrcrco) pro- 
clamation, proclaiming, public an- 
nunciation, Mat. 12.41 ; public incul- 
cation, preaching, 1 Co. 2. 4; 15. 14; 
meton. what is publicly inculcated, 
doctrine, &c. Ro. 16. 25, et al. 

Kxjpv^ uko?, 6, a herald, public 
messenger; in N.T., a proclaimer, 
publisher, preacher, 1 Ti. 2. 7. 2 Ti. 
1.11. 2 Pe. 2. 5. 

Kyjpvtrcrco^ f. Krjpv^co, a. 1. eKr)pv£a, 
to publish, proclaim, as a herald, 
1 Co. 9. 27 ; to announce openly and 
publicly, Mar. 1. 4. Lu. 4. 18; to 
noise abroad, Mar. 1. 45; 7. 36; to 
announce as a matter of doctrine, in- 
culcate, preach, Mat. 24. 14. Mar. 

1. 38 ; 13. 10. Ac. 15. 21. Ro. 2. 21, 
et al. 

Kotos', eo?, to, a large fish, sea 
monster, whale, Mat. 12. 40. 

Krjtfias, a, 6, (Aramaean, NQ'O) 
Cephas, a rock, rendered into Greek 
by neVpo?, Jno. 1. 43. 1 Co. 1. 12, 
et al. 

Ki/3o)to?, ou, T), a chest, coffer ; the 
ark of the covenant, He. 9. 4 ; the ark 
of Noah, Mat. 24. 38. Lu. 17. 27, et al. 

ILiddpa, ay, rj, a lyre, 1 Co. 14. 7. 
Re. 5. 8 ; 14. 2 ; 15. 2. (a) ; whence 



Ktdapl^to, f. icro), to play on a ly^ 
to harp, 1 Co. 14. 7. Re. 14. 2. 

Ki&ipcodoy, ou, 6, (nidapa & del- 
[ 5oj) one who plays on the lyre and 
accompanies it with his voice, a 
harper, Re. 14. 2; 18. 22. 

Kiva.pcop.ov, v. Kivvdp.cop.ov, ou, to, 
cinnamon, tffte aromatic bark of the 
Laurus cinnamomum, which grows 
in Arabia, Syria, &c. Re. 18. 13. 

Kivdvvevco, f. euo~o>, to be in dan- 
ger or peril, Lu. 8. 23. Ac. 19. 27, 40 
1 Co. 15. 30 : from 

Ktvdvvos, ou, 6, danger, peril, Ro. 
8.35. 2 Co. 11.26. 

Kiz/ew, co, f. rjcrco, a. 1. eKtvrjcra, 
(kLu>, to go) to set a-going ; to move, 
Mat. 23. 4 ; to excite, agitate, Ac. 
24. 5; 21. 30; to remove, Re. 2. 5; 
6. 14 ; in N. T., Kz$a\r)v, to shake the 
head in derision, Mat. 27. 39. Mar. 
15. 29; mid. to move, possess the 
faculty of motion, exercise the func- 
tions of life, Ac. 17. 28: whence 

Kivncris, eooy, 17, a moving, motion, 
Jno. 5. 3. 

KLwdpcopoV) see Kivdpcop.ov. 

KXaSoy, ou, 6, (Kkdco, to break off) 
a bough, branch, shoot, Mat. 1 3. 32 ; 
21. 8, et al. ; met. offspring, progeny, 
posterity, Ro. 11. 16, 21. 

KXauo, f. Kkavaopai, in N. T. 
K\av<T<n, a. 1. eKKavaa, intrans. to 
weep, shed tears, Mat. 26. 75. Mar. 
5. 38, 39. Lu. 19. 41 ; 23. 28, et al. ; 
trans, to weep for, bewail, Mat. 2. la. 

KXao-iy, ea>y, 77, {Kkdco) a breaking, 
the act of breaking, Lu. 24. 35. Ac. 
2. 42. 

KXacrpa, aToy, to, (fr. same) a piece 
broken off, fragment, Mat. 14. 20; 
15. 37. Mar. 6. 43, et al. 

Kkavdpos, ou, 6, (xXaico) weeping, 
Mat. 2. 18; 8. 12, et al. 

KXaco, f. icXdVco, a. 1. efcXao~a, to 
break off; in N. T., to break bread, 
Mat. 14. 19, et al. ; with figurative 
reference to the violent death of Christ, 
1 Co. 11. 24. 

KXei'y, xXeiSoy, fcXeiSi, fcXeTSa & 
kXsIv, t;, pi. /cAeiSes & Kkels, a key, 
used in the N. T. as the symbol oj 
power, authority, &c. Mat'. 16. 19. 
Re. 1. 18 ; 3. 7 i 9. I ; 20. 1 ; met 



KAE 



102 



KOA 



means of attaining 'knowledge, Lu. 
11. 52: from 

KXei'co, f. eicro), a. 1. e/cXetcra, p. 
pass. «eKA.eicr^.ai, a. 1. pass. ekkeio(h\v, 
to close, shut, Mat. G. 6 ; 25. 10, et al. ; 
to shut up a person, Re. 20. 3 ; met. 
of the heavens, Lu. 4. 25. Re. 11.6; 
KKelcrai tcL (Tnhayxva, to shut up one's 
bowels, to be hard-hearted, void of 
compassion, 1 Jno. 3. 17 ; icKeleiv tV 
fiao-ikeia.v twv ovpavwv, to endeavour 
to prevent entrance into the king- 
dom of heaven, Mat. 23. 14. 

KAe/i^ia, aroy, to, (/cXeVra)) theft, 
Re. 9. 21. 

KXeor, to, j?r. rumour, report ; good 
report, praise, credit, 1 Pe. 2. 20. 

KXeVT^?, ou, 6, a thief, Mat. 6. 
19, 20 ; 24. 43, et al. ; trop. a deceiver, 
impostor, Jno. 10. 8 : from 

KXewTco, f. yjra>, & \|/-o/zai, p. fee'fc- 
A.o0a, a. 1. 6KAei|/a, to steal, Mat. 6. 
19, 20 ; 19. 18, et al. ; to take away 
stealthily, remove secretly, Mat. 
27. 64; 28. 13. 

KXrjfxa, arost to, (xXdco) a branch, 
shoot, twig, esp. of the vine, Jno. 15. 
2, 4, 5, 6. ^ 

KXrjpovofxea), co, f. qcrco, p. kckXt]- 
povofJLrjKa, a. 1. eKk-qpovoiArjaa, (K\r)pov6- 
HOi)pr. to acquire by lot ; to inherit, 
obtain by inheritance ; in X. T., to 
obtain, acquire, receive possession 
of, Mat. 5. 5 ; 19. 29, et al. ; absol. to 
be heir, Ga. 4. 30 : tvhence 

K\rjpovop.ia, ar, 17, an inheritance, 
patrimony, Mat. 21. 38. Mar. 12. 7 ; 
a possession, portion, property, Ac. 
7. 5 ; 20. 32, et al. ; in N. T., a share, 
participation inprivileges, Ac. 20. 32. 
Eph. 1. 14, et al. 

KXrjpov6p.os, ou, 6, (K\rjpos & ve- 
noftai) an heir, Mat. 21. 38. Ga. 4. 1, 
et al. ; a possessor, Ro. 4. 13. He. 
11.7. Ja. 2. 5, etal. 

KX^po?, ou, 6, a lot, die, a thing used 
in determining chances, Mat. 27. 35. 
Mar. 15. 24, et al. ; assignment, in- 
vestiture, Ac. 1. 17, 25; allotment, 
destination, Col. 1. 12 ; a part, por- 
tion, share, Ac. 8. 21 ; 26. 18 ; a con- 
stituent portion of the church, 1 Pe. 
5. 3 : whence 

KXrjpoci), co, f. cocrco, to choose by 
lot; mid. kAtjpov/uicu, a. 1. ei<\ripu>6r)i>, 
to obtain by lot or assignment ; to 



obtain a portion, receive a sh&ra 
Eph. 1. 11. 

KXrjcris, fcoy, 77, (raXeco) a call 
calling, invitation ; in X. T., the call 
or invitation to tlte privileges of the 
Gospel, Ro. 11. 29. Ep. 1. 18, et al. ; 
the favour and privilege of the invi- 
tation, 2 Th. 1. 11. 2 Pe. 1. 10; the 
temporal condition in which the call 
found a person, 1 Co. 7. 20; 1. 26. 

KX^To'y, rj, 6v, (fr. same) called, 
invited ; in JV. T., called to priiilcges 
or functions, Mat. 20. 10; 22. 14, 
Ro. 1.1, 6, 7. 1 Co. 1. 1, 2, et al. 

KXiftavoSy ou, 6, (At. Kplfiavos) an 
oven, Mat. 6. 30. Lu. 12. 28. 

KXt'/ia, aros, to, (AcXiVco)^r. a slope ; 
a portion of the ideal slope of the 
earth's surface ; a tract or region of 
country, Ro. 15. 23. 2 Co. 11. 10. 
Ga. 1. 21. 

KX 11/77, 77?, 17, (fr. same) a couch, 
bed, Mat. 9. 2, 6. Mar. 4. 21, et al. 

KKivibiov, lou, to, (dim. of k\Ivt}) 
a small couch or bed, Lu. 5. 19, 24. 

KXiW, f. ivco, p. ffexXiKa, a. 1. 
eKklua. pr. trans, to cause to slope or 
bend ; to bow down, Lu. 24. 5. Jno. 
19. 30; to lay down to rest, Mat. 
8. 20. Lu. 9. 58 ; to put to flight 
troops. He. 11. 34; intrans., of the 
day, to decline, Lu. 9. 12 ; 24. 29. 

KXiWo, a?, 77, (kXiVco) pr. a place 
for reclining ; a tent, seat, couch ; 
in N. T., a company of persons re- 
clining at a meal, Lu. 9. 14. 

KkoTTTj, 77?, 77, (/(XeVTco) theft, Mat. 
15. 19. Mar. 7. 22. 

KXuScoi', covos, 6, (kXv^co, fo dash, 
surge, like the waves) a wave, bil- 
low, surge, Ja. 1. 6: whence 

K\v$covl£op.ai, to be tossed by 
waves ; met. to fluctuate in opinion^, 
be agitated, tossed to and fro, Ep. 
4. 14. L. G. 

KvrjBco, (Kvaui) f. <vr)cro3, to scratch , 
to tickle, cause titillation ; in N. T. 
mid., met. to procure pleasurable 
excitement for, to indulge an itch- 
ing, 2 Ti. 4. 3. 

Kobpa.vTT)s, ou, 6, (Lat. quadrans) 
a Roman brass coin, equivale^it to 
the fourth part of an as, or aaadpiov, 
or to Suo Aerrd, and equal to abouf 



KOI 



103 



KOA 



thref -fourths of a farthing, Mat. 5. 26. 
Mar. 12. 42. N. T. 
KoiXia, as, 17, (koiXo?, hollow) a 
cavity ; the belly, Mat. 15. 17. Mar. 
7. 19; the stomach, Mat. 12. 40. Lu. 

15. 16; the womb, Mat. 19. 12. Lu. 

1. 15, et ah; Jr. the Heb. the inner 
self, Jno. 7. 38 % 

Kot/aaco, co, f. 770-01), p. pass, kzkoi- 
/xij/x<u, to lull to sleep ; pass, to fall 
asleep, be asleep, Mat. 28. 13. Lu. 
22. 45; met. to die, be dead, Ac. 
7. 60 ; 13. 36, et al. : whence 

Kolp^ais, eco?, rj, sleep ; meton. rest, 

repose, Jno. 11. 13. 
Koivos, rj, ov, common, belonging 

equally to several, Ac. 2. 44 ; 4. 32 ; 

in N. T., common, profane, He. 10. 

29 ; ceremonially unclean, Mar. 7. 2. 

Ac. 10. 14, et al. : whence 
KoiVOG), CO, f. a>O"C0, p. KenolvcoKa, 

a. 1. e/fotvaxra, to make common ; in 

JW. T., to profane, desecrate, Ac. 21. 

28 ; to render ceremonially unclean, 

defile, pollute, Mat. 15. 11, 18, 20; to 

pronounce unclean ceremonially, Ac. 

10. 15; 11. 9. 

Koii/oWo), co, f. rjcro), p. KeKOiva>- 
VT)«a, a. 1. eKoivu>vri<Ta, (koivioi/o?) to 
have in common, share, He. 2. 14 ; 
to be associated in, to become a 
sharer in, Ro. 15. 27. 1 Pe. 4. 13 ; to 
become implicated in, be a party to, 
1 Ti. 5. 22. 2 Jno. 11. ; to associate 
one's self with by sympathy and as- 
sistance, to communicate with in the 
way of aid and relief, Ro. 12. 13. Ga. 
6. 6 : tvhence 

Koivcovia, as, f), fellowship, part- 
nership, Ac. 2. 42. 2 Co. 6. 14. Ga. 

2. 9. Phi. 3. 10. 1 Jno. 1. 3, et al. ; 
participation, communion, 1 Co. 10. 

16. et al. ; aid, relief, He. 13. 16, et 
al. ; contribution in aid, Ro. 15. 26. 

Kolvcovlkos, r], ov, social ; in N. T., 
ready to communicate in kind offices, 
Jiberal, beneficent, 1 Ti. 6. 18. 

Koiva>v6s, ov, 6, rj, (kolvos) a fel- 
lOW-partner, Mat. 23. 30. Lu. 5. 10. 

1 Co. 10. 18, 20. 2 Co. 8. 23. Phile. 

17. He. 10. 33; a sharer, partaker, 

2 Co. 1. 7. 1 Pe. 5. 1. 2 Pe. 1. 4. 
K.OLTT], ns, 17, (Keluai) a bed. Lu. 

11. 7; the conjugal bed, He. 13. 4; 
meton. sexual intercourse, concubi- 
tus ; hence, lewdness, whoredom, 



chamlering, Ro. 13. 13; in N. T. 
conception, Ro. 9. 10: whence 

Koitoou, a>vos, 6, a bed-chamber, 
Ac. 12. 20. 

Kokklvos, T), ov, (kokkos, kern*.^ 
the coccus ilicis of Linnceus, a small 
insect,fonnd on the leaves of the quer- 
cus cocciferus, or holm oak, which 
was used by the ancients, as the cochi- 
neal insect now is, for dyeing a beauti- 
ful crimson or deep scarlet colour, and 
supposed by them to be the berry of a 
plant or tree) dyed with coccus, crim- 
son, scarlet, Mat. 27. 28. He. 9. 19. 
Re. 17. 3, 4; 18. 12, 16. 

Kokkos, ov, 6, a kernel, seed, grain, 
Mat. 13. 31 ; 17. 20, et al. 

KoXa£co, f. do~op.ai & oVo), pr. to 
curtail, to coerce ; to chastise, punish. 
Ac. 4. 21. 2 Pe. 2. 9. 

KoXaKeia, as, f], (Koka£, a flat- 
terer) flattery, adulation, obsequi- 
ousness, 1 Th. 2. 5. 

KoXdcris, ecoy, 17, (KoXd£co) chastise- 
ment, punishment, Mat. 25. 46 ; pain- 
ful disquietude, torment, 1 Jno. 4. 18. 

Ko\a(p[£co, f. urco, (KoXaqbos, a 
blow with the list) to beat with the 
fist, buffet, Mat. 26. 67. Mar. 14. 65 ; 
met. to maltreat, treat with con- 
tumely and ignominy, 1 Co. 4. 11; 
to punish, 1 Pe. 2. 20 ; to buffet, fret, 
afflict, 2 Co. 12. 7. 

KoAXaco, co, f. r)cra>, to glue or weld 
together; mid. to adhere to, Lu. 
10. 11 ; met. to attach one's self to, 
unite with, associate with, Lu. 15. 
15. Ac. 5. 13, et al. 

KoXXovpiov, v. KoXXvpiov, ov, ro, 
(dimin. of KoKXvpa, a cake) collyrium, 
eye-salve, Re. 3. 18. 

KoXXv(3to~Tr]s, ov, 6, (KoXXv&os, 
small coin) a money-changer, Mat. 
21. 12. Mar. 11. 15. Jno. 2. 15. 

KoXXvpiov, see KoXXovpiov. 

KoAo/3oco, co, f. cocrco, (koXo(B6s, 
curtailed, mutilated, fr. koXos, id.) 
in N. T., of time, to cut short, shorten. 
Mat. 24. 22. Mar. 13. 20. 

KoXttos-, ov, 6, the bosom, Lu. 16. 
22,23. Jno. 1. 18; 13.23; the bosom 
of a garment, Lu. 6. 38; a bay, 
creek, inlet, Ac. 27. 39. 

KoXvpfidco, co, f. rjaoi, to dive; i» 
-AT. T., tc swim, A.c. 27. 43 : whence 



KOA li 

KdKvyL^dpa^ as, 77, a place where 

one may swim; a pond, pool, Jno. 

5. 2,4,7; 9.7, 11. 
KoXavia, as, 77, (Lat. colonia) a 

Roman colony, Ac. 16. 12. 
Kopdco, co, f. 770-co, to have long 

hair, wear the hair long, 1 Co. 11. 

14, 15 : from 
Koprj, 77?, 77, the hair ; a head of 

long hair, 1 Co. 11. 15. 
Kout^w, f. icrco, & tea, mid. lovfxcu, 

a. 1. e«6joiio-a, (/cojaea), to take care of) 

pr. to take into kindly keeping, to 

provide for; to convey, bring, Lu. 

7. 37; mid. to bring for one's self; 

to receive, obtain, 2 Co. 5. 10. Ep. 

6. 8, et al. ; to receive again, recover, 

Mat. 25. 27. He. 11. 19. 
Kop^orepov, adv. (comp. of Kop- 

xjjus, well, smartly) in If. T., in bet- 
ter health, Jno. 4. 52. 
Kovidco, co, f. aVco, p. pass. K€KO- 

vLaixa.1, (koVis, V. KOvCa, dust, lime- 

dust) to white-wash, or, plaster, Mat. 

23. 27. Ac. 23. 3. 
Koviopros, ou, d, (kovis & opvvpi, 
. to raise) dust excited; dust, Mat. 

10. 14. Lu. 9. 5; 10. 11. Ac. 13. 51; 

22. 23. 

Ko7rd£a>, f. acrco, (kottos) pr. to 
grow weary, suffer exhaustion ; to 
abate, be stilled, Mat. 14. 32. Mar. 
4. 39; G. 51. 

KoTreros, ou, d, (kotttco) pr. a beating 
of the breast, &c. in token of grief; 
a wailing, lamentation, Ac. 8. 2. 

K.07TJ7, 77?, 77, (kottto)) a stroke, smit- 
ing ; in N. T., slaughter, He. 7.1. 

Kcmiaco, co, f. dcrco, p. KeK.07ria.Ka, 
a. 1 . eKOTvlaaa, to be wearied or spent 
with labour, faint from weariness, 
Mat. 11. 28. Jno. 4. 6; in N. T., to 
labour hard, to toil, Lu. 5. 5. Jno. 
4. 38, et al. : from 

KoVof, ou, 6, (ko7ttco) trouble, vexa- 
tion, uneasiness, Mat. 26. 10. Mar. 
14. 6 ; labour, wearisome labour, tra- 
vail, toil, 1 Co. 3. 8 ; 15. 58, et al. ; 
meton. the fruit or consequences of 
labour, Jno. 4. 38. 2 Co. 10. 15. 

Ko7rpi'a, ay, 77, dung, manure, Lu. 
13. 8 ; 14. 35. 

KoVpicv, ov, to, the same, v. r Lu. 
13. 8. L. G. 



04 K02 

Kottto), f. •v/fa), to smite, cut ; to cob 
off or down, Mat. 21.8. Mar. 11. 8 
mid. to beat one's self in mourning 
lament, bewail, Lu. 8. 52; 23. 27, 
et al. 

Kdpa£, a/coy, d, a raven, crow, Lu 
12. 24. 

Kopdo-iov, lov, to, (dim. of Kopn) 
a girl, damsel, maiden, Mat. 9. 24, 
25; 14. 11, et al. (a). 

Kop/3di>, 6, indec. v. nopfiavas, a, d, 
(Heb. \2T\p\ Aram. fc^mp. ex- 
plained in Greek by Smpov) corban, 
a gift, offering, oblation, any thing 
consecrated to God, Mar. 7.11; me- 
ton. the sacred treasury, Mat. 27. 6. 

KopevwfUj f. Kopecrco, p. pass. *ce- 
Kopecr/Adi, to satiate, satisfy, Ac. 27. 
38. 1 Co. 4. 8. 
Koplvdios, ia, toy, Corinthian ; an 
inhabitant of K6piv9o<>, Corinth, Ac. 
18.8. 2 Co. 6. 11. 
Kdpoy, ou, 6, (Heb. "D) a cor, the 
largest Jewish measure for things dry, 
equal to the homer, and about fifteen 
bushels English, according to Josephus 
(Ant. 1. xv. c. 9. s. 2.), Lu. 16. 7. 
Kocrpeco, co, f. 770-co, p. KeKocrp^Ka^ 
a. 1. eK6a-)j.r)CTa, (koo>ios) to arrange, 
set in order ; to adorn, decorate, em- 
bellish, Mat. 12. 44 ; 23. 29 ; to pre- 
pare, put in readiness, trim, Mat. 
25. 7 ; met. to honour, dignify, Tit. 

2. 10. 

Kocrpifcdy, 77, oV, (Kocrpos, the world) 
pr. belonging to the universe; in 
AT". T., accommodated to the present 
state of tilings, adapted to this world, 
worldly, Tit. 2. 12 ; to koo-^kov, as a 
subst., the apparatus for the service 
of the tabernacle, He. 9. 1. 

Kdo-pioy, ia, toi/, v. ou, d, 77, (<drr- 
/u.09) decorous, well-ordered, 1 Ti. 2. 9; 

3. 2. 

KocrpoKparcop, opos, d, (Kocrpos & 
KpaTeai) pr. monarch of the world; 
in N. T., a worldly prince, a power 
paramount in the world of the un- 
believing and ungodly, Ep. 6. 12. {a), 
L. G. 

Kdcrpoy, ou, d, pr. order, regular dis- 

Eosition ; ornament, decoration, em- 
ellishnient, 1 Pe. 3. 3 ; the world" the 
material universe, Mat. 13. 35. et al \ 
the world, the aggregate of ;cmk 



KOY 105 

tive existence, 1 Co. 4, 9; the lower 
world, the earth, Mar. 1G. 15, et al. ; 
the world, the aggregate of man- 
kind, Mat. 5. 1 1, et al. ; the world, 
the public, Jno. 7. 4; in N. T., the 
present order of things, the secular 
world, Jno. 18. 36, et al. ; the human 
race external to the Jewish nation, 
the heathen world, Ro. 11. 12, 15; the 
world external to the Christian body, 
1 Jno. 3. 1, 13, et al. 

KovjLH, (Aram. *D1p 2 pers. fem. 
sing, imperat. of Dip, to arise) cumi, 
arise, Mar. 5. 41. 

KouorcoSta, a?, 17, (Lat. custodia) a 
watch, guard, Mat. 27. 65, 66 ; 28. 1 1. 

Kov(f>l£(i>, f. icrco, (Kov(pos, light) 
to lighten, make light or less heavy, 
Ac. 27. 38. 

Kocpivos, ou, 6, a basket, Mat. 14. 
20; 16. 9. Mar. 6. 43, et al. 

Kpaftfiaros, ou, 6, (Lat. grabatus) a 
couch capable of lwkling one person, 
Mar. 2. 4, 9, 11, 12, et al. L. G. 

Kpd£oo, f. KeKpd^ofxaL, a. tKpdyov, 

later f. /cpafcu, a. eKpa£a, p. Kenpaya 

with a pres. signif, to utter a cry, 
Mat. 14. 26, et al. ; to exclaim, vo- 
ciferate, Mat. 9. 27. Jno. 1. 15, et al. ; 
to cry for vengeance, Ja. 5. 4 ; to cry 
in supplication, Ro. 8. 15. Ga. 4. 6. 
KpaindXr], 77?, 17, debauch, Lu. 21. 34. 
(*). 

Kpavlov, ou, to, (Kapa) a skull, 
Mat. 27. 33. Mar. 15. 22. Lu. 23. 33. 
Jno. 19. 17. 

Kpdcmedov, ou, to, a margin, bor- 
der ; in N. T., a fringe, tuft, tassel, 
Mat. 9. 20 ; 14. 36 ; 23. 5, et al. 

Kparaios, d, oV, (Kpdros) strong, 
mighty, powerful, 1 Pe. 5. 6. 

Kparcuoa), co, f. coo~co, (fr. same) to 
strengthen, render strong, corrobo- 
rate, confirm ; pass, to grow strong, 
acquire strength, Lu. 1. 80; 2. 40. 
Ep. 3. 16 ; to be firm, resolute, 1 Co. 
16. 13. L. G. 

KpaTta), 60, f. 77000, p. KeKpdrrjKa, 
a. 1. iKparqa-a, (fr. same) pr. to be 
strong; to be superior to any one, 
subdue, vanquish, Ac. 2. 24 ; to get 
into one's power, lay hold of, seize, 
apprehend, Mat. 14.3; 18.28; 21.46; 
to gam, compass, attain, Ac. 27. 13 ; 
in XT. T., to lay hold of, gr?,sp, clasp, 



KPI 

Mat. 9. 25. Mar. 1. 31; 8. 41; tc 
retain, to keep under reserve, Mar 
9. 10; met. to hold fast, observe. 
Mar. 7. 3, 8. 2 Th. 2. 15 ; to hold to, 
adhere to, Ac. 3. 11. Col. 2. 19; tc 
restrain, hinder, repress, Lu. 24. 16 
Re. 7. 1 ; to retain, not to remit sins, 
Jno. 20. 23. 
Kpano-Tos, 77, of, (superl. from Kpa- 
tus, strongest) in N. T., (cpa-nore, a 
term of respect, most excellent, no- 
ble, or illustrious, Lu. 1. 3. Ac. 23. 
26 ; 24. 3 ; 26. 25. 
Kpdi is - , eo?, to, strength, power, 
might, force, Ac. 19. 20. Ep. 1. 19; 
meton. a display of might, Lu. 1. 51 ; 
power, sway, dominion, He. 2. 14. 
1 Pe. 4. 11 ; 5. 11, et al. (£). 
Kpauydfco, f. ao~co, a. 1. eKpavyacra^ 
to cry out, exclaim, vociferate, Mat. 
12. 19; 15. 22, et al.: from 
Kpavyrj, r)s, 77, (Kpa^co) a cry, outcry, 
clamour, vociferation, Mat. 25. 6. 
Ac. 23. 9. Ep. 4. 31. Re. 14. 18; a 
cry of sorroio, wailing, lamentation, 
Re. 21.4; a cry for help, earnest sup- 
plication, He. 5. 7. 
Kpeay, error, ecoy, to, pi. Kpeara, 
Kpea, flesh, meat, Ro. 14. 21. 1 Co. 
8. 13. 

KpetTTcoi>, v. o-crcov, ovoy, 6, 17, to, 
•ov, (used as the comp. of kyo.66*;) 
better, more useful or profitable, 
more conducive to good, 1 Co. 7. 9, 
38 ; superior, more excellent, of a 
higher nature, more valuable, He. 
1. 4; 6. 9; 7. 7, 19, 22, et al. 
Kpep.dvvvp.iy f. dcrco, a. 1. eKpep-daa, 
a. 1 . pass. eKpen&o-Qriv, to hang, sus- 
pend, Ac. 5. 30; 10. 39; pass, to b(s 
hung, suspended, Mat. 18. 6. Lu. 
23. 39; mid. Kpe^afiai, to hang, be 
suspended, Ac. 28. 4. Ga. 3. 13, et 
al. ; met. Kpe><xp.ai ev, to hang upon, 
to be referable to as an ultimate prin- 
ciple, Mat. 22. 40. 
Kprjp,v6s, ou, 6, (icpepdvwp.0 a 
hanging steep, precipice, a steep 
bank, Mat. 8. 32. Mar. 5. 13. Lu. 
8. 33. 

Kprjs, 77T0'?, pi. upr/res, a Cretan, 
an inhabitant of Kpij-nj, Ac. 2. 11. 
Tit. 1. 12. 

Kpidrj, rjsy 77, barley, Re. 6. 6 : whenct 
KpiOXvos, 77, ov, made of barley, Jnr 
6. 0, 13. 



KPI 



log 



KTI 



Kpipa, v. Kplfia, aros, To, [KpLVco) 
judgment ; a sentence, award, Mat. 
7. 2. Lu. 24. 20. Ro. 2. 2, et al. ; an 
administrative decree, Ro. 11. 33; 
condemnation, Mat. 23. IS. Lu. 23. 40. 
Ro. 3. 8; 5. 16, et al. ; administra- 
tion of judgment, Jno. 9 39. Ac. 
24. 25, et al. ; execution of justice, 
1 Fe. 4. 17 ; a lawsuit, 1 Co. 6. 7. 

Kplvov, ou, ro, a lily, Mat. 6. 28. 

Lu. 12. 27. 
Kpivco, f. ivcoy a. 1. enpiva, p. Ke<- 

piKa, p. pass. KeKpXfxai, a. 1. pass. eK- 
plQr)v, pr. to separate; to make a 
distinction between; to decide, de- 
termine, resolve, Ac. 3. 13; 15. 19; 
27. 1, et al. ; to deem, Ac. 13. 4G. Ro. 
14. 5 ; to resolve on, decree, Ac. 16. 4. 
Re. 16. 5 ; to form a judgment, to 
pass judgment on, Jno. 8. 15, et al. ; 
to judge judicially, to try, Jno. 18. 31, 
et al. ; to sentence, Jno. 7. 51; to 
condemn, Lu. 19. 22. Ac. 13. 27 ; in 
N. T., to execute sentence upon, to 
punish, Ac. 7. 7, et al. ; to adminis- 
ter a government over, Mat. 19. 28. 
Lu. 22. 30 ; perhaps, to avenge, He. 
10. 30 ; pass, to be brought to trial, 
Ac. 25. 1 , 20. Ro. 3. 4, et al. ; mid. 
to go to law, litigate, Mat. 5. 40: 
tohence 

Kpicris, ecos, r), pr. distinction ; discri- 
mination ; judgment, decision, sen- 
tence, Jno. 7. 24; 5. 30; judgment, 
trial, Jno. 12. 31. He. 9. 27 ; adminis- 
tration of justice, Jno. 5. 22, 27 ; con- 
demnatory sentence, condemnation, 
Jno. 12. 31 ; in N. T., meton. ground 
of condemnation, Jno. 3. 19; a court 
of justice, tribunal, Mat. 5. 21, 22; 
fr. the Heb. justice, equity, Mat. 23. 
23. Lu. 11. 42. (t). 

KpiTrjpLOV, tov, to, pr. a standard 
or means by winch to judge, crite- 
rion ; a court of justice, tribunal, Ja. 
2. 6; a cause, controversy, 1 Co. 6. 
2, 4: from 

KpLTTjs, ou, 6, (KpiVco) a judge, Mat. 
5.25; 12. 27. Lu. 12. 14, et al.,/r. 
the Heb. a ruler, prince, Ac. 13. 20: 
whence 

KptTLKOs, t], 6v, able or quick to 

discern or judge, He. 4. 12. 
Kpovco, f. ovo"co, to knock at a door, 

Mat.7.7,8. Lu. 11.9, 10; 13.25,etal. 
Kpjj7TT7;, rj, a vault or closet, a cell 

for stouxige, y. r. Lu. 11. 33. 



KpVTTTos, rj, ov, hidden, concealed 
secret, clandestine, Mat. G. 4, G, 18, 
et al. ; to. Kpvn-Td, secrets, Ro. 2. 15 
1 Co. 14. 25 : from 

KpinrTa), f \|^co, a. 1. eKpv\jm, p 

pass, /ce'/cpv/x/ucu, a. 2. pass. €KpvPr,r 
iv), to hide, conceal, Mat. 5. 14, ct 
al. ; in A 1 ". T., to lay up in store, Col. 
3. 3. Re. 2. 17 ; Ke/cpviu/ueVos, concealed, 
secret, Jno. 19. 38. 

KpuoTaXXt'^co, f. t'crco, to be clea?, 
brilliant like crystal, Re. 21. 11: 
(N. T.)from 

Kpvo~TaXko$, ov, 6, (Kpvos, cold) 
/;;■. clear ice ; crystal, Re. 4.6; 22. 1. 

Kpvcpalos, at'a, alov, (K.p{nrTa>) se- 
cret, hidden, v. r. Mat. 6. 18. 

Kpucprj, adv. (fr. same) in secret, 
secretly, not openly, Ep. 5. 12. 

Kra.op.ai, copai, f. ncro/nat, to get, 
procure, provide, Mat. 10. 9 ; to make 
gain, gain, Lu. 18. 12; to purchase, 
Ac. 8. 20 ; 22. 28 ; to be the cause or 
occasion of purchasing, Ac. 1. 18 ; to 
preserve, save, Lu. 21. 19; to get 
under control, to be winning the 
mastery over, 1 Th. 4. 4 ; p. K€KT>jju.ai, 
to possess : whence 

Krrjpa, aros, to, a possession, pro- 
perty, & spc. real estate, Mat. 19. 22. 
Mar. 10. 22. Ac. 2. 45 ; 5. 1. 

Krrjvos, eos, to, pr. property, ge- 
nerally used in the plural ra /cr7;nj ; 
property in animals; a beast of bur- 
den, Lu. 10. 34. Ac. 23. 24 ; beasts, 
cattle, 1 Co. 15. 39. Re. 18. 13. 

Krr)Ta>p, opos, 6, (KTaopai) a pos 
sessor, owner, Ac. 4. 34. L. G. 

Kri£co, f. tVco, a. 1. eKTiaa, p. pass. 
eKTto-fj.a.1, pr. to reduce from a state 
of disorder and wildness ; in A r . T., 
to call into being, to create, Mar. 
13. 19, et al. ; to call into individual 
existence, to frame, Eph. 2. 15; to 
create spiritually, to invest with a 
spiritual frame, Eph. 2. 10; 4. 24: 
whence 

Ktlctis, ecos, tj, pr. a framing, found- 
ing; in A 7 . T., creation, the act of 
creating, Ro. 1. 20; creation, the 
material universe, 3Iar. 10. 6; 13. 19. 
He. 9. 11. 2 Pe. 3. 4 ; a created thing, 
a ereature, Ro. 1. 25; 8. 39. Co.. 
1. 15. He. 4. 13; the human race. 
Mar. 16. 15. Ro. 8. 19, 20, 21, 22. CoL 



KTl 



1. 23; ^spiritual creatioi.,*? Co. 5. 17. 
Ga. 6. 15 ; an institution, ordinance, 
1 Pe. 2. 13. 

KTia/ia, aros, to, pr. a thing 
founded ; in N. T., a created being, 
creature, 1 Ti. 4. 4. Ja. 1. 18, et al. 
L.G % 

KricrTTjs, ou, 6, v. Krio-rrjs, ou, 6, a 

founder; in N. T., a creator, 1 Pe. 

4. 19. L. G. f 
Kvftela, as, T), (Ku/3euco, to play at 

dice ; fr. kv|3os, a cube, die)p\ dicing ; 

met. sleight, versatile artifice, Eph. 

4. 14. 

KvfiepvTjaris, eco?, 17, (Kvfiepvaoo, to 
steer, direct) government, office of a 
governor or director ; melon, a direc- 
tor, 1 Co. 12. 28. 

KviSepvrjTTjs, ou, 6, (fr. same) a pilot, 
helmsman, Ac. 27. 11. Re. 18. 17. 

KvKk66ev, adv. around, round about, 
Re. 4. 3, 4, 8; 5. 11: from 

KvkXos, ou, 6, a circle ; in N. T., 
ku'/cXw, adverbially, round, round 
about, around, Mar. 3. 34 ; 6. 6, 36, 
et al. : whence 

KukXoco, co, f. coerco, a. 1. €kvkXo)- 
<ra, to encircle, surround, encompass, 
come around, Jno. 10. 24. Ac. 14.20. 
spc. to besiege, Lu. 21. 20. He. 11. 30. 
Re. 20. 9. 

KvXiapa, arosr, to, pr. a rolling 
thing; in 2V. T., a place of rolling or 
wallowing, wallowing-place, 2 Pe. 

2. 22 : (L. G.) from 
KuXico, f. tVco, a. 1. eKvXIaa, (a later 

form for kvKCvSw) to roll ; mid. to 
roll one's self, to wallow, Mar. 9. 
20. (t). 

KuXXo?, r), 6v, pr. crooked, bent ; 
maimed, lame, crippled, Mat. 18. 8, 
et al. 

Ku/ia, error, to, a wave, surge, bil- 
low. Mat. 8. 24 ; 14. 24, et al. 

¥-vp.j3aXov, ou, to, (<vp.(3os, a hol- 
low) a cymbal, 1 Co. 13. 1. 

Kvpivov, ou, to, cumin, cuminum 
sativum of IAnnceus, a plant, a native 
of Eijupt and Syria, ivhose seeds are 
of ail aromatic, warm, bitterish taste, 
with a strong but not dbio/jrceable 
smell, awl used by the ancients as a 
condiment, Mat. 23. 23. 

Kvuupiov, t'ou, to, -dimin. of vvoav) 



107 ROM 

a little dog; a cur, Mat. li 26, 87 
Mar. 7. 27, 28. 
Kv-rrptos, ou, 6, a Cypriot, an in- 
habitant of KvTrpos, Cyprus, Ac. 4. 36 ( 

11. 20; 21. 16. 
Kutttco, f. ^00, a. 1. eKvyjra, to bend 

forwards, stoop down, Mar. 1.7. Jnc 
8. 6, 8. 

Kvpiji/alos, ou, 6, a Cyrenian, an in- 
habitant of Kvprivrj, Cyrene, Mat. 
27. 32, et al. 
Kvpia, as, fj, (Kvpios a lady, 2 Jno. 
1, 5. 

Kvpianos, fj, ov, (fr. same) pertain- 
ing to the Lord Jesus Christ, the 
Lord's, 1 Co. 11. 20. Re. 1. 10. N. T. 
Kvpievco, f. evcra), Ro. 14. 9 ; a. 1. 
eicvpUvcra, to be lord over, to be pos 
sessed of mastery over, Ro. 6. 9, 14 
7. 1 2 Co. 1. 24; to exercise sway 
over, Lu. 22. 25 : from 
Kvpios, i'ou, 6, a lord, master, Mat. 

12. 8, et al. ; an owner, possessor, 
Mat. 20. 8, et al. ; a potentate, sove- 
reign, Ac. 25. 26 ; a power, deity, 

1 Co. 8. 5 ; the Lord, Jehovah, Mat. 

1. 22, et al. ; the Lord Jesus Christ, 
Mat. 24. 42. Mar. 16. 19. Lu. 10. 1. 
Jno. 4. 1. 1 Co. 4. 5, et al. freq. ; 
Kv'pie, a term of respect of variom 
force, Sir, Lord, Mat. 13. 27. Ac. 9. 6, 
et al. freq. : ivhence 

Kvpiorrjs, ttjtos, fj, lordship ; con- 
stituted authority, Eph. 1. 21. 2 Pe. 

2. 10. Ju. 8.; pi. authorities, poten- 
tates, Col. 1. 16. N. T. 

Kupoco, to, f. cocrco, p. KeKvpcoKa, 
(Ktipo?, authority, confirmation) to 
confirm, ratify, Ga. 3. 15 ; to assure, 

2 Co. 2. 8. 

Kvcov, kvvos, 6, fj, a dog, Lu. 16. 21. 
2 Pe. 2. 22 ; met. a dog, a religious 
corrupter, Phi. 3. 2 ; miscreant, Re. 
22. 15. 

KcoXoi/, ou, ro, a member or limb ol 

the body, He. 3. 17. 
KcoXuco, f. urrco, a. 1. €KO)Xvo~a, a. 1. 
pass. eKU)\v6r)v (v), to hinder, restrain, 
prevent, Mat. 19. 14. Ac. 8. 36. Ro. 
1. 13, et al. 
Kco/x/;, rjs, fj, a village, a country town, 

Mat. 9. 35 ; 10. 11. Lu. 8. 1, et al. 
Kcop-imoXis, ecos, fj, (kco/xt? & ttoXis) 
a large village, open town, Mar 
1. 38. L. G. 



K£2M 



108 



AAN 



£.&p.os, ou, 6, pr. a festive proces- 
sion, a merry-making ; in A 7 ". T„ a 
revel, lascivious feasting, Ro. 13. 13. 
Ga. 5. 21. i Pe. 4. 3. 

Ka>v(oyj/, onros, 6, a gnat, culex, 
which is found in wine when acescent, 
Mat. 23. 24. 

Kcoc^d?, 77, oV, #r. blunt, dull, as a 
weapon; dull of hearing, deprived of 
bearing, deaf, Mat. 11. 5. Mar. 7. 
32, 37. Lu. 7. 22 ; dumb, mute, Mat. 
9. 32, 33, et al. ; meton. making dumb, 
causing dumbness, Lu. 11. 14. 



A 

Aay^avco, f. \fj£o[iat, p. e'tXrjxa, 
p. 2. ke\oyxa, a. 2. eXS-xov, to have 
assigned to one, to obtain, receive, 
Ac. 1. 17. 2 Te. 1. 1 ; to have fall to 
one by lot, Lu. 1. 9; absol. to cast 
lots, Jno. 19. 24. 

kdOpa, adv. (Kav6ava>) secretly, Mat. 

1. 19; 2. 7, et al. 

Aaika\js, 0.77-0?, 17, a squall of wind, 
a hurricane, Mar. 4. 37, et al. 

AaKrlfa, f. tVa>, (Ad£, with the 
heel) to lack, Ac. 9. 5 ; 2G. 14. 

AaXea), co, f. 770-0), p. XeXaXrjKa, 
a. 1. eAaArjcra, to make vocal utter- 
ance ; to babble, to talk ; in A. 1\, 
absol., to exercise the faculty of 
speech, Mat. 9. 33, et al. ; to speak, 
Mat. 10. 20, et al.; to hold converse 
with, to talk with, Mat. 12. 4G. Mar. 
6. 50. Re. 1. 12, et al.; to discourse, 
to make an address. Lu. 11. 37. Ac. 
11. 20; 21. 39, et al. ; to make an- 
nouncement, to make a declaration, 
Lu. 1. 55, et al. ; to make mention, 
Jno. 12. 41. Ac. 2. 31. He. 4. 8. 
2 Pe. 3. 16 ; trans., to speak, address, 
preach, Mat. 9. 18. Jno. 3. 11. Tit. 

2. 1, et al.; to give utterance to, to 
utter, Mar. 2. 7. Jno. 3. 34, ct al. ; 
to tell, recount, Mat. 2G. 13, et al. ; 
to declare, announce, reveal, Lu. 
24. 25, et al. ; to disclose, 2 Co. 12. 4. 

\aXid, as, r], talk ; in N~. T., mat- 
ter of discourse, Jno. 4. 42; 8. 43; 
language, dialect, Mat. 2G. 73. Mar. 
14. 70. ^ 

\apd v. \appd, (Heb. i~\u?) for 
what? why? wherefore? Mat.27.4G. 
Mar. 15. 34. 



Aafifiava), f. \T)\fsop.ai, p. etXrjtpa^ 

a. 2. eK&fiov, a. 1. pass. e\r)4>fa)v, to 
take, take up, take in the hand, Mat. 
10. 38; 13. 31, 33, et al ; to take on 
one's self, sustain, Mat. 8. 17 ; to 
take, seize, seize upon, Mat. 5. 40 ; 
21. 34. Lu. 5. 2G. 1 Co. 10. 13, et al. ; 
to catch, Lu. 5. 5. 2 Co. 12. 1G; to 
assume, put on, Phi. 2. 7 ; to make 
a rightful or successful assumption 
of, Jno. 3. 27 ; to conceive, Ac. 28. 15 ; 
to take by way of provision, Mat. 
1 6. 5 ; to get, get together, Mat. 16. 9 ; 
to receive as payment, Mat. 17. 24. 
He. 7. 8 ; to take to wife, Mar. 12. 19 ; 
to admit, give reception to, Jno. 6. 21 
2 Jno. 10 ; met. to give mental recep. 
tion to, Jno. 3. 11, et al. ; to be sim- 
ply recipient of ; to receive, Mat. 7. 8. 
Jno. 7. 23, 39 ; 19. 30._ Ac. 10. 43; 
i» N. T., Kanfidveiv velpa%>, to make 
encounter of a matter of difficulty or 
trial, He. 1 1 . 29. 3G ; Ka^dveLv apxnv, 
to begin, He. 2. 3 ; Xaptpdveiv crv^ou- 
Aiov, to take counsel, consult, Mat. 
12. 14; Xanfidveiv \rj6rjv, to forget, 
2 Pe. 1. 9; KauPdueiv vtt6ilvt](tiv, tC 
recollect, call to mind, 2 Ti. 1. 5 
Aa/xj3ai'eif irepno^v, to receive cir- 
cumcision, be circumcised, Jno. 7. 23 ; 
Aa/i/Sdreie KaraXKayrji', to be recon- 
ciled, Ro. 5. 11; kafxpaveiv Kplp-CL, 
to receive condemnation or punish- 
ment, be punished, Mar. 12. 40 ; fr. 
the lleb. irpocrumov \aixt3dueiv, to HC 

cept the person of any one, show par- 
tiality towards, Lu. 20.21. 

Aappa, see \ap.d. 

Aapirds, ados, r), (kdpTrco) a light, 
Ac. 20. 8 ; a lamp, Re. 4. 5 ; a porta- 
ble lamp, lantern, or flambeau, Mat 
25. 1, 3, 4, 7, 8. Jno. 18. 3. 

Aapirpos, d, o'y, (XapTrco) bright, 
resplendent, Re. 22. 1G; clear, pel- 
lucid, Re. 22. 1 ; white, glistering, 
Ac. 10. 30. Re. 15. G; of a brigfit 
colour, gaudy, Lu. 23. 11; by impl. 
splendid, magnificent, sumptuous, 
Ja. 2. 2, 3. Re. 18. 14 : whence 

Aa/JLTTporns, ttjtos, 77, brightness, 
splendour, Ac. 2G. 13. 

Aap.7rpa>s, adv. splendidly ; magnifi- 
cently, sumptuously, Lu. 1G. 19. 

Ad/x?Tco, f. yj/co & -dropm, a. 1. e\ap.~ 
\f/n, to shine, giveliffht, Mat. 5. 15, 1G; 
17.2. Lu. 17. 24, et al. 

Aav6dv<A>, f. Xr'jcro). a. 2. eXa#oi', p, 



AAS 



109 



AEN 



UkvSa, to be unnoticed ; to escape 
the knowledge or observation of a 
person, Ac. 26. 26. 2 Pe. 3. 5, 8 ; ab- 
sol. to be concealed, escape detec- 
tion, Mar. 7. 24. Lu. 8. 47 ; with a 
participle of another verb, to be un- 
conscious of an action while the sub- 
ject or object of it, He. 13. 2. 

Aat-evros, 77, oV, (Xa?, a stone, & 
£eo>, to cut, hew) cut in stone, hewn 
out of stone or rock, Lu. 23. 53. S. 

AaooT/feu?, ecu?, 6, a Laodicean, an 
inhabitant of AaoSUeta, Laodicea, 
Col. 4. 16. Re. 3. 14. 

Aao?, oO, 6, a body of people ; a 
concourse of people, a multitude, 
Mat. 27. 25. Lu. 8. 47, et al. ; the 
common people, Mat. 26. 5, et al. ; a 
people, nation, Mat. 2. 4. Lu. 2. 32. 
Ti. 2. 14, et al. ; 6 Aaos, the people of 
Israel, Lu. 2. 10. 

S.dpvyf-, vyyos, 6, the throat, gullet, 
Ro. 3. 13. 

kdo-Kod, f. XaKrjaa), a. 1. iXaarjo-a, 
pr. to emit a sound, ring ; hence, to 
break with a sharp noise ; to burst, 
Ac. 1. 18. 

\aro/xeo), a>, f. rjcrco, p. XeXaro- 

firj/ca, a. 1. eXaTO/arjora, (A.as, a stone, 

& reVcco) to hew stones ; to cut out 
of stone, hew from stone, Mat. 27. GO. 
Mar. 15. 46. L. Gr. 

\arpeia, as, 77, service, servitude ; 
religious service, worship, Jno. 16.2. 
Ro. 9. 4; 12.1. He. 9. 1, 6: from 

Aarpeva), f. evcra>, a. 1. eXarpewa, 
(Aarpt?, a servant) to be a servant, to 
serve, Ac. 27. 23 ; to render religious 
service and homage, worship, Mat. 
4. 10. Lu. 1. 74 ; spc. to offer sacri- 
fices, present offerings, He. 8. 5 ; 
9. 9. 

hdxavov, ou, to, (Xa^aiVo, to dig) 
a garden herb, vegetable, Mat. 13. 32. 
Lu. 11.42. Ro. 14. 2. 

Xeycav, covo?, 6, (Lat. legio) a Ro- 
man legion ; in JV. T., legion used 
iivlefinitelu for a great number. Mat. 
26. 53. Mar. 5. 9, 15. Lu. 8. 30. 

Sey&), f. £co, to say, Mat. 1. 20, et 
al. freq. ; to speak, make an address 
or speech, Ac. 26. 1 ; to say ment 'ally, 
in thought, Mat. 3. 9. Lu. 3. 8 ; to 
Bay in written, law/uage, Mar. 15. 28. 
Lu. 1. 63. Jno. 19. 37^ et al. ; to say, 
as distinguished from acting, Mat. 



23. 3; to mention, speak of, Mar. 
14. 71. Lu. 9. 31. Jno. 8. 27 ; to tell, 
declare, narrate, Mat. 21. 27. Mar 
10. 32 ; to express, He. 5.11; to put 
forth, propound, Lu. 5. 36; 13. 6. 
Jno. 16. 29; to mean, to intend to 
signify, 1 Co. 1. 12; 10. 29; to say, 
declare, affirm, maintain, Mat. 3. 9 ; 
5. 18. Mar. 12. 18. Ac. 17. 7; 26. 22. 
1 Co. 1. 10, et al. ; to enjoin, Ac. 15. 
24; 21. 21. Ro. 2. 22; to term, de- 
signate, call, Mat. 19. 17. Mar. 12. 37. 
Lu. 20. 37 ; 23. 2. 1 Co. 8. 5, et al. ; 
to call by a name, Mat. 2. 23, et al. ; 
pass, to be further named, to be sur- 
named, Mat. 1. 16, et al. ; to be ex- 
plained, interpreted, Jno. 4. 25 ; 20. 
16, 24 ; in N. T., crv Xeyets, thou sayest, 
a form of affirmative ansiver to a ques- 
tion, Mat. 27. 11. Mar. 15. 2. Jno. 
18. 37. 

Ael/x/xa, error, to', (XetVaj) pr. a 
remnant ; in T., a small residue, 
Ro. 11. 5. 

Afros', eta, etoz;, smooth, level, plain, 
Lu. 3. 5. 

AeiVco, f. •vJ/'go, a. 2. eXiVroi/, trans. 
to leave, forsake; pass, to be left, 
deserted ; by impl. to be destitute of, 
deficient in, Ja. 1. 4, 5 ; 2. 15 ; intrans. 
to fail, be wanting, be deficient, Lu. 
18. 22, et al. 

AetTOupyeo), £>, f. 770-0), p. XeXet- 
rovpyrjKa, (Aeirovp-yo?) pr. to perform 
some public service at one's own 
expense ; in N. T., to officiate as a 
priest, He. 10. 11; to minister in the 
Christian church, Ac. 13. 2 ; to minis- 
ter to, assist, succour, Ro. 15. 27. 

AeiTovpyla, ay, 77, (fr. same) pr. a 
public service discharged by a citi- 
zen at his own expense; in N. T., 
a sacred ministration, Lu. 1. 23. Phi. 
2. 17. He. 8. 6 ; 9. 21 ; a kind office, 
aid, relief, 2 Co. 9. 12. Phi. 2. 30. 

Af LTOvpyiKOS, 77, oV, ministering ; 
engaged in subordinate service, He. 
1. 14 : (S) from 

AeiTovpyos, ov, 6, (Xetroy, public, 
& epyov) pr. a person of property 
who performed a public duty or ser- 
vice to the state at his own expense ; 
in y. T., a minister or servant, Ro. 
13. 6, et al. ; one who ministers ra- 
lief, Phi. 2. 25. 

Aevriov, lou, to, (Lat. Uuteum) a 
coarse cloth, with which sey^'ant* war* 



AEn 



no 



Aor 



girded, a towel, napkin, apron, Jno. 
13. 4, 5. 

A.e7Tt'?, ibos, r), a scale, shell, rind, 
crust, incrustation, Ac. 9. 19 : whence 

AeVpa, as, r), the leprosy, Mat. 8. 3. 
Mar. 1. 42. Lu. 5. 12, 13. 

AfTjpo?, ov, 6, (fr. same) leprous ; 
a leper, S.at. 8. 2 ; 10. 8, et al. 

Aarrov, ov, to, (k(7TTOS, thin, fine, 
small) a mite, the smallest Jewish 
coin, equal to half a KoSpaynjs, and 
consequently to about three-eighths of 
a farthing, Mar. 12. 42, et al. 

AeviTrjs, ov, 6, a Levite, one of the 
posterity of AevX, Levi, Lu. 10. 32. 
Jno. 1. 19. Ac. 4. 36 : whence 

AeviriKos, r), ov, Levitical, pertain- 
ing to the Levites, He. 7. 11. 

Acvkos, rj, ov, pr. light, bright ; 
white, Mat. 5. 36 ; 17. 2, et al. ; whiten- 
ing, growing white, Jno. 4. 35. 

Atoov, ovtos, 6, a lion, He. 11. 33. 
1 Pe. 5. 8, et al. ; met. a lion, cruel 
adversary, tyrant, 2 Ti. 4. 17 ; a lion, 
a hero, deliverer, Re. 5. 5. 

Arjdr], rjs, r), (XavOdva) forgetful- 
ness, oblivion, 2 Pe. 1. 9. 

Ar]v6s, ov, 6, r), pr. a tub, trough ; 
a wine-press, into which grapes wet*e 
cast and trodden, Re. 14. 19,20; 19. 15; 
a wine-vat, i. q. viro\r)viov, the lower 
vat into which the juice of the trodden 
grapes flo wed, Mat. 21. 33. 

Ar)pos, ov, 6, idle talk ; an empty 
tale, Lu. 24. 11. 

ArjCTTr]s, ov, 6, (krj'i£op.ai, Xr/ls, 
plunder) a plunderer, robber, high- 
wayman, Mat. 21. 13; 26. 55. Mar. 
11. 17. Lu. 10. 30. 2 Co. 11. 26, et 
al. ; a bandit, brigand, Mat. 27. 38, 
44. Mar. 15. 27. Jno. 18. 40; trop. 
a robber, rapacious impostor, Jno. 
10. 1, 8. 

Ar)\]sis, €cos, rj, (kapfidvco) a tak- 
ing; receiving, receipt, Phi. 4. 15. 

/vlrv, adv. much, greatly, exceed- 
ingly, Mat. 2. 10 ; 4. 8 ; 8. 28, et al. 

Aifiavos, ov, 6, arbor thurifera, the 
tree producing frankincense, grow- 
ing in Arabia and Mount Lebanon; 
in JV. T., frankincense, the transpa- 
rent gum which distils from incisions 
in the tree, Mat. 2. 11. Re. 18. 13: 
whence 



AifiavoiTos, ov, 6, rj, frankincense • 
in N. T., a censer, Re. 8. 3, 5. 

Aifieprlvos, ov, 6, (Lat. libertini%s) 
a freed-man, one who having been a 
slave has obtained his freedom, or 
whose father was a freedman ; in 
N. T., the Xifieprlvoi probably denote 
Jews who had been carried captive to 
Rome, and subsequently manumitted, 
Ac. 6. 9. 

Aiddfa, f. dcra>, (Xidos) to stone, 
pelt or kill with stones, Jno. 10. 31, 
32, 33, et al. 

Aidtvos, rj, ov, (fr. same) made of 
stone, Jno. 2. 6, et al. 

Ai6oj3o\eco, o), f. 770-G), a. 1. e\i6o~ 

P6\riaa, (\i'0os & j3a\Ao>) to Stone, pelt 
with stones, in order to kill, Mat. 
21.35; 23. 37, et al. L. G. 

Aldos, ov, 6, a stone, Mat. 3. 9; 4. 
3, 6, et al. ; used figuratively, of Christ 
Eph. 2. 20. 1 Pe. 2. 6, et al. ; of be 
lievers, 1 Pe. 2. 5 ; meton. a tablet ol 
stone, 2 Co. 3. 7 ; a precious stone. 
Re. 4. 3, et al. 

Ai66o-Tpa)TOv, ov, to, (neut. of Xi- 
66<TTpu>To<;, paved with stone, \l0os & 
o-rpiovwiJii) a tessellated pavement, 
Jno. 19. 13. 

AiK/xaa>, a>, f. r)o-a>, pr. to winnow 
grain ; in N. T., to scatter like chaff, 
Mat. 21. 44. Lu. 20. 18. 

Aip.r)v, evos, 6, a port, haven, har- 
bour, Ac. 27. 8, 12. 

Aijivrj, rjs, f], a tract of standing 
water ; a lake, Lu. 5. 1, 2, et al. 

Ai/zo?, ov, 6, famine, scarcity of 
food, want of grain, Mat. 24. 7 ; fa- 
mine, hunger, famishment, Lu. 15. 

17. Ro. 8. 35, et al. 

Alvov, ov, to, flax ; by meton. a 
flaxen wick, Mat. 12. 20 ; linen, Re. 
15. 6. 

Aindpos, d, ov, (k'nros, fat, fatness) 
fat ; dainty, delicate, sumptuous, Re. 

18. 14. 

AiTpa, as, r), a pound, libra, equi- 
valent to about twelve ounces avoirdu- 
pois, Jno. 12. 3 ; 19. 39. 

At\jr, Xi/3o?, 6, pr. the south-west 
wind ; meton. the south-west quarter 
of the heavens, Ac. 27. 12. 

Aoyi'a, as, r), (Xt'-yco, to collect) a 



Aor 



AYK 



gathering, collection, 1 Co. 16. 1, 2. 

Aoyi^opai, f. uro/xcu, a. 1. iXoyicrd- 

Hf\v, a. 1. pass. eXoyiV0Tji', f. XoyiaOrf 
cojaat, p. XeAoytcr/xai, (Xoyos) pr. to 
count, calculate ; to count, enume- 
rate, Mar. 15. 28. Lu. 22. 37 ; to set 
down as a matter of account, I Co. 
13.5. 2 Co. 3. 5; 12. G; to impute, Ro. 

4. 3. 2 Co. 5. 19. 2 Ti. 4. 1G, et al. ; 
to account, Ro. 2. 26 ; 8. 3G ; eis ovSev 
Xoyio-eiji/at, to be set at nought, des- 
pised, Ac. 19. 27; to regard, deem, 
consider, Ro. 6. 1 1 ; 14. 14. 1 Co. 4. 1. 
2 Co 10. 2. Phi. 3. 13 ; to infer, con- 
clude, presume, Ro. 2. 3 ; 3. 28 ; 8. 18. 
2 Co. 10. 2, 7, 11. He. 11. 19. 1 Pe. 

5. 12 ; to think upon, ponder, Phi. 
4. 8; absol. to reason, Mar. 11. 31. 
1 Co. 13. 11. 

tioyiKos, T), dV, (fr. same) pertain- 
ing to speech ; pertaining to reason ; 
in N. T., rational, spiritual, pertain- 
ing to the mind and soul, Ro. 12. 1. 

1 Pe. 2. 2. 

Aoyiov, ton, to, (fr. same) an oracle, 
a divine communication or revela- 
tion, Ac. 7. 38. Ro. 3. 2, et al. 

Aoyto?, ov, 6, f], (fr. same) gifted 
with learning or eloquence, Ac. 18. 24. 

Aoyiapos, ov, 6, (koyi£o/j,ai) pr. a 
computation, act of computing ; a 
thought, cogitation, Ro. 2.15; a con- 
ception, device, 2 Co. 10. 5. 

Aoyopa^eco, co, f. rjcra), (Koyos & 
uaxoiuai) to contend about words ; by 
imp}, to dispute about trivial things, 

2 Ti. 2. 14: (N. T.) whence 
Aoyopax'ia, as, t], contention or 

strife about words ; by impl. a dis- 
pute about trivial things, unprofit- 
aole controversy, 1 Ti. 6. 4. N. T. 
i\.oyo?, ov, 6, (keya>) a word, a thing 
uttered, Mat. 12. 32, 37. 1 Co. 14. 19 ; 
speech, language, talk, Mat. 22. 15. 
Lu.20.20. 2 Co. 10. 10. Ja. 3. 2 scon- 
verse, Lu. 24. 17 ; mere talk, wordy- 
show, 1 Co. 4. 19, 20. Col. 2. 23. 1 Jno. 
3. 18 ; language, mode of discourse, 
style of speaking, Mat. 5. 37. 1 Co. 
1. 17. 1 Th. 2. 5 ; a saying, a speech, 
Mar. 7. 29. Eph. 4. 2<; ; an expres- 
sion, form oi words, formula, Mat. 
26. 44. Ro. 13. 9. Ga. 5. 14 ; a say- 
ing, a thing propounded in discourse, 
Mat. 7. 24; 19. 11. Jno. 4. 37; 6. GO. 
J Ti. 1. 15, et al. ; a message, an- 



nouncement, 2 Co. 5. 19; a prophetic 
announcement, Jno. 12. 38 ; an ac- 
count, statement, 1 Pe. 3. 15 ; a story, 
report, Mat. 28. 15. Jno. 4. 39; 21. 
23 ; 2 Th. 2. 2 ; a written narrative, 
a treatise, Ac. 1.1; a set discourse, 
Ac. 20. 7 ; doctrine, Jno. 8. 31, 37. 
2 Ti. 2. 17 ; subject-matter, Ac. 15. G ; 
reckoning, account, Mat. 12. 36; 
18. 23; 25. 79. Lu. 16. 2. Ac. 19.40; 
20. 24. Ro. 9. 28. Phi. 4. 15, 17. He. 
4. 13 ; a pica, Mat. 5. 32. Ac. 19. 38 ; 
a motive, Ac. 10. 29; reason, Ac. 
18. 14 ; 6 Aoyos, the word of God, es- 
pecially in the gospel, Mat. 13. 21, 22. 
Mar. 16. 20. Lu. 1.2. Ac. 6. 4, et al. ; 
6 Xoyos, the divine Wokd, or Logos, 
Jno. 1. 1. 

Adyx?7, rjs, f], pr. the head of a 
javelin ; a spear, lance, Jno. 19. 34. 

AoiSopeco, co, f. rjcrco, (\ol8opos) to 
revile, rail at, Jno. 9. 28. Ac. 23. 4, 
et al. 

Aoibopla, as, fj, reviling, railing, 

1 Ti. 5. 14. 1 Pe. 3. 9 : from 
Aoldopos, of, 6, rj, reviling, railing ; 

as subst. a reviler, railer, 1 Co. 5. 11 ; 
6. 10. 

Aotpos, ov, 6, a pestilence, plague, 
Mat. 24. 7. Lu. 21. 11 ; met. a pest, 
pestilent fellow, Ac. 24. 5. 

Aolttos, t), ov, (XeiVco) remaining; 
the rest, remainder, Mat. 22. 6, et al. ; 
as an adv. tov Xomov, henceforth, Ga. 
6. 17; toXolttov, v. Aot7r6i', hencefor- 
wards, thenceforvvards, Mat. 26. 45. 

2 Ti. 4. 8. Ac. 27. 20, et al. ; as to 
the rest, besides, 1 Co. 1. 16 ; finally 
Eph. 6. 10, et al. ; o 6e Xoinw, csete- 
rum, but, now, 1 Co. 4. 2. 

Aovrpov, ov, to, a bath, water for 
bathing ; a bathing, washing, ablu- 
tion, Ep. 5. 26. Tit. 3. 5 : from 

Aovui, f. o~co, a. 1. eXovaa, p. pass. 
Xe'Xov/aai, pr. to bathe the body, as 
disti?}guished from washing only the 
extremities, Jno. 13. 10 ; to bathe, 
wash, Ac. 9. 37 ; 16. 33. He. 10. 23. 
2 Pe. 2. 22 ; met. to cleanse from sin, 
Re. 1. 5. 

AvKaovio-rt, adv. in the dialect of 
AvKaovCa, Lycaonia, Ac. 14. 11. 

Avkos, ov, 6, a wolf, Mat. 10. 16, 
Lu. 10. 3. Jno. 10. 12; met. a person 
of wolf-like character, Mat. 7. 15. 
Ac. 20. 29. 



ATM 



112 



MAK 



Avfiaivop.ai, f. ovpxii, (Kvfxrj, out- 
rage) to outrage, violently maltreat ; 
in N. T., to make havock of, Ac. 8. 3. 

Avnea, co, f. 770-co, p. XeAiVr/Ka, 
a. 1. eA.J7nj(Ta, to occasion grief or sor- 
row to, to distress, 2 Co. 2. 2, 5 ; 7. 8 ; 
/>ass. to be grieved, pained, distressed, 
sorrowful, Mat. 17. 23; 19. 22, et al. ; 
to aggrieve, cross, vex, Eph. 4. 30; 
pass, to feel pained, Ro. 14. 15 : from 

£Lvm], 77s 1 , f), pain, distress, Jno. 16. 21 ; 
grief, sorrow, Jno. 16. 6, 20, 22, et al. ; 
meton. cause of grief, trouble, afflic- 
tion, 1 Pe. 2. 19. 

Avwis, €cos, 77, (kva>) a loosing ; in 
A r . T., a release from the marriage 
bond, a divorce, 1 Co. 7. 27. 

AvaiTeXeo), co, f. 770-co, (Auco, to pay, 
& re'Xos, an impost) pr. to compen- 
sate for incurred expense ; by impl. 
to be advantageous to, to profit, ad- 
vantage ; impers. Lu. 17. 2. 

AvTpov, ov, to, (kvco, to pay quit- 
tance) pr. price paid ; a ransom, Mat. 
20. 28. Mar. 10. 45 : whence 

Aurpoco, co, f. cocrco, to release for a 
ransom ; mid. to ransom, redeem ; 
deliver, liberate, Lu. 24. 21. Tit. 2. 
14. 1 Pe. 1. 18: whence 

AvTpcoo-is, (cos, 77, redemption, He. 
9. 12 ; liberation, deliverance, Lu. 
1. 68; 2. 38. L. G. 

Avrparr/s, ov, 6, a redeemer ; a de- 
liverer, Ac. 7. 35. S. 

Av^v/a, as, 77, a candlestick, lamp- 
stand, Mat. 5. 15, et al. ; met. a can- 
dlestick as a figure of a Christian 
church, Re. 1. *12, 13, 20 ; of a teacher 
or prophet, Re. 11. 4: (L. G.) from 

,\{>Xvos, a light, lamp, candle, &c. 
Mat. 5. 15. Mar. 4. 21, et al. ; met. 
a lamp, as a figure of a distinguished 
teacher, Jno. 5. 35. 

A-Vco, f. t»o~co, p. Xe'AuKG, a. 1. eXv- 
<ra, p. pass, \e\vfiai, a. 1. pass. eXiXfyf 
(v), to loosen, unbind, unfasten, Mar. 

1. 7, et al.; to loose, untie, Mat. 21. 

2. Jno. 11. 44.; to disengage, 1 Co. 
7. 27 ; to set free, set at liberty, de- 
liver, Lu. 13. If. ; to break, Ac. 27. 41. 
Re. 5. 2, 5 ; to break up, dismiss, Ac. 
13. 43; to destroy, demolish, Jno. 
2.19. Ep. 2. 14; met. to infringe, Mat. 
5.19. Jno. 5. 18; 7.23; to make void, 
nullify, Jno. 10. 35 ; in N. T., to de- 
Clare to be lawful and allowable, or. 



to admit to privileges, Mat. .6. i& 
et al. 



M 

Mayela, as, 77, pr. the system of the 
magians ; magic, Ac. 8.11: from 

Mayeuco, f. eiVco, to be a magian » 
to use magical arts, practise magic, 
sorcery, &c. Ac. 8. 9: from 

Mdyos, ov, 6, (Pers. mogh, Heb. Jft. 
akin to /u.<?yas, magnus) a magus, 
sage of the magian religion, magian, 
Mat. 2. 1, 7, 16 ; a magician, sorcerer, 
Ac. 13. 6, 8. 

MaOrjTevco, f. evcrco, a. 1. epaBrj- 
reva-a, intrant, to be the disciple of, 
follow as a disciple, Mat. 27. 57 ; in 
N. T., trans, to make a disciple of, 
to train in discipleship, Slat. 28. 19. 
Ac. 14. 21 ; pass, to be trained, dis- 
ciplined, instructed, Mat. 13. 52: 
(L. G.) from. 

Madt]Tr)S, ov, 6, (pavBdvco) a dis. 
ciple, Mat. 10. 24, 42, et al. : whence 

Madrjrpia, as, 77, a female disciple 
a female Christian, Ac. 9. 36. 

Malvofiai, f. fxavr/aofiat & pavoi 
fiat, p. ixifi.y\vo., to be disordered in 
mind, mad, Jno. 10. 20, et al. 

MaKap[(co, f. iVco, At. tco, to pro- 
nounce happy, felicitate, Lu. 1. 48. 
Ja. 5. 11 : from 

Mandpios, ia, wv, (pd<ap, idem) 
happy, blessed, Mat. 5. 3, 4, 5, 7. Lu. 

1. 45, et al. 

MaKapicrfios, ov, 6, (p,aKapl£eo) a 
calling happy, the act of pronounc- 
ing happy, felicitation, Ro. 4. 6, 9; 
self-congratulation, Ga. 4. 15. 

MdzeWov, ov, to, (Lat. macellum) 
a place where all kinds of provisions 
are exposed to sale, provision mart, 
shambles, 1 Co. 10. 25. 

Mazpdv, adv. (acc. fem. of p.aKpc%) 
far, far off, at a distance, far distant, 
Mat. 8. 30. Mar. 12. 34, et al. ; nut. 
oi paKpav, remote, foreign, alien, Ep. 

2. 13, 17. 

Maxpodev, adv. (fr. same) far off, at 
a distance, from afar, from a dis- 
tance, Mar. 8. 3 ; 11. 13 ; preceded by 
i-rro, in the same sense, Mat. 26. 58. 

MaKpodvp,ev, co, f. rjaco, (pa<p6 



MAK 



113 



MAP 



&vim, /utoucpos & 01/jmd?) to be slow I 
towards, be long enduring; to ex- 
ercise patience, be long suffering, 
clement, or indulgent, to forbear, 
Mat. 18. 26, 29. 1 Co. 13. 4. 1 Th. 
5. 14. 2 Pe. 3. 9 ; to have patience, 
endure patiently, wait with patient 
expectation, He. G. 15. Ja. 5. 8 ; 
to bear long with entreaties for de- 
liverance and avengement, Lu. 18. 7 : 
whence 

Ma<podvp.la, a?, 17, patience ; pa- 
tient enduring of evil, fortitude, Col. 
1. 11; slowness of avenging inju- 
ries, long suffering, forbearance, cle- 
mency, Ro. 2. 4 ; 9. 22. 2 Co. 6. 6 ; 
patient expectation, He. 6. 12, et al. 

M.aKpo8vfia)S) adv. patiently, with 
indulgence, Ac. 26. 3. 

Mafcpd?, a, df, (,pr/KOs) long ; of 
space, far, distant, remote, Lu. 15. 13 ; 

19. 12; of time, of long duration; 
prolix, Mat. 23. 13. Mar. 12. 40. Lu. 

20. 47. 

tdanpoxpovins, ov, d, 77, (panpos 
& xpows) of long duration; long- 
lived, Ep. 6. 3. L. G. 

aKia, (tS) 77, softness ; languor, 
indisposition, weakness, infirmity of 
body, Mat, 4. 23, et al. : from 

MaXaKos, 7], ov, soft ; soft to the 
touch, delicate, Mat. 11.8. Lu. 7. 25 ; 
met. cinaedus, an instrumert of un- 
natural lust, effeminate, 1 Co. 6. 9. 

MdXiora, adv. (superlat. oi ? j-iJAa, 
very, much) most, most of all, chiefly, 
especially, Ac. 20. 38 ; 25. 26, et al. 

Ma\\oi>, adv. (comparat. of pAXa) 
more, to a greater extent, in a higher J 
degree, Mat. 18. 13 ; 27. 24. Jno. | 
5. 18. 1 Co. 14. 18, et al. ; rather, in 
preference, Mat. 10. 6. Eph. 4. 28, 
et al. ; used in a periphrasis for the 
comparative, Ac. 20. 35, et al. ; as an 
intensive with a comparative term, 
Mat. 6. 26. Mar. 7. 36. 2 Co. 7. 13. 
Phi. 1. 23; /xiAAov Se, yea rather, Ro. 
8. 34. Ga. 4. 9. Eph. 5. 11. 

M.dppn, & pdppa, J79, fj, a mother; 
later, a grandmother, 2 Ti. 1. 5. 

M.appa>vds, v. Mapoivas, a, 6, 
(Aram. wealth, riches, Lu. 

16.9, 1\ ; ] personified, like the Greek 
JIAouto;, Mammon, Mat. 6. 24. Lu. 
16. 13. 

WavBdvco, f. p,a6r}(rop.ai, a. 2. eua- 



Oov, p. neii.d(h)ica, to learn, be taught 
Mat. 9. 13; 11. 29; 24. 32; to learn 
by practice or experience, acquire a 
custom or habit, Phi. 4. 11. 1 Ti. 5. 

4, 13; to ascertain, be informed, Ac. 
23. 27, et al.; to understand, com- 
prehend, Re. 14. 3. 

Mam'a, as, f), (jia.lvop.ai) madness 

insanity, Ac. 26. 24. 
Mdvva, to, indec. (Heb. fft, Exod. 

16. 15.) manna, the miraculous food 

of the Israelites while in the desert, 

Jno. 6. 31, 49, 58, et al. 
Mavrevopiai, f. evaopai, (pdvrts, a 

soothsayer, diviner) to utter oraclea, 

to divine, Ac. 16. 16. 
Mapalva), f. ava>, a 1. pass. tp.apav 

6r\v, to quench, cause to decay, fade. 

or wither; pass, to wither, waste 

away ; met. to fade away, disappear, 

perish, Ja. 1. 11. 
Mapav add, (Aram. KDN p») i. q. 

Kvpios epxerat, the Lord cometh, or 

will come to judgment, 1 Co. 16. 22. 

Mapyapirrjs, ov, 6, (p,dpyapos) a 
pearl, Mat. 7. 6 ; 13. 45, 46, et al. (i). 

Mdppapos, ov, 6, (pappaipco, to 
glisten, shine) a white glistening 
stone; marble, Re. 18. 12. 

Maprvpeo), a>, f. 17 cra>, p. p.epaprv- 
pyxa, a. 1. eixapTvprjcra., trans, to tes- 
tify, depose, Jno. 3. 11, 32. 1 Jno. 
1.2. Re. 1. 2 ; 22. 20; absol. to give 
evidence, Jno. 18. 23; to bear testi- 
mony, testify, Lu. 4. 22. Jno. 1. 7, 8, 
et al. ; to bear testimony in confir- 
mation, Ac. 14. 3; to declare dis- 
tinctly and formally, Jno. 4. 44 ; pas&: 
to be the subject of testimony, to 
obtain attestation to character, Ac 
6. 3 ; 10. 22. 1 Ti. 5. 10. He. 1 1. 2, 4 f 
mid., equivalent to p.ap-rvpop.a.1, to 
make a solemn appeal, Ac. 26. 22i 
1 Th. 2. 12. 

Maprvpia, a?, 17, judicial evidence, 
Mar. 14. 55, 56, 59. Lu. 22. 71 ; tes- 
timony in general, Tit. 1. 13. 1 Jno. 

5. 9; testimony, declaration in a 
matter of fact or doctrine, Jno. 1.19; 
3. 11. Ac. 22. 18, et al. ; attestation 
to cluiracter, Jno. 5. 34, 36, et al. ; 
reputation, 1 Ti. 3. 7. 

Maprvpiov, t'ou, ro', testimony, evi. 
dcnce, 2 Co. 1. 12. Ja. 5. 3 ; testifica- 
tion, Ac. 4. 33 ; in A 7 ". 7'., testimony 
mode of solemn declaration or t jeti 



MAP 



114 



MEr 



flcatiun, Mat. 8. 4. Lu. 9. 5, et al. ; 

testimony, matter of solemn decla- 
ration, 1 Co. 1. G; 2. 1. 1 Ti. 2. 6; 
OTtt/fT) rov jxaprupiov, a title of the 
Mosaic tabernacle, Ac. 7. 44. Re. 
15. 5. 

Maprvpopai, to call to witness; in- 
trans. to make a solemn affirmation 
or declaration, asseverate, Ac. 20. 26. 
Ga. 5. 3 ; to make a solemn appeal, 
Eph. 4. 17. 

Mdprvs, vpos, 6, rj, a judicial wit- 
ness, deponent, Mat. 18. 16. He. 10. 
28, et al. ; generally, a witness to a 
circumstance, Lu. 24. 48. Ac. 10. 41, 
et al. ; in A. T., a witness, a testifier 
of a doctrine, Re. 1.5; 3. 14; 11.3; 
a martyr, Ac. 22. 20. Re. 2. 13. 

Macro-ao/iai, rather paadopai, a>- 
/uai, f. rjo-o/xai, to chew, masticate ; in 
N. T., to gnaw, Re. 16. 10. 

Macrrtyda), co, f. coao), a. 1. epaari- 
yutcra, Oaori£) to scourge, Mat. 10. 17 ; 
20. 19, et al. ; met. to chastise, He. 
12. 6. 

Maar/^o), f. i'£g), to scourge, Ac. 

22. 25 : (poet. & L. G.) from 
Mdari^, tyo?, i), a scourge, whip, 

Ac. 22.24. He. 1 1 . 36 ; met. a scourge, 

Eain, disease, Mar. 3. 10; 5. 29, 34. 
,u. 7. 21. 

MacrTos, ov, 6, (a collateral form of 
/xa£d?) the breast, pap, Lu. 11. 27, 
et al. 

Maraio\oy[a, as, r), vain talking, 
idle disputation, 1 Ti. 1. 6: (L. G.) 

from 

NaraioXoyos, ov, 6, r), (pdraios & 
Aeya>) a vain talker, given to vain 
talking or trivial disputation, Tit. 
1. 10. 

Marruos, ala, aiov, vain, ineffec- 
tive, bootless, 1 Co. 3. 20; ground- 
less, deceptive, fallacious, I Co. 15. 
17; useless, fruitless, unprofitable, 
Tit. 3. 9. Ja. 1. 26; fr. the Heb. 
erroneous in principle, corrupt, per- 
vert 3d, 1 Pe. 1. 18; to. fidraia, super- 
stition, idolatry, Ac. 14. 15: whence 

M.aTaioTqs, ttjtos, r), vanity, folly, 
2 Pe. 2. 18; fr. the Heb., religious 
error, Eph. 4.17; false religion, Ro. 
8. 20. S. 

Nlaratou), o>, f. cocro), to make vain ; 
fr. the Heb.,pass. to fall into religious 
error, to be perverted, Ro. 1. 21. S. 



Mdrrjv, adv. in vain, fruitlessly vrKh 
out profit, Mat. 15. 9. Mar. 7. 7. 

Md^atpa, as, r), a large knife, 
poniard; a sword, Mat. 26. 47, 51, 
et al. ; the sword of the executioner, 
Ac. 12. 2. _Ro. 8. 35. He. 11. 37; 
hence, <f>opelv p.a.\aipav, to bear the 
sword, to have the power of life ana 
death, Ro. 13. 4 ; meton. war, Mat. 
10. 34. 

Md^n, 7]s, rj, a fight, battle ; in A. T., 
contention, strife, dispute, contro- 
versy, 2 Co. 7. 5. 2 Ti. 2. 23, et al. : 

from 

Mdxopai, f. ovpai, v. ecropai, to 
fight, to quarrel, Ac. 7. 26; to con- 
tend, dispute, Jno. 6. 52, et al. 

McyaXavxtw, <*>, f- r]crco, (peyas & 
avxeu, to boast) to boast, vaunt ; to 
cause a great stir, Ja. 3. 5. 

MeyaXetor, eta, tiov, (peyas) mag- 
nificent, splendid ; to. ^eyaXela, great 
things, wonderful works, Lu. 1. 49. 
Ac. 2. 11 : whence 

MeyaXeidr77?, ttji os, t), majesty, 
magnificence, glory, Lu. 9. 43. Ac. 
19.27. 2Pe.l.l6. S. 

MeyaXoTrpeTrrjs, eos, ovs, 6, rj, (pi- 
ya? & 7rpeVa>) pr. becoming a great 
man , magnificent, glorious, most 
splendid, 2 Pe. 1. 17. 

MeyaXvvoo, f. vvco, a. 1. epeydXvva, 
Oxeyas) to enlarge, amplify, Mat. 
23. 5 ; to manifest in an extraordi- 
nary degree, Lu. 1. 58 ; to magnify, 
exalt, extol, Lu. 1. 46. Ac. 5. 13, 
et al. 

MeydXois, adv. (peyas) greatly, very 
much, vehemently, Phi. 4. 10. 

MeyaXooavvT], rjs, r), greatness, ma 
jesty, He. 1.3; 8.1; ascribed majesty, 
Jude 25: (S.)from 

Mey as, peydXrj, peya, compar. /uet- 
superl. jae'yta-To?, great, large in 
size, Mat. 27. GO. Mar. 4. 32. et al. ; 
great, much, numerous, Mar. 5. 11. 
He. 11. 26; great, grown up, adult, 
He. 1 1. 24 ; great, vehement, intense. 
Mat. 2. 10; 28. 8; great, sumptuous, 
Lu. 5. 29; great, important, weighty, 
of moment, 1 Co. 9. 1 1 ; 13. 13 ; great, 
splendid, magnificent, Re. 15.3; ex- 
traordinary, wonderful, 2 Co. 11. 15; 
great, solemn, Jno. 7. 37; 19: 31; 
great in rank, noble, Re. 11. 1*: ia 
16 ; great in dignity, distinguished. 



MEr 11 

eminent, illustrious, powerful, Mat. 
5. 19 ; 18. 1, 4, et al. ; great, arrogant, 
boastful, Re. 13. 5 : whence 

M.eyedos, eoy, to, greatness, vast- 
ness, Ep. 1. 19. 

bleyio-rav e?, cov, oi, great men, lords, 
chiefs, nobles, princes, Mar. G. 21. 
Re. 6. 15; 18. 23. L. G. 

Mryio-ros, r), ov, greatest; pre-emi- 
nent, 2 Pe. 1. 4. 

Mcde ppijvevco, f. evcra>, (p€Ta & 
ip^rjyevoj) to translate, interpret, 
Mat. 1. 23. Mar. 5. 41, et al. L. G. 

Medrj, ny, 17, (pedv) strong drink; 
drunkenness, Lu. 21. 34; a debauch 
in drinking, Ro. 13. 13. Ga. 5. 21. 

Me&'crrn/u, later also p.edLo~Ta.va>, 

(a) f. /oieTacrnjCRo, a. 1. jaerecmjcra, (jaerd 

& 'io-rqiAi) to cause a change of posi- 
tion ; to remove, transport, 1 Co. 
13. 2 ; to transfer, Col. 1. 13 ; met. to 
cause to change sides; by impl. to 
pervert, mislead, Ac. 19. 26; to re- 
move from office, dismiss, discard, 
Lu. 16. 4. Ac. 13. 22. 

M.e6o8ela, as, 77, (/xe^oSeva), to 
trace, investigate ; to handle me- 
thodically; to handle cunningly ; fr. 
p.e0oSos, perd & 656?) artifice, wile, 
Ep. 4. 14; 6. 11. N. T. 

Medopiov, ov, to, (neut. from /xedo- 
pios, interjacent, nerd & 6pos) confine, 
border, Mar. 7. 24. 

MedvaKco, (p,edv, strong drink) f. 
/xeOva-d), a. 1. pass. iixeOvvOriv, to ine- 
briate, make drunk ; pass, to be in- 
toxicated, to be drunk, Lu. 12. 45. 

1 Th. 5. 7, et al. ; to drink freely, 
Jno. 2. 10. 

Me#i5cro9, ov, 6, 77, (fiedv) drunken; 

a drunkard, 1 Co. 5. 11 ; 6. 10. 
Medv<o, (pedv) to be intoxicated, be 

drunk, Mat. 24. 49, et al. (v). 
Mei^oTepos, a, ov, greater, 3 Jno. 4: 

doable comparat. from 
Melfav, ovos, 6, 77, rd, -ov, greater: 

comparat. of /xeyas. 
Me \av, avos, to, (neut. fr. peKas) ink, 

2 Co. 3. 3. 2 Jno. 12. 3 Jno. 13. 
MeXas, aiva, av, black, Mat. 5. 36. 

Re. 6. 5, 12. 
Me'Xei, f. fxc\r)crei, imperf. e/ueXe, 
imperat. jneAeVw, impers. verb, there 
is a care, it concerns, Mat. 22. 16. 



5 MEN 

Ac. 18. 17. 1 Co. 9. 9, et al.! 

whence 

MeXeTao), a>, f. rjcro}, a. 1. e'/tcXe- 
Trjo-a, to care for ; to bestow careful 
thought upon, to give painful atten 
tion to, be earnest in, 1 Ti. 4. 15; to 
devise, Ac. 4. 25 ; absol. to study be- 
forehand, premeditate, Mar. 13. 11. 

Me'Xt, iTO?, to, honey. Mat. 3. 4. 
Mar. 1. 6. Re. 10. 9, 10. 

MeXio-aws, tov, 6, 77, to', -ov, (/xe- 
Xio-o-a, a bee, p.e'Ai) of bees, made by 
bees, Lu. 24. 42. 

MeXXco, f. r)o~(o, imperf. epeXkov, 
At. fifjieWov, to be about to, be on 
the point of, Mat. 2. 13. Jno. 4. 47 ; 
it serves to express in general a settled 
futurity, Mat. 11. 14." Lu. 9. 31. Jno. 
11. 51, et al.; to intend, Lu. 10. 1, 
et al. ; particip. p.e'XAa>i/, ov<ra, ov, 
future as distinguished from past and 
present, Mat. 12. 32. Lu. 13. 9, et al. ; 
to be always, as it were, about to do, 
to delay, linger, Ac. 22. 16. 

MeXo?, eos, to, a member, limb, 
any part of the body, Mat. 5. 29, 30. 
Ro. 12. 4. 1 Co. 6. 15 ; 12. 12, et al. 

Mep-ftpdva, 77?, r), (Lat. membrana) 
parchment, vellum, 2 Ti. 4. 13. 

^/lep(pop,ai, f. \jropai, a. 1. epe/Ji- 
\\idfxr)v, to find fault with, blame, 
censure ; to intimate dissatisfaction 
with, He. 8. 8 ; absol. to find fault, 
Ro. 9. 19. 

Mep.\jrlpoipos, ov, 6, 77, (fxepyf/is, 
a finding fault, fr. p-e>(£op.ai, & p.o?pa, 
a portion, lot) finding fault or being 
discontented with one's lot, queru- 
lous; a discontented, querulous per- 
son, a repiner, Jude 16. 

MeV, a particle serving to intimate 
that the term or clause toith which 
it is used, stands distinguished from 
another, usualli in the sequel, and 
then mostly with 8e correspondent, 
Mat. 3. 1 1 ; 9. 37. Ac. 1 . 1 ; 6 ixev,— 6 6e, 
this — that, the one — the other, Phi. 
1.16,17; one — another, oi /xev—oi 8k 
some — others, Mat. 22. 5, 6 ; 6s ^ev- 
es 5e, one— another, pi. some — others, 
Mat. 13.8; 21. 35; aXXos p-ef— aXAo? 
8k, one — another, I Co. 15. 39; u>S« 
fxev— eitet 8k, here — there, He. 7. 8; 
tovto //.et/ — tovto 8k, partly — partly. 
He. 10. 33, et al. freq. 

Mevoi/Vy v. [lev ovv, see oiv. 



MEN 



lie 



ME2 



Mevovwye, (pev, ovi i ye) a combina- 
tion of particles serving to take up 
wliat has just preceded with either 
addition or abatement, like the Latin 
irao; yea indeed, yea truly, yea 
rather, Lu. 1 1. 28. Ro. 9. 20 ; 10. 18. 
Phi. 3. 8. N. T. 

MeWot, conj. (pev & roi) truly, cer- 
tainly, sure, Ju. 8 ; nevertheless, 
however, Jno. 4. 27, et al. 

MeVco, f. [leva), p. pepevrjKa, a. 1. 
eneiva, to stay, Mat. 2C. 38. Ac. 27. 
31 ; to continue, I Co. 7. 11. 2 Ti. 
2. 13; to dwell, lodge, sojourn, Jno. 
1. 39. Ac. 9. 43, et al. ; to remain, 
Jno. 9. 41 ; to rest, settle, Jno. 1. 32, 
33; 3. 36; to last, endure, Mat. 11. 
23. Jno. 6. 27. I Co. 3. 14; to sur- 
vive, 1 Co. 15. 6 ; to be existent, 1 Co. 
13. 13; to continue unchanged, Eo. 
9. 11 ; to be permanent, Jno. 15. 10. 
2 Co. 3. 11. He. 10. 34; 13. 14. 1 Pe. 
1. 23; to persevere.be constant, be 
Stedfast, 1 Ti. 2. 15. 2 Ti. 3. 14; to 
abide, to be ha close and settled 
union, Jno. 6. 5G ; 14.10; 15. 4,etal.; 
to indwell, Jno. 5. 38. 1 Jno. 2. 14 ; 
trans, to wait for, Ac. 20. 5, 23. 

Mept£o>, f. t'cro), (pepis) to divide ; 
to divide out, distribute, Mar. 6. 41 ; 
to assign, bestow, Ro. 12. 3. 1 Co. 
7. 17. 2 Co. 10. 13. He. 7. 2 ; mid. to 
share, Lu. 12. 13; pass, to be sub- 
divided, to admit distinctions, 1 Co. 
1. 13; to be severed by discord, be at 
variance, Mat. 12. 25, et al. ; to differ, 

1 Co. 7. 34. 

Mtpipva, 77?, 17, {pepl&iv t6v vovv, 
dividing the mind) care, Mat. 13. 22. 
Lu. 8. 14, et al. ; anxious interest, 

2 Co. 11. 28 : whence 
Mepipuda), co, f. 770-co, a. 1. epeplp.- 

vrjo-a, to be anxious, or solicitous, 
Phi. 4.6; to expend careful thought, 
Mat. 6. 27 ; to concern one's self, 
Mat. 6. 25, et al. ; to have the thoughts 
occupied with, 1 Co. 7. 32, 33, 34 ; to 
feel an interest in, Phi. 2. 20. 

Mepi'? , /Soy, 17, a part ; a division of 
a country, district, region, tract, Ac. 
16. 12; met. share, participation, Ac. 
8.21. Col. 1. 12; fellowship, consort, 
connection 2 Co. 6. 15; a part as- 
signed, lot, Lu. 10. 42. 

Mtptcrpns, ov, 6, (/xep/£co) a divid- 
ing, act of dividing, He. 4. 12 ; dis- 
tribution, gifts distributed, He. 2. 4. 



MepiaTqs, ov, 6, (fr. same) a divider; 
an apportioned arbitrator, Lu. 12. 14. 
N. T. 

Mepos, cop, ro', a part, portion, di- 
vision, of a whole, Lu. 11. 36; 15. 12. 
Ac. 5. 2. Eph. 4. 16, et al. ; a piece, 
fragment, Lu. 24. 42. Jno. 19. 23 ; a 
party, faction, Ac. 23. 9; allotted 
portion, lot, destiny, Mat. 24. 51. Lu. 
12. 40 ; a calling, craft, Ac. 19. 27 ; a 
partner's portion, partnership, fel- 
lowship, Jno. 13. 8 ; pi. p.e'p7j, a local 
quarter, district, region, Mat. 2. 22 ; 
16.13. Ac. 19. 1. Eph. 4. 9, et al. ; 
side of a ship, Jno. 21 . 6 ; ev p.e'pei, in 
respect, on the score, 2 Co. 3. 10; 
9. 3. Col. 2. 16. 1 Pe. 4. 16 ; fie'pos 
ti, partly, in some part, 1 Co. 11. 18 ; 
ava fxe'pos, alternately, one after 
another, 1 Co. 14. 27 ; otto pu-'povs, 
partly, in some part or measure, 
2 Co. 1. 14; ex ju.e'pov?, individually, 
1 Co. 12. 27; partly, imperfectly, 

1 Co. 13. 9; Kara /aepos, particularly, 
in detail, He. 9. 5. 

Meanpfipla, as, 17, (p.e<ros & fjp.epa) 
mid-day, noon, Ac. 22. 6 ; meton, the 
south, Ac. 8. 26. 

Mecrlas, see Mecrcrlas. 

Me(TiT€V(x>, f. fvcrii), a. 1. ipecrir- 
evo-a, to perform offices between two 
parties ; to interv ene, interpose, He 
6. 17: (L. G.) from 

Meo-'irns, ou, 6, (petros) one that 
acts between two parties ; a media- 
tor, one who interposes to reconcile 
two adverse parties, 1 Ti. 2. 5 ; an 
internuncius, one who is the medium 
of communication between two par- 
ties, Ga. 3. 19, 20. He. 8. 6, et al. (Z). 

MeaovvKTiov, tou, to, (peaos & 
vv£) midnight, Lu. 11. 5, et al. 

Me'cros, r], ov, mid, middle, Mat. 25. 
6. Ac. 26. 13; to fiecrov, the middle, 
the midst, Mat. 14. 24; ava ^eaoy, in 
the midst; /;-. the Heb. in, among, 
Mat. 13. 25; between, 1 Co. 6. 5 ; &ia 
tieaov, through the midst of, Lu. 4. 
30 ; eis to iieaov, into, or in the midst, 
Mar. 3. 3. Lu. 6. 8 ; e< p-eVov, from 
the midst, out of the w ay. Col. 2. 14. 

2 Th. 2. 7 ; fr. the Heb. from, from 
among. Mat. 13. 49 ; h t<Z p.6o-u>, in 
the midst, Mat. 10. 16; in the midst, 
in public, publicly, Mat. 14. 6; it 
fitaw, in the midst of, among, Mat 



ME2 



117 



MET 



18. 20; km a fietrov tt)? wktos. about 
midnight, Ac. 27. 27, et al. 

MeaoToixov, ov, to, (p.(cros & rot- 
xos'* a middle wall ; a partition wall, 
a barrier, Ep. 2. 14. N. T. 

Meoovpdvnpa, aros, to, (juecro? & 
oi/pavbs) the mid-heaven, mid-air, 
Re. 8. 13, et al. L. G. 

Mecroco, co, f. co (7 co, (fiecros) to be 
in the middle or midst ; to be ad- 
vanced midway, Jno. 7. 14. 

Mfcrcrta?, ov, o, (Heb. ITt^JDi fr. 
n^D, to anoint) the Messiah, the 
Anointed One, i. q. 6 Xptcrxd?, Jno. 
1. 42; 4. 25. 

Meo-ro'?, 17, bV, full, full of, filled 
with, Jno. 19. 29, et al.; replete, Ro. 
1. 29 ; 15. 14, et al. : tvhence 

Mecrroco, co, cocrco, to fill; pass, to 
be filled, be full, Ac. 2. 13. 

Mcra, prep., with a genitive, with, to- 
gether with, Mat. 16. 27 ; 12. 41 ; 26. 
55 ; with, on the same side or party 
with, in aid of, Mat. 12. 30; 20. 20; 
with, by means of, Ac. 13. 17 ; with, 
of conflict, Re. 11. 7; with, among, 
Lu. 24. 5; with, to, towards, Lu. 1. 
58, 72 ; with an accusative, after, of 
place, behind, He. 9. 3 ; of time, after, 
Mat. 17. 1 ; 24. 29 ; followed by an 
infin. with the newt, article, after, 
after that, Mat. 26. 32. Lu. 22. 20. 

Mera/3cuVco, f. fifjo-opai, p. ttera- 
fiefi-qica, a. 2. ixere^rjv, (ihto. & /3aiVo>) 
to go or pass from one place to 
another, Jno. 5. 24 ; to pass away, 
be removed, Mat. 17. 20 ; to go away, 
depart, Mat. 8. 34, et al. 

Mera/3aXXco, (/xera & /3dXXco) to 
change ; mid. to change one's mind, 
Ac. 28. 6. 

Merdyco, f. £co, (iterd & aya>) to 
lead or move from one place to 
another; to change direction, turn 
about, Ja. 3. 3, 4. 

MfraSi'Scotu, f. Scocrco, (/ierd & 81- 
Soifii) to give a part, to share, L^u. 
3. 1 1 ; to impart, bestow, Ro. 1. 11 ; 
12. 8, et al. 

MfrdcWi?, ecoc, f], (peTaTiOnpi) 
a removal, translation, He. 11.5; a 
transmutation, change by the aboli- 
tion of one thing and the substitution 
of another, He. 7. 12. 

MeTatpco, f. apfo, a. 1. fxt-rjpa, (fie 



ri & alpoi) to remove, transfer; <» 
JV". T. intrans., to go away, depart, 
Mat. 13. 53. 
MeraKctXe'co, co, f. ecrco, (/zera & <a- 
Aew) to call from one place into 
another; mid. to call or send for, 
invite to come to one's self, Ac. 7. 14, 
et al. 

Mera/cti/eco, co, f. rjO~a>, (p,€Ta & Act- 
veo>) to move away, remove; pass, 
met. to stir away from, to swerve f 
Col. 1. 23. 

N.€Ta\afxfiav(o, f. \rjyj/op.ai, (itera 
& A.a/x/3ai/a>) to partake of, share in, 
Ac. 2. 46. 2 Ti. 2. 6, et al. ; to get, 
obtain, find, Ac. 24. 25 : whence 

MeTa.Xnxj/'is, ecos, rj, a partaking of, 
a being partaken of, 1 Ti. 4. 3. 

MeraXXdcrcrco, f. £co, (ttera & dX- 
\do-cru>) to exchange, change for or 
into, transmute, Ro. 1 . 25, 26. 

MerapeXop-ai, f. r}crop.ai, a. 1. iiere- 

fJLeKriQrjv, (/xeTa. & fiekofiac) to change 

one's judgment on past points of 
conduct ; to change one's mind and 
purpose, He. 7.21; to repent, regret, 
Mat. 21. 29, 32 ; 27. 3. 2 Co. 7. 8. 

Merapopcpdco, co, f. cocrco, (perd & 
nop(j>6io) to change the external form, 
transfigure; mid. to change one's 
form, be transfigured, Mat. 17. 2. 
Mar. 9. 2; to undergo a spiritual 
transformation, Ro. 12. 2. 2 Co. 3. 18. 

Meraz/oeco, co, f. J70-C0, (perd & voeco) 
to undergo a change in frame of 
mind and feeling, to repent, Lu. 17. 
3, 4, et al. ; to make a change of 
principle and practice, to reform, 
Mat. 3. 2, et al. : whence 

Merdvom, a?, rj, a change of mode 
of thought and feeling, repentance, 
Mat. 3. 8. Ac. 20. 21. 2 Ti. 2. 25, 
et al. ; practical reformation, Lu. 
15. 7, et al. ; reversal of the past, He. 
12. 17.^ 

Mera£u, adv. (/zerd) between, Mat. 
23. 35. Lu. 11. 51 ; 16. 26. Ac. 15. 9, 
ev to> /xeTa£v, sc. xp° v v< bi the mean 
time, mean while, Jno. 4. 31 ; in 
N. T., b liera^v, following, succeed- 
ing, Ac. 13. 42. 

Mera7reti7rco, f. \jrco, (p.erd & 7re'it7ra>) 
to send after ; mid. to send after or 
for any one, invite to come to one'a 
self, Ac. 10. 5, et al. 

Mrracrrpecpco, f. v^co, a 2. pass, iitxv 



MET 



118 



MHK 



•<rrpa.|>7]v, (/*-6Tci & <rrpi<$>ii>) to turn 
about: convert into something else, 
change, Ac. 2. 20. Ja. 4. 9 ; by impl. 
to pervert, Ga. 1. 7. 
Meracr^/xart^co, f. icroo, a. 1. per- 
eaxTjutaTicra, (jnera & crxyifJ-o-Tl^u), to 
fas! lion, ox^a) to remodel, trans- 
figure, Phi. 3. 21 ; ttciY/. to transform 
one's self, 2 Co. 11. 13, 14, 15; to 
make an imaginary transference of 
circumstances from the parties really 
concerned in them to others, to trans- 
fer in imagination, 1 Co. 4. 6. 

MeTaTi&TjfiL, f. Orjcra), a. 1. p^Tednxa, 
a. 1. pass. neT€Te9r)v, (p.era & rt9r)fxi) 
to transport, Ac. 7. 16; to transfer, 
He. 7. 12; to translate out of the 
world, He. 11. 5; met. to transfer to 
other purposes, to pervert, Jude 4; 
mid. to transfer one's self, to change 
over, Ga. 1. 6. 

MereVeira, adv. (pera & €7reira) 
afterwards, He. 12. 17. 

Mere^co, f. pe#e£co, p. pere'cr^nKa, 
a. 2. /xerecrxov, (fJ-erd & ex«o) to share 
in, partake, 1 Co. 9. 10, 12 ; 10. 17, 
21, et al. ; to be a member of, He. 
7. 13. 

Mfrecopt'fo), f. iVco, (fxerecopos, 
raised from the ground) to raise 
aloft ; met. to unsettle in mind ; pass. 
to be excited with anxiety, be in 
anxious suspense, Lu. 12. 29. 

bleroiKecrla, as, r), (peroiKe'co, to 
change one's abode, nerd & otxeco) 
change of abode or country, migra- 
tion, Mat. 1. 11, 12, 17. L. G. 

MeroiKi^co, f. icrco, (perd & oiki^co, 
to fix in a habitation) to cause to 
change an abode, cause to emigrate, 
Ac. 7. 4.^ 

Meroxr], rjs, f), (pere^o)) a sharing, 
partaking; communion, fellowship, 
2 Co. 6. 14. 

MeVo^o?, ov, 6, (fr. same) a par- 
taker, He. 3. 1, 14; 12. 8; an asso- 
ciate, partner, fellow, Lu. 5. 7. He. 
1.9. 

Merpeoo, co, f. 770-00, a. 1. eperpncra, 
OieVpoi/) to mete, measure, Mat. 7. 2. 
Re. 11. 1, 2, et al.; met. to estimate, 
2 Co. 10. 12: whence 

MfrpnrT/?, ov, 6, pr. a measurer ; 
also, metretes, Lat. metreta, equiva- 
lent to the Attic a^opeus, i.e. three- 
fourths vf the Attic /j-e'Sip-pos, or He- 



brew T\2< find therefore equal to ab&n 
nine gallons, Jno. 2. 6. 

Me7pto7ra#eco, co, f. rjcrco, (peVpios 
& ndOos) to moderate one's passions 
to be gentle, compassionate, He 
5.2. L. G. 

MerpiW, adv. (perpios, plrpov) 
moderately ; slightly ; ov /xerpt'eo?, nc 
little, not a little, much, greatly, 
Ac. 20. 12. 

Merpov, ov, to, measure, Mat. 7. 2. 
Mar. 4. 24. Lu. 6. 38. Re. 21. 17, et 
al. ; measure, standard, Eph. 4. 13 ; 
extent, compass, 2 Co. 10. 13 ; allotted 
measure, specific portion, Ro. 12. 3. 
Eph. 4. 7, 16 ; e/c /xeVpov, by measure, 
with definite limitation, Jno. 3. 34. 

MeVco7rov, ov, to, (pera & co^) 
forehead, front, Re. 7. 3 ; 9. 4, et al. 

Me'xpt, & pexpis before a vowel, 
adv., of place, unto, even to, Ro. 
15. 19; of time, until, till, Mat. 11.23; 
13. 30, et al. 

Mr}, a particle of negation, not ; for 
the particulars of its usage, especially 
as distinguished from that of ov, see 
the grammars; as a conjunction, lest, 
that not, Mat. 5.29, 30; 18. 10; 24.6. 
Mar. 13. 36; /xt), or jj.i?ti, or |iT)7rore, 
prefixed to an interrogative clause is 
a mark of tone, since it expresses an 
intimation either of the reality of the 
matters respecting which the question 
is asked, Mat. 12. 23, et al. ; or the 
contrary, Jno. 4. 12, et at. 

M?7ye, a strengthened form for pr/, 
(M & ye) Mat. 6. 1 ; 9. 17, et al. 

Mndapcos, adv. (pndapos, i. q. pn- 
Sei's) by no means, Ac. 10. 14 ; 11. 8. 

Mt]8e, conj. neither, and repeated. 
neither— nor, Mat. 6. 25; 7. 6; 10. 
9, 10; not even, not so much as, 
Mar. 2. 2, et al. 

MnSei's, pr)8epia, prjSev, (pr/Se, els) 
not one, none, no one, Mat. 8. 4, et al. 

MnSeVore, adv. (pnde & 7TOTe) not 
at any time, never, 2 Ti. 3. 7. 

MriSeVco, adv. (pr;6V & 7rco) not yet, 
not as yet, He. 11.7. 

MrjKeTL, adv. (pi) & en) no more 
no longer, Mar. 1. 45 ; 2. 2, et al. 

MrjKos, eos, to, length, Ep. 3. 18 
Re. 21. 16: whence 

MnKvvai, f. vvco, to 'engthen, jto 



MHA 



119 



MIS 



long; mid. to grow up, as plants, 

Mar. I. 27. 
MnAorq, rjs, f], (prp\ov, a sheep) a 

sheepskin, He. 11. 37. 
M.r)v, prjuos, 6, a month, Lu. 1. 24, 

2(5, 36, 56, et al. ; in N. T., the new 

moon, the day of the new moon, Ga. 

4. 10. 

Mfjv, a particle occurring in the N. T. 

only in the combination rj fj.r]v. See rj. 
Mnvvco, f. uo~o), p. fAe/xrjvvKa, a. 1. 

e.fir]w<ra, to disclose what is secret, 

Jno. 11. 57. Ac. 23. 30. 1 Co. 10. 28; 

to declare, indicate, Lu. 20. 37. 
Mi^rore, (fir) & 7rore) has the same 

significations and usage as fj.r] ; which 

see; He. 9. 17. Mat. 4. 6. Mat. 13. 15 ; 

also, whether, Lu. 3. 15. 
Mi^rco, adv. (pr) & mo) not yet, not 

as yet, Ro. 9. 11. He. 9. 8. 
M.r)TTcos, conj. (pq & ttcos) lest in 

any way or means, that in no way, 

Ac. 27. 29. Ro. II. 21. 1 Co. 8. 9; 

9. 27, et al. ; whether perhaps, 1 Th. 

3. 5. 

Mqpos, ov, 6, the thigh, Re. 19. 16. 

Mqre, conj. (prj & re) neither, prjTe 
— ju>)Te, V. ju.7; — fJ-rjre, V. fj.r)Se — pyre, 
neither— nor, Mat. 5. 34, 35, 36. Ac. 
23. 8. 2 Th. 2. 2 ; in N. T. also equi- 
valent to ftriSe, not even, not so much 
as, Mar. 3. 20. 

MrjTqp, repos, Tpos, fj, a mother, 
Mat. 1. 18 ; 12. 49, 50, et al. freq. ; a 
parent city, Ga. 4. 26. Re. 17. 5. 

MfjTi, (firj & ti) has the same use as 
fj.rj in the form el /ujjti, Lu. 9. 13, et al. ; 
also when prefixed to an interroga- 
tive clause, Mat. 7. 16. Jno. 4. 29. 
See ftr). 

MfjTtye, (prjTi & ye) strengthened for 
Mtl, surely then, much more then, 
1 Co. 6. 3. 

Mqrpa, as, q, (pqrqp) the womb, 

Lu. 2. 23. Ro. 4. 19. 
MrjTpaXoias, v. -Xaia?, ov, 6, (pq- 

ttjp & aXoiaco, poet, for a\odu), to smite) 

a striker of his mother, matricide, 

1 Ti. 1.9. 
Mm, see in els. 

MiaiVo), f. avco, a. 1. iplqva & iplava, 
p. neiilayKi, p. pj-ss. ne(t,iaarfiau,, a. 1. 
pass. eixtav6r)v,pr. to tinge, dye, stain ; i 
to pollute, defile, ceremonially, Jno. I 



18. 28 ; to corrupt, deprave, Tit. 1. 18 
He. 12. 15. Jude 8 : tohence 

Miacrpa, aros, to, pollution, moHL 
defilement, 2 Pe. 2. 20. 

M.Lao-p,6s, ov, 6, pollution, defiling, 
2 Pe. 2. 10. L. G. 

Mlypa, or ply pa, otos, to, a mix- 
ture, Jno. 19. 39: from 

Miyvvpi & vvoo, f. a. 1. e/zi£a, 

p. pass, ju.eju.i-yju.ai, to mix, mingle, 
Mat. 27. 34. Lu. 13. 1. Re. 8. 7. 

Mlnpos, a, dV, little, small, in size, 
quantity, &c. Mat. 13. 32 ; small, little 
in age, young, not adult, Mar. 15. 40 ; 
little, short in time, Jno. 7. 33 ; fj-ixpov, 
sc. xpofof, a little while, a short time, 
Jno. 13. 33 ; fj-era fxinpov, after a little 
while, a little while afterwards, Mat. 
26. 73; little in number, Lu. 12. 32; 
small, little in dignity, low, humble, 
Mat. 10. 42 ; 11.11; ixmpov, asanadv., 
little, a little, Mat. 26. 39, et al. 

MlKlov, lov, to, (Lat. miliarium) a 
Roman mile, which contained mille 
passuum, 1 000 paces, or 8 stadia, i. e. 
aboid 1680 English yards, Mat. 5. 41. 
L. G. 

Mlpeopai, ovp,ai, f. qaopai, (p,lp,os, 
an imitator) to imitate, fellow as an 
example, strive to resemble, 2 Th. 3. 
7, 9. He. 13. 7. 3 Jno. 1 1 : vjhence 

MipqTrjs, ov, 6, an imitator, fol- 
lower, 1 Co. 4. 16. Eph. 5. 1, et al. 

Mip-vrjo-Kopai, a. 1. ipvqcr6qv, f. 
fj.vr}(r9r)<TOfj,a.<,, p. fj.4nvrifj.at with pr. 
sig., (mid. of fj-Lfivrja-Koj, to put in mind, 
remind) to remember, recollect, call 
to mind, Mat. 26. 75. Lu. 1. 54, 72; 
16. 25 ; in N. T., in a passive sense, to 
be called to mind, be borne in mind, 
Ac. 10. 31. Re. 16. 19, et al. 

Mio-eco, €>, f. qo~u>, p. pepio-qua, 
a. 1. eylayfcra, (juicro?, hatred) to hate, 
regard with ill-will, Mat. 5. 43, 44 ; 
10. 22 ; to detest, abhor, Jno. 3. 20. 
Ro. 7. 15; in iV". 7'., to regard with 
less affection, love less, esteem less, 
Mat. 6.24. Lu. 14. 26. 

MLaOaTrodocia, as, q, pr. the dis- 
charge of wages ; requital ; reward, 
He. 10. 35; 11. 26; punishment, He. 
2. 2 : from 

Mio-dmrodoTqs, ov, 6, (piados, (nro- 
81'Siojui) a bestowcr of remuneration, 
recompenses rewarder, He. II. & 
N. T. 



MIS 120 

Mladios, la, wv, hired; as subst. a 
hired servant, hireling, Lu. 15 ,17 19 : 
(L. G.) from ^ 

MiaOos, ov, 6, hire, wages, Mat. 
20. 8. Ja. 5. 4, et al. ; reward, Mat. 
5. 12, 46 ; 6. 1,2, 5, 16, et al. ; punish- 
ment, 2 Pe. 2. 13, et al. : ivhenee 

Micr66(x>, a>, f. axxa), to hire out, let 
out to hire; mid. to hire, Mat. 20. 
1,7: whence 

Mi'cr&o/xa, aros, to, hire, rent; in 
N. T., a hired dwelling, Ac. 28. 30. 

Miadcoros, ov, 6, a hireling, Mar. 
1. 20. Jno. 10. 12, 13. 

Mvd, as, rj, Lot. mina ; a weight, 
equiv. to 100 drachma; also a sum, 
equiv. to 100 drachmcc,and the sixtieth 
part of a talent, worth about four 
pounds sterling. 

Mvela, as, rj, (fiifivrjcrKOfxai) remem- 
brance, recollection, Ph. 1.3. 1 Th. 
3. 6. 2 Ti. 1 . 3 ; mention ; fxelav iroLeia- 
6ai, to make mention, Ro. 1. 9. Eph. 
1. 16. 1 Th. 1. 2. Philem. 4. 

Mvrjjia, aros, to, {jiiixvrjcrKoi) pr. a 
memorial, monument; a tomb, se- 
pulchre, Mar. 5. 5, et al. 

Mvrjjxfiov, ov, to, (fr. same) the 
same, Mat. 8. 28 ; 23. 29, et al. 

Mvrjfxr], r)s, rj, (fr. same) remem- 
brance, recollection ; mention ; (ivr)- 
/u.171/ 7roielo-0ai, to make mention, 2 Pe. 
1. 15: whence 

Nlvn/xoveva), f. evaco, a. 1. efj.vrju.6- 
vevcra, to remember, recollect, call to 
mind, Mat. 16. 9. Lu. 17. 32. Ac. 
20. 31, et al. ; to be mindful of, to fix 
the thoughts upon, He. 11. 15; to 
make mention, mention, speak of, 
He. 11. 22. 

M.W)jji6o-vvov, ov, to, (fr. same) a 
record, memorial, Ac. 10. 4 ; honour- 
able remembrance, Mat. 26. 13. Mar. 
14. 9. 

Mi^o-reua), f. evaco, a. 1. pass, e/z- 
vr\(TTev6y\v, to ask in marriage ; to 
betroth; pass, to be betrothed, af- 
fianced, Mat. 1. 18. Lu. I. 27 ; 2. 5. 

MoyiXaXo?, ov, 6, rj, (jioyis & Xa- 
\e<u) having an impediment in one's 
speech, speaking with difficulty, a 
stammerer, Mar. 7. 32. (a). S. 

Moyis,adv. (jioyos, labour, toil) with 
difficulty, scan ely, hardly, Lu. 9. 39. 



MON 

MoStoy, ov, 6, (Lat. mod-tus) a mo 
dius, a Roman measure for things dry 
containing 16 sextarii, and equivalent 
to about a peck; in N. T., a com 
measure, Mat. 5. 15. Mar. 4. 21. Lu. 
11. 33. 

Moixakls, Idos, rj, (equiv. to fxoixds, 
fem. of juoixos) an adulteress, Ro. 

7. 3. Ja. 4. 4 ; by meton. an adulter- 
ous mien, lustful significance, 2 Pe. 
2. 14 ; from the Heb., spiritually adul- 
terous, faithless, ungodly, Mat. 12. 
39 ; 16. 4. Mar. 8. 381 L. G. 

Moixdojiai, (bjiat, f. rjo-o/xai, (mid. 
of [xoLxa-u, to defile a married woman, 
fr. /aoixos) to commit or be guilty ol 
adultery, Mat. 5. 32, et al. 
Moi^ei'd, as, rj, (/homo's) adultery, 

Mat. 15. 19. Mar. 7. 21, et al. 
Mot^evco, f. evaco, a. 1. e/iot'^evca, 
trans, to commit adultery with, de- 
bauch, Mat. 5. 28 ; absol. and mid. to 
commit adulter}', Mat. 5. 27. Jno. 

8. 4, et al. ; to commit spiritual adul- 
tery, be guilty of idolatry, Re. 2. 22 : 
from 

Moi^o?, ov, 6, an adulterer, Lu. 

18. 11. 1 Co. 6. 9. He. 13. 4. Ja. 4. 4. 
M0X19, adv. (jj.6\os, labour) witb 
difficulty, scarcely, hardly, Ac. 14. 
18 ; 27. 7, 8, 16. Ro. 5. 7. 1 Pe. 4. 18. 
MoXvvco, f. vva>, a. 1. efxoXvva, p. 

pa%S. jue/u6A.vcr/ua'., a. 1. eixo\vv8r)v, pr. 

to stain, sully; to defile, contami- 
nate morally, 1 Co. 8. 7. Re. 14. 4; 
to soil, Re. 3. 4 : whence 
Mo\vo-jj.6s, ov, 6, pollution, 2 Co. 

7. 1. L. G. f 
Mofx(prj, rjs, rj, (fX€fJi(f)ofj.ai) a com- 
plaint, cause or ground of complaint, 
Col. 3. 13. 
Movrj, rjs, rj, (ixevco) a stay in any 
place ; an abode, dwelling, mansion, 
Jno. 14. 2, 23. 
Movoyevrjs, eos, ovs, 6, rj, (jiovos 
& yeVo?) only begotten, only born, 
Lu. 7. 12; 8. 42; 9. 38. He. U. 17; 
by impl. most dear, most beloved, 
Jno. 1. 14, 18; 3. 16, 18. 1 Jno. 4. 9. 
Movov, adv. only, Mat. 5. 47; 8. 8j 
ov ulovov — aWa koi, not Only — Vut 
also, Mat. 21. 21. Jno. 5. 18; pqiux 
vov—aWa, not only— but, Ph.- 2. 12, 
et al. : from 
Movos, rj, ov, without accrnipan* 



MON 

raent, alone, Mat. 14. 23 ; 18. 15. Lu. 

10. 40, et al. ; singly existent, sole, 
only, Jno. 17. 3, et al. ; lone, solitary, 
Jno. 8. 29; 16. 32; alone in respect 
of restriction, only, Mat. 4. 4 ; 12. 4, 
et al. ; alone in respect of circum- 
stances, only, Lu. 24. 18 ; not multi- 
plied by reproduction, lone, barren, 
Jno. 12. 24. 

M.ov6(pda\fj.os, ou, d, 77, (/xovos & 
6<£0aA/a6-) one-eyed ; deprived of an 
eye, Mat. 18. 9. Mar. 9. 47. 

Moi>dco, co, f. cocrco, p. pass, p-pd- 
vojfxai, (fAofos) to leave alone ; pass. 
to be left alone, be lone, 1 Ti. 5. 5. 

Mop(pr), rjs, 77, form, Mar. 16. 12. 
Phi. 2. 6, 7 : whence 

Mopcpoco, co, f, cocrco, a. 1. pass. 
€ju.op.£<i0T)i/, to give shape to, mould, 
fashion, Ga. 4. 19 : whence 

Mdptpcocn?, eco?, 77, pr. a shaping, 
moulding; in iV. T., external form, 
appearance, 2 Ti. 3. 5 ; a settled form, 
prescribed system, Ro. 2. 20. 

Mocr^orroteco, co, f. ^erco, a. 1. epocr- 

^07rot7)<7a, (/Aocrvos & -roie'to) to form an 

image of a calf, Ac. 7. 41. N. T. 

MoV^o?, ou, 6, 77, pr. a tender 
branch, shoot ; a young animal ; a 
calf, young bullock, Lu. 15. 23, 27, 30. 
He. 9. 12, 19. Re. 4. 7. 

Movctlkos, 77, ov, (poucra, a muse, 
song, music) pr. devoted to the arts 
of the Muses ; a musician ; in N. T., 
perhaps, a singer, Re. 18. 22. 

Md^off, ou, 6, wearisome labour, 
toil, travail, 2 Co. 11. 27. 1 Th. 2. 9. 
2 Th. 3. 8. 

MueXdy, ov, 6, marrow, He. 4. 12. 

Mueco, co, f. 770*00, p. pass, pepu- 
yixai, (fj.vo>, to shut the mouth) to 
initiate, instruct in the sacred mys- 
teries; in N. T. pats., to be disci- 
plined in a practical lesson, to learn 
a lesson, Phi. 4. 12. 

MG#or, ou, d, a word, speech, a 
tale; a fable, figment, 1 Ti. 1. 4, 
et al. 

MvKa.op.ai, u>p.ai, to low, bellow, as 
a bull; also, to roar, as a lion, Re. 
10. 33. 

WvKrrjpifa, f. icrco, (p-VKTrjp, the 
nose) to contract the nose in con- 
tempt and derision, toss up the nose : 
to mock, deride, Ga 6 7 



121 



MAP 



MvXikos, 77, ov, (puA?/, a mill) of t- 
mill, belonging to a mill, Mar. 9. 42. 

MuXoy, ou, 6, (fr. same) a mill- 
stone, Mat. 18. 6, et al. : whence 

MvXcov, dvos, 6, a mill-house, a 
place where the grinding of corn was 
performed, Mat. 24. 41. 

Mvpids, ados, 77, (/xvplos, innumera- 
ble) a myriad, ten thousand, Ac. 
19. 19 ; indefinitely, a vast multitude, 
Lu. 12. 1. Ac. 21. 20, et al. 

Mupt^co, f. t'crco, (fxvpov) to anoint. 
Mar. 14. 8. 

Mvp'toi, at, a, {fivplos, innumera- 
ble) indefinitely, a great number, 

1 Co. 4. 15; 14. 19; specifically, p.v* 
pioi, a myriad, ten thousand, Mat. 
18. 24. 

Mvpov, ou, rd, pr. aromatic juice 
which distils from trees; ointment, 
unguent, usually perfumed, Mat. 26. 
7, 12. Mar. 14. 3, 4, et al. 

Mvarrjpiov, tou, rd, ([xvctttjs, an 
initiated person, /u.ve'a>) a matter to 
the knowledge of which initiation is 
necessary ; a secret which would re- 
main such but for revelation, Mat. 
13.11. Ro. 11.25. Col. 1. 26, et al.; 
a concealed power or principle, 2 Th. 
2. 7 ; a hidden meaning of a symbol. 
Re. 1. 20; 17. 7. 

Muco7rd£co, f. dVco, (puco, to shut, 
close, & S)\p) pr. to close the eyes, 
contract the eyelids, wink; to be 
nearsighted, dimsighted, purblind, 

2 Pe. 1. 9. 

McoAcox//-, co-ros-, d, the mark of a 
blow ; a stripe, a wound, 1 Pe. 2. 24. 

Mcopdopcu, copeu, f. 770-opai, a. 1. 
pass. ifjuo/j-rjOriv, to find fault with, 
censure, blame, 2 Co. 8. 20 ; passively, 
2 Co. 6. 3 : from 

Mcopoj, ou, d, blame, ridicule ; a 
disgrace to society, a stain, 2 Pe. 
2. 13. 

McopcuVco, f. avco, a. 1. ep.a>pava, 
(/xwpo?) to be foolish, play the fool ; 
in N. T., trans, to make foolish, con- 
vict of folly, 1 Co. 1 . 20 ; pass, to be 
convicted of folly, to incur the cha- 
racter of folly, Ro. 1. 22; to be 
rendered insipid, Mat. 5. 13. Lu. 
14. 34. 

Mcopi'a, as, 77, (fr. same) foolish" 
ness, 1 Co. 1 . 18. 21. 23. et al. 



MOP 



122 



NEO 



ylcdfjoXoyla, a?, 17, (p.copos & Xdyoy) 

foolish talk, Ep. 5. 4. 
Mcopo?, a, di>, foolish, Mat. 7. 26 ; 

23. 17, 19. 2 Ti. 2. 23, et al. ; fr. the 

Heb. a fool, a wicked, impious man, 

Mat. 5. 22. 



N. 

Na£apr]v6s, ou, 6, v. Na^copatoy, 
ov, o, a Nazarene, an inhabitant of 
Na£ape'0, Nazareth, Mat. 2. 23. Jno. 
1. 47; et. al. 

Nat, a particle, used to strengthen an 
affirmation, verily, Re. 22. 20 ; to make 
ait, affirmation, or express an assent, 
yea, yes, Mat. 5. 37. Ac. 5. 8, et al. 

Nad?, ou, 6; (rat'co, to dwell) pr. a 
dwelling; the dwelling of a deity, 
a temple, Mat. 2G. 01. Ac. 7. 48, et 
al. ; used figuratively of individuals, 
Jno. 2. 19. 1 Co. 3. 16, et al. ; spc. 
the cell of a temple ; hence, the Holy 
Place of the Temple of Jerusalem, 
Mat. 23." 35. Lu. 1. 9, et al. ; a model 
of a temple, a shrine, Ac. 19. 24. 

NdpSor, ou, 6, (Heb. spike- 
nard, andropogon nardus of Linn., 
a species of aromatic plant until grassy 
leaves and a fibrous root, of which the 
best and strongest groios in India ; in 
N. T., oil of spikenard, an oil ex- 
tracted from the plant, tohich was 
highly prized and used as an ointment 
either pure or mixed tvith other sub- 
stances, Mar. 14. 3. Jno. 12. 3. 

Naudyeco, co, f. 170-0, a. 1. eVaud- 

y>)<ra, (i/aus & ayvvp ., t-0 break) to 

make shipwreck, be shipwrecked, 
2 Co. 11. 25. 1 Ti. 1. 19. 
Navi<\r)pns, ou, 6, (vavs & icXr/pos) 
the master or owner of a ship, Ac. 
27. 11. 

Nous, i>ed>?, 77, (veco, to ST»im) a 
ship, vessel, Ac. 27. 41: ivhence 

Savrrjs, ou, 6, a shipman, sailor, 
seaman, Ac. 27. 27, 30. Re. 18. 17. 

Neavias, ou, d, (vedv, idem, fr. veos) 
a young man, youth, Ac. 20. 9. ; 23. 
17, 18, 22, used of one who is in 
the prime and vigour of life, Ac. 
7. 58. 

NedVurKoj, ou, d, (fr. same) a young 
man, youth, Mar. 14.51 ; 16. 5, et al. ; 



used of one in the prime of life, Mat 
19. 20, 22 ; veavtV/cot, soldiers. Mar 
14. 51. 

Ne*pd?, d, oV, (i/eW, a dead body) 
dead, without life, Mat. 11.5; 22. 31 ; 
met. j/e/cpo? ran, dead to a thing, no 
longer devoted to, or under the in- 
fluence of a thing, Ro. 6. 1 1 ; in the 
sense of vain, fruitless, powerless, in- 
efficacious, Ja. 2. 17, 20, 20 ; morally 
or spiritually dead, sinful, vicious, 
impious, Ro. 6.13. Ep. 5. 14; ob- 
noxious to death, mortal, Ro. 8. 10; 
met. and including the idea of future 
punishment and misery, Ep. 2. 1. 5. 
Col. 2. 13 ; causing death and misery, 
fatal, having a destructive power, 
He. 6. 1 ; 9. 14, et al.: whence 

Ne/cpdo), co, f. cocrco, a. 1. eWfcpcocm, 
pr. to put to death, kill ; in X. T. 
met., to deaden, mortify, Col. 3. 5; 
pass, to be rendered impotent, effete, 
Ro. 4. 19. He. 11.12: (L. G.) whence 

Ne/cpcocri?, ecoy, r/, pr. a putting 
to death; dying, abandonment to 
death, 2 Co. 4. 10 ; deadness, impo- 
tency, Ro. 4. 19. L. G. 

Neoy, a, ov, recent, new, fresh, Mat. 
9. 17. 1 Cor. 5. 7. Col. 3. 10. He. 
12. 24 ; young, youthful, Tit. 2. 4, et 
al. : whence 

Neoo-crds', ou, d, the young of birds, 
a young bird, youngling, chick, Lu. 
2. 24. 

Nedr^s-, 7/roy, fj, (veos) youth, Mat. 
19. 20. Ac. 26. 4, et al. 

Nfdcpuro?, ou, d, T}, (veos & (pvoo) 
newly or recently planted; met. a 
neophyte, one newly implanted into 
the Christian Church, a new con- 
vert, 1 Ti. 3. 6. S. 

Neuco, f. vevcreo, a. 1. eWuo~a, to 
nod; to intimate by a nod or signifi- 
cant gesture, Jno. 13. 24. Ac. 24. 10. 

Necpe'Xn, 77?, 77, a cloud, Mat. 17. 5; 
24. 30; 20. 04, et al. 

Ne'cpoy, eo?, rd, a cloud; trop. a 
cloud, a throng of persons, He. 12. 1. 

Necppd?, ou, d, a kidney ; pi. vecppol, 
the kidneys, reins ; Jr. the Heb. put 
for the inmost mind, the most secret 
thoughts, desires, and affections, Re 
2. 23. 

NfcoKopor, ou, d, 17, (i/ady, At. l-tco?. 
& Kop«o, to sweep clean) pr. one who 



123 



NOM 



sweeps or c.canses a temple; gene- 
rally, one who has the charge of a 
temple, sedituus; in N. 7\, a devo- 
tee city, as having specially dedicated 
a temple to some deity, Ac. l'J. 35. 
NeovrepiKoy, 77, ov, juvenile, natural 
to youth, youthful, 2 Ti. 2. 22 : (L. G.) 
from 

Neon-epos, a oi>, (compar. of veos) 
younger, more youthful, Lu. 15. 12, 
13, et al. 

N77, a particle used in affirmative 
oaths, by, 1 Co. 15. 31. 

Nrjdco, f. vrjcra>, (i/ea), idem) to spin, 
Mat. 6. 28. Lu. 12. 27. 

N?77ria£a>, f. dVo>, to be childlike, 
1 Co. 14. 20: from 

Nnmos, i'ou, 6, (vq & eVo?) pr. not 
speaking, infans; an infant, babe, 
child, Mat. 21. 16. 1 Cor. 13. 11 ; one 
below the age of manhood, a minor, 
Ga. 4. 1 ; met. a babe in knowledge, 
unlearned, simple, Mat. 11. 25. Ro. 
2. 20. 

\Sncrlov, ov, ro, a small island, Ac. 
27. 16 : dimin. of 

Ntjtos', ov, 77, (i/e'o), to swim) an 
island, Ac. 13. 6 ; 27. 26, et al. 

NnrfTeia, as, 77, fasting, want of 
food, 2 Co. 6. 5; 11. 27 ; a fast, re- 
ligious abstinence from food, Mat. 
17. 21. Lu. 2. 37, et al. ; spc. the an- 
nual public fast of the Jews, the 
great day of atonement, occurring in 
the month Tisri, corresponding to the 
neio moon of October, Ac. 27. 9 : from 

NrjaTevco, f. eucro>, a. 1. ivqcrTcv o~a, 
to fast, Mat. 4. 2; 6. 16, 17, 18 ; 9. 15, 
et al. : from 

Nrjcrris, to?, (cos, & 1S0?, 6, 17, (vfj 
& ea-eioi) fasting, Mat. 15. 32. Mar. 
8. 3. 

N/;0aXio?, and later vncf)a\eos, lov, 
6, -q. sober, temperate, abstinent in 
respect to wine, &c. ; in N. T. met., 
vigilant, circumspect, 1 Ti. 3. 2, 11. 
Tit. 2. 2: from 

N^cpo), f. -v/z-co, a. 1. cvrjyf/a, to be 
sober, n it intoxicated ; in JSF. T. met., 
to be r'gilant, circumspect, 1 Th. 5. 
6, 8, et al. 

Nucuco, co, f. rjao), p. vcvLKrjKCL, a. 1. 
ifiKTjo-a, to conquL-r, overcome, van- 
quish, subdue, Lu. 11. 22. Jno, 16 
83 ; ausol. to ovt rcome, prevail, lie. 



5. 5 ; to come off superior in a judi- 
cial cause, Ro. 3. 4 : from 

NIktj, 77?, 77, victory; meton. a vic- 
torious principle, 1 Jno. 5. 4. 

WIkos, cos, to, (a later equiv. to 
vlkt]) victory, Mat. 12. 20. 1 Co. 15. 
54, 55, 57. 

NiTTTTjp, rjpos, a basin for washing 
some part of the person, Jno. 13. 5: 
(N. T.) from 

Ni7rro), f. yjfo>, a. 1. ewv/za, (a form 
of later use for vi&) to wash ; spc. 
to wash some part of the person, aa 
distinguished from Aovw, Mat. 6. 17. 
Jno. 13. 8, et al. 

Noe'o>, w, f. r;o-co, a. 1. eVo'770-a, 
(fdos) to perceive, observe ; to mark 
attentively, Mat. 24. 15. Mar. 13. 14. 
2 Ti. 2. 7 ; to understand, compre- 
hend, Mat. 15. 17, et al. ; to conceive, 
Eph. 3. 20 : whence 

No?7/ia, citos, to, the mind, the un 
derstanding, intellect, 2 Co. 3. 14; 

4. 4; the heart, soul, affections, feel- 
ings, disposition, 2 Co. 11. 3; a con- 
ception of the mind, thought, pur- 
pose, device, 2 Co. 2. 11 ; 10. 5. 

Nodos, ov, 6, 77, spurious, bastard, 
He. 12. 8. 

No/j.77, 77 s, 77, (vefxco) pasture, pas- 
turage, Jno. 10. 9 ; exetv vo/j.rjv, to eat 
its way, spread corrosion, 2 Ti. 2. 17. 

, f. lO~(D, p. VCVOfXLKO., a. 1. 

evo/xia-a, (vo/aos) to own as settled and 
established ; to deem, 1 Co. 7. 26. 
1 Ti. 6. 5 ; to suppose, presume, Mat. 

5. 17 ; 20. 10. Lu. 2. 44, et al. ; pass. 
to be usual, customary, Ac. 16. 13. 

No/jlikos, 77, ov, (fr. same) pertain- 
ing to law ; relating to the Mosaic 
law, Tit. 3. 9; as subst. one skilled 
in law, a jurist, lawyer, Tit. 3. 13: 
spc. an interpreter and teacher ol 
the Mosaic law, Mat. 22. 35, et al. 

No/ii/icof, adv. (fr. same) lawfully, 
agreeably to law or custom, right- 
fully, 1 Ti. 1.8. 2 Ti. 2. 5. 

No/xio-fia, citos, ro, (vofiifa) pr. a 
thing sanctioned by law or custom ; 
lawful money, coin, Mat. 22. 19. 

Nufiodiddo-KoXos, ov, 6, (vo/xos & 
cuSacncaAos) a teacher and interpretel 
of the Mosaic law, Lu 5. 17, et al 
N. T. 

Ne;/ao<9eo"/a, as, 77, legislation ; ij 



NOM 



124 



NOT 



fonoBevia, the gift of th 5 divine Law, 
or, the Mosaic Law itself, Ro. i). 4 : 
from 

No/i.o^ereo), o>, f. no-o), to impose a 
law, give laws; in N. T., pass, to 
have a law imposed on one's self, re- 
ceive a law, He. 7, 1 1 ; to be enacted, 
constituted, He. 8. G: from 

No/io^er^s', ov, 6, (vofxos & Tidrjpi) 
a legislator, lawgiver, Ja. 4. 12. 

No/ioy, ou, 6, (vefxco) a law, Ro. 4. 
15. 1 Ti. 1.9; the Mosaic law, Mat. 
5. 17, et al. freq. ; the Old Testament 
Scripture, Jno. 10. 34 ; a legal tie, 
Ro. 7. 2, 3 ; a law, a rule, standard, 
Ro. 3. 27 ; a rule of life and conduct, 
Ga. 6. 2. Ja. 1.25. 

Nocreoo, a>, f. 770*0), (vocros) to he 
sick ; met. to have a diseased appe- 
tite or craving for a thing, have an 
excessive and vicious fondness for a 
thing, to dote, 1 Ti. 6. 4 : tvhence 

Noo^/xa, aros, ro, disease, sickness, 
Jno. 5. 4. 

NoVor, ov, rj, a disease, sickness, 
distemper, Mat. 4. 23, 24; 8. 17; 9. 
35, et al. 

Noo-cria, ay, rj, (contr. for veocrcrid, 
fr. veoo-o-os) a brood of young birds, 
Lu. 13. 34. 

Noaalov, ou, to, (contr. for veoa- 
<tCov, dim. from i/eocrcros) the young of 
birds, a chick ; pi. a brood 0/ young 
birds, Mat. 23. 37. 

Noo"o~6?, ov, 6, (contr. for veoaaos) 
a young bird, v. r. Lu. 2. 24. 

Nocr0i'£o), f. tVco, (v6(r<pi, apart, 
separate) to deprive, rob ; m«Z. to 
appropriate ; to make secret reser- 
vation, Ac. 5. 2, 3 ; to purloin, Tit. 
2. 10. 

Noroy, ov, 6, the south wind, Lu. 
12. 55. Ac. 27. 13; melon, the south, 
the southern quarter of the heavens, 
Mat. 12. 42. Lu. 11. 31 ; 13. 29. Re. 
21. 13. 

Sov$€o-la, as, 17, warning, admoni- 
tion, 1 Co. 10. 11. Ep. 6. 4. Tit. 3. 10: 

from 

Noutfereo), co, f. rjaoo, {voxis & rt- 
%uj pr. to put in mind ; to admon- 
ish, warn, Ac 20. 31. Ro. 15. 14,et al. 

Novpnvla, as, 17, (contr. for vcofin- 
ci'a, veoi & fxr)v) the new moon, Col. 
2. 16. 



Noui/e^to?, adv. (vowels, vovs & 
ex<a) understanding^, sensibly, di&- 
creetly, Mar. 12. 34. 

Not)y, vov, & in N. T. voos, dat. 
vol, 6, (contr. for voo?) the mind, intel. 
lect, 1 Co. 14. 14, 15, 19; understand- 
ing, intelligent faculty, Lu. 24. 45 ; 
intellect, judgment, Ro. 7. 23, 25; 
opinion, sentiment, Ro. 14. 5. 1 Co, 

1. 10; mind, thought, conception, 
Ro. 11. 34. 1 Co. 2. 16. Phi. 4.7; 
settled state of mind, 2 Th. 2. 2; 
frame of mind, Ro. 1. 28 ; 12. 2. Col. 

2. 18. Eph. 4. 23. 1 Ti. 6. 5. 2 Ti. 

3. 8. Tit. I. 15. 

Nvn<fir}, rjs, r], a bride, Jno. 3. 29. 
Re. 18. 23; 21. 2, 9; 22. 17; opposed 
to irevOepd, a daughter-in-law, Mat. 
10. 35. Lu. 12. 53: whence 

Nv[x(pios, ov, 6, a bridegroom, Mat. 
9. 15; 25. 1, 5, 6, 10, et al. 

Nvftfficov, covos, 6, a bridal chatn 
ber; in N~. T.,vIoItov w^coi-os, sona 
of the bridal chamber, the bride- 
groom's attendant friends, bride- 
men, perhaps the same as the Greek 
7rapaitV(/>(.oi, Mat. 9. 15. Mar. 2. 19. 
Lu. 5. 34. L. G. 

Nil/, & vvv'i, adv. now, at the pre 
sent time, Mar. 10. 30. Lu. 6. 21, et 
al. freq. ; just now, Jno. 1 1. 8, et &\. ; 
forthwith, Jno. 12, 31 ; ko.1 vvv, even 
now, as matters stand, Jno. 1 1 . 22 ; 
now, expressive of a marked tone oj 
address, Ac. 7. 34 ; 13. 11. Ja. 4. 13; 
5. 1 ; to vvv, the present time, Lu. 
1. 48, et al. ; tcuw, or ra viiv, now, 
Ac. 4. 29, et al. 

Nu£, vvktos, T), night, Mat. 2. 14; 
28.13. Jno. 3.2; fnet. spiritual night, 
moral darkness, Ro. 13. 12. 1 Th. 
5. 5. 

'Nvo-aco, v. ttco, f. £cd, a. 1. evv^a, 
to prick, pierce, Jno. 19. 34. 

Nuo-ra^co, f. aco & £00, (vevo)) to 
nod ; to nod in sleep ; to sink into a 
sleep, Mat. 25. 5 ; to slumber in in- 
activity, 2 Pe. 2. 3. 

^ivxOrjfiepov, ov, to, (ioJ| & Tjfiepa) 
a day and night, twenty-four houie, 
2 Co. 11.25. L. G. 

Nu>8p6s. a, ov, slow, sluggish ; un- 
toward, He. 5. 11; 6. 12. 

Ncoros, ov, 6, the back of mat of 
animals, Ro. 11. 10. 



SEN 



125 



s. 

Xtvia, a r, fj, (£evos) pr. state of 
being a guest ; then, the reception of 
a guest or stranger, hospitality ; in 
y. T., a lodging, Ac. 28. 23.Phile.22. 

Eew'£co, f. iVo), a. 1. it-evicra, (fr. 
same) to receive as a guest, enter- 
tain, Ac. 10. 23; 28. 7. He. 13. 2; 
pass, to be entertained as a guest, to 
lodge or reside with, Ac. 10. 6, 18, 
32; 21. 16; to strike with a feeling 
of strangeness, to surprise ; pass, or 
mid. to be struck with surprise, be 
staggered, be amazed, I Pe. 4. 4, 12; 
intrans. to be strange; ^evL^ovra, 
strange matters, novelties, Ac. 17. 20. 

EefoSo^eco, co, f. 7}0"co, (£evod6)(os, 
f ivos & Se'xojaaO to receive and enter- 
tain strangers, exercise hospitality, 
1 Ti. 5. 10. 

l&evoSt n, ov, adj. strange, foreign; 
alien, Ep. 2. 12, 19; strange, unex- 
pected, surprising, 1 Pe. 4.12; novel, 
He. 13. 9; subst. a stranger, Mat. 
25. 35, et al. ; a host, Ro. 10. 23. 

&€(TTT]S. ov, 6, (Lat. sextus, v. sex- 
tarius) a sextarius, a Roman measure 
containing about one pint English; 
in N. T., used for a small vessel, cup, 
pot, Mar. 7. 4, 8. 

S^paivco, f. avco, a. 1. i^rjpava, p. 

pass, e^pajap-ai, a. 1. pass. €^r)pav9rjv, 
to dry up, parch, Ja. 1.11; pass, to 
be parched, Mat. 13. 6, et al. ; to be 
ripened as corn, Re. 14. 15; to be 
withered, to wither, Mar. 11. 20 ; of 
parts of the body, to be withered, 
Mar. 3. 1, 3 ; to pine, Mar. 9. 18 : from 

Sr/pos, a, ov, dry, withered, Lu. 23. 
31 ; 17 £r)pa, sc. yq, the dry land, land, 
Mat. 23. 15. He. 11. 29; of parts of 
the body, withered, tabid, Mat. 12. 10. 

SvXXvos, ivr], lvov, wooden, of wood, 
made of wood, 2 1 1. 2. 20. Re. 9. 20 : 

from 

EvXov, ov, to, wood, timber, 1 Co. 3. 

12. Re. 18. 12; stocks, Ac. 16. 24; 

a club, Mat. 26. 47, 55 ; a post, cross, 

gibbet, Ac. 5. 30; 10. 39; 13. 29; a 

tree, Lu. 23. 31. Re. 2. 7. 
fvpda), co, f. l^crco, a. 1. i^vpnaa, 

p. pass, efvprj/ucu, (£vpdi>, a razor) to 

cat off the hair, shear, shave, Ac. 

£1.24. 1 Co. 11. 5. 6. 



o. 

f O, 17, to, the prepositive article 
answering, to a considerable extent^ 
to the English definite article: bid, for 
the principle and facts of its usage, 
see the Grammars; 6 fxeu—b Se, the 
one— the other, Ph. 1. 16, 17. He. 7. 
5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24 ; pi. some — others, 
Mat. 13. 23; 22. 5, 6; 6 Se, but he, 
Mat. 4. 4 ; 12. 48 ; oi Se, but others, 
Mat. 28. 17, et al. ; uzed, in a poetic 
quotation, for a personal pronoun, 
Ac. 17. 28. 

'OydorjKovra, ol, al, rd, indecl., 
eighty, Lu. 2. 37 ; 16. 7 : from 

"Oydoos, r], ov, (okto>) the eighth. 
Lu. 1. 59. Ac. 7.8, et al. 

* Oy kos, ov, 6, pr. bulk, weight; a 
burden, impediment, He. 12. I. 

"OSe, rjde, rode, demon, pron. (6, fj, 
to & Se) this, that, he, she, it, Lu 10. 
39; 16. 25. Ac. 15.23, et al. 

'O§euco, f. eucrco, (6Sds) to journey, 
travel, Lu. 10. 33. 

Odrjyeco, co, f. 7jo"co, to lead, guide, 
Mat. 15. 14. Lu. 6. 39. Re. 7. 17; 
met. to instruct, teach, Jno. 16. 13. 
Ac. 8. 31 : from 

'Odrjyos, ov, 6, (6$6s & r]yeopat) 
a guide, leader, Ac. 1. 16; met. an 
instructor, teacher, Mat. 15. 14; 23. 
16, 24. Ro. 2. 19. 

'OdoiTropeoi, co, f. r)o-(£>, (6So? & 
wopos) to journey, travel, Ac. 10. 9 : 
whence 

'0§oi7ropia, as, fj, a journey, jour- 
neying, travel, Jno. 4. 6. 2 Co. 11. 

2f>. 

'Oo'o?, ov, fj, a way, road, Mat. 2. 
12 ; 7. 13, 14 ; 8. 28 ; 22. 9, 10 ; means 
of access, approach, entrance, Jno. 
14. 6. He. 9. 8 ; direction, quarter, 
region, Mat. 4. 15 ; 10. 5 ; the act of 
journeying, a journey, way, course, 
Mat. 10. 10. Mar. 2. 23. 1 Th. 3. 11, 
et al. ; a journey, as regards extent, 
Ac. 1. 12; met. a way, systematic 
course of pursuit., Lu. 1. 79. Ac. 2. 
28; 16. 17 ; a way, systematic course 
of action or conduct, Mat. 21. 32. Ro. 
11. 33. 1 Co. 4. 17, et al. ; a way. 
system of doctrine, Ac. 18. 2,6 ; t; 680s, 
the way, the Christian faith, Ac. IS 
9, 23 ; 24. 22. 



OAO ltt 

ouy, 666vTos, 6, a tooth, Mat. 5, 



OIK 



38 ; 8. 12, et al. 
Odvvdo), go, to pain either bodily or 
mentally ; pass, to be in an agony, 
be tormented, Lu. 2. 48 ; 16. 24, 25 ; 
to be distressed, grieved, Ac. 20. 38 : 
from 

Odvvrj, 77?, 77, pain of body or mind; 
sorrow, grief, Ro. 9. 2. 1 Ti. 6. 10. 

*08vpfi6s, ov, 6, (odvpopai, to la- 
ment, bewail) bitter lamentation, 
wailing, Mat. 2. 18; melon, sorrow, 
mourning, 2 Co. 7. 7. 
O£oo, f. o^o"o), & 6£eo~a>, to smell, 
emit an odour ; to have an offensive 
smell, stink, Jno. 11. 39. 

"Odev, adv. whence, Mat. 12. 44. Ac. 
14. 26 ; from the place where, Mat. 
25. 24, 26 ; whence, from which cir- 
cumstance, 1 Jno. 2. 18 ; wherefore, 
whereupon, Mat. 14. 7. 

'Odovrj, Tjs, 77, pr. fine linen ; a linen 
cloth; a sheet, Ac. 10. 11; 11. 5: 
whence the dimin. 

*066viov, ov, to, a linen cloth; in 
JS T . T., a swath, bandage for a corpse, 
Lu. 24. 12, et al. 

Oida, 2 p. from obsol. eiSco, with 
the sense of the present, plup. fjSeiv, 

imper. laQi, SUbj. eiSco, opt. eiSeirjv, 
inf. eI5eVcu, part. eiStos, f. ela-o/xai, & 
eiS>jo-a>, to know, Mat. 6. 8, et al. ; to 
know how, Mat. 7. 1 1, et al. ; fr. Heb. 
to regard with favour, 1 Thess. 5. 12. 

Oi/celos , eta, elov, (oiaos) belonging 
to a house, domestic ; pi. members 
of a family, immediate kin, 1 Ti. 5. 
8 ; members of a spiritual family, 
Eph. 2. 19; members of a spiritual 
brotherhood, Ga. 6. 10. 

OiKerns, ov, 6, pr. an inmate of a 
house; a domestic servant, house- 
hold slave, Lu. 16. 13. Ac. 10. 7. 
Ro. 14. 4. 1 Pe. 2. 18 1 from 

Oi/ceo). go, f. rjo-a), (oikos) to dwell 
in, inhabit, 1 Ti. 6. 16 ; intratis. to 
dwell, live; to cohabit, 1 Co. 7. 12, 
13; to be indwelling, indwell, Ro. 7. 
17, 18, 20; 8. 9, 11. I Co. 3. 16: 
whence 

Ouc77fia, aros, ro', a dwelling; tised 
in various comcntional senses, and 
amonp them, a prison, Ac. 12. 7. 

OiKT)Tr}pioi> f a habitation, dwelling, 



abodp- Jude 6; trop. the abode cf 
the soSd, the bodily frame, 2 Co. 5. 2 

OtKt'a, as, fj, (olkos) a house, dwell- 
ing, abode, Mat. 2. 11; 7. 24, 27, et 
al. ; trop. the abode of the soul, the 
body, 2 Co. 5. 1 ; meion. a household, 
family, Mat. 10. 13; 12. 25; melon. 
goods, property, means, Mat. 23. 13. 
et al. : whence 

OIkiqkos, ov, 6, belonging to a 
house ; pi. the members of a house- 
hold or family, kindred, Mat. 10. 25, 
36. L. G. 

OiKoSeo"7roreco, go, f. 770*0), pr. to 
be master of a household ; to occupy 
one's self in the management of a 
household, 1 Ti. 5. 14: (L. G.) from 

OlKodeo~7r6rr]s, ov, 6, (oUos & Secr- 
norns) the master or head of a house 
or family, Mat. 10. 25 ; 13. 27, 52, et 
al. L.G. 

Oi/coSo/xeoo, co, f. 770-co, a. 1. goko- 

86ixrjcra, p. pass. tij/coSo/XTjjaai, (oIkoSo- 
/u.os) to build a house ; to build, Mat. 
7. 24, et al. ; to repair, embellish, and 
amplify a building, Mat. 23. 29, et 
al. ; to construct, establish, Mat. 16 
18 ; met. to contribute to advance- 
ment in religious knoivlcdge, to edify, 
1 Co. 14. 4, 17 ; to advance a person s 
spiritual coJidition, to edify, 1 Co. 8. 
1, et al. ; pass, to make spiritual ad- 
vancement, be edified, Ac. 9. 31 ; to 
advance in presumption, be embold- 
ened, 1 Co. 8. 10. 

OiKobopr), 77?, 17, pr. the act of 
building ; a building, structure, Mat. 
24. 1, et al. ; in K. T., a spiritual 
structure, as instanced in the Chris- 
tian body, 1 Co. 3. 9. Eph. 2. 21 ; 
religious advancement, edification, 
Ro. 14. 19. 1 Co. 14. 3, et al. L. G. 

OiKoftofxla, as, f], pr. a building of 
a house ; met. spiritual advancement, 
edification, v. r. 1 Ti. 1. 4. 

OiKofiopos, ov, 6, (oIkos & oV/ioo) a 
builder, architect, v. r. Ac. 4. 11. 

OlKOVOfXeOi), 60, f. 77O-OO, (OlKOJ'0/IO?\ 

to manage a household ; to manage 
the affairs of any one, be steward, 
Lu. 16. 2 : whence 
OiKovnpla, as, 77, pr. the manage- 
ment of a household ; a stewardship, 
Lu. 16. 2, 3, 4 ; in X. T., an apostolic 
stewardship, a ministerial commis- 
sion in the publication and further 



OIK 



127 



OAI 



ance of the Gospel, 1 Co. 9. 17. Eph. 
!. 1(5; 3. 2. Col. 1. 25; or, an ar- 
ranged plan, a scheme, Eph. 1. 10; 
a due discharge of a commission, 
1 Ti. 1. 4. 

Olxovopos, ov, 6, the manager of a 
household ; a steward, Lu. 12. 42 ; 

16. 1, 3, 8. 1 Co. 4. 2; a manager, 
trustee, Ga. 4. 2 ; a public steward, 
treasurer, Ro. 16. 23; a spiritual 
steward, the holder of a commission 
in the service of the Gospel, 1 Co. 4. 1. 
Tit. 1. 7. 1 Pe. 4. 10. 

OiKoy, ov, 6, a house, dwelling, Mat. 
9. 6, 7. Mar. 2. 1, 11 ; 3. 20, et al.; 

£lace of abode, seat, site, Mat. 23. 38. 
.u. 13. 35; met. a spiritual house or 
structure, 1 Pet. 2.5; meton. a house- 
hold, family, Lu. 10. 5; 11. 17; a 
spiritual household, 1 Ti. 3. 15. He. 
3. 6; family, lineage, Lu. 1. 27,69; 

2. 4 ; fr. the Heb. a people, nation, 
Mat. 10. 6; 15. 24. 

Ol<ovp.evr), rjs, f), (pr. fern. part, 
pass, of ot/ceu>) scil. yr), the habitable 
earth, world, Mat. 24. 14. Ro. 10. 18. 
He. 1. 6, et al. ; used, however, with 
various restriction of meaning, ac- 
cording to the context, Lu. 2. 1. Ac. 

17. 6, et al. ; meton. the inhabitants 
of the earth, the whole human race, 
mankind, Ac. 17. 31 ; 19. 27. Re. 

3. 10. 

Ol<ovpy6s, ov, 6, 17, (oikos & %p- 
yov) one who is occupied in domestic 
affairs, v. r. Tit. 2. 5. N. T. 

OlKOVpOS, OV y 6, 17, (OLKOS & OVpOS, 

a watcher) pr. a keeper or guard of 
a house ; a home-keeper, stay-at- 
home, domestic, Tit. 2. 5. 

Oi/cm'po), later f. 770*0), (olktos, 
compassion) to compassionate, have 
compassion on, exercise grace or fa- 
vour towards, Ro. 9. 15 : whence 

Ol<TLpp6s, ov, 6, compassion ; kind- 
ness in relieving sorrow and want, 
Ph. 2. 1. Col. 3.12; favour, grace, 
mercy, Ro. 12. 1. 2 Co. 1. 3. 

OiKTippcov, ovos, 6, 77, compassion- 
ate, merciful, Lu. G. 36. Ja. 5. 11. 

Oii/07rorT7?, ov, 6, 77, (olvos & 7TO- 
■njs, 7riVuj) wine-drinking; in a bad 
sense, a wine-bibber, tippler, Mat. 
11. 19. Lu. 7. 34. 

Ot'vc f, ov, 6, wine, Mat. 9. 17. Mar. 
it. 22, et al. ; meton. the vine and 



its clusters, Re. 6. 6; met. olvov, * 
potion, olros rov 6vfjA>v, a furiout 
potion, Re. 14. 8, 10; 16. 19; 17.2, 
18. 3. 

Olvo(p\vyla, a?, 77, (olvo(p\v£, ol- 
vos & <p\vu), to bubble over, overflow) 
a debauch with wine, drunkenness, 
\ Pe. 4. 3. 

Oiopai, syncop. oiixai, f. olr)0~op.ai, 
to think, suppose, imagine, presume, 
Jno. 21. 25. Phil. 1.16. Ja. 1. 7. 

Oios, ota, 0107/, rel. pron. correla- 
tive to 7roios & Totos, what, of what 
kind or sort, as, Mat. 24. 21. Mar. 
9. 3, et al. ; oi»x olov, not so as, Ro. 
9. 6. 

Oin-a, fut. of (pepco ; which see. 

0<vea>, a>, f. 170-0), a. 1. axvrjcra, 
(okvos, backwardness, slowness) to 
be slow, loth ; to delay, hesitate, Ac, 
9. 38 : whence 
'OKirnpos, d, ov, slow; slothful, in- 
dolent, idle, Mat. 25. 26. Ro. 12. 11 ; 
tedious, troublesome, Ph. 3. 1. 

OKrarjpepos, ov, 6, 77, (okto> & 
rifiepa) on the eighth day, Ph. 3. 5. 
NT. 

'Okto>, 01, al, rd, eight, Lu. 2. 21; 

9. 28, et al. 
OXeOpos, ov, 6, (6'XXupt, to de- 
stroy) perdition, destruction, 1 Co. 
5. 5, et al. 

'OXiyoi^ adv. (pr. neut. of oXlyos) 
a little, Mar. 1. 19 ; 6. 31, et al. 

' OXLyomcrTos, nv, 6, 77, (oXi'yoy & 
ttlo-tis) scant of faith, of little faith, 
one whose faith is small and weak, 
Mat. 6. 30 ; 8. 26, et al. N. T. 

'OXt'yo?, 77, ov, little, small, in num- 
ber, &c. ; pi. few, Mat. 7. 14 ; 9. 37 ; 
20. 16. Lu. 13. 23 ; 61' bkiyuv, SC. X6- 
yuv, in a few words, briefly, 1 Pe. 
5. 12 ; little in time, short, brief, Ac. 
14. 28. Re. 12. 12; irpbs b\lyov, SC. 
Xpovov, for a short time, for a little 
while, Ja. 4. 14 ; little, small, light, 
&c. in magnitude, amount, &c, Lu. 
7. 47. Ac. 12. 18; 15. 2; kv b\iy V , 
concisely, briefly, Ep. 3.3; almost, 
Ac. 26. 28, 29. 

'OXiyo^vxos, ov, 6, 17, (oXt'yos 
& ^r»xn) faint-hearted, desponding, 
1 Th. 5. 14. L. G. f 

'OXiywpeco, co, f. 170-0), (oXlyo? 81 
<Iipa, care) to neglect, regard s'aghtly, 



OAT 



128 



OMO 



make light of, despise, contemn, 
He. 12. 5. 

OXlycos, adv. (oXiyos) little, scarcely, 

v. r. 2 Pe. 2. 18. 
OXodpevrfjS, ov, 6, a destroyer, 
1 Co. 10. 10: (N. T.) from 

*OXodp€Vu>, f. eucro), (oXedpos) to 
destroy, cause to perish, He. 1 1 . 28. S. 
OXoKavTap.a, aros, ro, (6Xo<av- 
Tom, to offer a whole burnt offering, 
6A6/cauTos, 6\os & kcu'oj) a holocaust, 
whole burnt offering, Mar. 12. 33. 
He. 10. G, 8. S. 
OXoKXijpla, as, fj, perfect sound- 

i ness, Ac. 3. 1G: (S.) from 
OXoKXrjpus, ou, 6, 77, (oXos & icXrjpos) 
whole, having all its parts, sound, 
perfect, complete in every part ; in 
N. T., the whole, 1 Th. 5. 23 ; morally, 
perfect, faultless, blameless, Ja. 1.4. 
OXoXu£co, f. |o), a. 1. a>X6Xv£a, 
pr. to cry aloud in invocation; to 
howl, utter cries of distress, lament, 
bewail, Ja. 5. 1. 

"OXos, 77, ov, all, whole, entire, Mar. 
1. 22; 4. 23, 24, et al. freq. 

'OAoreAr;?, 4os, 6, 77, (oXos & reXor) 
complete ; all, the whole, 1 Th. 5. 13. 
OXvvdos, ov, 6, an unripe or un- 
seasonable fig, such as lying under 
the foliage, do not rijien at the usual 
season, but Imng on the trees during 
winter, Re. 6. 13. 

"OXcoy, adv. (0X0?) wholly, alto- 
gether; actually, really, re vera, 
1 Co. 5. 1 ; 6. 7 ; 15. 29 ; with a nega- 
tive, at all, Mat. 5. 34. 

*Op.[3pos, ov, 6, (Lat. imber) rain, a 
storm of rain, Lu. 12. 54. 

'Opelpopai, to desire earnestly, have 
a strong affection for, v. r. 1 Th. 2. 8. 

'OplXeco, w, f. 770*0), (opiXos) to be 
in company with, associate with ; 
to converse with, talk with, Lu. 24. 
14, 15. Ac. 20. 11 ; 24.26. 

'OptXia, as, 77, intercourse, commu- 
nication, converse, 1 Co. 15. 33: 
/ro7ra 

'OpiXos, ov, 6, (opov, &1X77, a band) 
a multitude, company, crowd, Re. 
18. 17. 

'0(u'xXt7, 77?, 77, a mist, fog; a cloud, 
v r. 2 Pe. 2. 17. 



Op.pui, aros, ro, the eye, Mar. 8. 3*. 
Op.vva>, v. op.vvp.1, f. opLOvpMi, p 
o/mo/xoko, a. 1. u>/u.ocra, to swear, Mat 

5. 34, et al. ; to promise with an 
oath, Mar. 6. 23. Ac. 2. 30; 7. 17, 
etal. (v). 

'Op-odvpadov, adv. (o/io€ & Ovpas) 
with one mind, with one accord, 
unanimously, Ac. I. 14. Ro. 15. 6-; 
together, at once, at the same tiine» 
Ac. 2. 1, 46; 4. 24, et al. 
O/aoia^o), f. a<xo), (opLOios) to be like, 
resemble, Mar. 14. 70. X. T. 

'Op.OLGira.6rjs, eos, ovs, 6, r), (op.cios 
& 7ra0o?) being affected in the same 
way as another, subject to the same 
incidents, of like intirmities, obnox- 
ious to the same frailties and evils, 
Ac. 14. 15. Ja. 15. 17. 
Opoios, ola, oiov, (6/xos) like, simi- 
lar, resembling, Mat. 11. 1G; 13.31, 
33, 44, 45, 47, 52. Jno. 8. 55, et al. 
freq. ; like, of similar drift and force, 
Mat. 22. 39. Mar. 12. 31 : wlience 

'Op,oi6rns, tt)tos, 17, likeness, simili- 
tude, He. 4. 15 ; 7. 15. 
Opoioco, co, f. cocro), a. 1. a>poi(vO~a, 
to make like, cause to be like or re- 
semble, assimilate ; ])ass. to be made 
like, become like, resemble, Mat. 

6. 8; 13. 24; 18. 23; to liken, com- 
pare, Mat. 7. 24, 26; 11. 16, et al. : 
wlience 

Op.OLu>p.a, aros, to, pr. that which 
is conformed or assimilated ; form, 
shape, figure, Re. 9. 7 ; likeness, re- 
semblance, similitude, Ro. 1. 23; 5. 
14; 6.5; 8. 3. Ph. 2. 7. 

'Opoloos, adv. (opoios) likewise, in a 
similar manner. Mat. 22. 26; 27. 41. 
Mar. 4. 16, et al. 

'Opolcoais, fa)?, 77, (6p.oi6a>) pr. as- 
similation ; likeness, resemblance, 
Ja. 3. 9. 

'O/ioXoyeo), o», f. tjctg), a. 1. a>p.o\6- 
yrjo-a, (6)uo<r, like, & Acyos) to speak in 
accordance, adopt the same terms of 
language; to engage, promise, Mat. 
14. 7 ; to admit, avow frankly, Jno. 
1. 20. Ac. 24. 14; to confess, 1 Jim. 
1. 9; to profess, confess, Jno. 9. 22 ; 
12. 42. Ac. 23. 8, et al. ; to avouch, 
declare openly and solemnly. Mat. 
7. 23 ; in X. T., o/jioAoveiV er, to accord 
belief, Mat. 10. 32. Lu. 12. 8; to ao- 



OMO 



129 



ono 



•or: approbation, Lu. 12. 8 ; fr. ffeb. 
to accord praise, He. 13. 15 : whence 

'Op.o\oyia, as, rj, assent, consent ; 
profession, 2 Co. 9. 13. 1 Ti. 6. 12, 
13. He. 3. 1 ; 4. 14; 10. 23. 

'OfjLokoyovfxevcos, adv. (6p.oKoyov- 
ixevos, pass. pr. part, of b^oXoye o) con- 
fessedly, avowedly, without contro- 
versy, 1 Ti. 3. 16. 

*OyLOT€)(yos, ov, 6, rj, (6p.6s, the 
same, & Ti\vr)) of the same trade or 
occupation, Ac. 18. 3. 
OfjLOv, adv. (opos) together; in the 
same place, Jno. 21. 2; together, at 
the same time, Jno. 4. 36 ; 20. 4. 

'Op.6<ppcov, ovos, 6, 17, (6/xos & (pprjv) 
of like mind, of the same mind, like- 
minded, 1 Pe. 3. 8. 
Opcos, cnnj. (6p.6s) yet, nevertheless ; 
with jueVToi, but nevertheless, but for 
all that, Jno. 12. 42; in K. T., even, 
though it be but, 1 Co. 14. 7. Ga. 
3. 15. 

Ovap, to, indec, a dream, Mat. 1. 20; 

2. 12, 13, 19, 22; 27. 19. 
'Ovapiov, iov, to, (dimin. of ovos) 

a young ass, an ass's colt, Jno. 12. 
14. 

*Oj>«8i£g>, f. tVo), a. 1. uveldiaa, 
(oi/eiSo?) to censure, inveigh against, 
Mat. 11. 20. Mar. 16. 14; to up- 
braid, Ja. 1.5; to revile, insult with 
opprobrious language, Mat. 5. 11, et 
al. : ivhe7ice 

'Ovei.8io-p.6s, ov, 6, censure, 1 Ti. 

3. 7 ; reproach, reviling, contumely, 
Ro. 15. 3, et al. L. G. 

Oveidos, eos, to, pr. fame, report, 
character ; usually, reproach, dis- 
grace, Lu. I. 25. 

Ouivrj/u, f. oV^o-a>, to ie\p, profit, 
benefit ; mid. bviva^ai, a. 2. u>vrnxy)v 
& iav6.fLr)v, opt. bva(ixt)v, to receive 

Srofit, pleasure, &c. ; with a gen. to 
ave joy of, Phile. 20. 
Ovlkos, rj, ov, (ovos) pertaining to 
an ass; /avAos 6i/i«6?, a millstone 
turned by an ass, a large, or, an up- 
per, millstone, Mat. 18. 6. Lu. 17. 2. 
N. T. 

Qvop.a, aros, to, a name ; the pro 
per nameo/ a person, &c, Mat. 1. 23, 
25; 10.2; 27.32, et al. ; a mere name 
or reputation, Re. 3. 1 ; in N. T., a 
name as the representative of a per- 



sm, Mat 6. 9. Lu. 6. 22 ; 11.2 ; thi 
name of the author of a commission, 
delegated authority, or religious pro- 
fession, Mat. 7. 22 ; 10. 22 ; 12. 21 ; 

18. 5, 20; 19. 29; 21. 9; 28. 19. Ac. 
3. 16; 4. 7, 12, et al. ; eis bvofxa, iv 
bvofxaTi, on the score of being pos- 
sessor of a certain character. Mat. 10 
41, 42. Mar. 9. 41 : whence 

'Ovo/ia^co, f. acru), to name, Lu. 5. 
14 ; to style, entitle, Lu. 6. 13. 1 Co. 

5. 11 ; to make mention of, 1 Co. 5. !, 
Eph. 5. 3 ; to make known, Ro. 15. 
20; to pronounce in exorcism, Ao. 

19. 13 ; in N. T., to profess, 2 Ti. 
2. 19. 

"Ovos, ov, 6, fj, an ass, male or fe- 
male, Mat. 21.2, 5,7, et al. 

"Ovtws, adv. (a>v, ovtos, pres. part, 
of ei/xi) really, in truth, *xuly, Mar. 
11.32. Lu. 23. 47, et al. 

' O^os, eos, to, vinegar; a wine of 
sharp flavour, posca, which was an 
ordinary beverage, and was often 
mixed with bitter herbs, dec, and thus 
given to condemned criminals in order 
to stupify them, and lessen their suf- 
ferings, Mat. 27. 34, 48. Mar. 15. 36. 
Lu. 23. 36. Jno. 19. 29, 30: from 

'O^u?, eta, v, sharp, keen, Re. 1. 16 ? 

2. 12: 14. 14, 17, 18; 19. 15; swift, 

nimble, Ro. 3. 15. 
'07777, t)s, 17, a hole; a hole, vent, 

opening, Ja. J. 1 1 ; a hole, cavern, 

He. 11. 38. 
Oivio-dev, adv. of place, from behind, 

behind, after, at the back of, Mat. 9. 

20; 15. 23, et al. 
'Ottlo'Cx), adv. behind, after, at one's 

back, Mat. 4. 10; Lu. 7. 38. Re. 1. 

10; to. on-iVo), the things which are 

behind, Phi. 3. 14; bn£<ru} & ei? to. 

oTTtVu), back, backwards, Mat. 24. 18. 

Mar. 13.16. Lu. 9. 62. 
'07rAi£a>, f. tVco, to arm, equip ; 

mid. to arm one's self, equip one's 

self, 1 Pe. 4. 1 : from 
"Oirkov, ov, to, an implement, Ro. 

6. 13; pi. to. bn\a, arms, armour, 
weapons, whether offensive or defen- 
sive, Jno. 18. 3. Ro. 13. 12. 2 Co. 
6. 7; 10. 4. 

07roio?, oia, otov, what, of what 
sort or manner, 1 Co. 3. 13. Ga. 2. 6. 
1 Th. 1. 9. Ja. 1. 24; after tqioutcq 
as, Ac. 26. 29. 

10 



ono 



130 



OH 



OtjoY?, adv. when, Lu. 6. 3. 

j Ottov, adv. where, in which place, 
in what place, Mat. 6. 19, 20, 21. Ee. 
2. 13 ; whither, to what place, Jno. 8. 
21 ; 14. 4; oVov, av, v. edv, wherever, 
in whatever place, Mat. 24. 28; 
whithersoever, Mat. 8. 19. Ja. 3. 4; 
met. where, in which thing, state, 
&c, Col. 3. 11; whereas, 1 Co. 3.3. 

2 Pe. 2. 11. 

'OnTdvofxai, to be seen, appear, Ac. 

1. 3. 

> 07rraala, a?, ^, (oVrra^a), equiv. to 

bpdui) a vision, apparition, Lu. 1. 22 ; 

24. 23. Ac. 26. 19. 2 Co. 12. 1. L. G. 
'07tto?, 77, dV, (o7rraa), to roast) 

dressed by fire, roasted, broiled, &c. 

Lu. 24. 42. 
'O7rcopa, a?, 17, autumn; the fruit 

season ; meton. fruits, Re. 18. 14. 
"07rco?, adv. how, in what way or 

manner, by what means, Mat. 22. 15. 

Lu. 24. 20 ; conj. that, in order that, 

and 077-cos nrj, that not, lest, Mat. 6. 

2, 4, 5, 16, 18. Ac. 9. 2, et al. freq. 

"Opafxa, aroy, to, (6pda>) a thing 
seen, sight, appearance, Ac. 7. 31 ; a 
vision, Mat. 17. 9. Ac. 9. 10, 12, et al. 

"Opacri?, eco?, 17, (fr. same) seeing, 
sight ; appearance, aspect, Re. 4. 3 ; 
a vision, Ac. 2. 17. Re. 9. 17. 

'OpaTOS, 77, oV, visible, Col. 1. 16: 
from 

'Opaco, co, f. oyj/o/xai, rarely a. 1. 

coi//ajixi)j/, imperf. euypiov, p. euipaKa, a. 2. 
eloW, a. I. pass. w^Orjv, f. b(j)8rjcroixai., 
to see, behold, Mat. 2. 2, et al. freq. ; 
to look, Jno. 19. 37 ; to visit, Jno. 16. 
22. He. 13. 23 ; to mark, observe, 
Ac. 8. 23. Jas. 2. 24 ; to be admitted 
to witness, Lu. 17. 22. Jno. 3. 36. 
Col. 2. 18 ; loith 6e6i>, to be admitted 
into the more immediate presence 
of God, Mat. 5. 8. He. 12. 14; to at- 
tain to a true knowledge of God, 

3 Jno. 11; to see to a thing. Mat. 
27. 4. Ac. 18. 15 ; bpa, see, take care, 
Mat. 8. 4. He. 8. 5, et al. ; pass, to 
appear, Lu. 1. 11. Ac. 2. 3, et al. ; 
to reveal one's self, Ac. 26. 16; to 
present one's self, Ac. 7. 26. 

Opyrj, 77?, 77, pr. mental bent, im- 
pulse; anger, indignation, wrath, 
Ep. 4. 31. Col. 3. 8; /aer opyrj?, in- 
dignantly, Mar. 3. 5; vengeance, 



punishment, Mat. 3. 7. Lu. 3. 7; 21 
23. Ro. 13. 4, 5, et al. : whence 
'Opyi'^co, f. lo-ct), & ico, a. 1. pagtr 
wpyiaOriv, to provoke to anger, irri« 
tate; pass, to be angry, indignant 
enraged, Mat. 5. 22; 18. 34, et al. 

Opyikos, 77, oi/, prone to anger 
irascible, passionate, Tit. 1. 7. (i). 

Opyvid, a?, 77, the space measured 
by the arms outstretched ; a fathom, 
Ac. 27. 28, bis. : from 

Ope'-yco, f. |co, to extend, stretch 
out; mid. to stretch one's self out, to 
reach forward to ; met. to desire ear- 
nestly, long after, 1 Ti. 3. 1. He. 11. 
■ 16 ; by impl. to indulge in, be devoted 
to, 1 Ti. 6. 10. 

Opeivos, 77, 6v t (opos) mountainous, 
hilly, Lu. 1. 39, 65. 
'Ope£ir, eco?, 77, (opeyo/jLai) desire, 
longing; lust, concupiscence, Ro. 

1. 27. 

'Op#07rooVco, co, f. T^crco, (op#o?, & 
7rovs) to walk in a straight course ; 
to be straightforward in moral con- 
duct, Ga. 2. 14. N. T. 

Opdos, 77, oV, (opco) erect, upright, 
Ac. 14. 10; plain, level, straight, 
He. 12. 13. 

OpOoropeco, co, f. 770-co, (opdos & 
Tepivoo) to cut straight ; to direct 
aright ; to set forth truthfully, with- 
out perversion or distortion, 2 Ti. 

2. 15. S. 

'Op6pi£a>, f. i'crco, (opdpos) to rise 
early in the morning ; to come with 
the dawn, Lu. 21. 38. S. 

'Opdpivos, 17, oV, (fr. same) of or be- 
longing to the morning, morning, 
Re. 22. 16: {usually I) a later form 

"Opdpios, ia, ioi>, at day-break, early, 
Lu. 24. 22 : from 

' Opdpos, otj, 6, the dawn ; the morn- 
ing, Jno. 8. 2. Ac. 5. 21 ; 6p0po? /3a- 
0us, the first streak of dawn, the early 
dawn, Lu. 24. 1. 

'Opdays, adv. (opdos) straightly ; 
rightly, correctly, Mar. 7. 35. Lu. 
7. 43, et al. 

'Opt^co, f. laco, pass. a. 1. copirr#ni/, 
p. topio-p-at, (opos, a bound, limit) to 
set bounds to, to bound ; to restrict, 
He. 4. 7; to settle, appoint defini 



OPI ] 

tlvely, Ac. 17. 26; to fix determi- 
nate!^ Ac. 2. 23 ; to decree, destine, 
Lu. 22. 22; to constitute, appoint, 
Ac. 10. 42; 17. 31; to characterise 
with precision, to set forth distinc- 
tively, Ro. 1.4; absol. to resolve, Ac. 
11. 29. 

Optov, ov, to, (fr. same) a limit, 
bound, border of a territory or coun- 
try ; pi. to. opta, region, territory, dis- 
trict, Mat. 2. 1G; 4. 13; 8. 34, et al. 
OpKi^oj, f. io~a>, to put to an oath ; 
to obtest, adjure, conjure. Mar. 5. 7. 
Ac. 19. 13. 1 Th. 5. 27 : from 
"OpKos, ov, 6, an oath, Mat. 14. 7, 
9 ; 20. 72, et al. ; meton. that which 
is solemnly promised, a vow, Mat. 
5. 33. 

'OpKcopoala, as, rj, (opKos & op- 
w^i) the act of taking an oath ; an 
oath, He. 7. 20, 21, 28. S. 
Oppdo), a>, f. r/cra>, a. 1. oiparjcra, 
pr. trans, to put in motion, incite ; 
intrans. to rush, Mat. 8. 32. Mar. 
5. 13. Lu. 8. 33, et al. : from 

Oppr), 77?, r), (opa>, opvvpi, to put 
in motion) impetus, impulse ; assault, 
violent attempt, Ac. 14. 5; met. 
impulse of mind, purpose, will, Ja. 
3.4. 

Opprjpa, aTos, to', (oppdai) violent 
or impetuous motion ; violence, Re. 
18. 21. 

Opveov, ov, to, a bird, fowl, Re. 18. 
2; 19. 17, 21. 

'Opvis, "#09, 6, 17, a bird, fowl ; the 
domestic hen, Mat. 23. 37. Lu. 13. 34. 

'Opodeaia, as, rj, (opos, a bound, 
limit, & Ttflr^O pr. the act of fixing 
boundaries ; a bound set, certain 
bound, fixed limit, Ac. 17. 26. N. T. 

Opos, eos, to, a mountain, hill, Mat. 
5. 1, 14 ; 8. 1 ; 17. 20, et al. 

Opvcro-co, v. tto>, f. £co, a. 1. c'bpv- 
fa, to dig, excavate, Mat. 21. 33; 25. 
18. Mar. 12. 1. 
*Op(pdv6s, rj, ov, v. ov, 6, r), be- 
reaved of parents, orphan, Ja. 1. 27; 
bereaved, desolate, Jno. 14. 18. 

Opxeopai, ovpai, f. fjaropai, a. 1. 
u>PXr\<ja-iM\v, to dance, Mat. 11. 17, 
et al. 

Os, rj, o, rel. pron. who, which, qui, 
quae, quod, Mat. 1. 16, 23, 25, et al. ; 



1 02T 

in JV. T., interrog. Z<f> 5, whereibr^ 
why, Mat. 26. 50 ; in iV. T., os 
os 8k, for 6 /uiv— 6 6e, Mat. 21. 35. 2 Co, 
2. 16, et al. 

'OcraKis, adv. (oaos) as often as, 
1 Co. 11. 25, 26. Re. 11. 6. (a.) 

Ocrto?, ia, iov, pr. sanctioned by 
the supreme law of God an d n ature ; 
pious, devout, Tit. 1. 8; jure, 1 Ti 
2. 8; supremely holy, Ac. 2. 27; 13 
35. He. 7. 26.' Re. 15. 4; 16. 5; t& 
6<ria, pledged bounties, mercies, Ac. 
13. 34 : ivhence 

'Octio'tt??, rnros, r), piety, sacred ob- 
servance of all duties towards God, 
holiness, Lu. 1. 75. Ep. 5. 24. 

Ocrla>s, adv. piously, holily, 1 Th, 

2. 10. 

*Oo-p.r), rjs, rj, (o£co) smell, odour 
fragrant odour, Jno. 12. 3. Ep. 5. 2 ; 
Phil. 4. 18 ; met. 2 Co. 2. 14, 16. 
Ocros, rj, ov, a correlative to tocos, 
too-ovto;, &c, as great, as much, Mar. 
7. 36. Jno. 6. 11. He. 1. 4; 8. 6; 
10. 25 ; eft oaov xP°Voi>, for how long 
a time, while, as long as, Ro. 7. 1 ; 
so i<f>' oaov, sc. xf>° VOv > Mat. 9. 15 ; 
oo-ov xp° vov * bow long, Mar. 2. 19; 
neut. bo-ov repeated, oo-ov oo-ov, iisek 
to give intensity to other qualifying 
words, e. g. ixikoov, the very least, a 
very very little while, He. 10. 37; 
e4> 60-ov, in as much as, Mat. 25. 40, 
45 ; kolQ' bo-ov, by how much, so far 
as, He. 3. 3 ; or, in as much as, as, so, 
He. 7. 20 ; 9. 27 ; pi. bo-a, so far as, aa 
much as, Re. 1.2; 18. 7 ; how great, 
how much, how many, what, Mar. 

3. 8 ; 5. 19, 20 ; how many soever, as 
many as, all who, 2 Cor. 1. 20. Ph. 
3. 15. 1 Ti. 6. 1 ; ocros av, v. eav, who- 
soever, whatsoever, Mat. 7. 12 ; 18. 
18. 

"Oorrep, ^7rep, 6Vrep, (os & 7rep) an 
emphatic form of the relative, Mar. 
15. 6. 

Oo"Teoi>, ovv, eov, ov, to, a bone, 
Mat. 23. 27. Lu. 24. 39, et al. 
"Oo-tis, tJtls, o ti, gen. ovtivos, 

^CTTII/O?, OVTIVOS, & OTOV, (6s & TCs) 

rel. pron. whoever, whatever ; whoso- 
ever, whatsoever, Mat. 5. 39, 41 ; 13 
12 ; 18. 4 ; its use in place of the sim- 
ple relative is also required invariant 
cases, which may be learnt from, tht 

frammars ; eu>s brov. sc \p6vov, until, 
,u, 13, 8; while, Mat. 5. 25. 



02T 



132 



OYT 



OffTpaKivos, rj, ov, (ocrrpaKOv, an ! 
earthen vessel) earthen, of earthen- 
ware, 2 Co. 4. 7. 2 Ti. 2. 20. L. G. 

*Ocr<ppr]r*s, ea>s, f), (dcrcppaliopai, 
to smel 1 , mell, the sense of smelling, 
1 (Jo. 12. 17. 

*Oo~(pvs, vo<,, f], & pi. al ocrcpvzs, 
the loins, Mat. 3. 4. Mar. 1. G, et al. 

*Orav, conj. (ore & av) when, when- 
ever, Mat. 5. 11; 6. 2. Mar. 3. 11. 
Re. 4. 9, et al. freq. ; in N. T. in case 
of, on occasion of, Jno. 9. 5. 1 Co. 
15. 27. He. 1. 6. 

'Ore, adv. when, at the time that, 
at what time, Mat. 7. 28 ; 9. 25. Lu. 
13. 35, et al. freq. 
On, conj. (octtis) that, Mat. 2. 16, 
22, 23; 6. 5, 16; often used pleonasti- 
cally in reciting another's words, Mat. 
9.18. Lu. 19 42. Ac. 5. 23; asacausal 
particle, for that, for, because, Mat. 
2. 18; 5. 3,4,5; 13. 13; because, see- 
ing that, since, Lu. 23. 40. Ac. 1.17. 

r Orou, see in oaris. 

Ov, adv. (pr. gen. of os) where, in what 
place, Mat. 2. 9 ; 18. 20 ; whither, to 
what place, La. 10. 1 ; 22. 10 ; 24. 28 ; 
ov Hv, whithersoever, 1 Co. 16. 6. 

Ov, before a consonant, ovk before a 
vowel with a lenis, & ov\ with an as- 
pirate, adv. of negation, not, no, Mat. 

5. 37 ; 12. 43 ;' 23. 37 ; the peculiarities 
of its usage, and as distinct from 
may be learnt from the grammars. 

Ova, interj. (Lat. vah) expressive of 
insult and derision, ah! aha! Mar. 
15. 29. 

Oval, interj. (Lat. vai) wo ! alas ! Mat. 
11.21; 18.7; 23. 13— 16, et al. ; ^ovai', 
subs, a woe, calamity, Re. 9. 12; 
11. 14. 

Ov$apa>s, adv. (ov8ap.6s) by no 
means, Mat. 2. 6. 

Ovde, adv. (oil & be) neither, nor, 
and not, also not, Mat. 5. 15; 6. 15, 
20, 26, 28 ; when single, not even, Mat. 

6. 29; 8. 10. 

Ovdels, ovdepla, ovdev, (ou§e'& els) 
not one, no one, none, nothing, Mat. 
5. 13; 6. 24; 19. 17; met. ovSeV, no- 
thing, of no account, naught, Jno. 
8. 54. Ac. 21. 24. 

OvdenoTt, adv. (ov8e & 7rore) neve r, 
Mat. 7. i!3; al. 16, 42, et al. freq. 



Ovbenco. adv. (ovde fe jib) not ye\ 
never yet, never, Lu. 23. 53. Jl% 
7. 39, et al. 

Ovdels, ovOev, later forms for ouSfty, 
ov&ev, v. r. 1 Co. 13. 2. 

Ovk, see ov. 

Oi'KtTi, adv. (ovk & en) no longer, 
no more, Mat. 22. 46, et al. 

Ovkovv, then, therefore, Jno. 18. 37. 

Ovv, a particle expressing eitlier sim- 
ple. sequence or consequence; then, 
now then, Mat. 13. 18. Jno. 19. 29, et 
al. ; then, thereupon, Lu. 15. 28. 
Jno. 6. 14. et al. ; therefore, conse- 
quently, Mat. 5. 48. Mar. 10. 9, et al. : 
it also serves to mark the resumptive 
of discourse after an interruption by 
a parenthesis, 1 Co. 8. 4, et al. 

Ovnco, adv. (ov & nco) not yet, Mat. 
15. 17 ; 16. 19 ; 24. 6. Jno. 2. 4, et al. 

Ovpd, as, 17, a tail, Re. 9. 10, 19; 
12. 4. 

Olpdvios, t'a, cov, v. lov, 6, 17, (ov- 
pavo?) heavenly, celestial, Mat. 6. 14, 
26, 32; 15. 13, et al. 

Ovpavodev, adv. from heaven, Ac, 
14. 17; 26. 13: from 

Ovpavos, ov, 6, & pi. ovpavoi, cov, 
01, heaven, the heavens, the visible 
heavens and all their phenomena, 
Mat. 5. 18 ; 16. 1 ; 24. 29, et al. freq.) 
the air, atmosphere, in which the 
clouds and tempests gather, the birds 
fly, &c. Mat. 6. 26 ; 16. 2, 3, et al. ; 
heaven, the peculiar seat and abod6 
of God, of angels, of glorified spirits, 
&C, Mat. 5. 34, 45, 48 ; 6. 1, 9, 10; 
12. 50. Jno. 3. 13, 31 ; 6. 32, 38, 41 
42, 50, 51, 58 ; in X. T., heaven, as a 
term exjtressive of the Divine Being, 
His administration, <tc. Mat. 19. 14; 
21.25. Lu. 20. 4, 5. Jno. 3. 27. 

Ovs, cotos, to, the ear, 3Iat. 10. 27. 
Mar. 7. 33. Lu. 22. 50. Ac. 7. 57, 
et al. 

Ovaia, as, f], (a>v, cvo~a, ov, part. 

of elm) substance, property, goods, 

fortune, Lu. 15. 12, ft. 
Ovre, conj. (ov & re) neither, nor, 

Lu. 20. 36 ; ovre — ovre, V. ovfie — out*. 

neither— nor, Lu. 20. 3n ; Ga. 1. 12; 

in K. T„ also used singly in the MMf 

of ovSe, not even, Mar. 5. 3. Lu. '.% 

26. 1 Co. 3. 2. 



OYT 



J88 



0*1 



OCroj', avrq, tovto, demons, pron. 
this, this person or thing, Mat. 3. 3, 
9, 17 ; 8. 9 ; JO. 2 ; 24. 34, et al. freq. ; 
used by way of contempt, this fellow, 
Mat. 13. 55 ; 27. 47 ; aurb touto. this 
very thing, this same thing, 2 Co. 2. 3 ; 
7. 11; eis avrb tovto, and eliiptically, 
avrb tovto; for this same purpose, 
on this account, Ep. G. 18, 22. 2 Pe. 
1.5; /cat o5to?, and moreover, Lu. 7. 
12 ; 16. 1 ; 20. 30 ; *<xi tovto, and that 
too, 1 Co. 6. 6, 8 ; tovto juei/ — tovto 6e, 
partly— partly, He. 10. 33. 

Ovtcos, & ovtco before a consonant, 
udv. (o5to?) thus, in this way, Mat. 
I. 18 ; 2. 5 ; 5. 16, et al. freq. ; os ixev 
ovtcos, 6s 5e outios, one so, and another 
so, one in one way, and another in 
another, 1 Co. 7. 7, 26, 40; 9. 14; so, 
Mat. 7. 12; 12. 40; 24. 27, 37, et 
al. freq. ; thus, under such circum- 
stances, Ac. 20. 11; 27. 17; in an 
ordinary way, Jno. 4. 6. 

Ou^, see ov. 

Ou\t, adv. (ov) not, Jno. 13. 1<\ 11 ; 

when folloivcd by aXka, nay, not so, 
by no means, Lu. 1. 60 ; 12. 51 ; used 
also in negative interrogations, Mat. 
5. 46, 47 ; 6. 25. 

O0etXeV?/?, ov, 6, (ocpeiXco) a 
debtor, one who owes another, Mat. 
18. 24 ; met. one who is in any way 
bound, or under obligation to per- 
form any duty, Ro. 1. 14 ; 8. 12 ; 15. 
27. Ga. 5. 3 ; in N. T., one who fails 
in duty towards any one, a delin- 
quent, offender, Mat. 6. 12 ; a sinner, 
Lu. 13. 4, cf. v. 2. 

0<fifikr), t)?, f), (fr. same) a debt, 
Mat. 18. 32 ; met. a duty, due, Ro. 13. 
7. 1 Co. 7. 3. 

OfaCkrjfxa, aros, re, a debt; a due, 
Ro. 4. 4; in 2f. T, a delinquency, 
offence, fault, sin, Mat. 6. 12, cf. v. 
14 : from 

OcpeiAco, f. r)(ra>, a. 2. a>(j)e\ov, to 
owe.be indebted, Mat. 18. 28, 30,34 ; 
to incur a bond, to be bound to make 
discharge, Mat. 23. 1G, 18; to be bound 
by what is due or fitting, Lu. 17. 10. 
Jno. 13. 14, et al. ; to incur d»sert, 
to deserve, Jno. 19. 7 ; to be due or 
fitting, 1 Co. 7. 3, 36 ; fr. the Aram. 
to be delinquent, Lu. 11.4. 

0(f)(\ov, (pr. a. 2. of ocpeiXco) used 
later and in N. T. as an interj, % O 



that ! would that ! 1 Co. 4. 8. Gal 

5. 12, et al. 

"OcpeXos, eo?, ro, (ocpe'XXco, to fun 
ther, augment) profit, utility, advan- 
tage, 1 Co. 15. 32, et al. 

'0<p#aXp.oSouXeia, as, f), (o(p#aX- 
/mos & SovAeta) eye-service, service 
rendered only while under inspec- 
tion, Ep. 6. 6. Col. 3. 22. N. T. 

, 0(pda\fx6s, ov, 6, (o^ro}xai,(o<p6r)v) 
an eye, Mat. 5. 29, 38 ; 6. 23 ; 7, 3—5, 
et al. ; b4>6a\iAbs novripos, an evil eye, 
an envious eye, envy, Mat. 20. 15. 
Mar. 7. 22 ; met. the intellectual eye, 
Mat. 13. 15. Mar. 8. 18. Jno. 12. 40- 
Ac. 26. 18. 
Ocpt?, ecoj, 6, a serpent, Mat. 7. 10; 
10. 16; an artificial serpent, Jno. 3 
14; used of the devil or Satan, Re. 
12. 9, 14, 15; 20. 2; met. a man of 
serpentine character, Mat. ?3. 33. 

'Ocppur, vo?, t), a brow, e^e-brow; 

the brow of a mountain, edge of a 

precipice, Lu. 4. 29. 
'O^Xeco, co, f. 770-co, (o^Xoj) pr. to 

mob; to vex, trouble, Lu. 6. 18. Ac 

5. 16. 

O^Xo7roteco, co, f. rycrco, (o^Xoy & 
7roie'(o) to collect a mob, create a tu- 
mult, Ac. 17. 5. N. T. 

O^Xo?, ou, 6, a crowd, a confused 
multitude of people, Mat. 4. 25 ; 5. 1 ; 
7. 28 ; spc. the common people, Jno. 

7. 49; a multitude, great number, 
Lu. 5. 29; 6. 17. Ac. 1. 15; by impl. 
tumult, uproar, Lu. 22. 6. Ac. 24. 18. 

'O^upco/Ma, aro?, ro, (o^upoco, to 
fortify, 6xvp6s, firm, strong) a strong- 
hold ; met. an opposing bulwark of 
error or vice, 2 Co. 10. 4. S. 

'O^aptov, iov, to, (dimin. of oxjfov, 
cooked provision as distinguished 
from bread ; a dainty dish ; fish) a 
little fish, Jno. 6. 9, 11 ; 21. 9, 10, 13. 
O^e, adv. late ; put for the first 
watch, at evening, Mar. 11. 19; 13. 
35 ; 6i//e o-app&Tuiv, after the close of 
the sabbath, Mat. 28. 1 : whence 
Ov/^ipos-, ov, 6, 17, late ; latter, Ja. 
5. 7 ; poetic and later prose for 

"Oyjsios, la, lov, late, Mar. 11. 11 ; 
il bxjjia, sc. upa, evening, two of which 
were reckoned by the Hebrews; ont 
from the ninth hour, until sunset, Mai. 

8, 16 ; 14, 15, et al. ; and the ctlcer. 



0¥I 



134 



nAA 



from sunset until dark, Mat. 14. 23 ; 

16. 2, et al. 
v O\|/-ir, 60)?, 17, a sight; the face, 

visage, countenance, Jno. 11. 44. Re. 

1. 16; external appearance, Jno. 7. 

24 : from 
¥ 0\jsop.ai, see 6pda>. 
*0\ffQ}inov, 10V, to, (o\}sov, cooked 

provisions, &c.) provisions ; a stipend 

or pay of soldiers, Lu. 3. 14. 1 Co. 

9. 7 ; wages of any kind, 2 Co. 11.8; 

due wages, a stated recompense, Ro. 

6. 23. L. G. 



n. 

Hayibevo), f. evcrm, to ensnare, en- 
trap, entangle, Mat. 22. 15 : from 

Uayis, t'Soy, 77, (nnyvv/xi) a snare, 
trap, gin, Lu. 21. 35; met. artifice, 
stratagem, device, wile, 1 Ti. 3. 7; 
6. 9. 2 Ti. 2. 26 ; met. source of harm, 
Ro. 11.9. 

Ilayo?, ou, 6, (fr. same) a hill ; 
"Apeio? irayo?, Areopagus, the hill of 
Mars at Athens, Ac. 17. 19, 22. 

Uddnpa, aros, to, (ndcrx^) what 
is suffered; suffering, affliction, Ro. 
8. 18. 2 Co. 1. 5, 6, 7. Ph. 3. 10, et 
al. ; emotion, passion, Ro. 7. 5. Ga. 
5. 24. 

HaOrjTos, ot), 6, 17, (fr. same) passi- 
ble, capable of suffering, liable to 
suffer ; in N. T., destined to suffer, 
Ac. 26. 23. 

Tlddos, eoy, to, (fr. same) suffering ; 
an affection, passion, Ro. 1. 26. 

Uaidayooyos, ot), 6, (ttoi? & dya>y6$, 
ayu>) a pedagogue, child-tender, a 
person, usually a slave or freedman, 
to whom the boys of a family were com- 
mitted, whose duty it wds to attend 
them at their play, lead them to and 
from the ptiblic school, and exercise a 
constant superintendence over their 
conduct and safety ; in N. T., an ordi- 
nary director or' minister contrasted 
with an Apostle, as a pedagogue occu- 
pies an inferior position to a parent, 
1 Co. 4. Ift ; a term applied to the Mo- 
saic Law as dealing with men as in 
a state of mere childhood and tutelage, 
Ga. 3. 24, 25. 

tlaio'upioi', iov, to', (dimin. of nais) 
a little boy, child ; a boy, lad, Mat. 
11,16. Jno. 6, 9. 



IIaiS«a, ay, 77, (native*) education 
training up, nurture of 'children, Ep, 

6. 4 ; instruction, discipline, 2 Ti. S, 
16; in N. T., correction, chastise* 
ment, He. 12. 5, 7,8, 11. 

IlaiSetiTT/?, ot), 6, a preceptor, in- 
structor, teacher, pr. of boys; gear. 
Ro. 2. 20 ; in A r . T., a chast'iser, He. 
12. 9: from 

Haidcva), f. evcro), a. 1. enaidevo-a, 
(Trals) to educate, instruct children, 
Ac. 7. 22 ; 22. 3 ; genr. 7rcu8ev'oju.cu, to 
be taught, learn, 1 Ti. 1. 20; to ad- 
monish, instruct by admonition, 2 Ti. 
2. 25. Tit. 2. 12 ; in N. T., to chas- 
tise, chasten, 1 Co. 11. 32. 2 Co. 6.9. 
He. 12. 6, 7, 10. Re. 3. 19 ; of crimi- 
nals, to scourge, Lu. 23. 16, 22. 

HaL§Lo6ev, adv. from childhood, from 
a child, Mar. 9. 21 : (N. T.) from 

Tlaib'iov, ou, to, (dimin. of nous) an 
infant, babe, Mat. 2. 8, et al. ; but 
usually in N. T. as equiv. to irals, 
Mat. 14. 21. Mar. 7. 28, et al. freq. ; 
pi. voc. used by icay of endearment, my 
dear children, 1 Jno. 2. 18, et al.; 
also as a tei~m of familiar address, 
children, my lads, Jno. 21. 5. 

UaidiaKi], 17s. 77, (fern. dim. of rrais) 
a girl, damsel, maiden ; a female 
slave or servant, Mat. 26. 69. Mar. 
14. 66, 69, et al. 

LTai'£co, f. iral^opai, to play in the 
manner of children ; to sport, to 
practise the festive gestures of idola- 
trous xvorship, 1 Co. 10. 7 : from 

rial?, ?Ta6§d?, 6, 17, a child in rela- 
tion to parents, of either sex, Jno. 4. 
51, et al. ; a child in respect of age, 
either male or female, and of all 
ages from infancy up to manhood, a 
boy, youth, girl, maiden, Mat. 2. 16; 
17. 18. Lu. 2. 43; 8. 54; a servant, 
slave, Mat. 8. 6, 8, 13, cf. v. 9. Lu. 

7. 7, cf. v. 3, 10 ; an attendant, minis- 
ter, Mat. 14. 2. Lu. 1. 69. Ac. 4. 25; 
also Lu. 1 . 54, or pe? % haps, a child in 
respect of fatherly regard. 

TIaLco, f. ttuiVo), p. TveiraiKa, a. 1. 
eiraio-a, to strike, smite, with the fist, 
Mat. 26. 68. Lu. 22. 64 ; with aswbrd, 
Mar. 14. 47. Jno. 18.10; to strike as 
a scorpion, to sting, Re. 9. 5. 

IlaXac, adv. of old, long ago~, Mat. 
11. 21. Lu. 10. 13. He. 1. 1. Jud* 
4 ; ot TroAai, old, former, 2 Pe. 1.9, 



iiaa 



{35 



HAP 



©M»e time since, already, Mar. 15. 
< i : whence 

llaXaios, a, ov, old, not new or re- 
cent, Mat. 9. 16, 17 ; 13. 52. Lu. 5. 36, 
et al. : ivhence 

UaXatorrjs, rrjros, 17, oldness, anti- 
quatedness* obsoleteness, Ro. 7. 6. 

riaXaioco, to, f. <wo"co, p. 7re7raXaio)- 
kol, (fr. same) to make old ; pass, to 
grow old, to become worn or effete, 

■ Lu. 12. 33. He. 1.11; met. to treat 
as antiquated, to abrogate, super- 
sede, He. 8. 13. 

Ili'ikr], 77s, J7, (7raXXco, to swing 
round, sway backward and forward) 
wrestling; struggle, contest, Ep. 
6. 12. 

ZlaXiyyeueala, as, 17, (ndXiv & ye- 
ve<ri<;) a new birth; regeneration, 
renovation, Mat. 19. 28. Tit. 3. 5. 
L. G. 

HdXiv, adv. pr. back ; again, back 
again, Jno. 10. 17. Ac. 10. 16; 11. 10, 
et al. ; again by repetition, Mat. 26. 
43, et al. ; again in continuation, fur- 
ther, Mat. 5. 33 ; 13.44, 45, 47; 18.19; 
again, on the other hand, 1 Jno. 2. 8, 
et al. 

HaunXrjdet, adv. (nas & nXrjdos) 
the whole multitude together, all at 
once, Lu. 23. 18. 

Ila/XTToXus, nap.n6XXr), ndpnoXv, 
(7ra? & n-oXvs) very many, very great, 
vast, Mar. 8. 1. 

Ilav8o)(€iov, ov, to, a public inn, 
place where travellers may lodge, 
called in the East by the name of raen- 
zil, khan, caravanserai, Lu. 10. 34 : 
from 

IlaySo^evs, ecos, 6, (a later form for 
vavSoKf-vs, ras & Se'xo/aai) the keeper of 
a public inn or caravanserai, a host, 
Lu. 10. 35. 

Uavfiyvfis, ecos, 77, (nas & ayvpis, 
an assembly) pr. an assembly of an 
entire people; a solemn gathering 
at a festival ; a festive convocation, 
He. 12. 23. 

UauoiKi, adv. (nas & oikos) with 
one's whole household or family, Ac. 
16. 34. 

UavonXia, as, 77, (nas & onXov) 
panoply, complete armour, a com- 
plete suit of armour both offensive 
and defensive, as the shield, sword, 



spear, lelmct, breastplate, &c , Lu 
11.22. Ep. 6. 11,13. 
Havovpyia, as, 77, knavery, craft, 
cunning, Lu. 20. 23. I Co. 3. 19, et 

al. : from 

Havovpyos, ov, 6, 77, (710s & epyov) 
pr. ready to do any thing; hence, 
crafty, cunning, artful, wily, 2 Co. 
12'. 16. 

TJavTaxoOev, adv. from all parts, 
from every quarter, Mar. 1. 45 : from 

Havraxov, adv. (nas) in all places 
every where, Mar. 16. 20. Lu. 9. 6, 
et al. 

UavreXr)?, e'os, 6, 7;, (nas & reXos) 

perfect, complete; ei? to iravreXes, 
adverbially, throughout, through all 
time, ever, He. 7. 25; with a nega- 
tive, at all, Lu. 13. 11. 
TlduTt], adv. (nas) every where ; in 
every way, in every instance, Ac. 
24. 3. 

TldvToOev, adv. (nas & 6ev) from 
every place, from all parts, Jno. 18. 
20 ; on all sides, on every side, round 
about, Lu. 19. 43. He. 9. 4. 

ILavTOKparcop, opos, 6, (nas & xpd- 
to?) almighty, omnipotent, 2 Co. 6. 
18. Re. 1. 8; 4. 8, et al. (a) L. G. 

Ildvrore, adv. (nas) always, at all 
times, ever, Mat. 26. 11. Mar. 14. 7. 
Lu. 15. 31 ; 18. 1, et al. L. G. 

UdvTws, adv. (nas) wholly, alto- 
gether ; at any rate, by all means, 
1 Co. 9. 22 ; by impl. surely, as- 
suredly, certainly, Lu. 4. 23. Ac. 18. 
21 ; 21. 22; 28. 4; ov thm/tw?, in no- 
wise, not in the least, Ro. 3. 9. 1 Co. 
5. 10; 16. 12. 

TLapd, prep., with a genitive, from, in- 
dicating source or origin, Mat. 2. 4, 7. 
Mar. 8. 11. Lu. 2. 1, et al.; oi Trap* 
avrov, his relatives or kinsmen, Mar. 

3. 21 ; to. nap' avrrj^ naura, all her 
substance, property, &c, Mar. 5. 26 ; 
with a dative, with, by, nigh to, in, 
among, &c, Matthew 6._ 1 ; 19. 26 ; 
21. 25; 22. 25; irap' eavrui, at home, 
1 Co. 16. 2; in the sight of, in the 
judgment or estimation of, 1 Co. 
3. 19. 2 Pe. 2. 11 ; 3. 8 ; vrith an ac- 
cusative, motion by, near to, along, 
Mat. 4. 18; motion towards, to, at, 
Mat. 15. 30. Mar. 2 13; motion ter- 
minating in rest, at, by, near, by thfl 
side of, Mar. 4. 1, 4. Lu. 5. 1 ; 8. &{ 



IIAP 



HAP 



l ji deviation from, in violation of, in- 
consistently with, Ac. 18. 13. Ro. 1. 
26; 11. 24; above, more than, Lu. 
13. 2, 4. Ro. 1. 25; after compara- 
tives, Lu. 3. 13. 1 Co. 3. 11; except, 
save, 2 Co. 11. 24 ; beyond, past, He. 
11. 11; in respect of, on the score of, 
1 Co. 12. 15, 16. ( 

Uapa8aiva>, f. Brjaop-ai, a. 2. irape- 
/Sr ; v, (irapa & jSaiVaj) pr. to step by the 
side of ; to deviate ; met. to trans- 
gress, violate, Mat. 15. 2, 3. 2 Jno. 
9 ; to incur forfeiture, Ac. 1. 25. 

llapafiaXka), f. 8a\a>, tirapd & /3aX- 
Xa>) to cast or throw by the side of; 
met. to compare, Mar. 4. 30 ; absol. a 
nautical term, to bring to. land, Ac. 
20. 15. 

Uapd&dcris, ecos, 17, (jrapa.fia.iva>) a 
stepping by the side, deviation ; a 
transgression, violation of law, Ro. 
2. 23; 4. 15, et al. 

TLapaBdrqs, ov, 6, (fr. same) a 
transgressor, violator of law, Ro. 2. 
25, 27. Ga. 2. 18. Ja.2. 9, 11. (£.) 

Uapa3id£opai, f. daopai, (irapd & 
/3id£o>) to force; to constrain, press 
tcith urgent entreaties, Lu. 24. 29. 
Ac. 16. 15.^ L. G. 

TlapaSoXevo/iaL, f. evo~op.ai, (irapd- 
/SoAos, risking, venturesome) to stake 
or risk one's self, v. r. Ph. 2. 30. N. T. 

YIapa3o\r), rjs, T], (7rapa,3a\Xct)) 
a placing one tiling by the side of 
another; a comparing; a parallel 
case cited in illustration ; a com- 
parison, simile, similitude, Mar. 4. 
30. He. 11. 19; a parable, a short 
relation under which something else is 
figured, or in which that ichich is fic- 
titious is employed to represent that 
tchich is real, Mat. 13. 3, 10, 13, 18, 
24, 31, 33, 34, 36, 53 ; 21. 33, 45 ; 22. 1 ; 
24. 32, et al. ; in N. T., a type, 
pattern, emblem, He. 9. 9 ; a se'nti- 
ment, grave and sententious pre- 
cept, maxim, Lu. 14. 7 ; an obscure 
and enigmatical saying, any thing 
expressed in remote and ambiguous 
terms, Mat. 13. 35. Mar. 7. 17; a 
proverb, adage, Lu. 4. 23. 

Hapa8ov\evopai, f. evaopai, (ira- 
fia & &ov\e6u>) to be reckless, regard- 
less, Ph 2. 30. N. T. 

HapayyeXla, as, rj, a command, 
order, charge, Ac. 5. 28; direction, 
precept, 1 Th. 4. 2, et al. -. from 



TlapayyekXco, f. eXco, (irapd & a'f* 
yeWoi) to announce, notify; to com- 
mand, direct, charge, Mat. 10. 5. 
Mar. 6. 8 ; 8. 6. Lu. 9. 21, et al. ; to 
charge, obtest, entreat solemnly, 1 Ti. 
6. 13. 

II.apaylvop.ai, f. yevrjcropMi, a. 2. 

Tro.peyev6ixr\v, (irapd. & -yiVojaai) to be 

by the side of; to come, approach, 
arrive, Mat. 2. 1 ; 3. 13. Mar. 14. 43. 
Lu. 7. 4, et al. ; seq. cttC, to come 
upon in order to seize, Lu. 22. 52 ; to 
come forth in public, make appear- 
ance, Mat, 3. 1. He. 9. 11. 

Uapdyo), f. a£oo, (irapd & ayco) to 
lead beside ; intrans. to pass along 
or by, Mat. 20. 30. Jno. 9. 1 ; to pass 
on, Mat. 9. 9, 27 ; intrans. & mid. to 
pass away, be in a state of transition, 
1 Co. 7. 31. 1 Jno. 2. 8, 17. 

Hapabeiyp-arifa, (irapddeiypa, an 
example) to make an example of- 
to expose to ignominy and shame, 
Mat. 1. 19. He. 6. 6. L. G. 

Uapddcicros, ov, 6, (of Oriental 
origin : in Heb. DT1D) a park, a 
forest where wild beasts were kept 
for hunting ; a pleasure park, a gar- 
den of trees of various kinds ; used 
in the LXX. for the Garden of Eden ; 
in N. T., the celestial paradise, Lu 
23. 43. 2 Co. 12. 4. Re. 2. 7. 

Uapad^xop-ai, f. |o/xai, (irapd h 
6e'xo/xai) to accept, receive ; met 
to receive, admit, yield assent to 
3Iar. 4. 20. Ac. 16. 21 ; 22. 18. 1 Ti 
5. 19; in N. T., to receive or em- 
brace with favour, approve, love, 
He. 12. 6. 

Hapabiarp'iST), 77?, fj, (irapd & Sta- 
rpt/STj) useless disputation, 1 Ti. 6. 5 
N. T. 

Tlapabibapi, f. ficocroo, {irapd & Si- 
£a>/ui) to give over, hand over, deliver 
up, Mat. 4. 12 ; 5. 25 ; 10. 4, 17, et al. ; 
to commit, intrust. Mat. 11.27; 25. 
14, et al. ; to commit, commend, Ac 
14. 26; 15. 40; to yield up, Jno. 19 
30. 1 Co. 15. 24 ; to abandon, Ac. 7. 
42. Eph. 4. 19 ; to expose to danger, 
hazard, Ac. 15. 26; to deliver as a 
matter of injunction, instruction, <£r.. 
Mar. 7. 13. Lu. 1. 2. Ac. 6. 14, et 
al. ; absol. to render a yield, to be 
matured, Mar. 4. 29. 

Uapd$o£os, ov, 6, rj, '.irapd So'- 
£ay, beside expectation; unexpected 1 



IIAP 



1.37 



IIAP 



strange, wonderful, astonishing, Lu. 

5. 26. 

KKapddocris, ecus, 17, (Trapadidcofu) 
delivery, handing over, transmis- 
sion ; in N. 1\, what is transmitted 
in the way of teaching, precept, doc- 
trine, 1 Co. 11. 2. 2 Th. 2. 15; 3. 6; 
tradition, traditionary law, handed 
doim from age to age, Mat. 15. 2, 3, 6, 
et al. 

napa£rj\6co, f. cocrco, (Trapd & £77- 
Aoa>) to provoke to jealousy, Eo. 10. 
19; to excite to emulation, Ho. 11. 
11, 14; to provoke to indignation, 

1 Co. 10. 22. S. 
]lapa8a\dcro~ios, La, iov, (Trapd & 

OaAaa-aa) by the sea-side, situated on 
the sea-coast, maritime, Mat. 4. 13. 

Tlapadecopeci), co, f. 770-00, (trapd & 
fletopecu) to look at things placed side 
by side, as in comparison, compare 
in thus looking; to regard less in 
comparison, overlook, neglect, Ac. 

6. 1. 

Ylapadr)Kn, tjs, 77, (TraparldnpO a 
deposit, a thing committed to one's 
charge, a trust, 2 Ti. 1. 12 ; v. r. 1 Ti. 
6.20. 2Ti. 1. 14. 

llapaLvea), co, f. etrco, (Trapd & 
to advise, exhort, Ac. 27. 9, 22. 

TlapaLreopai, ovpai, f. rjaopai, (Tra- 
pd & aireo)) to entreat; to beg off, 
excuse one's self, Lu. 14. 18, 19; to 
deprecate, entreat against, Ac. 25. 
II. He. 12. 19 , to decline receiving, 
refuse, reject, 1 Ti. 4. 7; 5. 11. Tit. 
3. 10. He. 12. 25; to decline, avoid, 
shun, 2 Ti. 2. 23. 

YlapaKadlfa, f. t'crco, (Trapd & Ka$l- 
c/o) to set beside ; intrans. to sit by 
the side of, sit near, Lu. 10. 39. 

HapaKa\ea>, co, f. e'crco, (irapd & 
Ka\e'o)) to call for, invite to come, 
send for, Ac. 28. 20 ; to call upon, 
exhort, admonish, persuade, Lu. 3. 
18. Ac. 2. 40; 11. 23; to beg, be- 
seech, entreat, implore, Mat. 8. 5, 31 ; 
18. 29. Mar. 1. 40; to animate, en- 
courage, comfort, console, Mat. 2. 18 ; 
5. 4. 2 Co. 1.4,6; pass, to be cheered, 
comforted, Lu. 16. 25. Ac. 20. 12. 

2 Co. 7. 13, et al. 

U.apaKa\vTTTu>, f. yjsa>, (napd & Ka- 
kvmu)^ to cover over, veil ; met. pass. 
to be veiled/row comprehension, Lu. 
0 40 



HapaK.ara6rjK.Tj, tjs, tj, (rrapaKarl 
%u, to lay down by, deposit) a de- 
posit, a thing committed to one's 
charge, a trust, 1 Ti. 6. 20. 2 TL 
1. 14. 

UapaKtipai, (Trapd .& Kelpai) to li« 
near, be adjacent : met. to be at 
hand, be present, Ro. 7. 18, 21. 

HapaKkijcris, ecoy, 77, (TrapaKaXeco 
a calling upon, exhortation, incite- 
ment, persuasion, Ro. 12. 8. 1 Co. 
14. 3; hortatory instruction, Ac. 13. 
15; 15. 31; entreaty, importunity, 
earnest supplication, 2 Co. 8. 4 ; so- 
lace, consolation, Lu. 2. 25. Ro. 15. 
4, 5. 2 Co. 1. 3—7; cheering and 
supporting influence, Ac. 9. 31 ; joy, 
gladness, rejoicing, 2 Co. 7. 13 ; cheer, 
joy, enjoyment, Lu. 6. 24. 

TLapaKkrjTOs, ov, 6, one called or 
sent for to assist another ; an advo- 
cate, one who pleads the cause ol 
another, 1 Jno. 2. 1 ; genr. one pre- 
sent to render various beneficial ser- 
vice, and thus the Paraclete, whose 
influence anil operation were to com- 
pensate for the departure of Christ 
himself, Jno. 14. 16. 26; 15.26; 16. 7. 

HapaKorj, 77?, 77, (TrapaKOva>) an er- 
roneous or imperfect hearing ; diso- 
bedience, Ro. 5. 19 ; a deviation from 
obedience, 2 Co. 10. 6. He. 2. 2. 

UapaKokovdeoi, co, f. t/ctco, (Trapd 
& aKoXovGeu)) to follow or accompany 
closely ; to accompany, attend, cha- 
racterise, Mar. 16. 17 ; to follow ivith 
the thought?, trace, Lu. 1. 3; to con- 
form to, 1 Ti. 4. 6 ; 2 Ti. 3. 10. 

Ilapa/covco, f. ovcropai, (Trapd & 
gucouoj) to hear amiss, to fail to listen, 
neglect to obey, disregard, Mat. 18. 
17. 

TlapaKVTTTU), f. i^to, (irapd & ktjtttco) 
to stoop beside ; to stoop down in 
order to take a view, Lu. 24. 12. Jno 
20 5, 1 1 ; to bestow a close and at- 
tentive look, to look intently, tc 
penetrate, Ja. 1. 25. 1 Pe. 1. 12. 

TIapa\ap.(3dvu), f. \rj\jsop.ai, (irapd 
& \afxpdvu)) pr. to take to one's side 
to take, receive to one's self, Mat. 1 
20. Jno. 14. 3; to lake toith one": 
self, Mat. 2. 13, 14, 20, 21 ; 4. 5, 8 ; t( 
receive in charge or possession, Col 
4. 17. He. 12. 28; to receive as C 
matter of instruction. Mar. 7.4. 1 Co 



IIAP 138 

11. 23; 15. 3; to receive, admit, ac- 
knowledge, Jno. 1. 11. 1 (Jo. 15. 1. 
Col. 2. 6 ; pass, to be carried off, Mat. 
24. 40, 41. Lu. 17. 34—36. 

HapaXeyopai, (napd & Xeya) to 
sail by, coast along, Ac. 27. 8, 13. 

XIapdXios, iov, 6, T), (napd & aXs) 
adjacent to the sea, maritime ; i] nap- 
dAios, sc. x™P a * the sea-coast, Lu. 
6. 17. 

HapaXXayr), rjs, f], (napaXXdcraco, 
to interchange) a slutting, mutation, 
change, Ja. 1. 17. 

UapaXoyl(opai, f. laopai, (napd & 
XoyCgonai) to misreckon, make a false 
reckoning ; to impose upon, deceive, 
delude, circumvent, Col. 2. 4. Ja. 
1. 22. 

UapaXvTtKos, rj, ov, paralytic, pal- 
sied, Mat. 4. 24 ; 8. 6 ; 9. 2, 6, et al. : 

from 

HapaXvco, f. vera), (napd & Xvco) to 
unloose from proper fixity or con- 
sistency of substance; to enervate 
or paralyse the body or limbs; pass. 
to be enervated or enfeebled, He. 
12. 12 ; pass. part. napa\e\vfxevos, pa- 
ralytic, Lu. 5. 18, 24, et al. 

Uapapevio, f. pevco, to stay beside; 
to continue, stay, abide, 1 Co. 16. 6. 
He. 7. 23; met. to remain constant 
in, persevere in, Ja. 1. 25. 

Hapapv6eopai, ovpai, f. rjo~opai, 
(napd & juvfle'ojuai, to Speak, fr. ixvGos) 

to exercise a gentle influence by 
words; to soothe, comfort, console, 
Jno. 11. 19, 31. 1 Th. 5. 14 ; to cheer, 
exhort, 1 Th. 2.11: whence 

Uapapvdla, as, 17, comfort, en- 
couragement, 1 Co. 14. 3. 

HapapvOiov, iov, to, gentle cheer- 
ing, encouragement, Ph. 2. 1. 

riapavopeu), to, f. -qcrco, (napd & 
vo/10?) to violate or transgress law, 
A<;. 23. 3 : whence 

tlapavop'm, as, rj, violation of law, 
transgression, 2 Pe. 2. 16. 

UapaniKpaivto, f. avco, a. 1. nap- 

tnUpdva, (napd & niKpaCvu>) pr. to 
in< ite to bitter feelings ; to provoke ; 
absol. to act provokingly, be refrac- 
tory, He. 3. 16: (S.) whence 
TlapaniKpacrpos, 0x1, 6, exacerba- 
tion, exasperation, provocation ; con- 
tumacy, rebellion, He. 3. 8, 15. S. 



HAP 

Ylapanlnrco, f. neaovpa^ a. 1. too* 

ene&ov {napd & nimu>) pr. to full by 
the side of; met. to fall off or away 
from, make defection from, He. 6. 6. 
IlapanXeto, co, f. evaopai, (napd & 
7rAiaj) to sail by or past a place, Ac. 
20. 16. 

HapanXncrios, ov, 6, t], to, -01/, 

(napd & 7rArj<rios, near) /»r.near along- 
side ; met. like, similar ; neut. napa- 
nXrja-Lov, adverbially, near to, with a 
near approach to, Ph. 2. 27 : whence 
IIapanXr]0~icos, adv. like, in the same 

or like manner, He. 2. 14. 
Ilapanopevopai, f. evaopai, (napd 
& TTopevojucu) to pass by the side of; 
to pass along, Mat. 27. 39. Mar. 11. 
20 ; 15. 29, et al. 
UapdnTcopa, aros, to, (napan'mrco) 
pr. a stumbling aside, a faJse step; 
in N. T., a trespass, fault, offence, 
transgression, Mat. 6. 14, If; 11. 25, 

26. Ro. 4. 25, et al. ; a fall, defalca- 
tion in faith, Ro. 11. 11, 12. L. G. 

Uapappeco, f. pevcropai, a. 2. nap~ 
eppvr)v, (napd & peoj) to flow beside ; 
to glide aside from ; to fall off from 
profession, decline from steadfastness, 
forfeit faith, He. 2. 1. 
Uapdcrnpov, ou, to, (napd & arjpa) 
a distinguishing mark ; an ensign of 
device of a ship, Ac. 28. 11. 
Tlapao-Kevd^co, f. daco, (napd & 
<Tnevd$uj) to prepare, make ready, 
2 Co. 9. 2, 3; mid. to prepaie one's 
self, put one's self in readiness, Ac. 
10. 10. 1 Co. 14. 8. 
ILapacrKcvr], rjs, rj, a getting ready, 
preparation; in N. T., preparation 
for a feast, day of preparation, Mat 

27. 62. Mar. 15. 42, et al. 
IlapaTeLvoo, (napd & relvco) to ex- 
tend, stretch out; to prolong, con- 
tinue, Ac. 20. 7. 

YLapaTqpeco, co, f. Tjcrco, (napd & 
TT/pe'a>) to watch narrowly, Ac. 9. 24 : 
to observe ov watch insidiously 
Mar. 3. 2. Lu. G. 7 ; 14. 1 ; 20. 20, 
to observe scrupulously, Ga. 4. 10: 
whence 

IlapaTrjprjats, (cos, 17, careful watch- 
ing, intent observation, Lu. 17. 20 
L. G. ; 

UapaTiOrjpi, f. napadrjerto, (napd £ 
•nflrjfu) to place by the side of- v 



HAP 



139 



nAP 



near; to set before, Mar. 6. 41 ; 8. 
6, 7. Lu. 9. 16 ; met. to set or lay be- 
fore, propound, Mat. 13. 24, 31 ; to 
inculcate, Ac. 17. 3 ; to deposit, com- 
mit to the charge of, intrust, Lu. 12. 
48 ; 23. 46 ; to commend, Ac. 14. 23. 
UapaTvyxdva), f. rev^o/iat, a. 2. 

irape-ruxov, (napd & Tvyxdvtu) to hap- 
pen, to chance upon, cnance to meet 
Ac. 17. 17. 
HapavTLKa, adv. (iraod & avrUa) 
instantly, immediatei / ; 6, r), to, nap- 
avrUa, momentary, transient, 2 Co. 
4. 17. 

Hapacpepco, f. oicrco, a. 2. napr]- 
veyKov (wapd & <£epio) to carry past ; 
to cause to pass away, Mar. 14. 36. 
Lu. 22. 42 ; pass, to be swept along, 
v. r. Jude 12 ; to be led away, misled, 
seduced, v. r. He. 13. 9. 

Hapacppoveco, co, f. t)ctg>, (napd & 
4>poueui) to be beside one's wits ; xrapa- 
fypovuv, in foolish style, 2 Co. II. 23: 
whence 

Uapacppovia, ay, fj, madness, folly, 

2 Pe. 2. 16. N. T. 
ETipa;(eipd£a>, (jrapd & ^ei/ia^co) 

to winter, spend the winter, Ac. 27. 

12; 28. 11. 1 Co. 16. 6. Tit. 3. 12: 

whence 

Uapaxeipacrlaj a?, rj, a wintering 

in a place, Ac. 27. 12. L. G. 
riapaxpripa, ado. (napd & xp?)p.a) 

forthwith, immediately, Mat. 21. 19, 

20. Lu. 1. 64, et al. 
flapSaXts, ea>s, rj, (equiv. to ndp- 

6o?) a leopard, or panther, Re. 13. 2. 
Tlapedpevco, f. evcrco, (ndpedpos, 

one who sits by, napd & e'Spa) to sit 

near; to attend, serve, v. r. 1 Co. 

9. 13. 

Hdpeipi, {irapd & elpi) to be be- 
side ; to be present, Lu. 13. 1, et al. ; 
to be come, Mat. 26. 50. Jno. 7. 6 ; 
11.28. Col. 1. 6, et al. ; to be in pos- 
session, He. 13. 5. 2 Pe. 1. 9, 12; 
part. iro.puiv, ovcra, 6v, present, 1 Co. 
5.3; fo napof, the present time, the 
present, He. 12. 11. 

Uapeurdya), f. d£co, (napd & elad- 
yi») to introduce stealthily, 2 Pe. 2. 1 : 
whence 

UapclaaKTOs, ou, 6, rj, clandestinely 
introduced, brought in stealthily, 
Ga. 2. 4. N. T. 



JJapetadvco, v. 5wco, f. 8uo-a>, a. 1 

7rape«re'Sv<ra, (-rapa & eioSvio) to eiltef 
privily, creep in stealthily, steal in. 
Jude 4. 

Uapeiarepxopai, a. 2. TrapeicrrjkOov, 
(irapd 8l eio-ipxpfxai) to supervene, Ro. 
5. 20 ; to steal in, Ga. 2. 4. 

Ilapeicrcpepco, f. oiVco, a. 1. napeio-- 

r\veyKa, (napd & eio~<f)epio) to bring in 
beside ; to bring into play, superin- 
duce, exhibit in addition, 2 Pe. 1. 5. 

Uape<r6s, adv. (napd & £kt6s) with- 
out, on the outside; except, Mat 5. 
32. Ac. 26. 29; to. TrapeKTOS, Other 
matters, 2 Co. 11. 28. S. 

n.apep.(3o\r], 779, 17, (7rapep./3dXXa>, 
to interpose or insert, irapd & enfidX- 
Xw) an insertion beside ; later, a mar- 
shalling of an army ; an array of bat- 
tle, army, He. 11. 34; a camp, He. 

13. 11, 13. Re. 20. 9; a standing 
camp, fortress, citadel, castle, Ac 
21. 34, 37; 22. 24 ; 23. 10, 16, 32. 

LTapei/o^Xeco, a>, f. r)(TG), (napd & 
evoxKew) to superadd molestation ; to 
trouble, harass, Ac. 15. 19. 

IIape7rldr]p,os, ov, 6, 17, (jrapd & 
em'Sry/Aos) residing in a country not 
one's own, a sojourner, stranger, He. 
11. 13. 1 Pe. 1. 1; 2. 11. L. G. 

Ilapepxop.ai, f. eXevaop.ni, a. 2. 

iraprjkdov, (napd & ep^o/xai) to past] 

beside, pass along, pass by, Mat. 8. 
28. Mar. 6. 48 ; to pass, elapse, as 
time, Mat. 14. 15. Ac. 27. 9 ; to pasa 
away, be removed, Mat. 26. 39, 42. 
Mar. 14. 35; met. to pass away, dis- 
appear, vanish, perish, Mat. 5. 18; 
24. 34, 35 ; to become vain, be ren- 
dered void, Mat. 5. 18. Mar. 13. 31 ; 
to pass by, disregard, neglect, Lu. 
1 1 . 42 ; 15. 29 ; to come to the side of, 
come to, Lu. 12. 37 ; 17. 7. 
ndpeo~is, ecos, 17, (Trapi-qpi) a letting 
pass ; remission, forgiveness, pardon, 
Ro. 3. 25. 

Hape^co, f. e£oo, a. 2. itapecrxov, 
(irapd & ex"i) to hold beside ; to hold 
out to, otter, present, Lu. 6. 29 ; to 
confer, render, Lu. 7. 4. Ac. 22. 2; 
28. 2. Col. 4. 1 ; to aflbrd, furnish, 
Ac. 16. 16; 17. 31 ; 19. 24. 1 Ti. 6. 
17 ; to exhibit, Tit. 2. 7 ; to be th« 
cause of, occasion, Mat. 26. 10. Mar. 

14. 6. Lu. 11. 7, et al. 
Uaptjyopla, as, 17, {7rapr)yopt<a) U 



IL4P 



140 



IIAr 



exhort ; to console) exhortatio 1 ; 
comfort, solace, consolation, Col. 4. 
11. 

Tlapdevla, as, fj, virginity, Lu. 2. 

36 : from 

TlapBivos, ov, fj, a virgin, maid. 
Mat. 1. 23; 25. 1, 7, 11. Ac. 21. 9, et 
al. ; in iV. T. also masc, chaste, Re. 
14. 4. 

JJaplnpi, f. napfjcrco, (napd & irj/xi) 
to let pass beside, let fall beside ; to 
relax ; pass. -p.part. hang- 
ing down helplessly, unstrung, fee- 
ble, He. 12. 12. 

Hapio-rnpi, and later also napLcrrd- 

vu>, f. Trapacrrqcrtu, (napd & icrrrjjiu) 

trans, to place beside; to have in 
readiness, provide, Ac. 23. 24 ; to 
present, cause to be present, place 
at the disposal of, Mat. 26. 53. Ac. 
9. 41 ; to present to God, dedicate, con- 
secrate, devote, Lu. 2. 22. Ro. 6. 13, 
19 ; to prove, demonstrate, show, Ac. 
> 1.3; 24. 13; to commend, recommend, 
' 1 Co. 8. 8 ; intrans. p. napea-rrjKa, part. 
irape(TT<t>s, pip. napeiaTriKeiv a. 2. nap- 
iarrqv, and mid., to stand by or be- 
fore, Ac. 27. 24. Ro. 14. 10; to stand 
by, to be present, Mar. 14. 47, 69, 70 ; 
to stand in attendance, attend, Lu. 
1. 19; 19. 24 ; of time, to be present, 
have come, Mar. 4. 29; to stand by 
in aid, to aid, assist, support, Ro. 
16. 2. 

Hdpohos, ov, fj, (napd & 686s) a 
way by ; a passing by ; ev TrapoSw, in 
passing, by the way, 1 Co. 16. 1. 

n.apoiK€(o, <£>, f. rjcro), (ndpomos) to 
dwell beside ; later, to reside in a 
place as a stranger, sojourn, be a 
stranger or sojourner, Lu. 24. 18. 
He. 11.9: whence 

UapotKia, as, fj, a sojourning, tem- 
porary residence in a foreign land, 
Ac. 13. 17. 1 Pe. 1. 17. S. 

TldpoiKos, ov, 6, fj, (napd & oIkos) 
a neighbour ; later, a sojourner, tem- 
porary resident, stranger, Ac. 7. 6, 
29. Ep. 2. 19. 1 Pe. 2. 11. 

Hapoipla, as, 17, (ndpoipos, by the 
road, trite, napd & olp-os) a by-word, 
proverb, adage, 2 Pe. 2. 22; in A. 7'., 
an obscure saying, enigma, Jno. 16. 
25, 29 ; a parable, similitude, figura- 
tive discourse, Jno. 10. 6. 

Hapcwos, ov, 6, fj, (napd & vivos) pr. 



pertaining to wine ; given to win^ 
prone to intemperance, drunken ; 
hence, quarrelsome, insolent, over- 
bearing, 1 Ti. 3. 3. Tit. 1. 7. 

Hapol^ouai, f. ot^rjaopai, p. co^t;- 
pai, (napd & cnx°p-o-i) to have gone by ; 
p. part. napwxr)p.ei'Os, bygone, Ac 
14. 16. 

TIapopoid(u>, f. dVco, to be like, to 
resemble, Mat. 23. 27 : (N. T.) from 

Uapopoios, ota, otov, (napd & 
0/u.oios) nearly resembling, similar, 
like, Mar. 7. 8, 13. 

Tlapo^vvco, f. vvg), (napd & 6^vvoo y 
to sharpen, fr. 6£us) to sharpen ; met. 
to incite, stir up, Ac. 17. 16 ; to irri- 
tate, provoke, 1 Co. 13. 5 : ivhence 

ILapo^vcrpos, ov, 6, an inciting, in- 
citement, He. 1 0. 24 ; a sharp fit ol 
anger, sharp contention, angry dis- 
pute, Ac. 15. 39. 

Hapopyifa, f. iVco, (napd & 6pyl£a>) 
to provoke to anger, irritate, exas- 
perate, Ro. 10. 19. Ep. 6. 4: (S.) 
ivhence 

Hapopyia-pos, ov, 6, provocation to 
anger; anger excited, indignation, 
wrath, Ep. 4. 26. S. 

HapoTpwa, f. vvco, (napd & orpv^ 
vu>, to excite) to stir up, incite, insti 
gate, Ac. 13. 50. 

Hapovaia, as, fj, (ndpeipi) pre- 
sence, 2 Co. 10. 10. Phi. '2. 12; a 
comins, arrival, advent, Ph. 1. 26. 
Mat. 24. 3, 27, 37, 39. 1 Co. 15. 23, 
et al. 

Hapoyfsls, 180s, fj, (napd & tru/ov) 
pr. a dainty side-dish ; meton. a plate, 
platter, Mat. 23. 25, 26- 

Uapprjo-la, as, fj, (pfjais, a speech) 
freedom in speaking, boldness ol 
speech, Ac. 4. 13. 1 Ti. 3. 13; napp-q- 
crto, as an adv. freely, boldly, Jno. 7. 
13. 26 ; SO p-era 7rapp>)cu'as, Ac. 2. 29, 
4. 29, 31 ; licence, authority, Philem. 
8; confidence, assurance, 2 Co. 7. 4. 
Ep. 3. 12. He. 3. 6; 10. 19 ; openness, 
frankness, 2 Co. 3. 12; napprio-iq, 
and ev nappijaia, adverbially, openly, 
plainly, perspicuously, unambigu- 
ously, Mar. 8. 32. Jno. 10. 21 ; pub- 
licly, before all, Jno. 7. 4: whenct 

TLappTjO-id(opai, f. daopat, to speak 
plainly, freely, boldly, and conn 
dently. Ac. 13. 46 ; M. 3, et al. 



1IA2 



Has, iraara, ndv, gen. navros, na- 
eri)?, navTo^, all ; in the sing, all, the 
whole, usually when the sttbst. has the 
article, Mat. 6. 29 ; 8. 32. Ac. 19. 26. 
et al. ; every, only with an anarthrous 
subst.. Mat. 3. 10 ; 4. 4, et al. ; plu. 
all, Mat. 1. 17, et al. freq. ; ndvra, in 
all respects, Ac. 20. 35. 1 Co. 9. 25 ; 
10. 33 ; 1 1. 2 ; by a Hebraism, a nega- 
tive with 7ras is sometimes equivalent 
to ovSei? or f«j8«s, Mat. 24. 22. Lu. 

1. 37. Ac. 10. 14. Ro. 3. 20. 1 Co. I. 
29. Eph. 4. 29, et al. 

Ilacr^a, rd, indec. (Heb. (IDS, Aram. 

^riDS. fr. npQ. t0 P ass over ) the 
passover, the paschal lamb, Mat. 26. 
17. Mar. 14. 12; met. used of Christ, 
the true paschal lamb, 1 Co. 5. 7 ; 
the feast of the passover, the day on 
which the paschal lamb was slain 
and eaten, the lith of Xisan, Mat. 
26.18. Mar. 14. 1. He. 1 1. 28 ; more 
genr., the whole paschal festival, in- 
cluding the seven days of the feast of 
unleavened bread, Mat. 26. 2. Lu. 

2. 41. Jno. 2. 13, et al. 
lltur^o), f. nelaopat, a. 2. enadov, 

p. Trenoi>0a, to be affected by a thing 
whether good or bad; to suffer, en- 
dure evil, Mat. 16. 21 ; 17. 12, 15 ; ?/. 
19 ; absol. to suffer death, Lu. 22. 15 ; 
24. 26, et al. 
n.aTao~o~(x), f. d£co, a. 1. indra^a, 
to strike, beat upon ; to smite, wound, 
Mat. 26. 51. Lu. 22. 49, 50 ; bi/ impl. 
to kill, slay, Mat. 26. 31. Mar. 14. 
27. Ac. 7. 24 ; to strike gently, Ac. 
12. 7; fr. the Heb. to smite, inflict 
evil, afflict with disease, plagues, &c. 
Ac. 12. 23. Re. 11. 6; 19. 15. 

flareco, <£>, f. rjO~a>, {irdros, a path) 
intrans. to tread, Lu. 10. 19; trans. 
to tread the ivinepress, Re. 14. 20 ; 19. 
15 ; to trample, Lu. 21. 24. Re. 1 1. 2. 

tlurr/p, repos, rpos, 6, a father, 
Mat. 2. 22; 4. 21, 22; spc. used of 
God, as the Father of man by crea- 
tion, preservation, &c, Mat. 5. 16, 45, 
48 ; ami peculiarly as the Father of 
our Lord Jesus Christ, Mat. 7. 21. 
2 Co. 1.3; the founder of a race, re- 
mote progenitor, forefather, ances- 
tor. Mat. 3. 9; 23. 30, 32; an elder, 
senior, father in age, 1 Jno. 2. 13, 14; 
a spiritual father, 1 Co. 4. 15; father, 
author, cause, source, Jno. 8. 44. He. 
12. 9. Ja. 1. 17 ; used as an appella- 
tion of lionour. Mat. 23. 9. Ac. 7. 2. 



141 nn 

HarpaXcous, uu, o, (na -rjp & a\oaa> t 
v. dAotdo), to smite) a striker of hia 
father; a parricide, 1 Ti. 1.9. 
Ilarptd, as, 17, (ftarrjp) descent, 
lineage; a family, tribe, race, Lu. 2. 

4. Ac. 3.25. Ep. 3. 15. 
UaTpidpxT]s, ov, 6, (Trarptd & apx^j) 

a patriarch, head or founder of a 
family, Ac. 2. 29 ; 7.8,9. He. 7. 4. S. 

Harpinos, tj, 6v, (jrarrjp) from 
fathers or ancestors, ancestral, pa- 
ternal, Ga. 1. 14. 
UarpLS, l8os, 77, (fr. same) one's na- 
tive place, country, or city, Mat. 13. 
54, 57. Mar. 6. 1, 4. Lu. 4. 23, 24. 
Jno. 4. 44. 
UarpoTrapadoros, ov, 6, 77, (7rarr]p 
& 7rapa5oTo?, fr. 7rapaSi5(Oju.t) handed 
down or received by tradition from 
one's fathers or ancestors, 1 Pe. 1. 18. 
L. G. 

UciTpcoos, a, ov, (Trarnp) received 
from one's ancestors, paternal, an 
cestral, Ac. 22. 3 ; 24. 14 ; 28. 17. 
Ilavu), f. 7ravo-a>, to cause to pause 
or cease, restrain, prohibit, 1 Pe. 3 
10; mid., p. Trenavfjia.1, to cease, stop, 
leave off, desist, refrain, Lu. 5. 4 ; 8 
24, et al. 

Ilaxvvu), f. vva>, a. 1. pass. £iraxvv~ 
0y}v, (ttoxv's, fat, gross) to fatten, make 
gross; met. pass, to be rendered 
gross, dull, unfeeling, Mat. 13. 15. 
Ac. 28. 27. 
Tledrj, 779, r), (Tre£a, the foot) a fetter, 

Mar. 5. 4. Lu. 8. 29. 
Uedivos, 77, ov, {ivcblov, a plain, 
neSov, the ground) level, flat, Lu. 
6. 17. 

Ue^evco, f. ewco, (ne^a, the foot) 
■or. to travel on foot ; to travel by 
land, Ac. 20. 13. 
IIe^7, adv. (pr. dat. fern, of Tre^o'?, 
ri, 6v, pedestrian, fr. ne^a) on foot, or, 
by land, Mat. 14. 13. Mar. 6. 33. 

Tlsidapxtu), <o, f. 770-co, (irelOopai 
& dpx»j) to obey one in authority, Ac. 

5. 29, 32. Tit. 3. 1 ; genr. to obey, fol- 
low, or conform to advice, Ac. 27. 21. 

Ileidos, 77, ov, (tt€i8co) persuasive, 
1 Co. 2. 4. N. T. 

60s, ovs, fj, Suada, the god- 
dess of persuasion ; persuasivenesi 
V. r. 1 Co. 2. 4. 



IIEI 



142 



HEN 



IIf.'$CO, f. 7Tf£(TC0, p. 77€TT€LKa, &. 1. 

tTmcra, p. pass. jre/reio-p-cu, a. 1. pass. 
eneia^v, to persuade, seek to per- 
suade, endeavour to convince, Ac. 
18. 4 ; 19. 8, 26; 28. 23; to persuade, 
influence by persuasion, Mat. 27. 20. 
Ac. 13. 43 ; 16. 28 ; to incite, insti- 
gate, Ac. 14. 29; to appease, render 
tranquil, to quiet, 1 Jno. 3. 19 ; to 
strive to conciliate, aspire to the 
favour of, Ga. 1. 10; to pacify, con- 
ciliate, win over, Mat. 28. 14. Ac. 
12. 20; pass. <t mid. to be persuaded 
of, be confident of, Lu. 20. 6. Eo. 8. 
38. He. 6. 9 ; to suffer one's self to 
be persuaded, yield to persuasion, to 
be induced, Ac. 21. 14; to be con- 
vinced, to believe, yield belief, Lu. 16. 
31. Ac. 17.4; to assent, listen to, obey, 
follow, Ac. 5. 36, 37, 40 ; p. 2. TreVoifla, 
to be assured, be confident, 2 Co. 2. 3. 
Ph. 1. 6. He. 13. 18; to confide in, 
trust, rely on, place hope and con- 
fidence in, Mat. 27. 43. Mar. 10. 24. 
Ro. 2. 19. 

Xletmco, co, f. acrco, & rjaco, a. 1. 
erreiVao-a, (newa, hunger) to hunser, 
be hungry, Mat. 4. 2. Mar. 11. 12; 
to be exposed to hunger, be famished, 
i Co. 4. 1 1. Phi. 4. 12"; met. to hunger 
after, desire earnestly, long for, Mat. 
5. 6. 

JJetpa, a?, 77, a trial, attempt, endea- 
vour; ka^pdveiv ireipav, to attempt, 
He. 11. 29 ; also, to experience, He. 
11. 36 : whence 

Iletpd^co, f. deco, a. 1. iire'ipdcra, 
p. pass. TTeireLpa.vp.OLi, a. 1. pass, e~eip- 
d<T&r)v, to make proof or trial of, put 
to the proof, tchether with good or 
mischievous intent. Mat. 16. 1; 22.35, 
et al. ; absol. to attempt, essay, Ac. 
16. 7 ; 24. 6 ; in X. T., to tempt, Mat. 
4. 1, et al. ; to try, subject to trial, 
1 Co. 10. 13, et al. : whence 

Ueipao-pds, ov, 6, a putting to the 
proof, proof, trial, 1 Pe. 4. 12. He. 
3. 8 ; direct temptation to sin, Lu. 4. 
13; trial, temptation, Mat. 6. 13; 26. 
41; 1 Co. 10. 13, et al.; trial, ca- 
lamity, affliction, Lu. 22. 28, et al. S. 

Heipdopai, co/j.at, f. acropai, (i. q. 
Act. neipaw, fr. rrelpa) to try, attempt, 
assay, endeavour, Ac. 9. 26 ; 26. 21. 

Ileiafimrf]^ 77?, 17, (jre'idco) a yielding 
to persuasion, assent, Ga. 5. 8. N. T. 

UtXdyos, cos, to, the deep, the 



open sea, Mat. 18. 6 ; a sea, contra 
distinguished from the sea in general 
and named from an adjacent country 
Ac. 27. 5. 

IleXe>a'£co, f. tcrco, (rreXeicvs, an axe) 
to sti ike or cut with an axe ; to be- 
head, Re. 20. 4. 

HtfjLTTTos, T], ov, (Trevre) fifth, Re. 
6. 9; 9. 1 ; 16. 10; 21. 20. 

LTe'/xTrco, f. yco, a. 1. £7re/x\//'a, a. 1. 
pass. eTTen<f>(h)v, to send, to dispatch 
on any message, embassy, business, 
&c.,Mat.2.8; 11.2; 14.10; to trans- 
mit, Ac. 1 1. 29. Re. 1. 1 1 ; to dismiss, 
permit to go, Mar. 5. 12 ; to send in 
or among, 2 Th. 2. 1 1 ; to thrust in, 
or put forth, Re. 14. 15, 18. 

Ilez^s-, 77T09, 6, t), (7T€VOftai, to la- 
bour for one's bread) pr. one who 
labours for his bread ; poor, needy, 
2 Co. 9. 9. 

Uevdepd, a?, r), a mother-in-law, 
Mat. 8. 14; 10. 35. Mar. 1. 30. Lu. 

4. 38 ; 12. 53 : from 

Jlevdepos, od, 6, a father-in-law, 

Jno. 18. 13. 
LTev#eco, co, f. 770-co, a. 1. eVe'i'&icra, 

trans, to lament over, 2 Co. 12. 21 ; 

absol. to lament, be sad, mourn, Mat. 

5. 4; 9. 15. Mar. 16. 10, et al. ; mid. 
to bewail one's self, to feel compunc- 
tion, 1 Co. 5. 2 : from 

IlevOos, eos, to, mourning, sorrow, 
sadness, grief, Ja. 4. 9, et al. 

Ilei't^po's, d, oV, {Trivrjs) poor, needy, 
Lu. 21. 2. 

j TlevraKis, adv. (jrevre) five times, 
j 2 Co. 11. 24. 

Uevraiacrxikioi, at, a, (7reVre & 
vi'Atot) five times one thousand, five 
thousand, Mat. 14. 21 ; 16. 9, et al. 

lie vraKoaioi, at, a, (Trevre) five hun- 
dred, Lu. 7. 41. 1 Co. 15. 6. 

IleVre, ot, at,, to, indec, five, Mat. 
I 14. 17, 19; 16. 9, et al. 

HevT€Kai8tKaTO?, 77, ov, (7reWe, *at, 
& £«a) fifteenth, Lu. 3. 1. 

UevTT]K.ovTa, 01, at, to, {irivre) fifty 
Mar. 6. 40. Lu. 7. 41, et al. 

UevrrjKoaTT], 77?, 77, (fern, of Trev- 
ttjkootos, fiftieth) Pentecost, or the 
Feast of Weeks ; one of the three gr rtrf 
Jeicish festivals, so called because u 
was celebrated on the fiftieth day 



riEn 



143 



ITEP 



reckoning from the seco-ud day of the 
feast of unleavened bread, i. e. from 
the 16th day of Nisan, Ac. 2. 1 ; 20. 
16. 1 Co. 16. 8. 

rie7roi^r/cri?, fwf, ^, (Trerroida, 2 p. 
of neCOu) trust, confidence, reliance, 
2 Cc. 1. 15, etal. S. 

Ilfp, crxlit. particle, serving to add 
force to the word to which it is sub- 
joined. 

tlfpav, adv. across, beyond, over, on 
the other side, Mat. 4. 15, 25; 19. 1. 
Jno. 6. 1, 17 ; 6, ^, to, irepav, farther, 
on the farther side, and to irepav, the 
farther side, the other side, Mat. 8. 
18, 28; 14. 22, et al. 

He pas, aro?, rd, an extremity, end, 
Mat. 12. 42. Lu. 11. 31. Ro. 10. 18; 
an end, conclusion, termination, He. 
6. 16. 

Ilepi, prep., with a genitive, pr. of 
place, about, around ; about, con- 
cerning, respecting, Mat. 2. 8 ; 11. 
10; 22. 31. Jno. 8. 18. Ro. 8. 3, et 
al. freq. ; with an accusative, of place, 
about, around, round about, Mat. 3. 
4. Mar. 3. 34. Lu. 13. 8 ; oi irepiriva, 
the companions of a person, Lu. 22. 
49; a person and his companions, 
Ac. 13. 13; simply a person, Jno. 11. 
19; to. irepi nva, the condition, cir- 
cumstances of any one, Ph. 2. 23 ; of 
time, about, Mat. 20. 3, 5, 6, 9 ; about, 
concerning, respecting, touching, Lu. 
10. 40. 1 Ti. 1. 19; 6. 21. Tit. 2. 7, 
et al. 

ITeptdyo), f. d£a), (nepl & uyu>) to 
lead around, carry about in one's 
company, 1 Co. 9. 5 ; to traverse, Mat. 
4. 23 ; 9. 35 ; 23. 15. Mar. 6. G ; absol. 
to go up and down, Ac. 13. 11. (a.) 

Ileptatpeoo, <£, f. t^cco, a. 2. 7repifi- 
\ov, (irepi & aipeoj) to take off, lift off, 
remove, 2 Co. 3. 16; to cast off, Ac. 
27. 40 ; met. to cut off hope, Ac. 27. 
20; met. to take away sin, remove 
the guilt of sin, make expiation for 
sin, He. 10. 11. 

nepiarTpaTTTO), f. -v^co, (7repi & dcr- 
TpaTTTU)) to lighten around, shine like 
lightning around, Ac. 9. 3; 22. 6. 

rifpt/3dXXa), f. /3aXa>, a. 2. 7repte- 
/9a\oi>, p. pass. irepif3e[i\7)ixai, (irepi & 
paWoi) to cast around ; to clothe, 
Mat. 25. 36, 38, 43; mid. to clothe 
one's self, to be clothed, Mat. 6. 99, 
81. Lu. 23, U, Jno, 19. 2. Ac. i» 8. 



Re. 4. 4, et al. ; to cast around a t&y t 
to draw a line of circumvallation, Lu. 
19. 43. ^ 

LTfpt/3XeVopai, f. \jsop.ai, (i. q. nepo 

/SXen-a), fr. irepi & pXena)) trans, to 

look round upon, Mar. 3. 5, 34; 11. 

11. Lu. 6. 10 ; absol. to look around, 

Mar. 5. 32 ; 9. 8 ; 10. 23. 
Hepifiokaiov, ou, to, (7rept/3dXXo)) 

that which is thrown around any 

one, clothing, covering, vesture; a 

cloak, mantle, He. 1. 12; a covering, 

a veil, 1 Co. 11. 15. 
LTepiSeco, f. no~co, p. pass. Se'Sepat, 

(irepi & Seco) to bind round about ; 

pass, to be bound around, be bound 

up, Jno. 11. 44. 
Uepicpydfap.ai, f. dcrofiai, (7rept, 

intensive, & epyd£op.ai) to do a thing 

with excessive or superfluous care ; 

to be a busy-body, 2 Th. 3. 11. 

TlepUpyos, ov, 6, 17, (irepi & epyov) 
over careful ; officious, a busy-body, 
1 Ti. 5. 13; in N. T., irepiepya, magic 
arts, sorcery, Ac. 19. 19. 

Uepiepxop.a.1, a. 2. rjXdov, (nepi & 
epxop-ai) to go about, wander about, 
rove, Ac. 19. 13. He. 11. 37; to go 
about, visit. from house to house, 1 Ti. 
5. 13; to take a circuitous course, 
Ac. 28. 13. 

LTepte^a), f. 7Tfpte|co, a. 2. 7rept 
€<rxov (nepi & ex<") to encompass, 
enclose; to embrace, contain, as a 
writing, Ac. 23 25 ; met. to encom- 
pass, seize on the mind, Lu. 5. 9 ; 7re- 
pie'xei, impers. it is contained, it is 
among the contents of a writing, 
1 Pe. 2. 6. 

Uepi£a)vvvp.i, & raco, fr. ^koova, p. 

ass. irepie^tocriAai (irepi & fiiwfii) to 
ind around with a girdle, gird ; in 
N. T., mid. to gird one's self in pre- 
paration for bodily motion and exer- 
tion, Lu. 12. 37 ; 17. 8, et al. ; to wear 
a girdle, Re. 1. 13; 15. 6. 
Hepldecris, ecos, 17, (TTepiTlBrjp.i) a 
putting on, wearing of dress, &c. 
1 Pe. 3. 3. N. T. 
HepuaTqp.1, f. Trepio-Trjcra), (irep'i & 
io-Trjp-t) to place around ; intrans. a. 2. 
irepit<TTT)v, p. part. 7rep<.eo"Tt6s, to stand 
around, Jno. 11. 42. Ac. 25.7; mid. 
to keep aloof from, avoid, shun, 2 Ti 
2. 1G. Tit. 3. 9. 
LTf piKadap/xa^ aTos, rd, (nepucaB 



IIEP 



144 



HEP 



awMo, to cleanse, purify, fr. nepi & 
KaBaCfxa) pr. offscouring, filth ; met. 
refuse, outcast, 1 Co. 4. 1 i. S. 

n.€piKa\v7TTCO, f. \|/-0), (7Tfpt & Kd- 

Xvnro)) to cover round about, cover 
over; to cover the face, Mar. 14. 65 ; 
to blindfold, Lu. 22. 64; pass, to be 
overlaid, He. 9. 4. 

UepiKeipai, f. Kelcrnpai, (nepl & 
Kel/xai) to lie around, be circumja- 
cent ; to environ, He. 12.1; to be 
hung round, Mar. 9. 42. Lu. !7. 2; 
to have around one's self, to wear, 
Ac. 28. 20; to be beset, He. 5. 2. 

n.epiK€(paXala, as, r), (fern, of wepi- 

Ke<£a\aio?, irepL & Ke^aArj) a helmet, 
Ep. 6. 17. 1 Th. 5. 8. L. G. 

llepiKparrjs, cos, 6, r), {irepl & Kpa- 
reto) overpowering ; TrepiKpom?? ' ye- 
veaOai, to become master of, to secure, 
Ac. 27. 16. L. G. 

XlepiKpvTTTco, f. yf/co, {irepl & Kpvrr- 
roi) to conceal by envelopment; to 
conceal in retirement, Lu. 1.24. L. G. 

UepiKVK\6(0, f. oWo), (7Tf/3t & Kl/K- 

Aooj) to encircle, surround, Lu. 19. 43. 
UepiXdp.7T(o, f. y\ra>, (7repi & \dp- 

7rw) to shine around, Lu. 2. 9. Ac. 

26.13. L. G. 
IIeptXet7ra), f. \f/a>, inept & XeiVco) 

to leave remaining ; pass, to remain, 

survive, 1 Th. 4. 15, 17. 

HepiXvTTOS, OV, 6, 17, (7T€p[ & AvTTTl) 

greatly grieved, exceedingly sorrow- 
ful, Mat. 26. 38. Mar. 6. 26; 14. 34, 
et al % 

Ilepipevco, f. eW>, (7rept & peVto) 
to await, wait for, Ac. 1. 4. 

Hepi^, adv. (irepl) round about ; 6, 
^, to, Trepi^, circumjacent, neighbour- 
ing, Ac. 5. 16. 

YlfpLotKeco, a>, f. ijcrco, to dwell 
around, or in the vicinity; to be a 
neighbour, Lu. 1. 65 : from 

ILeploiKos, ou, 6, rj, (rrepl & oIkos) 
one who dwells in the vicinity, a 
neighbour, Lu. 1. 58. 

Tlepiovcrios, ou, 6, r), (nepiovala, 
abundance, wealth, fr. 7repiec.p.i, to 
superabound) superabundant; pecu- 
liar, special, Tit. 2. 14. S. 

HepioxTj, rjs, rj, (7Tfpie^a)) a com- 
pass, circumference, contents ; a sec- 
tion, u portion of Scripture, Ac. 8. 32. 



IlepnraTeca, £>, f. Tjcrco^ [rrfpi A 
jrareoj) to wilk, walk about, Mat. 9. 
5; 11.5; 14. 25, 26, 29, et al. ; to rove, 
roam, 1 Pe. 5. 8 ; with p-erd, to ac- 
company, follow, have intercourse 
with, Jno. 6. 66. Re. 3. 4 ; to have 
one's locality, frequent, Jno. 7. 1 ; 

11. 54; fr. the Heb. to live in any 
particular manner, follow a course 
of life or conduct, have one's conver- 
sation, behave, Ro. 6. 4 ; 8. 1, et al. 

Tiepiirelpio, f. nepco, a. 1. nepU- 

ireipa, (nepC & irei'poj) to put on a 
spit, transfix ; met. to pierce, wound 
deeply, 1 Ti. 6. 10. 
liepLTr'mrw, f. necrovpai, a. 2. 7re- 

pieireaov (rrepC & ttlttto)) to fall around 
or upon, to fall in with, Lu. 10. 30 ; 
to fall into, light upon, Ac. 27. 41 ; 
to be involved in, Ja. 1. 2. 

Tlepnroieod, f. 770-0), (7repi & ttouu>) 
to cause to remain over and above, 
to reserve, save; mid. to acquire 
gain, earn, 1 Ti. 3. 13; to purchase, 
Ac. 20. 28 : whence 

Hepnrolrjcris, ecos, r), a laying up, 
keeping ; an acquiring or obtaining, 
acquisition, 1 Th. 5. 9. 2 Th. 2. 14; 
a saving, preservation, He. 10. 39 ; a 
peculiar possession, specialty, Eph. 
1. 14. 1 Pe. 2. 9. 

Uepipprjyvupi, f. prjtjco, (Trepi & 
piqywfxt.) to break or tear all round ; 
to strip off, Ac. 16. 22. 

Ilepicnrda), co, f. do~a>, (7repi & 
0-77-aaj) to draw off from around ; to 
wheel about; to distract; pass, to 
be distracted, over-busied, Lu. 10.40. 

Hepicraeia, as, r), (7reptcro-et'a)) su- 
perabundance, Ro. 5. 17. 2 Co. 8. 2 ; 
10. 15. Ja. 1. 21. S. 

lie pier a ev pa, aros, to. more than 
enough, residue over and above, Mar. 
&. 8; abundance, exuberance, Mat. 

12. 34. Lu. 6. 45 ; superabundance, 
affluence, 2 Co. 8. 13, 14 . (L. G.)from 

Hep to- a even, f. evcru), to be over and 
above, to be superfluous. Mat. 14. 20; 
Mar. 12. 44. Lu. 21. 4, et al.; to exist 
in full quantity, to abound, be abun- 
dant, Ro. 5. 15. 2 Co. 1. 5; to in- 
crease, be augmented, Ac. 16. 5; to 
be advanced, be rendered more pro- 
minent, Ro. 3. 7 ; of persons, to be 
abundantly gifted, richly furnished, 
abound, Lu. 15. 17. Ro. 15. 13, 1 Co. 



IIEP 



U6 



rmr 



14. 12. 2 Co. 8. 7, et a*. ; to be pos- 
gessed of a full sufficiency, Phi. 4. 12, 
18 ; to abound in performance, 1 Co. 

15. 58 ; to be a gainer, 1 Co. 8. 8 ; in 
N. T., trans, to cause to be abun- 
dant, 2 Co. 4. 15 ; 9. 8. Eph. 1.8; to 
cause to be abundantly furnished, 
cause to abound, 1 Th. 3. 12; pass. 
to be gifted with abundance, Mat. 
13. 12; 25. 29: from 

llipiaaos, 17, ov, (nepl) over and 
above, Mat. 5. 37 ; superfluous, 2 Co. 
9. 1 ; extraordinary, Mat. 5. 47 ; corn- 
par. more, greater, Mat. 11.9; 23. 14, 
et al. ; excessive, 2 Co. 2. 7 ; adver- 
bially, irepKTcrov, in full abundance, 
Jno. 10. 10; Trepio-aorepov & e< nepMT- 
crov, exceedingly, vehemently, Mar. 
6. 51 ; 7. 36. 1 Co. 15. 10. Eph. 3. 20, 
et al. ; to -aepMrcrov, pre-eminence, ad- 
vantage, Ro. 3. 1 : whence 

Ylept(r(TOTepa)s, adv. more, more 
abundantly, more earnestly, more 
vehemently, Mar. 15. 14. 2 Co. 7. 13, 
et al. ; exceedingly, Ga. 1. 14. 

llepicrcrcos, adv. much, abundantly, 
vehemently, Ac. 26. 11; more, more 
abundantly, Mat. 27. 23. Mar. 10. 26. 

Hepio-Tepd, as, r), a dove, pigeon, 
Mat. 3. 16; 10. 16, et al. 

Uepirepvco, f. repft>, p. pass, rrept- 
TeV/jujjuai, a. 2. irepieTep.ov, (irepi & rep.- 
vo)) to cut around ; to circumcise, 
remove the prepuce, Lu. I. 59; 2. 
21, et al. ; met. Col. 2. 11; mid. to 
6ubmit to circumcision, Ac. 15. 1, 
et al. 

MepiTidrjpi, f. 7repidr)cra>, a. 1. 7re- 

pu'dy}Ka, a. 2. Trepii9r\v, (irepi & riOriixt) 
to place around, put about or around, 
Mat. 21. 33 ; 27. 28, et al. ; met. to at- 
tach, bestow, 1 Co. 12. 23. 

UfpiTopr), r)s, r), (irfpirepvu)) cir- 
cumcision, the act or custom of cir- 
aumcision, Jno. 7. 22, 23. Ac. 7. 8 ; 
the state of being circumcised, the 
being circumcised, Ro. 2. 25, 26, 27 ; 
4. 10; meton. the circumcision, those 
who are circumcised, Ro. 3. 30 ; 4. 9 ; 
met. spiritual circumcision of the 
heart and affections, Ro. 2. 29. Col. 
2. 1 1 ; meton. persons spirituxdly cir- 
cumcised, Phi. 3. 3. S. 

Tlepirpena), f. yjfco, inept & rpeTrw) 
to turn about; to bring round into 
nny state. Ac. 26. 24. 

llf/jirpe'xto, a. 2. jrepudpap-ov, (7re« 



pt & rpe'xto) to run about, run up ami 

down, Mar. 6. 55. 
Hepicpepco, f. 7repto[cr<o, a. 7rcpt«- 

■qveyKa & TTfpvqveyKOV, (nept & <f>epa>) to 
bear or carry about, Mar. 6. 55 ; 2 Co. 
4. 10 ; pass, to be borne about hither 
and thither, to be whirled about, 
driven to and fro, Ep. 4. 14. He. 13. 
9. Jude 12. 

Hepi(ppovea>, a>> f. rjcra), (irtpi & 
<j>prii>) to contemplate, reflect on; 
to despise, disregard, Tit. 2. 15. 

n.€pi)(eopos, 6, r), (rrept & ^topa) 
circumjacent ; rj 7repi'xiopos, sc. yr), aa 
adjacent or circumjacent region, 
country round about, Mat. 14. 35. 
Mar. 1. 28 ; meton. inhabitants of the 
region round about, Mat. 3. 5. L. G. 

UepLy ijpa, aros, to, (irepitydto, to 
wipe on every side) filth which ia 
wiped off; offscouring; met. 1 Co. 4. 
13. N. T. 

Hepnepevopai, f. evcropat, (Treprre- 
pos, braggart) to vaunt one's self, 
Co. 13. 4. L. G. 

Ilepvcri, adv. (irepas,) last year, a 
year ago, 2 Co. 8. 10. 

Herdopai, copai, a later form for- 
nerofj-ai, Re. 4. 7; 14. 6; 19. 17. 

UtTeivov, ov, to, (neut. of 7rer«- 
ros, 17, oV, winged, flying, fr. 7reVopat) 
a bird, fowl, Mat. 6. 26 ; 8. 20, et al. 

Hiropai, f. TT€Tr]aopai & tttt)q~o- 
f*ai, to fly, Re. 12. 14. 

EEeVpa, as, rj, a rock, Mat. 7. 24, 25, 
et al. ; met. Ro. 9. 33. 1 Pe. 2. 8 ; 
crags, clefts, Re. 6. 15, 16; stony 
ground, Lu. 8. 6, 13. 

Uerpos, ov, 6, a stone ; in N. T., 
the Greek rendering of the surname 
Cephas, given to the Apostle Simon, 
and having, therefore, the same sense 
OS nerpa, Peter, Mat. 4. 18 ; 8. 14, et al. 

IleTpu)8r)s, eos, ovs, 6, 17, to, -ey, 
(wirpa, 7reVpos) like rock ; stony, 
rocky, Mat. 13. 5, 20. Mar. 4. 5, 16. 

Hr)ydvov, ov, to, rue, a plant, ruta 
graveolens of Linn., Lu. 11. 42. 

Tlrjyr), r)s, rj, a source, spring, foun- 
tain, Ja. 3. 11, 12; a well, Jno. 4. 6; 
an issue, flux, flow, Mar. 5. 29 ; met, 
Jno. 4. 14. 

Hrjyvvpi & irrjyvvco, f. a. 1. (• 
mjfa, to fasten ; pitch a tent, H«. 8. % 
11 



nHA 



\46 



Ylrj&akiov, iov, to, (jvnhov, the blade 
of an oar) a rudder, Ac. 27. 40. Ja. 
3. 4. 

HnXiKos, rj, ov, how large, Ga. 6. 11 ; 
how great in dignity, He. 7. 4. (t) 

IlnXdV, ov, 6, moist earth, mud, 
slime, Jno. 9. 6, 11, 14, 15; clay, pot- 
ter's clay, Ro. 9. 21. 

Hrjpa, as, 17, a leather bag or sack 
for provisions, scrip, wallet, Mat. 10. 
10 Mar. 6. 8, et al. 

llrj)(vs, ecos, 6, pr. cubitus, the fore- 
arm ; hence, a cubit, a measure of 
length, equal to the distance from the 
elbow to the extremity of the little 
finger, usually considered as equiva- 
lent to a foot and a half, or 17 inches 
and a half, Jno. 21. 8. Re. 21.7; met. 
of time, a span, Mat. 6. 27. Lu. 12. 25. 

Uia(a>, (a later form for inifa, de- 
rived from the Doric) f. do-w, a. 1. 
eTTtWa, to press ; in N. T., to take or 
lay hold of, Ac. 3. 7 ; to take, catch 
fish, &c, Jno. 21. 3, 10. Re. 19. 20; 
to take, seize, apprehend, arrest, 
Jno. 7. 30, 32, 44, et al. 

Tiie£a>, f. eVco, p. pass. ireTrU a pai, 
to press, to press or squeeze down, 
make compact by pressure, Lu. 6. 38. 

Tli6avo\oyia, as, f], (mOavos, per- 
suasive, 7T6i'0o), & A670S) persuasive 
speech, plausible discourse, Col. 2. 4. 

UiKpaLVco, ava>, (rriKpos) to embitter, 
render bitter, Re. 10. 9 ; pass, to be 
embittered, be made bitter, Re. 8. 
11; 10. 10; met. pass, to be embit- 
tered, to grow angry, harsh, Col. 
3. 19. 

UiKpia, as, f), bitterness, Ac. 8. 23. 
He. 12. 15; met. bitterness of spirit 
and language, harshness, Ro. 3. 14. 
Ep. 4. 31 : from 

TltKpos, f], ov, bitter, Ja. 3. 11 ; met. 
bitter, harsh, Ja. 3. 14: whence 

Umpcos, adv. bitterly, Mat. 26. 75. 
Lu. 22. 62. 

YllpiiK-qpLi, f. Tr\r)o~co, a. 1. pass. 
eirKrjo&qv, to fill, Mat. 27. 48, et al. ; 
pass, to be filled mentally, be under 
full influence, Lu. 1. 15; 4.28,et al.; 
to be fulfilled, v. r. Lu. 21. 22; of 
stated time, to be brought to a close, 
arrive at its close, Lu. 1. 23, 57; 2. 6, 
21, 22. 

TliinTpnp.1, f. 7rpr)a'ui t to set on fire, 



burn, inflame ; in JV, T.,pass. to sv ?, 
from inflammation, Ac. 28. 6. 

IlivaKiftiov, iov, to, a small tablet 
for writing, Lu. 1. 63 : dimin. of 

aKos, o, pr. a board or plank; 
in N. T., a plate, platter, dish on 
which food was served, Mat. 14. 3, 11 
et al. 

Hivco, f. Trlopai, & TTiovpai, a. 2. 
emov, p. ne-moKa, to drink, Mat. 6. 
25, 31 ; 26. 27, 29, et al. freq. , trap, of 
the earth, to drink in, imbibe, He. 6. 7. 

Hiorrjs, ttjtos, f], (7rla>v, fat) fatness, 
richness, Ro. 11. 17. 

Unrpdo-KO), p. TrirrpaKa, pass. p. 
7re7rpa.ju.a1, a. 1. enpaQr)v, (redupl. fr. 
nepdu), to bring from a distance to 
to sell) to sell, Mat. 13. 46; 18. 25, 
et al. ; met. with vno, pass, to be sold 
under, to be a slave to, be devoted 
to, Ro. 7. 14. 

YI'itttu), f. ireaovpai, p. rreiTTaiKa, 
a. 2. enecrov, & in N. T., a. 1. 67recra, 
to fall, Mat. 15. 27. Lu. 10. 18; to 
fall, fall prostrate, fall down, Mat. 
17.6; 18.29. Lu. 17. 16 ; to fall down 
dead, Lu. 21.24; to fall, fall in ruins, 
Mat. 7. 25, 27. Lu. 11. 17; met. to 
fall, come by chance, as a lot, Ac. 1. 
26; to fall, to fail, become null and 
void, tail to the ground, Lu. 16. 17: 
to fall, to come into a worse state 
Re. 2. 5; to come to ruin, Ro. 11. 11 
He. 4. 11 ; to fall into sin, Ro. 11. 22. 
1 Co. 10. 12 ; to fall in judgment, be 
condemned and punished, Re. 14. 8, 
to fall upon, seize, Re. 11.11; to light 
iq>on. Re. 7. 16; to fall under, incur 
Ja. 5. 12. 

Ilioreuco, f. evacc, p. TreirlaTevKa^ 
(7ri(7Tis) to believe, give credit to, 
Mar. I. 15; 16. 13. Lu. 24.25; in- 
trans, to believe, have a mental per- 
suasion, Mat. 8. 13 ; 9. 28. Ja. 2. 19 ; 
to believe, be of opinion, Ro. 14. 23 
in N. 7'., iTHTTeveiv iv, eis, errl, to be- 
lieve in or on, Mat. 18. 6; 27. 42. 
Jno. 3. 15, 16, 18; absol. to believe, 
be a believer, profess the religion of 
Jesus, Ac. 2. 44; 4. 4, 32; 13. 48; 
tra?is. to intrust, commit to the 
charge or power of, Lu. 16. 11. Jno. 

2. 24 ; pass, to be intrusted with, Ro. 

3. 2. 1 Co. 9. 17. 

JJiq-tikos, r), 6v, (7tio~t6s) genuine 

Sure, unadulterated, or (ttiVw) < yai4 
lax. 14. 3. Jno. 12. 3. N. T. 



147 



iiae 



CI/oris, fcos, 17, (neMo/Mii) faith, 
belief, firm persuasion, 2 Co. 5. 7. 
He. 11.1; assurance, firm conviction, 
Ro. 14. 23; argument, proof, assur- 
ance, Ac. 17. 31 ; good faith, honesty, 
integrity, Mat. 23. 23. Ga. 5. 22. Tit. 

2. 10 ; faithfulness, truthfulness, Ro. 

3. 3; in N. T., faith in God and 
Christ, Mat. 8. 10. Ac. 3. 16, et al. 
freq. ; i) ttiVtis, the matter of Gospel 
faith, Ac. 6. 7. Jude 3, et al. 

TIio~r6s, rj, ov, (7reld(o) faithful, 
true, trusty, Mat. 24. 45; 25. 21, 23. 
Lu. 12.42. 2 Ti. 2.2; true, veracious, 
Re. 1. 5; 2. 13; credible, sure, cer- 
tain, indubitable, Ac. 13. 34. 1 Ti. 
1. 15; believing, yielding belief and 
confidence, Jno. 20. 27. Ga. 3. 9 ; 
spc. a Christian believer, Ac. 10. 45 ; 
16. 1, 15. 2 Co. 6. 15 : whence 

ntfrrdo), 5), f. too-o), to make trust- 
worthy ; pass, to be assured, feel sure 
"belief, 2 Ti. 3. 14. 

XlXavdw, co, f. r](T(x>, a. 1. iirXavqca, 
to lead astray, cause to wander; 
pass, to go astray, wander about, 
stray, Mat. 18. 12, 13. 1 Pe. 2.25; 
met. to mislead, deceive, Mat. 24. 4, 
5, 11, 24; pass, to be deceived, err, 
mistake, Mat. 22. 29 ; to seduce, de- 
lude, Jno. 7. 12 ; pass, to be seduced 
or wander from the path of virtue, 
to sin, transgress, Tit. 3. 3. He. 5. 2. 
Ja. 5. 19, et al. : from 

QXdi/77, T]s, r), a wandering ; deceit, de- 
ception, delusion, imposture, fraud, 
Mat. 27. 64. 1 Th. 2. 3 ; seduction, 
deceiving, Ep. 4. 14. 2 Th. 2. 11. 

1 Jno. 4. 6; error, false opinion, 

2 Pe. 3. 17 ; wandering from the path 
cf truth ami virtue, perverseness, 
wickedness, sin, Ro. 1. 27. Ja. 5. 20. 
2 Pe. 2. 18. Jude 11 : whence 

llXavnrrjs, ov, 6, a rover, roving, a 
wanderer, wandering; ia-rqp nKavrj- 
T7}9, a wandering star, Jude 13. 

tlXdvos, rj, ov, & o?, ov, a wanderer, 
vagabond; also act. deceiving, se- 
ducing; a deceiver, impostor, Mat. 
27.63. 2 Co. 6. 8. 1 Ti. 4. 1. 2Jno.7. 

IlAu£, aicus, tj, a flat broad surface; 
a table, tablet, 2 Co. 3. 3. He. 9. 4. 

nXcicr/xa, aros, to, a thing formed 
or fashioned ; spc. a potter's vessel, 
Ro. 9. 20 : from 

I2Aac7tTu), y. tto>, f. irXdau, a. 1. 



eTr\a<ra, a. 1. pass. eirKaaO^u, to font\ 
fashion, mould, Ro. 9. 20. 1 Ti. 2. 
13 : whence 

HXacrros, rj, ov, formed, fashioned, 
moulded; met. fabricated, counter- 
feit, delusive, 2 Pe. 2. 3. 

HXctTela, as, 77, (pr. fern, of irXaTvs) 
a street, broad way. Mat. 6. 5 ; 12. 19. 
Lu. 10. 10, et al. 

nXaro?, eos, to, (fr. same) breadth, 
Ep. 3. 18. Re. 20. 9; 21. 16, bis. 

HXarvvo), f. wco, p. pass. TrtTrXd- 
TVju.at, a. 1. pass. eTr\a.Tvv6riv, to make 
broad, widen, enlarge, Mat. 23. 5; 
pass, met., of the heart, from the Heb. t 
to be expanded with kbully and ge- 
nial feelings, 2 Co. 6. 11, 13: from 

TlXarvs, eta, v, broad, wide, Mat. 
7. 13. 

HXeyfia, aros, to, (nXeKco) any 
thing plaited or intertwined ; a braid 
of hair, 1 Ti. 2. 9. 

nXelcrro?, 77, ov, most ; very great, 
Mat. 1 1 . 20 ; 21.8; to irketaTOv, as an 
adv. at most, 1 Co. 14. 27 : supeiiat. oj 

7T0AV?. 

UXetoov, ovos, 6, 77, to, -ov & wXeov, 
(comp. of 7toAv?) more in number, 
Mat. 21. 36; 26. 53; more in quan- 
tity, Mar. 12. 43. Lu. 21. 3; 01 TrAet- 
o^es v. n-Aeiou?, the greater part, the 
majority, Ac. 19. 32; 27. 12; the 
more, 1 Co. 9. 19. 2 Co. 4. 15; neut. 
n\elov, as an adv. more, Lu. 7. 42 ; 
en-! w\etov, more, of time, longer, fur- 
ther, Ac. 24. 4 ; of space, more widely, 
Ac. 4. 17. 2 Ti. 2. 16; 3. 9; for the 
pos. much, of time, long, Ac. 20. 9 ; 
more, higher, greater, more excel- 
lent, of higher value, Mat. 5. 20; 
6. 25. 

nXe/cco, f. |co, to interweave, weave, 
braid, plait, Mar. 15. 17. Jno. 19. 2. 

HXeovd£a>, f. dcrco, a. 1. enXeovacra, 
(7rAeiW, nXeov) to be more than 
enough; to have in abundance, su- 
perabound, 2 Co. 8. 15; to abound, 
be abundant, to increase, be aug- 
mented, Ro. 5. 20 ; 6. 1 ; in 2V. T., 
trans, to cause to abound or increase, 
to augment, 1 Th. 3. 12. 

UXeoveKTeoo, co, f. 770-0), (TrXeiwv, 
n\eov & exo>) to have more than an- 
other; to take advantaged'; to over- 
reach, make gain of, 2 Co. 7. 2; 12. 
17, 18 ; to wrong, 1 Th. 4. 6 ; to gel 



IIAE 



148 



ITAH 



the better, or an advantage of, 2 Co. 

2. 11 : whence 

llXcoveKrrjs, ou, 6, one who has or 
claims to have more than his share ; 
a covetous, avaricious person, one 
who defrauds for the sake of gain, 

1 Co. 5. 10, 11 ; 6. 10. Ep. 5. 5. 
IlXeove^la, a?, 17, some advantage 

which one possesses over another; 
an inordinate desire of riches, co- 
vetousness, Lu. 12. 15, et al. ; grasp- 
ing, over-reaching, extortion, Ro. 1. 
29. 1 Th. 2. 5, et al. ; a gift exacted 
by importunity and conferred with 
grudging, 2 Co. 9. 5 ; a scheme of 
extortion, Mar. 7. 22. 
nXevpd, as, pr. a rib ; the side of 
the body, Jno. 1°. 34; 20. 20, 25, 27. 
Ac. 12. 7. 

nXeco, f. TrXevao^M & ifkevo~ovp.ai, 

a. 1. enXeucra, p. nenXevKO., to sail, Lu. 

8. 23. Ac. 21. 3; 27. 2, 6, 24. 
liXrjyr], tjs, f), (7rXno"crco) a blow, 

stroke, stripe, Lu. 10. 30; 12. 48; 

meton. a wound, Ac. 16. 33. Re. 13. 

3, 12, 14 ; fr. the Heb. a plague, afflic- 
tion, calamity, Re. 9. 20 ; 11. 6. 

HXrjdos, cor, to, (7rkr]d<a) fulness, 
amplitude, magnitude ; a multitude, 
a great number, Lu. 1. 10; 2. 13; 
5. 6; a multitude, a crowd, throng, 
Mar. 3. 7, 8. Lu. 6. 17, et al. : whence 

tlXndvvco, f. wco, a. 1. €7rXr)6vva, 
a. 1. pass. eTT\r\9vvdr\v, t?-ans. to mul- 
tiply, cause to increase, augment, 

2 Co. 9. 10. He. 6. 14; pass, to be 
multiplied, increase.be accumulated, 
Mat. 24. 12. Ac. 6. 7; 7. 17, et al. ; 
intrans. to multiply, increase, be 
augmented, Ac. 6. 1. 

HXrjdco, see mpirXvyn. 

Il\r]KTr)s, ov, 6, (nXrjcrcrco) a striker, 
one apt to strike; a quarrelsome, 
violent person, 1 Ti. 3. 3. Tit. 1.7. 

JlXqppvpa, ar, f), {irXrippr], the 
flow of the sea, ttX^co) the flood-tide ; 
a flood, inundation, Lu. 6. 48. 

tlX»7i>, adv. (7rXeoi>) besides, except, 
Mar. 12. 32. Ac. 8. 1; 20. 23; as 
a conj. bat, however, nevertheless, 
Mat. 18. 7. Lu. 19. 27. Eph. 5. 33, 
et al. 

HXrjprjs, eof, ous, 6, rj, (nXeos) full, 
filled, Mat. 14. 20; 15. 37; full of 
disease, Lu. 5. 12 ; met. full of, abound- 
ing in, wholly occunied with, com- 



pletely under the influence cC, cSs 
affected by, Lu. 4. 1. Jno. 1.14. Ac 
9. 36, et al. ; full, complete, perfect 
Mar. 4. 28.^ 
UXnpo(popea> } co, f. tjctco, a. 1. eVXn- 

po(f>6pr]<Ta., (nXrjprj<; & $opeco) to bring 
full measure, to give in full ; to carry 
out fully, to discharge completely, 
2 Ti. 4. 5 ; 4. 17 ; .pass, of things, to 
be fully established as a matter oj 
certainty, Lu. 1. 1 ; of persons, to be 
fully convinced, assured, Ro. 4. 21 : 
whence 

lihrjpocpopla, as, f], full conviction, 
firm persuasion, assurance, 1 Th. 1. 
5. Col. 2. 2, et al. N. T. 

HXnpoto, co, f. cocrco, p. TTCTfkrjpaKa, 
a. 1. eirXrjpuHra, (nXr/pr)*;) to fill, make 
full, fill up, Mat. 13. 48 ; 23. 32. Lu. 
3. 5 ; to fill up a deficiency, Phi. 4. 18, 
19 ; to pervade, Jno. 12. 3. Ac. 2. 2 ; 
to pervade with an influence, to in- 
fluence fully, possess fully, Jno. 16.6. 
Ac. 2. 28 ; 5. 3. Ro. 1. 29. Eph. 5. 18, 
et al. ; to complete, perfect, Jno. 

3. 29. Eph. 3. 19, et al.; to bring to 
an end, Lu. 7. 1 ; to perform fully, 
discharge, Mat. 3. 15. Ac. 12. 25; 
13. 25; 14.26. Ro. 13. 8. Col. 4. 17; 
to consummate, Mat. 5.17; to realise, 
accomplish, fulfil, Lu. 1. 20; 9. 31. 
Ac. 3. 18 ; 13. 27 ; fr. the Heb. to set 
forth fully, Ro. 15. 19. Col. 1. 25 ; 
pass., of time, to be fulfilled, come to 
an end, be fully arrived, Mar. 1. 15. 
Lu. 21. 24. Jno. 7. 8, et al. ; of pro- 
phecy, to receive fulfilment, Mat. 1. 
22, et al. freq. : whence 

HXrjpcopa, aros, to, that which fills 
up ; full measure, entire contents, 
Mar. 8. 20. 1 Co. 10. 26, 28 ; comple- 
ment, full extent, full number, Ga. 

4. 4. Eph. 1. 10; that which fills up 
a deficiency, a supplement, a patch, 
Mat. 9. 16; fulness, abundance, Jno. 
1.16. Ro. 15.29; a fulfilling, perfect 
performance, Ro. 13. 10; complete 
attainment of entire belief, full ac- 
ceptance, Ro. 11. 12; full develop- 
ment, plenitude, Eph. 1. 23; 3. 19; 
4. 13. Col. 1. 19; 2. 9. 

11X770-101/, adv. (7reXa?, idem) near, 
near by, Jno. 4. 5 ; 6 nX-qa-iov, a neigh- 
bour. Mat. 19. 19. Ro. 15. 2, et al.j 
a friendly neighbour, Mat. 5. 43. 

H\r)crp.ovr], rjs, 17, (7ripn\T]pL) a fil- 
ling up ; met. gratification, satisfao 
tion, Col. 2. 23. 



IIAH 



149 



IIN1 



/TXr/trcrco, f. £a>i a. pass. €7r\r)yr)v, 
to strike, smite ; fr. the Heb. to smite, 
to plague, blast, Re. 8. 12. 

iTkoidpiov, ov, to, a small vessel, 
boat, Mar. 3. 9, et al. : dimin. of 

UX^ov, ov, to, (jrkeca) a vessel, 
ship, bark, whether large or small. 
Mat. 4. 21, 22. Ac. 21. 2, 3, et al. 

nXoof, ovs, dou, ou, and later, 
7rAoO?, 7rAods, 6, (fr. same) sailing, 
navigation, voyage, Ac. 21. 7; 27. 
9, 10. 

UXovcrios, a, ov, (7t\ovtos) rich, 
opulent, wealthy ; and pi. oi nkovcnoi, 
the rich, Mat. 19.'23, 24 ; 27. 57, et al. ; 
met. rich, abounding in, distinguished 
for, Ep. 2. 4. Ja. 2. 5. Re. 2. 9 ; 3. 
17 ; melon, used of one who is in a 
state of glory, dignity, happiness, &c. 
2 Co. 8.9: whence 

UXovaioos, adv. richly, largely, abun- 
dantly, Col. 3. 1G, et al. 

UXovrea), a>, f. T}(ra>, p. neTrXov- 

rrjKa, a. 1. enAounjcra., (tt\ovto<;) to be 
or become rich, Lu. 1 . 25. 1 T i. 6. 9 ; 
trop. Lu. 12. 21 ; met. to abound in, 
be abundantly furnished with, 1 Ti. 
6. 18; to be spiritually enriched, 
2 Co. 8. 9, et al. 

H\ovtl£o), f. t'o-o), a. 1. errXovTiaa, 
to make rich, enrich ; met. to enrich 
spiritualk/, 1 Co. 1. 5. 2 Co. 6. 10; 
9. 1 1 : from 

nXovros, ou, 6, riches, wealth, opu- 
lence, Mat. 13. 22. Lu. 8. 14 ; in N. T., 
7r\ovTO? tou ®eov, V. Xpiorou, those 

rich benefits, those abundant bles- 
sings which flow from God or Christ, 
Ep. 3. 8. Phi. 4. 19; met. richness, 
abundance, copiousness, Ro. 2. 4; 
11. 33. 2 Co. 8. 2 ; meton. a spiritual 
enriching, Ro. il. 12. 

IlAwco, f. vv& t a. 1. eirXvva, to 
wash garments, Re. 7. 14. 

Tlvevfxa, aro?, to, (7rve(o) wind, air 
in motion, Jno. 3. 8 ; breath, 2 Th. 
2. 8 ; the substance spirit, Jno. 3. fi ; 
a spirit, spiritual being, Jno. 4. 24. 
Ac. 23. 8, 9. He. 1. 14; a body less 
spirit, spectre, Lu. 24. 37 ; afoul 
spirit, 8aLfJi6pLov, Mat. 8. IG. Lu. 10. 
20 ; spirit, as a vital principle, Jno. 
6. 03. 1 Co. 15. 45; the human spirit, 
the soul, Mat. 26. 41 ; 27. 50. Ac. 7. 
59. 1 Co. 7. 34. Ja. 2. 2G ; the spirit 
* the seat of thotujht and feeling, the 



mind, Mar. 8. 12. Ac. 19. 21, et al.v 

spirit, mental frame, 1 Co. 4. 21. 

1 Pe. 3. 4 ; a characteristic spirit, an 
influential principle, Lu. 9. 55. 1 Co. 
2. 12. 2 Ti. 1. 7; a pervading in- 
fluence, Ho. 11.8; spirit, frame of 
mind, as distinguished from outward 
circumstances and actions, Mat. 5. 3 ; 
spirit as distinguished from ouhcard 
show and form, Jno. 4. 23 ; spirit, a 
spiritual frame, Ro. 8. 4. Jude 19; 
spirit, latent spiritual import, spiri- 
tual significance, as distinguished 
from th'e mere letter, Ro. 2. 29 ; 7. 6. 

2 Co. 3. 6, 17 ; spirit, as a term for a 
principle superior to a merely natural 
or carnal course of things, Ro. 8. 4. 
Ga. 4. 29; a spiritual dispensation. 
He. 9. 14; the Holt Spirit, Mat. 3. 
16; 12. 31. Jno. 1. 32, 33, et al.; a 
gift of the Holy Spirit, Jno. 7. 39. 
Ac. 19. 2. 1 Co. 14. 12, et al.; an 
operation or influence of the Holy 
Spirit, 1 Co. 12. 3, et al. ; a spiritual 
influence, an inspiration, Mat. 22. 43. 
Lu. 2. 27. Eph. 1. 17; a professedly 
divine communication, or, a pro« 
fessed possessor of a spiritual com- 
munication, 1 Co. 12. 10. 2 Th. 2. 2. 
1 Jno. 4. 1, 2, 3: whence 

TlvevfxaTiKos, rj, ov, spiritual, per- 
taining to the soul, as distinguished 
from what concerns the body, Ro. 15. 
27. 1 Co. 9. 11 ; spiritual, pertaining 
to the nature of spirits, 1 Co. 15. 44 ; 
to. Trvev/xaTiKa ttj? Jronjpia?, i. q. Ta 
7ri/ev/aaTa ra noinqpd, evil spirits, Ep. 
6.12 ; spiritual, pertaining or relating 
to the influences of the Holy Spirit, 
of things, Ro. 1. 11 ; 7. 14, et al.; to. 
irvevfiaTiKa, spiritual gifts, I Co. 12. 
1 ; 14. 1 ; superior in process to the 
natural course of things, miraculous, 
1 Co. 10. 3; of persons, gifted with a 
spiritual frame of mind, spiritually 
affected, 1 Co. 2. 13, 15; endowed 
with spiritual gifts, inspired, 1 Co. 
14. 37 : whence 

UvevfiariKcos, adv. spiritually, 
through spiritual views and affec- 
tions, 1 Co. 2. 14; spiritually, in a 
spiritual sense, allegorically, Re. 
11. 8. 

Hvea>, f. rrvevo-oi, later Trvevcrofiai Si 
nvevo-ovfjLcu, a. 1. ewvev<ra, to breathe ; 
to blow, as the wind. Mat. 7. 25, 27, 
et al. 

Hviyu), f. £(o, ^ojxai & ^ov/xai, a. 1 
«?7r»a£a, to stifle, suffocate, choke, M«.' 



IINI 



150 



noi 



5. 13 ; to seize by the throat, Mat. 1 
If. 28 : (i) whence 

HviKTOS, rj) 6v, strangled, suffocated; 
in N. T., to nviKTov, the flesh of ani- 
mals killed by strangulation or suf- 
focation, Ac. 15. 20, 29; 21. 25. 

Hvor), r)s, r/, (Trveo>) breath, respira- 
tion, Ac. 17. 25 ; a wind, a blast of 
wind, breeze, Ac. 2. 2. 

nidrjpns, eos, ovs, 6, r], (ttovs & 
opto, to fit) reaching to the feet ; as 
subst., sc. eV^?, a long, flowing robe 
reaching down to the feet, Re. 1. 13. 

Hodev, adv. whence ? whence, used 
of place, &c. Mat. 15. 33 ; met. of a 
state of dignity, Re. 2. 5 ; used of 
origin, Mat. 21. 25; of cause, source, 
author, &c. Mat. 13. 27, 54, 56. Lu. 

I. 43; how? in what way?, Mar. 8. 
4; 12. 37. 

noieoo, a>, f. 770" o>, p. TrerroinKa, a. 1. 
eVoirjo-a, to make, form, construct, 
Mat. 17. 4. Mar. 9. 5. Jno. 2. 15; 
of God, to create, Mat. 19. 4. Ac. 4. 
24; to make, prepare a feast, &c. 
Mat. 22. 2. Mar. 6. 21 ; met. to make, 
establish, ratify, a covenant, He. 8. 
9 ; to make, assume, consider, re- 

§ard, Mat. 12. 33; to make, effect, 
ring to pass, cause to take place, do, 
accomplish, Mat. 7. 22 ; 21.21. Mar. 
3. 8 ; 6. 5 ; 7. 37 ; met. to perfect, ac- 
complish, fulfil, put in execution a 
purpose, promise, &c. Lu. 16. 4; 19. 
48 ; to cause, make, Mat. 5. 32. Jno. 

II. 37. Ac. 24.12; to make gain, 
gain, acquire, profit. Mat. 25. 16. Lu. 
19. 18; to get, procure, Lu. 12. 33; 
to make, to cause to be or become 
any thing, Mat. 21.13; 23. 15 ; to use, 
treat, Lu. 15. 19; to make, consti- 
tute, appoint to some office, Mat. 4. 
19. Mar. 3. 14 ; to make, declare to 
be, 1 Jno. 1. 10; 5. 10; to do, to 
pei form, execute, practise, act, Mat. 
5. 46, 47; 6. 2, 3; to commit evil, 
Mat. 13. 41 ; 27. 23 ; to be devoted to, 
follow, practise, Jno. 3. 21 ; 5. 29. 
Ro. 3. 12 ; to do, execute, fulfil, keep, 
observe, obey, precepts, &c. Mat. 1. | 
24; 5. 19; 7. 21, 24, 26; to bring evil 
upon, inflict, Ac. 9. 13; to keep, ce- 
lebrate a festival, Mat. 26. 18; to 
Institute the celebration of a festival, 
He. 11. 28; Ti-oiely Tiva efco, to Cause 
to leave a place, i. q. e£o> ayeiv, to lead 
or conduct out, Ac. 5. 34 ; to pass, 
spend time, continue for a time, Mat. 



20. 12. Ac. 15. 33 ; 18. 23. .Ta. i. 15 
to bear, as trees, yield, produce, Mai 
3. 8, 10 ; 7. 17, 18, 19 ; with a substan 
tive or adjective it forms a periphrasi* 
for the verb corresponding to the noun 
or adjective, e. g. SrjKov noielv, i. q. 
SrjXoOv, to make manifest, betray, 
Mat. 26. 73 ; e/cSi/ojcii' tt., i. q. eK&iicelv, 
to vindicate, avenge, Lu. 18. 7, 8; 
exOeTOV it., i. q. iKTi6eva.i, to expose 

infants, Ac. 7. 19; eviSpav n., i. e. 
iveSpevetv, to lie in wait, Ac. 25. 3 
e^ovalav, it., i. e. e£ovaia$eiv, to exer 
rise power or authority, Re. 13. 12; 
koLo~w tt., i. q. KpCveiv, to judge, act as 
judge, Jno. 5. 27 ; Kvrpwo-iv tt., i. q. 
kvrpovv, to deliver, set free, Lu. 1. 68 ; 
fxoirqv ;r.,i. q. /ueVeiv, to remain, dwell, 
Jno. 14. 23, iroKeixov tt., i. q. no\ep.eiv, 
to make or wage war, fight, Re. 11. 
7 ; <Tvp.f3ov\iov it., i. q. o-vp.f3ov\eveo-6a.i, 
to consult together, deliberate, Mar. 
3. 6 ; o-wwuoo-iav tt., i. q. (rwojavwcu, 
& crvaTpo4>r)u tt., i. q. owrpe^eo-flai, to 
conspire together, form a conspiracy, 
Ac. 23. 12, 13; (pavepbv tt., i. q. (£ape- 
povv, to make known, betray, Mat. 

12. 16; ava.j3oS.riv iroieio~6ai, i. q. ava- 
fidWeo-Gai, to delay, procrastinate, 
AC. 25. 17; Pefiaiov tt., i. q. Pefiaiovv, 

to confirm, render firm and sure, 
2 Pe. 1. 10 ; Secrets tt., i. q. oelcr6ai, to 
pray, offer prayer, Lu. 5. 33; eicj3o- 
\r)v tt., i. q. e/c/3aAXeii', to cast Out, 
throw overboard, Ac. 27. 18 ; /ca0a- 
picrpibv tt., i. e. Kadapl^eiv, to cleanse 
from sin, He. 1.3; Koivtoviav tt., i. q. 
Koivwveiv, to communicate in liberal- 
ity, bestow alms, Ro. 15. 26 ; Konerbi', 
tt., i. q. Konreo-Bai, to lament, bewail, 
Ac. 8. 2 ; \6yov tt., to regard, make 
account of, Ac. 20. 24 ; p.veiav n., i. q. 
fjLvrio-e^jvaL, to call to mind, Ro. 1.9; 
VLvripir)v it., to remember, retain in 
memory, 2 Pe. 1. 15; nopeiav jr., i. q. 
nopeveo-6ai, to go, journey, travel, Lu. 

13. 22 ; npovoiav ir., i. q. rrpovoelo-- 
6ai, to take care of, provide for, Ro. 
13. 14 ; OTTOvSyv t,\, i. e. o-rrovSd^eiv, to 
act with diligence and earnestness, 
Jude 3 : whence 

Uoirj/xa^ aro?, to, that which is 
made or done; a work, workman- 
ship, creation, Ro. 1. 20; met. Ep. 2. 
10. 

Uolncrts, ecos, 17, a making ; an act- 
ing, doing, performance ; obseryanca 
of a law, Ja. 1. 25. 

IloinTTjSt ov, o, a maker ; the makei 



flOi 



151 



or author of a song or poem, a poet, 
Ac. 17. 28; a doer; a performer of 
the enactments of a law, Ro. 2. 13, 
et al. 

HolkiXos, n, ov, of various colours, 
variegated, chequered various, di- 
verse, manifold, Mat. 4. 24, et al. (I.) 

Uoipaivco, f. aveo, a. 1. erroifuiva, 
to feed, pasture, tend a flock, Lu. 
17. 7. 1 Co. 9. 7; £rop. to nourish, 
promote the interest of, Jude 12; 
met. to tend, direct, superintend, 
Mat. 2. 6. Jno. 21. 16, et al. ; to rule, 
Re. 2. 27 : from 

HoLprjV, eVo?, 6, one who tends 
flocks or herds, a shepherd, herds- 
man, Mat. 9. 36 ; 25. 32 ; met. a pastor, 
superintendent, guardian, Jno. 10. 
11, 14, 16, et al. 

rioi/xvr/, ns, r], a flock of sheep, Lu. 
2. 8. 1 Co. 9. 7 ; met. a flock 0/ cZi's- 
ciples, Mat. 26. 31. Jno. 10. 16. 

Hoipviov, ov, to, (contr. for Troifie- 
viov, a flock) a flock ; met. a flock of 
Christum disciples, Lu. 12. 32. Ac. 
20. 28, 29. 1 Pe. 5. 2, 3. 

Holos, ola, olov, of what kind, sort, 
or species, Jno. 12.33; 21. 19; what? 
which?, Mat. 19. 18; 21. 23, 24,27, 
et al. 

IloXe/xea), a>, f. 770-0), a. 1. erroX//z- 
rfa-a, to make or wage war, fight, Re. 
2. 16 ; 12. 7, et al. ; to battle, quarrel, 
Ja. 4. 2 : from 
IloXe/zo?, ov, 6, war, Mat. 24. 6. 
Mar 13.7; battle, engagement, com- 
bat, 1 Co. 14. 8. He. 11. 34; battling, 
strife, Ja. 4. 1, et al. 
IIoXi?, eon-, f], a city, an enclosed 
and walled town, Mat. 10. 5, 11 ; 11. 
1 ; moton. the inhabitants of a city, 
Mat. 8. 34; 10. 15; with a qen. of 
person, or a personal pron., the city 
of any one, the city of one's birth or 
residence. Mat. 9. I. Lu. 2. 4, 11; 
i) 7r6Ai9, the city, holt e^oxv^, Je- 
rusalem, Mat. 21. 18; 28. 11; met. a 
lace of permanent residence, abode, 
ome, He. 11. 10, 16; 13. 14. 

noXlTcipxVSi ov i o, (noXis & opx&>) 
a ruler or prefect of a city, city ma- 
gi?trate, Ac. 17. 6, 8. N. T. 

UoXhela, as, fj, (TroXirevco) the 
state uf being a citizen ; citizenship, 
the right or privilege of being a 
citizen, freedom of a city or state, 



Ac. 22. 28 ; a common we altii, coss 
munity, Eph. 2. 12. 

HoXlrev pa, aros, to, the adminl» 
tration of a commonwealth ; in N. 7% 
equivalent to iroXnela, a community, 
commonwealth, Phi. 3. 20 : from 

UoXiTevco, f. evo~a>, intrans. to be a 
citizen; trans, to govern a city or 
state, administer the affairs of a 
state ; pass, to be governed ; inN. T., 
to order one's life and conduct, con- 
verse, live, in a certain manner as tc 
liabits and principles, Ac. 23. 1. Ph. 
1 . 27 : from 

TIoXittjs, ov, 6, (7roXt?) a citizen, 
Lu. 15. 15; 19. 14. Ac. 21. 39. (I.) 

TIoXXclkis, adv. (ttoXvs) many times, 
often, frequently, Mat. 17. 15. Mar. 

5. 4 ; 9. 22, et al. (£.) 
TloXXaTrXacricdv, ovos, 6, r), to, -ov, 

(a later equivalent to voXXanXda-Mx;, 
fr. ttoAv?) manifold, many times more, 
Lu. 18. 30. 
Ho\vevcnr\ayxvos, ov, 6, 77, (770- 
Av?, ev, & a-nkayxvov) very merciful, 
very compassionate, v. r. Ja. 5. 11. 
N. T. 

HoXvXoyla, a?, 77, (noXvs & Xoyos) 
wordiness, loquacity, Mat. 6. 7. 

UoXvpepcos, adv. (noXvpeprjs, con- 
sisting of many parts, 7roAvs & juepo?) 
in many parts or parcels, He. 1.1. 

HoXv7ToUTXoS, OV, 6, 17, (7To\vS & 

7roiKtA.os) exceedingly various, mul- 
tifarious, multiform, manifold ; by 
impl. immense, infinite, Ep. 3. 10. 

IloXur, 7roXXn, ttoXv, gen. noXXov, 
77-oAAt}?, noXXov, great in magnitude or 
quantity, much, large, Mat. 13. 5. 
Jno. 3. 23 ; 15. 8 ; pi. many, Mat. 3. 
7 ; in time, long, Mat. 25. 19. Mar. 

6. 35. Jno. 5. 6 ; oi noXXoi, the many, 
the mass, Ro. 5. 15; 12. 5. 1 Co. 
10. 33; to iroXv, much, 2 Co. 8. 15 ; 
noXv, as an adv. much, greatly. 
Mar. 12. 27. Lu. 7. 47; of time, en-' 
noXv, a long time, Ac. 28. 6; /uer' ov 
no\v, not long after, Ac. 27. 14 ; fol- 
lowed by a compar., much, 2 Co. 8. 
22 ; ttoAAw, much, by *nuch, Mat. 6. 
30. Mar. 10. 48 ; ra voXXd, as an adv. 
most frequently, generally, Ro. 15. 
22 ; 7roAAo, as an adv. much, greatly, 
vehemently, Mar. 1. 4.'i ; 3. 12; o) 
time, many times, freqi icntly, often, 
Mat. 9. 14, 



I! 



iioa 



1,2 



no? 



n.o\v(nr\ayxvos, ov, 6, 77, (7ro\vs 
& o-TrXdyx^oi') very merciful, very 
compassior ate, Ja. 5. 11. N. T. 

Ilo'KvTe'KrjS, eos, o£?, 6, 17, (7roXvs 
& re'Ao? ) expensive, costly, Mar. 14. 
3. 1 Ti. 2. 9 ; of great value, very 
precious, 1 Pe. 3. 4. 

TJoXvTLfXOS, OV, 6, 17, (7T0\VS & TLfMTj) 

cf great price, costly, precious, Mat. 
13. 46. Jno. 12. 3. 
^loXvrpoTrcos, adv. (7ro\vTp07ros, 
manifold, various, ttoXus & Tpo7ros) in 
many ways, in various modes, He. 

I. 1. 

U.6p.a, aros, to, {irlrropai, p. pass, 
of nLvoi) drink, 1 Co. 10. 4. He. 9. 10. 

Hovrjpla, as, 17, pr. badness, bad 
condition ; in N. T., evil disposition 
of mind, wickedness, mischief, ma- 
lignity, Mat. 22. 18, et al. ; pi. noim)- 
piai, wicked deeds, villainies, Mar. 
7.23. Ac. 3. 20: from 

Xlovr^pos, d, ov, bad, unsound, Mat. 
C. 23; 7. 17, 18; evil, afflictive, Ep. 
5, 16; 6. 13. Re. 16. 2; evil, wrong- 
ful, malignant, malevolent, Mat. 5. 

II, 39. Ac. 28. 21 ; evil, wicked, im- 
pious, and to TTovr)p6v, evil, wrong, 
wickedness, Mat. 5. 37, 45; 9. 4; 
slothful, inactive, Mat. 25. 26. Lu. 

19. 22 ; 6 7roi/7jp6?, the evil one, the 
flevti, Mat. 13. 19, 38. Jno. 17. 15; 
evil eye, i. q. 4>6ovep6<;, envious, Mat. 

20. 15. Mar. 7. 22 ; impl. covetous, 
niggardly, Mat. 7.11: from 

Uovos, ov, 6, (nevopat) labour, tra- 
vail ; pain, misery, anguish, Re. 16. 
10, 11 ; 21. 4. 

UnvTLKOs, r], ov, belonging to, or an 
inhabitant of ndero?, Ac. 18. 2. 

Hopela, as, 77, a going, progress ; a 
journey, travel, Lu. 13. 22; fr. the 
Heb. way or manner of life, business, 
occupation, Ja. 1. 11 : from 

Tlopevopai, f. evaopai, a. iirapev- 
6r)v (mid. of iropevu), to convey, trans- 
port, fr. 7r6po?) to go, pass from one 
place to another, Mat. 17. 27 ; 18. 12 ; 
to go away, depart. Mat. 24. 1 ; 25. 
41. Jno. 14. 2, 3; trop. to go away, 
depart from life, to die, Lu. 22. 22 ; to 
go, pass on one's way, journey, tra- 
vel, Mat. 2. 8, 9. Lu. I. 39; 2. 41 ; 
iropevo/xat bnCcrui, to go after, to be- 
come a follower or partisan, Lu. 21. 
8 ; or, to pursue after, be devoted to, 



2 Pe. 2. 1C ; fr. the Heb. to go or pro 
ceed in any way or course of life, 
live in any manner, Lu. 1.6; 8. 14. 
Ac. 9. 31. 

Uop6e(x>, a>, f. Tjya, (a collateral 
form of nep6u>) to lay waste, destroy ; 
impl. to harass, ravage. Ac. 9. 21. 
Ga. 1. 13, 23. 

Uopicrp.6s, ov, 6, (TTopl^opaL, to 
furnish to one's self, ac>;iire, gain, 
mid. of TTopifw, to furnish, supply; i 
providing, procuring ; meton. source 
of gain, 1 Ti. 6. 5, 6. L. G. 

Hopvela, as, rj, fornication, whore- 
dom, Mat. 15. 19. Mar. 7. 21. Ac 
15. 20,29; concubim.ge, Jno. 8. 41; 
adultery, Mat. 5. 32; 19. 9; incest, 
1 Co. 5. 1 ; lewdness, uncleanness, 
genr., Ro. 1. 29; from the H<b. put 
symbolically for idolatry, Re. 2. 21 ; 
14. 8 : from 

Tlopvevu), f. evcrco, a. 1. enopvevcra, 
to commit fornication or whoredom, 
1 Co. 6. 18; 10. 8. Re. 2. 14, 20; fr. 
the Heb. to commit spiritual fornica- 
tion, practise idolatry, Re. 17. 2 ; 18. 
3, 9 : from 

TLopvq, tjs, r), (7T€pvda>, v. 7repvr)p.t, 
to sell) a prostitute, a whore, harlot, 
an unchaste female, Mat. 21. 31, 32; 
fr. the Heb. an idolatress, Re. 17. 1, 
5, 15. 

Ilopvos, ov, 6, (fr. same) a catamite ; 
in N. T„ a fornicator, impure per- 
son, 1 Co. 5. 9, 10, 11 ; 6. 9, et al. 

Uoppa, adv. (a later form of 7rpo'o"oo, 
fr. 7rp6) forward, in advance, far ad- 
vanced; far, far off, at a distance, 
Mat. 15. 8. Mar. 7. 6: ichence 

Uoppeodev, adv. from a distance, 
from afar, He. 11. 13; at a distance, 
far, far off, Lu. 17. 12. 

TloppcorepcD, adv. (compar. of wdp- 
poi) farther, beyond, Lu. 24. 28. 

Uopcfwpa, as, fj, purpura, murex, a 
species of shell fish that yielded the 
purple d'ye, highly esteemed by the an 
dents, its tint being a bright crimson, 
in N. T., a purple garment, robe 01 
purple, Lu. 16. 19. Re. 17. 4; 18. 12, 
et al. : (u) whence 

Hopcpvpeos, ovs, ca, a, cov, ovv, 
purple, crimson, Jno. 19. 2, 5, col. 
Mat. 27. 28, 31, et al. 

Hop<pvp6naiMs, eo)s, tj, (fern, ol 



1102 



153 



nPA 



7roo(f>vpo7Ta>\r)<;, iropfyvpa & ?ra>A.ea>) a 
female seller of purple cloths, Ac. 

16. 14. 

[Ioo-clkis, adv. (ttoctos) how many 
times? how often?, Mat. 18. 21 ; 23. 
37. Lu. 13. 34. (a.) 

Homs, eais, t), (ttlvco) drinking; 
drink, beverage, Jno. 6. 55. Ro. 14. 

17. Col. 2. 16. 

Uncros., rj, ov, interrog. to ocros & 
too-o?, how great? how much?, Mat. 
6. 23. Lu. 16. i>, 7. 2 Co. 7. 1 1 ; noau, 
adverbially before a comparative, how 
much? by how much?, Mat. 7. 11; 
10.25. He. 10.20; of time, how long? 
Mar. 9. 21 ; of number, pi. how many? 
Mat. 15. 34; 16. 9, 10, et al. 

HoTa.fj.6s, ov, 6, a river, stream, 
Mar. 1. 5. Ac. 16. 13 ; met. and alle- 
gor. Jno. 7. 38. Re. 22. 1, 2 ; a flood, 
winter torrent,/or xetV a PP°s 7roTa//.6s, 
Mat. 7. 25, 27. 

UoTap.Op<p6p7]TOS, OV, 6, f], (770- 

Tajuids & ^oprjTo?, fr. (jyopeio) borne 
along or carried away by a flood or 
torrent, Re. 12. 15. N. T. 

TIotcittos, rjs, ov, a later form of tto- 
Sairo?. of what country ; in N. T. 
equivalent to nolos, what? of what 
manner? of what kind or sort?, Lu. 
1. 29; 7. 39; denoting admiration, 
what? what kind of? how great? 
Mat. 8. 27. Mar. 13. 1, et al. 

Ilc-Ve, interrog. particle, when ? at 
what time?, Mat. 24. 3; 25. 37, 38, 
39, 44 ; ems nore, till when? how 
long?, Mat. 17. 17, et al. 

Ilore, an enclitic particle of time, 
once, some time or other, either past 
or future; formerly, Jno. 9. 13; at 
length, Lu. 22. 32 ; at any time, ever, 
Ep. 5. 29. He. 2. 1 ; intensive after 
interrogatives, ever, 1 Co. 9. 7. He. 
1. 5, et al. 

UoTepos, a, ov, which of the 
two? whether?; TT6repov,adverbially, 
whether?, Jno. 7. 17. 

XloTrjpiov, lov, to, (7roTT)p, rro-os, 
mVw) a vessel for drinking, cup, Mat. 
10. 42 ; 23. 25, 26 ; meton. the contents 
of a cup, liquor contained in a cup, 
Lu. 22. 20 1 Co. 10. 16 ; fr. the Heb., 
the cup or potion of what God's ad- 
ministration deals oid, Mat. 20. 22, 
23. Re. 14. 10, et al. 

IIOTl^CO, f. tVoJ, At. t<£>, p, 7T< TTOTLKUy 



a. 1. iiroTLo-a, (fr. same) to cause to 
drink, give drink to, Mat. 10. 42, et 
al. ; met. 1 Co. 3. 2. Re. 14, 8 ; to 
water, irrigate, met. 1 Co. 3. 6, 7, 8. 

IIoto?, ou, 6, (ttivco) a drinking; a 
drinking together, drinking-bout, 
compotation, 1 Pe. 4. 3. 

Tlov, an enclitic indefinite particle, 
somewhere, in a certain place, He. 
2.6; 4.4; with numerals, thereabout, 
Ro. 4. 19. 

Uov, an interrog. particle, of place, 
where ? in what place ? ; direct, Mat. 
2. 2. Lu. 8. 15. Jno. 1. 39; indirect. 
Mat. 2. 4. Jno. 1. 40; whither, Jno. 
3.8; 7. 35; 13. 36. 

Ilovs, nodos, 6, the foot, Mat. 4. 
6; 5. 35; 7.6; 22. 44 ; 28. 9. Lu. 1. 
79. Ac. 5. 9. Ro. 3. 15, et al. 

Upaypa, aros, to, (wpdao-co) a 
thing done, fact, deed, work, trans- 
action, Lu. 1. 1. Ja. 3. 16; a matter, 
affair, Mat. 18. 19. Ro. 16. 2; a mat- 
ter of dispute, 1 Co. 6. 1 ; a thing, 
genr.. He. 10. 1 ; 11.1; to wpayixa, an 
euphemism for profligacy, perhaps, 
1 Th. 4. 6. 

IIpaypaTela, as, r), an application 
to a matter of business; in N. T., 
business, affair, transaction, 2 Ti. 2. 
4 : from 

Upayparevopai, f. evo~op,ai, (npay- 
fj.a) to be occupied with or employed 
in any business, do business ; to 
trade, traffic, Lu. 19. 13. 

UpaLTOipiov, tov, to, (Lat. pr&to* 
rium, fr. prcetor) when used in re- 
ference to a camp, the tent of 
the general or commander-in-chief ; 
hence, in reference to a province, the 
palace in which the governor of the 
province resided, Mat. 27. 27. Mar. 
15. 16. Ac. 23. 35, et al.; the camp 
occupied by the praetorian cohorts 
at Rome, the praetorian camp, or, 
the Roman emperor's palace, Phi. 
1. 13. 

UpaKTwp, opos, 6, (7rpdcro-(o) an 
exactor of dues or penalties; an of- 
ficer tvho enforced payment of debts 
by imprisonment, Lu. 12. 58. 

Upa^is, ecof, 7], (fr. same) operation, 
business, office, Ro. 12. 4; n-pafi? & 
irpafeis, actions, mode of acting, 
ways, deeds, practice, behaviour, 
Mat. 16. 27. Lu. 23. 51, et aL 



154 



npo 



Dpao?, ela, ov, mild ; gentle, kind, 
Mat. 11. 29: whence 

Upaorqs, ttitos, T), meekness, for- 
bearance, 1 Co. 4. 21. Ga. 5. 23; 
gentleness, kindness, benevolence, 
2 Co. 10. 1, et al. 

TLpacrid, as, rj, a small area or bed 
in a garden; trop. a company of 
persons disposed in squares ; fr. the 
Heb. irpao-ial 7rpa.cri.ai', by areas, by 
squares, like beds in a qardcn, Mar. 
6. 40. 

Upacrcrct), v. ttco, f. £co, p. Treirpd- 
va, a. 1. en-pa^a, to do, execute, per- 
form, practise, act, transact, and of 
evil, to commit, Lu. 22. 23; 23. 15. 
Jno. 3. 20. Ac. 2G. 9, 20, 26, 31, et al. ; 
to fulfil, obey, observe a law, Ro. 2. 
25; to do to any one, Ac. 16. 28; 5. 
35 ; to occupy one's self with, be en- 
gaged in, busy one's self about, Ac. 
19. 19. 1 Th. 4. 11; to fare, Ac. 15. 
29. Ep. 6. 21 ; to exact, require, col- 
lect tribute, money lent, &c. Lu. 3. 
13; 19. 23. 

TLpavnadeia, as,T), (Trpaiis & nddos, 
fr. nd(rxu>) meekness, gentleness of 
mind, kindness, v. r. 1 Ti. 6. 11. L.G. 

Ilpavs, €ia, v, eos, ovs, eias, e'os, 
ovs, i. q. npaos, meek, gentle, kind, 
forgiving, Mat. 5. 5; mild, benevo- 
lent, humane, Mat. 21.5. 1 Pe. 3. 4 : 
whence 

Tlpavrvs, rnros, rj, i. q. 7rpa6rrjs, 
meekness, mildness, forbearance, 
1 Pe. 3. 15; gentleness, kindness, 
Ja. 1. 21 ; 3. 13. S. 

llpeVei, impers. verb, it becomes, it 
is fitting, it is proper, it is right, &c, 
and part, npenop, becoming, suitable, 
decorous, &c. Mat. 3. 15. 1 Co. 11. 
13. Ep. 5. 3. 1 Ti. 2. 10, et al. 

Upecr^eLa, a?, 17, eldership, seniority ; 
an embassy, legation ; ambassadors, 
legates, Lu. 14. 32 ; 19. 14 : from 

llpeo-ftevco. f. evcra), (7rpeo-j3vs, an 
old man, an ambassador) to be elder ; 
to be an ambassador, perform the 
duties of an ambassador, 2 Co. 5. 20. 
Ep. 6. 20. 

n.pecr(BvT€piov, tov, ro, a body of 
old men, an assembly of elders ; the 
Jewish Sanhedrin, Lu. 22. 66. Ac. 
22. 5 ; a body of ciders in the Chris- 
Han chun h, a presbytery, l Ti. 4. 14; 
(2f. T.)from 



[pco-fivrepos, repa, repov, (eomp 
of rrpe'o-/9vs) elder, senior; older, mora 
advanced in years, Lu. 15. 25. Jno 
8. 9. Ac. 2. 17 ; an elder in reaped 
of age, person advanced in years, 

1 Ti. 5. 1, 2 ; pi. spc. ancients, ances- 
tors, fathers, Mat. 15. 2. He. 11. 2; 
as an appellation of dignity, an elder. 
local dignitary, Lu. 7. 3; an elder, 
member of the Jewish Sanhedrin, 
Mat. 16. 21 ; 21. 23; 26. 3, 47, 57, 59; 
an elder or presbyter of the Christian 
church, Ac. 11. 30; 14. 23, et al. freq. 

Upeofivrns, ov, 6, (fr. same) an 
old man, aged person, Lu. 1. IS. 
Tit. 2. 2. Phile. 9 : (v) whence fern. 

Upeaftiris, iSo?) r), an aged woman, 
Tit. 2. 3. 

Upnvfjs, e'or, ovs, 6, t), prone, head- 
foremost ; irprjinjs yei'6/jiei'os, falling 
headlong, Ac. 1. 18. 

Hpl(co, v. TTplw, a. 1. pass. eVpicr- 
(h)v, to saw, saw asunder, He. 11. 37. 

TlpLv, adv. before, of time, Mat. 26. 
34, 75. Mar. 14. 72; nplv 17, sooner 
than, before, Mat. 1. 18. Lu. 2. 26, 
et al. 

IIpo, prep, with a gen., before, of 
place, in front of, in advance of, Mat. 
11. 10. Lu. I. 76. Ac. 5. 23; before, 
of time, Mat. 5. 12. Lu. 11. 38; be- 
fore an infin. with the gen. of the arti- 
cle, before, before that, Mat. 6. 8. 
Lu. 2. 21 ; before, above, in prefer- 
ence, Ja. 5. 12. 1 Pe. 4. 8. 

LTpoayo), f. afco, (7rpo & aya>) to 
lead, bring, or conduct forth, pro- 
duce, Ac. 12. 6 ; 16. 30 ; 25. 20 ; in- 
trans. to go before, to go first. Mat. 
2.9; 21.9. Mar. 6. 45. 1 Ti 5.24; 
part, irpoiyoiv, ov<ra, ov, preceding, 
previous, antecedent, 1 Ti. I. 18. He. 
7. 18; hence in X. T., trans, to pre- 
cede. Mat. 14. 22, et al. ; to be in ad- 
vance of, Mat. 21. 31. (a.) 

Ylpoaipkop.ai, ovpai, f. r;o"op«i, 
(rrpo & aipe'aj) to prefer, choose ; met. 
to purpose, to intend considerately, 

2 Co. 9. 7. 

IIpoacTidopat, copat, f. dcrop.ai, (irpo 

& atTidojuat, fr. atria) pr. to Charg* 
beforehand; to convict beforelnuul 
Ro. 3. 9, since the charges in tin cast 
in question tcere drawn from ScHp 
ture. N. T. 
IIpoa<couco, (7Tpd & dtcovu)) to hew 



I1P0 



155 



npcv 



beforehand ; a. 1 . npo-qKova-a , to have 
heard of previously, or already, Col. 
I. 5. 

Upoapaprdva), (irpo & apapravoi) 
to sin before; p. nporip.a.pT7)Ka, to 
have already sinned, have sinned 
heretofore, 2 Co. 12. 21 ; 13. 2. N. T. 

TlpoavXiov, iov, to, (npo & av\r}) 
the exterior court before an edifice, 
Mar. 14. 68, col. Mat. 20. 71. 

Upo8alvo>, f. (Br)o-op.ai, a. 2. irpov- 

fl-qv, part. 7rpo(3d?, (trpo & /3aiVcu) to go 

forward, advance, Mat. 4. 21. Mar. 
1. 19; to advance in life, Lu. 1. 7, 
18 ; 2. 36. 

HpoftdWciJ, f. /3aA<o, a. 2. irpov- 
/SaAov, (7rp6 & /SaMco) to cast before, 
project ; to put or urge forward, Ac. 
1 9. 33 ; to put forth, as a tree its blos- 
soms, &c. Lu. 21. 30. 

TlpofiaTiKos, rj, ov, belonging or per- 
taining to Sheep ; r) 7rpo/3aTi/aj (-rrvXr)) 
the sheep-gate, Jno. 5. 2 : from 

HpofiaTOV, ov, to, a sheep, Mat. 7. 
15 ; 9. 36 ; 10. 16 ; met. Mat. 10. 6 ; 
15. 24, et al. 

n.po(3i(3d£a), f. do-co, (7rpo&/3i/3d£co) 
to cause any one to advance, to lead 
forward ; to advance, push forward, 
Ac. 19. 33; met. to incite, instigate, 
Mat. 14. 8. 

npo/3XeVco, f. yj/co, (rrpo & /3Ae7rco) 
to foresee ; mid. to provide before- 
hand, He. 11. 40. S. 

Upoylvopai, p. npoyeyova, (7rpo & 
yiVo/aai) to be or happen before, be 
previously done or committed ; trpo- 
yeyovm, bygone, previous, Ho. 3. 
25. 

llpoyivo)o~Kco, f. yva)o~op,ai, a. 2. 
npoeyvoju, p. pass. irpoeyvwo-p.ai, (7rp<5 & 
yipwcr/cco) to know beforehand, bo be 
previously acquainted with, Ac. 26. 
5. 2 Pe. 3. 17 ; to determine on be- 
forehand, to fore-ordain, 1 Pe. 1. 20; 
in N. T., fr. the Heb., to foreknow, 
to appoint as the subjects of future 
privileges, Ro. 8. 29; 11. 2: whence 

Tlpoyvcoais, ecos, rj, foreknowledge, 
prescience ; in N. T., previous deter- 
mination, purpose, Ac. 2. 23. 1 Pe. 
1. 2. 

Upoyovos, ov, 6, (7rpoyluopai) born 
earlier, elder ; a progenitor, pi. pro- 
genitors ; parents, 1 Ti. 5. 4 ; lore- 
fathers, ancestors, 2 Ti. 1. 3. 



Upoypdipco, f. \j/a>, p. pass. npoyc* 

-ypaju.ju.ai, a. 2. pass. Ttpoeypa.<$>r\v, (jrpo Si 
ypa^to) to write before or aforetime, 
Ro. 15. 4. Ep. 3. 3 ; to make a sub- 
ject of public notice; to set forth 
unreservedly and distinctly, Ga. 3. 1 ; 
to designate clearly, Jude 4. 

Up68r]\oS, OV, 6, T), TO, -OV, (7Tp6 & 

StjAos) previously manifest, before 
known ; plainly manifest, very clear, 
prominently conspicuous, 1 Ti. 5. 24, 
25. He. 7. 14. 

ITpoSt&B/u, f. 8d>aa>, (jrpo & 6Y- 
Saifxi) to give before, precede in giv- 
ing, Ro. 11. 35 ; to give up, abandon, 
betray: whence 

UpodoTTjs, ov, 6, a betrayer, traitor 
Lu. 6. 16. Ac. 7. 52. 2 Ti. 3. 4. 

Hpodpopos, ov, 6, rj, (dpapeiv) a 
precursor, forerunner, one who ad- 
vances to explore and prepare the 
way, He. 6. 20. 

Tlpoe Idov, part. TrpoXhcov, 2. aor. of 
npoopda) : which see. 

Upoclwa, 1. aor., & Trpoutrov, 2. aor.. 
of upokeyoi : which see. 

npoeiprjKa, perf. of TTpoXiyca. 

TlpoikTrlfa, f. icrco, (npo & e'A7n'£c«>> 
to repose hope and confidence in 
a person or thing beforehand, Ep. 
1. 12. 

Tlpo€udpxop.ai, f. £opai, (mpd & 
kva.pxop.aC) to begin before a particu- 
lar time, 2 Co. 8. 6, 10. N. T. 

IIpoeTrayyeXXopai, a. 1. vrpoeTvqy- 

yeL\dp.-qv, (npo & 67rayyeAXojAai) to pro- 
mise beforehand, or aforetime, Rc. 
1. 2. L. G. 
Upoepxopai, f. e\evcrop.ai, a. 2. 

■npo^kOov, (n-po & epxop.ai) to go for- 
wards, advance, proceed, Mat. 26. 39. 
Mar. 14. 35. Ac. 12. 10; to precede, 
go before any one, Lu. 22. 47 ; to pre- 
cede in time, be a forerunner or pre- 
cursor, Lu. 1. 17; to outgo, outstrip 
in going, Mar. 6. 33 ; to travel in ad- 
vance of any one, precede, Ac. 20. 5, 
13. 2 Co. 9. 5. 

Hpo€TOipd(co, f. do-co, (7T/30 & e- 
Toi/xa^w) to prepare beforehand; in 
N. T., to appoint beforehand, Ro. 9. 
23. Ep. 2. 10. 

YLpoevayyikl£op.ai, f. lo-opat, tfl 
announce joyful tidings beforehand, 
Ga. 3. 8. L. G. 



npo 



155 



npo 



Upoc^co, f. £gj, (npo & e'x 03 ^ 10 ^ lave 
or hold before; intrans. <k mid. to 
excel, surpass, have advantage or 
pre-eminence, Ro. 3. 9. 

nporj-yeojiai, ovp.ai, f. rjcropai, (npo 
& rjyeoixai.) to go before, precede, lead 
onward ; met. to endeavour to take 
the lead of, vie with, or, to give pre- 
cedence to, to prefer, Ro. 12. 10. 

Upodecris, ecos, t], (nporidr]p.i) a 
setting forth or before ; oi iproi 1% 
TrpoOeo-ews, & 7) 7rp60ecrt? to>v aprtuv, 

the shewbread, the twelve loaves of 
bread, corresponding to the twelve 
tribes, which were set out in two rows 
upon the golden table in the sanctuary, 
Mat. 12. 4. Mar. 2. 2G. Lu. G. 4. 
He. 9. 2 ; predetermination, purpose, 
Ac. 11. 23; 27. 13. Ro. 8. 28. 2 Ti. 

3. 10, et al. 

Ilpodeo-p-La, as, 17, (pr. fem. of npo- 
0e'o-p.ios, before appointed, npo & 
fleo-jud?) sc. r/p-epa, a time before ap- 
pointed, set or appointed time, Ga. 

4. 2. 

YlpoQvpla, as, f], promptness, readi- 
ness, alacrity of mind, willingness, 
Ac. 17. 11. 2 Co. 8. 11, 12, 19; 9, 2: 

from 

Up66vp.OS, OV, 6, 17, (7TOO & 0Vp6s) 

ready in mind, prepared, prompt, 
willing, Mat 2G. 41. Mar. 14. 38 ; 
to npudv^ov, i. q . -i) npo9vfj.Ca, readi- 
ness, alacrity of mind, Ro. 1. 15: 

tohence 

Upo6vp.cDS, adv. promptly, with alac- 
rity, readily, willingly, cheerfully, 
1 Pe. 5. 2. 

Hpoio-rqp.i, f. npoaTnaco, {npo & 
io-TTj/at) to set before; met. to set 
over, appoint with authority; in- 
trans. a. 2. 7rpovcTT7)i/, p. 7rpoe'o~rri/«x, 
part. 7rpoeOTais, and mid. 7rpoio~Ta|uai, 

to preside, govern, superintend, Ro. 
12. 8. 1 Th. 5. 12. 1 Ti. 3. 4, 5, 12; 

5. 17 ; mid. to undertake resolutely, 
to practise diligently, to maintain 
the practice of, Tit. 3. 8, 14. 

KpoK.akeop.ai, ovpai, f. eaop.ai, 
(7rpo/caXeo), to call forth, invite to 
stand forth, fr. npo & /caAew) to call 
out, challenge to fight ; to provoke, 
irritate with feelings of ungenerous 
rivalry, Ga. 5. 2G. 

TlpoKara'/yeWw, f. ye\a>, (npo & 
KarayyeAAw) to declare or announce 



beforehand, foretel, predict. Ar. & 
18, 24 ; 7. 52. 2 Co. 9. 5. L. G. 

UpoKaTaprifa, f. icrco, (7rpo' & na~ 
raprl^u}) to make ready, prepare, or 
complete beforehand, 2 Co. 9. 5. 

TlpoKeip-ai, f. elaop.aL, 'npo & fcet- 
p.at) to lie or be placed before ; met. 
to be proposed or set before, as a 
duty, example, reward, &c. He. 6.. 18 ; 
12. 1, 2. Jude 7 ; to be at hand, be 
present, 2 Co. 8. 12. 

HpoK.rjpvacru), f. £co, (irpo & KTjpva- 
<rtu) to announce publicly; in X. T., 
to announce before, Ac. 3. 20 ; 13. 24. 

Tlpozonr], rjs, r], advance upcn a 
way; met. progress, advancement, 
furtherance, Phi. 1. 12. 1 Ti. 4. 15: 
from 

UpOKonTco, f. yj/a>, (rrpo & kotttco) 
pr. to cut a passage forward ; to ad- 
vance, make progress; to advance 
as time* to be far spent, Ro. 13. 12; 
met. to advance in wisdom, age, or 
stature, Lu. 2. 52; seq. ev, to make 
progress or proficiency in, Ga. 1.4; 
with en-! vKelov, to proceed or ad- 
vance further, 2 Ti. 2.16; 3. 9 ; with 
€71-1 to x e ~ L P 0V > t° grow worse and 
worse, 2 Ti. 3. 13. 

UpoKpXpa, aros, to, (npoKpivco, to 
prejudge, prefer) previous judgment, 
prejudice, prepossession, or, prefer- 
ence, partiality, 1 Ti. 5. 21. N. T. 

UpoKvpoco, co, f. a>o~G>, (npo & kv~ 
poto) to sanction and establish pre- 
viouslv, ratify and confirm before, 
Ga. 3.' 17. N. T. 

Upo\ap(3dva>, f. X^opat, a. 2. 

Trpovkafiov, (npo & Aa/aSavo)) to take 
before another, 1 Co. li. 21 ; trap, to 
anticipate, do beforehand, Mar. 14. 
8 ; to take by surprise ; pass, to bo 
taken unexpectedly, be overtaken, 
be taken by surprise, Ga. 6. 1. 
TlpoXeyco, f. £a>, a. 1. npoelna, a. 2. 

7rpoet7roi', p. Trpoei'pyiKO, (7rpo & Keyui) 

to tell beforehand, to foretel. Mat 

24.25. Ac. 1. 16. Ro. 9. 29. 2 Co. 13. 

2. Ga. 5. 21. 1 Th. 3. 4, et al. 
npop.apTvpop.ai, (npo & p.apTi>po~ 

fiai) pr. to witness or testify before. 

hand ; to declare beforehand, pre. 

diet, 1 Pe. 1. 11. N. T. 
TIpopekeTaco, to, f. T}o~oi, (npo & 

^eAeTdw) to practise beforehand ; t* 

premeditate, Lu, 21. 14. 



npo 



L57 



npo 



Upoficplfivaoi^ co, f. 770-co, (npo & 
jaeptjavow) to be anxious or solicitous 
beforehand, to ponder beforehand, 
Mar. 13. 11. N. T. 

npofoeco, co, f. j^ctco, {npo & voeco) 
to perceive beforehand, foresee; to 
proride for, 1 Ti. 5. 8; mid. to pro- 
vide for one's self; by impl. to ap- 
ply one's self to a thing, practise, 
strive to exhibit, Ro. 12. 17. 2 Co. 
8. 21. 

Hpovoia, as, r], forethought ; provi- 
dence, provident care, Ac. 24. 3; 
provision, Ro. 13 M. 

Upoopdoo, co, f. npoo\p~op,ai, p. npo- 

eajpa/ca, a. 2. TrpoelSov, (rrpo & opacu) to 
foresee, Ac. 2. 31. Ga. 3. 8 ; to see 
before, Ac. 21. 29 ; in N. T., to have 
vividly present to the mind, to be 
mindful of, Ac. 2. 25. 

Upooplfa, f. i'crco, (7rpo & op/^co) 
to limit or mark out beforehand ; to 
design definitively beforehand, or- 
dain beforehand, predestine, Ac. 4. 
28. Ro. 8. 29, 30, et al. 

npo7rdcr^co, (npo & ndcrx^) a. 2. 
irpo4-rra.Qov, to experience previously ; 
of ill treatment, 1 Th. 2. 2. 

Uponep.no>, f. ■v/z-co, (npo & nepnv) 
to send on before ; to accompany or 
attend out of respect, escort, accom- 
pany for a certain distance on set- 
ting out on a journey, Ac. 15. 3; 20. 
38; 21. 5, et al.; to furnish with 
things necessary for a journey, Tit. 
3. 13. 3 Jno. 6. 

TlponeTTjSt eos, ovs, 6, 17, to, 
(irpo & 7rtrrTw) falling forwards; met. 
precipitate, rash, Ac. 19. 36. 2 Ti. 
3. 4. 

Uponopevop.ai, f. evcropai, (npo & 
TropeUojuai) to precede, go before, Ac. 
7. 40. Lu. 1. 76. 

ITpdr, prep., with a genitive, from ; 
met. for the benefit of, Ac. 27. 34 ; 
ivith a dative, near, by, at, by the 
side of, in the vicinity of, Mar. 5. 11. 
Lu. 19. 37; toith an accusative, used 
of the place to which any tiling tends, 
to, unto, towards, Mat. 2. 12; 3. 5, 
13; at, close upon, Mat. 3. 10. Mar. 
5. 22; near to, in the vicinity of, 
Mar. 6. 45 ; after verbs of speaking, 
praying, ansivering to a charge, &c, 
to, Mat. 3. 15; 27. 14; of place ivhcre, 
with, in, among, by, at, &c, Mat. 



20. 55. Mar. 11. 4. Lu. 1. 80; oftim 
for, during, Lu. 8. 13. 1 Co. 7. 5; 
near, towards, Lu. 24. 29 ; of the end, 

object, purpose for which an action is 
exerted, or to which any quality, &c. 
has reference, to, Jno. 4. 35. Ac. 3. 
10 ; 27. 12 ; before an infin. with to, in 
order to, that, in order that, Mat. 6. 
1 ; 13. 30; 26. 12; so as to, so that, 
Mat. 5. 28 ; of the relation which any 
action, state, quality, &c. bears to any 
person or thing, in relation to, of, 
concerning, in respect to, with re- 
ference to, Mat. 19. 8; Lu. 12. 41; 
18.1; 20. 19 ; as it respects, as it con- 
cerns, with relation to, Mat. 27. 4. 
Jno. 21. 9.2, 23 ; according to, in con- 
formity With, Lu. 12. 47. 2 Co. 5. 10 ; 
in comparison with, Ro. 8. 18 ; in at- 
tention to, Eph. 3. 4 ; of the actions, 
dispositions, &c. exhibited with re- 
spect to any one, whether friendly, 
towards, Ga. 6. 10. Ep. 6. 9 ; or un- 
friendly, with, against, Lu. 23. 12. 
Ac. 23. 30; after verbs signifying to 
converse, dispute, make d covenant, 
&c, with, Lu. 24. 14. Ac. 2. 7 ; 3. 25. 

lIpocrd/3/3aroi>, ov, to, (7rpd & crd/3- 
Parois) the day before the sabbath, 
sabbath-eve, Mar. 15. 42. S. 

ripocrayopevco, f. eucrco, (npos & 
iyopevo>, to speak) to speak to, ac- 
cost, to name, denominate; to no- 
minate, declare, He. 5. 10. 

ITpocrdyco, f. £co, a. 2. npoo-fjyayoVj 
(n-po? & ayto) to lead or conduct to, 
bring, Lu. 9. 41. Ac. 16. 20 ; to con- 
duct to the presence of, met. 1 Pe. 3. 
18 ; intrans. to approach, Ac. 27. 27 : 
(<%) ivhence 

Upocraycoyrj, 77?, 17, approach ; ac- 
cess, admission to the presence of any 
one, Ro. 5. 2. Ep. 2. 18. 

IIpocratTeco, co, f. tictco, (npos & 
euTe'a>) to ask for in addition ; to ask 
earnestly, beg; to beg alms, Mar. 
10. 46. Lu. 18. 35. Jno. 9. 8: wlmice 

Upoo-aiTr)s, ou, 6, a beggar, mendi- 
cant, v. r. Jno. 9. 8. N. T. 

Ilpoo-ava(3aLUco, f. (3r)crop.ai, a. 2 
eBijv, (n-pos & avaBalvu) to go up fur- 
ther, Lu. 14. 10. 

npoo-araXtrr^co, f. Xcocrco, (npos & 
av*\io-Ko> ) to consume besides ; to ex- 
pend on a definite object, Lu. 8. 43. 

Upoaavan\rjp6cd, co, f. cocrco, (npoi 
& dmrArjpaio) to fill up by addition , 



npo 



158 



npo 



to supply deficiencies, 2 Co. 9. 12; 
11. 9. 

npotTavariOrjiiL, (irpos & dvarldrjfii) 
to lay upon over and above ; mid. to 
put one's self in free communication 
with, to confer with, Ga. 1. 16; to 
confer upon, to propound as a matter 
of consideration, Ga. 2. 6. 

Qpocra7mA€co, co, f. 7?crco, (irpos & 
direiAeio) to threaten in addition, 
utter additional threats, Ac. 4. 21. 

TLpocr8airavda>, co, f. r)cra>, (irpos & 
SanavoM) to spend besides, expend 
over and above, Lu. 10. 35. L. G. 

LTpocrSeopai, f. derj(rofxai, (irpos & 
Seop.au) to want besides or in addi- 
tion, Ac. 17. 2* 

Upoadexop-ai, !. Se£op,cu, (irpos & 
Sexo'xat) to receive, accept; to re- 
ceive, admit, grant access to, Lu. 15. 
2 ; to receive, admit, accept, and with 
oi>, to reject, He. 11. 35 ; to submit to, 
He. 10. 34 ; to receive kindly, 0.9 a 
guest, entertain, Ro. 16. 2 ; to receive, 
admit, as a hope, Ac. 24. 15 ; to look 
or wait for, expect, await, Mar. 15. 
43. Lu. 2. 25, et al. 

LTpocrSoKaco, co, f. rjcrco, to look for, 
be expectant of, Mat. 11.3. Lu. 7. 
19, 20. Ac. 3. 5. 2 Pe. 3. 12, 13, 14 ; 
to expect, Ac. 28. 6 ; to wait for, Lu. 
1.21; 8. 40. Ac. 10. 24 ; 27. 33 ; ab- 
sol. to think, anticipate, Mat. 24. 50. 
Lu. 12. 46: ivhence 

IIpocr8o/aa, as, 17, a looking for, ex- 
pectation, anticipation, Lu. 21. 26; 
meton. expectation, what is expected 
or anticipated, Ac. 12. 11. 

Upoo~8pap.d)v, a. 2. part, of npoa- 
Tpe'xw : which see. 

Hpoo~eda>, co, f. dcrco, (irpcs & idco) 
to permit an approach, Ac. 27. 7. 
N. T. 

ripoo-eyy[£a>, f. icrco, (irpos & iy- 
■yi'fio) to approach, come near, Mar. 
2.4. L. G. 

Upocredpevoo, f. eucrco, (7rpo? & 
eSpa) to sit near; met. to wait or 
attend upon, have charge of, 1 Co. 
9. 13. 

npocrepyd£opai, f. dcropai, (irpos 
& kpya^oixai) pr. to work in addition ; 
to gain in addition in trade, Lu. 
19. 16. 

Qpocrea^opat, f. e^evaofxai, a. 2. 



fl l >o<r>}X0o»>, p. npoae\ri\v9a, Opo? 81 
epxofiai) to come or go to any 
approach, Mat. A. 3, 11 ; 5. 1 ; 8. 19, 
25, et al. freq. ; trop. to come, or go 
to, approach, draw near, spiritually. 
He. 7. 25 11. 6; 4. 16. 1 Pe. 2. 4; 
met. to assent to, accede to, concuj 
in, 1 Ti. 6. 3. 
Upocrevxr], rjs, f], prayer, Mat. 17. 
21; 21. 13, 22. Lu. 6. 12. Ac. 1.14, 
et al.; meton. a place where prayer 
is offered, an oratory, perhaps, Ac. 

16. 13, 16. S. 

Upoaevxopai, f. ev£op.ai, imperf. 
tTpoa-qvxop.-i]v, a. 1. Trpocrr\vi;a.p.y)v, to 
pray, offer prayer, Mat. 5. 44; 6. 5, 
6, et al. 

npocre^co, f. £co, (7rpos & e^co) to 
have in addition ; to hold to, bring 
near ; absol. to apply the mind to a 
thing, to give heed to, attend to, ob- 
serve, consider, Ac. 5. 35. He. 2. 1. 
2 Pe. 1. 19 ; to take care of, provide 
for, Ac. 20. 28; when followed by 
am, /in?, v. uriTrore, to beware of, take 
heed of, guard against, Mat. 6. 1 ; 
7. 15 ; to assent to, yield credence to. 
follow, adhere or be attached to, Ac. 
8. 6, 10, 11 ; 16. 14 ; to give one's self 
up to, be addicted to, engage in, b«s 
occupied with, 1 Ti. 1.4; 3. 8, et al. 

LTpocnyAoco, co, f. aiO~a>, (irpos & 
^Aos) to nail to, affix with nails, Col 
2. 14. 

UpocrrjkvTos, ov, 6, f), (irpocrep*- 
XOfi.ai)pr. a new comer, a stranger; 
in N. T., a proselyte, convert from 
paganism to Judaism, Mat. 23. 15. 
Ac. 2. 10 ; 6. 5 ; 13. 43. S. 

npoo-Kcupo?, ou, 6, 17, to', -ov, (irpos 
& /coupon) opportune ; in N. T., con- 
tinuing for a limited time, tempo- 
rary, transient, Mat. 13. 21. Mar. 4. 

17. 2 Co. 4. 18. He. 11. 25. L. G. 
TlpocrKa'heop.ai, ovpai, f. e'cropat, 

p. 7rpoo"K€K\T)ju.ai, (mid. of irpo(TKa\eo), 
to call to, summon, invite, fr. 7rpo? & 
/caAc'io) to call to one's self, summon, 
Mat. 10. 1; 15. 10, 32; 18. 2, et al. : 
to invite, Ac. 2. 39 ; to call to the per~ 
formance of a thing, appoint, Ac. 13. 
2; 16. 10. 

Upoo-Kaprepeoi, co, f. 770-co, (irpos & 
Kaprepeu) to persist in adherence to 
a tiling; to be intently engaged in 
attend constantly to, Ac. 1. 14; 2 
42. Ro. 13. 6. et al. ; to remain con 



HPO 159 I1PO 



ctanfly in a place, Ac. 2. 46 ; to con- I 
stantly attend upon, continue near 
to, be at hand, Mar. 3. 9. Ac. 8. 13 ; 
10. 7 : whence 

[IpocrKapTepncris, ecos, 17, perse- 
verance, unremitting continuance in 
a thing, Ep. 6. 18. N. T. 

HpoaKccpakcuov, fly, to, (7rpo'f & 
Kefyak-q) pr. a cushion for the head, 
pillow; also, a boat-cushion, Mar. 
4. 38. 

UpocrKkrjpoco, co, f. cocrco, (rrpos & 
xXrjpoto) pr. to assign by lot ; in N. T. 
mid., a. 1. Trpo<TeK\r)pui6r)v, to adjoin 
one's self to, associate with, follow 
as a disciple, Ac. 17. 4. 

ilpoovcXiVco, f. tvco, (rrpos & kXlvco) 
pr. to make to lean upon or against 
a thing ; met., mid., a. 1. irpo(XiK\LOr)v, 
to join one's self to, follow as an ad- 
herent, v. r. Ac. 5. 36 : whence 

x lp6ij<\XcriSt ecos, rj, pr. a leaning 
upon or towards a thing ; met. a lean- 
ing towards any one, inclination of 
mind towards, partiality, 1 Ti. 5. 21. 
L. G. 

tlpoaKoWdco, co, f. 170-0), (rrpos & 
KoAAa«>) pr. to glue to ; in N. T., mid., 
a. 1. irpoaeKoWriOr), f. 7rpo(r)coXXr]^cro- 
ftai, to join one's self to any one, fol- 
low as an adherent, Ac. 5. 36; to 
cleave closely to, Mat. 19. 5. Mar. 
10. 7. Ep. 5. 31. 

llpoo-Koppa, aros, to, (rrpoo-Korrrco) 
a stumbling, Ro. 9. 32, 33. 1 Pe. 
2. 8 ; met. a stumbling-block, an oc- 
casion of sinning, means of inducing 
to sin, Ro. 14. 13. 1 Co. 8. 9 ; met. a 
moral stumbling, a shock to the moral 
or religious sense, a moral embar- 
rassment, Ro. 14. 20. L. G. 

Upocricorrn, rjs, fj, pr. a stumbling ; 
offence ; in jV. T., an offence, shock, 
ground of exception, 2 Co. 6. 3: 
from 

IlpocrKorrTco, f. ^co, (rrpos & kott- 
t<o) to dash against, to beat upon, 
Mat. 7. 27 ; to strike the foot against, 
Mat. 4. 6. Lu. 4. 11; to stumble, 
Jno. 11. 9, 10; met. to stumble at, to 
take offence at, Ro. 9. 32; 14. 21. 
> Pe. 2. 8. 

Hpoo~Kv\ia>, v. rrpoo-Kvkivda), f. 
tVw, (7rp6? & (cvXi'w) to roll to or 
against, Mat. 27. 60. Mar. 15. 43. (I.) 

HpotrKvvco), co, f. Tjaopci & 770-co, 



a. 1. TTpo<T€Kvvr)<ra, (rpos & Kvv4<a, +0 
kiss) to do reverence or he mage by 
kissing the hand ; in N. T., to do 
reverence or homage by prostration, 
Mat. 2. 2, 8, 11; 20. 20. Lu. 4. 7 ; 24. 
52 ; to pay divine homage, worship, 
adore, Mat. 4. 10. Jno. 4. 20, 21. He. 
1. 6, et al. ; to bow one's self in ado- 
ration, He. 11. 21 : whence 

Upoo-KvvnTTjs, ov, o, a worshipper, 
Jno. 4. 23. N. T. 

IlpocrXaXeoJ, co, f. r)o~oo, (Trpos & 
XaXeco) to speak to, converse with, 
Ac. 13. 43; 28. 20. L. G. 

Upoo-kapfidvco, to take besides; mid 
jrpotrXajujSaectyxcu, f. A^i//op.ai, to take to 
one's self, assume, take as a com- 
panion or associate, Ac. 17. 5 ; 18. 26 ; 
to take, as food, Ac. 27. 33, 34, 36; to 
receive kindly or hospitably, admit 
to one's society and friendship, treat 
with kindness, Ac. 28. 2. Ro. 14. 1, 
3; 15. 7. Phile. 12, 17; to take or 
draw to one's self as a preliminary 
to an address of admonition. Mat. 
16. 22. Mar. 8. 32 : whence 

UpoaXrjyjrLS, ecos, t], an assuming ; 
a receiving, reception, Ro. 11. 15. 

Upocrpevco, f. euco, (rrpos & peVco) 
to continue, remain, &tay in a place, 
1 Ti. 1. 3; to remain or continue 
with any one, Mat. 15. 32. Mar. 8. 2. 
Ac. 18. 18 ; to adhere to, Ac. 11. 23 ; 
met. to remain constant in, persevere 
in, Ac. 13. 43. 1 Ti. 5. 5. 

Hpoaoppl^co, f. icrco, (rrpos & 6p- 
(jLifa, fr. opp-os, a station for ships) to 
bring a ship to its station or to land ; 
mid. to come to the land, Mar. 6. 

IIpocrocpeiAco, f. jycrco, (rrpos & o- 
<£ei'Au>) to owe besides, or in addition, 
Phile. 19. 

Upoo-oxOl^co, f. icrco, (rrpos & 6%- 
6l$o), to be vexed, offended) to be 
vexed or angry at, He. 3. 10. S. 

TlpocTTicivos, ov, 6, j], (rrpos & 7ret- 
va) very hungry, Ac. 10. 10. N. T. 

Upoo-Trrjyvvpt, f. rrrj^co, (rrpos & 

7njyvi/p.i) to fix to, affix to, Ac. 2. 23. 
TlpoarrlrrTco, f. TrecroOpat, a. 2. e- 
necrov, (7rp6? & nimbi) to fall or im- 
pinge upon or against a thi<ng; to 
fall down to any one, Mar. 3. 1 1 ; 7, 
25, et al. ; to rush violently upon 
beat against, Mat. 7. 25. 



1IP0 



180 



npo 



Upocnroiea), to, f. t}<tg>, (Trpos & 
iroieoj) to add or attach ; mid. to at- 
tach to one's self ; to claim or arro- 
gate to one's self ; to assume the ap- 
pearance of, make a show of, pretend, 
Lu. 24. 28. 

Upoairopevopai, f. evaopat, (irpos 
& nopevoixat) to go or come to any 
one, Mar. 10. 35. L. G. 

Hpoo-prjywpi, f. J^co, {Trpos & prjy- 
w/xl) to break or burst upon, dash 
against, Lu. 6. 48. N. T. 

UpocTTCLTLS^ 180s, f], (fern, of Trpo- 
o-Tarrjs, one who stands in front or 
before ; a leader ; a protector, cham- 
pion, patron, fr. irpoio-rrip.i) a pa- 
troness, protectress, Ro. 16. 2. (a.) 

Tlpoardcrao), v. rrco, f. £co, (7rpo? 
& T<xo-(ru>)^ir. to place or station at or 
against ; to enjoin, command, direct, 
Mat. 1. 24; 8. 4; 21.6. Mar. 1. 44, 
et al. ; to assign, constitute, appoint, 
Ac. 17. 26. 

Llpoaridripi, f. drjcrco, a. 1. pass. 

npoaeTeOrjv, (7rp6? & Ti0rj/iu) to put to 
or near ; to lay with or by the side 
of, Ac. 13. 36 ; to add, superadd, ad- 
join, Mat. 6. 27, 33. Lu. 3. 20. Ac. 
2. 41, et al. ; fr. the Heb. Tr P oaTL9ep.ai, 
before an infinitive, and the part, npoa- 
0eis before a finite verb, denote con- 
tinuation, or repetition, Lu. 19. 11; 
20.11,12. Ac. 12. 3. 

npoo-rpe^co, a. 2. Trpoarebpapov, 
(7rp6s & Tpe'x«>) to run to, or up, Mar. 
9. 15; 10. 17. Ac. 8. 30. 

Tlpoo-cpdyiov, ou, ro, (Trpos & cpa- 
yelv) what is eaten besides ; hence, 
genr. victuals, food, Jno. 21. 5. N. T. 

Up6cr(paTos, ou, 6, i), (Trpos & iri- 
<pafiaO pr. recently killed ; hence, 
genr. recent, new, newly or lately 
made, He. 10. 20: whence 

Hpoo-cpdrcos, adv. newly, recently, 
lately, Ac. 18. 2. 

tlpocr<pepa>, f. irpocrotcra), a. 1. 

TzpocrqveyKCL, a. 2. 7rpo(rrji/eyKOv, (npo<; & 
$<fpuj) to bear or bring to, Mat. 4. 24 ; 
25. 20 ; to bring to or before magis- 
trates, Lu. 12. 11; 23. 14; to bring 
near to, apply to, Jno. 19. 29; to 
offer, tender, proffer, as money, Ac. 
8. 18 ; to offer, present, as gifts, obla- 
tions, &c„ Mat. 2. 1 1 ; 5. 23. He. 5. 
7; to offer in sacrifice, Mar. 1. 44. 
Lu. 5. 14 ; to offer up any one as a 



sacrifice to God, He. 9. 25. 28 , 11. 17. 
et al. ; mid. to b^ar ont s self to- 
wards, behave or conduct one's seii 
towards, to deal with, treat any one, 
He. 12. 7. 

Hpo(r<pi\r)s, eos, ovs, 6, 17, (Trpos 
& <£i'A.o?) friendly, amiable, grateful, 
acceptable, Phi. 4. 8. 

Upoacpopa, as, 17, (irpoo-cpepo)) pr. 
a bringing to ; in N. T., an offering, 
an act of offering up or sacrificing, 
He. 10. 10; trop. Ro. 15. 16; an offer- 
ing, oblation, a thing offered, Ep. 5. 
2. He. 10. 5, 8 ; a sacrifice, victim 
offered, Ac. 21.26; 24. 17. 

ILpocrfpcDvecc, <y, f. 170-co, (7rpoV & 
cbtoveco) to speak to, address, Mat. 11. 
16. Lu. 7. 32; 13. 12, et al.: to ad- 
dress, harangue, Ac. 22. 2 ; to call to 
one's self, Lu. 6. 13. 

Upoaxvcris, ecor, r], (7rpocr^eco, tc 
pour out upon, besprinkle, fr. 7rp6s & 
xeco) an effusion, sprinkling, He. 11. 
28. L. G. 

Upoayjsavco, f. avaco, (irpos & ^auco, 
to touch) to touch upon, to touch 
lightly, Lu. 11. 46. 

HpocrcoTroXr]Trrea>, co, f. 170-co, to ac- 
cept or respect the person of any one, 
to pay regard to external appear- 
ance, condition, circumstances, &c, 
to show partiality to, Ja. 2.9: (N . TV 
from 

Upoo-odTTo'knTrTTjs, ou, 6, J/, (TTpOCT' 
fc>7iw & Aaju-jSai'to) a respecter of per- 
sons, Ac. 10. 34. N. T. 

UpocrcoTroK-nyp-la, a?, (TrpocrwTro- 
\t\mioi) respect of persons, partiality, 
Ro. 2. 11, et al. N. T. 

UpoacoTrov, ou, ro', (irpos & co\j/) 
the face, countenance, visage, Mat. 
6. 16, 17; 17. 2, 6; according to later 
usage, a person, individual, 2 Co. 1. 
11; hence, personal presence, 1 Th. 
2. 17 ; fr. the Heb. npoauirov Trpos 
n-poo-coTToc, face to face, clearly, per- 
fectly, 1 Co. 13. 12; face, surface, ex- 
ternal form, figure, appearance, Mat. 
16. 3. Lu. 12. 56; external circum- 
stances, or condition of ant/ one, Mat. 
22. 15. Mar. 12. 1 4 ; ' npoo-oiirov Aa/i- 
fiaveiv, to have respect to the ex- 
ternal circumstances of any one, Lu. 
20. 21. Ga. 2. 6; ev irpoo-unw, in the 
person, in the name, or by the au« 

thority, 2 Co. 2. 10; anb rrpocrc..;rov, 

from the prusonc-: of, from, Ac. 3. IS) 



iiPO 



IGl 



np£2 



from before, Ac. 7. 45 ; eis rrpooiuiroi, 
in the presence of, before, 2 Co. 8. 24 ; 
Kara irp6(Ti»rrov, in the presence of, 
before, Ac. 3. 13 ; openly, Ga. 2. 11 ; 
Kara irpocrcoiTov ex 61 "- to have before 
one's race, to have any one present, 
Ac. 25. 16 ; acb npoa-unrov, from, lie. 12. 
14; vrph Trpo<ru>trov, before, Ac. 13. 24. 
Upordo-o-co, v. ttco, f. £co, (7rpd & 
Tdaa-io) to place or arrange in front ; 
to assign beforehand, foreordain, Ac. 
17.26. 

Upordvco, f. evco, (irpo & relvco) to 
extend before; to stretch out, Ac. 
22. 25. 

JJporepov, adv. before, first, Jno. 7. 
51. 2 Co. 1. 15; 6, r), Tvporepov, for- 
mer, He. 10. 32, et al. : pr. neut. of 

Uporepos, a, oi>, (comp. of 7rpd) 
former, prior, Ep. 4. 22 ; to Trporepou, 
as an ado. before, formerly, Jno. 6. 
62, et al. 

Ylporidnpi, f. 7rpodr)o~cd, (rrpo & 
TiO-qui) to place before ; to set forth, 
propose publicly, Ro. 3. 2f ; npoTi9e- 
fiai, to purpose, determine, design 
beforehand, Ro. 1. 13. Ep. 1. 9. 

nporperrco, f. \|^co, (rrpd & rp€7ra>) 
to turn forwards ; to impel ; to ex- 
cite, urge, exhort, Ac. 18. 27. 

tlporpe^co, a. 2. npovbpapov, (rrpo 
& Tpe'xw) to run before, or in advance, 
Lu. 19. 4. Jno. 20. 4. 

TLpov7rdp)(<x), f. £oo, (rrpd & (map^co) 
imperf. rrpovTnipxov, to be before, or 
formerly, Lu. 23. 12. Ac. 8. 9. 

npotfiaats, eco?, 77, (irpo & (paiVa>) 
pr. that which appears in front, that 
which is put forward to hide the true 
state of things ; a fair show or pre- 
text, Ac. 27. 30; a specious cloke, 
Mat. 23. 18. 1 Th. 2. 5; an excuse, 
Jno. 15. 22. 

LT/jof/jf'pa), f.7rpoolo~a>, (rrpo &<pepco) 
to bring before, present; to bring 
forth or out, produce, Lu. 6. 45, bite. 

npocprjrela, as, 77, prophecy, a pre- 
diction of future events, Mat. 13. 14. 
2 Pe. 1. 20, 21 ; prophecy, a gifted 
faculty of setting forth and enforcing 
revealed truth, 1 Co. 12. 10; 13. 2, 
et al. ; prophecy, matter of divine 
teaching set forth by special gift, 
1 Ti. 1. 18: from 

npO(pT)T€VG>, f. (VCTOi, a. 1. 7TpO€- 

farcvtra, to exc rcisc the function of 



! a Trpo-^njs ; to prophesy, to foretel 
I the future, Mat. 11. 13; to divine, 
Mat. 26. 68. Mar. 14. 65. Lu. 22. 64: 
to prophesy, to set forth matter oi 
divine teacliing by special faculty, 
1 Co. 13. 9 ; 14. 1, et al. : from 
Upo<pr)Tr]s, ov, 6, (rrpo & (prjp.ij 
pr. a spokesman for another; spc. s 
spokesman or interpreter for a deity; 
a prophet, seer, Tit. 1. 12; in N. 1\. 
a prophet, a divinely commissioned 
and inspired person, Mat. 14. 5. Lu. 
7. 16, 39. Jno. 9. 17, et al.; a pro- 
phet in the Christian Church, a per- 
son gifted for the exposition of divine 
truth, 1 Co. 12. 28, 29, et al. ; a pro- 
phet, a foreteller of the future, Mat. 
1. 22, et al. freq. ; oi n-po^Tai, the 
prophetic scriptures of the Old Tes- 
tament, Lu. 16. 29, et al. : whence 
TlpofpnTiKos, 77, ov, prophetic, ut- 
tered by prophets, Ro. 16. 26. 2 Pe. 

1. 19^L. G. 

UpocprjTLS, 180s, 77, a prophetess, a 
divinely gifted female teacher, Lu. 

2. 36. Re. 2. 20. 

Upo<fiddv(d, f. d<ro>, & rjcrop,ai, a. 1. 
irpoi4>9a(ra, (irpo & $6avta) to outstrip, 
anticipate ; to anticipate any one in 
doing or saying a thing, be ' before- 
hand with, Mat. 17. 25. 

Upo^eipl^oiLaLy f. icropai, (npo & 
Xet'p) to take into the hand, to make 
ready for use or action; to consti- 
tute, destine, Ac. 22. 14; 26. 16. 

npo^etporoi/eo), a>, f. 770-6), (rrpo & 
xeipo-romo) pr. to elect before; to 
fore-appoint, Ac. 10. 41. 

Upvpva, 77?, 77, {npvpvos, last, hind- 
most) the hinder part of a vessel, 
stern, Mar. 4. 38, et al. 

npcot, adv. in the morning, early, 
Mat. 10. 3; 20. 1. Mar. 15. 1. Ac. 28. 
23, et al. ; the morning watch, which 
ushers in the dawn. Mar. 13. 35 r 
whence 

Tlpwia, as, 77, (pr. fem. of Trpa>ios y 
a, ov, in the morning, early) sc. oipji,, 
morning, the morning hour, Mat. 21. 
18; 27. 1. Jno. 18. 28; 21. 4. 

Tlpuipos, 77, ov, early, Ja. 5. 7. 

Upco'ivos, 77, ov, (a later form ol 
n-poii'o?) belonging to the morning, 
morning, Re. 2. 28; 22. 16. 

Upaypa. as, 77, (rrpo) the forepart of 
a vessel, prow. Ac. 27. 30. 41. 

12 



IIPQ 



1« 



nYK 



Spo>Tet;&), f. evcra), (irpwTos) U be 
first, to hold the first rank or highegt 
dignity, have the preeminence, be 
chief, Col. 1. 18. 

HpaiTOKadedpia, as, 17, (npcoTOs & 
Ka64Spa) the first or uppermost seat, 
the most honourable seat, Mat. 23. 6. 
Mar. 12.39. Lu. 11.43; 20.46. N. T. 

RpaTOKXiala, as, rj, (npcoTOs & 
kKio-lo) the first place of reclining at 
table, the most honourable place at 
table, Mat. 23. 6. Mar. 12. 39. Lu. 
14. 7, 8; 20. 46. N. T. 

llpoaTov, adv. first in time, in the 
first place, Mar. 4. 28 ; 16. 9 ; -rb Trpu- 
tov, at the first, formerly, Jno. 12. 16 ; 
19. 39; first in dignity, importance, 
&c, before all things, Mat. 6. 33. Lu. 
12. 1 : pr. neut. of 

IIpcoTO?, r), ov, (superl. of 7rpo, as 
if contr. from ttpotcltos) first in time, 
order, Sec. Mat. 10. 2; 26. 17 ; first in 
dignity, importance, Sec, chief, prin- 
cipal, most important, Mar. 6. 21. 
Lu. 19. 47. Ac. 13. 50; 16. 12; as an 
equivalent to the compar. jrporepo?, 
prior, Jno. 1. 15, 30; 15. 18 ; Mat. 27. 
64; adverbially, first, Jno. 1. 42; 5. 
4; 8. 7. 

tlpGDTOO~Ta.TT]S, OV, 6, (ffpCOTOS & 

icm^i) pr. one stationed in the first 
rank of an army ; a leader ; a chief, 
ringleader, Ac. 24. 5. (a.) 

ZlpcoTOTOKia, cov, to, the rights of 
primogeniture, birthright, He. 12. 
16: (S.) from 

IlpcoTOTOKos, ov, 6, rj, to, -ov, (7rpa>- 
tos & tCktixi) firstborn, Mat. 1. 25. 
Lu 2. 7. He. 11. 28 ; in K. T., prior 
in generation, Col. 1. 15; a firstborn 
head of a spiritual family, Ro. 8. 29. 
He. 1. 6; firstborn, as possessed of 
the peculiar privilege of spiritual ge- 
neration, He. 12. 23. 

Tlraico, f. alcrco, a. 1. eiTTaicra, to 
cause to stumble ; intrans. to stum- 
ble, stagger, fall; to make a false 
ste»>; met. to err, offend, transgress, 
B.o. 11. 11. Ja 2. 10; 3. 2, bis; met. 
to fail of an object, 2 Pe. 1 . 10. 

Urtpva, T)S, rj, the heel, Jno. 13. 18. 

ILrepvytov, ov, to, a little wing ; 
the extremity, the extreme point of 
a thing; a pinnacle, or apex of a 
bttUding, Mat. 4. 5. Lu. 4. 9: dimin. 



Uripvt, vyos, rj, (irTepov') a ^7^ng 
pinion, Mat. 23. 37. Lu. 13. 34, et al 

Tlrnvov, ov, to, (pr. neut. of tttt)* 
v6s, Tj, 6v, whiffed, fr. TrirofjuLi, to fly) 
a bird, fowl, 1 Co. 15. 39. 

Ilroeco, co, f. T)cra>, a. 1. pass. eVro- 
rjOrjv, to terrify, affright ; pass, to be 
terrified, be in consternation, Lu. 
21. 9; 24. 37: whence 

TItotjo-ls, ecos, rj, consternation, dis- 
may, 1 Pe. 3. 6. 

Utvov, ov, to, (tttvco) a fan, win- 
nowing-shovel, Mat. 3. 12. Lu. 3. 17. 

Hrvpco, to scare, terrify; pass, to be 
terrified, be in consternation, Phi. 1. 
28. 

UrCa-fia, a.Tos, to, (tttvco) spittle, 

saliva, Jno. 9. 6. 
Utvctctco, f. |co, a. 1. %TTTvf-a, to 

fold ; to roll up a scroll, Lu. 4. 20. 
Utvco, f. vcrco, a. 1. eTTTvaa, to spit. 

spit out, Mar. 7. 33 ; 8. 23. Jno. 9. 6. 
Hrco/xa, aros, to, (77177-rco) a fall ; 

a dead body, carcase, corpse, Mat. 

24.28. Mar. 6. 29. Re. 11.8, 9. 

Ureocris, ecos, rj, (fr. same) a fall, 
crash, nun, Mat. 7. 27 ; met. down- 
fall, ruin, Lu. 2. 34. 

nTco^eta, as, r), begging; beggary ; 
poverty, 2 Co. 8. 2, 9. Re. 2. 9: 
from 

Htol>X€v<x>, f. €vo-a>, to be a beggar; 
to be or become poor, be in poverty, 
2 Co. 8. 9 : from 

IItco^o?, 17, ov, reduced to beggary, 
mendicant ; poor, indigent, Mat. 19. 
21 ; 26. 9, 11, et al. ; met. spiritually 
poor, Re. 3. 17 ; by impl. a person of 
low condition, Mat. 11.5. Lu. 4. 18 ; 
7. 22 ; met. beggarly, sorry, Ga. 4. 9 i 
met. lowly, Mat. 5. 3. Lu. 6. 20. 

Uvypr), f)s, t), (7rv£) the fist ; irvy- 
fifj, together with the fore-arm, or, 
with care, carefully, Mar. 7. 3. 

Hvdatv, covos, 6, Python, the name 
of the mythological serpent slain by 
kpollo, thence named the Pythian; 
later, equivalent to eyyao-Tpijuajris, a 
soothsaying ventriloquist ; irpevjia 
irvOuivos, i. q Stxifioviov ^avriKov, a 
soothsaying demon. Ac. 16. 16. 

IIvkvos, n, ov, dense, thick; fre 
quent, 1 Ti. 5. 23 ; jtvwo, as an ad 



IIYK 



163 



PAB 



verb, frequently, often, Lu. 5. 33: 
so the compar. iruKvorepov, very fre- 
quently, Ac. 24. 26. 

HvKTevco, f. evaco, (irvKTns, a boxer, 
fr. 7rv£) to box, fight as a pugilist, 
1 Co. 9. 26. 

Hi/An, 77?, 77, a gate, Mat. 7. 13, 14. 
Lu. 7. 12. Ac. 12. 10, et al. ; vruAat 
a5ov, the gates of hades, the nether 
world and its powers, the powers of 
destruction, dissolution, Mat. 16. 18: 
u-hence 

fluXo!)!/, wi/oy, 6, a gateway, vesti- 
bule, Mat. 26. 71. Lu. 16. 20 ; a gate, 
Ac. 14. 13. Ke. 21. 12, 13, 15,21,25, 
et al. L. G. 

Ilvvddvop-ai, f. Ttevcropai, a. 2. iirv- 
66fj.r\v, to ask, inquire, Mat. 2. 4. Lu. 
15. 26, et al. ; to investigate, exa- 
mine judicially, Ac. 23. 20 ; to ascer- 
tain by inquiry, understand, Ac. 23. 
34. 

IlOp, irvpds, to, fire, Mat. 3. 10; 7. 
19; 13. 40, et al. freq. ; jrvpo?, used 
by Hebraism ivith the force of an ad- 
jective,, fiery, fierce, He. 10. 27 ; fire 
used figuratively to express various 
circumstances of severe trial, Lu. 12. 
49. 1 Co. 3. 13. Jude 23: whence 

Yivpd, as, 77, a fire, heap of combus- 
tibles, Ac. 28. 2, 3. 

Ylvpyos, ov, 6, a tower, Mat. 21. 33. 
Mar. 12. 1. Lu. 13. 4 ; genr. a castle, 
palace, Lu. 14. 28. 

Tlvpecrcra), v. ttco, f. £co, to be fe- 
verish, be sick of a fever, Mat. 8. 14. 
Mar. 1 . 30 : from 

Hvperds, ov, 6, (7rvp) scorching and 
noxious heat; a fever, Mat. 8. 15. 
Mar. 1. 31, et al. 

Uvpwos, 77, ov, (fr. same) pr. of 
fire, fiery, burning ; shining, glitter- 
ing, Ke. 9. 17. 

Tlvpoco, co, f. cocrco, (fr. same) to set 
on fire, burn ; pass, to be kindled, be 
on fire, burn, flame, Ep. 6. 16. 2 Pe. 
3. 12. Ite. 1. 15 ; met. of anger, to be 
inflamed, incensed, provoked, 2 Co. 
i 1 . 29 ; of lust, to be inflamed, burn, 
1 Co. 7. 9 ; to be tried with fire, as 
metals, Re. 3. 18. 

Ilvppd^a), f. do~u>, to be fiery red, 
Mat. 16. 2, 3: (N. T.) from 

Xlvppds, d, dv, (jrvp) of the colour 
<*1 fire, fiery .red, Be 6, 4 ; 12- »• 



TLvpooo'is, ea>s, 77, (nvpoco') a burn 
ing, conflagration, Re. 18. 9, 18 ; met 
a fiery test of trying circumstances, 

1 Pe. 4. 12. 

II co, an enclitic particle, yet : see in 

fAT/no), ju.r)6c7ra>, ovwto, ovSenm, irrinrore. 
IlcoXeco, to, f. Tjcra>, to sell, Mat. 10. 

29; 13. 44, et al. 
IIcoAo?, ov, 6, 77, a youngling; a 

foal or colt, Mat. 21. 2, 5, 7. Mar. 11. 

2, et al. 

Tldinore, adv. (7rco & 7roVe) ever yet, 
ever, at any time, Lu. 19. 30. Jno. 
1. 18, et al. 

ncopoco, co, f. cocrco, (rrcopos, a stony 
concretion) to petrify; to harden; in 
JV. T., to harden the feelings, Jno. 12. 
40 ; pass, to become callous, unim- 
pressible, Mar. (i. 52 ; 8. 17. Ro. 11. 7. 

2 Co. 3. 14 : whence 

TlSpcocns, eco?, 77, a hardening ; met. 
hardness of heart, callousness, insen- 
sibility, Mar. 3. 5. Ro. 11.25. Ep. 
4. 18. 

II ok, an enclitic particle, in any way, 
by any means : see et7rw?, /u.>j7ra>s. 

IIco?, adv. how? in what manner? 
by what means? Mat. 7. 4; 22. 12. 
Jno. 6. 52; used in interrogations 
which imply a negative, Mat 12. 26, 
29, 34 ; 22. 45 ; 23. 33. Ac. 8. 31 ; put 
concisely for how is it that ? how does 
it come to pass that? Mat. 16. II; 
22. 43. Mar. 4. 40. Jno. 7. 15 ; with 
an indirect intei-rogation, how, in 
what manner, Mat. 6. 28 ; 10. 19. 
Mar. 11. 18; put for what? Lu 
10 26 ; put for ws, as a particle cf ex- 
clamation, how, how much, how 
greatly, Mar. 10, 23, 24. 



P. 

'Pa/^t, 6, indec. (later Heb. *y\ fr. 
which was deemed less honour- 
able) Rabbi, my master, teacher, doc- 
tor, Mat. 23. 7, 8 ; 26. 25, 49, et al. 

'Papftovi, v. 'Pafifiovvi, (later Heb. 
p-|, Aram, with suffix, )))21) Rab- 
boni, my master, the highest . title oj 
honour in the Jewish sc)iooh. Mar. 10 
51. Jno. 20. 16. 

'Pa/3dt£« ? f. iVa), a. 1. cppdfidLO a, 



PAB 164 Pill 



A. 1. pass. ippa&8io-Qr)v, to beat with 
rods, Ac. 16. 22. 2 Co. II. 25: from 
Pa/38oy, ov, t), a rod wand, He. 9. 
4. Re. 11. 1; a rod of correction, 
1 Co. 4. 21 ; a staff, Mat. 10. 10. He. 
11. 21; a sceptre, He. 1. 8. Re. 2. 
27. 

^aftSovxos, ov, 6, (pdi3$os & e'^co) 
the bearer of a wand of office; a lie- 
tor, serjeant, a public servant who 
bore a bundle of rods before the ma- 
gistrates as insignia of their office, 
and cai-ried into execution the sen- 
tences they pronounced, Ac. 16. 35, 38. 

Padiovpynp-a, aror, to, (paStoup- 
ye'a), to do easily, to act recklessly ; 
ptxSio?, easy, & ipyov) pr. any thing 
done lightly, levity; reckless con- 
duct, crime, Ac. 18. 14. L. G. 

Padiovpyia, as, 17, (fr. same) faci- 
lity of doing any thing; levity in do- 
ing ; recklessness, profligacy, wick- 
edness, Ac. 13. 10. 

PaKa, an Aramaean term of bitter con- 
tempt, worthless fellow, Mat. 5. 22. 

PaKor, eos, ro, (pdcrcrco, prjao-a)) a 
torn garment; a shred or strip of 
cloth, Mat. 9. 16. Mar. 2. 21. 
'Pavrifa, f. io-(£>, a. 1. ippavTicra, 
p. pass. eppdvTt.<Tfxai, (pcuVto, idem) to 
sprinkle, besprinkle, He. 9. 13, 19, 
21 ; met. and by impl. to cleanse by 
sprinkling, purify, free from pollu- 
tion, He. 10. 22: (L. G.) whence 

Pa.VTio-p.6i, ou, 6, pr. a sprinkling ; 
met. a cleansing, purification, lustra- 
tion, He. 12. 24. 1 Pe. 1. 2. S. 

Pa7n'£oo, f. urea, a. 1. eppcuricra, 
(pa7ri's, a rod) to beat with rods ; to 
strike with the palm of the hand, 
cuff, slap, Mat. 5. 39 ; 26. 67 : whence 

Pcnxio'p.a, aros, to, a blow with the 
palm of the hand, cuff, slap, Mar. 14. 
65. Jno. 18. 22; 19. 3. L. G. 

Padjls, idos, 17, (panTta, to sew, 
eew together) a needle, Mat. 19. 24. 
Mar. 10. 25. Lu. 18. 25. 

Pe8a, v. p(8n, rjs, f), (Lat., rheda) 
a carriage with four wheels for tra- 
velling, chariot, Re. 18. 13. 

PepCpdv, v. 'Pe<pd;;, the name of an 
idol, Ac. 7. 43. The original passage, 
Amos 5. 26, has |VD ; the Sept. "Pai- 
4>av, the Egyptian name for the planet 
Saturn. 



'Peco, f. pevcropat, a. 1. tpptvara, t< 

flow, Jno. 7. 38. 

I 'Pndeis, part, of epprjdnv, a. I. paag. 

I used in connexion with \eya>, 4>rifii, 
and sinew. 
'Prjypa, aTOf, to, a rent ; a crash, 

ruin, Lu. 6. 49 : from 
'Pyyvvpu, v. prjao-co, f. £a>, a. 1. 
ipp-q^a, to rend, shatter ; to break jf 
burst in pieces. Mat. 9. 17. Mar. 2.22, 
Lu. 5. 37, et al. ; to rend, lacerate. 
Mat. 7. 6; to cast or dash upon the. 
ground, convulse, Mar. 9. 18. Lu. 
9. 42 ; absol. to break forth into ex- 
clamation, Ga. 4. 27. 

'Pijpa, oto?, to, (epa>) that which i* 
spoken ; declaration, saying, speech, 
word, Mat. 12. 36 ; 26 75. Mar. 9. 32 ; 
14. 72 ; a command, mandate, direc- 
tion, Lu. 3. 2 ; 5. 5 ; a promise, Lu. 
1. 38; 2. 29; a prediction, prophecy, 
2 Pe. 3. 2 ; a doctrine of Cod or 
Christ, Jno. 3. 34; 5. 47; 6. 63, 68 
Ac. 5. 20; an accusation, charge, 
crimination, Mat. 5.11; 27. 14; fr.the 
Heb. a thing, Mat. 4. 4. Lu. 4. 4 ; a 
matter, affair, transaction, business, 
Mat. 18. 16. Lu. 1.65. 2 Co. 13. 1, 
et al. 

'Prjcrcrco, see prjywpi. 

'Pj^Tcop, opoy, 6, (epo)) an orator, 

advocate, Ac. 24. 1. 
Ptjtcos, adv. (pr)Tos, ipco) in ex 

press words, expressly, 1 Ti. 4. 1. 

Pt'£a, T]$, T], a root of a tree, Mat. 
3. 10; 13. 6; met. exa-v p^au, V. exeif 
pi^av ev eavT<Z. to be rooted in faith. 
Mat, 13. 21.' Mar. 4 17. Lu. 8. 13; 
met. cause, source, origin, 1 Ti. 6. 10. 
He. 12. 15; by synecd. the trunk, 
stock of a tree, met . Ro. 11. 16, 17, 18; 
met. offspring, progeny, a descend- 
ant, Ro. 15. 12. Re. 5. 5; 22. 16: 
tchence 

'Pt^oco, to, f. coo-o), to root, cause to 
take root; ]>ass. part. perf. eppi^o^e- 
ros, firmly rooted, strengthened with 
roots ; met. firm, constant, firmly 
fixed, Ep. 3. 18. Col. 2. 7. 

'Pittt], rjs, rj, (p'nrTco) pr. a rapid 
sweep, jerk; a wink, twinkling oj 
the eye, 1 Co. 15. 52. 

'Pi7n'£co, f. Icrco, (purls, a fan or 
bellows, fr. piVno) to fan, blow, yea- 



pm i 

tilate ; to toss, agitate, e. g. the ocean 
by the wind, Ja. 1. 6. 

'Pi7rreo), <u, to toss repeatedly, toss 
up with violent gesture, Ac. 22. 23: 
frei.from 

'PtTTrco, f. yjrco, a. 1. eppiyjsa, p. 
pass, ippiunai, to hurl, throw, cast ; 
to throw or cast down, Mat. 27. 5. 
Lu. 4. 35; 17. 2; to throw or cast 
oid, Ac. 27. 19, 29; to lay down, set 
down, Mat. 15. 30; pass, to be dis- 
persed, scattered, Mat. 9. 36. 
•oi^Sov, adv. (polios, a whizzing, 
a rushing noise) with a noise, with a 
crash, &c, 2 Pe. 3. 10. L. G. 

'Po/M^ata, a?, rj, pr. a Tliracian 
broad-sword; a sword, Re. 1.16; 2. 
11; by meton. war, Re. 6. 8; met. a 
thrill of anguish, Lu. 2. 35. 

'Pvp-T], 77*,-, f), (pvco) pr. a rush or 
sweep of a body in motion ; a street, 
Ac. 9. 11; 12. 10; a narrow street, 
lane, alley, as distinguished from 
nka.Teia., Mat. 6. 2. Lu. 14. 21. 

'Pvopai, f. pvaopai, a. 1. eppvcrd- 
nr)v, to drag out of danger, to rescue, 
save, Mat. 6. 13 - ; 27. 43; later also 
pass., a. 1. eppva-Oriv, to be rescued, 
delivered, Lu. 1.74. Ro. 15.31. 2 Th. 
3. 2. 2 Ti. 4. 17. 

'PvTrapevopai, (pv7rapos) to be filthy, 
squalid; met. to be polluted, v. r. 
Re. 22. 11. N. T. 

'Pv7rapla, a?, 17, filth; met. moral 
filthiness, uncleanness, pollution, Ja. 

I. 21 : from 

Pu7rapo?, o, 6V, filthy, squalid, sor- 
did, dirty, Ja. 2. 2 ; met. defiled, pol- 
luted, v. r. Re. 22. 1 1 : from 
'Pvttos, ov, 6, filth, squalor, 1 Pe. 3. 
21 : ivhence 

Pt>7rda), <u, f. a>o~a), to be filthy ; 
met. to be morally polluted, Re. 22. 

II, bis. 

'Pwo-tf, fcof, 17, (peco) a flowing; a 
morbid flux, Mar. 5. 25. Lu. 8. 43, 44. 

PvriSy 1805, T), (pva>) a wrinkle; 

met. a disfiguring wrinkle, flaw, 

blemish, Ep. 5. 27. 
*Pu>pa'iK6s, 77, df, Roman, Latin, Lu. 

23. 38 : from 
Puipaios, ou, 6, (*P&)jun, Rome) a 

Roman, Roman citizen, Jno. 11, 48, 

Ac. 2. 10; 16, 21, et ul, ; whence 



8 SAA 

'Pco/xatcrrt, adv. in the Roman las 
guage, in Latin, Jno. i9. 20. 

'Pcovvvpi, v. i/vco, f. poacrcoy U 
strengthen, render firm ; pass, perf 
eppiop.a.1, to be well, enjoy firm health ; 
imperative eppwcro, ep,W0€, at the end 
of letters, like the Lot. vale, farewell, 
Ac. 15. 29; 23. 30. 



2a(3ax0avl, (Aram. "OnpDt^ fr- 
p3K>, to leave, forsake) sabacthani, 
thou hast forsaken me; interroga- 
tively, hast thou forsaken me ? Mat 
27. 46. Mar. 15. 34. 

2a/3aco0, (Heb. niN3¥. pi- °f fcOV) 
hosts, armies, Ro. 9. 29. Ja. 5. 4. 

2aj3l3aTicrp.6s, or), o, (o-a/3/3ari^o), 
i. q. Heb. r\2$P< whenc it is formed, 
to cease or rest from labour, and thus 
keep sabbath) pr. a keeping of a sab 
bath ; a state of rest, a sabbath-state, 
He. 4. 9. 

"2d(3(3aTov, on, to, (Heb. fDSJO pr. 
cessation from labour, rest ; the 
Jewish sabbath, both in the sing, and 
pi., Mat. 12. 2, 5, 8; 28. 1. Lu. 4. 16; 
a week, sing, andpl.. Mat. 28. 1. Mar. 
16. 9, et al. ; pi. sabbaths, or times of 
sacred rest, Col. 2. 16. 

2ayrjvr], r??, 17, (crayrj, fr. o-arroi), 
to load) a large net, drag, Mat. 13. 
47. L. G. 

2a88ovKalos, ou, 6, a Sadducee, 
one belonging to the s-ect of the Sad- 
ducees, tvfiich, according to the Tal- 
mudists, was founded by one pn^, 
Sadoc, about three centuries before 
the Christian era : they were directly 
opposed in sentiments to the Phari- 
sees, Mat. 3. 7; 16. 1, 6, 11, 12; 22. 
23, 34, et al. 

2(uvco, f. o~avo>, a. 1. ecrrjva & ecrava., 
pr. to wag the tail ; to fawn, flatter, 
cajole ; 2)ass. to be cajoled ; to be 
wrought upon, to be perturbed, 1 Th. 
3. 3. 

SaKKO?, ou, 6, (Heb. pK>) sackcloth, 
a species of very coarse black cloth 
made of hair, Re. 6. 12 ; a mourning 
garment of sackcloth, Mat. 11. 21 
Lu.10. 13. Re. 11.3. 

SaAeuco, f. riVa), a. 1. eaaXevcra, 



2AA 



166 



SEA 



to make to rock, to shake, Mat. 11. 
7; 24.29. Lu. G. 48. Ac. 4. 31, et al. ; 
to shako down or together, Lu. 6. 38 ; 
met. to stir up, excite the people, Ac. 
17.13; to agitate, disturb mentally, 
Ac. 2. 25. 2 Th. 2. 2 ; pass. impl. to 
totter, be ready to fall, be near to 
ruin, met. He. 12. 27 : from 

£a\os, ov, 6, agitation, tossing, roll- 
ing, spc. of the sea, Lu. 21. 25. 

2aA7riy£, tyyor, 17, a trumpet, Mat. 
24. 31. 1 Th. 4. 16, et al. : from ^ 

2aA7n'£a>, f. i'y£co, & later, iVco, 
a. 1 . eerd\n-iy£a & effaAmcra, to sound 
a trumpet, Re. 8. 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 
et al. : whence 

2aX7Tio-rJ7?, ov, 6, a trumpeter, Re. 
18. 22. L. G. 

2ap.apeiTr)s, ov, 6, a Samaritan, an 
inhabitant of the city or region of 
2a/uapeia, Samaria, applied by the 
Jews as a term of reproach and con- 
tempt, Mat. 10. 5. Jno. 4. 9 ; 8. 48, 
et al. : whence 

2a/zapemj, idos, a Samaritan wo- 
man, Jno. 4. 9, bis. 

2av8d\iov, ov, to, (pr. dimin. of 
<rai>8a\ov) a sandal, a sole of wood or 
hide, covering the bottom of the foot, 
and bound on with leather thongs, 
Mar. 6. 9. Ac. 12. 8. 

Savis, Lbos, fj, a board, plank, Ac. 
27. 44. 

"2cnrp6s, a, ov, (arj7T(o) pr. rotten, 
putrid ; hence, bad, of a bad quality, 
Mat. 7. 17, 18; 12. 33. Lu. 6. 43; re- 
fuse, Mat. 13. 48; met. corrupt, de- 
praved, vicious, foul, impure, Ep. 4. 
29. 

2riV(petpo?, ou, r], (Heb. *V2D) a 
sapphire, a precious stone of a blue 
colour in various sliades, next in hard- 
ness and value to the diamond, Re. 
21. 19. 

2apydvrj, rjs, f], twisted or plaited 
work; a network of cords like a 
basket, basket of ropes, &c. 2 Co. 11. 
33. (a.) 

2apSii/of, ou, 6, a sardine, a pre- 
cious stone of a blood-red colour, Re. 
4. 3. 

2up§tot>, 70, but in the common text 
of Re. 21. 20. o-apSios, a carnelian. 

Sao§oVu£, v%os, rj, (adpdiov & 6Vu£) 
sardonyx, a gem exhibiting the colour 



of the ca niclian and the white of th* 
chalcedony intermingled in alteniaU 
layers, Re. 21. 20. 

^apKiKos, rj, ov, (crapf-) fleshly; 
pertaining to the body, corporeal, 
physical, Ro. 15. 27. 1 Co. 9. 11; 
carnal, pertaining to the flesh, 1 Pe. 
2. 1 1 ; carnal, subject to the propen- 
sity of the flesh, Ro. 7. 14 ; carnal, 
low in spiritual knowledge and 
frame, 1 Co. 3. 1,3; carnal, human 
as opposed to divine, 2 Co. 1. 12 ; 10. 
4 ; carnal, earthly, He. 7. 16. L. G. 

"2apKxvos, 77, ov, of flesh, fleshy, 
2 Co. 3. 3 : from 

2ap£, aapxos, fj, flesh, Lu. 24. 39. 
Jno. 3. 6, et al.; the human body, 
2 Co. 7. 5 ; flesh, human nature, hu- 
man frame, Jno. 1. 13, 14. 1 Jno. 4. 
2, et al.; kindred, Ro. 11. 14; con- 
sanguinity, lineage, Ro. 1. 3; 9. 3, et 
al. ; flesh, humanity, human beings, 
Mat. 24. 22. Lu. 3. 6. Jno. 17. 2, c* 
al. ; the circumstances of the body, 
material circumstances, 1 Co. 5. 5 ; 
7. 28. Philem. 16, et al. ; flesh, mere 
humanity, human fashion, 1 Co. I. 
26. 2 Co. 1. 17 ; flesh as the seat oj 
passion and frailty, Ro. 8. 1, 3, 5, et 
al. ; carnality, Ga. 5. 24. 1 Pe. 4. 1 ; 
materiality as opposed to the sjriritual, 
Ga. 3. 3. Col. 2. 18, 23. He. 9. 10. 

2apda>, <w, f. a>aa>, p. pass, artcrd- 
pu>ftai, (i. q. o-cu'pio) to sweep, cleanse 
with a broom, Mat. 12. 44. Lu. 11. 
25; 15. 8. 

^aravas, a, 6, & once, 2 Co. 12. 7, 
Sarai/, 6, indec. (Heb. Jt3&>) an ad- 
versary, opponent, enemy, perhaps. 
Mat. 16. 23. Mar. 8. 33. Lu. 4. 8 ; 
elsetchere, Satan, the devil, Mat. 4. 
10. Mar. 1. 13, et al. 

2drov, ov, to, (Heb. i"IND> Chald. 
NDND) a satum or seah, a Hebrew 
measure for things dry, containing, as 
Josephus testifies, (Ant. 1. ix. c. 4. § 5) 
an Italian modius and a half, or 24 
sextarii, and thei-efore equivalent to 
one peck and a half English, Mat. 13. 
33. Lu. 13. 21. N. T. 

2aurou, rjsi ou, contr. from aeavrov. 

2[3evwp.i, f. cr/3ecra>, a. 1. ea^eaa, 
to extinguish, quench, Mat. 12.20; 
25. 8. Mar. 9. 44, 46, 48, et al. ; met. 
to quench, damp, hinder, thwart, 
1 Th. 5. 19. 

2caurou, fjs, ov, reflexive pron., li 



2EB 



167 



SIK 



thyself, and dat. o-eavrw, fj, w, to thy- 
self, &C. Mat. 4. 6 ; 8.4; 19. 19, et al. 

%e{id£op.ai, f. daopat, a. 1. eo"e/3a- 
<r0T}i/, (ae'i3a?) to feel dread of a thing; 
to venerate, adore, worship, Ro. 1. 
25 : whence 

2e/3acrjia, aro?, to, an object of re- 
ligious veneration and worship, Ac. 
17. 23. 2 Th. 2. 4. L. G. 

Se^ao-roy, 77, ov, ^r. venerable, au- 
gust ; 6 2e/3a<7Tos, i. q. Lat. Augustus, 
Ac. 25. 21, 25 ; Augustan, or, Sebas- 
tan, named from the city Sebaste, Ac. 
27. 1. 

2e(3opai, to stand in awe ; to vene- 
rate, reverence, worship, adore, Mat. 
15. 9. Ac. 19. 27, et al. ; part. <re- 
Ponevos, tj, ov, worshipping, devout, 
pious, a term applied to proselytes to 
Judaism, Ac. 13. 43, et al. 

2etpa, as, 17, a cord, rope, band; 
in N. T., a chain, 2 Pe. 2. 4. 

2et(7/i0?, ov, 6, pr. a shaking, agita- 
tion, concussion; an earthquake, 
Mat. 24. 7 ; 27. 54, et al. ; a tempest, 
Mat. 8. 24 : from 

2etoo, f. o-etcrco, a. 1. ecmcra, to 
shake, agitate, He. 12. 26. Re. 6. 13; 
pass, to quake, Mat. 27. 51 ; 28. 4 ; 
met. to put in commotion, agitate, 
Mat. 21. 10. 

SeXrjvr), rjs, fj, the moon, Mat. 24. 
29. Mar. 13. 24, et al. : whence 

Jze\r)vid£ofiai, f. do~opat, to be lu- 
natic, Mat. 4. 24; 17. 15. L. G. 

"2ep.l8a.XLS, eo)?, rj, the finest flour, 
Re. 18. 13. 

2epv6s, 77, ov, (cre'ftofxai) august, 
venerable ; honourable, reputable, 
Thi. 4. 8; grave, serious, dignified, 
1 Ti. 3. 8, 11. Tit. 2. 2: whence 

Sepvorns, ttjtos, f], pr. majesty ; 
gravity, dignity, dignified serious- 
ness, 2 Ti. 2. 2 ; 3. 4. 

Sr/paiva), f. ava>, a. 1. eo-ijprjva & 
i<jr)fx.ava., (cr^jua, a sign, mark) to in- 
dicate by a sign, to signal ; to indi- 
cate, intimate, Jno. 12. 33; to make 
known, communicate, Ac. 11. 28. 
Re. 1.1; to specify, Ac. 25. 27. 

2/i/jitiof, ov, to (fr. same) a sign, a 
mark, token, by which any tiling is 
known or distinguished. Mat. 16. 3; 
24. 3. 2 Th. 3. 17 ; a token, pledge, 
assurance, Lu. 2. 12 ; a proof, evi- 



dence, convincing token, Mat IS. 
38; If. 1. Jno. 2. 18; in N. T., a 
sign, wonder, remarkable event, 
wonderful appearance, extraordi- 
nary phenomenon, 1 Co. 14. 22. Re. 
12. 1, 3; 15. 1; a portent, prodigy. 
Mat. 24. 30. Ac. 2. 19; a wonderful 
work, miraculous operation, miracle, 
Mat. 24. 24. Mar. 16. 17, 20; meton. 
a sign, a signal character, Lu. 2. 34 : 
tvhence 

2r// J ieioa>, w, f. ©o-co, to mark, in- 
scribe marks upon; mid. to mark 
for one's self, note, 2 Th. 3. 14. 

"Srjpepov, adv. to-day, this day, Mat. 
6. 11, 30; 16. 3; 21. 28 ; now, at pre- 
sent, He. 13. 8. 2 Co. 3. 15; ^ aiq/xe- 
pov, sc. rnxepa, sometimes expressed, 
this day, the present clay, Ac. 20. 26 ; 
etos v. a\pt rris orjiaepov, until this day, 
until our times, Mat. 11. 23; 27. 8, 
et al. freq. 

2r)7rco, to cause to putrify, make 
rotten ; mid. <rrjn-ojuat, p. 2. crecrq-n-a, 
to putrify, rot, be corrupted or rot- 
ten, Ja. 5. 2. 

"SrjpiKos, r), ov, {crrjp, a silkworm) 
silk, of silk, silken; to cnipiKov, silken 
stuff', silk, Re. 18. 12. L. G. 

"2rjs, o~e6s & o~t)tos, 6, a moth, Mat. 
6. 19, 20. Lu. 12. 33. 

2r]T6(3pooTOS, ov, 6, f], to, -ov, (o~r)S 
& /3i/3pi6o-/«o) moth-eaten, Ja. 5. 2. S. 

Udevoco, a>, f. cocro), a. 1. ecr@€va>o~a, 
(crfleVo?, strength) to strengthen, im- 
part strength, 1 Pe. 5. 10. N. T. 

2taycov, ovos, rj, the jaw-bone; in 
JY. T., the cheek, Mat. 5. 39. Lu. 
6. 29. 

2tyaco, u>, f. rjcrco, p. pass, aeo-'iyrj- 
f*<u, to be silent, keep silence, Lu. 9. 
36; 20. 26, et al. ; trans, to keep in 
silence, not to reveal, to conceal; 
pass, to be concealed, not to be re- 
vealed, Ro. 16. 25: from 

"2'yr), rjs, r), silence, Ac. 21. 40. Re. 
8. 1. 

^Ldrjpeos, ovs, ea, a, eov, ovv, made 
of iron, Ac. 12. 10. Re. 2. 27 ; 9. 9; 
12.5; 19. lb: from 

Slftrjpos, ov, 6, iron, Re. 18. 12. 

2tda>inos, ov, 6, a Sidonian, an in- 
habitant of SiSwi/, Sidon, Ac. 12, 
20. 

2iK.dpLus- ov, 6. (Lat. mcarim. fx 



2KM 



8tca, a dagger, poniard) an assassin, 
bandit, robber, Ac. 21. 38. 

2Uepa, ro, indec. (Heb. strong 
or inebriating drink, Lu. 1. 15. S. 

2i/zi/aV#ioz/, ou, to, (Lat. semicinc- 
tium, fr. semi, half, & cingo, to gird) 
an apron, Ac. 10. 12. 

SivaTTi, eons, to, mustard ; in N. T., 
probably the shrub Khardal (Salva- 
dora Persica, L.), the fruit of which 
possesses the pungency of mustard, 
Mat. 13. 31 ; 17. 20, et al. 

Stf§a)i/, ovos, T)-, sindon, pr. fine 
Indian cloth ; fine linen ; in N. T., 
a linen garment, an upper garment 
or wrapper of fine linen, worn in 
summer by night, and used to envelope 
dead bodies, Mat. 27. 59. Mar. 14. 51, 
52; 15. 46. Lu. 23. 53. 

2ma£ft>, f. ao-a), (criviov, a sieve) 
to sift; met. to sift by trials and 
temptations, Lu. 22. 31. L. G. 

2it6utos, r), 6V, (frirevco, to feed 
or fatten, euros) fed, fatted, Lu. 15. 
23, 27, 30. 

SiriW, ou, to, (o-Itos) provision of 

corn, food, v. r. Ac. 7. 12. 
StTio-Tos, 17, ov, (crirt(o>, to fatten, 

fr. o-Zros) fatted, a fatling, Mat. 22. 4. 

^LTOjJLerpLOV, OU, TO, (crtTO? & fl€T- 

peu) a certain measure of grain dis- 
tributed for food at set times to the 
slaves of a family, a ration, Lu. 12. 
42. L.G. 

SIYo?, ov, 6, corn, grain, wheat, 
Mat. 3. 12 ; 13. 25, 29, 30. Mar. 4. 28, 
et al. ; pi. a-ira, bread, food, Ac. 7.12. 

2ico7ruco, co, f. r)cra>, a. 1. io'ianrqcra^ 
to be silent, keep silence, hold one's 
peace, Mat. 20. 31 ; 26. 63, et al. ; 

silent, dumb, Lu. 1. 20; met. 
to be silent, still, hushed, calm, as 
the sea, Mar. 4. 39. 

SxavdaXlfa, f. iVto, a. 1. ecrKavdd- 

Atcra, a. 1. pass. eaKavSaXlcrfrqv, pr. to 
cause to stumble: met. to offend, vex, 
Mat. 17. 27 ; to offend, shock, excite 
feelings of repugnance, Jno. 6. 61. 
1 Co. 8. 13; pass, to be offended, 
shocked, pained, Mat. 15. 12. Ro. 
14. 21. 2 Co. 11.29; tTKai'Sa\^ea9ai 
ev tlvi, to be affected with scruples 
or repugnance towards any one as 
respects his claims or pretensions, 
Mat. 11. 6; 13. 57, et al. ; met. to 
cause to stumble morally, to cause 



to falter, or err, Mat. 5. 29; 18. 6, el 
al. ; pass, to falter, fall away, Mat 
13. 21, et al. : (S.yVom 

^KavdaXov, ou, to, (a later eqniva- 
lent to o-KavSdXriOpov) pr. a trap- 
spring ; also genr. a stumbling-block, 
any thing against which one stum- 
bles, an impediment ; met. a cause 
of ruin, destruction, misery, &c. Ro. 
9. 33 ; 11.9; a cause or occasion ol 
sinning, Mat. 18. 7, ter. Lu. 17 1; 
scandal, offence, cause of indigna- 
tion, 1 Co. 1. 23. Ga. 5. 11. 

S/caTTTfti, f. aKayj/co, a. 1. eWa\//'tt ) 
to dig, excavate, Lu. 6. 48; 13. 8; 
16. 3 : whence 

^KcMpr], rjs, f], pr. any thing exca- 
vated or hollowed ; a boat, skiff, Ac. 
27. 16, 30, 32. 

SkcAo?, eos, to, pi. to. o-Ke\t], the 
leg, Jno. 19. 31, 32, 33. 

2<eVao"/aa, oto?, to, (o~K€7rd£(o, to 
cover) covering; clothing, raiment, 
1 Ti. 6. 8. 

2/cfU77, rjs, t], apparatus ; tackle, 
Ac. 27. 19: from 

2/ceuoy, eoy, to, a vessel, utensil 
for containing any thing. Mar. 11. 16. 
Lu. 8. 16. Ro. 9. 21 ; any utensil, in- 
strument; o-KevT), household stuff, fur- 
niture, goods, &c. Mat. 12. 29. Mar. 

3. 27, et al. ; the mast of a ship, or, 
the sail, Ac. 27. 17 ; met. an instru- 
ment, means, organ, minister, Ac. 9. 
15; o-Kevrj opyrjs & o-xevrj eAe'ovs, ves- 
sels of wrath, or of mercy, persons 
visited by punishment, or the divine 
favour, Ro. 9. 22, 23 ; the vessel or 
frame of the human individual, 1 Th. 

4. 4. 1 Pe. 3. 7. 

~2kt]vt), 77?, 17, a tent, tabernacle; 
genr. any temporary dwelling; a 
tent, booth, Mat. 17. 4. He. 11. 9; 
the tabernacle of the covenant, He. 

8. 5 ; 9. 1, 21 ; 13* 10 ; allegor. the ce- 
lestial or true tabernacle, He. 8. 2 : 

9. 1 1 ; a division or compartment ol 
the tabernacle, He 9 2, 3, 6 ; a small 
portable tent or shrine, Ac. 7. 43; 
trop. a family, lineage, race, Ac. 15. 
16; a mansion, habitation, abode, 
dwelling, Lu. 16. 9; Re. 13. 6. 

2 kt] voTTTjyici^ as, 77, (crKrjvos & Trrj- 
wi) pr. a pitching of tents or 
booths; hence, the feast of taberna- 
cles or booths, instituted in memory 
of the 40 gears' wandoing of the Is- 



2KH 



169 



2K0 



TXtelitcs in the desert, and as a season \ 
of gratitude for the ingathering of 
harvest, celebrated during eight days, 
commencing on the \hth of Tisri, Jno. 

r. 2 

Skhvottoios, ov, 6, (aKTjvr) & noieco) 
a tent-maker, Ac. 18. 3. N. T. 

2*771/0?, eoy, to, (equivalent to enc??- 
vri) a tent, tabernacle; met. the 
corporeal tabernacle, 2 Co. 5. 1,4: 
whence 

Hkkvooo, co, f. cocrco, a. 1. eo~KT)va>o~a, 
to pitch tent, encamp ; to taberna- 
cle, dwell in a tent ; to dwell, have 
one's abode, Jno. 1. 14. Re. 7. 15; 
12. 12; 13. 6; 21. 3: whence 

2Kr)VG>fxa, cltos, to, a habitation, 
abode, dwelling, Ac. 7. 46 ; the cor- 
poreal tabernacle of the soul, 2 Pe. 
1. 13, 14. 

2<«a, as, r) y a shade, shadow, Mar. 
4. 32. Ac. 5. 15; met. a shadow, a 
shadowing forth, adumbration, in 
distinction from r\ elnuv, the perfect 
image or delineation, & to aSi^a, the 
reality, Col. 2. 17. He. 8.5; 10. 1 ; 

S'oom; a/ad Ba.v6.~ov, death-shade, 
e thickest darkness, Mat. 4. 16. 
Lu. 1. 79. 

S/apraco, co, f. 7icrco, a. 1. eo-Kiprrjaa^ 
to leap, Lu. 1. 41, 44; to leap, skip, 
bound for joy, Lu. 6. 23. 

SKXnpoKapftla, as, 17, (o-KXnpos, & 
KapSla) hardness of heart, obduracy, 
obstinacy, perverseness, Mat. 19. 8. 
Mar. 10. 5; 16. 14. S. 

S^X/ipos-, a, oV, dry, hard ; met. 
harsh, severe, stern, Mat. 25. 24; 
vehement, violent, fierce, Ja. 3. 4; 
grievous, painful, Ac. 9. 5; 2G. 14; 
grating to the mind, repulsive, offen- 
sive, Jno. 6. 60 ; stubborn, contuma- 
cious, Jude 15: whence 

^Kknporns, tvtos, t), hardness; met. 
o-kA/jpottj? tt)? KapSt'as, hardness of 
heart, obduracy, obstinacy, perverse- 
ness, Ro. 2. 5. 

HKknpoTpdxnXos, ov, 6, 7), (tr/cXr/- 
po<; & rpavTjXos) stiff-necked, obsti- 
nate, refractory, Ac. 7. 51. S. 

2/cXr?pvi/co, f. wco, a. 1. eaKXfjpvua, 
to harden ; met. to harden morally, 
to make stubborn, He. 3. 8, 15 ; 4. 7 ; 
as a negation of e\eelv, to leave to 
stubbornness and contumacy, Ro. 9. 
18 ; mid, A pass, to put on a stub- 



I born frame, become obdurate, Aft 
19. 9. He. 3. 13. 
SKoAto'r, a, ov, croosed, tortuous. 
Lu. 3. 5 ; met. perverse, wicked, Ac 
2. 40. Phi. 2. 15 ; crooked, peevish 
morose, 1 Pe. 2. 18. 
2koXo\^, 07TO?, 6, any thing pointed 

met. a thorn, a plague, 2 Co. 12. 7. 
2/co7reco, co, f. qcrco, to view attett 
tively, watch, reconnoitre; to see 
observe, take care, beware, Lu. 1 
35. Ga. 6. 1 ; to regard, have rfr 
spect to, 2 Co. 4. 18. Phi. 2. 4; to 
mark, note, Ro. 16. 17. Ph. 3. 17 : 
from 

Skottos, ov, 6, {(TKeTTTopai) a 
watcher; also, a distant object on 
which the eye is kept fixed ; a mark, 
goal, Ph. 3. 14. 
2i<op7rl£oo, f. t'o-co, a. 1. io-Kopmo-a, 
to disperse, scatter, Jno. 10. 12; 16. 
32; to dissipate, waste, Mat. 12. 30. 
Lu. 11. 23; to scatter abroad one's 
gifts, give liberally, 2 Co. 9. 9. 
Hnopirios, ou, 6, a scorpion, scorpio 
Afer of Linn., a large insect, some- 
times several inches in length, shaped 
somewhat like a crab, and furnished 
with a tail terminating in a sting, 
whence it emits a dangerous poison, 
Lu. 10. 19; 11. 12, et al. 
2/coreti/os, 77, ov, ((tkotos) dark, 
darkling, Mat. G. 23. Lu. 11. 34, 36. 
2f(OTta, as, r), (fr. same) darkness, 
Jno. 6. 17; 20. 1 ; privacy, Mat. 10. 
27. Lu. 12.3; met. moral or spiritual 
darkness, Jno. 1.5, bis. ; 8. 12 ; 12. 35, 
46, et al. 

2koti'£o), f. iVco, to darken, shroud 
in darkness ; pass, to be darkened, 
obscured, Mat. 24. 29. Lu. 23. 45; 
met. to be shrouded in moral dark- 
ness, to be benighted, Ro. 1. 21, et 
al. : (L. G.) from 
2k6tos, ou, 6, darkness, He. 12. 18 
2koYo?, eos, to, but ov, 6, He. 12. 
18, according to ordinary Greek usag$, 
darkness, Mat. 27. 45! Ac. 2. 20; 

floom of punishment and misery, 
lat. 8. 12. 2 Pe. 2. 17; met. moral 
or spirihuxl darkness, Mat. 4. 16. 
Jno. 3. 19. Ep. 5. 11 ; melon, men 
in a state of moral darkness, Ep. 5. 
8; 6. 12: whence 
2/coroco, co, f. cocrco, to darken, 
shroud in darkness, Re. 16. 10. 



SKY 1 

t>/3oAoi>, ou, to, offal, dung, sweep* 
ings, refuse, Phi. 3. 8. 

2,KvdpO)7l6s, OU, 6, fj, & fj, OV, ((TKvQ- 

pos, stern, gloomy, & aty) of a stern, 
morose, sour, gloomy, or dejected 
countenance, Mat. 6. 16. Lu. 24. 17. 
SkuAAco, f. uAa>, p. pass. ecrKvX.fiai, 
to flay, lacerate ; met. to vex, trou- 
ble, annoy, Mar. 5. 35. Lu. 7. 6; 8. 
49 ; pass, met., eovcuXjaeVoi, jaded, in 
sorry plight, v. r. Mat. 9. 36 : whence 

2/cuAoi>, ou, to, (<tkuAXo>) spoils 
stripped of an enemy ; oxvXa, spoil, 
plunder, booty, Lu. 11. 22. 

'SKCokrjKofipCQTOS, ((TKOikrj^, & /3t- 

PpuxTKio) eaten of worms, consumed 
by worms, Ac. 12. 23. 

2Ka)An£, rjKos, 6, a worm; met. 
gnawing anguish, Mar. 9. 44, 46, 48. 

'EpapdyUXvos, Ivn, ivov, of smarag- 
dus or emerald, Re. 4. 3: (N. T.) 
from 

Spdpayftos, ou, 6, & fj, smaragdus, 
the emerald, a gem of a pure green 
colour; but under this name the an- 
cients probably comprised all stones 
of a fine green colour, Re. 21. 19. 

S/iupra, ij$, fj, (Heb. myrrh, 
an aromatic bitter resin, or gum, is- 
suing by incision, aiul sometimes spon- 
taneously, from the trunk and larger 
branches of a small thorny tree grow- 
ing in Egypt, Arabia, and Abyssinia, 
much -used by the ancients in unguents, 
Mat. 2. 11. Jno. 19. 39. 

^jxvpvalos, ou, 6, a Smyrnean, an 
inhabitant of %ixvpva, Smyrna, Re. 
I. 11 ; 2. 8. 

~2jwpvl((i>, f. icoo, (apvpva) to min- 
gle or impregnate with myrrh, Mar. 
15. 23. N. T. 

lopos, ou, 17, a coffer ; an urn for 
receiving the ashes of the dead ; a 
coffin ; in N. T., a bier. Lu. 7. 14. 

2os, o-fj, gov, (o"u) thine, Mat. 7. 3, 
22, et al. ; oi croi, thy kindred, friends, 
&C. Mar. 5. 19 ; to uov & rd crd, what 
is thine, thy property, goods, &c 
Mat. 20. 14 ; 25. 25. Lu. 6. 30. 

Hovftdpiov, ov, to, (Lat. sudarium) 
a handkerchief, napkin, &c Lu. 19. 
20. Jno. 11. 44, et al. 

5o0t'a, af, fj, (o~o(f)6s) wisdom in 
general, knowledge, Mat. 12. 42. Lu. 



7C 2IIE 

2.40, 52; 11.31. Ac. 7. 10; ability 

Lu. 21. 15 Ac. 6. 3, 1O; prcctircX 
wisdom, prudence, Col. 4. 5; learn- 
ing, science, Mat. 13. 54. Mar. 6. 2. 
Ac. 7. 22 ; scientific skill, 1 Co. I. 17; 
2. 1 ; professed wisdom, human phi- 
losophy, 1 Co. 1. 19, 20, 22 ; 2. 4, 5, 6, 
et al. ; superior knowledge and en- 
lightenment, Col. 2. 23 ; in A r . T., 
Divine wisdom, Ro. 11. 33. Eph. 3. 

10. Col. 2. 3 ; revealed wisdom, Mat. 

11. 19. Lu. 11. 49. 1 Co. I. 24, 30; 

2. 7 ; Christian enlightenment, 1 Co. 

12. 8. Eph. 1. 8, 17. Col. 1. 9, 28; 

3. 16. Ja. 1.5; 3. 13. 
2o(pi£o), f. Icrco, a. 1. ecr6(pio~a, to 

make wise, enlighten, 2 Ti. 3. 15; 
mid. to invent skilfully, devise art- 
fully, pass. 2 Pe. 1. 16: from 
2o(pdf, fj, 6v, wise generally, 1 Co. 
1.25; shrewd, sagacious, clever, Ro. 
16. 19. 1 Co. 3. 10; 6. 5; learned, 
intelligent, Mat. 11. 25. Ro. 1. 14, 
22. 1 Co. 1. 19, 20, 26, 27 ; 3. 18; in 
N. T., divinely instructed, Mat. 23. 
34 ; furnished with Christian wis 
dom, spiritually enlightened. Ja. 3. 
13; all-wise, Ro. 16. 27. I Ti. 1. 17. 
Jude 25. 

IZirapdo-creo, v. ttco, f. |co, a. 1. e- 
enrdpa£a, (o-wdo)) pr. to tear, lacerate ; 
by impl. to agitate greatly, convulse, 
distort by convulsions, Mar. 1. 26 ,• 
9. 20, 26. Lu. 9. 39. 
"2irapyav6u>, a>, f. cocrco, (aizapya- 
vov, a bandage ; swaddling-cloth) to 
swathe, wrap in swaddling-cloths, 
Lu. 2. 7, 12. 
~2TvaTa\d(£), a>, f. tjo-co, (o-7raTa.\rj, 
riot, luxury) to live luxuriously, vo- 
luptuouslv, wantonly, 1 Ti. 5. 6. Ja. 
5. 5. L. G. 
27raco, 60, f. acrco, p. eanaKa, a. 1. 
mid. e<Tira(TdfXT]v, to draw, pull; to 
draw a stoord, Mar. 14. 47. Ac. 16. 
27. 

^ndpa, as, fj, any thing twisted or 
wreathed, a cord, coil, band, &c. ; 
a band of soldiers, company, troop; 
used for a Roman maniple, or, co- 
hort, Mat. 27. 27. Ac. 10. 1; the 
temple guard, Jno. 18. 3, 12. 
27T6t'pco, f. cnrepa), a. 1. ecnreipa, 

p. 2. ianopa, a. pass. eo~irdpr]v, to SOW 
seed, Mat. 6. 26 ; 13. 3, 4, 18, 24, 25, 
27, 31, 37, 39; in A T . T., used icit\ 
variety of metaphors. Mat. 13. 19 • 2& 



2HE 



171 



2TA 



24. 1 Co. 9. 11.. 2 Co. 9. 6. Ga. 6. 7, | 
et al. 

ZneKovXarajp, opos, o, (Lat. spe- 
culator) a sentinel, life-guardman, a 
kind of soldiers who formed the body- 
guard of princes, dec, one of whose 
duties was to put criminals to death, 
Mar. 6. 27. 

Snevdco, f. (T7retcra), to pour out a 
libation or drink offering; in N. T., 
mid. to make a libation of one's self 
by expending energy and life in the 
service of the gospel, Phi. 2. 17 ; pass. 
to be in the act of being sacrificed 
in the cause of the gospel, 2 Ti. 4. 6- 

27rep/>ia, arc?, to, (o~7reipa>) seed, 
Mat. 13. 24, 27, 37, 38 ; semen virile, 
He. 11. 11 ; offspring, progeny, pos- 
terity, Mat. 22. 24, 25. Jno. 7. 42 ; a 
seed of future generations, Ro. 9. 29 ; 
in N'T., met. a seed or principle of 
spiritual life, 1 Jno. 3. 9. 

STrcpftoXoyo?, ou, 6, (aneppa & 
Ae'yaj, to pick) pr. seed-picking ; one 
who picks up and retails scraps of 
information ; a babbler, Ac. 17. 18. 

^Ticvdco, f. O"7reuo"co, a. 1. earrevaa, 
trans, to urge on, impel, quicken ; to 
quicken in idea, to be eager for the 
arrival of, 2 Pe. 3. 12; intrans. to 
hasten, make haste, Ac. 20. 16; 22. 
18 ; the part, has the force of an ad- 
verb, quickly, hastily, Lu. 2. 10; 19. 
5, 6. 

"Zirrfkaiov, ou, rd, (enreos) a cave, 
cavern, den, Mat. 21. 13, et al. 

27riAa?, aSoy, 77, a sharply cleft 
portion of rock ; in If. T., a flaw, 
stigma, Jude 12. 

27rtXo9, & o-ttlXos, 6, a spot, stain, 
blot ; a moral blot, Eph. 5. 27. 2 Pe. 
2. 13: (L. G.) whence 

27TiXdo), a), f. c!)0"6o, to spot, soil ; 
to contaminate, defile, Ja. 3. 6. Jude 
23. L. G. 

ZnXayxvlCop.ai, f. i<Topai, a. 1. 
eo"rr\ayxi>ia6r)i>, to be moved with pity 
or compassion, Mat. 9. 36; 14. 14; 
20. 34. Lu. 7. 13, et al. ; to compas- 
sionate, Mat. 18. 27 : (N. T.) from 

IZnXayxvov, ou, to, but usually, ami 
in N. T. only in pi. ri a-nKa.yx.va., t»v, 
the chief intestines, viscera ; tli" en- 
trails, bowejs, Ac. 1. 18; met. the 
heart, the affect ions of the heart, the 
tender affections, Lu. J 78. 3 Co. 



I 6. 12. Phi. I. 8, et al.; meton. a 
cherished one, dear as one's selfj 
Phile. 12. 

27royyos, ou, 6, a sponge, Mat. 27. 

48. Mar. 15. 36. Jno. 19. 29. 
27roodf, ou, 7, ashes, Mat. 11. 21, 
et al. 

~27ropd, a?, J7, (cnrelpo)) a sowing; 
seed sown ; met. generative seed, ge- 
neration, 1 Pe. 1. 23. 
^noplpos, ou, 6, 77, (fr. same) sown, 
fit to be sown ; in A T . T., to. a-rr6piixa t 
fields which are sown, fields of grain, 
corn fields, Mat. 12. 1. Mar. 2. 23. 
Lu. 6. 1. 

^iropos, ov, d, (fr. same) a sowing; 
in JY. T., seed, that which is sown, 
Mar. 4. 26, 27. Lu. 8. 5, 11 ; met. the 
seed sown in almsgiving, 2 Co. 9. 10. 
27rouSd^60, f. do-co & dao/jLcti, p. 

e<nrov6aKa, a. 1. eaTrovSacra., (cnrouSij) 

to hasten ; to be in earnest about, be 
bent upon, Ga. 2. 10; to endeavour 
earnestly, strive, Ep. 4. 3, et al. 
"27rov8a7,os, a, ov, (fr. same) earnest, 
eager, forward, 2 Co. 8. 17, 22 ; com- 
parat. neut. anovSaLorepov, as an adv. 
earnestly, sedulously, 2 Ti. 1. 17: 
ivhence 

^Trovdaions, adv. earnestly, eagerly, 
diligently, Lu. 7. 4. Ti. 3. 13 ; corn- 
par. a-77-ouSa.ioTe'pco?, more earnestly, 
Phi. 2. 28. 
~2iTov8r], rjs, 17, (oTreuSco) haste; 
fjLera. (T-novh^, with haste, hastily, 
quickly, Mar. 6. 25. Lu. 1. 39; ear- 
nestness, earnest application, dili- 
gence, Ro. 12. 8, 11. 2 Co. 7. 11, 12, 
et al. 

^Trvpls, t'Soff, 77, a basket, hand- 
basket for provisions, Mat. 15. 37; 
16. 10. Mar. 8. 8, 20. Ac. 9. 25. 
SrdSioz/, ou, rd, pi. crrddia & crrd- 
6101, pr. a fixed standard of measure • 
a stadium, the eighth part of a Ro- 
man mile, and nearly equal to a fur- 
long, containing 201.45 yards, Lu. 24. 
13,'et al. ; a race-course, a race, 1 Co. 
9. 24. 

Srd/xi/os", ou, 6, 17, a wine jar ; a 

pot, jar, urn, vase, He. 9. 4. 
Gravis, ecus, 17, (HaTijpi) a setting; 
a standing; an effective position, an 
unimpaired standing or dignity, He 
9. 8 ; a gathered party, a group j 



2TA 



172 



2TH 



hence, a tumultuous assemblage, po- | 
pular outbreak, Star. 15. 7. Ac. 19. I 
40, et al. ; seditious movement, Ac. 
24. 5; discord, dispute, dissension, 
Ac. 15. 2; 23. 7, 10. 

irarrjp, rjpos, 6, (la-rnpi, to weigh) 
pr. a weight ; a stater, an Attic silver 
coin, equal in value to the Jewish 
shekel, or to 4 Attic or 1 Alexandrian 
drachms, and equivalent to about 3s. 
of our money, Mat. 17. 27. 

Sravpos, ov, 6, a stake ; a cross, 
Mat. 27. 32, 40, 42. Phi. 2. 8; by 
impl. the punishment of the cross, 
crucifixion, Ep. 2. 16. He. 12. 2; 
meton. the crucifixion of Christ in 
respect of its import, the doctrine of 
the cross, 1 Co. 1. 17, 18. Ga. 5. 11 ; 
6. 12, 14; met. in the phrases alpeLv, 

V. jSourracJeii', V. Aap.jSai'ei.v rhv (TTavpby 
avTov, to take up, or bear one's cross, 
to be ready to encounter any extre- 
mity, Mat. 10. 38 ; 16. 24, et al. : 

ivhence 

Sraupoco, co, f. cocrco, a. 1. io~Tav- 

ptocra, p. pass. e<TTavpu>ixo.i, to fix 
stakes ; later, to crucify, affix to the 
cross, Mat. 20. 19; 23. 34; met. to 
crucify, to mortify, to deaden, to 
make a sacrifice of, Ga. 5. 24 ; ])ass. 
to be cut ofSfrom a thing, as by a vio- 
lent death, to become dead to, Ga. 
6. 14. 

SrcKpvXr), 77s-, 77, a cluster or bunch 
of grapes, Mat. 7. 16. Lu. 6. 44. Re. 
14. 18. 

2ra / ^i;$', vos, 6, an ear of corn, 
Mat. 12. 1. Mar. 2. 23; 4. 28. Lu. 
6 ; 1. 

■Ireyrj, rjs, f), a roof, flat roof of a 
house, Mat. 8. 8. Mar. 2. 4. Lu. 7. 6 : 

from 

Weyco, f. cjco, to cover ; to hold off", 
to hold in ; hence, to hold out against, 
to endure patiently, 1 Co. 9. 12; 13. 
7 ; absol. to contain one's self, 1 Th. 
3. 1,5. 

tretpos, a, ov, sterile ; barren, not 
bearing children, Lu. 1. 7, 36 ; 23. 29. 
Ga. 4. 27. 

2r«AAco, f. crreAco, p. eo~Ta\xa, 
a. 1. eo-reiAa, pr. to place in set order, 
to arrange; to equip; to dispatch; 
to stow; to contract; mid. to con- 
tract one's sell, to shrink ; to with- 
draw from, avoid, shun, 2 Co. 8. 20. 
2 Th. 3. 6. 



Sre/i/za, aroy, to, (crrecpco, to en 
circle) a crown ; a fillet, wreath, Ac 
14. 13. 

HZTeva.yp.os, ov, 6, a sighing, groan- 
ing, groan, Ac. 7. 34 ; an inward 
sighing, aspiration, Ro. 8. 26 : from 

2rera£co, f. a£co, a. 1. eareva^a, to 
groan, sigh, Ro. 8. 23. 2 Co. 5. 2, 4. 
He. 13. 17 ; to sigh inwardly, Mar. 7. 
34 ; to give vent to querulous or cen- 
sorious feelings, Ja. 5. 9. 

Srevoy, 77, ov, narrow, strait, Mat. 
7. 13, 14. Lu. 13. 24. 

STevo^copeco, co, f. t/ctco, (arevos & 
,\topa) to crowd together into a nar- 
row place, straiten ; pass. met. to be 
in straits, to be cooped up, to be 
cramped from action, 2 Co. 4.8; to 
be cramped in feeling, 2 Co. 6. 12 : 
ivhence 

"Srevoxcopla, as, 17, pr. narrowness 
of place, a narrow place ; met. straits, 
distress, anguish, Ro. 2. 9; 8. 35. 
2 Co. 6. 4; 12. 10. 

Srepeo'?, a, ov, stiff, hard ; of food, 
solid, as opposed to what is liquid 
and light, He. 5. 12; firm, stedfast 
2 Ti. 2. 19. 1 Pe. 5. 9 : whence 

Srepeoco, co, f. cocrco, a. 1. eVre- 
peWa, to render firm ; to strengthen, 
Ac. 3. 7, 16; to settle, Ac. 16. 5: 
ivhence 

^Tepeco/ia, aros, to, pr. what is 
solid and firm ; met. firmness, sted- 
fastness, constancy, Col. 2. 5. 

^Tecpavos, ov, 6, (crre'cpco, to encir- 
cle) that which forms an encircle- 
ment ; a crown, Mat. 27. 29. Re. 4. 
4, 10; a chaplet, wreath, conferred 
on a victor in the public games, 1 Co. 
9. 25; met. a crown, reward, prize, 
2 Ti. 4. 8. Ja. 1. 12 ; a crown, orna- 
ment, honour, glory, Phi. 4. 1, et al. : 
whence 

HT€<pavoco, co, f. cocrco, a. 1. earfCpd- 
»wa, to encompass ; to crown ; to 
crown as victor in thega?nes, 2 Ti. 2. 
5; met. to crown, adorn, decorate, 
He. 2. 7, 9. 

2tt}0OS, 60?, TO, & pi. TO. O-TTjOr], 

the breast, Lu. 18. 13; 23.48. Jno. 
13. 25, et al. 
St^kco, a late equivalent to eoTrjKn, 
to stand. Mar. 11. 25; met. to stand 
when under jiulgment, to be approved* 



XTH 



173 



Ro. 14. 4 ; to stand firm, be constant, 
persevere, 1 Co. 16. 13, et al. 

Srrjpiyfi,6s, oO, 6, pr. a fixing, set- 
tling ; a state of firmness, fixedness ; 
met. firmness of belief, settled frame 
of mind, 2 Pe. 3. 17 : from 

2tt//h£co, f. i'|co, a. 1. eaTrjpi$a, 
(iorvf/xi) to set fast ; to set in a cer- 
tain position or direction, Lu. 9. 51 ; 
met. to render mental!// stedfast, to 
settle, confirm, Lu. 22. 32. Ro. 1.11, 
et al. ; p. pass eo-njp«7/x<u, to stand 
immoveable, Lu. 16. 26 ; met. to be 
mentally settled, 2 Pe. 1. 12. 

2rt'y/aa, arov, rd, (crri(co, to prick ; 
to burn in marks, brand) a mark, 
brand, Ga. 6. 17. 

Hnyp.r), rjs, 17, (fr. same)pr. a point; 
met. a point of time, moment, instant, 
Lu. 4. 5. 

2n'A/3co, f. 0-tiA.^o), to shine, glis- 
ten, Mar. 9. 3. 

Srod, as, 77, (io-rrjfiL) a colonnade, 
piazza, cloister, covered walk sup- 
ported by columns, Jno. 5. 2 ; 10. 23. 
Ac. 3. 11; 5. 12. 

Zroiftds, ados, 17, (crTelficD, to tread) 
a stuffing of leaves, boughs, &c. ; 
meton. a bough, branch, Mar. 11.8. 
N. T\ 

trotxeiov, ov, to, (dimin. of crroi- 
*os, a row, a straight rod or rule, fr. 
(rrelxu, to go in a straight line) an 
element ; an element of the natural 
universe, 2 Pe. 3. 10, 12; an element 
or rudiment of any intellectual or re- 
ligious system, Ga. 4. 3, 9. Col. 2. 8, 

20. He. 5. 12. 

Sroi^eco, co, f. 770-00, (fr. same) pr. 
to advance in a line ; met. to frame 
one's conduct by a certain rule, Act. 

21. 24. Ro. 4. 13. Ga. 5. 25; 6. 16. 
Phi. 3. 16. 

SroXrj, rjs, r), (crTeWo), to arrange, 
to equip) equipment ; dress ; a long 
garment, flowing robe, worn by 
priests, kings, and persons of distinc- 
tion, Mat. 12. 38 ; 16. 5, et al. 

Srd/za, aros, rd, the mouth, Mat. 
12. 34; 15. 11, 17, 18 ; 21. 16, et al. ; 
speech, words, Mat. 18. 16. 2 Co. 13. 
1 ; command of speech, facility of 
language, Lu. 21. 15; fr. Heb. awi'y- 
ttv to o-TOjua, to make utterance, to 
Rpeak, Mat. 5. 2; 13. 35, et al. ; also, 
used of (lie earth, to rend, yawn, He. 



12. 16; crrofxa npbs <rr6fia AaAe?s», tl 

speak mouth to mouth, face to face, 
2 Jno. 12. 3 Jno. 14; the edge of 
point of a weapon, Lu. 21. 24.' He. 
11. 34. 

2rd/i.d^o?, ov, 6, (crrd/xa) pr the • 
gullet leading to the stomach; hence, 
later, the stomach itself, 1 Ti. 5. 23. 

Srparela, as, 77, (arparevco) a mi- 
litary expedition, campaign; and 
genr. military service, warfare ; met. 
the Christian warfare, 2 Co. 10. 4. 
1 Ti. 1. 18. 

2,rpdr€vp.a, aros, to, an army, Mat. 

22. 7, et al.; an armed force, corps, 
Ac. 23. 10, 27; troops, guards, Lu. 

23. 1 1 : from 

Srparevo), f. fucrco, & mid. arrpa- 
revofj-ai, (errpaTo?, an army) to per- 
form military duty, serve as a sol- 
dier, Lu. 3. 14. 1 Co. 9. 7. 2 Ti. 2. 
4; to battle, Ja. 4. 1. 1 Pe. 2. 11 ; 
to be spiritually militant, 2 Co. 10. 

3. I Ti. 1. 18. 

"Zrparijyos, ov, 6, (arparos & oyco) 
a leader or commander of an army, 
general ; a Roman praetor, provin- 
cial magistrate, Ac. 16. 20, 22, 35, 36, 
38 ; crTpaTTjyb; rov iepov, the captain 
or prefect of the temple, the chief of 
the Levites ivho kept guard in and 
around the temple, Lu. 22. 4, 52. Ac. 

4. 1 ; 5. 24, 26. 

Srparid, as, rf, (arparos) an army, 
host ; fr. Heb. (rrpana cvpano?, V. 
tou ovpavov, the heavenly host, the 
host of heaven, the hosts of angels, 
Lu. 2. 13; the stars, &c, Ac. 7. 42: 
lohence 

Srpartcorr;?, ov, d, a soldier, Mat. 

8. 9 ; 27. 27, et al. ; met. a soldier 0) 

Christ, 2 Ti. 2. 3. 
2rparoXoyeco, co, f. 770-0, (arparos 

& Xe'yto) to collect or levy an army 

enlist troops, 2 Ti. 2. 4. L. G. 

SrparoTreddpxns, ov, 6, (arparo- 
neSov & apxw) a commandant of a 
camp ; a legionary tribune ; perliaps 
the prefect of the praetorian camp, 
Ac. 28. 16. L. G. 

2 rparoTre 8ov, (crrparos & ivebov) 
pr. the site of an encampment ; an 
encampment; meton. an army, Lu. 
21. 20. 

2rp€/3Xdco, co , f. a>o~(6, (arpt^Xr], 
a wiutlluss, a wrench, instrument, oj 



2TP 



174 



2Yr 



torture, rack) pr. to distort the limbs 
on a rack; met. to wrench, distort, 
pervert, 2 Fe. 3. 16. 

Irpecpco, f. yjsa), a. 1. taTpeyjsa, a. 2. 
pass. e<TTpd<t>iqv, to twist ; to turn, 
Mat. 5. 39 ; to make a change of sub- 
stance, to change, Re. 11. 6; absol. 
to change or turn one's course of deal- 
ing, Ac. 7. 42; mid. to turn one's 
self about, Mat. 16. 23. Lu. 7. 9, 
et al. ; to turn back, Ac. 7. 39; to 
change one's direction, to turn else- 
ivhere, Ac. 13. 40; to change one's 
course of principle and conduct, to 
be converted, Mat. 18. 3. 

2rpr)i/iaco, co, f. acrco, to be wanton, 
to revel, riot, lie. 18. 7, 9 : from 

^.Tprjvos, eos, to, (aTprjvqs, strong, 
hard) headstrong pride; wanton- 
ness, luxury, voluptuousness, lie. 
18. 3. 

^rpovdlov, lov, to, (dimin. of o~Tpov- 
66%) any small bird, spc. a sparrow, 
Mat. 10. 29, 31. Lu. 12. 6, 7. 

~2,Tpoavvvp.L, v. arpcovvvai, f. crrpco- 

era), a. 1. ecTTpcocra, p. pass. ecrTpio/J.ai, 

(by metath. for a-ropewwuO to spread, 
to strew, Mat. 21. 8. Mar. 11. 8; to 
spread a couch, Ac. 9. 34 ; used of a 
supper chamber, pass, to have the 
couches spread, to be prepared, fur- 
nished, Mar. 14. 15. Lu. 22. 12. 
2Tvyr/Tos, r\, ov, & os, ov, (oruyeco, 
to hate) hateful, odious, detested, 
Tit. 3. 3. 

2Tvyvd£a>, f. acrco, a. 1. eaTvyvaaa, 
(crrvyvos, gloomy) to put on a gloomy 
and downcast look, Mar. 10. 22; of 
the sky, to lower, Mat. 16. 3. S. 

SrOXoy, ov, 6, a pillar, column, Ee. 
JO. 1 ; used of persons of authority, 
influence, &c, a support or pillar of 
the church, Ga. 2. 9. Re. 3. 12; a 
support of true doctrine, 1 Ti. 3. 15. 

Stcoikos, 17, ov, stoic, belonging to 
the sect of the Stoics, founded by 
Zeno, and deriving their name from 
the portico, arod, where lie taught, 
Ac. 17. 18. 

2w, gen. aov, dat. ao't, acc. ere, & 
enclit. aov. croi, ere, pi. v/uds. protl. 
2 per. thou. Mat. 1 . 20 ; 2. 6, et ai. 
freq. 

2vyydveia, as, r), kindred ; kinsfolk, 
kinsmen, relatives, Lu. 1. 61. Ac. 
7 3. 14; from 



Svyyevi/s, c-'o?, oZs, 6, i, (aiv h 
yeVo?) kindred, akin; as a subs, a 
kinsman or kinswoman, relative, 
Mar. 6. 4. Lu. 1. 36, 58, et al. ; one 
nationally akin, a fellow-country- 
man, Ro. 9. 3. 

Svyyt-cop?, r/s, 77, (cruyyiTAocncco, to 
agree in judgment with) parden ; 
concession, leave, permission, 1 Co. 
7. 6. 

2vyK.dQr)p.ai, (avv & Ka.drjfj.ai) to 
sit in company with, Mar. 14. 54. 
Ac. 26. 30. 

2vyKadi^a>, f. uxco, (avv & Ka6l(a>) 
trans, to cause to sit with, seat in 
company with, Ep. 2. 6 ; intrans. to 
sit in company with ; to sit down 
together, Ac. 22. 55. 

'EvyKaKorradecD, co, f. j^crco (avv ft 
KaKoiraOeoj) to suffer evils along with 
any one; to be enduringly adherent, 
2 Ti. 1.8. N. T. 

2vyKaK.ov)(eop,ai, ovpai, (avv & <a~ 
Kovxeio) to encounter adversity along 
with any one, He. 11. 25. T. 

Suy/coAe'co, to, f. eVco, (avv & *ca- 
Xeoj) to call together, convoke, Mar. 
15.16; mid. to call around one's self, 
Lu. 9. 1, et al. 

2vyica\vTrTco, f. ^/co, p. pass, avynt- 

KdXvfJ.fJ.ai, (crvv & /caA.V7rru>) to Cover 

altogether, to cover up ; met. to con- 
ceal, Lu. 12. 2. 

2uy/ca/i7rco, f. \|/-co, (avv & Kaprrco) 
to bend or bow together ; to bow 
down the back of any one afflictively, 
Ro. 11. 10. 

SvyicaTaftaiva), f. fir)aop.ai, (avv & 
/cara^atVu)) to go down with any one, 
Ac. 25. 5. 

~2vyKaTadeais, ecoy, 77, assent ; in 

A'. T., accord, alliance, 2 Co. 6. 16 : 

(L. G.) from 
SvyKaTaTid-np.1, (avv & KaTaTidrjp.0 

to set down together with ; mid. to 

assent, accord, Lu. 23. 51. 
2vyKaTa\^rj(pL((o, f. tcrco, (avv, Ka- 

Ta\pr)4>i£io, i/n)<|>Os) to Count, UUBlbef 
with, Ac 1. 26. N. T. 
2vyK.epdvwp.i, v. wa>, f. Kcpdaoa, 

(rvveicepdaa., p /ceVpd^tai, (<rvi/& Kepdv- 
wmO to mix with, mingle together 
commingle: to blend, 1 Co. 12. 24 
pass, to be attempered, combined 
He. 4. 2 



17* 



2YK 



Jtry/oWoo, &>, f. 770-00, (<rvi/ & KLveo) 
to move together, coramove, put in 
commotion ; to excite, Ac. 6. 12. 

2iryK\ei'co, f. euro, (avv & KAeico) 
to shut up together, to hem in ; to 
enclose, Lu. 5. 6 ; met. to band under 
a sweeping sentence, Ko. 1 1 . 3*2. Ga. 
3. 22 ; pass, to be banded under a 
bar of disability, Ga. 3. 23. 

2vyK\r)pov6p.os, ov, 6, 77, (avv & 
/cAT)poi/6ju.os) jor. a coheir, Ro. 8. 17; 
a fellow participant, Ep. 3. 6. He. 
11.9. 1 Pe. 3. 7. N. T. 

2uyKoiva)i>ea), &>, f. 170-00, to be a 
joint partaker, participate with a 
person: in N. T., to" mix one's self up 
in a thing, to involve one's self, be 
an accomplice in, Ep. 5. 11. Re. 18. 
4 ; to sympathise actively in, to re- 
lieve, Phi. 4. 14: from 

2vyKoivcov6s, ov, 6, 77, (avv & kol- 
jwo?) one who partakes jointly ; a 
coparticipant, copartner, Ro. 11. 17. 
1 Co. 9. 23. Phi. I. 7. Re. 1.9. N. T. 

2vyKO/Lu'£co, f. iaco, (avv & KOfxlfa) 
to bring together, collect ; to pre- 
pare for buiial, take charge of the 
funeral of any one, bury, Ac. 8. 2. 

2uy/cptVo), f. iva>, (avv & Kpivco) to 
combine, compound ; to compare, to 
estimate by comparing with some- 
thing else, or, to match, 2 Co. 10. 12, 
bis ; to explain, illustrate, or, to suit, 
1 Co. 2. 13. 

2uyKi;7rrcD, f. yjy<o, (avv & kvtttoz) 
to bend or bow together; to be 
bowed together, bent double, Lu. 
13. 11. 

2vyicvpia, as, 77, (avyKvpeco, to 
happen together, itvv & Kvpiu, to 
happen) concurrence, coincidence, 
chance, accident ; Kara ovyKvplav, by 
chance, accidentally, Lu. 10. 31. 

Svyxalpco, a - 2 - oui/e^apriv, (avv & 
Xaipuj) to rejoice with one, sym- 
pathise in joy, Lu. 15. 6, 9. Phi. 2. 
17, 18; met. 1 Co. 12. 26; to sympa- 
thise in the advancement of, 1 Co. 
13. G. 

Suy^eco, & later, vvco, imperf. avv- 
e\eov & avuixvfov, pass. p. crvyKi- 
Xyn-ai, a. 1. avvexvOrju, (<rvi> & xe'co) to 
pour together, mingle by pouring to- 
gether ; hence, to confound, perplex, 
amaze, Ac. 2. G ; to confound in dis- 
pute, Ac. 9. 22 ; to throw into confu- 



sion, fill with uproar, Ac. 19. 52 ; 81 

27, 31. 

2vyxpa.op.aL, cop.ai, f. rjaofiac, (ov* 

& xpaojutat) to use at the same timo 
with another, use in common ; ta 
have social intercourse with, asso- 
ciate with, Jno. 4. 9. L. G. 

Svyxvvco, see avyx^at. 

Svyxvais, ecos, 7, (avyx^co) pr. a 
pouring together; hence, confusion, 
commotion, tumult, uproar, Ac. 19. 
29. 

2u£ao0, co, f. 770-00, (avv & ^aco) to 
live with ; to continue in life with 
any one, 2 Co. 7. 3 ; to coexist in life 
with another, Ro. 6. 8. 2 Ti. 2. 11. 

'Sv&vyvvp.i, f. (ev£a>, a. 1. awe- 
£ev£a, (avv & ^evyvvpi, to yoke) ta 
yoke together; trap, to conjoin, join 
together, unite, Mat. 19. 6. Mar. 
10. 9. 

2u£r/T€G>, co, f. 770-00, (avv & ^nreoo) 
to seek, ask, or inquire with another; 
to deliberate, debate, Mar. 1.27; 9. 
10 ; to hold discourse with, argue, 
reason, Mar. 8. 11 ; 12. 28. Ac. 6. 9; 
to question, dispute, cavil, Mar. 9. 14, 
1G, et al. : whence 

2v£f]Tr)<Tis, €60?, 77, mutual discus- 
sion, debate, disputation, Ac. 15. 2, 
7; 28. 29. L. G. 

'2v£r)Tr]Tr}s, ov, 6, a disputant, con- 
troversial reasoner, sophist, 1 Co. 1. 
20. N.T. 

2u£uyo?, ov, 6, 77, (av^evywpi) a 
yoke-fellow; an associate, fellow- 
labourer, coadjutor, Phi. 4. 3. 

2i>£6oo7ro<eco, co, f. 770-00, (avv & 
C/oo7roi«u>) to quicken together with 
another; to make a sharer in the 
quickening of another, Ep. 2. 5. Col. 
2. 13._ N. T. 

2uKapu'o?, ov, 77, & 6, a sycamine- 
tree, i. q. (TUKOfAopaia, q. v., Lu. 17. 6. 

2uk?7, 77?, 77, contr. for avKea, a fig- 
tree, ficus carica of Linn., Mat. 21. 
19, et al. 

1vK.ou.opala, v. avKop.opea, as, rj, 
(<tx!kov & fx6pot>, a mulberry) equiva~ 
lent to crvKOfxopo^, the fig-mulberrr, 
ficus sycamorus of Linn., a tree whose 
leaves resemble those of the mtilberry, 
and its fruit that of the fig-tree, La 
j9. 4. N. T. 

2vt:ov, ov, to, a fig, Mat. 7. Hi, et al 



2YK 



176 



2YM 



2vK(xfiavTea>, co, f. jycrco, (crvKorpdv- 
n;?, pr., among the Athenians, an in- 
former against those who exported 
figs contrary to law, <tvkov, Qaivw) to 
inform against ; to accuse falsely ; 
by impl. to wrong by false accusa- 
tions or insidious arts ; to extort 
money by false informations, Lu. 3. 
14; 19. 8. 

2uXaycoyeco, co, f. ncrco, (crvkr), v. 
crvkov, & <ryoj) to carry off as a prey 
ot- booty; met. to make victims of 
imposture, Col. 2. 8. L. G. 

2uXaco, co, f. r)<ra>, a. 1. icrvKrjcra, 
(<rv\r), v. crv\ov, the right of seizing 
the goods of a merchant in pay- 
ment) to strip, rob ; to rob, encroach 
on, 2 Co. 11. 8. 

2uXXaXe'co, co, f. ncra>, (crvv & Xa- 
Ae'w) to talk, converse, or confer with, 
Mat. 17. 3. Mar. 9. 4, et al. L. G. 

2v\\ap{3dva), f. Xrjyj/ofxai, a. 2. crvv- 

eKafiov, p. awei\ri(^a, a. 1. pass, crwe- 
\r)<fr8r)V, (<rvv & Xa/xjSawo) to Catch Up ; 

to seize, apprehend, Mat. 26. 55. Ac. 
1. 16, et al. ; to catch, as prey, Lu. 5. 
9; to conceive, become pregnant, 
Lu. 1. 24, 31, 36; 2. 21 ; met. Ja. 1. 
15 ; mid. to help, aid, assist, Lu. 5. 7. 
Phi. 4. 3. 

SuXXeyco, f. |co, (crvv & Xeyco) to 
collect, gather, Mat. 7. 16; 13. 28, 
et al. 

"2vX\oyl^opat, f. Icropai, (crvv & 
Ao-yi'^oMat) to reckon up together; 
to consider, deliberate, reason, Lu. 
20. 5. 

2vX\v7T€Ou.ai, ovpai, (crvv & \v- 
ireo-iai) to be grieved together with ; 
tc be grieved, Mar. 3. 5. 

2vp^alva>, f. ftr)crop.ai, a. 2. crvve- 
Bnv, (crvv & 0aiVo>) to stand with the 
feet near together ; to step or come 
together ; to happen, befall, fall out, 
Mar. 10. 32, et al. 

ZvpfidWu), f. jSaXco, (crvv & /3aX- 
Xa>) pr. to throw together; absol. to 
meet and join, Ac. 20. 14; to meet 
in icar, to encounter, engage with, 
Lu. 14. 31 ; to encounter in discourse 
or dispute, Ac. 17. 18 ; to consult to- 
gether, Ac. 4. 15 ; mid. to contribute, 
be of service to, to aid, Ac. 18. 27 ; 
<ruixp6\\eu< ev rfj nap8Ca, to revolve in 
mind, ponder upon, Lu. 2. 19. 

Su/ttiSacriXeuo), f. evcro), (avv & 



jSao-iAo/to) to reign with ; met. to en. 
joy honour and felicity with, 1 Cc 
4. 8. 2 Ti. 2. 12. L. G. 

2v/x/3i/3a£co, f. acrco, (crvv & /3i/3a« 
£o) pr. to cause to come together; 
to unite, knit together, Ep. 4. 16. 
Col. 2. 2, 19; to infer, conclude, Ac. 
16. 10; by impl. to prove, demon 
strate, Ac. 9. 22 ; in A 7 . T., to teach- 
instruct, 1 Co. 2. 16. 

2vp^ovXevco, f. evcrco, (crvv & /3ov- 
Kevio) to counsel, advise, exhort, Jno. 
18. 14. Re. 3. 18 ; mid. to consult 
together, plot, Mat. 26. 4, et al. 

2u/i./3ovXtof, Lov, to, counsel, con- 
sultation, mutual consultation, Mat. 
12. 14 ; 22. 15, et al. ; a council, coun- 
sellors, Ac. 25. 12 : (N. T.) from 

2vpj3ov\os, ov, 6, (crvv & j3ov\r)) a 
counsellor; one who shares one's 
counsel, Ro. 11. 34. 

2,vu~u.a.8r}TT)S, ov, 6, (crvv & padr}- 
•njs) a fellow-disciple, Jno. 11. 16. 

'Svu.u.aprvpea), co, f. rjcra), (crvv & 
fiapTvpeio) to testify or bear witness 
together with another, add testi- 
mony, Ro. 2. 15; 8. 16; 9. 1. 

2vp.p€pl£opai, f. Icropat, (crvv & 
ixepifa) to divide with another so as 
to receive a part to one's self, share 
with, partake with, 1 Co. 9. 13. N. T. 

2u/z/Li€ro^o?, ov, 6, 17, (crvv & fier- 
o\o<i) a partaker with any one, a 
joint partaker, Ep. 3. 6 ; 5. 7. L. G. 

2vppop<fii£(i>, f. iVco, (crvv & pop- 
<f>C£o>) equivalent to crvfiixop^om : ichieh 
see: v. r. Phi. 3. 10. 

2vpp.op(f>os, ov, 6, T), (crvv & pop- 
<f»j) of like form, assimilated, con- 
formed, Ro. 8. 29. Phi. 3. 21. N. T. 

~2vppop(p6(x>, co, f. cocrco, (crw & 
p.op<j>6u) to conform to, Phi. 3. 10. 
N. T. 

SvpTrade'w, co, f. vera), to sympa- 
thise with, He. 4. 15 ; to compassion- 
ate, He. 10. 34: from 

2vp7radr]S, cos, ovs, 6, f), (crvv k 
7ra0o<r, 7ra<rxa)) sympathising, com- 
passionate. 1 Pe. 3. 8. 

IvpTTUpayivopai, a. 2. crvpiTapeyev- 
ofjLrjv, ((rui'&7rapa-yu'Ojuai) tobe present 
together with; to come together, con- 
vene, Lu. 23. 48 ; to stand by or sup> 
port one jiulicially, adesse, 2 Ti. 4 
16. 



2YM 



in 



2\N 



2v[iiTap<iKa\eco, co, f. rjcrco, (crvv & 
irapaKaXeo)) to invite, exhort along 
with others; to animate in company 
with others ; pass, to share in mutual 
encouragement, Ro. 1. 12. 

2vp-rapa\apBdva>, a. 2. o~vp.na.pt- 

kafiov, (crvv & TTapaXap.^avm) to take 

along with, take as a companion, 
Ac. 12. 25; 15. 37, 38. Ga. 2. 1. 

2vfinapap€va>, f. peva>, (crvv & Trap- 
afieVaj) to remain or continue with 
or among, Phi. I. 25. 

2vp-rdpeipi, (crvv & -rdpetpL) to be 
present with any one, Ac. 25. 24. 

2v/i7rdo" ( YO), f. Treicropai, (crvv & 
nwxu). to suffer with, sympathise, 
1 Co. 12. 2G ; to suffer as another, en- 
dure corresponding sufferings, Ro. 
8. 17. 

2vp.~re p-rco, f. yjsco, (crvv & rrep-Tra) 

to send with any one, 2 Co. 8. 18, 22. 
^.vpne pikapfidvco, f. \r)\j/opai^ (crvv 

& 7repi\aji/./3a^co) to embrace together ; 

to embrace, Ac. 20. 10. 
2u/x7nVco, f. -rtopai, & -riovp.cu, a. 

2. awiirXxiv, (crvv & ttiVoj) to drink 

with one, Ac. 10. 41. (Z) 
'2vp-TL7rr(o, a. 2. crvveirecrov, (crvv & 

■n-LTTTio) to fall together; to fall in 

ruins, v. r. Lu. 6. 49. 
2vp,7r\rip6a>, to, f. cocrco, (cruy & 

TrArjpoto) to fill, fill up, fill full, Lu. 8. 

23 ; pass., of time, to be completed, 

have fully come, Lu. 9. 51. Ac. 2. 1. 

2u/i7m'yco, f. L^ovpai, (crvv & ttvI- 
ytxi) to throttle, choke ; trop. to choke 
the groivth or increase of seed or 
plants, Mat. 13. 22. Mar. 4. 7, 19. 
Lu. 8. 14; to press upon, crowd, 
throng, Lu. 8. 42. (I) 

2u/z7roAtr77?, ou, 6, (crvv & ttoKl- 
tjjs) a fellow-citizen, met. Ep. 2. 19. (!) 

Svprropevopat, f. evcropai, (crvv & 
Tropevop-ai) f ,o go with, accompany, 
Lu. 7. 11; 14. 25; 24. 15; to come 
together, assemble, Mar. 10. 1. 

Svp-Toaiov, t'ou, ro', (crvp-jlvoi) a 
drinking together ; a feast, banquet ; 
a festive company ; in N. T., pi. aufj.- 
-rocna, mess-parties, Mar. 6. 39. 

2vp-rpecr(3vT€pos, ov, 6, (crvv & 
7rpe(r/3vTepos) a fellow-elder, fellow- 
presbyter, 1 Pe. 5. l. N. T. 

Ivpcptpaty i. awoi<r<a y a. 1. oxmj- 



veyxa, a. 2. crvvrjveyKOv, (crvv & 4»c£i}] 
to bring together, collect, Ac. 19. ty, 
absol. to conduce to, to be for thi 
benefit of any one, be profitable, ad 
vantageous, expedient, I Co. 6. 12 
2 Co. 8. 10; particip. newt, to o-ufx- 
<{>epov, good, benefit, profit, advan- 
tage, Ac. 20. 20. 1 Co. 7. 35 ; impers, 
ovfji<t>epei, it is profitable, advantage- 
ous, expedient, Mat. 5. 29, 30; 19. 10, 
et al. 

~2vp(pr)p.i, (crvv & Cp-qpl) pr. to af- 
firm with; to assent, Ro. 7. 16. 

'2vp,Cpv\eTr)s, ou, 6, (crvv & <hv\r)) 
pr. one of the same tribe ; a fellow- 
citizen, fellow-countryman, 1 Th. 
2. 14. 

IZvpLCpvTOs, ov, o, 17, (crvv & cpvco) pr. 
planted together, grown together; 
inN. T., met. grown together, closely 
entwined or united with, Ro. 6. 5. 

2vp(pva>, f. Cpvcrci), pass. a. 2. crvve- 
<f>vr)i; (fr. same) to make to grow 
together ; pass, to grow or spring up 
with, Lu. 8. 7. 

2u/M^)(Bvea), co, f. 770-co, (crvp-Cpcovos) 
to sound together, to be in unison, 
be in accord; trop. to agree with, 
accord with in purport, Ac. 15. 15 ; 
to harmonise with, be congruous, 
suit with, Lu. 5. 36 ; to agree with, 
make an agreement, Mat. 18. 19 ; 20. 
2, 13. Ac. 5. 9: whence 

Ivpcpcovncris, ecop, 17, unison, ac- 
cord; agreement, concord, 2 Co. 6. 
15. N. T. 

Svpcpcovla, a?, J7, symphony, har- 
mony of sounds ; concert of instru- 
ments, music, Lu. 15. 25. 

IZvpCpunvos, ou, 6, 17, (crvv & (peovr)) 
agreeing in sound; met. accordant, 
harmonious, agreeing, and newt, to 
o-vix<j)ojvov, accord, agreement, 1 Co. 
7. 5. 

2vp\j/r)Cp[^u), f. iVco, (crvv & yj/rj- 
<}>C£(o, »/aj^os) to calculate together, 
compute, reckon up, Ac. 19. 19. 

2vp\p-vxo?, ou, 6, J7, (crvv & ^^77) 
united in mind, at unity, Phi. 2. 2, 
N. T. 

2uV, prep, governing a dot., with, to- 
gether with, Mat. 25. 27 ; 26. 35 ; 27 
38; attendant on, 1 Co. 15. 10; be- 
sides, Lu. 24. 21 ; with, with the as- 
sistance of, 1 Co. 5. 4 ; with, in thfl 
same manner aa, Ga. 3. 9 ; tlvax <nii 
13 



2YN 



178 



2YN 



nw, to be with any one, to be in 
company with, accompany, Lu. 2. 
13 ; 8. 38 ; to be on the side of, be a 
partisan of any one, Ac. 4. 13; 14. 
4; oi (tvv tivi, those with any one, 
the companions of any one, Mar. 2. 
2(5. Ac. 22. 9 ; the colleagues, asso- 
ciates of any one, Ac. 5. 17, 21. 
2wdya>, f. d£co, a. 2. awrjydyov, 
n. pass. (rvvrj-yixaL, a. 1. pass. <rvv-qx^v, 
I. pass. avvaxO-qaonai, (<ruv & ayoj) to 
bring together, collect, gather, as 
grain, fruits, &c, Mat. 3. 12; G. 2G; 
13. 30, 47 ; to collect an assembly, 
convoke ; pass, to convene, come to- 
gether, meet, Mat. 2. 4; 13. 2; 18. 
20 ; 22. 10 ; in N. T., to receive with 
kindness and hospitality, to enter- 
tain, Mat. 25. 35, 38, 43, et al. : (a) 
whence 

2vuayci>yr], ;)?, 77, a collecting, ga- 
thering; a Christian assembly or 
congregation, Ja. 2. 2 ; the congre- 
gation of a synagogue, Ac. 9. 2, et al. ; 
a synagogue, place of Jewish worship, 
Lu. 7. 5, et al. 

2vvaya)v[£oixai, f. taofiai, (aw & 
aya>i/t£bfA<xi) to combat in company 
with any one; to exert one's strength 
with, to be earnest in aiding, Ro. 
15. 30. 

"2vva8\eec>, co, f. ncrco, (aw & a- 
6\eoi) pr. to contend on the sid3 of 
any one; in N. T., to co-operate vi- 
gorously with a person, Phi. 4. 3 ; to 
make effort in the cause of, in sup- 
port of a thing, Phi. 1. 27. L. G. 

2wa6pol£a>, f. olcrco, (crvv & a- 
Opoi^oi, to gather, d#poo?) to gather; 
to bring together, convoke, Ac. 19. 
25 ; pass, to come together, convene, 
Lu. 24. 33. Ac. 12. 12. 

2uz><u'pa), f. apw, (aw & aipco) to 
take up a thing with anyone; in 
JV. T., crvvaipeiv Xoyov, to adjust ac- 
counts, reckon in order to paymt nt. 
Mat. 18. 23, 24; 25. 19. 

2wa.LXfJLa\<oTOS, ou, 6, fj, (aw & 
aixju-aAwTo?) a fellow-captive, Ro. 16. 
7. Col. 4. 10. Plnle. 23. N. T. 

^waKoXovdeco, co, f. 770-00, (aw & 
aKokovOew) to follow in company 
with, accompany, Mar. 5. 37. Lu. 
23. 49. 

2uraAi£co, f. tcrco, (aw & d\i(co, 
touollect) to cause to come together, 



collect, assemble, congregate; nnd 
to convene to one's self, Ac. 1. 4. 

"2wavafia'iva>, f. firjaofiai, a. 2. aw- 
avefiriv (crvv & avafiaLvio) to go Up, 
ascend with any one, Mar. 15. 41 
Ac. 13. 31. 

2wavaKzifiaL, f. elaofiat, javv & 
afa/cetwai) to recline with any one at 
table, Mat. 9. 10; 14. 9, et al.' N. T. 

"2wavap\ywp.i, (aw & dvap,iyvvpi, 
to mix, mingle) to mix together 
with, commingle; mid. met. to min- 
gle one's self with, to associate with, 
have familiar intercourse with, 1 Co. 
5.9,11. 2 Th. 3. 14. L. G. 

2wava7ravop.ai, f. avaopai, (aw 
& ava-Kavofi-aC) to experience refresh- 
ment in company with any one, Ro, 
15. 32. L. G. 

^vvavrdco, co, f. rjaco^ (aw & av- 
raw, avTi) to meet with, fall in with, 
encounter ; to meet, Lu. 9. 37 ; 22. 
10. Ac. 10. 25. He. 7. 1, 10; to oc- 
cur, happen to, befall, Ac. 20. 22.- 
whence 

'Ewdvrnais, eco?, 77, a meeting, Mat 
8. 34. 

2wavTikajj.fiavoij.ai, f. \n^f/op.ai. 

(crvv & avTi\aiJil3dvofxa.i) pr. to take 
hold of with any one; to support, 
help, aid, Lu. 10. 40. Ro. 8. 26. L. G. 

~2wa7rdyco, f. d£co, (aw & dirdyco) 
to lead or conduct away with; to 
seduce; pass, to be led away, car- 
ried astray, Ga. 2. 13. 2 Pe. 3. 17; 
mid. to conform one's self willingly 
to certain circumstances, Ro. 12. 16. 

2vva77odvT]aK(x>, a. 2. awairiOnvov, 
(uvv & airo9i^(TKcj) to die together 
with any one, Mar. 14. 31. 2 Co. 7. 3 ; 
met. to die with, in respect of a spi- 
ritual likeness, 2 Ti. 2. 11. 

SwarroAXufU, a. 2. mid. avvaTrcok- 
6y.t)v, (<rvv & aTToWv^i) to destroy 
together with others ; mid. to perish 
or be destroyed with others. He. 11. 
31. 

2wn7roo-reXXco, f. archa*, (aw 8c 
d7r0o-TeA.Au)) to send forth togethei 
with any one, 2 Co. 12. 18. 

~2wapfjokoyea' , co, f. ncrco, (aw & 
opjaoAo-ye'u), fr. ap/ao?, a joint, & \6yo<r) 
to join together fitly, fit or frame to- 
gether, compact, Ep. 2. 21. N. T. 

2wap7rd£a), f. daa>> (aw & dpjrO' 



2YN 



179 



2YN 



ya) to snatch up, clutch , to seize 
and carry off suddenly, Ac. 6. 12 ; to 
seize with force and violence, Lu. 8. 
29 ; pass., of a ship, to be caught and 
swept on by the wind, Ac. 27. 15. 

2vvav£-dvop,ai, f. rjaofiai, (avv & 
av£6.v(o) to grow together in company, 
Mat. 13. 30. 

2vvdeap.os, ov, 6, that which binds 
together; a ligature, Col. 2. 19; a 
band of union, Eph. 4. 3. Col. 3. 
14; a bundle, or, bond, Ac. 8. 23: 
from 

2vvdea>, f. Stereo, (crvv & Seco) to 
bind together ; in N. T., pass, to be 
in bonds together with, He. 13. 3. 

2vvoot;d£od, f. daa>, (avv & 8o£d- 
<Ja>) in JY. T„ to glorify together with, 
to exalt to a state of dignity and 
happiness in company with, to make 
to partake in the glorification of 
another, Ro. 8. 17. 

2vvr)ov^os, on, 6, (crvv & SoGAo?) 
a fellow-slave, fellow-servant, Mat. 
24. 49, et al. ; a fellow-minister of 
Christ, Col. 1. 7, et al. 

2vvdpopr), rjs, rj, (avv & ebpafiov) 
a running together, concourse, Ac. 
21. 30. 

Suvcyeipco, f. yepa, (avv & eye'ipoo) 
to raise up with any one; to raise up 
with Christ by spiritual resemblance 
of His resurrection, Ep. 2. 6. Col. 2. 
12; 3. 1. L. G. 

livvedpiov, tov, to, (avv & edpa) 
pr. a sitting together, assembly, &c. ; 
in N. T., the Sanhedrin, the supreme 
xvsncil of the Jewish nation. Mat. 5. 
22 ; 26. 59 ; meton. the Sanhedrin as 
including the members and pla.ee of 
meeting, Lu. 22. G6. Ac. 4. 15, et al. ; 

Smr. a jiulicial council, tribunal, 
lat. 10. 17. Mai. 13. 9. 
Svvctdrjais, eco?, 17, (avvzidevai) 
consciousness, He. 10. 2; a present 
<ha, persisting notion, impression 
of reality, 1 Co. 8. 7. 1 Pe. 2. 19; 
conscience, as an inward moral im- 
pression of one's actions and princi- 
ples, Jno. 8. 9. Ac. 23. 1 ; 24. 16. 
Ro. 9. 1. 2 Co. 1. 12, et al.; con- 
science, as the inward faculty of 
moral judgment, Ko. 2. 15; 13. 5. 

1 Co. 8. 7, 10, 12; 10. 25, 27, 28, 29. 

2 Co. 4. 2; 5. 11, et al. ; conscience, 
as the inward moral and. sjniitual 
f-ame. Tit. I. 15, He. 9. 14. 



SwetcW, a. 2. of avvo t da, pari 
crvviSuv, to see under one range ol 
view ; to take a deliberate glance of 
a state of matters, Ac. 12. 12; 14. 6. 

SweiScoy, see avvoida. 

2vveifii, f. eaop-ai, (avv & et/z?) t« 
be with, be in company with, Lu. 9. 
18. Ac. 22. 11. 

SiWt/Mt, part, avviaiv, (avv & ef/n) 
to come together, assemble, Lu. 8. 4. 

'2vveiaep)(op.a.i, a. 2. avveiatjXdov, 
(avv & eio-epxofJLon.) to enter with any 
one, Jno. 18. 15; to embark with, 
Jno. 6. 22. 

2iWkSj7/xos, ov, 6, rj, (avv & eK$r]- 
ju.o?, a traveller to foreign countries) 
one who accompanies another to 
foreign countries, fellow-traveller, 
Ac. 19. 29. 2 Co. 8. 19. L. G. 

*2vv€k\i:Kt6s, r), 6v, (avv & e/cXeK- 
t6?) chosen along with others; elected 
to Gospel privileges along with, 1 Pe. 
5. 13. N. T. 

SvveXavvoo, f. eXdaoo, a. 1. avvrj- 

\aa-a, (avv & l\avvta) pr. to drive to- 
gether; to urge to meet; in N. T., 
to urge to union, Ac. 7. 26. 

IvveTTipapTVpea), co, f. rjaoo, (avv 
& enifj-apTvpeu)) to join in according 
attestation; to support by attesta- 
tion, to confirm, sanction, He. 2. 4. 

2,vv€7riTidep.ai, (avv & eWtr/^/^it) 
to set upon along with, assail at the 
same time ; to unite in impeaching, 
v. r. Ac. 24. 9. 

SweVopai, imperf. avvenrdftnv, 

(avv & eVojaai, to follow) to follow 

with, attend, accompany, Ac. 20. 4-. 
Swepyeco, w, f. rjao), to work to- 
gether with, to co-operate, &c, 1 Co. 
16. 16. 2 Co. 6. 1; to assist, afford 
aid to, Mar. 16. 20; to be a motive 
principle, Ja. 2. 22; absol. to con- 
spire actively to a result, Ro. 8. 28 : 
from 

Swep-ydf, ou, o, 17, (avv & epyov) 
a fellow-labourer, associate, coadju- 
tor, Ro. 16. 3, 9, 21. 2 Co. 1. 24, et 

*2vvipxop.ai, a. 2. avvrfkdov, (avv 
&epxo/u.ai) to come together; to as« 
semble, Mar. 3. 20; 6. 33; 14. 53; to 
cohabit matrimonially, Mat. 1. 13. 
1 Co. 7. 5 ; to go or come with anp 
one, to accompany, Lu. 23. 55. Aa 



2YN 1 

9. 3<> ; to company wit/1, associate 
with, Ac. 1. 21, et al. 

2vveadla>, a. 2. avveCpayov, (avv 
& eotfuo) to eat with, 1 Co. 5. 11 ; by 
impl. to associate with, live on fami- 
liar terms with, Lu. 15. 2. Ga. 2. 12. 

Svveais, ea>s, t), (avvirjfxi) pr. a 
sending together, a junction, as of] 
strtams; met. understanding, intel- 
ligence, discernment, sagaciousness, 
Lu. 2. 47. ' 1 Co. 1. 19, et al. ; meton. 
the understanding, intellect, mind, 
Mar. 12. 33. 

2uver6s, t), oV, (fr. same) intelli- 
gent, discerning, sagacious, wise, 
prudent, Mat. 11. 25. Lu. 20. 21, 
et al. 

2i»i/euSofce&), a>, f. no~oo, (avv & ev- 
cWe'u>) to approve with another; to 
accord with in principle, Ro. 1 . 32 ; 
to stamp approval, Lu. 11. 48. Ac. 
8. 1 ; 22. 20 ; to be willing, agree- 
able, 1 Co. 7. 12, 13. 

2wfvo)^e'o/Mai, ovfiat, f. rjaofiai, 
(avv & evaoxeofj-at., to feast, banquet) 
to feast together with, 2 Pe. 2. 13. 
.Tu. 12. 

Swe^ayoy, a. 2. of avveadlco : 

which see. 
Sweep tarn/xi, (crvv & icpiarnpi) to 
set together upon ; intrans. a. 2. avv- 
ewecnriv, to assail together, Ac. 16. 
22. 

2vv€xa>, f. e|a>, (crvv & e^;a)) jw. 
to hold together; to confine, shut 
up close; to. tora, to stop the ears, 
Ac. 7. 57 ; to confine, straiten, as a 
besieged city, Lu. 19. 43; to hold, 
hold fast, have the custody of any 
one, Lu. 22. 63; to hem in, urge, 
press upon, Lu. 8. 45 ; to exercise a 
constraining influence on, 2 Co. 5. 14 ; 
pass, to be seized with, be affected 
with, as fear, disease, &c, Mat. 4. 
24. Lu. 4. 38, et al. ; to be in a state 
of mental constriction, to be hard 
pressed by urgency of circumstances, 
Lu. 12. 50. AC. 18. 5. Phi. 1. 23. 

SiVT)8o/Jiai, f. TjcrdrjO-ofxai, (crvv & 
r/8oju.ai, to be pleased, delighted) to 
1 ie pleased along with others ; to con- 
gratulate; to delight in, approve 
cordially, Ro. 7. 22. 

Svvrjdeia, a?, 77, (avvrjdrjs, accus- 
tomed, familiar, customary, fr. avv 
& i}0os) intercourse; use, custom; 



0 2YN 

an established custom, practice, Jno 
18.39. 1 Co. 11. 16. 
2vvrjXiKia>T7)s, ov, 6, (avv & 17X1* 
Kicorq?, idem, fr. r)\i<ia) one of th« 
same age, an equal in age, Ga. 1. 14. 
L. G. 

2vvBd7TTU>, f. a. 2. pass, awe- 
s^riv, (crvv & Odirru}) to bury with ; 
pass, in N. T., to be buried with 
Christ symbolically, Ro. 6. 4. Col. 2. 
12. 

2ui>#Aao>, co, f. aaco, f. pass. avv> 

0Xao-0i7<7O|aai, (avv & 6\ata, to break) 
to crush together ; to break in pieces, 
shatter, Mat. 21. 44. Lu. 20. 18. 

2vv6\l(3a>, f. yjsa), (avv & OXlfia) 
to press together; to press upon, 
crowd, throng, Mar. 5. 24, 31. (Z) 

2vvdpvirrcd y f. \|/-cd, (avv & dpvnrco) 
to crush to pieces ; met. to break the 
heart of any one, to make to quail, 
Ac. 21. 13. N. T. 

Hwlnpi, f. avvrjaco, & rjaopat, a. 1. 
ovvrjKa, a. 2. subj. <rvvu>, and in N. T., 
pr. 3. pi. avviovai, part, avviuv & av- 
vmv, (avv & Mj/u.1, to send) pr. to send 
together; met. to understand, com- 
prehend thoroughly, Mat. 13. 51. 
Lu. 2. 50 ; 18. 34 ; 24. 45 ; to perceive 
clearly, Mat. 16. 12; 17. 13. Ac. 7. 
25. Ro. 15. 21. Eph. 5. 17; absol. to 
be well judging, sensible, 2 Co. 10. 
12 ; to be spiritiuxlly intelligent, Mat 
13. 13, 14, 15. Ac. 28. 26, 27, et al. ; 
to be religiously wise, Ro. 3. 11. 

2vviaTr)iii, and, later, avviarda}, & 

OWlOTch'CO, f. CTT^CW, (OVV & ICTTqfJLl) tO 

place together; to recommend to 
favourable attention Ro. 16. 1. 2 Co. 
3. 1; 10. 18, et al. ; to place in a 
striking point of view, to evince, Ro. 
3. 5 ; 5. 8. Ga. 2. 18 ; intrans., p. avv 
ecnyjKa, part. avveardt^, to stand be- 
side, Lu. 9. 32 ; to have been perma- 
nently framed, Col. 1. 17 ; to possess 
consistence, 2 Pe. 3. 5. 

SwoSeuco, f. fvcrco, (avv & SBevco) 
to journey or travel with, accom- 
pany on a journey, Ac. 9. 7. L. G. 

"2vvo8la, as, 17, (avv & 686s) pr. a 
journeying together; meton. a com- 
pany of fellow-travellers, caravan, 
Lu. 2. 44. L. G. 

2tJ r'OiSa, a perf. with the sense of a 
present, part. or^eiSco?, to share in 
the knowledge of a thing ; to be privj 



2YN 



191 



2YP 



to, Ac. 5. 2; to be conscious; ovSev 
ovvoiSa, to have a clear conscience, 
1 Co. 4. 4. 

SvvoiKeo), co, f. rjcrco, {crvv & oik/co) 
to dwell with; to live or cohabit 
with, 1 Pe. 3. 7. 

SwOtKoSojUCCO, CO, (CTW & oIkoDo- 

fte'co) to build in company with any 
one; pass, to be built in along with, 
form a constituent part of a struc- 
ture, Ep. 2. 22. L. G. 
Swo/AiXeco, co, f. r)cro) r {crvv & op.- 
i\e'o>) to be in company with; 
to talk or converse with, Ac. 10. 27. 
N. T. 

2vvopopea>, co, f. ^crco, {crvv & 6/zo- 
pe'to, to border upon, fr. o/uos & opos) 
to be contiguous, adjoin, Ac. 18. 7. 
N. T. 

2vvoxt], r??, T)y (crvvexcti) pr. a be- 
ing held together ; compression ; in 
N. T.,met. distress of mind, anxiety, 
Lu. 21. 25. 2 Co. 2. 4. 

2vvTa<Tcra>, v. ttco, f. £co, {crvv & 
rdo-o-u) pr. to arrange or place in 
order together; in JV. T., to order, 
charge, direct, Mat. 2G. 19 ; 27. 10. 

Swre'Xeia, ay, rj, a complete com- 
bination ; a completion, consumma- 
tion, end, Mat. 13. 39, 40, 49; 24. 3; 
28.20. He. 9. 20: from 

SwreXe'co, co, f. ecrco, (crvi> & re- 
Ae'a>) pr. to bring to an end alto- 
gether; to finish, end, Mat. 7. 28 ; to 
consummate, Ko. 9. 28 ; to ratify a 
covenant, He. 8. 8 ; pass, to be ter- 
minated, Lu. 4. 2. Ac. 21. 27 ; to be 
fully realised, Mar. 13. 4. 

Hvvrepva, f. tc/xco, p. rerpr]Ka, 
p. pass. TeVjixTj^at, (crvv & Tefxva)) pr. to 
cut short, contract by cutting off; 
met. to execute speedily, or fr. the 
Heb., to determine, decide, decree, 
Ro. 9. 28. 

SvvTTjpeai, co, f. ^crco, {crvv & rn- 
pe'w) to keep safe and sound, Mat. 9. 
17. Lu. 5. 38; to observe strictly, 
or, to secure from harm, protect, 
Mar. 6. 20; to preserve in memory, 
keep carefully in mind, Lu. 2. 19. 
L. G. 

$WTt0T)fu, {crvv & rldnpi) to place 
together ; mid., a. 2. avveOiix^v, p. <rvv- 
re&etfuu, to agree together, come to 
a mutual understanding, Jno. 9. 22. 
Ac. 23. 20; to bargain, to pledge 



one's self, Lu. 22. 5; to second a 
statement, Ac. 24. 9. 

SwrdjuoK, adv. {cvvrefivco) con- 
cisely, briefly, Ac. 24. 4. 

Swrpe^co, a. 2. crvvedpapov, {crvv 
& rpe'xto) to run together, flock to- 
gether, Mar. 6. 33. Ac. 3. 11; to 
run in company with others, met. 
1 Pe. 4. 4. 

2wrpi/3co, f. •v/z'co, p. pass, avvre- 
Tpip.fj.ai, f. pass. avvTpi^rjaofxat., {crvv & 
rpi'/So)) to rub together; to shiver. 
Mar. 14. 3. Re. 2. 27; to break, 
break in pieces, Mar. 5. 4. Jno. 19. 
36; to break down, crush, bruise, 
Mat. 12. 20 ; met. to break the power 
of any one, deprive of strength, de- 
bilitate, Lu. 9. 39. Ro. 16. 20 ; pass. 
to be broken in heart, be contrite, 
Lu. 4. 18: (Z) ivhence 

~2vvTpip,pa, aroy, to, a breaking, 
bruising ; in N. T., destruction, ruin, 
Ro. 3. 16. 

Ivvrpocpos, ov, 6, {0~VVTp€<pa), to 
nurse, bring up together, avv & rpi- 
4>u>) nursed with another ; one brought 
up or educated with another, Ac. 
13. 1. 

2vvTvyxdvac>, a. 2. o~vveTVx ov '> (o~vv 
& Tvyxdvtx)) to meet or fall in with ; 
in N. T., to get to, approach, Lu. 
8. 19. 

^vvvrroKplvopai, {avv & vrroKplvo- 
fiat) a. 1. <ruvvTreKpLQ-i]v, to dissemble, 
feign with, or in the same manner 
as another, Ga. 2. 13. L. G. 

2vvv7rovpyea>, co, f. rjcrco, {crvv & 
virovpyeo), to render service, fr. vw6 & 
epyov) to aid along with another, help 
together, 2 Co. 1. 11. L. G. 

2vva>divco, f. tvco, {avv & co6Yi>co, to 
be in birth -pangs) pr. to travail at 
the same time with ; trop. to be al- 
together in throes, Ro. 8. 22. (Ij 

2ui>co/ioo~ta, ay, w, {crvv6p.wp.i, to 
swear together, fr. <rvv & 6p.wp.i) a 
banding by oath ; a combination, 
conspiracy, Ac. 23. 13. 

Supoy, ov, 6, a Syrian, Lu. 4. 27. 

SvpocpoiviKiacra, v. ^vpocpoivLcraa, 
7)s, 17, a Syrophenician woman, Phe- 
nicia being included in Syria, Mar 
7. 26. 

Svprty, fcoy, ^, a shoal, sand-bank 
a place dangerous on account oi 



2YP 



182 



2XH 



shoals, two of which were particularly 
famous on the northern coast of Africa, 
one lying near Carthage, and the 
other, the syrtis major, lying between 
Cyrene and Leptis, which is probably 
referred to in Ac. 27. 17 : from 
Supo>, to draw, drag, Jno. 21. 8. 
Re. 12. 4 ; to force away, hale before 
magistrates, &c. Ac. 8. 3; 14. 19; 
17. 6. (v) 

Hvo~7rapdcro~od, v. ttgj, f. £co, (o~vv 
& <rwapdcrcru) to tear to pieces ; to 
convulse altogether, Lu. 9. 42. N. T. 

^vaanpov, ou, rd, (crvu & o~r)pa) 
a concerted signal, Mar. 14. 44. 

^vo-aa>p.os, ov, 6, ?7, to, -ov, (crvv 
& o-w/xa) united in the same body; 
met. pi. joint members in a spiritual 
body, Ep. 3. 6. N. T. 

SvcTTCicndo-rris, ov, 6, (crvcrTacrid- 
Cu3, to join in a sedition with, (fr. crvv 
& o-raens) an accomplice in sedition, 
associate in insurrection, Mar. 15. 7. 

L G * 

SuCTTaTlKOff, 7/, dV, (dVVLCrTnfll) 

commendatory, recommendatory, 
2 Co. 3. 1, bis. L. G. 

Svcrravpou), a>, f. coarco, p. pass. 
<7we<7Taupu)joiai, a. 1 . crvvecrTavpthQrji', 
(crvv & crravpoco) to crucify with 
another, Mat. 27. 44. Mar. 15. 32. 
Jno. 19. 32 ; pass. met. to be crucified 
with another in a spiritual resem- 
blance, Ro. G. 6. Ga. 2. 20. N. T. 

2uo"TeXXco, f. eXco, a. 1. avveaTeika, 

p. pass. <ruve<TTa\ixcu, (crvv & <7Te'AAio) 
to draw together, contract, straiten ; 
to enwrap ; hence, i. q. nepio-TeWu, to 
lay out, prepare for burial, Ac. 5. 6 ; 
pass, to be shortened, or, to be en- 
vironed with trials, 1 Co. 7. 29. 

^vcrrevafa^f. £a>, (avv & o~T€vd£co) 
to groan altogether, Ro. 8. 22. 

Suo-Toi^eco, a>, f. jya-co, (ow & 
a-Toixeoj) pr. to be in the same row 
with; met. to correspond to, Ga. 4. 
25. 

^.vo-TpaTiw-rqs, ov, 6, (crvv & crrpa- 
tuGttjs) a fellow-soldier; met. a fel- 
low-soldier, co-militant, in the service 
of Christ, Phi. 2. 25. Phile. 2. 

"SvaTpecfico, f. \^g>, (a-vy & CTTpe- 
<p<o) to turn or roll together ; to col- 
lect, gather, Ac. 28. 3: whence 

%V(fTpo(pr), rjs, rj, a gathering, con- 



course, tumultuous assembly, Ac 
19. 40; a combination, conspiracy 
Ac. 23. 12, col. v. 13. 
Ivaxrip-ari^a), (crvv & a , x r lr 1LaT ' t -C^ 
to form, fr. crxqi^a.) to fashion in ao 
cordance with; mid. to conform oi 
assimilate one's self to, met. Ro. 12. 

2. 1 Pe. 1. 14. 

2(payr), r)s, fj, (crcfidfa) slaughter 
Ac. 8. 32. Ro. 8. 36. Ja. 5. 5. 

2(pdytov, ov, to, a victim slaugh- 
tered in sacrifice, Ac. 7. 42 : from 

2<fid(co, v. Att. cr(fidTTa>, f. £oo, 

a. 1. e<T<pa£<x, a. 2. pass, ecr<}>dyr}v, p. 
pass. ea<j>ayfiai, to slaughter, kill, 
slay ; pr. ws«Z o/ animals killed in 
sacrifice, &c, Re. 5. 6, 9, 12; 13. 8; 
of persons, &c, 1 Jno. 3. 12. Re. 6. 
4, 9 ; 18. 24 ; to wound mortally, Re 
13. 3. 

~2<p6bpa, adv. (pr. neut. pi. oi 
<n/>oSp6s, vehement, violent, strong) 
much, greatly, exceedingly, Mat. 2 
10; 17. 6, et al. 

Scpodpcos, adv. (fr. same) exceed 
ingly, vehemently, Ac. 27. 18. 

2,<fipayl£co, f. io*g>, a. 1. ea^pdyiaoy 

p. pass, e<r(£payicrp.cu, a. 1. pass, e 

<r<]>payCcr9r)v, to seal, stamp with a 
seal, Mat. 27. 66 ; to seal up, to close 
up, conceal, Re. 10. 4 ; 22. 10; to set 
a mark upon, distinguish by a mark 
Re. 7. 3, 8 ; to seal, to mark distinc 
tively as invested with a certain cha- 
racter, Jno. 6. 27 ; mid. to set oneY 
own mark upon, seal as one's own 
to impress with a mark of accept 
ance, 2 Co. 1. 22; to obtain a quit 
tance of, to deliver over safely to 
any one, Ro. 15. 28 ; absol. to set tc. 
one's seal, to make a solemn decla 
ration, Jno. 3. 33 : from 

2<£p(ryi'?, iftos, i), a seal, a signel 
ring, Re. 7. 2; an inscription on a 
seal, motto, 2 Ti. 2. 19 ; a seal, the 
impression of a seal, Re. 5. 1, et al. ; 
a seal, a distinctive mark, Re. 9. 4 • 
a seal, a token, proof, 1 Co. 9. 2 ; a 
token of guarantee, Ro. 4. 11. 

Scfivpov, ov, to, the ankle; pi. ra 
o-Qvpd, the ankle bones, malleoli. Ac. 

3. 7. 

S^eSbV, adv. (^x^t o~xew) pr. near 
of place; hence, nearly, almost. Ac 
13. 44; 19. 26. He. 9. 22. 

otos, to, (fr. saint) fashion 



2X1 



183 



form; fashion, external show, 1 Co. 

7. 31 ; guise, appearance, Phi. 2. 8. 
S^t'^a), f. iVo), a. 1. eo-^tcra, a. 1. 

pass. ecrxtVerj, to split, Mat. 27. 51 ; 
to rend, tear asunder, Mat. 27. 51. 
Lu. 5. 30, et al. ; mid. to open or un- 
fold with a cluism, Mar. 1. 10; pass, 
met. to be divided into parties or fac- 
tions, Ac. 14. 4; 23. 7: whence, 
1x L<T \ ia i aros rd, a rent, Mat. 9. 
16. Mar. 2. 21 ; met. a division into 
parties, schism, Jno. 7. 43; 9. 1G, et 
al. 

2)(oivlov, ou, to, (o-^oli/o?, a rush) 
jpr. a cord made of rushes ; genr. a 
rope, cord, Jno. 2. 15. Ac. 27. 32. 

S^oXa^co, f. acrco, to be unemployed, 
to be at leisure ; to be at leisure for 
a thing, to devote one's self entirely 
to a thing, 1 Co. 7. 5 ; to be unoccu- 
pied, empty, Mat. 12. 44: from 

2^0X77, 77?, 77, freedom from occu- 
pation ; later, ease, leisure ; a school, 
Ac. 19. 9. 

2o)^co, f. o"cocrco, p. (recroKct, a. 1. 
eo-axro, a. 1. pass. ea-u>9r)u, p. pass, cre- 
o-a><r|u.ac, to save, rescue ; to preserve 
safe and unharmed, Mat. 8. 25; 10. 
22 ; 24. 22 ; 27. 40, 42, 49. 1 Ti. 2. 15 ; 
cru£eiv et?, to bring safely to, 2 Ti. 4. 
18 ; to cure, heal, restore to health, 
Mat. 9. 21, 22. Mar. 5. 23, 28, 34; 

6. 56, et al. ; to save, preserve from 
being lost, Mat. 16. 25. Mar. 3. 4; 

8. 35; crco^eif ano, to deliver from, 
set free from, Mat. 1. 21. Jno. 12. 
27. Ac. 2. 40 ; in N. T., to rescue from 
unbelief, convert, Ro. 11. 14. 1 Co. 
1.21 ; 7. 16 ; to bring within the pale 
of Christian privilege, Tit. 3. 5. 1 Pe. 
3. 21; to save from final ruin, 1 Ti. 
1.15; pass, to be brought within the 
Gospel pale, Ac. 2. 47. P^ph. 2. 5, 8 ; 
to be in the way of salvation, 1 Co. 
15. 2. 2 Co. 2. 15. 

2oopa, aros, to, the body of an ani- 
mal; a living body, Mat. 5. 29, 30; 
G. 22, 23, 25. Ja. 3. 3; a person, in- 
dividual, 1 Co. G. 16; a dead body, 
corpse, carcass, Mat. 14. 12; 27.52, 
58. He. 13. 11; the human body 
considered as the seat and occasion of 
moral imperfection, as inducing to sin 
through its appetites and pussiom, Ro. 

7. 24 ; 8. 13 ; genr. a body, a material 
substance, 1 Co. 15. 37, 38, 40; the 
substance, reality, as opp. to rj cnaa, 
Col. 2. 17 ; in N. T., met. the aggre- ' 



gate body of believers, the body ofihi 
church, Ro. 12. 5. Col. 1. 18, et al. : 

whence 

2o>p.ariKO?, 77, oV, bodily, of or be- 
longing to the body, 1 Ti. 4. 8 ; cor. 
poreal, material, Lu. 3. 22 : whence 

2copaTiKco?, adv. bodily, in a bodily 
frame. Col. 2. 9. 

2oopeijtt>, f. evcroi, (o-copos, a heap) 
to heap or pile up, Ro. 12. 20; met. 
pass, to be laden with sins, 2 Ti. 3. 
6. 

2a>Ti7p, rjpos, 6, (crco^co) a saviour, 
preserver, deliverer, Lu. 1. 47; 2. 11. 
Ac. 5. 31, et al: V)hence 

Scornpia, a?, 77, a saving, preserva- 
tion, Ac. 27. 34. He. 11. 7 ; deliver- 
ance, Lu. 1. 69, 71. Ac. 7. 25; sal- 
vation, spiritucd and eternal, Lu. 1. 
77; 19. 9. Ac. 4. 12. Re. 7. 10; a 
being placed in a condition of salva- 
tion by an embracing of the Gospel, 
Ro. 10. 1, 10. 2 Ti. 3. 15; means or 
opportunity of salvation, Ac. 13. 
26. Ro. 11. 11. He. 2. 3, et al. ; 
rj a-diTTipla, the promised deliverance 
by the Messiah, Jno. 4. 22. 

2o3Trjptos ou, 6, 77, (cnoTrjp) im- 
parting salvation, saving, Tit. 2.11; 
neat, to <rojTrjpi.oi>, equivalent to a-ioTv- 
pCa, Lu. 2. 30 ; 3. 6. Ac. 28. 28. Eph. 
6. 17. 

~2<x>(ppoueQ}, co, f. 770-co, a. 1. eVco- 
</>poioicra (attxfrpwv) to be of a sound 
mind, be in one's right mind, be 
sane, Mar. 5. 15; to be calm, 2 Co. 
5. 13; to be sober-minded, sedate, 
staid, Tit. 2. 6. 1 Pe 4. 7 ; to be ol 
a modest, humble mind, Ro. 12. 3. 

2co(ppoin(/o, f. law, (fr. same) pr. 
to render any one o-ufypinv, to restore 
to a right mind ; to make sober 
minded, to steady by exhortation and 
guidance, Tit. 2. 4 : whence 

"2w(ppoviayn')^, ov, 6, a rendering 
sound- minded ; calm vigour of mind, 
Tit. 1. 7. 

2co(ppoVio?, adv. (aw(ppwv) in the 
manner of a person in his right 
mind ; soberly, staidly, temperately 
2 Ti. 2. 12. 

2w<ppoavvrj, 77?, 77, sanity, sound, 
ness of mind, a sane mind, Ac. 26. 
25 ; female modesty, 1 Ti. 2. 9, 15 : 
from 

2w(f>pwv, ouos, 6, tj, (croc, Bount* 



TAB 



184 



TAP 



k 6p-nv) of a sound mind, sane; 
staid, temperate, discreet, I Ti. 3. 2. 
Tit. 1. 8; 2. 2; modest, chaste, Tit. 
2. 5. 



T. 

Taftepvrj, r)?, r/ y (Lat. taberna) a 
tavern, inn ; Tpeis Tafiepvai, the 
Three Taverns, the name of a small 
place on the Appian road, according 
to Antoninus, 33 Roman miles from 
Rome, Ac. 28. 15. 

Taj3i6d, Tj, (Aram. NJTQft) i. q. 
Aop<cds, an antelope, Ac. 9. 36, 40. 

Tdypa, aro?, to, {rdacrot)) pr. any 
thing placed in order ; in N. T., 
order of succession, 1 Co. 15. 23. 

TaKTos, 77, dV, (fr. same) pr. ar- 
ranged; fixed, appointed, set, Ac. 
12. 21. 

TaAawrcopeco, co, f. 770-0), p. rera- 

A<xi7ra>prjKa, (raAatVoapo?) to endure 
severe labour and hardship; to be 
harassed ; to suffer compunction, Ja. 
4.9. 

TaXanrcopla, as, rj, toil, difficulty, 

hardship ; calamity, misery, distress, 

Eo. 3. 16. Ja. 5. 1 : from 
TaXaincopos, ov, 6, 77, pr. enduring 

severe effort and hardship; hence, 

wretched, miserable, afflicted, Eo. 

7. 24. Re. 3. 17. 
TaXavrtalos, ata, diov, of a talent 

weight, weighing a talent, Re. 16. 

21 : from 

TdXavTOf, ou, to, (raXao), to sus- 
tain) the sade of a balance ; a talent, 
which as a weight was among the 
Jews equivalent to 3000 shekels, i. e. 
as usually estimated, 11 Albs. Ibdwts. 
Troy, while the Attic talent, on the 
usual estimate, was only equal to 
56/frs. Woz. troy; and as a denomina- 
tion of money, it was equal among the 
former to 342/. 3s. 9c/., or if reckoned 
of c/old, 5,475/., arid among the latter 
to 198/. 15s., or 225/., or 243/. 15s. 
sterling, according to various esti- 
mates, Mat. 18. 24 ; 25. 15, 16, 20, 24, 
25, 28. f 

Ta\t8d, (Aram. NJlvD) talitha, i. q. 
Kopdenoe, a damsel, maiden, Mar. 5. 
41. 

Yafieiov, ou, to, equivalent to ra- 
ju.L£toe, (rafuevw, to be rap-las, ma- 



nager, storekeeper) a storehousa 
granary, barn, Lu. 12. 24 ; a chanv 
ber, closet, place of retirement and 
privacy, Mat. 6. 6; 24. 26. Lu. 12. 3 

Tavvv, i. e. rd vvv, q. v. 

Ta£i?, fa>?, 17, (rdacra)) order, re- 
gular disposition, arrangement; or* 
der, series, succession, Lu. 1. 8; an 
order, distinctive class, as of jtriests, 
He. 5. 6; 7. 11; order, good order, 
1 Co. 14. 40; orderliness, well re« 
gulated conduct, Col. 2. 5. 

Tanetvos, 77, 6v, low in situation, 
of condition, humble, poor, mean, 
depressed, Lu. 1. 52. 2 Co. 7. 6. Ja. 

I. 9; met. of the mind, humble, lowly, 
modest, Mat. 11. 29. Ro. 12. 1G, et 
al. 

Taneivocppocrvvn, 77?, 77, lowliness 
or humility of mind and deportment, 
modesty, Ac. 20. 19. Ep. 4. 2. Phi. 
2. 3, et al. : (N. T.) from 

TaneivoCppcov, (Taireivos & (ppr'jv) 
humble-minded, v. r., 1 Pe. 3. 8. 
L. G. 

TaTTfivoo , co, f. coo-co, a. 1. iranel- 

vaxra, (ra-rreivos) to bring low, de- 
press, level, Lu. 3. 5 ; met. to humble, 
abase, Phi. 2. 8 ; mid. to descend to, 
or live in, a humble condition, 2 Co. 

II. 7; Phi. 4. 12; to humble, de- 
press the pride of any one, Mat. 18. 
4 ; mid. to humble one's self, exhibit 
humility and contrition, Ja. 4. 10; 
to humble icith respect to hopes and 
expectations, to depress with disap- 
pointment, 2 Co. 12. 21 : ichence 

Taire ivcocris, eco?, 77, depression ; 

meanness, low estate, abject con. 

dition, Lu. 1. 48. Ac. 8. 33. Phi. 3. 

21. Ja. 1. 10. 
TnpdVcrco, v. ttco, f. £co, a. 1. eYapa- 

fa, p. pass. TeTapaynai, a. 1. pass. 

erapdxOriv, to agitate, trouble, as 
water, Jno. 5. 4, 7 ; met. to agitate, 
trouble the mind; with fear, to ter- 
rify, put in consternation. Mat. 2 3; 
14. 26; until (/riff, &c, to disquiet, 
affect with grief, anxiety, &c, Jno. 
12. 27; 13. 21; with doubt, &c, to 
unsettle, perplex, Ac. 15. 24. Ga, 
1. 7, et al. : ivhence 

TapdxTj, 77s, 77, agitation, troubling, 
of water, Jno. 5. 4; met. commotion, 
tumult, Mat, 13. 8. 

Tapayoj, ov, 6, agitation, comma 



TAP 



185 



TEA 



tion ; perturbation, consternation, 
terror, Ac. 12. 18; excitement, tu- 
mult, public contention, Ac. 19. 23. 

Tapcrevs, eco?, 6, of, or a native of 
Tdpcros, Tarsus, the metropolis of Ci- 
licia, Ac. 9. 11 ; 21. 39. 

laprapow, co, f. cocrco, (Tdprapos, 
Tartarus, which in the mythology of 
the ancients was that part of Hades 
where the ivieked zvere confined and 
tormented) to cast or thrust down to 
Tartarus or Gehenna, 2 Pe. 2. 4. 
N. T. 

Tclo-crco, v. rrco, f. £co, a. 1. era|a, 
p. pass. TeTayiJ.at, to arrange ; to set, 
appoint, in a certain station, Lu. 7. 
8. Ro. 13. 1 ; to set, devote, to a pur- 
suit, 1 Co. 16.15; to dispose, frame, 
for an object, Ac. 13. 48 ; to arrange, 
appoint, place or time, Mat. 28. 16. 
Ac. 28. 23 ; to allot, assign, Ac. 22. 
10; to settle, decide, Ac. 15. 2. 

Tavpos, ou, 6, a bull, beeve, Mat. 

22. 4, et al. 
Tavrd, by crasis for to. aura, the 

same things, 1 Th. 2. 14; Kara. TavTa, 

after the same manner, thus, so, Lu. 

6. 23, 26; 17. 30. 
Tacpr], 77?, r), (dd-rrro)) burial, the 

act of burying, sepulture, Mat. 27. 7. 
Tac^of, ov o, (fr. same) a sepulchre, 

Mat. 23. 27, 29 ; 27. 61, 64, 66 ; 28. 1 ; 

met. Ro. 3. 13. 
Ta^a, adv. (ra^vs) pr. quickly, soon ; 

perhaps, possibly, Ro. 5. 7. Phile. 

15. 

Ta^e'co?, adv. (fr. same) quickly, 
speedily; soon, shortly, 1 Co. 4. 19. 
Ga. 1. 6; hastily, Lu. 14. 21; 16.6, 
et al. ; with inconsiderate haste, 1 Ti. 
5. 22. 

Ta)(iv6s, rj, oV, (fr. same) swift, 
speedy, 2 Pe. 2. 1 ; near at hand, im- 
pending, 2 Pe. 1. 14. 

Ta^tov, adv. (pr. neut. of ra^ccov, 
comparat. of ra^v?) more swiftly, 
more quickly, more speedily, Jno. 
20. 4. He. 13. 19; quickly, speedily, 
Jno. 13. 27, et al. 

TdxMTTa, adv. (pr. neut. of the su- 
perlat of Tabu's) most quickly, most 
speedily, very quickly ; Ta^iora, 
as soon as possible, Ac. 17. 15. 

td^oc. fo?, to, (ra^uf) swiftness, 
tpeed. quickness celerity; it> rdxei, 



with speed, quickly, speedily ; soon 
shortly, Lu. 18. 8. Ac. 25. 4 ; hastily 
immediately, Ac. 12. 7, et al. 

Ta^u, adv. quickly, speedily, hastily, 
Mat. 28. 7, 8 ; soon, shortly, imme. 
diately, Mat. 5. 25 ; suddenly, Re. 2. 
5, 16; 3. 11, et al. ; easily, readily, 
Mar. 9. 39 ; pr. neut. of 

Ta^u?, eta, v, swift, fleet, quick; 
met. ready, prompt, Ja. 1. 19. 

Te, a combinatory enclitic particle, 
serving either as a lightly appending 
link, Ac. 1. 15; and, Ac. 2. 3; or as 
an inclusive prefix, Lu. 12. 45; both, 
Lu. 24. 20. Ac. 26. 16, et al. 

Tel^oy, eos, to, a wall of a city, 
Ac. 9. 25, et al. 

TeKprjpiov, t'ou, ro, (retcpap, a fixed 
mark) a sign, indubitable token, 
clear proof, Ac. 1. 3. 

TeKvlov, ov, ro, (dimin. of tckvov) 
a little child ; TeKvla, an endearing 
compilation, my dear children, Jno. 
13. 33. Ga. 4. 19. 1 Jno. 2. 1, et al. 

TeKvoyovea>, co, f. ncrco, (reKvov & 
yiyvoixai) to bear children , to rear a 
family, 1 Ti. 5. 14: (L. G.) whence 

TeKvoyovia, a?, J/, the bearing of 
children, the rearing of a family, 
1 Ti. 2. 15. N. T. 

Tzkvov, ou, ro, (tiktco) a child, a 
son or daughter, Mat. 2. 18. Lu. 1. 
7, et al. ; pi. descendants, posterity, 
Mat. 3. 9. Ac. 2. 39 ; child, son, as a 
term of endearment, Mat. 9. 2. Mar. 

2. 5 ; 10. 24 ; pi. children, inhabit- 
ants, people, of a city, Mat. 23. 37. 
Lu. 19. 44 ; fr. the Heb., met. a child 
or son in virtue of discipleship, 1 Co. 
4. 17. 1 Ti. 1. 2. 2 Ti. 1. 2. Tit. 1. 
4. Phile. 10. 3 Jno. 4; a child in 
virtue of gracious acceptance, Jno. 
1. 12; 11. 52. Ro. 8. 16, 21. 1 Jno. 

3. 1 ; a child in virtue of spiritual 
conformity, Jno. 8. 39. Phi. 2. 15. 
1 Jno. 3. 10 ; a child of, one charac- 
terised by, some condition or qucditi/, 
Mat. 11. 19. Eph. 2. 3; 5. 8. 1 Pe. 
1.14. 2 Pe. 2. 14. 

T€Kvorpo(p€co, co, f. no"co, (tckvov & 
Tpe'(f>a>) to rear a family, 1 Ti. 5. 10. 

Te/crcoi/, ovo?, 6, an artizan ; and 
spc. one who works in wood, a car- 
penter, Mat. 13. 55. Mar. 6. 3. 

TeAeio?, ela, eiou, (reAof) brought 
to completion,- fully accomplished 



TEA 



186 



TET 



fully developed. Ja. 1. 4 ; fully 
realised, thorough, 1 Jno. 4. 18 ; com- 
plete, entire, as opposed to what is 
partial and limited, 1 Co. 13. 10: full 
grown, of ripe age, 1 Co. 14. 20. Eph. 
4. 13. He. 5. 14 ; fully accomplished 
in Christian enlightenment, 1 Co. 2. 
6. Pin. 3. 15. Col. 1. 28; perfect 
in some point of character, without 
shortcoming in respect of a certain 
standard, Mat. 5. 48 ; 19. 21. Col. 4. 
12. Ja. 1.4; 3. 2 ; perfect, consum- 
mate, Ro. 12. 2. Ja. 1. 17, 25; comp. 
of higher excellence and efficiency, 
He. 9. 11: whence 

TeX 6107779, rnros, t], completeness, 
perfectness, Col. 3. 14; ripeness of 
knowledge or practice, He. G. 1 . L. G. 

TeXetoco, co, f. wcrco, p. TereXeicoKa, 
a. 1. ereAeitocra, to execute fully, dis- 
charge, Jno. 4. 34 ; 5. 36 ; 17. 4 ; to 
reach the end of, run through, finish, 
Lu. 2. 43. Ac. 20. 24 ; to consum- 
mate, place in a condition of finality, 
He. 7. 19 ; to perfect a person, ad- 
vance a person to final completeness 
of character, He. 2. 10; 5. 9; 7. 28 ; 
to perfect a perso?i, advance a person 
to a completeness of its kind, which 
needs no further provision. He. 9. 9 ; 
10. 1, 14; pass, to receive fulfilment, 
Jno. 19. 28 ; to be brought to the 
goal, to reach the end of one's course, 
Lu. 13.32. Phi. 3. 12. He. 11. 40; 
12. 23; to be fully developed, 2 Co. 
12. 9. Ja. 2. 22. 1 Jno. 2. 5 ; 4. 12, 
17; to be completely organised, to 
be closely embodied, Jno. 17. 23. 

TeXeicos 1 , adv. perfectly, 1 Pe. 1. 13. 

TeXetaxriy, ecoy, 17, a completing ; 
a fulfilment, accomplishment of pre- 
dictions, promises, &c. Lu. 1. 45; 
finality of function, completeness of 
operation and effect, He. 7. 11. 

TeXeKDTr/f, oC, 6, a finisher, one 
who completes and perfects a thing ; 
one who brings through to final at- 
tainment, He. 12. 2 ; cf. ch. 2. 10. 

'Vf\ecr(popea>, a>, f. rjcra), (reXeo"- 
<£6pos, fr. re'Xos & c6epio) to bring to 
maturity, as fruits, &c. ; met. Lu. 
8. 14. 

TeAeuraco, to, f. rjcra>, p. rereXfu- 
TT)Ka, a. 1. eTeAevnjcra, to end, finish, 
complete ; absol. to end one's life, to 
die, Mat. 2. 19 ; 15. 4 ; 22. 25, et al. : 
from 



IfXevrr], rji, fj, a finishing, end. 
hence, end of life, death, decetso 
Mat. 2. 15 : from 

TeXe'co, a>, f. ecrco, p. TereXeKa, a. 1 
ereXecra, to finish, complete, con- 
clude, an operation, Mat. 11. 1 ; 13 
53; 19. 1, et al. ; to finish a circuit 
Mat. 10. 23; to fulfil, to carry out 
into full operation, Eo. 2. 27; Ga. 
5. 16. Ja. 2. 8 ; to pay dues. Mat. 
17. 24, et al. ; pass, to be fulfilled, 
realised, Lu. 12. 50 ; 18. 31, et al. ; 
of time, to be ended, elapse, Re. 15. 
8 ; 20. 3, 5, 7 : from 

Te'Xo?, eo?, rd, an end attained, 
consummation ; an end, closing act, 
Mat. 24. 6, 14. 1 Co. 15. 24, et al.; 
full performance, perfect discharge, 
Ro. 10. 4; fulfilment, realisation, 
Lu. 22. 37 ; final dealing, developed 
issue, Ja. 5. 11; issue, final stage, 
1 Co. 10. 11 ; issue, result, Mat. 26. 
58. Ro. 6. 21, 22. 1 Pe. 1.9; a)iti- 
typical issue, 2 Co. 3. 13; practical 
issue, 1 Ti. 1. 5; ultimate destiny, 
Phi. 3. 19. He. 6. 8. 1 Pe. 4. 17 ; an 
impost, due, Mat. 17. 25. Ro. 13. 7 ; 
els re'Aos, to the full, 1 Th. 2. 16; «is 
reK K, continually, Lu. 18. 5 ; eis 
Te\os, p-e'xpi, axpi reXovs, throughout, 
Mat. 10. 22. Mar. 13. 13. Jno. 13. I. 
He. 3. 6, 14; 6. 11. He. 2. 26. ^ 

T(\a>vrjs, ou, 6, (reXo? & wveopai) 
one who farms the public revenues ; 
in A 7 T., a publican, collector of im- 
posts, tax-gatherer, Mat. 5. 46; 9. 
10, 11 ; 10. 3, et al.: tchence 

TeXddviov, lov, to, a custom-house, 
toll-house; collector's office, Mat. 
9. 9. Mar. 2. 14. Lu. 5. 27. 

Tepa?, aro?, rd, a prodigy, portent, 
Ac. 2. 19; a signal act, wonder, 
miracle, Jno. 4. 48. Ac. 2. 43, et al. 

TeacrapaKovra, 01, al, rd, (reVo-a- 
pes) forty, Mat. 4. 2, et al. 

TeaaapaKOvraer^s, e'os, ovs, d. n, 
(preced. & eYos) of forty years, Ac. 
7. 23; 13. 18. 

Tecrcrapes, At. rerrapes, coy, ot, nt, 
neut. reaaapa. At. rerTapa, uiv, ti lt 
Mat. 24. 31. Mar. 2. 3, et al. 

Teo-crapeo-KuideKaTOS, n, or, (recr- 
o-ape?, kcu, & Se'icaTos) the fourteenth, 
Ac. 27. 27, 33. 

Terapralos, aia, alov, on the fourth 
day, Jno. 11. 39 : from 



TET 



187 



TIK 



TfrapTus, rj, ov, (reaaapfs) fourth. 

Mat. 14. 25, et al. 
Terpdycovos, ov, 6, 17, (reo-crapes & 

■ywvia) four-angled, quadrangular, 

square, Re. 21. 16. 

TerpdStov, i'ou, to, (dimin. of re- 
rpas) a set of four, quaternion; a 
detachment of four men, Ac. 12. 4. 
L. G. 

TcrpaKLcrxO^ioi, at, a, (rerpaKi^ 
four times, & x^">0 four thousand, 
Mat. 15. 38, et al. 

TeTpa/cdmoi, cu, n, four hundred, 
Ac. 5. 36, et al. 

TeTpdp,r}vos, ov, 6, 77, to, -ot/, (tcct- 
crape? & /u.tJi') of four months, four 
months in duration, Jno. 4. 35. 

TeTpa7rXdo?, our, 077, 7/, doi>, ouz/, 
(rerpas) quadruple, fourfold, Lu. 19. 8. 

TeTpd7roi;?, odos, d, 77, to,-otji/, (recr- 
cropes & ttov?) four-footed ; pi. ra 
rerpdiroSa, sc. £oa, quadrupeds, Ac. 
10. 12; 11. 6. Ro. 1. 23. 

Terpapxea), co, f. 770-co, to be te- 
trarch, rule as tetrarch, Lu. 3. 1, ter. : 
(L. G.) from 

Terpdpxns, ov, d, (rerpds & ap^co) 
a tetrarch ; pr. one of a sovereign 
body of four; in N. T., according to 
later mage, a provincial sovereign 
under the Roman emperor, Mat. 14. 

1. Lu. 3. 19; 9. 7. Ac. 13. 1. 
Tffppdco, co, f. cocrco, (recppa, ashes) 

to reduce to ashes, to consume, de- 
stroy, 2 Pe. 2. 6. 
Te^i»?7, 779, 77, art, skill, Ac. 17. 29 ; 

an art, trade, craft, Ac. 18. 3. Re. 

18. 22 : whence 
Te^i/tTT;?, ov, 6, an artisan, artificer, 

workman, mechanic, Ac. 19. 24, 38. 

Re. 18. 22; an architect, builder, 

He. 11. 10. (Z) 
T77KCO, f. £co, to dissolve, render 

liquid; pass, to be liquefied, melt, 

2 Pe. 3. 12. 
Tr/Aauycof, adv. (rr]\avyr)s, widely 

resplendent, fr. rqke, afar, & avy»j) 

clearly, plainly, distinctly, Mar. 8. 

25. 

Tr;AlW 1VTOS, OVTTj, OXJTO, (tT}\[kOS^ 

so great) so great, 2 Co. 1. 10. He. 

2. 3. Ja. 3. 4. Re. 16. 18. 

Tr)p€U) y CO, f. 77O-CO, p. T€TT]pT]KU) SL. 1 . I 



irtjprjcra, (njpo?) to keep watch upon 
guard, Mat. 27. 36, 54 ; 28. 4. Ac. 12. 
6 ; to watch over protectively, guard, 

1 Jno. 5. 18. Re. 16.15; to maris 
attentively, to heed, Re 1. 3; to ob- 
serve practically, keeo strictly, Mat. 
19. 17; 23. 3; 28.20. Mar. 7. 9. Jno. 
8. 51, et al. ; to preserve, shield, Jno. 
17. 15; to store up, reserve, Jno. 2. 
10; 12. 7. 1 Pe. I. 4. 2 Pe. 2. 4, 9, 
17, et al.; to keep in custody, Ac. 
12. 5; 16. 23, et al. ; to maintain, 
Eph. 4.3. 2 Ti. 4. 7 ; to keep in a 
condition, Jno. 17. II, 12. 1 Co. 7. 37. 

2 Co. 11. 9. 1 Ti. 5. 22. Ja. 1. 27: 
tohence 

Tnprjais, eco?, 77, a keeping, custody; 
meton. a place of custody, prison, 
ward, Ac. 4. 3; met. practical ob- 
servance, strict performance, 1 Co. 
7. 19. 

Tidnpi, f. 0r]o-a>, a. 1. edrjKOj p. Te- 
OeiKa, a. 2. eOrjv, a. 2. mid. zOiix-qv, pass, 
a. 1. £r£Qr\v, p. TeOeiftai, plu. p ereOel- 

fii]v, to place, set, lay, Mat. 5. 15. 
Mar. 6. 56. Lu. 6. 48, et al. ; to pro- 
duce at table, Jno. 2. 10 ; to deposit, 
lay, Mat. 27. 60. Lu. 23. 53. Ac. 3. 
2 ; to lay down, Lu. 19. 21, 22. Jno. 
10. 11, 15, 17, 18. 1 Jno. 3. 16, et al.; 
to lay aside, put off, Jno. 13. 4; to 
allocate, assign, Mat. 24. 51. Lu. 12. 
40 ; to set, constitute, appoint, Jno. 
15. 16. Ac. 13. 47. He. 1. 2; to 
render, make, Mat. 22. 44. Ro. 4. 17. 
1 Co. 9. 18 ; mid. to put in custody, 
Mat. 14. 3. Ac. 4. 3; to reserve, 
Ac. 1.7; to commit as a matter of 
charge, 2 Co. 5. 19 ; to set, with de- 
sign, in a certain arrangement or 
position, Ac. 20. 28. 1 Co. 12. 18, 28. 
1 Th- 5. 9. 1 Ti. 1. 12; pass. 1 Ti. 2. 
7. 2 Ti. 1. 11. 1 Pe. 2. 8 ; TifleWt ra 
yovara, to kneel down, Mar. 15. 19. 
Lu. 22. 41. Ac. 7. 60 ; 9. 40 ; 20. 36 ; 
21.5; rCOea-dat ej/ 177 KapSCa, to lay to 
heart, ponder, Lu. 1. 66 ; also, el? rds 
/capSta?, Lu. 21. 14 ; Ti9ecr6ai eV rfj <ap- 
cna, to design, resolve, Ac. 5. 4 ;' also, 
kv TrvevpuxTi, Ac. 19. 21 ; also, fiov^V; 
Ac. 27. 12; Ti9eo-0ai et? to o>t<x, to 
give attentive audience to, to listen 
to retentively, Lu. 9. 44. 

T/ktco, f. Tf'lco & Te£opai, a. 2. 
Ztskov, p. reroKa, a. 1. pass, erex®*]", 
to bear, bring forth children, Mat. 1. 
21, 23, et al. ; trop. to bear, produce, 
as the. earth, yield, lie. 6. 7 ; met. ta 
give birth to, J a. 1. 15. 



188 



TOA 



T/XXco, f nXco, to pull, pluck off, 
Mat. 12. I. Mar. 2. 23. Lu. 6. 1. 

Ti/Lidco, co, f. J]cra), a. 1. eTifirjcra, 
to estimate in respect of worth ; to 
hold in estimation, respect, honour, 
reverence, Mat. 15. 4, 5, 8; 19. 19. 
Mar. 7. 10, et al. ; to honour with 
reverent service, Jno. 5. 23, quater; 

8. 49; to treat with honour, mani- 
fest consideration towards, Ac. 28. 
10; to treat graciously, visit with 
marks of favour, Jno. 12. 2G ; mid. to 
price, Mat. 27. 9 : from 

Tipf], 77?, 77, (ri'co) a pricing, estimate 
of worth; price, value, Mat. 27- 9; 
price paid, Mat. 27. 6 ; meton. a thing 
of price, and collectively, precious 
things, Re. 21. 24, 26; preciousness, 
1 Pe. 2. 7 ; substantial value, real 
worth, Col. 2. 23; careful regard, 
honour, state of honour, dignity, Ro. 

9. 21. He. 5. 4; honour conferred, 
observance, veneration, Ro. 2. 7, 10; 
12. 10 ; mark of favour and considera- 
tion, Ac. 28. 10: whence 

TljjLLO^ a, oi>, precious, costly, of 
great price, 1 Co. 3. 12. Re. 18. 12; 
precious, dear, valuable, Ac. 20. 24. 
1 Pe. 1. 7, 19; honoured, esteemed, 
respected, Ac. 5. 34. He. 13. 4: 
ivhence 

Tipiorns, tt]tos, f), preciousness, 
costliness; meton. precious things, 
valuable merchandise, Re. 18. 19. 
N. T. 

Ti/xcopeco, co, f. rjcrco, a. 1. pass. 
inixtijpriOrjv, (Tiju.a>pds, an aider, an 
avenger, fr. tijuij & cupa>) to succour, 
to avenge, any one; in JV. T., to 
punish, Ac. 22. 5 ; 26. 1 1 : whence 

Tipopla, as, 77, punishment, He. 10. 
29. 

TtVco, f. Tiaed) to pay ; to pay a 
penalty, incur punishment, 2 Th. 1. 9. 

Tt?, 6, T), to, -Tt, gen. rivos, inde- 
finite pron., a certain one, some one, 
Mat. 12. 47, et al. ; pi. some, certain, 
several, Lu. 8. 2. Ac. 9. 19. 2 Pe. 
3. 16, et al. ; one, a person, Mat. 12. 
29. Lu. 14. 8. Jno. 6. 50, et al. ; 
combined with the name of an indi- 
vidual, one, Mar. 15. 21, et al. ; as it 
were, in a manner, a kind of, He. 10. 
27. Ja. 1. 18; any whatever, Mat. 
8. 28. Lu. 11. 36. Ro. 8. 39, et al. ; 
Tis, somebody of consequence, A 2. 5. 
lo ; rt, something of consequence, Ga. 



2. 6 ; 6. 3 ; n, any thing at all, any 
thing worth account, I Co 3. 7; 10. 
19 ; rt, at all, Phi. 3. 15. Phile. 18 

Tis, rt, twos, interrogative pron, 
strictly of direct inquiry, who ? what ! 
Mat. 3. 7; 5. 13; 19. 27; equivalent 
to n-oTepo?, whether? which of two 
things? Mat. 9. 5. Phi. 1. 22; neut. 
rt, why? wherefore? Mat. 8. 26; 9. 
11,14; «' on, why is it that ? Mar. 2. 
16. Jno. 14. 22; neut. n, what? as 
an emphatic interrogative, Ac. 26. 8 ; 
Tt, how very ! v. r. Mat. 7.14 ; in in- 
direct question, Mat. 10. 11; 12. 3, 
et al. 

TitKos, ov, 6, (Lat. titulus) an in- 
scribed scroll, superscription, Jno. 
19. 19, 20. 

Toiyapovv, (roi, yap & ovv) a dou- 
bly strengthened form of the particli 
Tot, well then, so then, wherefore, 
1 Th. 4. 8. He. 12. 1. 

Tolvvv, a strengthening of the particle 
tol by the enclitic wv, well then 
therefore now, therefore, Lu. 20. 25. 
1 Co. 9. 26, et al. 

ToidcrSe, roidde, rotdvSe, a more 
pointedly demonstrative form of 1-0Z09, 
such as this ; such as follows, 2 Pe. 
1. 17. 

Tolovtos, Toiavrrj, toiovto & rot- 

ovtov, a lengthened and more demon- 
strative formof 'toZo?, such, such like, 
of this kind or sort, Mat. 18. 5 : 19. 
14; such, so great, Mat. 9. 8. Mar. 
6. 2 ; 6 tcuoutck, such a fellow, Ac. 
22. 22 ; also, the one alluded to, 1 Co. 
1. 5. 2 Co. 2. 6, 7; 12. 2, 3, 5. 

Tot^o?, ou, 6, a wall of a building, 
as distinct from a city wall or forti- 
fication (reixoi), Ac. 23. 3. 

Toko?, ou, d, (tlktco) a bringing 
forth; offspring; met. produce oj 
moneu lent, interest, usury, Mat. 25. 
27. Lu. 19. 23 ; 

ToXpaco, w, f. Tytrco, a. 1. erdA/uncra, 
to assume resolution to do a thing, 
Mar. 15. 43. Ro. 5. 7. Phi. 1. 14; 
to dare, Ac. 5. 13 ; 7. 32 ; to presume. 
Mat. 22. 46. Mar. 12. 34. Lu. 20. 40. 
Jno. 21. 12. Ro. 15. 18. 2 Co. 10. 12. 
Ju. 9 ; to have the face, 1 Co. 6. 1 ; 
absol. to assume a bold bearing, 2 Co. 
10. 2; 11. 21. 

To\ptipoT€pos, a, ov, (compar. of 
ToAjnijpos, bold, fr. roXfwuo} bolder 



TOA 



189 



TPI 



neut. ToXfiriporepov, as an adv., more 
boldly, with more confidence, more 
freely, Ro. 15. 15. 

ToXfirjTT]s, ov, 6, (roXfxdd)) one who 
is bold ; in a bad sense, a presump- 
tuous, audacious person, 2 Pe. 2. 10. 

Toparepos, a, ov, (compar. of ro- 
/xos, cutting, sharp, keen, fr. renvoi) 
keener, sharper, He. 4. 12. 

To£ov, ov, to, a bow, Re. 6. 2. 

Tond^Lov, ov, to, a topaz, a gem of 
of a yellowish colour, different from 
the modern topaz, Re. 21. 20. L. G. 

To7ro?, ov, 6, a place, locality, Mat. 

12. 43. Lu. 6. 17, et al. ; a limited 
spot or ground, Mat. 24. 15; 27. 33. 
Jno. 4. 20. Ac. 6. 13, et al. ; & pre- 
cise spot or situation, Mat. 28. 6. 
Mar. 16. 6. Lu. 14. 9, et al. ; a dwel- 
ling place, abode, mansion, dwelling, 
seat, Jno. 14. 2, 3. Ac. 4. 31. a 
place of ordinary deposit. Mat. 26. 
52 ; a place, passage in a book, Lu. 
4. 17; place occupied, room, space, 
Lu. 2. 7; 14. 9, 22; place, opportu- 
nity, Ac. 25. 16. lie. 12. 17; place, 
condition, position, 1 Co. 14. 16. 

ToaovTos, Toaavrrj, too~ovto & 
roaovTov, a lengthened and more de- 
monstrative form of xocro?, so great, 
so much, Mat. 8. 10; 16. 33; so long, 
of time, Jno. 14. 9; pi. so many, Mat. 

15. 33, et al. 

Tore, adv. of time, then, at that 
time, Mat. 2. 17; 3.5; 11.20; then, 
thereupon, Mat. 12. 29 ; 13. 26 ; 25. 31 ; 
anb rore, from that time, Mat. 4. 17 ; 

16. 21 ; 6 rore, which then was, 2 Pe. 
3. 6. 

TovvavTiov, (by crasis for to evav- 
tCov) that which is opposite ; as an 
adv. on the contrary, on the other 
hand, 2 Co. 2. 7. Ga. 2. 7. 1 Pe. 3. 9. 

Tovvopa, (by crasis for to ovopa) 
the name ; in the acc. by name, Mat. 
27. 57. 

ToureVri, (by crasis for tovt eori) 
that is, which signifies, which im- 
plies, Ac. 1. 19 ; 19. 4, et al. 

Tpdyos, ov, 6, a he-goat, He. 9. 12, 

13, 19; 10. 4. 

Tpdire^a, rjs, rj, (rerpa?, four, & 
irefc, a foot) a table, an eating-table, 
Mat. 15. 27. Mar. 7. 28. He. 9. 2 ; 
by impl. a meal, feast, Ro. 11.9. 1 Co. 
10. 21 ; a table or counter of a money- 



clmngcr. Mat. 21. 12; a bank, Lvi, 19 
23; by impl., pi. money matters, Aft 
6. 2 : whence 
Tpa7re^LTr]s, ov, 6, a money-changer, 
broker, banker, who exchanges or 
loans money for a premium, Mat. 25. 

27. (Z.) 

Tpavpa, aTOS, to, (rirpaxTKoo) a 
wound, Lu. 10. 34 : whence 

TpavpaTifa, f. iVco, a. 1. irpavpa- 
T«ra,to wound, Lu.20. 12. Ac. 19. 16. 

Tpa)(rp\l£a>, f. iVco, p. pass, rerpa^- 
■qkia-fx.a.1, pr. to gripe the neck; to 
bend the neck back so as to make 
bare or expose the throat, as in slaugh- 
tering animals, &c. ; met. to lay bare 
to view, He. 4. 13: from 

Tpd)(r]\os, ov, o, the neck, Mat. 18. 
6, et al. ; emdeivai £vyw inl tov xpaY- 
rjkov, to put a yoke upon the neck 
of any one, met. to bind to a burden- 
some observance, Ac. 15. 10; iiro- 
TiOevaL tov Tpaxj]kov, to lay down 
one's neck under the axe of the exe- 
cutioner, to imperil one's life, Ro. 
16. 4. 

Tpaxvs, (la, v, rough, rugged, un- 
even, Lu. 3. 5 ; els rpaxels tottovs, OU 
a rocky shore, Ac. 27. 29. 

Tpe Is, ot, ai, rd, Tpia, three, Mat. 
12. 40, et al. 

Tpepoo, (Tpeco, idem) to tremble, be 
agitated from fear, Mar. 5. 33. Lu. 
8. 47. Ac. 9. 6 ; by impl. to fear, be 
afraid, 2 Pe. 2. 10. 

Tpe(pa>, f. Opened, a. 1. Wpe^/a, 
p. pass. Te9pafxfxai, to thicken ; to 
nourish; to feed, support, cherish, 
provide for, Mat. 6. 26 ; 25. 37, et al. ; 
to bring up, rear, educate, Lu. 4. 16 ; 
to gorge, to pamper, Ja. 5. 5. 

Tpe'^co, f. Ope^opai, & 8pap.ovp.at, 
a. 2. eSpap-of, to run, Mat. 27. 48 ; 

28. 8, et al. ; to run a race, 1 Co. 9. 
24; met. I Co. 9. 24, 26. He. 12. 1 ; 
in N. T., to run a certain course of 
conduct, Ga. 5. 7 ; to run a course of 
exertion, Ro. 9. 16. Ga. 2. 2. Phi. 
2. 16; to run, to progress freely, to 
advance rapidly, 2 Th. 3. 1. 

TpiaKovTa, ol, ai, rti, (rpel?) thirty, 
Mat. 13. 8, 23, et al. 

TpiaKoaioi, ai, a, (rpels) three hun- 
dred, Mar. 14. 5. Jno. 12. 5. 

TpifioXos, ov, 6, (rpeis & 3«Xos< 



TPI 



190 



TYr 



or. three-pronged ; as subst. a cal- 
trop; a plant, laud-caltrop, a thorn, 
Slat. 7. 10. He. 6. 8. 

TpLfios, ov, r), (rplftco, to rub, wear) 
a beaten track; a road, highway. 
Mat. 3. 3. Mar. 1. 3. Lu. 3. 4. 

T/Jterta, as, 77, (roeis & eras') the 
space of three years, Ac. 20. 31. 

Tp/^co, f. iVa), to creak, to utter a 
creaking, stridulous, grating sound ; 
to gnash, grind the teeth, Mar. 9. 18. 

Tpiprjvov, ov, to, (roels & pr)u) the 
space of three months, He. 1 1 . 23. 

Tpls, adv. (rpeT?) three times, thrice, 
Mat. 26. 34, 75, et al. ; enl rpk, to the 
extent of thrice, as many as three 
times, Ac. 10. 16; 11. 10. 

Tpicrreyov, ov, to, (neut. of rpi- 
oreyos, having three stories, fr. rpels & 
oreyrj) the third floor, third story, 
Ac. 20. 9. L. G. 

Tpto-^tXiot, at, a, (TpeTs & ^tXtot) 
three thousand, Ac. 2. 41. 

Tplros, 77, ov, (rpetf) third, Mat. 
20. 3; 27. 64; e/r rpirov, the third 
time, for the third time, Mat. 26. 44 ; 
to Tpirov, sc. /ue'pos, the third part, 
Re. 8. 7, 12 ; rpirov & to Tpirov, as an 
adv., the third time, for the third 
time, Mar. 14. 41. I.u. 20. 12, et al. 

Tpt^tVo?, r], ov, (#pt£, rpixos) of 
hair, made of hair, Re. 6. 12. 

Tpopoy, ou, 6, (Tpepoo) pr. a trem- 
bling, quaking ; trembling/rowi/ear, 
fear, terror, agitation of mind, Mar. 
16. 8 ; anxious diffidence, 1 Co. 2. 3 ; 
reverence, veneration, awe, 2 Co. 7. 
15. Ep. 6. 5. Phi. 2. 12. 

TpoTrr}, rjs, r), (TpeVco) a turning 
round ; a turning back, change, mu- 
tation, Ja. 1. 17. 

TpoTTos-, ov, 6, (fr. same) a turn ; 
mode, manner, way, Jude 7 ; 01' rpo- 
nov, & kcl8' ov rpoiTov, in which man- 
ner, as, even as, Mat. 23. 37. Ac. 

15. 11, et al. ; Kara ixrjSeua rponov, in 
no way, by no means, 2 T h. 2. 3 ; ev 
navTi Tpo7ro), & ttovtI Tp6no>, in every 
way, by every means, i"ri. 1. 18. 
2 Th. 3. 16; tum of mind <r action, 
habit, disposition, He. 13. 5. 
Tnonocpopeci), o>, f. no"co, a. 1. irpo- 
ir<xp6pr}o~a, (Tpo7ro? & </>ope'co) bear with 
the disposition, manners, and con- 
duct of any one, Ac. 13. 18. L. G. 



Tpocprj, rjs, 77, (rpedyco) nutriment, 
nourishment, food, Mat. 3. 4, et al. , 
provision, victual, Mat. 24. 45 ; sr>- 
tenance, maintenance, Mat. 10. 10; 
met. nutriment of the mind, He. 5. 
12, 14. 

Tpo<p6s, ov, 17, (fr. same) a nurse, 

1 Th. 2. 7. 
Tpocpocpopeo), a>, f. t)o~o), (rpocpot 

& <f>opeio) to sustain, provide for, 

cherish, v. r. Ac. 13. 18. S. 
Tpo)(id, as, 17, a wheel-track; a 

track, way, path, met. He. 12. 13: 

/rom 

Tpoxos, ov, 6, (rpexa>) pr. a run- 
ner ; any thing orbicular, a wheel ; 
drift, course, ivith ivhich signification 
the icord is usually written Tpoxos, 
Ja. 3. 6. 

TpvfiXtov, tov, to, a bowl, dish, 

Mat. 26. 23. Mar. 14. 20. 
Tpuydco, a>, f. 770-aj, a. 1. irpvyrjaa, 

(rpvyr), ripe fruits) to harvest, gather, 
fruits, and spc. grapes, Lu. 6. 44. Re. 

14. 18, 19. 

Tpvycov, ovos, r), (Tpv£oo, to mur- 
mur) a turtle-dove, Lu. 2. 24. 

TpvpaXid, as, 17, (rpvpr), fr. Tpvco, 
to rub, wear) a hole, perforation ; 
eye of a needle, Mar. 10. 25. Lu. 18. 
25. 

Tpvrrnpa, aros, to, {rpvTvaco, rpv- 
irq, a hole, fr. rpvuj) a hole ; eye of a 
7iecdlr, Mat. 19. 24. 

Tpvcpdai, a), f. T}cra>, a. 1. irpvcpr}- 
<ra, to live delicately and luxuri- 
ously, Ja. 5. 5 : from 

TpvCprj, rjs, 17, {OpvTTToa, to break 
small, to enfeeble, enervate) deli- 
cate living, luxury, Lu. 7. 25. 2 Pe. 
2. 13. 

Tpcoyo), f. rpco^opai, a. 2. erpayov, 
pr. to crunch ; to eat, Mat. 24. 38 ; 
fr. the Heb. ZpTov Tpuyew, to take 
'food, partake of a meal, Jno. 13. 

18 ' 

Tvyxdva), f. rev^opai, p. T€rv\r]Ka 

& Terevxa., a. 2. eruxov, to hit an ob- 
ject; to attain to, to obtain, acquire, 
enjoy, Lu. 20. 35. Ac. 24. 3, et al.; 
intrans. to happen, fall out, chance ; 
part. tv\uiv, ovo-a, 6v, common, ordi' 
nary, Ac. 19. 11; 28. 2; neut. tv\6v. 
as an adv., it may be, perchance, 
perhaps, 1 Co. 16. 0 ; ei tv\oi, if it M 



TYM 



191 



YET 



happen, as the case may be, 1 Co. 
14.10; 15. 37 ; to be in a certain con- 
dition, Lu. 10. 30. 
TvfjiTTavtfa, f. i'o"o), a. 1. pass, ervfi- 
iraviaBifv, (rvp-iravov, a drum) pr. to 
beat a drum ; to drum upon ; in 
N. T., to bastinade, beat to death 
with rods and clubs, He. 11. 35. 

Tvttos, ov, 6, pr. a blow; an im- 
press; a print, mark, of a wound 
inflicted, Jno. 20. 25 ; a delineation ; 
an image, statue, Ac. 7. 43 ; a for- 
mula, scheme, Ro. 6. 17 ; form, pur- 
port, Ac. 23. 25 ; a figure, counter- 
part, 1 Co. 10. 6; an anticipcitive 
figure, type, Ro. 5. 14. 1 Co. 10. 11 ; 
a model, pattern, Ac. 7. 44. He. 
8. 5 ; a moral pattern, Phi. 3. 17. 
1 Th. 1. 7. 2 Th. 3. 9. 1 Ti. 4. 12. 
1 Pe. 5. 3. 

Tv7rra>, f. \j/a>, a. 1. eTV\j/a, to beat, 
strike, smite, Mat. 24. 49; 27. 30, 
et al. ; to beat the breast, as expres- 
sive of grief, or strong emotion, Lu. 
18.13; 23. 48 ; in N. T., met. to wound 
or shock the conscience of any one, 
1 Co. 8. 12 ; fr. the Ileb. to smite with 
evil, punish, Ac. 23. 3. 

Tvpfidfa, f. dcrco, (.Tvp(3r], tumult) 
to stir up, render turbid ; to throw 
into a state of perturbation, dis- 
quiet; mid. to trouble one's self, 
be troubled, be disquieted, Lu. 10. 
41. 

Tvpios, ov, 6, rj, a Tyrian, an in- 
habitant of Tupos, Tyre, Ac. 12. 20. 

Tv(p\6s, r), ov, blind, Mat. 9. 27, 
28; 11. 5; 12. 22; met. mentally 
blind, Mat. 15. 14; 23. 16, et al. : 
whence 

Tv(p\6u), co, f. a>o~a>, p. T€TV(p\o}~ 
kol, to blind, render blind ; met. Jno. 
12. 40. 1 Jno. 2. 11. 2 Co. 4. 4. 

Tv<p6co, eo, f. cocrco, p. pass, tctv- 
(^w/xat, (tG#os, smoke, fr. TUvfxo) to 
besmoke; met. to possess with the 
fumes of conceit; pass, to be demented 
with conceit, puffed up, 1 Ti. 3. 6 ; 
6. 4. 2 Ti. 3. 4. 

Tt>(jf)co, f. 6v^ra>, to raise a smoke; 
pass to emit smoke, smoke, smoulder, 
Mat. 12. 20. 

TvCpaiviKoa, t), oV, (n (pa>v, typhon, 
a hurricane) stormy tempestuous, 
Ac. 27. 14. 

Tv^oV, see Tvyx&va). 



Y. 

'YaKivdivos, rj, 01/, hyacinthine, r» 

sembling the hyacinth in colou? 

Re. 9. 17 : from 
'YaKivOos, ov, 17, a hyacinth, a gen. 

resembling the colour of the hyacinth 

flower, Re. 21. 20. 
'YdXlvos, r), ov, made of glass; 

glassy, translucent, Re. 4. 6 : from 
YaXor, ov, 77, a transparent stone, 

crystal; also, glass, Re. 21. 18, 21. 
Y/3p/£co, f. icrco, a. 1. vfipicra, tc 

run riot ; trans, to outrage, Mat. 22. 

6. Lu. 11. 45, et ah: from 

"Y(3pis, eco?, 77, violent wantonness, 
insolence ; contumelious treatment, 
outrage, 2 Co. 12. 10 ; damage by sea, 
Ac. 27. 10. 

'Yftpio-TrjSy ov, 6, (v(3p[£od) an over- 
bearing, wantonly violent person, 
Ro. 1. 30. 1 Ti. 1. 13. 

'Yyia'ivo), f. ava>, to be hale, sound, 
in health, Lu. 5. 31; 7. 10; to be 
safe and sound, Lu. 15. 27; met. to 
be healthful or sound in faith, doc- 
trine, &c., Tit. 1. 13; 2. 2; part, vyt- 
aiumv, ova-a, ov, sound, pure, uncor- 
rupted, 1 Ti. 1. 10, et al. : from 

Yyirjs, eos, ot>s, 6, 77, ro,-es, hale, 
sound, in health, Mat. 12. 13; 15. 31, 
et al. ; met. of doctrine, sound, pure, 
wholesome, Tit. 2. 8. 

'Yypo'?, a, ov, (uco, to wet) pr. wet, 
moist, humid ; used of a tree, full of 
sap, fresh, green, Lu. 23. 31. 

'Ydpta, as, f], (uScop) a water-pot, 
pitcher, Jno. 2. 6, 7 ; a bucket, pail, 
Jno. 4. 28. 

'YSpoTrorea), co, f. ^crco, (vdpo7r6rns, 
v&up & ttiVoj) to be a water-drinker, 
1 Ti. 5. 23. 

'YopGOTTiKo?, 77, ov, (v8pa>yj/, the 
dropsy, fr. 0$up) dropsical, Lu. 14. 2. 
YSoop, vdaras, to, water, Mat. 3. 
11, 10; 14. 28, 29; 17. 15. Jno. 5. 3, 
4, 7 ; the watery fluid of the pericar- 
dium, Jno. 19. 34; iSuip gStv, living 
water, fresh flowing water, Jno. 4 
11 ; met. of spiritual refreshment, Jna 
4. 10; 7. 38. 

'YeroV, ov, 6, (va>, to rain) rain 
Ac. 14. 17, et al. 



YIO 



192 



YTIE 



YloSetria, ns, 17, (uios fc Tidrjp.i) 
adoption, a placing in the condition 
of a son, Ro. 8. 15, 23; 9. 4. Ga.4.5. 
Ep. 1. 5. N. T. 
Yi6s> o 6, a son, Mat. 1. 21, 25; 
7. 9; 13. 55, et al. freq. ; a legitimate 
son, He. 12. 8 ; a son artificially con- 
sumed, Ac. 7. 21. He. 1 1. 24 ; a de- 
scendant, Mat. 1. 1, 20; Mar. 12. 35, 
et al. ; in N. T., the young of an 
animal, Mat. 21. 5; a spiritual son 
in respect of conversion or dhciple- 
ship, I Te. 5. 13; fr. Heb. a disciple, 
perhaps Mat. 12. 27 ; a son as imply- 
ing connexion in respect of member- 
ship, service, resemblance, manifesta- 
tion, destiny, &c, Mat. 8. 12; 9. 15; 
13. 38; 23. 15. Mar. 2.19; 3. 17. Lu. 
5. 34; 10. 6; 16. 8; 20. 34, 36. Jno. 
17.12. Ac. 2. 25; 4 36; 13.10. Eph. 
2. 2; 5. 6. Col. 3. 6. 1 Th. 5. 5. 
2 Th. 2. 3 ; vibs 6eov, k. t. X., son of 
God in respect of divinity, Mat. 4. 3, 
6; 14. 33. Ro. 1. 4, et al. ; also, in 
respect of privilege and character, 
Mat. 5. 9, 45. Lu. 6. 35. Ro. 8. 14, 
19 ; 9. 26. Ga. 3. 26 ; 6 vlbs rov 6eov, 
k. t. X., a title of the Messiah, Mat. 
26. 63. Mar. 3. 11; 14. 61. Jno. 1. 
34, 50 ; 20. 31, et al. ; vib? ivOpuirov, 
a son of man, a man, Mar. 3. 28. 
Eph. 3. 5. He. 2. 6 ; 6 vib? tov ivBpoi- 
wov, a title of the Messiah, Mat. 8. 20, 
et al. freq. ; as also b vibs Aa/3i'5, Mat. 
12. 23, et al. 

YXrj, rjs, f}, wood, a forest; in N. T., 
firewood, a mass of fuel, Ja. 3. 5. 

Yp-erepos, a, ov, possess. pron. {vp.els) 
your, yours, Lu. 6. 20. Jno. 7. 6 ; 
15. 20, et al. 

Y/zWco, <S, f. rjo-co, a. 1. vpvrjcra, to 
hymn, praise, celebrate or worship 
with hymns, Ac. 16. 25. He. 2. 12; 
absol. to sing a hymn, Mat. 26. 30. 
Mar. 14. 26 : from. 

Yp.vos, ov, 6, a song ; a hymn, song 
of praise to God, Ep. 5. 19. Col. 3. 
16. 

Yndyco, f. £a>, {vtto & ay 00) to lead 
or bring under ; to lead or bring from 
under ; to draw on or away ; in K. T., 
intrans. to go away, depart, Mat. 8. 
4, 13; 9. 6; vnaye bmcru> /ixov, get be- 
hind me ! away ! begone I Mat. 4. 
10; 16. 23; to go, Mat. 5. 41. Lu. 
12. 58, et al. ; to depart life, Mat. 26. 
34 



c Y7raKOf}, 779, 17, a hearkening to., 
obedience, Ro. 5. 19; 6. 16. 1 Pe. 1, 
14 ; submissiveness, Ro. 16. 19. 2 Co. 
7. 15; submission, Ro. 1. 5; 15. 18; 

16. 26. 2 Co. 10. 5. He. 5. 8. 1 Pe. 

1. 2, 22; compliance, Philem. 21: 
(S.) from 

'Y7raKovco, f. ovcrofiai, {vno & duovco) 
to give ear, hearken ; to listen, Ac. 
12. 13; to obey, Mat. 8. 27. Mar. 1. 
27, et al. ; in N. T., to render sub- 
missive acceptance, Ac. 6. 7. Ro. 6. 

17. 2 Th. 1. 8. He. 5. 9; absol. to 
be submissive, Phi. 2. 12. 

"YTravdpos, ou, f], {xmo & durjp) 
bound to a man, married, Ro. 7. 2. 

Yrrairrdco^ &>, f. t^cto, {vtto & dv- 
raco) to meet, Mat. 8. 28. Lu. 8. 27. 
Jno. 11. 20, 30; 12. 18: ichence 

'YTrdvrncns, ecoy, 17, a meeting, act 
of meeting, Jno. 12. 13. L. G. 

''Yirap^Ls, ea>s, rj, goods possessed, 
substance, property, Ac. 2. 45. He. 
10. 34 : (L. G.) from 

'Y7rdpXG), f. |co, {vtto & apx<o) to 
begin ; to come into existence ; to 
exist; to be, subsist, Ac. 19. 40; 28. 
18 ; to be in possession, to belong, 
Ac. 3. 6 ; 4. 37 ; part. neid. pi. ra 
indpxovra, goods, possessions, pro- 
perty, Mat. 19. 21. Lu. 8. 3 ; to be, 
Lu. 7. 25; 8. 41, et al. 

'YTTeiKCO, f. (U7TO & flKO)) tO 

yield, give way ; absol. to be submis- 
sive, He. 13. 17. 

'YTrevavTios, ia, [ov, {vtto & evav- 
ti'os) over against ; contrary, ad- 
verse; b v7revajTtos, an opponent, 
adversary. He. 10. 27 ; untoward, 
inimical, Col. 2. 14. 

'Ynep, prep, icith a genitive, above, 
over ; met. in behalf of, Mat. 5. 44. 
Mar. 9. 40. Jno. 17. 19. et al.; in- 
stead of beneficially, Philem. 13; in 
maintenance of, Ro. 15. 8 ; for the 
furtherance of, Jno. 11. 4. 2 Co. 1. 
6. 8, et al. ; for the fulfilment of, Phi. 

2. 13; equivalent to nepl, about, con- 
cerning, ivith the further signification 
of interest or concern in the 'subject, 
Ac. 5. 41. Ro. 9. 27. 2 Co. 5. 12 ; 8. 
23. 2 Th. 2. 1, et al. ; icith an ace, 
over, beyond; met. beyond, rnor* 
than, Mat. 10. 37. 2 Co. 1. 8, et al. 
used after comparative terms. La. 18 



YIIE 

8. 2 Co. 12. 13. He. 4. 12; in N. T. 
as an adv., in a higher degree, in 
fuller measure, 2 Co. 11. 23. 

'Yirepaipco, (imep & aipeo) to raise 
or lift up above or over ; mid. to lift 
up one's self ; met. to be over-elated, 
2 Co. 12. 7; to bear one's self ar- 
rogantly, to rear a haughty front, 
2 Th. 2. 4. 

'YnepaKpos, ov, 6, 17, (virep & d<- 
jurj, a point, prime) past the bloom of 
life, 1 Co. 7. 36. N. T. 

'Yirepdvat, adv. (virep & avoa) above, 
over, far above; of place, Ep. 4. 10. 
He. 9. 5 ; of rank, dignity, &c. Ep. 
1. 21. L. G. (a.) f 

'Yirepav^dvco, f. £r)o-a>, (virep & av- 
i-avui) to increase exceedingly, 2 Th. 
1. 3. 

'Yirep^alvai, f. firjo-opai, (virep & 
PaCvai) to overstep; to wrong, ag- 
grieve, 1 Th. 4. 6. 

Yirep(3aXk6vTa>s, adv. exceedingly, 
above measure, 2 Co. 11. 23 : from 

YirepfidWa, f. /3aAco, (vrrep & 
0aAAa>) pr. to cast or throw over or 
beyond, to overshoot; met. to sur- 
pass, excel ; part. vTrepftdWuv, ovo-a, 
ov, surpassing, 2 Co. 3. 10; 9. 14, et 
al. : whence 

Yirepfiokr), 779, rj, pr. a throwing 
beyond, an overshooting ; extraor- 
dinary amount or character, tran- 
scendency, 2 Co. 12. 7 ; 4. 7 ; ko.0' 
vneppo\rjv, adverbially, exceedingly, 
extremely, Ro. 7. 13. 2 Co. 1. 8, et 
al. 

Yirepelhov, a. 2. of virepopdco, to 
look over or above a thing ; met. to 
overlook, disregard; to bear with, 
Ac. 17. 30. 

Yirepeneiva, adv. (virep eKelva) be- 
yond, 2 Co. 10. 16. N. T. 

YTT€p€KTT(piO-0-OV, adv. (Virep, eK, 

ireptcrcrov) in over-abundance ; be- 
yond all measure, superabundantly, 
Ep. 3. 20. 1 Th. 3. 10; 5. 13. S. 

Y7T€peKT€LV0d, f. T€VCO, (virep & €K- 

retwo) to over-extend, over-stretch, 
2 Co. 10. 14. L. G. 
'YirepeKxvvu), {virep & eV^wco) to 
pour out above measure or in excess ; 

rs. to run over, overflow, Lu. 6. 38. 
G. 

Xnepf iTvyxdi co, (virep & ivTvy- 



193 YIIE 

vav<«>) to intercede for, Ro. 8. 3d 

N. T. 

'YTrepcxa, f. (virep & e\o>) tfl 
hold above; intrans. to stand out 
above, to overtop; met. to surpass, 
excel, Phi. 2. 3; 4. 7 ; to vnepexov, 
excellence, preeminence, Phi. 3. 8 ; 
to be higher, superior, Ro. 13. 1 

1 Pe. 2. 13. 
'Yireprjcpavla, as, % haughtiness 

arrogance, Mar. 7. 22 : from 
'Yireprjcpdvos, ov, 6, f], (virep & 
<$>aivo>) pr. conspicuous above, super- 
eminent ; met. assuming, haughty v 
arrogant, Lu. 1.51. Ro. 1. 30. 2 Ti. 
3. 2. Ja. 4. 6. 1 Pe. 5. 5. 
'YirepXiav, adv. (virep & \lav) in 
the highest degree, preeminently, 
especially, superlatively, 2 Co. 11.5; 
12.11. N. T. 
'YirepvcKao), co, f. rjcrco, (virep & 
vikoo)) to overpower in victory; to 
be abundantly victorious, prevail 
mightily, Ro. 8. 37. L. G. 

YnepoyKOs, ov, 6, rj, (virep & oy- 
kos) pr. over-swollen, overgrown ; of 
language, swelling, pompous, boast- 
ful,' 2 Pe. 2. 18. Jude 16. 

'Yirepoxrj, r}S, f], (virepex^) pro- 
minence ; met. excellence, rare qua- 
lity, 1 Co. 2. 1 ; eminent station, 
authority, 1 Ti. 2. 2. 
'Yirepirepicraeva), f. evcra), (virep 
& Trepicro-evtx)) to superabound ; to 
abound still more, Ro. 5. 20; mid, 
to be abundantly filled, overflow, 

2 Co. 7. 4. N. T. 
'YirepirepLao-cos, adv. (virep & ire- 

pio-o-o)s) superabundantly, most vehe- 
mently, above all measure, Mar. 7. 
37. N. T. 
*Yirepir\eovd£a), f. dcrco, (virep & 
nKeovagio) to superabound, be in 
exceeding abundance, over-exceed, 
1 Ti. 1. 14. N. T. 
'Yirepvyfroco, co, f. coo-co, (virep & 
v\pou>) to exalt supremely, Phi. 2. 9. 
S. 

'Yirep(ppoveo3, co, f. rjaw, (virep & 
(^pofe'co) to overween, have lofty 
thoughts, be elated, Ro. 12. 3. 
'Yireptpoi/, ov, to, (pr. neut. of v- 
TrepJjo?, upper, fr. vnep) the uppei 
part of a house, upper room, or oha ra 
ber, Ac. 1. 13; 9. 37, 39; 20. 8. 

14 



YIIE 



ll 



M 



Tre^o), f. t/<£e£co, (vtto & e'x^) pr. 

to hold under; to render, undergo, 

suffer, Jude 7. 
YTrfjKOOs, ov, 6, r), (vwaKOvo)) giving 

ear; obedient, submissive, Ac. 7. 39. 

2 Co. 2. 9. Ph. 2. 8. 
'YTnypereo), co, f. 7jfrco, a. 1. vttt]- 

pe-rqa-a, to subserve, Ac. 13. 36 ; to 

relieve, supply, Ac. 20. 34 ; to render 

kind offices, Ac. 24. 23: from 

'Y7rT)p€Trjs, ov, 6, (vtto & eperrjs, sl 
rower) pr. an under-rower, a rower, 
one of a ship's crew ; a minister, at- 
tendant, servant; an attendant on 
a magistrate, a lictor, apparitor, offi- 
cer, Mat. 5. 25; an attendant or 
officer of the Sanhedrin, Mat. 26. 58 ; 
an attendant, or servant of a syna- 
gogue, Lu. 4. 20 ; a minister, attend- 
ant, assistant in any work, Lu. 1. 2. 

. Jno. 18. 36, et al. 

"Yirvos, ou, 6, sleep, Mat. 1. 24, et 
al. ; met. spiritual sleep, religious 
slumber, Ro. 13. 11. 

'Y7ro', prep., with a genitive, pr. un- 
der : hence used to express influence, 
causation, agency ; by, Mat. 1 . 22, et 
al. freq. ; by the agency of, at the 
hands of, 2 Co. 11. 24. He. 12. 3; 
with ace, under, with the idea of mo- 
tion associated, Mat. 5. 15, et al. ; 
under, Jno. 1. 49. 1 Co. 10. 1 ; under 
subjection to, Ro. 6. 14. 1 Ti. 6. 1, et 
al. ; of time, at , about, Ac. 5. 21. 

'YTroftdWoo, f. /3a\a>, a. 2. virefia- 
\ov, (vno & /SaXAto) to cast under; 
met. to suggest, instigate ; to suborn, 
Ac. 6. 11. 

'Yrroypap-pos, ov, 6, (:V7roypa.(pa>) 
pr. a copy to write after; met. an 
example for imitation, pattern, 1 Pe. 
2. 21. L. G. 

v Yn6b€iyp,a, aro?, to, a token, in- 
timation; an example, proposed for 
imitation or admonition, Jno. 13. 15. 
He. 4. 11. Ja. 5. 10. 2 Pe. 2. 6; a 
copy, He. 8. 5 ; 9. 23 : from 

Y7ro8e'<wp.i, f. Set'^oj, (vtto & bel<- 
vuni) to indicate, Ac. 20. 35 ; to in- 
timate, suggest, Mat. 3. 7. Lu. 3. 7 ; 
6. 47; 12. 5. Ac. 9. 16. 

Ynodexopat, f. £op.ai, p. vnode- 
Sey/uai, (vtto & Se\o/aoi) to give recep- 
tion to ; to receive as a guest, enter- 
tain, Lu. 10. 38; 19. 6. Ac. 17. 7. 
Ja. 2. 25. 



YTToSeo), a>, f. 770-co, p. pass. viro* 
Se'Sejuai, (v7r6 & Sew) to bind under; 
mid. to bind under one's self, put ou 
one's own feet, Ac. 12. 8 ; to shoe, 
Ep. 6. 15 ; pass, to be shod, Mar. 6- 
9: whence 
'Y7r68r]p.a, aros, to, any thing bound 
under; a sandal, Mat. 3. 11 ; 10. 10. 
et al. 

'YTTodlKOS, OV, 6, f), (VTTO & diKT)) 

under a legal process ; also, under a 
judicial sentence ; under verdict to 
an opposed party in a suit, liable to 
penalty, convict, Ro. 3. 19. 
Yno^vyiov, iov, to, (pr. neut. oi 
v7rofu'yio5, under a yoke, fr. vtto & fu- 
yov) an animal subject to the yoke, 
a beast of draught or burden; in 
JV. T., spc. an ass, Mat. 21. 5. 2 Pe. 
2. 16. 

t YTT0(cdVWp.l, f. (u>CTCO, {VTTO & £a>V- 

wfii) to gird under, of persons; to 
undergird a ship with cables, chains, 
&C Ac. 27. 17. 

'Yttokclto), adv. {vtto & kotco) under, 
beneath, underneath, Mar. 6. 1 1 ; 7 
28, et al. ; met. He. 2. 8. (£.) 

'Y7roK.pLvou.a1, f. ovpai, {vtto & npi- 
vu>) to answer, respond; to act a 
part upon the stage; hence, to assumo 
a counterfeit character ; to pretend, 
feign, Lu. 20. 20 : whence 

'YTTOKplcris, ecos, r), a response, 
answer ; histrionic personification, 
acting; hypocrisy, simulation, Mat. 
23. 28. Mar. 12. 15, et al. 

'YTroKpXTT]s, ov, 6, the giver of an 
answer or response ; a stage-player, 
actor ; in N. 21, a moral or religious 
counterfeit, a hypocrite, Mat. 6. 2, 
5, 16; 7. 5, et al. 

'Y7roXa/x/3avco, f. X^o/xat, a. 2. 

v-xikafiov, (vtto & Xa/njSafto) to take 
up, by placing one's self tinderneath 
what is taken up; to catch away, 
withdraw, Ac. 1.9; to take up dis- 
course by continuation; hence, to 
answer, Lu. 10. 30 ; to take up a no- 
tion, to think, suppose, Lu. 7. 43. 
Ac. 2. 15. 

'Y7roAet7TGL>, f. \jf<o, [vtto & XftVo)) 
to leave remaining, leave behind; 
pass, to be left surviving, Ro 11.3. 

'YnoXrjviov, ov, to, (vno & ^Tjvds) 
a vat, placed under the press, Atjww 
to receive the juice. Mar. 12. 1. S. 



rno 



195 



rno 



*YiTo\ip.nav<i>, (vtto & \ip.ndva>, to 
leave) equivalent tovnoXeLnm, to leave 
behind, 1 Pe. 2. 21. 

Ynojuvw, f. vu>, (vno & fxevco) in- 
trans. to remain or stay behind, 
when others have departed, Lu. 2. 43 ; 
frans. to bear up under, endure, suf- 
fer patiently, 1 Co. 13. 7. He. 10.32; 
absol. to continue firm, hold out, re- 
main constant, persevere, Mat. 10. 
22 ; 24. 13, et al. 

YTrO/J.tfJLVT)(TK<ji, f. VTTOfJLVq(TU), (vn6 

& nt.iAvri<TKu>) to put in mind, remind, 
Jno. 14. 26. Tit. 3. 1. 2 Pe. 1. 12. 
Jude 5 ; to suggest recollection of, 
remind others of, 2 Ti. 2. 14. 3 Jno. 
10; mid. vTrojai/xi^jcrKOjaai, a. 1. vne- 
Hvr)<j6r\v, to call to mind, recollect, 
remember, Lu. 22. 61 : whence 
'Ynopvrjo-is, ecor, rj, a putting in 
mind, act of reminding, 2 Pe. 1. 13; 
3. 1 ; remembrance, recollection, 2 Ti. 
1. 5. 

Ynopovr), 77?, 77, (vnop.eva>) patient 
endurance, 2 Co. 12. 12. Col. 1. 11, 
et al. ; patient awaiting, Lu. 21. 19; 
a patient frame of mind, patience, 
Ro. 5. 3, 4 ; 15. 4, 5. Ja. 1. 3, et al. ; 
perseverance, Ro. 2. 7 ; eu imofj-ovfj & 
hC inrofiovris, constantly, persever- 
ingly, Lu.8. 15. R0.8. 25. He. 12. 1 ; 
an enduring of affliction, &c, the act 
of suffering, undergoing, &c, 2 Co. 
1. 6; 6. 4. 

Ynovoeu>, co, f. rjcrco, (vno & voeco) 
to suspect ; to suppose, deem, Ac. 13. 
25 ; 25. 18 ; 27. 27 : whence 

*Yn6voLa, as, rj, suspicion, surmise, 

1 Ti. 6. 4. 

Ynon\ea>, f. evaopai, (vno ScnXeco) 

to sail under ; to sail under the lee, 

or, to the south of, an island, &c, Ac. 

27.4,7. L. G. f 
Ynonveco, f. evaca, (vno & nveoo) 

to blow gently, as the wind, Ac. 27. 

13. N. T. 
Ynonodtou, lov, to, (vno & novs) 

a footstool, Mat. 5. 35. Ja. 2. 3, et al. 

L. G. 

Ynoo-Tacn?, eco?, r/, (v(plo~Tap.ai, to 
stand under, vno & 'io-rn^i) pr. a be- 
ing set under ; a substructure, basis, 
bottom; subsistence, essence, He. 1. 
3; an assumption of a character, 

2 Co. 11. 17; a pledged assumption, 
vouching, 2 Co. S>. 4; a professed en. 



gagement, profession, He. 3. 14 ; an 
assured impression, a realising, He. 
11. 1. 

'YnoareXkco^ f. OTeXco, a. 1. vne- 

oretAa, (vno & OTe'AAco) pr. to let down, 

to stow away; to draw back, with- 
draw, Ga. 2. 12 ; mid. to shrink back, 
quail, recoil, He. 10. 38; to keep 
back, suppress, conceal, Ac. 20. 20, 
27 : whence 

'YnoaroXr], rjs, 77, a shrinking back, 

He. 10. 39. L. G. 
Ynoo~Tpe(fi(i>, f. \|/"o>, (vno & arpe- 
<£co) to turn back, return, Mar. 14. 40. 
Lu. 1. 56; 2. 39, 43, 45, et al. 
YTToaTpdovvvpi, v. vvvoi, f. arpa>- 
tru>, (vno & o-rpojvwfxi) to strow under, 
spread underneath, Lu. 19. 36. 

'Ynordyr], rjs, 77, subordination, 1 Ti. 
3. 4; submissiveness, 2 Co. 9. 13. 
Ga. 2. 5. 1 Ti. 2. 11 : (N. T.) from 

'Ynordaaoo, v. rrco, f. £co, (vno & 
Totro-u) to place or arrange under; 
to subordinate, 1 Co. 15. 27 ; to bring 
under influence, Ro. 8. 20 ; pass, to ' 
be subordinated, 1 Co. 14. 32, et al. ; 
to be brought under a state or in- 
fluence, Ro. 8. 20 ; mid. to submit 
one's self, render obedience, be sub- 
missive, Lu. 2. 51 ; 10. 17, et al. 

'YnoTidrjpt, f. vnodrjcru), (vno & 
tC9t]ixl) to place under; to lay down 
the neck beneath the sicord of the exe- 
cutioner, to set on imminent risk, 
Ro. 16. 4 ; mid. to suggest, recom- 
mend to attention, 1 Ti. 4. 6. 
YnoTpe^o), a. 2. vne8pap.oi>, (vno 
& Tpe'xio) to run under; as a naiuical 
term, to sail under the lee of, Ac. 27. 
16. 

'Ynorvncocris, ccos, f), (vnorvnow, 
to sketch, fr. vno & runou) a sketch, 
delineation; form, formula, 2 Ti. 
1. 13; a pattern, example, 1 Ti. 1. 
16. 

'Yno(f)€p<a, a. 1. vnrjveyKa^ a. 2 
v7nji/€yicoi/, (iin6 & (/>epo)) to bear un- 
der; to bear up under, support, sus- 
tain, I Co. 10. 13 ; to endure patiently, 
1 Pe. 2. 19; to undergo, 2 Ti. 3. 11. 

Yno\(op^u>, co, f. ncrco, (vno & \(d~ 
pew) to withdraw, retire, Lu. 5. 16; 
9. 10. 

'Ynamiafa, f. daco, (vnconiov, the 
part of the face below the eyes, fr, 
vn6 & wt//) pr. to strike one upon th€ 



196 



parts beneath the eye ; to beat black 
and blue; hence, to discipline by 
hardship, coerce, 1 Co. 9. 27; met. 
to weary by continual importunities, 
pester, Lu. 18. 5. 

*Y?, vo'?, 6, t), a hog, swine, boar or 
sow, 2 Pe. 2. 22. 

"Yo-ctcottos, ov, 6, 17, (Heb. 

hyssop, hyssopus officinalis of Linn., 
a loio shrubby plant growing in the 
south of Europe and the East ; a 
bunch of hyssop, He. 9. 19; a hys- 
sop stalk, Jno. 19. 29. L. G. 
Ycrrepeco, co, f. r]o~a>, p. vcrrep-nKa, 
a. 1. vo-repr? era, (vcrrepos) to be behind 
ill place or time, to be in the rear ; 
to fall short of, be inferior to, 2 Co. 
11. 5 ; 12. 11 ; to fail of, fail to attain, 
He. 4. 1 ; to be in want of, lack, Lu. 
22.35; to be wanting, Mar. 10. 21; 
absol. to be defective, in default, Mat. 
19. 20. 1 Co. 12. 24; to run short, 
Jno. 2. 3; mid. to come short of a 
privilege or standard, to miss, Ro. 3. 
23; absol. to come short, be below 
standard, 1 Co. 1. 7; to come short 
of sufficiency, to be in need, want, 
Lu. 15. 14. 2 Co. 11. 8. Phi. 4. 12. 
He. 1 1. 37 ; to be a loser, suffer detri- 
ment, 1 Co. 8. 8 ; in N. T., vcrrepelv 
i-n-6, to be backwards with respect to, 
to slight, He. 12. 15 : tohence 

'YcrTepTjfjLa, aros, ro', a shortcom- 
ing, defect; personal, shortcoming, 
1 Co. 16. 17. Phi. 2. 30. Col. 1. 24. 
1 Th. 3. 10; want, need, poverty, 
penury, Lu. 21. 4. 2 Co. 8. 13, 14, et 
al. S. 

YoTe'pncns, ecoy, 77, want, need, 
Mar. 12. 44. Phi. 4. 11. N. T. 

Yorepov, adv. after, afterwards, 
Mat. 4. 2 ; 22. 27, et al. : pr. neut. 

r 0/ 

Ycrrepos, a, ov, posterior in place 
or time; subsequent, 1 Ti. 4. 1. 

'Ycpavros, r], ov, (vcpalvco, to weave) 
woven, Jno. 19. 23. 

*Y\jsr]\6s, ov, (v\jros) high, lofty, 
elevated, Mat, 4. 8 ; 17. 1, et al. ; ra 
v\lrrj\d, the highest heaven. He. 1.3; 
upraised, Ac. 13. 17; met. highly es- 
teemed, Lu. 16. 15; <j>f)ovelv to. vi/njXo, 
to have lofty thoughts, be proud, j 
overween, Ro. 12. 16. 
Y\^n\o(ppove(i), co, f. 770-0), (u\|/77- 
Ads & 4>poveu>) to ^ave lofty thoughts, 



be proud, overweening, haugnty 
Ro. 11.20. 1 Ti. 6. 17. N. T. 

"Yyj/io-ros, r/, ov, highest, loftiest 
most elevated ; ra v^tara, fir. th\ 
Heb. the highest heaven, Mat. 21. 9. 
Mar. 11. 10 ; met. 6 vi/aoros, the Mosl 
High, Mar. 5. 7, et al. : superlat. 
formed from 

"Y\jsos, eos, to, height, Ep. 3. 18. 
Re. 21. 16; met. exaltation, dignity, 
eminence, Ja. 1. 9; fr. the Heb. the 
highest heaven, Lu. 1. 78; 24. 49 
Ep. 4. 8 : whence 

'Y-v/^oco, to, f. cocrco, a. 1. itycocra, to 
raise aloft, lift up, Jno. 3. 14; 8. 23; 
met. to elevate in condition, uplift, 
exalt, Mat. 11. 23; 23. 12. Lu. 1. 52: 
whence 

"Y'v/z'co/i.a, error, to', height, Ro. 8. 39 ; 
a towering of self-conceit, presump« 
tion, 2 Co. 10. 5. L. G. 



$ayofiai, see ecrdlco. 

$ayos, ov, 6, a glutton, Mat. 11. 
19. Lu. 7. 34. N. T. 

Qatkovris, v. (pfXovns, ov, 6, (by 
metath. for c6a.11/6A77?, Lat. penula) a 
thick cloak for travelling, with a 
hood, 2 Ti. 4. 13. 

^atvco, f. (pavoi), p. necpayKa, a. 2. 
pass. Ifyavyv, to cause to appear, 
bring to light ; absol. to shine, Jno. 
1. 5 ; 5. 35. 2 Pe. 1. 19. 1 Jno. 2. 8. 
Re. 1. 16; 8. 12; 21. 23; mid. or pass 
to be seen, appear, be visible, Mat. 
1. 20; 2. 7, 13, 19; 6. 5, 16, 18; ra 
<l>aii>6fiei>a, things visible, things ob- 
vious to the senses, He. 11. 3; $aCvo- 
fj.a.1, to appear, seem, be in appear- 
ance, Mat. 23. 27. Lu. 24. 11; to 
appear in thought, seem m idea, be a 
notion, Mar. 14. 64, et al. : whence 

$avepos, a, ov, apparent, conspicu- 
ous, manifest, clear, known, well- 
known, Mar. 4. 22; 6. 14. Ga. 5. 10, 
et al. ; iv Qavepw, openly, Mat. 6. 4, 6 ; 
also, in outward guise, externally, 
Ro. 2. 28 : ichenee 

Qavepooo, co, f. cocrco, a. 1 e<pavepu)- 
cra, p. pass. Tre<f>avepiotiu , to make 

manifest, bring to light, disclose, 
show forth, make known, Mar . 4. 22] 
16.12,14. Jno. 1. 31, et al. 



$9A 



$aytpG)S , adv. manifestly ; clearly, 
plainly, distinctly, Ac. 10. 3 ; openly, 
publicly, Mar. 1. 45. Jno. 7. 10. 

Qavepwois, ea>s, r;, ((pavepoco) an 
evidencing, clear display, 2 Co. 4. 2 ; 
an outward evidencing of a latent 
principle, active exhibition, 1 Co. 12. 
7. N. T. 

Qavos, ov, 6, ((paiva>) a torch, lan- 
tern, light, Jno. 18. 3. 

&avTci{oo, f. aVco, ((palvco) to render 
visible, cause to appear; pass, to 
appear, be seen ; to <$><xv ra^evov, the 
sight, spectacle, He. 12. 21 : whence 

^avraaia, as, t], pr. a rendering 
visible; a display; pomp, parade, 
Ac. 25. 23. 

^avracrpa, aroy, to, {(pavra^w) a 
phantom, spectre, Mat. 14. 26. Mar. 
6. 49. 

$apay£, ayyos, 17, a cleft, ravine, 
dell, Lu. 3. 5. 

$apicralos, ov, 6, a Pharisee, a fol- 
lower of the sect of the Pharisees, a 
numerous and powerful sect of the 
Jews, distinguished for their ceremo- 
nial observances, and apparent sanc- 
tity of life, and for being rigid inter- 
prefers of the Mosaic law; bat roho 
not unfrequently violated its spirit by 
their traditional interpretations and 
precepts, to ivhich they ascribed nearly 
an equal authority with the O. T. 
Scriptures, Mat. 5. 31, 20 ; 12. 2; 23. 
14, et al. 

QappaKeia, as, rj, (.(pappanov, a 
drug) employment of drugs for any 
purpose; sorcery, magic, enchant- 
ment, Ga. 5. 20. Re. 9. 21 ; 18. 23. 

$appai<evs, ecu?, 6, (fr. same) pr. 
one who deals in drugs ; an enchan- 
ter, magician, sorcerer, Ac. 21. 8. 

^appaKos, ov, 6, a sorcerer, Re. 21. 
8; 22. 15. 

&do~is, eoos, 17, (<pr)p.l) report, infor- 
mation, Ac. 21. 31. 

<S>ao-Ka>, equivalent to <pr)pi, imperf. 
e<j>ao-Kov, to assert, affirm, Ac. 24. 9 ; 
25. 19. Ro. 1. 22. Re. 2. 2. 

■Parvr), rjs, r), a manger, crib, Lu. 
2. 7, 12, 16; 13. 15. 

"feaOXos , t), ov, sorry, vile, refuse ; 
Mil, wicked, Jno. 3. 20 ; 5. 29. Tit. 
2. 8. Ja. 3. 16, 



4»eyyo?, cos, to, light, splendour, 
Mat. 24. 29. Mar. 13. 24. Lu. 11. 33, 

tfre/So/xat, f. (peicropai, to spare, l>e 
thrifty of; to spare, be tender of, 
Ro. 8. 32 ; to spare, in respect of hard 
dealing, Ac. 20. 29. Ro. 11. 21. 1 Co. 
7. 28. 2 Co. 1. 23; 13. 2. 2 Pe. 2. 4, 
5 ; absol. to forbear, abstain, 2 Co. 

12. 6 : whence 

$€L$op€va>s, adv. sparingly, parsi- 
moniously, 2 Co. 9. 6, bis. L. G. 

<&e\6vr]s, see (paiXour/s. 

3>e'po), f. oto-o), a. 1. rjveyKa, a. 2. 
TjveyKOf, a. 1. pass. rivex9r)i>, to bear, 
carry, Mar. 2. 3, et ah; to bring, 
Mat. 14. 11, 18, et al. ; to conduct, 
Mat. 17. 17. Jno. 21. 18, et al. ; to 
bear, endure, Ro. 9. 22. He. 12. 20; 

13. 13; to uphold, maintain, con- 
serve, He. 1.3; to bear, bring forth, 
produce, Mar. 4. 8. Jno. 12. 24; 15. 
2, et al. ; to bring forward, advance, 
allege, Jno. 18. 29. Ac. 25. 7. 2 Pe. 
2. 1 1 ; to offer, ascribe, Re. 21. 24, 26 ; 
absol., used of a gate, to lead, Ac. 12. 
10 ; pass, to be brought within reach. 
offered, 1 Pe. 1. 13; to be brought in, 
to enter, He. 9. 16; to be under a 
moving influence, to be moved, be 
instinct, 2 Pe. 1.21; mid. to rush, 
sweep, Ac. 2. 2; to proceed, come 
forth, have utterance, 2 Pe. 1. 17, 18, 
21 ; to proceed, make progress, He. 
6. 1 ; used of a ship, to drive before 
the wind, Ac. 27. 15, 17. 

&evya>, f. £opai, a. 2. eepvyov, absol. 
to flee, take to flight, Mat. 2. 13; 8. 
33, et al. ; to shrink, stand fearfully 
aloof, 1 Co. 10. 14; to make escape, 
Mat. 23. 33 ; trans, to shun, 1 Co. 6. 
18. 1 Ti. 6. 11. 2 Ti. 2. 22; to es- 
cape, He. 11. 34. 

®r)prj, r)s, rj, pr. a celestial or ora- 
cular utterance; an utterance; fame, 
rumour, report, Mat. 9. 26. Lu. 4. 
14 : from 

<br)pl, f. qbrjarco, imperf. e(pnv, (<pao>) 
to utter, tell forth; to say, speak, 
Mat. 8. 8.; 14. 8 ; 26. 34, 61 ; to say, 
allege, affirm, Ro. 3. 8, et al. 

<&ddv(t), f. rjaopai, & ao"o>, a. 1. 
e4>0a<ra, a. 2. e<£0r)i/, to be beforehand 
with ; to outstrip, precede, 1 Th. 4. 
15 ; absol. to advance, make pro- 
gress, 2 Co. 10. 14. Phi. 3. 16; tc 
come up with, come upon, be close 
at hand, Mat. 12. 28. 1 Th. 2 16; 



<J>OA 

to attain <w object of pursuit, Ro. 9. 
31. 

$0apTQS, 7), 6v, (cpdfipco) corrup- 
tible, perish, ble, Ro. 1. 23. 1 Co. 9. 

25 ; et al. 

toOeyyopai, f yt-opat, a. 1. e<p#ey|- 

otfxrjv, to emit a sound; to speak, 
Ac. 4. 18. 2 Pe. 2. 16, 18. 

$>#ei'pco, f. cp8epa>, p. e'cpdapica, a. 1. 
e<j>9eipa, a. pass. e<f)6dpr)v, ($0eco, idem) 
to spoil, ruin, 1 Co. 3. 17. 2 Co. 7. 2 ; 
to corrupt, morally deprave, 1 Co. 
15.33. 2 Co. 11. 3, et al. 

l P8ivoiTcopXv6s, r), ov, (cpdivoncopov, 
the latter part of autumn, fr. $6lvt», 
to wane, & birupa) autumnal, sere, 
bare, Ju. 12. 

<&66yyos, ov, 6, (cpOiyyopai) a vo- 
cal sound, Ro. 10. 18. 1 Co. 14. 7. 

<J>#oveco, co, f. 770-co, a. 1. icpOovqcra, 
to envy, Ga. 5. 20 : from 

&66vos, ov, 6, envy, jealousy, spite, 
Mat. 27. 18. Mar. 15. 10, et al. 

<£#opd, as, 77, (cpdeipco) corruption, 
decay, ruin ; corruptibility, mortal- 
ity, Ro. 8. 21. 1 Co. 15. 42; meton. 
corruptible, perishable substance, 
1 Co. 15. 50 ; killing, slaughter, 2 Pe. 
2. 12; spiritual ruin, Ga. G. 8. Col. 
2. 22 ; met. moral corruption, deprav- 
ity, 2 Pe. 1.4; 2. 12, 19. 

&idkr}, rjs, r), a bowl, shallow cup, 
patera, Re. 5. 8 ; 15. 7 ; 16. 1-4, et al. 
<*.) ^ 

bikdyddos, ou, 6, j), (cpikos & d- 
ya06s> a lover of goodness, or, of 
the good, a fosterer of virtue, Tit. 
1. 8. 

tyikadekcpia, as, 17, brotherly love; 
JV. i 7 ., love of the Christian brot her- 

hood, Ro. 12. 10. 1 Th. 4. 9, et al. : 

(L. G.) from 
Qikdo'ekcpos, ou, 6, 17, (cpikos & 

dSeXc^os) brother-loving; m iv". T., 

loving the members of the Christian 

brotherhood, 1 Pe. 3. 8. 
$>ikav8pos, ov, 17, (cpikos & avt]p) 

husband-loving, conjugal, Tit. 2. 4. 
^ikaudpconla, as, 17, (cpikdvO 'pco- 

71-05, loving mankind, humane, fr. 

</>i'Xos & dfCpojTros) philanthropy, love 

of mankind. Tit. 3. 4 ; benevolence, 

humanity, Ac. 28. 2. 
4>tX lvdpamus, adv, (fr. same) hu- 



198 <MA 

manely, benevolently, kindly, Ail 
27. 3. 

Qikapyvpia, as, 17, love of money 

covetousness, 1 Ti. G. 10: from 
Qikapyvpos, ov, 6, 77, (cpikos & 
apyvpos) money-loving, covetous, Lu 
16. 14. 

<f>i\avTos, ov, 6, 17, (fptXo? & av- 

tos) self-loving ; selfish, 2 Ti. 3. 2. 
<J>iXeco, co, f. 770-co, a. 1. ecpikrjaa, 
pr. to manifest some act or token of 
kindness or affection ; to kiss, Mat. 
26. 48. Mar. 14. 44. Lu. 22. 47 ; to 
love, regard with affection, have af- 
fection for. Mat. 10. 37. Jno. 5. 20; 
to like, be fond of, delight in a thing. 
Mat. 23. 6. Re. 22. 15; to cherish 
inordinately, set store by, Jno. 12. 
25 ; followed by an infin., to be wont, 
Mat. 6. 5. 

<J?tXn, rjs, f], (cpikos) a female friend, 
Lu. 15. 9. 

$ikr)8ovos, ov, 6, 17, (Cpikos & Tj- 
6010?) pleasure-loving; a lover of 
pleasure, 2 Ti. 3. 4. 
&iknpa, aros, to, (fptXe'co) a kiss, 

Lu. 7. 45 ; 22. 48. Ro. 16. 16, et al. 
Qikla, as, r], (cpikos) affection, fond- 
ness, love, Ja. 4. 4. 
$iknnrr}crios, ov, 6, a Philippiar, 
citizen of Qikmnoi, Philippi, Ph. 4. 
15. 

<&ik60eos, ov, 6, rj, (cpikos & Beds) 
God-loving, pious ; a lover of God, 
2 Ti. 3. 4. 

QiKoveiKia, as, 77, a love of con- 
tention ; rivalry, contention, Lu. 22. 

24 : from 

Qikoveixos, ov, 6, tj, (cpikos & vel- 
kos, contention) fond of contention; 
contentious, disputatious, 1 Co. 11. 
16. 

^iko^evia, as, Tj, kindness to stran- 
gers, hospitality, Ro. 12. 13. He. 
13. 2: from 
<&lk6t;€l>OS, ov, 6, 17, (cpikos & £e- 
i'os) kind to strangers, hospitable, 
1 Ti. 3. 2. Tit. 1. 8. I Pe. 4. 9. 

4>tXo7TpCOT67JCO, (Cpikos & TTpCOTCVlo) 

to love or desire to be first or chief, 
affect preeminence, 3 Jno. 9. N. T. 
<$>ikos, ov, 6, loved, dear; asaubat.. 
a friend, Lu. 7. 6 ; 11. 5, 6, 8, et al. 
a congenial associate, Mat. 11. lis. 



*IA 199 

L>n. 7. 34. Ja. 4. 4 ; used as a word 
of courteous compelloticn, Lu. 14. 10. 

$>i\orro<fciai as, ff t P r - a love of 
science ; systematic philosophy ; in 
N. T., the ' philosophy of the Jewish 
gnosis, Col. 2. 8 : from 

&ik6<ro(f)os, ov, 6, ((piXos & (rotplas) 
pr. a lover of science ; a systematic 
philosopher, Ac. 17. 18. 

S>tXoV ropyos, ot/, 6, fj, ((j)i\os & 
a'.opfrj, natural affection) tenderly 
affectionate, Ko. 12. 10. 

$i\6t€KVOs, ov, 6, rj, (<pi\os & 
reKvov) loving one's children duly 
parental, Tit. 2. 4. 

$t\oTipeopai, ovpai, f. rjcropai, 
(<£i\oTijuos, studious of honour or dis- 
tinction, fr. <£tA.o? & Tijui)) pr. to be 
ambitious of honour; by impl. to 
exert one's self to accomplish a thing, 
use one's utmost efforts, endeavour 
earnestly, Ro. 15. 20. 2 Co. 5. 9. 
I Th. 4. 11. 

bCko(pp6v(os, adv. with kindly feel- 
ing or manner, courteously, Ac. 28. 
7 : from 

ki\6(ppa>v, ovos, 6, r), ((f>IXos & 
4>pTqv) kindly-minded, benign, cour- 
teous, 1 Pe. 3. 8. 

$ip.6a>, co, f. axro), a. 1. €(j>lp.(ocra, 

p. pass. ire(j>iixti}fxai, a. 1. e(f)iixtx>&qv, 
tripos, a muzzle) to muzzle, 1 Co. 
9. 9. 1 Ti. 5. 18 ; met. & by impl. to 
silence, put to silence ; pass, to be 
silent, speechless, Mat. 22. 12, 34. 
Mar. 1 . 25, et al. ; trop. pass, to be 
hushed, as winds and waves, Mar. 4. 
39. 

$\oyi£co, f. iVco, to set in a flame, 
kindle, inflame, Ja. 3. 6, bis.: from 

3>Xd£, (pXoyos, rj, (cpXeyco, to burn, 
blaze) a flame, Lu. 16. 24. Ac. 7. 
30, et al. 

«J>Xuapeo>, co, f. T)cro), to talk folly; 
in N. T., trans, to prate about or 
against any one, 3 Jno. 10 : from 

<t>Xudpof, ov, 6, 7], {<p\v(»>, to boil 
over, bubble ; met. to babble) a 
prater, tattler, 1 Ti. 5. 13. 

Qoficpos, a, ov, fearful; terrible, 
He. 10. 27, 31 ; 12. 21 : from 

*o/3eo), co, f. rao>, (<j>6(3os) to ter- 
rify, frighten; mid. a. 1. kfyofi-qdyv, f. 
6o$r\Qr) ax pat, to fear, dread, Mat. 
0. 26 ; 1 4. 5, et al. ; to fear reveren- 



tially, to reverence, Mar. 6. 20. Lis, 

I. 50. Ac. 10. 2. Eph. 5. 33. Re. 11. 
18, et al. ; to be afraid to do a thing. 
Mat. 2. 22. Mar. 9. 32, et al. ; to be 
reluctant, to scruple, Mat. 1. 20; to 
fear, be apprehensive, Ac. 27. 17. 
2 Co. 11. 3; 12. 20; to be fearfully 
anxious, He. 4. 1 ; absol. to be fear- 
ful, afraid, alarmed, Mat. 14. 27 ; 
17. 6, 7. Mar. 16. 8, et al.; to be 
fearfully impressed, Ro. 11. 20: 
whence 

$6[Sr)Tpov, ov, to, something which 
inspires terror; terrific prodigy or 
portent, Lu. 21. 11. 
3>d/3oy, ov, 6, (cpefiopai, to be af- 
frighted, to flee) fear, terror, affright, 
Mat. 14. 26. Lu. 1. 12; astonish- 
ment, amazement, Mat. 28. 8. Mar. 
4. 41 ; trembling solicitude, 1 Co. 2. 
3. 2 Co. 7. 15; meton. a terror, an 
object or cause of terror, Ro. 13. 3; 
reverential fear, awe, Ac. 9. 31. Ro. 
3. 18 ; respect, deference, Ro. 13. 7 
1 Pe. 2._18. 
Qoivij;, lkos, 6, the palm-tree, the 
date-palm, phoenix dactylifera of 
Linn., Jno. 12. 13. Re. 7. 9. 
$ovevs, ecos, 6, ((pouos) a homi- 
cide, murderer, Mat. 22. 7. Ac. 3. 

14, et al. 

$ov€va>, f. evo~a>, a. 1. i(povevo~a, 
to put to death, kill, slay, Mat. 23. 
31, 35, et al.; absol. to commit mur- 
der, Mat. 5. 21, et al. : from 
$6vos, ov, 6, a killing, slaughter, 
murder, Mat. 15. 19. Mar. 7. 21 ; 

15. 7, et al. 
$opea>, on, f. t)o-(o & cVco, a. 1. i<fi6p- 

e<ra, to bear; to wear, Mat. 11. 8. 
1 Co. 15.49,et al. 
$6pov, ov, to, (Lat. forum) a forum, 
market-place; ®6pov 'Amriov, Forum 
Appii, the name of a small town on 
the Appian way, according to Anto- 
ninus, 43 Roman miles from Rome, or 
about 40 English miles, Ac. 28. 15. 

Q?6po$, ov, 6, ((pepco) tribute, tax, 
strictly such as is laid on dependent 
and subject people, Lu. 20. 22 ; 23. 2. 
Ro. 13. 6, 7. 
<PopTl£a>, f. 10-60, p. pass, rredtop- 
Tio-Mai, ((/>6pTos, a load, <f>ep<a) to load, 
lade, burden; met. Mat. 11. 28. La. 

II. 46. 

Qoprtov, ov, to, a load, burden > 



<3>0P 



200 



of a ship, freight, cargo, v. r. Ac. 27. 
10; met. a burden of imposed pre- 
cepts, Sic., Mat. 11. 30; 23. 4. Lu. 11. 
4G, bis; of faults, sins, &c, Ga. 6. 5 : 
from 

$6pros, ou, 6, (<pepo>) a load, bur- 
den ; freight, cargo, Ac. 27. 10. 

3>payeAAioi>, tou, to, (Lat. /a^eZ- 
lum) a whip, scourge, Jno. 2. 15: 
(N. T.) whence 

«£payeAAda>, a>, f. coo-co, to scourge, 
Mat. 27. 26. Mar. 15. 15. N. T. 

Qpaypos, ov, 6, {(ppdcrcra>) a fence, 
hedge; a hedgeside path, Mat. 21. 
33. Mar. 12. 1. Lu. 14. 23; met. a 
parting fence, Ep. 2. 14. 

3>pd£<», f. aero, a. 1. ecppacra, pr. 
to propound in distinct terms, to 
tell ; in A T . T., to explain, interpret, 
expound, Mat. 13. 36 ; 15. 15. 

^pdaaco, v. rrco, f. |co, a. 1. ecppa^a, 
to fence in; o?/ impl. to obstruct, 
stop, close up, He. 11. 33; met. to 
silence, put to silence, Ro. 3. 19; 
2 Co. 11. 10. 

<£pe'ap, (ppeaTos, to, a well, cistern, 
Lu. 14. 5. Jno. 4. 11, 12; a pit, Re. 
9. 1, 2. 

4>peTOTraraa), a>, f. rjcra>, (<ppf]v & 
an-a-rao) to deceive the mind ; to de- 
ceive, impose on, Ga. 6. 3 : (N. T.) 

whence 

$p€va7rdrns, ou, 6, a deceiver, se- 
ducer, Tit. 1. 10. (a) N. T. 

$pr)v, evos, f), pr. the diaphragm, 
midriff; the mind, intellect, 1 Co. 

14. 20, bis. 

^picro-©, v. rrco, f. £a>, p. ne<ppi- 
k<i, a. 1 . typiga, to be ruffled, to bris- 
tle; to shudder from fear, Ja. 2. 
19. 

•frpove'co, S, f. r/cr<B, a. 1. icppovrjcra, 
(<j>pyv) to think, to mind; to be of 
opinion, Ac. 28. 22. Phi. 1. 7; to 
take thought, be considerate, Phi. 
4. 10; to entertain sentiments or in- 
clinations of a specific kind, to be 
minded, Ro. 12. 16; 15. 5. 1 Co. 13. 
11. 2 Co. 13. 11. Ga. 5. 10. Phi. 2. 
2; 3. 16; 4. 2 ; to be in a certain 
frame of mind, Ro. 12. 3. Phi. 2. 5 ; 
to ween, entertain conceit, 1 Co. 4. 
6 ; to heed, pay regard to, Ro. 14.6; 
to incline to, be set upon, mind, Mat. 
16. 23. Mar. 8. 33. Ro. 8. 5. Phi. 3. 

15, 19. Col. 3. 2 • whence 



Qpoirrji id, aros, to, frame of thought 
will, mind, Ro. 8. 6, 7, 27. 

$povT]o~is, € to?, 17, a thoughtful frame* 
sense, rightmindedness, Lu. 1. 17; 
intelligence, Ep. 1. 8. 

$povipos, 77, ov, considerate, thought- 
ful, prudent, discreet, Mat. 7. 24 ; 10. 
16; 24. 45, et al. ; sagacious, wise, 
Ro. 11. 25; 12. 16. 1 Co. 4. 10; 10. 
15. 2 Co. 11. 19: whence 

Qpovlpcos, adv. considerately, pro* 
vidently, Lu. 16. 8. 

Qpovrifa, f. Icrco, p. necppovriKa- 
a. 1 . typovTio-a, (4>povri<;, thought, caret 
fr. <j>poviti)) to be considerate, be care- 
ful, Tit. 3. 8. 

$0oi/pea>, a», f. Tjaco, ((ppovpos, a 
watcher, guard) to keep watch; 
trans, to guard, watch, until a mili- 
tary guard, 2 Co. 11. 32 ; to keep in a 
condition of restraint, Ga. 3. 23 ; to 
keep in a state of settlement or se- 
curity, Phi. 4. 7. 1 Pe. 1. b. f 

&pvdo-o-a>, f. £a), a. 1. e<ppva£a, in 
classical usage <f>pvd<rcrotiat., pr. to 
snort, neigh, stamp, &c. as a high- 
spirited horse; hence, to be noisy 
fierce, insolent, and tumultuous, to 
rage, tumultuate, Ac. 4. 25. S. 

$pvyavov, ov, rd, (cppvym, v. <ppvo~- 
o-oj, to parch) a dry twig, branch, &c., 
faggot, Ac. 28. 3. 

^vyrj, f/s, 77, ((pevyco) a fleeing, 
flight. Mat. 24. 20. Mar. 13. 18. 

^vXaKT], rjs, 77, ((pv\do-o~o>) a keep- 
ing watch, ward, guard, Lu. 2. 8; 
a place of watch, haunt, Re. IS. 2 ; 
a watch, guard, body of guards, Ac. 
12. 10 ; ward, custody, imprisonment, 
2 Co. 6. 5; 11. 23. He. 11. 36 ; dur- 
ance, 1 Pe. 3. 19; a place of custody, 
prison, Mat. 14. 10 ; 25. 39, 44 ; a watch 
or division of the night, which in the 
time of our Saviour u-as divided into 
four \patches of three hours each, 
called* 6i//e, /uecroj/i/imoi', akeKTopcxfrwvCcL, 
& irputa, V. Trpwi, Mat. 14. 25 ; 24. 43. 
Mar. 6. 48. Lu. 12. 38, bis: whence 

$v\aKtfa, f. t'oro), to deliver into 
custody, put in prison, imprison, Ac. 
22. 19. 

<$v\aKTT]pLov, i'ov, rd, (.(pvXao-aoj) 
the station of a guard or, watch; • 
preservative, safeguard ; hettce, a 
phylactery or amulet, tcorn abovi 
the person; from which circumstanct 



201 



the word is used in the A T . T. as a 
term for the Jewish Tephillin or 
prayer-fillets, which took their rise 
from the injunction, Dent. 6. 8 ; 11. 
18. Mat. 23. 5. 

4>vAa£, aKos, 6, a watchman, guard, 
sentinel, Ac. 5. 23 ; 12. 6,19: from 

•fcvAuo-cra), v. ttco, f. £a>, a. 1. e<pv- 
Aafa, to be on watch, keep ivatch, 
Lu. 2. 8 ; to have in keeping, Ac. 22. 
20; to have in custody, Ac. 28. 16; 
to keep under restraint, confine, Lu. 
8.29. Ac. 12. 4; 23. 35; to guard, 
defend, Lu. 11.21; to keep safe, pre- 
serve, Jno. 12. 25; 17. 12. 2 Th. 3. 3. 
2 Pe. 2. 5. Jude 24 ; to keep in ab- 
stinence, debar, Ac. 21. 25. 1 Jno. 5. 
21 ; to observe a matter of injunction 
or duty. Mat. 19. 20. Mar. 10. 20. 
Lu. 11. 28; 18. 21. Ac. 7. 53; 16. 4; 
21. 24, et al.; mid. to be on one's 
guard, beware, Lu. 12. 15. 2 Ti. 4. 
15. 2 Pe. 3. 17. 

<I>uAj7, t}?, rj, «pva>) a tribe, Mat. 19. 
28 ; 24. 30. Lu. 2. 36 ; a people, na- 
tion. Re. 1 . 7 ; 5. 9, et al. 

bvWov, ou, to, a leaf, Mat. 21. 19, 
et al. 

^vpa/xa, aro?, to, (<pupa<w, to mix, 
mingle by kneading, &c.) that which 
is mingled and reduced to a uniform 
consistence by kneading, beating, 
treading, &c. ; a mass of potter's clay, 
Ro. 9. 21 ; of dough, 1 Co. 5. 6. Ga. 
5. 9; met. Ro. 11. 16. 1 Co. 5. 7. 

QvcriKos, 77, 6v y ((pvais) natural, 
agreeable to nature, Ro. 1. 26, 27 ; 
following the instinct of nature, as 
animals, 2 Pe. 2. 12: whence 

&V0-1KCQS, ado. naturally, by natural 
instinct, Jude 10. 

3>jjctio'ci>, w, f. cacro), p. pass, 7re<pu- 
aunfiaL, used in N. T. as an equiva- 
lent to <f)va-doi, to inflate, puff up; 
met. to inflate loith pride and vanity, 
1 Co. 8. 1 ; pass, to be inflated with 
pride, to be proud, vain, arrogant, 
1 Co. 4. 6, 19; 5. 2; 8. 1 ; 13. 4, et 
al. 

Pvo-is, eoor, 17, (cpvco) essence, Ga. 
4. 8; native condition, birth, Ro. 
2. 27; 11. 21, 24. Ga. 2. 15. Eph. 
2. 3 ; native species, kind, Ja. 3. 7 ; 
nature, natural frame, 2 Pe. 1. 4; 
nature, native instinct, Ro. 2. 14; 
1 Co. 11.14; nature, prescribed course 
of nature, Ro. I. 26. 



&vo-[o)o-is, 17, (<j>vcri6(o) pr. in, 

flation ; m.et. elation of mind, pride, 

2 Co. 12. 20. N. T. 
&VTela, as, fj, plantation, the act 

of planting; a plant, met. Mat. 15. 

13: from 

&vTfvco, f. €vo~a>, a. 1. ecpvTevo-a, 
(4>vt6i>, a plant, fr. <f>vo>) to plant, set, 
Mat. 21. 33. Lu. 13. 6, et al. ; met. 
Mat. 15. 13 ; to plant the Gospel, I Co. 

3. 6-8. 

$UCO, f. <pVO~Qi, p. 7T€0UKa, a. 2. 

pass. e$vr)v, to generate, produce; 

pass, to be generated, produced ; 0) 

plants, to germinate, sprout, Lu. 8. 

6 ; intrans. to germinate, spring or 

grow up, He. 12. 15. 
QeoXeos, oO, 6, a den, lair, burrow, 

Mat. 8'. 20. Lu. 9. 58. 
<J?a)i/e(a, S>, f. no"<o, a. 1. i(f)a>vt](ra 1 

to sound, utter a sound ; of the cock, 

to crow, Mat. 26. 34, 74, 75 ; to call, 

or cry out, exclaim, Lu. 8. 8, 54 ; 16. 

24; 23. 46 ; to call to, Mat. 27. 47. 

Mar. 3. 31, et al. ; to call, entitle, 

Jno. 13. 13; to call, summon, Mat 

20. 32, et al. ; to invite to a feast, Lu. 

14. 12: from 
Qavrj, rjs, 17, a sound, Mat. 24. 31. 

Jno. 3. 8. Re. 4. 5 ; 8. 5 ; a cry, Mat. 

2. 18; an articulate sound, voice, 

Mat. 3. 3, 17 ; 17.5; 27. 46, 50 ; voice, 

speech, discourse, Jno. 10. 16, 27. 

Ac. 7. 31; 12. 22; 13. 27. He. 3. 

7, 15; tone of address, Ga. 4. 20; 

language, tongue, dialect, 1 Co. 14. 

10. 

<£a)S, (pooro?, to, (contr. for (fidos) 
light, Mat. 17. 2. 2 Co. 4. 6; day- 
light, broad day, Mat. 10. 27. Lu. 
12. 3; radiance, blaze of light, Mat. 

4. 16. Ac. 9. 3; 12. 7, et al. ; an in- 
strument or means of light, a light. 
Mat. 6. 23. Ac. 16. 29 ; a fire, Mar 
14. 54. Lu. 22. 56 ; fr. Heb., the light 
of God's presence, 2 Co. '1.14. 1 Ti. 
6. 16; met. the light of divine truth, 
spiritual illumination, Lu. 16. 8. 
Jno. 3. 19. Ro. 13. 12. Eph. 5. 8. 
1 Pe. 2. 9. 1 Jno. 1. 7; 2. 8, 9, 10, 
et al. ; a source or dispenser of 
spiritual light, Mat. 5. 14. Jno. 1. 
4, 5, 7, 8, 9 ; 8. 12 ; 9. 5, et al. ; pure 
radiance, perfect brightness, 1 Jno. 
1.5: whence 

^<ao-TT]p, rjpos, 6, a cause of light 
illuminator ; a light, luminary, Phi 



$02 203 

IS; radiance, or, luminary, Re. 

a:. 11. 

$a>o~(p6pos, ov, 6, 77, ((pa>s & (pepco) 
light-bringing; sc. aa-Trjp, Lucifer, 
the morning star, met. 2 Pe. 1. 19. 

$a>T€iv6s, rj, ov, (<pa>s) radiant, lus- 
trous, Mat. 17. 5; enlightened, illu- 
minated, Mat. 6. 22. Lu. 11. 34, 36, 
bis. 

$am'£o), f. icrco, a. 1. efparicra, (fr. 
same) to light, give light to, illumi- 
nate, shine upon, Lu. 11. 36. Re. 18. 
1 ; met. to enlighten spiritually, Jno. 
1. 9. Ep. 1. 18; 3. 9; He. 6. 4; 10. 
32 ; to reveal, to bring to light, 
make known, 1 Co. 4. 5. 2 Ti. 1. 10: 
whence 

$cortcr/ior, ou, 6, illumination; a 
shining forth, effulgence, 2 Co. 4. 4, 
6. S 



X. 

Xaipw, f. x^PW^i & < iater > X a Ph" 
o-o/xai, a. 2. k\6.py)v, to rejoice, be glad, 
be joyful, be full of joy, Mat. 2. 10; 
5. 12; 18. 13. Mar. 14. 11. Ro. 12. 
12. 2 Co. 2. 3; imperat. x°^P e ^ X<«- 
pere, a term of salutation, hail, Mat. 
26. 49 ; \fyu \alpeiv, to greet, 2 Jno. 
10, 11; infln, x«"'pea', an ejnstolary 
formula, health, Ac. 15. 23. 

XaXa£a, as, 77, hail, Re. 8. 7; 11. 
19; 16. 21, bis: from 

XaXdco, <», f. acrco, a. 1. e^dXacra, 
to slacken ; to let down, lower, Mar. 
2. 4. Lu. 5. 4, et al. 

XaXe7ro?, t], ov, hard, rugged ; fu- 
rious, ferocious, Mat. 8. 28; trying, 
2 Ti 3. 1 . 

XaXlvayoyeco, a>, f. 770-0), (xaXivos 

& aya>) pr. to guide with a bridle; 

rrart. to bridle, control, sway, Ja. 1. 

26 ;_ 3. 2. L. G. 
XaXTvos, ov, 6, a bridle, bit, curb, 

Ja. 3. 3. 

XaXxeos, ea & ct/, eov, contr. ovs , »}, 

ow, (^aAxos) brazen, Re. 9. 20. 
XaXnevs, ecus, 6, (fr. same) pr. a 

coppersmith ; hence genr. a worker 

in metals, smith, 2 Ti. 4. 14. 
Xa\KT}d<ov, ovos, 6, chalcedony, the 

naaie if a gem, generally of a whitish, 1 



XAP 

bluish or grey colour, susceptible OJ 

a high and beautiful polish, and of 
which there are several varieties, as 
the onyx, modern carnelian, Sec., Re. 
21. 19. 

XoXklov, ov, to', (xoXkos) a vessel, 

copper, brazen utensil, Mar. 7. 4. 
XaXKoX(3ai/oi/, ou, 6, orichalcum, 
fine bronze, a factitious metal oJ 
which there were several varieties, 
the white being of the highest repute, 
or, deep-tinted frankincense, Re. 1. 
15 ; 2. 18. N. T. 

XaX^oj, ov, 6, copper, also, bronze, 
Re. 18. 12 ; a brazen musical instru- 
ment, 1 Co. 13. 1; copper money, 
Mat. 10. 9; money in general, Mai 

6. 8; 12. 41. 
XaXnovs, see XaXneos. 
Xaaal, adv. on the ground, to the 

earth, Jno. 9. 6; 18. 6. 
Xavavalos, aia, alov, Canaanitish, 

Mat, 15. 22. 
Xapa, as. rj, (^n/pco) joy, gladness, 

rejoicing. Mat. 2. 10; 13. 20, 44; 28. 

8, et al. ; melon, joy, cause of joy, 

occasion of rejoicing, Lu. 2. 10. Phi. 

4. 1. 1 Th. 2. 19, 20; bliss, Mat. 25. 

21, 23. 

Xapay/ia, aros, to, (xapdercrco, to 
notch, engrave) an imprinted mark, 
Re. 13. 167 et al. ; sculpture, Ac. 17. 
29. 

Xapanrqp, rjpos, 6, (fr. same) a 
graver, graving tool; an engraven 
or impressed device ; an impress, 
exact expression, He. 1. 3. 

Xdpa£, aicos, 6, 17, (fr. same) a 
stake; a pale; a military palisade, 
rampart, formed from the earth 
throitn oid of the ditch atid stuck 
with sharp stakes or palisades, Lu. 
19. 43. 

Xapl£op.ai, f. icro/xat, a. 1. e^apicra- 

/xtji'. pass. f. \cLpi(r(hri<rofj.aii, a. 1. e\a- 
pLcr9r,v, (\<ipis) to gratify ; to bestow 
in kindness, errant as a free faivur. 
Lu. 7. 21. Ro. 8. 32: to grant the 
deliverance of a person in favour to 
the desire of others, Ac. 3. 14 ; 27. 24. 
Philem. 22 ; to sacrifice a person to 
the demands of enemies, Ac. 25. 1 1 j 
to remit, forgive, Lu. 7. 42. 2 Co. 2. 

7, 10. 

Xapiv, used as a particle governing 



XAP 



208 



xeE 



the genitive ease, on account of, Lu. 
7. 47. Eph. 3. 1, 14. 1 Jno. 3. 12; 
for the sake of, in order to, Ga. 3. 19. 
Tit. 1. 5, 11. Jude 16; on the score 
of, 1 Ti. 5. 14 : pr. the accus. of 
Xdpiy, troy, r], (^ai'pco) pleasing 
show, charm ; beauty, gracefulness ; 
a pleasing circumstance, matter of 
approval, 1 Pe. 2. 19, 20; kindly- 
bearing, graciousness, Lu. 4. 22 ; a 
beneficial opportunity, benefit, 2 Co. 
1. 15. Eph. 4. 29; a charitable act, 
generous gift, 1 Co. 16. 3. 2 Co. 8. 4, 
6, et al. ; an act of favour, Ac. 25. 3 ; 
favour, acceptance, Lu. 1. 30, 52. 
Ac. 2. 47 ; 7. 10, 46 ; free favour, free 
gift, grace, Jno. 1. 14, 16, 17; Ro. 4. 

4. 16; 11. 5, 6. Eph. 2. 5, 8. 1 Pe. 
3. 7 ; free favour specially manifested 
by God towards man in the Gospel 
scheme, grace, Ac. 15. 11. Ro. 3. 24 ; 

5. 15, 17, 20, 21 ; 6. 1. 2 Co. 4. 15, et 
al. ; a gracious provision, gracious 
scheme, grace, Ro. 6. 14, 15. He. 2. 
9; 12. 28; 13. 9; gracious dealing 
from God, grace, Ac. 14. 26; 15. 40. 
Ro. 1. 7. 1 Co. 1. 4; 15. 10. Ga. 1. 
15, et al. ; a commission graciously 
devolved by God upon a human agent, 
Ro. 1. 5; 12. 3; 15. 15. 1 Co. 3. 10. 
2 Co. 1. 12. Ga. 2. 9. Eph. 3. 8; 
grace, graciously bestowed divine 
endowment or influence, Lu. 2. 40. 
Ac. 4. 33; 11. 23. Ro. 12. 6. 2 Co. 
12. 9, et al. ; grace, a graciously 
vouchsafed spiritual position, Ac. 1 1 . 
43. Ro. 5. 2. Ga. 5. 4. 2 Pe. 3. 18 ; 
an emotion correspondent to what 
is pleasing or kindly ; sense of obli- 
gation, Lu. 17. 9 ; a grateful frame 
of mind, 1 Co. 10. 30 ; thanks, Lu. 6. 
32, 33, 34. Ro. 6. 17. 1 Co. 15. 57, et 
al. ; x°-P lv v - X c 'P tT<x ? KaTa9eo-0ai, to 
oblige, gratify, Ac. 24. 27 ; 25. 9. 

Xdpicrpa, aroy, ro, (xapi£op.ai) a 
free favour, free gift, Ro. 5. 15, 16; 

6. 23. 2 Co. 1. 11, et al.; benefit, 
Ro. 1. 11; a divinely conferred en 
dowmcnt, 1 Co. 12. A, 9, 28, 30, 31, et 
al. N. T. 

Xapirdco, '-o, f. d>cra>, p. pass. fce^a 
piVw^tti, (xapi?) to favour, visit with 
favour, to make an object of favour, 
to gift ; pass, to be visited with free 
favour, be an object of gracious visi- 
tation, Lu. 1. 28. L. G. 

Xdp-rns, ov, o, paper, 2 Jno. 12. 

Hacrna, arcs, to, (^awo, to 



gape, yawn) a chasm, gulf, Lu. 10 
26. 

XelXoy, eoy, to, a lip, & pi. ra 
Xei'Arj, the lips, ilat. 15. 8. Ro. 3. 13, 
et al. ; trap. xelKos r>}? 0aAaer<TT)s, the 
sea-shore, He. 11.12; meton. Ian-, 
guage, dialect, 1 Co. 14. 21. 

Xei/xd£oo, f. ao-o), tya/ia) to excite 
a tempest, toss with a tempest ; pass. 
to be storm-tossed, Ac. 27. 18. 

Xelpappos, ou, 6, (x e ^P a & P^ 
winter-flowing; as subst. a stream 
which flows in winter, but is dry in 
summer; a brook, Jno. 18. 1. 

Xeipotv, u>vos, 6, (^et/xa) stormy 
weather, Mat. 16. 3; a storm, tem- 
pest, Ac. 27. 20; winter, Mat. 24. 20, 
et al. 

Xeip, ^ftpoy, rj, a hand, Mat. 3. 12 ; 
4. 6; 8. 15, et al. freq. ; fr. the Heb. 
yelp Kvplov, a special operation of 
God, Ac. 11. 21; 13. 3; iv x«pi', by 
agency, Ac. 7. 35. Ga. 3. 19. 

Xeipaycoyeo), w, f. 770-00, to lead by 
the hand, Ac. 9. 8; 22. 11: (L. G.) 
from 

Xeipayayos, ov, 6, (x € ' l P & aya- 
70?, a leader) one who leads another 
by the hand, Ac. 13. 11. 

Xeipoypdcpov, ov, to, (;eeip & 7P°" 
4>w) handwriting; a written form, 
literal instrument as distinguished 
from a spiritual dispensation, Col. 2. 
14. 

XeiporrolrjTos, ov, 6, f], (x €l P & 
7ronjTo?, made, fr. 7roi«o) made by 
hand, artificial, material, Mar. 14. 
58. Ac. 7. 48, et al. 

XetpoTovea>, w, f. 770-00, (x et P & 
TciVo>) to stretch out the hand; to 
constitute by voting; to appoint, 
constitute, Ac. 14. 23. 2 Co. 8. 19. 

Xelpav, ovos, 6, 77, (irregular ccm- 
parat. of /ca«d?) worse, Mat. 9. 16. 
1 Ti. 5. 8; more severe, Jno. 5. 14. 
He. 10. 29. 

Xepovplp, (Heb. D^ni"0) cheru- 
bim, the emblematic figures, represent' 
ing cherubim, on the ark, He. 9. 5. 

Xfjpa, ay, 17, (pr. fern, of XVP 0i 
bereft) a vtidow, Mat. 23. 14". Lu. 
4. 26, et al. 

X0f'y, adv. yesterday, Jno. 4. 52 
Ac. 7. 98. He. 13. 8. 



XIA 



204 



XPE 



XFXi'apxo?, ov, o, (^tXtoi & dp\(i>) 
pr. a chiliarch, commander of a 
thousand men ; hence genr. a com- 
mander, military chief. Mar. 6. 21. 
Re. 6. 15; 19. 18; spa. a legionary 
tribune, Ac. 21. 31, 32, 33, 37, et 
al. ; the prefect of the temple, Jno. 
18. 12. 

XiXta?, aSoy, ^, the number one 
thousand, a thousand, Lu. 14. 31. 
Ac. 4. 4, et al. : from 

XtXtot, at, a, a thousand, 2 Pe. 3. 8. 

Re. 11. 3, et al. 
Xitcov, covos, 6, a tunic, vest, the 

inner garment which fitted close to the 
body, having armholes, and sometimes 
sleeves, and reaching below the knees, 
Mat. 5. 40 ; 10. 10 ; pi. vnwes, clothes, 
garments in general, Mar. 14. 63. 

Xio>j/, ovoy, fj, snow, Mat. 28. 3. 
Mar. 9. 3. Re. 1. 14. 

XXa/xvs, vSo?, r], chlamys, a species 
of cloak; a Roman military com- 
mander's cloak, paludamentum, Mat. 
27. 28, 31. 

XXei/d£&>, f. dcrco, a. 1. e^Xevaca, 
(xXevjj, jest) to jeer, scoff, Ac. 2. 13; 
17. 32. 

XXinpdr, a, oV, (xXia>, to become 
warm) warm, tepid ; lukewarm, Re. 
3. 16. 

XXcopd?, a, oV, (x^on, the first 
tender shoot of vegetation) pale 
green; green, verdant, Mar. 6. 39. 
Re. 8. 7; 9. 4; pale, sallow, Re. 
6. 8. 

X£s', six hundred and sixty-six, the 
number denoted by these letters, viz. 
X=600, f = 60, s'=6, Re. 13. 18. 

XoiKoy, t], oV, (xooy, a heap of 
earth) of earth, earthy, 1 Co. 15. 47, 
48, 49. N. T. 

Xotvi£, Tko?, rj, a choenix, an Attic 
measure for things dry, being the 48th 
part of a medimnus, consequently 
equal to the 8th part of the Roman 
modius, & nearly equivalent to aboid 
one quart, being considered a suffi- 
cient daily allowance for the suste- 
nance of one man, Re. 6. 6, bis. 

Xolpos, ov, 6, f), pr. a young swine; 
a swine, hog or sow, Mat. 8. 30, 31, 
32, et al. 

XoXao), &>, (^oXij, considered as the 



seat or cause of anger and of melon 
clwly) pr. to be melancholy ; used 
later as an equivalent to x oXo ^^t 
to be angry, incensed, Jno. 7. 23. 

XoXrj, rjs, 17, the bile, gall ; in If. T., 
a bitter ingredient, as wormwood, 
Mat. 27. 34; x°^h wweptas, intense 
bitterness, met. thorough disaffec- 
tion to divine truth, utter estrange- 
ment, Ac. 8. 23. 

Xoos, X ovs i g en - X°° s i dat - X°A 
acc. x°vv, (x euJ ) earth dug out and 
heaped up; loose earth, dirt, dust, 
Mar. 6. 11. Re. 18. 19. 

Xopnyeat, <£>, f. rjact), (^opd? & 
7fY€o^<xi) to lead a chorus ; at Athens 
to defray the cost of a chorus ; hence, 
to supply funds ; to supply, furnish, 
2 Co. 9. 10. 1 Pe. 4. 11. 

Xopd?, o£>, 6, dancing with music, 
Lu. 15. 25. 

Xopra^o), f. dcrco, a. 1. ixdpracra, 
(xopros) pr. to feed or fill with grass, 
herbage, &c, to fatten ; used of ani- 
mals of prey, to satiate, gorge, Re. 
19. 21; of persons, to satisfy with 
food, Mat. 14. 20; 15. 33, 37; met. to 
satisfy the desire of any one, Mat. 5. 
6, et al. : whence 

Xopraap.a, aro?, to, pasture, pro- 
vender for cattle; food, provision, 
sustenance, for men, Ac. 7. 11. 
L.G. 

Xopros, ov, 6, an inclosure ; pas- 
ture ground ; fodder for beasts ; in 
If. T., herbage, verdure, Mat. 6. 30 ; 
14. 19, et al. ; a plant of corn, Mat. 
13. 26. Mar. 4. 28. 

Xovs, see ^doy. 

Xpa.op.ai, <£/zai, f. xPW°H- at i to ase - 
to make use of, employ, Ac. 27. 17. 

1 Co. 7. 31, et al. ; to avail one's sell 
of, 1 Co. 7. 21 ; 9. 12, 15 ; to use, to 
treat, behave towards, Ac. 27. 3. 

2 Co. 13. 10: whence 

Xpet'a, a?, T), use; need, necessity, 
requisiteness, Ep. 4. 29. He. 7. 11; 
personal need, an individual want, 
Ac. 20. 34. Ro. 12. 13. Phi. 2. 25 , 
4. 16, 19 ; xpe""' fX w - t0 need, require, 
want, Mat. 6. 8; 14. 16. Mar. 2. 25. 
Jno. 2. 25 ; earl xpeia, there is need, 
Lu. 10. 42 ; ra jrpb<; Tr)i> xpc.""', neces- 
sary things, Ac. 28. 10, et al. ; a ne- 
cessary business affair, Ac. 6. 3. 

XpeaXpeiXerns, ov, 6, (xfitos, I 



XPH 



205 



XPY 



4ebt, & 6(£eiAeTT}s) one who owes a 
debt, a debtor, Lu. 7. 41; 16. 5. 
L. G. 

Xpr], imperson. verb, there is need or 
occasion, it is necessary, it is requi- 
site; it behoves, it becometh, it is 
proper, Ja. 3. 10. 

XpyCco, ixpeia) to need, want, de- 
sire, Mat. 6. 32. Lu. 11. 8; 12. 30. 
Ro. 16. 2. 2 Co. 3. 1. 

Xpf/pa, aTOs,TO, (^pao/zat) anything 
useful, or needful ; plur. wealth, 
riches, Mar. 10. 23, 24. Lu. 18. 24 ; 
money, Ac. 8. 18, 20; 24. 26; sing. 
price, Ac. 4. 37 : whence 

Xpriparlfa, f. icrco, a. 1. ixprjpdTi- 
<ra, to have dealings, transact busi- 
ness; to negociate; to give answer 
on deliberation ; in N. T., pass, to be 
divinely instructed, receive a reve- 
lation or warning from God, Mat. 2. 
12, 22. Lu. 2. 26. Ac. 10. 22. He. 
8.5; 11.7; 12.25; intrans. to receive 
an appellation, be styled, Ac. 11. 26. 
Ro. 7. 3 : whence 

XprjpaTio-pos, ov, 6, in N. T., a 
response from God, a divine com- 
munication, oracle, Ro. 11.4. 

XprjcrXpos, rj, ov, v. 6, rj, to, -ov, 

useful, profitable, 2 Ti. 2. 14 : from 
Xprjcns, ea>s, fj, use, employment ; 

manner of using, Ro. 1. 26, 27. 
Xpr)o~Tevop.ai, f. evaopxii, (^p^o-TO?) 

to be gentle, benign, kind, 1 Co. 13. 

4. N. T. 

Xprjo-ToKoyta, as, r), (xPV a " r ^ s & 
Aoyos) bland address, fair speaking, 
Ro. 16. 18. N. T. 

Xprjcrros, r), ov, ixpa.op,ai) useful, 
profitable; good, agreeable, Lu. 5. 
39; easy, as a yoke, Mat. 11. 30; 
gentle, benign, kind, obliging, gra- 
cious, Lu. 6. 35. Ep. 4. 32. Ro. 2. 4. 
1 Pe. 2. 3; good, in character, dis- 
position, &c, virtuous, 1 Co. 15. 33.- 
whence 

XpTJO-TOTTJS, TT)TOS, T], pr. Utility; 

goodness, kindness, gentleness, Ro. 
2. 4; 11. 22, et al. ; kindness shoim, 
beneficence, Ep. 2. 7 ; goodness, vir- 
tue, Ro. 3. 12. 

Xp^crco, fut. of KLXpr)p.i, a. 1. e'xpr)- 
<ra, to lend, Lu. 11.5. 

Xpicrpa, aros, to, (ypico) pr. any 
thing which is applied by smearing ; 



ointment, unguent; in JV. T., aa 
anointing, unction, in the reception 
of spiritual privileges, 1 Jno. 2. 20 
2*7, bis. 

Xpcartavos, ov, 6, a Christian, foi 
lower of Christ, Ac. 11. 26; 26. 28, 

1 Pe. 4. 16 : from 

Xpicrros, ov, 6, pr. anointed ; 6 
Xpio-Tos, the Christ, the Anointed 
One, i. q. Meo-crtas, the Messiah, Mat. 
1. 16, 17. Jno. 1. 20, 25, 42, et al. 
freq. ; melon. Christ, the word or 
doctrine of Christ, 2 Co. 1. 19, 21. 
Ep. 4. 20 ; Christ, a truly Christian 
frame of doctrine and affection, Ro. 
8. 10. Ga. 4. 19 ; Christ, the Church 
of Christ, 1 Co. 12. 12 ; Christ, the dis- 
tinctive privileges of the Gospel of 
Christ, Ga. 3. 27. Ph. 3. 8. He. 3. 
14: from 

Xpi'co, f. icrco, a. 1. Zxpicra, to anoint; 
in N. T., to anoint, by way of insti- 
tiding to a dignity, function, or pri- 
vilege, Lu. 4. 18. Ac. 4. 27 ; 10. 38. 

2 Co. 1.21. He. 1.9. 

Xpovl(a>, f. icro), At. ia>, a. 1. expov- 
ta-a, to while, spend time ; to linger, 
delay, be long, Mat. 24. 48; 25. 5. 
Lu. 1. 21 ; 12. 45. He. 10. 37: from 

Xpovos, ov, 6, time, whether in re- 
spect of duration or a definite point 
of its lapse, Mat. 2. 7 ; 25. 19, et al. 
freq.; an epoch, era, marked dura- 
tion, Ac. 1. 7. 1 Th. 5. 1. 

XpovoTpiftta, a», f. T)cr<0, (xpovos 
& Tplpu) to spend time, while away 
time, linger, delay, Ac. 20. 16. 

Xpvaeus, rj, ov, contr. oiis, rj, ovv, 
(xpvcros) golden, of gold, 2 Ti. 2. 20. 
He. 9. 4, et al. 

Xpvcrlov, iov, to, (dim. fr. ^puo-o?) 
gold, He. 9. 4. 1 Pe. 1.7. Re. 21. 
18, 21 ; spc. gold when coined or 
manufactured ; golden ornaments, 
1 Pe. 3. 3 ; gold coin, money, Ac. 3. 
6; 20. 33. 1 Pe. 1. 18. 

Xpvcro$aKTv\ios, ov, 6, f], (^pvo-os: 
& SaKTvAio?) having rings of gold on 
the fingers, Ja. 2. 2. N. T. 

XpvcroXXdos, ov, t), ixpvaos & Xi- 
0o?) chrysolite, a name applied by tit* 
ancients to all gems of a gold colour, 
spc. the modern topaz, Re. 21. 20. 

XpvaoTrpaaos, ov, 6, (xpvo-u%- Si 
npdaov, a leek) a chrysoprase, a sp* 



XPY 206 

cies of gem of a golden green colour 
like that of a leek, Re. 21. 20. 
XpiJo-os, ou, 6, gold, Mat. 2. 11 ; 23. 

16, 17; melon, gold ortaments, 1 Ti. 

2. 9 ; gold coin, money, Mat. 10. 9, 
et al. ^ 

XpvaovSy see ^pvo-eos. 

Xpuo-oo), &), f. 0)0-0), p. pass. Kcxpvcr- 
oifiai, (vpvao?) to gild, overlay with 
gold, adorn or deck with gold, Be. 

17. 4; 18. 16. 
Xpcoy, xpo)Tos, 6, the skin; the 

body, Ac. 19. 12. 
XcoXdy, 77, 6V, crippled in the feet, 
limping, halting, lame, Mat. 11. 5; 
15. 30, 31, et al. ; met. limping, weak, 
spiritually, He. 12. 13 ; maimed, de- 
prived of a foot, for aeamjpos, Mar. 9. 
45. 

Xtopa, ay, f], space, room ; a country, 
region, tract, province, Mar. 5. 10. 
Lu. 2. 8; a district, territory, en- 
virons, Mat. 8. 28; melon, the in- 
habitants" of a country, region, &c, 
Mar. 1. 5. Ac. 12. 20; the country, 
as opposed to the city or toton, Lu. 
21.21; a field, farm, Lu. 12. 1G. Jno. 
4. 35. 

Xo)peo), o), f. J70-0), a. 1. e^eop^cra, 
(ir. same) to make room either by 
motion or capacity; to move, pass, 
Mat. 15. 17 ; to proceed, go on, 2 Pe. 

3. 9 ; to progress, make way, Jno. 8. 
37; trans, to hold as contents, con- 
tain, afford room for, Mar. 2. 2. Jno. 
2. 6; 21. 25; met. to give mental ad- 
mittance to, to yield accordance, 
Mat. 19. 11, 12; to admit to app7*o- 
bation and esteem, to regard cordially, 
2 Co. 7. 2. 

Xojp/^o), f. iVo>, a. 1. e^ipicra, 
(xwpi's) to sunder, sever, disunite, 
Mat. 19. 6. Ro. 8. 35, 39; mid., a. 1. 
ex<»pi<r6riv, p. (cexajpitTy-iai, to disso- 
ciate one's self, to part, 1 Co. 7. 10, 
11, 15; to withdraw, depart, Ac. 1. 
4 ; 18. 1,2. Philem. 15 ; to be aloof, 
He. 7. 26. 

Xojpt'oz/, ou, to, (pr. dim. fr. ^copo?) 

a place, spot, Mat. 26. 36. Mar. 14. 

32; a field, farm, estate, domain, 

Jno. 4. 5. Ac. 1. 18, et al. 
Xo)pi's adv. apart, Jno. 20. 7 ; apart 

from, parted from, Jno. 15. 5. Ja. 

2. 18, 20, 26; alien from, Eph. 2. 12; 

apart from, on a distinct footing 



from, 1 Co. 11. 11 ; apart from, di» 
tinct from, without the interveu. 
tion of, Ro. 3. 21, 28; 4. 6; apart 
from the company of, independently 
of, 1 Co. 4. 8. He. 11. 40; without 
the presence of, He. 9. 28 ; without 
the agency of, Jno. 1. 3. Ro. 10. 14; 
without the employment of, Mat. 13. 
34. Mar. 4. 34. He. 7. 20, 21 ; 9. 7, 
18, 22; without, Lu. 6. 49. Phi. 2. 
14. 1 Ti. 2. 8; 5. 21. Philem. 14. 
He. 10. 28; 11. 6; 12. 8, 14; clear 
from, He. 7. 7 ; irrespectively of, Ro. 
7. 8, 9 ; without reckoning, besides, 
Mat. 14. 21; 15. 38. 2 Co. 11. 28; 
with the exception of, He. 4. 15. 

Xoipo?, ou, 6, Corus, or Caurns, the 
north-west wind ; melon, the north, 
west quarter of tlie heavens, Ac. 27. 
12. 



^aXXo), f. yf/aXeb, a. 1. ex/n/Xo, 

(»|/aw, to touch) to move by a touch, 
to twitch ; to touch, strike the string* 
or chords of an instrument; absol. to 
play on a stringed instrument ; to 
sing to music; in N. T., to sing 
praises, Ro. 15. 9. 1 Co 14. 15. Ep* 
5. 19. Ja. 5. 13: whence 
SFaXpo?, ou, 6, impulse, touch, q) 
the chords of a stringed instrument ; 
in N. T., a sacred song, psalm, 1 Co 
14.26. Ep. 5. 19, et at 
^evSaSeXcpoj, ou, 6, (yj/evbrjs & 
d8eA<f>6s) a false brother, a pretended 
Christian, 2 Co. 11. 26. Ga. 2. 4 
N. T. ^ 

*irevda7r6o~To\os, ou, 6, (yj/evSrjs & 
anocrrokos) a false apostle, pretended 
minister of Christ , 2 Co. 11. 13. N. T. 
^ft'Sj7?, eoy, ouy, 6, 17, (\|/-evSopm) 
false, lying, Ac. 6. 13. Re. 2. 2 ; in 
A r . T., pi. maintainers of religious 
falsehood, corrupters of the truth oj 
God, Re. 21. 8. 
StrevdoSdo-icakos, (^€v8t}s & ScSoVk- 
aXos) a false teacher, one who in 
culcates false doctrines, 2 Pe. 2. 1. 
N. T. f 

^evSoXoyoy, ou, 6, tj, (^/evBfjs & 

Aeyu) false-speaking, 1 Ti. 4. 2. 
Vevbopapirvp, vpos, 6, (yj/evdifs * 



207 



tiaprop) a false witness, Mat. 26. 80, 
bis. 1 Co. 15. 15: whence 
fyevbopaprvpeo), a>, f. r}cra>, to bear 
false witness, give false testimony, 
Mat. 19. 18. Mar. 14. 56, 57, et al.: 
whence 

VevdopapTvpia, as, false wit " 
ness, false testimony, Mat. 15. 19; 
26. 59. 

'VevdoTrpocpfjTns, ov, 6, (yjsevBrjs & 
n-po^-n)?) a false prophet, one who 
falsely claims to speak by divine in- 
spiration, whether as a foreteller of 
future events, or a teacher of doctrines, 
Mat. 7. 15 ; 24. 24, et al. 

tyevBos, cos, to, (x//-ev8o/i<n) false- 
hood, Jno. 8. 44. Ep. 4. 25. 2 Th. 
2. 9, 1 1 . 1 Jno. 2. 27 ; in JV. J 7 ., re- 
ligious falsehood, perversion of re- 
ligious truth, false religion, Ro. 1. 25 ; 
the practices of false religion, Re. 
21. 27; 22. 15. 

tyevdoxpicrrosi ov, 6, (yj/tvftrjs & 
vpto-Tos) a false Christ, pretended 
Messiah, Mat. 24. 24 Mar. 13. 22. 
N. T. 

'J'evSco, f. \^euo*£o, to deceive; mid. 
to speak falsely or deceitfully, utter 
falsehood, lie, Mat. 5. 11. Ro. 9. 1, 
et al. ; tram, to deceive, or attempt 
to deceive, by a lie, Ac. 5. 3. 

Vevdavvpos, ov, 6, 17, Cv/z-evSi?? & 
ovojaa) falsely named, falsely called, 
1 Ti. 6. 20. 

"fredo-p-a, aros, to, (y^evbco) a false- 
hood, lie; in N. T., delinquency, 
Ro. 3. 7. 

^evarrfs, ov, 6, (fr. same) one who 
utters a falsehood, a liar, Jno. 8. 44, 
55, et al. ; in N. T., a delinquent, 
Ro. 3. 4. 

tyrjkafyaa), £>, f. rjaco, a. 1. eyj/n- 
Aa^rjo-a, (xpdWco, i^aa)) to feel, han- 
dle, Lu. 24. 39 ; to feel or grope for 
or after, as persons in the dark, Ac. 
17. 27. 

f'jjdu^a), f. t'cra), to reckon by means 
of pebbles, compute by counters; 
hence genr. to compute, reckon, 
calculate, Lu. 14. 28. Re. 13. 18: 
from 

9rj(pos, ov, T), a small stone, peb- 
ble; a pebble variously employed, 
especially in a ballot ; hence, a vote, 
8'iffrage, Ac. 26. 10; a pebble or 



stone, probably given as a token, Re 
2. 17. 

Vidvpicrpos, ov, 6, (-^nOvplfa. ta 
whisper) a whispering; a calum- 
nious whispering, detraction, 2 Co. 
12. 20. L. G. 

^idvpia-TTjs, ov, 6, (fr. same) a 
whisperer ; a calumnious whisperer, 
detractor, Ro. 1. 30. 

^r^toi', i'ov, ro, (dimin. of a 
fragment, morsel) a small morsel, 
crumb, bit, Mat. 15. 27. Mar. 7. 28. 
Lu. 10. 21. N. T. 

Vvxr], rjs, f], (\jsvxo») breath; the 
principle of animal life ; the life. 
Mat. 2. 20 ; 6. 25. Mar. 3. 4. Lu. 21. 
19. Jno. 10. 11, et al. ; an animate 
being, 1 Co. 15. 45; a human indi- 
vidual, soul, Ac. 2. 41 ; 3. 23; 7. 14; 
27. 37. Ro. 13. 1. 1 Pe. 3. 20; the 
immaterial soul, Mat. 10. 28. 1 Pe. 
1. 9 ; 2. 11, 25 ; 4. 19, et al. ; the soul 
as a seat of religious and moral sen- 
timent, Mat. 11. 29. Ac. 14. 2, 22; 
15. 24. Eph. 6. 6, et al. ; the soul as 
a seat of feeling, Mat. 12. 18 ; 26. 38, 
et al. ; the soul, the inner self, Lu. 

12. 19: whence 

tyvxtKos, jJ, 6V, pertaining to the 
life or the soul ; in N. T., animal, 
as distinguished from spiritual sub- 
sistence, 1 Co. 15. 44, 46 ; occupied 
with mere animal things, animal, 
sensual, 1 Co. 2. 14. Ja. 3. 15. Jude 
19. 

^O^os, coy, to, (r^v^o)) cold, Jno. 
18. 18. Ac. 28. 2. 2 Co. 11. 27: 

whence 

Vvxpos, a, ov, cool, cold, Mat. 10. 

42; met. Re. 3. 15, 16. 
SPv^a), f. £a>, pass. a. 2. eyf/vynv y 

f. 2. i/rtryijcrojuai, to breathe; to cool; 

pass, to be cooled ; met., of affection, 

Mat. 24. 12. 

tyctiplfa, f. iVo), (yjrcopos) pr. to 
feed by morsels; hence genr. to 
feed, supply with food, Ro. 12. 20; 
to bestow in supplying food, 1 Co. 

13. 3. 

■^co/AtOV, ov, to, (dimin. of \jra>p6sy 
a bit, morsel, fr. \fia.<*, to break into 
bits) a bit, morsel, mouthful, Jno. 
13. 26. 

^fo^to, f. £co, (yjrdco) to rub in 
pieces, as the ears of grain, Lu. 6. 1. 



□ 



203 



Q, 00, Omega, the last letter of the 
Greek alphabet ; hence met. to O, the 
last, Re. 1. 8, 11 ; 21. 6; 22. 13. 

9 Q, interj. 0 1 Mat. 15. 28 ; 17. 17, 
et al. 

*£2§e, adv. (o§e) thus ; here, in this 
»)lace, Mat. 12. 6, 41 ; S>Se r) u>Se, here 
or there, Mat. 24. 23; tA £>Se, the 
state of things here, Col. 4.9; met. 
herein, in this thing, Ee. 13. 10, 18; 
hither, to this place, Mat. 8. 29; 14. 
18, et al. 

'Qi8i7, f), (contr. for doidr), Sc. 
aet'Sco) an ode, song, hymn, Ep. 5. 19. 
Col 3. 16. Ee. 5. 9; 14. 3; 15. 3. 

'QSi?, ivos, % & in N. T., co§iV, 
(oSu^) the throe of a woman in tra- 
vail, a birth-pang, 1 Th. 5. 3; pi. 
met. birth-throes, preliminary trou- 
bles to the development of a cata- 
strophe, Mat. 24. 8. Mar. 13. 9; fr. 
the Heb. a stringent band, a snare, 
noose, Ac. 2. 24 : ichence 

'OStVco, f. tv£>, to be in travail, Ga. 
4. 27. Ee. 12. 2 ; met. to travail with, 
to make effort to bring to spiritual 
birth, Ga. 4. 19. (t.) 

'Qfios, ou, 6, the shoulder, Mat. 23. 
4. Lu. 15. 5. 

'Qveo/zai, ovpai, f. rjcropai, a. 1. 

wvrjcrafjiriv, to buy, purchase, Ac. 7. 16. 
ObV, oO, to, an egg, Lu. 11. 12. 

'Qpa, as, 17, a limited portion of 
time marked out by part of a settled 
routine or train of circumstances ; a 
season of the year ; time of day, Mat. 
14. 15. Mar. 6.35; 11. 11; an hour, 
Mat. 20. 3. Jno. 11. 9, et al.; in 
N. T. an eventful season, 1 Jno. 2. 
18, bis. Ee. 3. 10; 14.7; due time, 
Jno. 16. 21 Eo. 13. 11; a destined 
period, hour, Mat. 26. 45. Mar. 14. 
85. Jno. 2. 4 ; 7. 30, et al. ; a short 
period, Mat. 26. 40 Jno. 5. 35. 2 Co. 
7. 8. Ga. 2. 5. 1 Th. 2. 17. Philem. 
15 ; a point of time, time, Mat. 8. 13 ; 
•24. 42. Lu. 2. 38, et al. : ichence 
Qpalos, a, ov, timely, seasonable ; in 
prime, blooming ; in J~. T., beautiful, 
Mat. 23. 27. Ac. 3. 2, ^0. Eo. 10. 15. 
Qpvopai, f. vaopMi, to howl \ to 
roar, as a lion, 1 Pe. 5. 8. 



Qs, adv. (os) as, correlatively, Ma 
4.26. Jno. 7. 46. Eo. 5. 15, et al.; 
as, like as, Mat. 10. 16. Eph. 5. 8, 
et al. ; according as, Ga. 6. 10, et al.; 
is, as it were, Ee. 8. 8, et al. ; as, 
Lu. 16. I. Ac. 3. 12, et al. ; befort 
numerals, about, Mar. 5. 13, et al. ; 
conj., that, Ac. 10. 28, et al. ; how, 
Eo. 11. 2, et al. ; when, Mat. 28. 9. 
Phi. 2. 23; as an exclamatory parti 
cle, how, Bo. 10. 15; equivalent ti 
wore, accordingly, He. 3. 1 1 ; also, on 
condition that, provided that, Ac SO, 
24 ; ws elrslv, so to speak, He. 7. 9. 

'Qtrai/ra, (Heb. XrHV'^in) h» 
sanna ! save now, succour now, Mat. 

21. 9, 15, et al. 

'Qcravrcos, adv. (cos & avTcos, avros) 
just so, in just the same way or man- 
ner, likewise, Mat. 20. 5 ; 21 . 30, et aL 

'Here/, adv. (cos & ei) as if; as it 
were, as, like, Mat. 3. 16; 9. 36, et 
al.; icith terms of number or quan- 
tity, about, Mat. 14. 21. Lu. 1. 56; 

22. 41, 59. 

"Qcnrep, adv. (as & Trep) just as, as, 
like as, Mat. 6. 2 ; 24. 38. 1 Th. 5. 3, 
et al. 

'Qo-Trepel, adv. (axnrep & el) just 
as if; as it were, 1 Co. 15. 8. 

"Qcrre, conj. (as & re) so that, so 
as that, so as to, Mat. 8. 24. Mar. 2. 
12. Ac. 14. 1. Ga. 2. 13; as an illa- 
tive particle, therefore, consequently, 
Mat. 12. 12; 23. 31, et al.; in X. T. 
as a particle of design, in order that, 
in order to, Lu. 9. 52. 

'Qtlov, ou, to, (dimin. of ovs) in 
N. T. simply equivalent to ov?, an ear, 
Mat. 26. 51. Mar. 14.^7. Lu. 22. 5i 
Jno. 18. 10, 26. 

'£2(pe'Xeia, as, fj, help ; profit, gain, 
advantage, benefit, Eo. 3. I. Jude 
16: from 

'QcpeXe'co, co, f. T)cra, a. 1. oxp/Xr;- 
o-a, (o<£e\o?) to help, profit, benefit, 
Mat. 27. 24. Mar. 7. 11. Bo. 2. 25 
et al. : whence 

'QcpeXXpos, ot>, 6, T], to, -ov, profit- 
able, useful, beneficial, serviceable 
1 Ti. 4. 8, bis. 2 Ti. 3. 16. Tit. 3. 8. 



SUPPLEMENT 



SUPPLEMENT 



CONTAINING ADDITIONAL WORDS AND FORMS TO BE FOUND IN 
ONE OR ANOTHER OF THE GREEK TEXTS IN CURRENT USE, 
ESPECIALLY THOSE OF LACHMANN, TISCHENDORF, 
TREGELLES, WESTCOTT AND HORT, AND 
THE REVISERS OF 1881. 



ATA 

1 PiyaWia.ojj.at, see 'A7CtAAida;. 

'A776AAW, f. <3, a. 1. jjyyeiAa, Jn. 
4. 51 (where many texts read dnrjy- 
yeiAa) ; (ayyeAos) to announce, Jn. 
20. 18. 

A770S, eos, t6, see dyyeTov. 

'A7j8/a, as, t), (drior)s, a & ^Sos, 
pleasure, delight) unpleasantness, 
annoyance ; dislike, hatred, Lu. 23. 
12 (some MSS.) 

'Adpoifa, p. pass. part. ridpoia/xevos, 
{ddpoos, in crowds, masses) to collect 
together, assemble ; pass, to be as- 
sembled, convene, Lu. 24. 33. 

'AKardirao'Tos, ov, so some editors in 
2 Pe. 2. 14. Possibly fr. naTioftai, p. 
pass. 7re7rao-juai, to taste, eat ; whence 
aKardiraa-TOs insatiable. In prof, 
writ. KaTdnaa-To^ signifies besprin- 
kled, soiled ; fr. kcltcm do ato. N. T. 

"AAa, to', read by Tdf. in Mat. 5. 13; 
Mar. 9. 30; Lu. 14. 34; see £Aa?. 
N. T. 

'AAeeus, 6, read by Tdf., West.-Hort 

for aAteu?. 
'AWaxov, adv. 0/ place, (&\\os) 

elsewhere, in another place, Mar. 1. 

38. 

'AXcpa, t6, indecl., (see A) Alpha, Re. 
1. 8; 21. 6; 22. 13. 



APA 

'A/^io^oj, f. daw, (d/x(pi) to put on, 
clothe, Lu. 12. 28. L. G. See d^i- 

'AfxtyUfa, collat. form of djxcpidfa. 
'AvaKvA(ct), (dud & kuAi'cd) to roll up; 

roll back, Mar. 16. 4. L. G. 
'AvaASoo, see dvaXiattu). 
'Ava/nepos, see dvd- 
'Avdfxeaov, see dvd. 
'Avdireipos, a false spelling in some 

MSS. for dvdnr)po<;. See Lu. 14. 13, 

21. S. 

'Avair-qh'du), a. 1. part. dvairy)OT\<ras, 
{dvd & 7j-T)Sau>) to leap up, spring up, 
start up, Mar. 10. 50. 

'AvaTidrj/uLi, act. of avarldeuaL. 

'AveKsos, ov, (d priv. & eAeos) with- 
out mercy, merciless, Ja. 2. 13. N. T. 
See aftAeio?. 

'AnaairdCo/xai, a. 1. dirrjaTraadfxriv, 
(airo & dand^o fx.au) to salute on leav- 
ing, bid farewell, take leave of, Ac. 
21. 6. L. G. 

'AirooeKarevw, for dirooeK.aT6w, Lu. 
18. 12. 

' AiroKaTiardvca, variant form of cbro- 
KaBLardvtx) ; see diroKdOiaTTfixi. 

'Apafiaiv, collat. form of dfipafiuv, 
which see 



APA 2 

"Apaye, (apa & ye) surely then, so 
then (Lat. itaque, ergo), Mat. 7. 20 ; 
17. 26. Ac. 11. 18. 

r Apdye, like apa but more pointed, 
Ac. 8. 30. 

"Apa(pos, collat. form of dppa<pos, 
which see. 

' Apr\v, apvos, 6, a sheep, a lamb, acc. 
pi. cipfas, Lu. 10. 3. 

'Aaaivw, 1 Th. 3. 3 in some edd. See 
cracvo). N. T. 

'ATi^aco, a. 1. ijTL/xriaa, (a & Ti/xdw) 
to deprive of honor, to treat lightly, 
to treat with contempt or contumely, 
Mar. 12. 4. See Soph. Lex. 

Au£o>, see av^dvco. 

Avr6(pu>pos, ov, (avros & (pcl>p, a 
thief) caught in the act of theft ; 
then univ., caught in the act of any 
other crime, Jn. 8. 4. 

Ai>xea>, imperf. invx^vv, to lift up the 

neck ; to boast, Ja. 3. 5. 
' A<pe!oov, a variant spelling of cnre?- 

8ov, which see. 

'A0eA7n£a>, a variant spelling of 
dneXni^u), which see. 

'Acpvarepia}, f. a), (&ir6 & varepew) 
to be behindhand, come too late ; to 
cause to fail, take away from, with- 
draw, defraud, Ja. 5. 4. L. G. 



B. 



BaOecos, adv. deeply ; opdpov fiadews, 
deep in the morning, at early dawn, 
Lu. 24. 1. L. G. 

Baai\iK:6s, i), ov, of or belonging to a 
king, kingly, royal, regal ; of a man, 
the officer or minister of a prince, a 
courtier, Jn. 4. 46, 49 ; subject to a 
king, Ac. 12. 20; befitting a king, 
royal, Ac. 12. 21 ; met. principal, 
chief, Ja. 2. 4. 

BifiAiSdpiov, ov, t6, (fr. fii&A'iSiov) 
a little book, Re. 10. 8. 

Boavepyes, (Heb. t^JP ^3) Boaner- 
ges (sons of thunder), Mar. 3. 17. 
N. T. 



) AfiP 

r. 

ra£/3a0a, 7), indecl. (Aram. 

Gabbatha, Jn. 19. 13. N. T. 
Ta/uLLaKU}, act. of yafxiaKOfxai, Mat, 

24. 38. Lchm. 

A. 

Aavifa, collat. form of Savelfa, 
which see. 

Aavicrr-qs, collat. form of 5aveto-Tr)s, 
which see. 

Ae/ca-e£, sixteen, Re. 13. 18. S. 

AeKa-oKTca, eighteen, Lu. 13. 4. S. 

Ae£iofioAos, ov, 6, (b~e£i6s & jSaAAco) 
throwing with the right hand, a 
slinger, an archer, Ac. 23. 23. N. T. 

ATjKavyobs, adv., (SrjAos & avyr)) ra- 
diantly, in full light, Mar. 8. 25. 

Aid-ye, see Sid , the ye expresses that 
what is least is indicated, at least 
because, yet because, Lu. 11. 8 ; 18. 5. 

AianaOalpw, a. 1. SieicdOapa, to 
cleanse thoroughly, Lu. 3. 17. 

AiaAifiirdvco, imperf. dieAl/uiravov, 
to intermit, cease, Ac. 8. 24. S. 
Apocr. 

Aiairopevco, act. of oiairopevofxai. 
Aie^epXOfxai, f. Siej-eAevaofxai, a. 2. 

<5iefjjA0ov, (Sid, e£, ep^o/aou) to go Out 
through something, Ac. 28. 3. 
AiepfA-nvela, as, 7], interpretation, of 
obscure utterances, 1 Co. 12. 10. 
Lchm. N. T. 

Aiicdfa, f. daw, a. 1. pass. eoiK.do-Qr\v, 
to judge, pass judgment, Lu. 6. 37, 
Treg. mrg. 

Aio-jxvpids, dSos, 7), twice ten thou- 
sand, two myriads, Re. 9. 16. Lchm. 
Tdf. 

Apd/JLU), see Tpe'xa>. 

Avaevrepiov, ov, to, = Bvaevrepla, 
Ac. 28. 8. L. G. 

Ave is, ews, r), (Bvcv) a sinking, set- 
ting, esp. of the heaven!;/ bodies ; the 
west, the quarter in which the sun 
sets, Mar. 16, Shorter Conclusion. 

Awpocpopta, as, r), (dwpo(f)6pos, 
bringing gifts) the offering of a gift 
or gifts, Ro. 15. 31. N. T. 



EBA 



'Ef}8o/j.T]KOVTaeZ, seventy-six, Ac. 27. 
37. 

'Efi8o!J.7iKuvTaTr4vTe, seventy -five, 
Ac. 7. 14. 

"Eyyiara, adv., (neut. pi. sup. of 
eyyvs) nearest, next, Mar. 6. 36. 

'EyKUKea), f. <£, a. 1. ii/eKaK7)cra, to be 
weary in anything ; to lose courage, 
flag, faint, Lu. 18. 1. 2 Co. 4. 1, 16. 
Gal. 6. 9. Eph. 3. 13. 2 Th. 3. 13. 
L. G. 

E7 Kavxaofxat, to glory in, 2 Th. 1. 4. 
L. G. 

Erye, if indeed, seeing that. See y£. 
E/5ea, as, 7], poetic form for t5eo, 

Mat. 28. 3. 
E'tSw, whence a. 2. elSov, p. olBa, 

which see. 
Eipw, a rare pres. whence the f. £pa>. 

See elnov. 

E?Ve, conj., gen. repeated, etre . . . 
cite (Lat. sive . . . sive) whether 
... or, Ro. 12. 6-8. 1 Co. 3. 22 ; 8. 

5 ; 10. 31 ; 12. 13, 26 ; 13. 8 ; 15. 11. 
2 Co. 1. 6; 5. 9, 10, 13; 8. 23. 
Eph. 6. 8. Phi. 1. 18, 20, 27. Col. 
1. 16, 20. 1 Th. 5. 10. 2 Th. 2. 15. 
1 Pe. 2. 13, 14; whether ... or 
(Lat. utrum . . . an), indirect inter- 
rog. sense, 2 Co. 12. 2, 3 ; used once, 
if, 1 Co. 14. 27. 

Elrev, rare form for e?TO, (which see), 

Mar. 4. 28. 
'EK/3a/V«, f. (3r}cro/j.aL, a. 2. t£e(3r)v, 

to go out, He. 11. 13. 
'E/f£irjT77(ns, €(»s, 7), (eK^jTeoj, to 

seek out) an investigating ; a subject 

of subtle inquiry and dispute, 1 Ti. 

1.4. N. T. 
'EKdavfxdfa, f. (TO), imperf. t^eQav- 

ixa^ov, (e/c & 0au/ua£w) to wonder or 

marvel greatly, Mar. 12. 17. L. G. 
'Ekkottt), rjs, r), see iyKOwf). 
'EKKpe/j.o/j.a.1, see eKKpe/xa/xai. 
'EKvevw, f. o~a>, a. 1. ^£eVeurra, (£k 

6 vevoi, to incline in any direction) 
to bend to one side ; to take one's 
self away, withdraw, Jn. 5. 13. 



211 EnA 

'E/ccw^iw, f. aca, a. 1. e|eVw(ro^ (4k 

& <rco£io, to save) to save from, either 
to keep or to rescue from danger, Ac. 
27. 39. 

'EKTpofxos, adj., trembling exceed- 
ingly, exceedingly terrified, He. 12. 
25. N. T. 
'EKvuKevaau, for (KvnAworav, fr. 

kvk\6io. 

'EAeaw, see eAeeai, Ro. 9. 16. Jud. 

22, 23. 
'EA.etj/o's, see 4\eetv6s. 

'EXiyfxa, aros, t6, (£\lo~o~w, to turn 

about, to roll) a roll, Jn. 19. 39. 
'EKKoydo, see iWoycco. N. T. 

'EyU^eVy = 4v /it'co), see /x4o~os. 
N. T. 

'EfATwr paw, for 4/j.iriTrp-q/j.i, to burn, 
set on fire ; to be inflamed, swollen, 
Ac. 28. 6. 

'E/uLTTprjOw, f. arw, a. 1. iveTrp-naa, (eV 
& nprjOai, to swell out by blowing) to 
burn, destroy by fire, Mat. 22. 7. 
'Evypatyoo, see iyypd<pu>. 
'Ev8u>/j.r}0~LS, see eVSoV^O'ts. L. G. 
'EveyKw, a. 1 fjvtyKa, a. 2. tfvtyKOv, 

see 4>epu>. 
'EvevT)KOVTa, see ivvsv-qKovra. 
'Evg6s, see 4pve6s. 
'EveaTws, see evl<TTT]fxi. 
Euk-, see iyit- or eKK: 
'Ev/Mfvu), see 4fifi4v(a. 
, Ev6vra, rd, see eveifxt. 
'Evopicifa, to adjure, put under oath, 

solemnly entreat, 1 Th. 5. 27. L. G. 
'Eurr-, see 4/j.tt-. 

'E|eAa>, (whence f. 4\<a L. G., a. 2. 

etAoi'), see efaipew. 
'E£epaui>aa>, see e£epeui>aa>. 
'E^(puT]s, see i£al<pvT)s. 
'E^ovSffeco, see e|ovSei/ocw. S. 
'E£ou0evd'ci>, see e^ovOeveu). 
'Eirdparos, ov, (iirapdofxai, to call 
down curses upon) accursed, Jn. 7. 
49. 

'Ewdpx*ios, ov, belonging to an eir- 
ap^os or prefect, r) en-apxeto?, sc. 
ii-ovaia, Ac. 25. 1. L. G. 



EriE 



212 



KIX 



'RireKrepxofJ.at, f. -eAtvao/xai, (eVt, 
eis, & ep\ofjLOLi) to come in besides or 
to those who are already within, to 
enter afterwards ; to come in upon, 
enter against, Lu. 21. 35. 

'E7rtff€AAcw, a. 1. eVewetAa, (iir'i & 
kcAAuj, to drive on) to run a ship 
ashore, to bring to land, Ac. 27. 41. 

'K-jriKe<pd\aiov, ov, to, head money, 
poll-tax, Mar. 12. 14. 

E7TiA.ei'x«, imperf. eneX^ixoi', (en - / 

> & A.ei\oj , to lick up) to lick the sur- 
face of, lick over, Lu. 16. 21. N. T. 

'E7rt<r7reipw, f. cnrepw, a. 1. £tt4- 
aweipa, (iiri & aweLpu), to sow) to sow 
above or besides, Mat. 13. 25. 

'E7ri(rTO(rts, ews, 7), [£cp'i0'TT]p.i) an 
advancing, approach, incursion, on- 
set, press, Ac. 24. 12. 2 Co. 11. 28. 

'EiriToavro, Ac. 1. 15 ; 2. 1 ; see auros. 

'E7rtTpo7reua>, to be iiriTpoiros or pro- 
curator, Lu. 3. 1. 

'Epavvdw, collat. form of ipevvdw, 
which see. 

'Ep/j.r)vevTi)s, ov, 6, (ipfirivevw, to 
expound) an interpreter, 1 Co. 14. 28. 

'Epw, see efya> above. 

"Eo~Qo>, poet, for icrOiw, Mar. 1. 6. Lu. 
7. 33, 34 ; 10. 7 ; 22. 30. 

'Eo-rrepivos, t), ov, belonging to the 
evening, Lu. 12. 38. 

Evye, used in commendation, well 
done ! Lu. 19. 17. 

EvpaKuKwv, see EvpoKAvdoov. 

'Et^eiSo*', see iirelBov. 

"E<pide, see £ire7dov. 

'Ecpvidios, see al<pvi5ios. 

'Ex^es, a longer form of x^ es > which 



Z. 



Zfievvv/xi, see o-fSivvvfja. 

H. 

'HjUets, see iytio. 

'H<r cr do/mat, see T]rrdofxai. 

"Htrawv, see '-/ittwv. 



Qappeo), see Qapo~eu>. 

©ioKoyos, ov, 6, (6e6s & Ae-yo;) one 

who speaks (treats) of the gods and 
divine things, versed in sacred sci- 
ence, Re. (in the heading of Text. 

Rec). 

Gopvfidfa, (dopv&os, din, tumult) 
to trouble, disturb, Lu. 10. 41. N. T. 



Io~/ul€V and tare, 1 pi. ind., and 2 pi. 
ind. or impv., of oUa, which see. 



Kadrj/nepav, Ka6' r)/n€pav, see r\\xipa. 
KadoAiKos, T), ov, general, universal, 

Ja., Pe., Jn., in the headings or 

titles. 

Kadwawep, just as, exactly as, 2 Co. 

3. 18. He. 5. 4. 

KaKol At,u6i/es, (kciASs & Kifx-qv, 
harbor, haven) Fair Havens, a bay 
of Crete, near the city Lasaea; so 
called because offering good anchor- 
age. Ac. 27. 8. 

Kdp.i\os, ov, 6, a cable, Mat. 19. 24 ; 
Lu. 18. 25. N. T. 

Karaypd-pw, to draw, delineate, Jn. 
8. 6. 

KaTavydfa, to beam down upon ; to 
shine forth, shine brightly, 2 Co. 

4. 4. L. G. 

KarcMpdyw, see fcaTecrfli'o;. 

KaTGvAoycto, to call down blessings 
on, Mar. 10. 16. L. G. 

Kerr' (Stay, see 1dios. 

KaToiKtfa, a. 1. KaraiKicra, to cause 
to dwell, to send or bring into an 
abode, to give a dwelling to, Ja. 4. 5. 

Kava6w, act. of Kavo-oo/uai. N. T. 

KavcrT7)pid£w, see Kavrripidfa. L.G. 

Kepta, see Kepcda. 

KecpaKiooo, Mar. 12. 4. N. T. See 

Ke<f>a\ai.6tx>. 
KixpVH-i, to lend, Lu. 11. 5. 



KAI 2 

KAi/xa, see K\i/xa. 

KAivdpiov, ov, to, (dim. of kAlvt)) 
a sirall bed, a couch, Ac. 5. 15. (On 
accent see W. gram., p. 50.) 

Koa/xiws, adv., (fr. KO(Tfxtos) decently, 
1 Ti. 2. 9. 

Kpe/ma/xai, see Kpe/xdvuv/xi. 

KpendAr), see KpanraAr). 

Kpuwrri, see KpvirrT]. L. G. 

KvKAevoo, a. 1. e/cu/cAevo'a, to go 
round, to encircle, encompass, sur- 
round, Jn. 10. 24. Re. 20. 9. 

KvKAcp, (dat. fr. kvkAos) in a circle, 
around, round about, on all sides, 
Mar. 3. 34 ; 6. 6, 36. Lu. 9. 12. Ro. 
15. 19. Re. 4. 6; 5. 11. 

KvAta/xos, ov, 6, (kvAiod) a rolling, 
wallowing, 2 Pe. 2. 22. N. T. 



A. 



Aa/co.', & Aa/cew, see Aac/cw. 
Ae/j.d, see Ao/xa. 

AeuKaivw, a. 1. eAevKava, to whiten, 
make white, Mar. 9. 3. Re. 7. 14. 

AevKoPvaarivov, (= fiuaaivov Aev- 
kov) Re. 19. 14. See fiv<r<nvo<;. 



Ar)/J.d, see Aa/xd. 
Ai/xd, see Aa/md. 



M. 



Mayia, see fxaytia. 

Ma(6s, ov, 6, the breast, Re. 1. 13. 

Mdprvp, see fidpTvs. 

MaaOds, (Dor. for fxacrT6s) Re. 1. 13. 

See /u.a<rTo?. 
MeTaTp67T<a, f. i^/oj, to turn about ; 

met. to transmute, Ja. 4. 9. 
Mydev, see ^Sei's. 
Mt? ou/c, (ou/c belonging to the verb, 

ixr) being interrogative) Ro. 10. 18, 19. 

1 Co. 9. 4, 5; 11. 22. 
M-f)irov, v. fir] ttov, that nowhere, lest 

anywhere, Ac. 27. 29. 



J o2r 

MrjTis v. jj.7) tis, prohibitive, let no 
one, 1 Co. 16. 11. 2 Th. 2. 3 ; inter- 
rogative, (Lat. num quis) hath any 
one, Jn. 4. 33 ; 7. 48. 2 Co. 12. 17. 

Mr]T p6iroAis, ews, T], (\x-if\T7)p & tto- 
At?) a metropolis, chief city, 1 Ti. 
6. 22. 

Mvaofxai, see /j.t/j.vqo'KOfj.ai. 

MoyytAaAos, (fr. juoyyos v. fxoyySs 

& AaAos) speaking with a harsh or 

thick voice, Mar. 7. 32. 
MuAti/os, 7j, ov, made of mill-stones ; 

equivalent to /u.vAi/cos, Re. 18. 21. 

L. G. 

N. 

Neo/xrjvia, see vovjirivia. 



s,vv, older form of aui/, appearing in 
composition in 1 Pe. 4. 12. 

O. 

'Odoiroieu), co, to make a road, to level, 
make passable, smooth, open, a way, 
Mar. 2. 23. 

OiKetaicos, "ir\, ov, see oikio.ko's. 
Ot/c^rem, as, f), (ot/cew, to dwell in) 

household, i. e. body of servants, 

Mat. 24. 45. 

Oio(r8r)iroTOvv, of what kind ... so- 
ever, Ja. 5. 4. 

'OAedpevai, He. 11. 28 ; see oAoOpevca. 

'OAeOpios, ov, destructive, deadly, 
2 Th. 1. 9. 

'OXiyoirio-Tia, as, T), [oAiyos & 
ttl(ttl<;) littleness of faith, of little 
faith, Mat. 17. 20. N. T. 

'0/j.oca, see 6/j.vvw. 

'Oindvto, see bizrdvo[xai. S. 

"Owtoo. whence f. o^ojxai. See opdco. 

, Opiv6s, see opeivds. 

J OpVL^, see opvis. 

"Oaye, (oj & ye, even) the very one 
who, precisely he who, Ro. 8. 32. 



OTE 



214 



npo 



"0,T€, 7J,T€, T0,T6, (o, 7f, TO & T6, 

which see) Lu. 2. 16 ; 15. 2 ; 23. 12. 
Jn. 2. 15 ; 4. 42 ; 6. 18. Ac. 1. 13 ; 
2. 33 ; 4. 14 ; 5. 24 ; 7. 26 ; 8. 38 ; 13. 

1, 2, 44; 14. 11, 13; 15. 39; 16. 11, 
13; 17. 4, 10, 14; 18. 5; 19. 12; 21. 
25; 26. 23, 30; 27. 1, 3, 5; 28. 2. 
Ro. 1. 20, 26 ; 7. 7. Eph. 1. 10. He. 

2. 11 ; 9. 1, 2. 

"Oti interrog., (o,Tt v. oti) for rl 

equivalent to fiid ti, Mar. 2. 16 ; 9. 

11, 28. L. G. 
Ov [AT], in no wise, not at all, by no 

means (see Goodwin's Moods and 

Tenses, App. II.), Mat. 5. 18, 20, 26 ; 

10. 23, 42 ; 13. 14 ; 15. 5 ; 16. 22, 28 ; 

18. 3 ; 23. 39 ; 24. 2, 21, 34, 35 ; 25. 9 ; 

26. 29, 35. Mar. 9. 1, 41 ; 10. 15 ; 13. 

2, 19, 30, 31 ; 14. 25, 31 ; 16. 18. Lu. 
1. 15 ; 6. 37 ; 9. 27 ; 10. 19 ; 12. 59 ; 
13. 35 ; 18. 7, 17, 30 ; 21. 18, 32, 33 ; 
22. 16, 18, 34, 67 , 68. Jn. 4. 14, 48 ; 
6. 35, 37 ; 8. 12, 51, 52 ; 10. 5, 28 ; 11. 
26, 56 ; 13. 8, 38 ; 18. 11 ; 20. 25. Ac. 
13. 41 ; 28. 26. Ro. 4. 8. 1 Co. 8. 
13. Gal. 4. 30 ; 5. 16. 1 Th. 4. 15 ; 
5. 3. He. 8. 11, 12; 10. 17; 13. 5. 
1 Pe. 2. 6. 2 Pe. 1. 10. Re. 2. 11 ; 

3. 3, 5, 12 ; 9. 6 ; 15. 4 ; 18. 7, 14, 21, 
22, 23 ; 21. 25, 27. 

'O^eros, ov, 6, (oxecu, to uphold, 
carry) a watering-pipe, duct ; the in- 
testinal canal, Mar. 7. 19. 



n. 

TlaAtvyfvveo-ta, see iraAiyyev(o-(a. 

TlavdoKevs, see iravdox^vs. 

TlavSoKiov, see TravSox^tov. 

UawrrAridzi, see TrafXTrXyjOe'i. 

Uavraxv v. iravraxv adv., every- 
where, Ac. 21. 28. 

UapaKaOe^o/xai, to sit down beside, 
seat one's self, Lu. 10. 39. 

riape^jSaAAw, f. fia\a>, to cast by the 
side of or besides, to insert, to inter- 
pose, to bring back into line ; to as- 
sign to soldiers a place, to draw up in 
line, to encamp ; to cast up (a bank ) 
about (a city), Lu. 19. 43. 

TlarpoKwas, see TrarpaAaSas. 

nemo's, T), 6v, on foot; by land, Mat. 
14. 13. 



Tleipdw, act. of weipdo/xai. 

TlepaiTepu), adv., further, beyond, be- 
sides, Ac. 19. 39. 

HepiaiTTO}, to bind around, to put 
around ; to kindle a fire around, Lu. 
22. 55. 

TlepiPAeirw, act. of 7rept/3Ae7royuai. 

Ylepidpe/uLto, see Trepirpex^. 

TlepiKadifa, to sit around, be seated 
around, Lu. 22. 55. 

Tlepippaivw, to sprinkle around, be- 
sprinkle, Re. 19. 13. 

Tltreivos, i], ov, flying, winged, Mat. 
6. 26 ; 8: 20 ; 13. 4, 32. Mar. 4. 4, 
32. Lu. 8. 5 ; 9. 58 ; 12. 24 ; 13. 19. 
Ac. 10. 12; 11. 6. Ro. 1. 23. Ja. 
3. 7. 

TIiOos, see ireidos- 

TlifxiTpau), (for the more common 
7Ti'ju.7i"pi7/u.i) to blow, burn ; to cause 
to swell, become tumid, Ac. 28. 6. 

UiuaKLS, idos, 7], Lu. 1 63, see iriva- 
kiSlov. 

UKdvrjs, tjtos, 6, see irAavr)T7]s. 

ITAe'co, see ir(fxTr\r)/xi. 

Xlovos, ov, 6, {irevo/xai, to toil, work) 

labor, toil ; great trouble, intense 

desire, Col. 4. 13 ; pain, Re. 16, 10, 

11 ; 21. 4. 
Tlpeiroj, see Trpeirei. 
Tlpoaipew, act. of npoaipeofxai. 
Ylpo&aTiov, ov, to, a little sheep, Jn. 

21. 16, 17. 
npo€7ra776AAa>,act. of irpoeTrayy£\- 

Ao/u.ai. N. T. 
UpoOeo-fiios, a, ov, [irp6 & 6ea/j.6s, 

fixed, appointed) set beforehand, 

prearranged, Gal. 4. 2. 

Tlpoi/Aos, see Trpca'i/xos- 

npoirdrcop, opos, 6, {irarr]p) a fore- 
father, founder of a family or nation, 
Ro. 4. 1. 

Upoo'avex^, to n °hi up besides ; to 
rise up so as to approach, rise up 
towards, Ac. 27. 27. L. G. 

Tlpoaax^, w, to resound, Ac. 27. 27. 
N. T. 

UpoaSpe/xw, see irpoarpex^- 



npo 



215 



TPH 



np6aK\7j(XLS, ews, 7], a judicial sum- 
mons; an invitation, 1 Ti. 5. 21. 

npoariralw, a. 1. irpoaeTraiaa, to beat 
against, strike upon, Mat. 7. 25. 

Tlpwios, {irpui) Mat. 21. 18; 27. 1. 
Jn. 18. 28. 



11. 26. 



adv., (irpwros) first, Ac. 



P. 



'Pcuvoj, see pavrtfa. 
'Paxd, see pcuco. 

'Po7T7j, 7)s, j7, (peVw, to sink) incli- 
nation downwards, 1 Co. 15. 52. 

'Pviraivoo, (pviros, filth) to make 
filthy ; defile, dishonor, Re. 22. 11. 



2. 



2apdi6vv£, Re. 21. 20. N. T. See 
aap&6vv%. 

2etpos, ov, 6, a pit, an underground 

granary, 2 Pe. 2. 4. 
StptKtta, see aripiKos. 
~2,ip6s, see cetpos. 

Stc^i/os, ov, 6, ('/flTT'/j^t) an earthen 

jar into which wine was drawn off 
for keeping, also used for other pur- 
poses (S. for Heb. flj^ji' Ex. 16. 30), 
He. 9. 4. 

'S.rao-iao-T^s, ov, 6, (aTacridfa, to 
rebel, revolt) the author of or parti- 
cipant in an insurrection, Mar. 15, 7. 
L. G. 

'S.riBds, dSos, r), (artlfioi}, to tread 
on) a spread or layer of leaves, rushes, 
straw, etc., serving for a bed; that 
which is used in this way, a branch 
full of leaves, soft foliage, Mar. 11.8. 

'XrpaTOTTfSapxos, ov, 6, Ac. 28. 16. 
N. T. See crTpaTon-eSapxTj?. 

~2,vyyzv'is, loos, r), a kinswoman, Lu. 
1. 36. L. G. 

2uA.Au7re£w, act. of avWvireo/jiai. 

'Zvjx^dyw, see o-vueaOica. 

~2,VfJLIXLjX7]TT)s, OV, 6, {o~VV & /JLl/JLeO- 

Mot, to mimic, imitate) an imitator 
with others, Phi. 3. 17. N. T, 



"Zv/j.<popos, ov, fit, suitable, useful ; t& 
<rvfji(t>opoi>, advantage, profit, 1 Co. 
7. 35 ; 10. 33. 

^vuaWao'aw, to reconcile, Ac. 7. 26. 

~2vvav£dv(a, act. of o-vvav^dvo/xai. 

Sw/S-, see crv/xfi-. 

~2,vvy-, see avyy-. 

'Svi/eTriTidrj/jLi, act. of 0-vveiriT'iOe/Lia.i. 
2uf C-, see <rvC-. 
21/yteco, see cvv'i7]/u.i. 
~2,vvKaTavevu), to consent to, agree 

with, Ac. 18. 27. 
"2.WK-, see avytc . 
2uM-, see avW-. 
%vv(x-, see avfxfji-. 
2w7r-, see av/xir-. 
2uy<r-, see ava- & avaa-. 
'XvvaT-, see gvgt-. 
2i/^0-, see o~v/x<p-. 

2u^x _ 5 see °~ v yx~- 

~2vv\p-, see crv/xij/-. 

20u8poV, ov, t6, Ac. 3. 7. N. T. See 

a~(j>vp6v. 

2<pvpis, Mat. 16, 9. Mar. 8. 8. See 

<7TTVpi'9. 



T. 



Tdx*iot>, see rdxwv. 

TtacrapaKOVTahvo, forty-two, Re. 11. 
2 ; 13. 5. N. T. 

TeaaapaKOurareaaapes, o>v, forty- 
four, Re. 21. 17. N. T. 

Te<r<rep-, see Teaaap-. 

Terpa-, for Tscrcrapa-. 

Terpaapx^oi), for TeTpapx*a>. 

TeTpadpxys, for t pdpxys . 

Tevxv, see rvyxavw. 

Tideo*, L. G. See TiQ^pa. 

Totye, Jn. 4. 2. Ac. 14. 17 ; 17. 27. 
He. 4. 3 ; see KairoLye. 

Tpr)ixa, aros, to, a perforation, hole, 
Mat. 19. 24. Lu. 18. 25. 



TPI 2 

Tpixos, see 0pt£. 

TviriKcbs, adv., (tuitos, an impress, 
counterpart,) by way of example 
(prefiguratively), 1 Co. 10. 11. N. T. 



T. 



'T/xeis, see crv. 

'TTrep-eyS>, 2 Co. 11. 23 ; see vir4p. 

'YireptKTrepKrorais, adv., beyond meas- 
ure, 1 Th. 5. 13. N. T. 

"Yirofyyios, a, ov, under the yoke; 
see vno^vyiov '. 

'TTro\€ifj./j.a v. vTroAififxa, tos, t6, 
a remnant, Ro. 9. 27. 

'YTTOiridfa, (L. G. for imoiriefa) 
to keep down, keep in subjection, 1 
Co. 9. 27 ; see U7ri07ri<x£w. 

'T(pa'iua), f. ixpavco, to weave, Lu. 12. 
27. 



> ATA 

$dyw, act. of <pdyojxai, see iaOioo. 

$apixa.KOV, ov, to, a drug,, an en- 
chantment, Re. 9. 21. 

$r)/j.i£w, to spread a report, to dissem- 
inate by report, Mat. 28. 15. 

^oiviKiaaa, see ~2vpoq)oiu'iKiaaa. 

X. 

Xpdoo, see KixpVI* 1 above 
Xpia/xa, see xp^/ma ; see Win. Gram, 
p. 50. 

Vevdofxcu, see \pev8u). 
''VivSofj.a.pTvs, see tyev§ojxdpTvp. 



'Clrdpiou, ov, t6, (dim, of ous) the 
ear, Mar, 14. 47. Jn. 18. 10. 



